0% found this document useful (0 votes)

166 views647 pages

BVCZFXCFZX

mnvbvcxjvxx

Uploaded by

sorbari

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

166 views647 pages

BVCZFXCFZX

mnvbvcxjvxx

Uploaded by

sorbari

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 647

Introducing HYSYS Page 1 of 647

Introducing HYSYS

HYSYS is a process simulation environment designed to serve many processing industries especially Oil & Gas and Refining.
With HYSYS you can create rigorous steady state and dynamic models for plant design, performance monitoring,
troubleshooting, operational improvement, business planning, and asset management. Through the completely interactive
HYSYS interface, you can easily manipulate process variables and unit operation topology, as well as fully customize your
simulation using its customization and extensibility capabilities.

Using Help

Here are some tips about using Help in your application.

Opening Help
To open the HTML Help:
· From the application window, click the Help menu, and then select Help Topics.
· From a dialog box, press F1 or the Help button for dialog level Help.
Adjusting the Window
You can drag the outside edge of the Help window to adjust the size. Inside the Help window, you can drag the divider to
adjust the size.
Scrolling through a Topic
When a Help topic extends beyond what you can see in the Help window, you can use the vertical and horizontal scroll bars
to move through the topic.
Hiding the Table of Contents
To hide the Table of Contents, click Hide. To view the Table of Contents, click Show.
Finding a Help Topic
In the Table of Contents, you can click one of the following tabs to find a help topic:

· Contents — A list of the topics included in Help. You can double-click a book icon to open a list of topics. You
can double-click a page icon to open a topic.
· Index — An alphabetical list of the keywords attached to the topics. Type a keyword to search the list. Selecting a
keyword takes you to the topic.
· Search — A complete list of the words in the document.
· Favorites — A list of the Help topics that you most often reference. You must mark the topic as a favorite before it
appears in this list.
Printing a Topic
1 Click Print.
2 Right-click a topic and select Print… from the context menu.
Printing the Topics within a Book
1 Select a topic within the book you want to print, and click Print to display the Print Topics dialog box.
2 Select Print the selected Heading and all subtopics to print all the topics within the selected book.
Printing all the Topics Linked to the Current Topic
1 Display the topic you want to print.
2 Right-click anywhere in the body of the topic to display the context (right-click) menu, and then select Print to display
the Print dialog box.
3 Select the Options tab, and then select the Print all linked documents option to print the current topic and all topics
that are linked to the current topic.
Printing the entire Help file

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 2 of 647

1 In the table of contents, right-click the top-level book (typically labeled with the help title).
2 Select Print the selected heading and all subtopics, and then click OK.
3 Select a printer, and then click OK to print the entire Help file.
Note: When printing entire Help files, topics print as space allows; therefore, page breaks determine the pagination.
Additionally, popup information does not print within the parent topic, but appends to the end of the print job.

Linking to a Topic
When a word(s) is linked to a topic, the word(s) appears in blue, underlined text. You can click the word(s) to move to the
related topic.
Linking to Topics you Recently Visited
· To return to the last page you viewed, click Back.
· To view a page you viewed before clicking Back, click Forward.
Help Graphics

If you pass the cursor over a graphic in the help file, and the cursor changes to a pointing hand icon , you can click the
area to display information related to the graphic.

Technical Support

Technical support is available by phone, fax, and e-mail for customers with a current support contract for their product. For
the most up-to-date phone listings, please see the Online Technical Support Center at http://support.aspentech.com.
When contacting us via e-mail, please include in your message:
· Your full name, company, phone and fax numbers.
· The software version you are using (shown in the Help menu, About...).
· The serial number of your security key, if you have an installation, security, or network issue.
· A detailed description of the problem (attach a simulation case if possible).
We also have toll-free lines that you can use. When you call, please have the same information available.

Training Contact

If you are interested in attending a course or want more information about course contents, please contact the training
coordinator for your region. Please direct all e-mail to training.registration@aspentech.com.
If you have sales-related questions, would like specific industry information or need assistance with purchasing AspenTech
products, please complete the on-line form or call our eSales office in the US at 1-281-584-1945.

Version Number: 2006.5

October 2007
Copyright © 1981 – 2007 Aspen Technology, Inc. All rights reserved.
Aspen Accounting.21™, Aspen ACOL™, Aspen Adsim®, Aspen Advisor™, Aspen Aerotran®, Aspen Alarm & Event™, Aspen APLE™, Aspen
Apollo™, Aspen AssetBuilder Optimizer™, Aspen AssetBuilder Planner™, Aspen AssetBuilder Site Optimizer™, Aspen AssetBuilder™, Aspen
Batch Plus®, Aspen Batch.21™, Aspen Batch.21™CBT, Aspen BatchCAD™, Aspen BatchSep™, Aspen Blend Model Library™, Aspen
Blend™, Aspen Calc™ CBT, Aspen Capable-to-Promise®, Aspen CatRef®, Aspen Chromatography®, Aspen Cim-IO Interfaces™, Aspen
Cim-IO Monitor™, Aspen Cim-IO™ for @AGlance, Aspen Cim-IO™ for ABB 1190, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Bailey SemAPI, Aspen Cim-IO™ for
DDE, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Eurotherm Gauge via CDP, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Fisher-Rosemount Chip, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Fisher-Rosemount
RNI, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Foxboro FOXAPI, Aspen Cim-IO™ for G2, Aspen Cim-IO™ for GE FANUC via HCT, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Hitachi Ex
Series, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Honeywell TDC 3000 via HTL/access, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Intellution Fix, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Measurex MCN,
Aspen Cim-IO™ for Measurex ODX, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Moore Apacs via Nim (RNI), Aspen Cim-IO™ for PI, Aspen Cim-IO™ for RSLinx,
Aspen Cim-IO™ for SetCim/InfoPlus-X/InfoPlus.21, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Toshiba Tosdic, Aspen Cim-IO™ for ULMA 3D, Aspen Cim-IO™ for

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 3 of 647

Westinghouse, Aspen Cim-IO™ for WonderWare InTouch™, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Yokogawa ACG10S, Aspen Cim-IO™ for Yokogawa EW3,
Aspen Collaborative Forecasting™, Aspen Compliance.21™, Aspen COMThermo TRC Database™, Aspen COMThermo®, Aspen Crude
Trading & Marketing™, Aspen Custom Modeler®, Aspen Decision Analyzer™, Aspen Demand Manager™, Aspen DISTIL™, Aspen
Distribution Scheduler™, Aspen DMCplus®, Aspen DMCplus® CBT, Aspen DMCplus® Composite, Aspen DPO™, Aspen Dynamics®, Aspen
eBRS™, Aspen ERP Connect®, Aspen FCC®, Aspen FIHR™, Aspen FLARENET™, Aspen Fleet Operations Management™, Aspen FRAN™,
Aspen Fuel Gas Optimizer™, Aspen Grade-IT™, Aspen Harwell Subroutine Library™, Aspen Hetran®, Aspen HTFS Research Network™,
Aspen HX-Net Operations™, Aspen HX-Net®, Aspen Hydrocracker®, Aspen Hydrotreater™, Aspen HYSYS Amines™, Aspen HYSYS
Crude™, Aspen HYSYS Data Rec™, Aspen HYSYS Dynamics™, Aspen HYSYS Johnson Matthey Reactor Models™, Aspen HYSYS OLGAS 3-
Phase™, Aspen HYSYS OLGAS™, Aspen HYSYS OLI Interface™, Aspen HYSYS Optimizer™, Aspen HYSYS Upstream Dynamics™, Aspen
HYSYS Upstream™, Aspen HYSYS®, Aspen Icarus Process Evaluator®, Aspen Icarus Project Manager®, Aspen InfoPlus.21®, Aspen
Inventory Management & Operations Scheduling™, Aspen Inventory Planner™, Aspen IQmodel Powertools™, Aspen IQ™, Aspen Kbase®,
Aspen Lab.21, Aspen MBO™, Aspen MPIMS™, Aspen Multivariate Server™, Aspen MUSE™, Aspen OnLine®, Aspen Operations Manager -
Event Management™, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration Infrastructure™, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration Infrastructure™
Aspen Advisor, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration Infrastructure™ Aspen Orion, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration
Infrastructure™ Aspen PIMS, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration Infrastructure™ Aspen Utilities, Aspen Operations Manager -
Integration Infrastructure™ Base, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration Infrastructure™ COM, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration
Infrastructure™ Files, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration Infrastructure™ IP.21, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration
Infrastructure™ IP.21/SAP-PPPI, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration Infrastructure™ OPC, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration
Infrastructure™ Relational Databases, Aspen Operations Manager - Integration Infrastructure™ SAP R3, Aspen Operations Manager -
Integration Infrastructure™ System Monitoring, Aspen Operations Manager - Performance Scorecarding™, Aspen Operations Manager -
Role Based Visualization™ MS SharePoint, Aspen Operations Manager - Role Based Visualization™ TIBCO, Aspen Operations Tracking™,
Aspen Order Credit Management™, Aspen Orion Planning™, Aspen Orion XT™, Aspen PEP Process Library™, Aspen PIMS Distributed
Processing™, Aspen PIMS Enterprise Edition™, Aspen PIMS Global Optimization™, Aspen PIMS Mixed Integer Programming™, Aspen PIMS
Simulator Interface™, Aspen PIMS Solution Ranging™, Aspen PIMS Submodel Calculator™, Aspen PIMS XNLP Optimizer™, Aspen PIMS™,
Aspen PIPE™, Aspen Plant Planner & Scheduler™, Aspen Plant Scheduler Lite™, Aspen Plant Scheduler™, Aspen Polymers Plus®, Aspen
Plus OLI Interface™, Aspen Plus Optimizer™, Aspen Plus®, Aspen Plus® CBT, Aspen PPIMS™, Aspen Process Explorer™ CBT, Aspen
Process Manual™ Applied Rheology, Aspen Process Manual™ Bulk Solids Handling, Aspen Process Manual™ Crystallization, Aspen Process
Manual™ Drying, Aspen Process Manual™ Gas Cleaning, Aspen Process Manual™ Internet Mode, Aspen Process Manual™ Intranet Mode,
Aspen Process Manual™ Mini-Manuals, Aspen Process Manual™ Slurry Handling, Aspen Process Manual™ Solid Liquid Separation, Aspen
Process Manual™ Solvent Extraction, Aspen Process Manual™ Waste Water Treatment, Aspen Process Order™, Aspen Process Recipe®,
Aspen Process Tools™, Aspen Production Control Web Server™, Aspen ProFES® 2P Wax, Aspen ProFES® Tranflo, Aspen Profile.21™,
Aspen Properties®, Aspen Pumper Log™, Aspen Q Server™, Aspen Quality Management™, Aspen RefSYS CatCracker™, Aspen RefSYS™,
Aspen Report Writer™, Aspen Retail Automated Stock Replenishment™, Aspen Retail Resource Scheduling Optimization™, Aspen
Richardson Rbooks™, Aspen Richardson WinRace Database™, Aspen RTO Watch™, Aspen SCM™, Aspen SmartStep Advanced™, Aspen
SmartStep™, Aspen Specialty Products Automated Stock Replenishment™, Aspen Specialty Products Resource Scheduling Optimization™,
Aspen Split™, Aspen SULSIM®, Aspen Supply Chain Analytics™, Aspen Supply Chain Connect™, Aspen Supply Planner™, Aspen Tank
Management™, Aspen TASC™, Aspen Teams®, Aspen TICP™, Aspen Transition Manager™, Aspen Utilities™, Aspen Voice Fulfillment
Management™, Aspen Watch™, Aspen Water™, Aspen Web Fulfillment Management™, Aspen XPIMS™, Aspen Zyqad Development™,
Aspen Zyqad™, SLM™, SLM Commute™, SLM Config Wizard™, the Aspen leaf logo, and Plantelligence are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Aspen Technology, Inc., Burlington, MA.
All other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
This document is intended as a guide to using AspenTech's software. This documentation contains AspenTech proprietary
and confidential information and may not be disclosed, used, or copied without the prior consent of AspenTech or as set
forth in the applicable license.
Although AspenTech has tested the software and reviewed the documentation, the sole warranty for the software may be
found in the applicable license agreement between AspenTech and the user. ASPENTECH MAKES NO WARRANTY OR
REPRESENTATION, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THIS DOCUMENTATION, ITS QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Open a Case

You can open cases in many different locations from the Open File property view. You can open a document on your
computer hard disk or on a network drive that you have a connection to.
HYSYS enables you to open four different types of files:
· HYSYS Simulation Case
· HYSYS Template
· HYSYS Column Template
• HYSYS HFL File
See Also
Opening a simulation case
Opening a template
Opening a column template

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 4 of 647

Opening a HFL file

Open a Simulation Case

1 From the File menu, select Open. In the sub-menu, select Case. The File Open property view appears.
2 In the Look in drop-down list, click the drive or folder the simulation case file is located.
3 Select the simulation case you want to open.
4 Click Open.

T ips You can also click the Open Case icon in the tool bar or press CTRL O.
Note: To open a case created in another program, click the file format you want in the Files of type drop-down list, and
then double-click the document name in the folder list. You can also type the extension in the File name field; for
example, type *.sim to find HYSIM files.

Open a Template

1 From the File menu, select Open. In the sub-menu, select Template. The File Open property view appears.
2 In the Look in drop-down list, click the drive or folder the template file is located.
3 Select the template you want to open.
4 Click Open.

Open a Column Template

1 From the File menu, select Open. In the sub-menu, select Column. The File Open property view appears.
2 In the Look in drop-down list, click the drive or folder the column template file is located.
3 Select the column template you want to open.
4 Click Open.

Open a HFL File

1 From the File menu, select Open. In the sub-menu, select Cut/Copy/Paste. The File Open property view appears.
2 In the Look in drop-down list, click the drive or folder the HFL file is located.
3 Select the *.hfl file you want to open.
4 Click Open.

Load a Locked HYSYS Case

1 From the File menu, select Open and then Case. The Open File property view appears.
2 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your HYSYS simulation case file (*.hsc).
3 Select the file you want to open and click Open. The Please Enter Password property view appears.
4 In the Please enter the master password field specify the correct password.
5 Press ENTER. The simulation will proceed to load into HYSYS.
Notes
· You have three attempts to enter the correct password that is case sensitive and must be at least six characters

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 5 of 647

in length.
· If the incorrect password is entered or the correct password is entered but a locking devise is not found the
following message appears "This is not the correct Password for this case or you are missing a hardware lock" and
the case will not open.
· If the correct user password was entered, but the good until date has expired, then the following message
appears "The user password that you entered in no longer valid". This message will show up only once, and
consume one attempt of the log on procedure.
See Also
Unlocking a case

Create a New Case

To create a new case, do one of the following:

· From the File menu, select New. In the sub-menu, select Case. The Simulation Basis Manager appears.

· Click the New Case icon on the toolbar.

· Press CTRL N.

Create a New Template

You can create a new template for a new simulation case.

1 From the File menu, select New. In the sub-menu, select Template. The Simulation Basis Manager appears which
allows you to add components and fluid packages.
2 After you have added the components and fluid packages click the Enter Simulation Environment button on the
Simulation Basis Manager.
3 From the Simulation menu, select Main Properties command. The Simulation Case property view appears.
4 Click on the Exported Connections tab.
5 Set the Template Tag, Installed Simulation Basis and other optional template information if required.
When you save the simulation case, it is saved as a template.
6 HYSYS automatically saves the template in the Templates directory as a template file (*.tpl). The default path for the
Templates directory is set according to the HYSYS preferences. As shipped, the default directory is HYSYS\Template.
Notes
· Since you can have multiple simulation cases in memory, you can create a new template as part of your current
session and then install it in your original Simulation case.
· A combination of flowsheets can be in your template (in other words, a main flowsheet and one or more
subflowsheets). Likewise, multiple fluid packages can be included in the template if they are associated with a
flowsheet at the time the template is saved to disk.

Create a New Column Template

You can create a new column template:

1 From the File menu, select New.
2 In the sub-menu, select Column.
The Simulation Basis Manager appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 6 of 647

Save a Case

You can save the active case you are working on, whether it is new or existed previously. You can save all open cases at
the same time. And you can save a copy of the active case with a different name or in a different location.
You can save a case in another file format. For example, you can save a HYSYS case in a file format that can be read by
XML.
HYSYS is set to automatically save documents for recovery in case the program hangs (stops responding) or you lose
power. When the AutoRecover feature is turned on, the changes you make to a document are saved in a recovery file
based on the AutoRecover save interval. For example, if you set AutoRecover to save every 5 minutes, you will recover
more information than if you set it to save every 10 minutes. With AutoRecover turned on, if HYSYS hangs (stops
responding) while you have cases open, and you have to reboot, HYSYS automatically opens the recovery files when you
start HYSYS again. The information in the recovery files reflects the last time AutoRecover saved the cases. AutoRecover is
not a replacement for regularly saving your documents; the recovery file is deleted when you save or close the document.
You can set HYSYS to automatically save a backup copy each time you save a document. The backup copy provides you
with a previous copy, so that you have the current saved information and the information saved prior to that.
See Also
Saving a new case
Saving an existing case
Saving all open cases
Saving a copy of a case
Saving a case in another format
Change the automatic case recovery save interval
Save a backup copy of a document

Save a New Case

1 From the File menu, select Save. The Save File property view appears.
2 To save the document in a different folder, click a different drive in the Save in drop-down list, or double-click a
different folder in the folder list, or both.

3 To save the document in a new folder, click Create New Folder icon .
4 In the File name field, type a name for the case. You can use long, descriptive file names if you want.
How?
5 Click Save.

Tip: You can also save a new case by clicking the Save Case icon on the toolbar or pressing CTRL S.

Note: The default location for HYSYS open file option is the Cases folder. If you want quick access to this case, you can
save the new case in the Cases folder.

Save an Existing Case

You can use one of three methods:

· Click the Save icon on the toolbar.

· Click the Save command in the File menu.
· Press CTRL S.

Save All Open Cases

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 7 of 647

1 From the File menu, select Save All. The Save Simulation Cases property view appears.
2 Hold CTRL and select the cases you want to save from the list of available cases.
3 Click Save.
T ip: Click Save As to save copies of the selected cases.

Save a Copy of a Case

1 From the File menu, select Save As. The Save File property view appears.
2 In the File name field, type a new name for the document.
3 Click Save.
Tips
· To save the copy in a different folder, click a different drive in the Save in drop-down list, or click a different
folder name in the folder list, or both.

· To save the copy in a new folder, click Create New Folder icon .

Save a Case in Another Format

1 From the File menu, select Save As. The Save File property view appears.
2 In the File name field, type a new name for the document.
3 In the Save as type drop-down list, click a file format that you want to use.
4 Click Save.
Tips
· To save the copy in a different folder, click a different drive in the Save in drop-down list, or click a different
folder name in the folder list, or both.

· To save the copy in a new folder, click Create New Folder icon .

Note: There are three other formats you can save the case as: a HYSYS Simulation Case (*.hsc), a HYSYS XML Case
(*.xml), or a HYSYS HFL File (*.hfl).

Close a Case

To close a case, select Close Case from the File menu.

Note: If you have made changes to the case HYSYS will ask you if you would like to the save the case before closing it.

Close All Open Cases

1 From the File menu, select Close All. The Close Simulation Cases property view appears.
2 Hold CTRL and select the cases you want to close from the list of available cases.
3 Click Close.

Hot Keys

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 8 of 647

Hot keys in HYSYS enables you to perform/activate commands using the keys on the keyboard instead of using the mouse
to access the commands in the menu bar.
The following table lists the hot keys available in HYSYS:
Hot key commands in the File menu:
Create New Case CTRL N
Exit HYSYS ALT F4
Open Case CTRL O
Close Case CTRL J
Save Current Case CTRL S
Save Current Case As... CTRL SHIFT S
Hot key commands in Edit menu:
Undo CTRL Z
Copy selected object in cell, field, or PFD CTRL C
Copy Special CTRL SHIFT C
Cut selected object in cell, field, or PFD CTRL X
Paste object in selected cell, field, or PFD CTRL V
Hot key commands in the Simulation menu:
Access Integrator CTRL I
Access Event Scheduler CTRL E
Access Optimizer F5
Access Simulation Case property view (Main CTRL M
environment properties)
Enter Simulation Basis environment CTRL B
Toggle Steady-State/Dynamic Modes F7
Toggle Hold/Go Calculations F8
Hot key commands in Basis menu
Access Notes Manager CTRL G
Access Simulation Basis Manager property view CTRL B
Leave Basis environment (return to previous CTRL L
environment)
Hot key commands in Flowsheet menu:
Access Notes Manager CTRL G
Access Object Navigator F3
Add Material Stream F11
Add Operation F12
Show/Hide Object Palette F4
Show/Hide RefSYS Object Palette F6
Hot key commands in Tools menu:
Access Controller Face Plates CTRL F
Access Databook CTRL D
Access Dynamics Assistant CTRL Y
Access PFDs CTRL P
Access Reports CTRL R
Access Utilities CTRL U
Access Workbooks CTRL W
Hot key commands in Column menu:
Go to Column Runner in the column sub- CTRL T
flowsheet
Reset the column SHIFT F6

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 9 of 647

Run the column F6

Stop Column Solver CTRL BREAK
Hot key commands in Help menu:
Access Help F1
Hot key commands for Property Views:
Access editing cell function F2
Access Stream Composition Property view (from CTRL K
Workbook property view)
Arrange Property views in Tile format SHIFT F4
Close Active Property view CTRL F4
Go to Next item within Active Property view TAB
Go to Next Tab in the Active Property view CTRL SHIFT N
Go to Next Property view · CTRL F6
· CTRL TAB
Go to Previous item within Active Property view SHIFT TAB
Go to Previous Tab in the Active Property view CTRL SHIFT P
Go to Previous Property view · CTRL SHIFT F6
· CTRL SHIFT TAB
Undo CTRL Z
General hot key commands:
Access Pull-Down commands from the menu · F10
bar · ALT
Start/Stop Integrator F9
Stop Calculations CTRL BREAK
PFD hot key commands:
Center PFD objects with cursor · PERIOD key
· C
Break stream connection B
Default Orientation N
Delete Selected Object DELETE
Displays Inlet Nozzle Elevation SHIFT I
Displays Stream Mass Flow Rates SHIFT M
Displays Stream Molar Flow Rates SHIFT F
Displays Stream Names (Default) SHIFT N
Displays Object Description SHIFT R
Displays Outlet Nozzle Elevation SHIFT O
Displays Stream Pressures SHIFT P
Displays Stream Temperatures SHIFT T
Mirror about X-axis X
Mirror about Y-axis Y
Open Selected Object · V
· E
Pan the objects · ARROW keys
· SHIFT ARROW keys
Rotate 90° 1
Rotate 180° 2
Rotate 270° 3
Select Object Label L
Toggle between Move/Attach Options CTRL

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 10 of 647

Toggle between previous Zoom option Z

Undo CTRL Z
Zoom All objects HOME
Zoom In objects PAGE UP
Zoom Out objects PAGE DOWN

Simulation Basis Manager

The Simulation Basis Manager is the main property view of the Simulation environment. One of the important concepts that
HYSYS is based upon is Environments. The Simulation Basis environment allows you to input or access information within
the Simulation Basis manager while the other areas of HYSYS are put on hold avoiding unnecessary Flowsheet calculations.
Once you enter the Simulation environment, all changes that were made in the Simulation Basis environment will take
effect at the same time. Conversely, all thermodynamic data is fixed and will not be changed as manipulations to the
Flowsheet take place in the Simulation environment.
Another advantage of the Simulation Basis environment is the assurance that all the basic thermodynamic requirements are
provided before a simulation case is built. The minimum information required before leaving the Simulation Basis manager
is:
· At least one installed Fluid Package with an attached Property Package,
· At least one component in the Fluid Package,
· And a Fluid Package specified as the Default Fluid Package. This is automatically done by HYSYS once the first Fluid
Package is installed.
See Also
Opening the Simulation Basis Manager

Manage the Component Lists in the Case

The Components Manager is located on the Components tab of the Simulation Basis Manager. This tab provides a
location where sets of chemical components being modeled may be retrieved and manipulated. These component sets are
stored in the form of Component Lists that may be a collection of library pure components or hypothetical components.
The Components Manager always contains a Master Component List that cannot be deleted. This master list contains every
component available from "all" component lists. If you add components to any other component list, they automatically get
added to the Master Component List. Also, if you delete a component from the master, it also gets deleted from any other
component list that is using that component.
See Also
Editing the component list
Adding a component list
Deleting a component list
Copying a component list
Importing a component list
Exporting a component list
Refreshing component data

Add a Component List

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Components tab.
3 Click the Add button. This will open the Component List property view.
See Also
Managing the components in the component list

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 11 of 647

Viewing the components in the component list

Edit the Component List

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Components tab.
3 From the list of available component lists select the component list you would like to edit.
4 Click the View button. This will open the Component List property view.
Tip: You can also open the Component List property view by double-clicking on the any of the available component lists.
See Also
Managing the components in the component list
Viewing the components in the component list

Delete a Component List

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Components tab.
3 From the list of available component lists, select the component list you would like to delete.
4 Click the Delete button.
Notes
· HYSYS will not ask you to confirm the deletion of your component list. Once the list has been deleted all the
information is lost. Make sure you want to delete your component list.
· You cannot delete the Master Component list.

Copy a Component List

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Components tab.
3 From the list of available component lists, select the component list you would like to copy.
4 Click the Copy button.
Notes
· The copied version will be identical to the original, except for the name.
· This command may be useful for modifying Component Lists while keeping the original list intact.

Import a Component List

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Components tab.
3 Click the Import button. The Open File property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 12 of 647

4 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your component list file (*.cml).
5 Select the file you want to import and click Open.

Export a Component List

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Components tab.
3 Click the Export button. The Save File property view appears.
4 From the Save File property view, specify a name of your component list file and the location of your file.
5 Click Save.

Refreshing component data

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Components tab.
3 Click the Refresh button.
Note: This reloads all the component data from the database. Therefore if you have a case using an older version of
HYSYS this will component data to the latest version.

Manage the Components in the Component List

The Selected tab of the Component List property view is designed to simplify adding components to a Component List.
Access is provided to all Library components within HYSYS, which include the traditional components, electrolytes, defined
Hypotheticals, and other existing lists.
See Also
Adding components
Adding hypothetical components
Adding other components
Substituting components
Removing components
Sorting components
Viewing components

View the Components in the Component List

1 Move to the Components tab of the Simulation Basis Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure
you select the proper component list when using the view option.
2 Move to the Component by Type tab of the Component List property view.
Note: This tab displays all components selected for the component list by its particular type: traditional, electrolytes and
hypotheticals.

Component Property View

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 13 of 647

The Component property view allows you to view and edit the properties of each component.
There are two types of property views.
· Pure library components and hypothetical components share the first type of property view.
· The second property view is for pure solid and hypothetical solid components. You can not directly modify the
properties in the Pure Components property view.
Each property view consists of five tabs. Throughout the tabs the information is displayed in red, blue, and black. Values
displayed in red are estimated by HYSYS. Values displayed in blue are user supplied. Black values represent calculated
values or information that you cannot modify.
You can supply values directly for any of the component properties, or overwrite values estimated by HYSYS. If you change
a specified value, all properties previously estimated using that specification is forgotten.
See Also
Accessing the Component property view
Identifying the component
Specifying critical properties
Specifying point properties
Specifying temperature dependent properties
Specifying user properties
Specifying solid properties
Specifying particle size distribution
Editing properties

Editing properties at the component level

1 Open the Component property view of any component.

2 Click the Edit Properties button. The Editing Properties property view appears.
3 Select one of the following radio buttons in the Sort By group to sort the properties of the component: Property
Name, Group, Type, or Modify Status.
4 From the list of available component properties, select the property you want to modify.
5 Supply the new information in the table that appears to the right of the list of available component properties.
Notes
· Click the Reset selected property to library default button to reset the selected property to the library or original
default value for this component. This button will be active only if a component has been modified on the
component level.
· Click the Reset all properties to library default button to reset all properties to library or original default values for
this component. This button will be active only if a component has been modified on the component level.
· Click the Reset selected property for all users of this component button to clear local changes to the selected
property for all users of this component. Users are defined by changes in the Fluid pkg and stream levels.
· Click the Reset all properties for all users of this component button to clear local changes to all properties for all
users of this component. Users are defined by changes in the Fluid pkg and stream levels.

Manage Fluid Packages in a Case

In HYSYS, all necessary information pertaining to pure component flash and physical property calculations is contained
within the Fluid Package. This approach allows you to define all the required information inside a single entity. There are
four key advantages to this approach:
· All associated information is defined in a single location, allowing for easy creation and modification of the
information.
· Fluid Packages can be exported and imported as completely defined packages for use in any simulation.
· Fluid Packages can be cloned, which simplifies the task of making small changes to a complex Fluid Package.
· Multiple Fluid Packages can be used in the same simulation.
The Fluid Package Manager is located on the Fluid Pkgs tab of the Simulation Basis Manager. This tab provides a location

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 14 of 647

where multiple fluid packages can be created and manipulated.

Each fluid package available to your simulation is listed in the Current Fluid Packages group with the following information:
name, number of components attached to the fluid package, and property package attached to the fluid package.
See Also
Editing a fluid package
Adding a fluid package
Deleting a fluid package
Copying fluid packages
Importing a fluid package
Exporting a fluid package
Assigning a fluid package to a flowsheet
Choosing the appropriate property package

Add a Fluid Package

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Fluid Pkgs tab.
3 Click the Add button.
The Fluid Package property view appears.
Tips
· The Delete button (located at the bottom left corner of the Fluid Package property view) enables you to delete
the active fluid package.
· The Name field (located at the bottom of the Fluid Package property view) enables you to specify the name of the
active fluid package.
· The Edit Properties button (located at the bottom right corner of the Fluid Package property view) opens the
Editing Properties for Fluid Packages property view.
See Also
Selecting a property package
Viewing property package parameters
Specifying binary coefficients for a property package
Setting stability test options
Setting the phase order
Adding reactions to a fluid package
Setting up a tabular package
Making notes

Edit a Fluid Package

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Fluid Pkgs tab.
3 From the list of current fluid packages select the fluid package you would like to edit.
4 Click the View button. This will open the Fluid Package property view.
Tip: You can also open the Fluid Package property view by double-clicking on the any of the listed fluid packages.
See Also
Selecting a property package
Viewing property package parameters
Specifying binary coefficients for a property package
Setting stability test options
Setting the phase order

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 15 of 647

Adding reactions to a fluid package

Setting up a tabular package
Making notes

Delete a Fluid Package

Copy Fluid Packages

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Fluid Pkgs tab.
3 From the list of current fluid packages select the fluid package you would like to copy.
4 Click the Copy button.
Note: Everything is identical in this copied version of the fluid package, except the name. This is a useful tool for creating
fluid packages that have small differences to fluid packages you already created.

Import a Fluid Package

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Fluid Pkgs tab.
3 Click the Import button. This opens the Open File property view.
4 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your fluid package file (*.fpk).
5 Select the file you wish to import and click Open.

Export a Fluid Package

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Fluid Pkgs tab.
3 Click the Export button. The Save File property view appears.
4 From the Save File property view, specify a name of your fluid package file and the location of your file.
5 Click Save.

Assign a Fluid Package to a Flowsheet

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 16 of 647

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Fluid Pkgs tab.
3 For each flowsheet listed in the Flowsheet – Fluid Pkg Association group use the drop-down list, in the Fluid Pkg To
Use fields, to assign a fluid package to the flowsheet.
Notes
· You must have added at least one fluid package to your case before you can assign it to a flowsheet.
· The Default Fluid Pkg drop-down list specifies which fluid package to use as the default. The default fluid package
will be automatically assigned to any new flowsheets that have been created.

Property Package Descriptions

Equations of State (EOS)

Equation of State models have proven to be very reliable in predicting the properties of most hydrocarbon based fluids over
a wide range of operating conditions. Their application focuses on primarily non-polar or slightly polar components.
Click on the following links for information about specific EOS models:
GCEOS
Kabadi Danner
Lee-Kessler Plocker
Peng-Robinson
PRSV
SRK
Sour PR
Sour SRK
Zudkevitch Joffee
BWRS
Activity Models
The Activity Models handle highly non-ideal systems and are much more empirical in nature when compared to the
property predictions in the hydrocarbon industry. Polar or non-ideal chemical systems are traditionally handled using dual
model approaches. In this type of approach, an equation of state is used for predicting the vapour fugacity coefficients and
an activity coefficient model is used for the liquid phase. Since the experimental data for activity model parameters are
fitted for a specific range, these property methods cannot be used as reliably for generalized application.
Chien Null
Extended NRTL
General NRTL
Margules
NRTL
UNIQUAC
Van Laar
Wilson
Chao Seader & Grayson Streed Models
The Chao Seader and Grayson Streed methods are older, semi-empirical methods. The Grayson Streed correlation is an
extension of the Chao Seader method with special emphasis on hydrogen. Only the equilibrium data produced by these
correlations is used by HYSYS. The Lee-Kesler method is used for liquid and vapour enthalpies and entropies.
Chao Seader
Grayson Streed
Vapour Pressure Models
Vapour Pressure K-value models may be used for ideal mixtures at low pressures. Ideal mixtures include hydrocarbon

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 17 of 647

systems and mixtures such as ketones and alcohols, where the liquid phase behaviour is approximately ideal. These
equations are traditionally applied for heavier hydrocarbon fractionation systems and consequently provide a good means
of comparison against rigorous models. The models may also be used as first approximations for non-ideal systems. They
should not be considered for VLE (VAPOUR LIQUID EQUILIBRIUM) predictions for systems operating at high pressures or
systems with significant quantities of light hydrocarbons.
Antoine
Braun K10
Esso Tabular
Miscellaneous Types
The Miscellaneous group contains Property Packages that are unique and do not fit into the groups previously mentioned.
Amine Pkg
DBR Amine Package
ASME Stream
Glycol PPkg
NBS Stream
MBWR
OLI_Electrolyte

Select a Property Package

1 From the Fluid Pkgs tab of the Simulation Basis Manager click either the View or Add button to open the Fluid
Package property view. Make sure you select the proper fluid package when using the view option.
2 Click on the Set Up tab.
3 From the Component List Selection drop-down list, select the list of components you want to use in your fluid
package.
Tip: Clicking the View button will open the Component List property view for component list that is attached to the fluid
package.
4 From the list of available property packages select the property package you want to use in your fluid package.
Tip: You can use the radio buttons in the Property Package Filter group to filter the list of available property
packages by type.
If the property package is Equation of State (EOS), Activity Model, Amine, or Electrolyte, additional property package
options might appear in the top right corner of the property view or on the Parameters tab.
See Also
Property Package Descriptions

Property Package Parameters

The information and options displayed on the Parameters tab is dependent on the Property Package selection. Some
Property Packages will have nothing on the Parameters tab, while others display additional information.
See Also
Antoine parameters
Chao Seader parameters
Chien Null parameters
GCEOS parameters
Grayson Streed parameters
Kabadi Danner parameters
Peng-Robinson parameters
PR-Twu parameters
PRSV parameters
Sour PR parameters
Sour SRK parameters

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 18 of 647

SRK parameters
SRK-Twu parameters
Twu-Sim-Tassone parameters
Wilson parameters
Zedkevitch Joffee parameters
Generalized Cubic EOS parameters

Property Package Binary Coefficients

The Binary Coeffs tab of the Fluid Package Manager displays a table listing the interaction parameters for each component
pair. Depending on the property method chosen, different estimation methods may be available.
The cells with unknown interaction parameters will contain red dashes (---). When you exit the Basis Manager, unknown
interaction parameters are set to zero. You have the option of overwriting any library value.
For all the tables on the Binary Coeffs tab, the components across the top of the matrix represent the "i" component and
the components down the side represent the "j" component.
Note: The Binary Coeffs tab for the Glycol Property package contains separate pages for the EOS and Activiy Model
Interaction Parameters.
See Also
Activity Model Interaction Parameters
Equation of State Interaction Parameters

Setting stability test options

1 From the Fluid Pkgs tab of the Simulation Basis Manager click either the View or Add button to open the Fluid
Package property view. Make sure you select the proper fluid package when using the view option.
2 Perform the steps for selecting a property package and then click on the Stab Test tab.
3 In the Dynamic Mode Flash Options group select the flash calculation method you want to be used when operating in
Dynamic mode.
4 In the Stability Test Parameters group specify the maximum phases allowed in your simulation and the stability
method you want to use to perform the stability test calculations. There are six methods for you to choose from
None, Low, Medium, All, User, and HYSIM Flash.
If you select the User radio button you must also specify which phase(s) and component(s) you want to initiate the test
with. The phases are selected from the Phase(s) to Initiate Test group. There are four options available: Deleted,
Average of Existing, Ideal Gas, and Wilson's Equation. Using the checkboxes select the phase(s) you want to use. The
components are selected from the Comp(s) to Initiate Test group. This group lists all of the components that are
attached to your fluid package. Using the checkboxes select the component(s) you want to use.
5 In the Temperature Limits group specify the lower temperature limit and upper temperature limit of the flash. If you
do not specify a value HYSYS will use internal limits.
Notes
· The Stability Test allows you to instruct HYSYS on how to perform phase stability calculations in the Flowsheet. If
you encounter situations where a flash calculation fails or you are suspicious about results, you can use these
options to approach the solution using a different route.
· One limitation with the stability test is the fact that it relies on the property package chosen rather than physical
reality. At best, it will be as accurate as the property package. For instance, the NRTL package is known to be ill-
behaved in the sense that it could actually predict numerous equilibrium phases that do not exist in reality. Thus,
turning on all initial guesses for NRTL may not be a good idea.
· This tab’s appearance is changed when using COMThermo.

Set the Phase Order

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 19 of 647

1 From the Fluid Pkgs tab of the Simulation Basis Manager click either the View or Add button to open the Fluid
Package property view. Make sure you select the proper fluid package when using the view option.
2 Perform the steps for selecting a property package and then click on the Phase Order tab.
3 In the Phase Sorting Method group select either the Use Phase Type and Density (default) radio button or the Use
User Specified Primary Components radio button.
If you select the Use User Specified Primary Components radio button the Select Primary Phase Components group
appears. From this group select which components you to see in the Liquid 1 column and the Liquid 2/Aqueous
columns in the Stream property view.
Notes
· The Use Phase Type and Density option can cause instabilities in dynamics. In practice if small spikes are
identified and an examination of the flowsheet reveals that some material appears in different phase slots in
different parts of the flowsheet (where the spikes originate) than the user specified option is recommended.
· When using the Use User Specified Primary Components option and there is only one non-vapor phase present
and the mole fractions of the primary component adds up to more than the specified threshold, it is considered to
belong in phase column 1 and of type "liquid 1". Otherwise the ratio of primary component for the two choices is
examined.
· The Use User Specified Primary Components option is recommended when:
o a simulation is performed and it has more than one liquid phase.
o the densities of the two liquid phases may be close
o one or more phases are close to being labeled either aqueous or liquid.
See Also
Material Streams

Add Reactions to a Fluid Package

Notes
· You can remove reaction sets from your fluid package by selecting the reaction set you want to remove from the
list of current reaction sets and clicking the Remove button.
· You can have more than one reaction set attached to your fluid package.
· The list of associated reactions displays all of the reactions that are available in the selected reaction set.
See Also
Reactions

Set up a Tabular Package

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 20 of 647

6 Expand the Options branch of the Tabular Package tree by clicking on the Plus icon next to Options branch.
7 Select the All Properties sub-branch. In the resulting table activate the Use HYSYS checkboxes for all desired target
properties. Specify the basis which the mixing rule will be applied, for each active target property, using the drop
down list located in each cell of the Comp Basis column (default basis is mole). Then specify a value for the mixing
parameters (default value is 1.00). If you have the PPDS database, you may select the database by clicking the
checkbox in the Use PPDS column.
8 The Physical and Thermodynamic sub-branches subdivide the properties, found in the All Properties sub-branch, by
type. As properties are added, the Information branch will become expandable.
9 Expand the Information branch of the Tabular Package tree by clicking on the "+" next to "Information". Under this
branch all of the target properties you selected in the options branch are listed.
10 Select any one of the target properties listed. The resulting table allows you to configure the regression package
you would like HYSYS to use to regress your data. There are 32 basic equation shapes, 31 Y term shapes, and 29 X
term shapes, as well as Y and X power functions.
11 If you activated the Heat of Mixing property on either the All Properties or Thermodynamic sub-branch the Heat of
Mixing branch will appear.
12 Select the Heat of Mixing branch. In the UNIFAC Estimation Options group specify a reference temperature that the
UNIFAC parameters will be calculated at and then click either the UNIFAC VLE or UNIFAC LLE buttons.
13 Select one of the Heat of Mixing component sub-branches. In the table specify your equation shape, Y variable, X
variable, X min and max and equation coefficients.
Notes
· The tabular package is utilized in conjunction with property package you select. Your targeted properties are
calculated as replacements for whatever procedure the associated property method would have used.
· The tabular package can regress experimental data for selected thermophysical properties such that a fit is
obtained for a chosen mathematical expression.
· The tabular package can be used to incorporate heat of mixing data into a simulation when an activity model is
selected or Lee-Kesler model is used for enthalpy calculation.
· Plots of temperature versus the selected property type can be displayed by clicking the Cmp Plots button found
on any of the Information sub-branches.
· You can access the Tabular Component property view by clicking the Cmp Prop Detail button found on any of the
Information sub-branches.

Making Notes

1 Click on the Notes tab or Notes page.

2 In the text editor, type any relevant notes or comments you have regarding the simulation case such as fluid
packages, assays, user properties, operations, etc.
Notes
· The text editor toolbar provides all of the basic editing functionality. You can change the font type and font size
using the appropriate drop-down lists. You can change the text color and text style with the bold, italic and
underline buttons. You can change the text alignment as well as use indentation. Bullets can also be added to the
text. The Insert Object button can also be used to insert various object types into your notes.
· You can view all the notes for your simulation case in the Notes Manager.

Edit Properties at the Fluid Package Level

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 21 of 647

5 Click the Edit Properties button. The Editing Properties property view appears.
6 Select one of the following radio buttons in the Sort By group to sort the properties of the component: Property
Name, Group, Type, or Modify Status.
7 From the list of available component properties select the property you want to modify.
8 Supply the new information in the table that appears to the right of the list of available component properties.
Tips
· Click the Reset selected prop vector to components default button to clear the selected property vector within this
fluid package and resets it to the component level value.
· Click the Reset all props to components default button to clear all changed property vectors within this fluid
package and resets them to the component level values.
· Click the Reset selected property for all users of this fp button to clear local changes to selected property vector
for all users of this fluid package. The user is defined as the stream level property selected, which is overwritten
with current fluid package value.
· Click the Reset all properties for all users of this fp button to clear local changes to all properties for all users of
this fluid package. The users are defined as the stream level properties, which are overwritten with current fluid
package values.

Manage the Hypothetical Components in the Case

The Hypo Manager is located on the Hypotheticals tab of the Simulation Basis Manager. This tab allows you to create
non-library or hypothetical components. Hypothetical components can be pure components, defined mixtures, undefined
mixtures, or solids. You can also clone HYSYS library components into hypotheticals, allowing you to modify the library
values.
A wide selection of estimation methods is provided for the various Hypo groups (hydrocarbons, alcohols, etc.) to ensure the
best representation of the behavior of the hypothetical component in the simulation. In addition, methods are provided for
estimating the interaction binaries between hypotheticals and library components. You can also use Hypotheticals with the
Tabular Package, as well as in Reactions.
Hypothetical components are independent of the Fluid Package. When a hypothetical is created, it is placed in a Hypo
Group. Since Hypothetical components are not exclusively associated with a particular Fluid Package, it is possible for
multiple Fluid Packages to share Hypotheticals. In other words, you need only create a Hypothetical once, and it can be
used in any Fluid Package in the case.
See Also
Editing your hypothetical group
Adding a hypothetical group
Deleting a hypothetical group
Removing duplicate hypothetical components
Importing a hypothetical group
Exporting a hypothetical group
Viewing hypothetical components
Moving hypothetical components
Cloning hypothetical components

Add a Hypothetical Group

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Hypotheticals tab.
3 Click the Add button.
Notes
· Clicking the Add button will open the Hypo Group property view.
· If you desire you can change the default name of your hypo group by entering a new name in the Group Name field.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 22 of 647

Edit the Hypothetical Group

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Hypotheticals tab.
3 Select the hypo group you want to edit from the list of available hypothetical groups.
4 Click the View button. This will open the Hypo Group property view.
Tip: You can open the Tabular Input property view by double-clicking on the any of the listed hypo groups.

Note: You can also access the Hypo Group property view by selecting a hypothetical component from the Hypothetical
Quick Reference table and clicking the View Hypo button. The information presented will correspond to the hypo group
the hypothetical component is associated with.
See Also
Managing the hypo group

Delete a Hypothetical Group

Remove Duplicate Hypothetical Components

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Hypotheticals tab.
3 Click the Translocate button.
Note: Clicking the Translocate button will get HYSYS to search through all of the hypothetical components in the case and
if there are duplicates HYSYS replaces them and puts all the duplicates in a separate hypo group that can then be
deleted. This is intended for use when a large numbers of hypo groups, templates, and/or fluid packages have been
imported into a case and there is the possibility of a lot of repeated hypothetical components.

Import a Hypothetical Group

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Hypotheticals tab.
3 Click the Import button. This opens the Open File property view.
4 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your hypothetical groups file (*.hyp).
5 Select the file you wish to import and click Open.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 23 of 647

Export a Hypothetical Group

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Hypotheticals tab.
3 Click the Export button. This opens the Save File property view.
4 From the Save File property view, specify a name of your hypothetical groups file and the location of your file.
5 Click Save.

View Hypothetical Components

1 Move to the Hypotheticals tab of the Simulation Basis Manager.

2 From the Hypothetical Quick Reference table select the hypothetical component you want to view.
3 Click the View Hypo to open the Component property view.
Tip: You can open the Component property view of any hypo group by double-clicking on the hypothetical component
name.
See Also
Component Property View

Move Hypothetical Components

1 Move to the Hypotheticals tab of the Simulation Basis Manager.

2 Click the Move Hypos button. This will open the Move Hypothetical Comps property view.
3 From the list of available hypothetical components select the component you want to move.
4 From the list of available hypothetical groups select the group you want to move the component to.
5 Click the Switch to Group button.
Tip: If you want to move a hypothetical component to a group that has not been created yet you can click the Add New
Hypo Group button. This will create a new hypo group while keeping the focus on the Move Hypothetical Comps property
view. Once the new hypo group has been created you can follow the steps above to move your hypothetical component
into the new group.

Manage the Hypothetical Group

The Hypo Group property view is designed to manage the hypothetical components of your hypo group. You can easily add
and specify values for both hypothetical and solid hypothetical components. Access is also provided to the various
estimation methods HYSYS uses to estimate any component properties that you do not have available to you.
See Also
Adding hypothetical components
Editing hypothetical components
Deleting hypothetical components
Cloning hypothetical components
Specifying estimation methods
Making notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 24 of 647

Add Hypothetical Components

1 From the Hypotheticals tab of the Simulation Basis Manager click either the View or Add button to open the Hypo
Group property view. Make sure you select the proper hypothetical group when using the view option.
2 Select the class type you want to assign to this group of hypo components from the Component Class drop-down list.
3 To add a hypothetical component to your group, click the Add Hypo button, or you can click the Add Solid button to
add a solid hypothetical component.
4 Click the Base Properties radio button and specify values for NBP (normal boiling point), molecular weight, liquid
density, critical temperature, critical pressure, critical volume, and acentricity.
5 Click the Vapour Pressure radio button and again specify values for minimum temperature, maximum temperature
and the Antoine Coefficients.
Notes
· You can only have one class type per group. You must create a new hypo group to contain components of a
different group.
· The class type has no effect on the values calculated for the solid hypothetical components.
· Solid hypothetical components do not require values for critical properties.
· You do not need to specify all of the component properties. By supplying a minimum amount of information and
clicking the Estimate Unknown Props button HYSYS will estimate the critical properties as well as the all the
variables used to calculate vapor pressure.
· The Vapour Pressure is calculated using the Modified Antoine equation. The units used for Pressure and
Temperature are kPa, and degrees Kelvin respectively.
· Hypothetical components require a UNIFAC structure. You can create a UNIFAC structure by clicking the UNIFAC
button. This opens the UNIFAC Component Builder property view.

Edit Hypothetical Components

1 From the Hypotheticals tab of the Simulation Basis Manager click either the View or Add button to open the Hypo
Group property view. Make sure you select the proper hypothetical group when using the view option.
2 From the list of available components select the component you want to edit.
3 Click the View button to open the Component property view.
See Also
Component Property View

Delete Hypothetical Components

Clone Hypothetical Components

Both the Hypotheticals tab and the Hypo Group property view allow you to clone library components into hypothetical
components.
1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager property view, and click the Hypotheticals tab.
2 Do one of the following to open the Convert Library Comps to Hypothetical Comps property view:
· Click the Clone Comps button. This will open the.
· Click either the View or Add button to open the Hypo Group property view. Click the Clone Library Comps

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 25 of 647

button. Make sure you select the proper hypothetical group when using the view option.
The Source Components group has two lists. From the list of available component lists select the component list that
contains the component you want to clone. Then from the lists of available library components contained in the
component list select the component you want to clone.
3 In the Hypo Groups group select the target hypo group for your new hypothetical component in.
4 Click the Convert to Hypo(s) button.
Tip: You may select more than one component at a time by holding down the CTRL key, and then clicking each
component you want to select. Clicking the Convert to Hypo(s) button will then clone all of the selected components.

Notes
· Activate the Replace ALL Instances checkbox if you want to replace the library component with the new
hypothetical in every component list that contains the library component.
· The new hypothetical component will appear in the list of available hypo components, and will have an asterisk
(Methane*) after its name, signifying that it is a hypothetical. This name may be changed at any time by editing
the hypothetical component. However you can not use the original library component name.

Specify Estimation Methods

1 From the Hypotheticals tab of the Simulation Basis Manager click either the View or Add button to open the Hypo
Group property view. Make sure you select the proper hypothetical group when using the view option.
2 Click the Estimation Methods button. This will open the Property Estimation property view.
3 From the list of properties select the property you want to modify.
4 Select the estimation method from the Estimation Method for Selected Property drop-down list (depending on the
selected property, the selections in the drop-down list will differ).
Tip: If you do not want HYSYS to estimate a property select the Do Not Estimate option from the drop-down list.

Note: The variables that each property affects are displayed in the Variables Affected by this Estimate table. For example
when you select an estimation method for the Critical Temperature property, you are not only affecting the critical
temperature, but also the properties that use critical temperature in their estimation or calculation.

The following properties are estimated by HYSYS.

Critical Temperature Critical Pressure Critical Volume
Acentricity Molecular Weight Normal Boiling Point
Vapour Pressure Liquid Density Ideal Gas Enthalpy
Heat of Formation Ideal Gas Gibbs Energy Heat of Vapourization
Liquid Viscosity Surface Tension Radius of Gyration

Note: The above methods to estimate the property values apply to the hypothetical components only.

Use the Oil Manager

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Oil Manager tab.
3 From the Associated Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to associate to with the Oil
Environment.
4 Activate the Associate checkbox in the Associated Flow Sheets group to associate your oil blends with flowsheets in
your case.

5 Click the Enter Oil Environment button or the Oil Environment icon in the toolbar to enter the Oil
Characterization environment.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 26 of 647

Note: The Associated Fluid Package for the Oil serves two primary functions: to provide the light end components and
identify which Fluid Package the oil blend will be installed.

Open the Oil Characterization Environment

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Oil Manager tab.

3 Click the Enter Oil Environment button or the Oil Environment icon in the toolbar. This will open the Oil
Characterization Manager in the Oil Characterization environment.
Notes
· The Clear All button removes all assays, blends, user properties and correlation sets from your case, use with
CAUTION.
· The Calculate All button tells HYSYS to calculate all assay and blend information.
See Also
Managing the assays in the case
Managing the blends in the case
Managing the user properties in the case
Managing the correlation sets in the case
Installing an oil
Modifying the oil output settings

Manage the Assays in the Case

The Assay tab of the Oil Characterization Manager allows you to manage the oil assays in your case. From this tab you can
easily add new assays and modify existing assays. You also have the capability to import assays from other cases or export
your assays for use with another case.
Descriptions can be provided to each individual assay making it easier for you to provide useful information about the assay
to others.
See Also
Editing the assay
Adding an assay
Deleting an assay
Cloning an assay
Importing an assay
Exporting an assay
Modifying the Oil Input settings

Define an Assay

1 From the Oil Characterization Manager, click on the Assay tab.

2 Click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure you select the proper assay when using the view option. The
Assay property view appears.
3 Click on the Input Data tab.
4 From the Assay Definition group specify whether you are supplying bulk properties data.
5 From the Assay Data type drop-down list select an assay data type or None.
6 Click the Light Ends Handling & Bulk Fitting Options button to specify if a given curve contains light-ends
contributions, set if a specified bulk property contains light-ends and partition a property curve so that some sections
can be adjusted more than others.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 27 of 647

Notes
· The minimum amount of information that HYSYS requires to characterize a petroleum fluid is either a laboratory
distillation curve or two of the following three bulk properties; Molecular Weight, Density or Watson UOP K factor.
However, the more information you supply the better your oil characterization will be.
· HYSYS generates all of its physical and critical properties from an internally generated TBP curve at atmospheric
conditions. Regardless of what type of assay data you provide, HYSYS will always convert it to an internal TBP
curve for the characterization procedure. Note that the internal TBP curve is not stored with the assay.

Set Calculation Defaults

1 Move to the Assay tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure you
select the proper assay when using the view option.
2 Move to the Calculation Defaults tab of the Assay property view.
3 HYSYS generates all of its physical and critical properties from an internally generated TBP curve at atmospheric
conditions. Regardless of what type of assay data you provide, HYSYS will always convert it to an internal TBP curve
for the characterization procedure. From the Conversion Methods group select the methods to be used by HYSYS for
D86-TBP Interconversion and D2887-TBP Conversion.
4 If you are using previously uncorrected laboratory data you use the correction methods in the Corrections for Raw
Lab Data group. To apply the lab barometric pressure correction factor, click the Yes radio button found in the Apply
Lab Barometric Pressure Correction sub-group and specify the barometric pressure of the lab. To apply the ASTM D86
API cracking correction factor, click the Yes radio button found in the Apply ASTM D86 API Cracking Correction sub-
group.
5 Using the drop-down lists in the Extrapolation Methods group, select the extrapolation method to be used by each
curve type and the end of curve to apply the extrapolation to.
Notes
· There are three extrapolation methods that you can choose from: Lagrangelagrange_extrapolation_method, Least
Squaresleast_squares_extrapolation_method, and Probabilityprobability_extrapolation_method.
· There are three options to choose from when indicating which end of the curve you want to apply the
extrapolation method. Upper end, Lower end and Both ends.

View Working Curves

1 Move to the Assay tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure you
select the proper assay when using the view option.
2 Move to the Working Curves tab of the Assay property view.
Notes
· Recall that the working curves are interpolated using either a third or fourth order Lagrange polynomial fit of your
input curve, while the method used to extrapolate points outside your data depends on the type of curve (Mass
Density, Viscosity, Molecular Weight). You select the method for the fit of your input curve; Least Squares,
La_Grange, or Probability, on the Calculation Defaults tab.
· HYSYS will always use 50 points in the calculation of the working curves, but the molar distribution will vary
depending on the data you provide. In cases where there is a region with a steep gradient, HYSYS will move more
points to that region, but will still use 50 points.

Plot Assay Curves

1 Move to the Assay tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure you
select the proper assay when using the view option.
2 Move to the Plots tab of the Assay property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 28 of 647

3 From the Property drop-down list select the curve you would like to plot. The options available in the drop-down list
depend on the curves you have defined on the Input Data tab.
There are a total of five possible curves that you can plot: Distillation, Molecular Weight, Density, Viscosity, and User
Property.
Notes
· The User Property option will only be available if a User Property has been created and a User Curve has been
defined in the Assay.
· The x-axis displays the assay percent on a basis consistent with the format of your input.
See Also
Assay Curves

Select a Correlation Set for the Assay

1 Move to the Assay tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure you
select the proper assay when using the view option.
2 Move to the Correlations tab of the Assay property view.
3 From the Selected drop-down list, select the correlation set that you would like to use in your assay. By default the
Default Set correlation set is the active set.
Notes
· Clicking the Edit button will open the Correlation Set property view allowing you to modify the selected correlation
set.
· The Low and High End Temperature cells is the range that the selected correlation set is applied. If you split the
range, then more than one temperature range will be displayed. You can edit the temperature of defined splits for
custom correlation sets on this tab. The MW and specific gravity correlations are also displayed. You cannot
change these correlations in this property view; this must be done from the Correlation Set property view.
· Only the molecular weight and specific gravity correlations are required in the calculation of the working curves.
The critical pressure, critical temperature, acentricity, and ideal enthalpy correlations are not displayed in the
Assay property view. These are applicable only in the calculation of the hypocomponent properties.
See Also
Correlation Sets

Add User Curves to the Assay

1 Move to the Assay tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure you
select the proper assay when using the view option.
2 Move to the User Curves tab of the Assay property view.
3 From the list of available user properties select the user property you would like to add to your assay. Click the Add
button. You must have a user property defined before you can add before you can add it to your assay.
4 From the User Curve Data group, use the Table type drop-down list to select either Dependent or Independent.
5 From the User Curve Data group specify the Bulk Value of your curve.
6 From the User Curve Data group, use the Extrapolation Method drop-down list to select Lagrange, Least Squares, or
Probability.
7 From the User Curve Data group, use the Apply To drop-down list to select Upper End, Lower End, or Both Ends.
8 Click the Edit button and specify at least five pairs of assay percents and user property values in the Assay Input
Table.
Tips
· You may select more than one user property at a time by holding down the CTRL key, and then clicking each user
property you want to select. Clicking the Add button will then add all of the selected user properties.
· Double-clicking the user property will open the User Property property view, allowing you to modify your user

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 29 of 647

property.
· Click the Light Ends Handling & Bulk Fitting Options button to specify if a given curve contains light-ends
contributions.
See Also
User Properties

Manage the Blends in Simulation Case

The Cut/Blend tab of the Oil Characterization Manager allows you to manage the hypocomponents in your case. From this
tab you can easily add new blends and modify existing blends. You also have the capability to clone blends.
The Cut/Blend characterization in HYSYS splits internal working curves for one or more assays into hypocomponents.
Descriptions can be provided to each individual assay making it easier for you to provide useful information about the assay
to others.
See Also
Editing your blend
Adding a blend
Deleting a blend
Cloning a blend

Define the Blend

1 Move to the Cut/Blend tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure
you select the proper blend when using the view option.
2 Move to the Data tab of the Blend property view.
3 From the list of available assays select the assay you want use for your blend and click the Add button. The assay will
be moved from the list of available assays to the Oil Flow Information table.
4 From the Oil flow table specify the flow units for the oil, either Liquid Volume, Molar or Mass. Also specify the flow
rate of the oil.
5 From the Cut Option Selection drop-down list select one of the following cut options: Auto Cut, User Ranges or User
Points.
Tips
· You may select more than one assay at a time by holding down the CTRL key, and then clicking each assay you
want to select. Clicking the Add button will then add all of the selected assays.
· Double-clicking an assay will open the Assay property view, enabling you to modify the assay.

Notes
· There is no limitation to the number of assays that can be included in a single blend or to the number of blends
that can contain a given assay. Each blend is treated as a single oil and does not share hypocomponents with other
blends or oils.
· The Bulk Data button is available when more than one assay is present in the Oil Flow Information table. Clicking
this button opens the Bulk Values property view enabling you to provide the following bulk data for a blend. The
Bulk Data feature is particularly useful for supplying the bulk viscosities of the blend, if they are known.

Select a Correlation Set for the Blend

1 Move to the Cut/Blend tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure
you select the proper blend when using the view option.
2 Move to the Correlations tab of the Assay property view.
3 From the Selected drop-down list, select the correlation set that you would like to use in your assay. By default the
Default Set correlation set is the active set.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 30 of 647

Notes
· Clicking the Edit button will open the Correlation Set property view allowing you to modify the selected correlation
set.
· The Low and High End Temperature cells contain the range value that the selected correlation set is applied. If
you split the range, then more than one temperature range will be displayed. You can edit the temperature of
defined splits for custom correlation sets on this tab. The critical temperature, critical pressure, acentricity, and
Ideal Enthalpy correlations are also displayed. You cannot change these correlations in this property view; this
must be done from the Correlation Set property view.
· The critical pressure, critical temperature, acentricity, and ideal enthalpy correlations are required in the
calculation of hypocomponent properties. The molecular weight and specific gravity correlations are not displayed
in the Blend property view, as these are applicable only in the calculation of the working curves. In the calculation
of hypocomponent properties, the molecular weight, specific gravity, and viscosity are estimated from their
respective working curves.
See Also
Correlation Sets

View Results of Blending

1 Move to the Cut/Blend tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure
you select the proper blend when using the view option.
2 Move to the Tables tab of the Assay property view.
3 From the Table Type drop-down list select the type of table you would like to view. There are five options available:
Component Properties, Component Breakdown, Molar Compositions, Oil Properties, and Oil Distributions.
Note: The information on this tab will change depending on the table type selected.

View the Property Plot

1 Move to the Cut/Blend tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure
you select the proper blend when using the view option.
2 Move to the Property Plot tab of the Assay property view.
3 Select the basis for the x-axis from the Basis drop-down list. You have three options: Liquid Volume, Mole, or Mass.
4 Select the basis for the y-axis from the Property drop-down list. You have eight options: Distillation, Molecular Weight,
Density, Viscosity (at two different temperatures), Critical Temperature, Critical Pressure, Acentric Factor, and User
Property.
Notes
· Click on the Create a New Plot to store the plot. All stored plots can be accessed from the Plots Summary tab.
· Before you can plot a user property you must have defined a user curve.
See Also
Property Plots

View the Distribution Plot

1 Move to the Cut/Blend tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure
you select the proper blend when using the view option.
2 Move to the Distribution Plot tab of the Assay property view.
3 From the Basis drop-down list select the basis to use for plotting. You have three options: Liquid Volume, Mole, and
Mass.
4 Using the radio buttons in the Cut Input Information group, select the fractionation cut you would like to plot. You

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 31 of 647

have four options: Straight Run, Cycle oil, Vacuum oil, and User Custom.
Notes
· You can edit the existing cut temperatures at any time by placing the cursor in the appropriate cell of the Cut
Input Information table. If changes are made to the information in any of the standard fractionation cuts, the radio
button will automatically switch to User Custom.
· New cuts can also be added to the oil by clicking the Add New Cut button. This opens the New Cut Point property
view. In this property view you enter a new end temperature and click the Add Cut Point button.
· Click on the Create a New Plot to store the plot. All stored plots can be accessed from the Plots Summary tab.
See Also
Distribution Plots

View the Composite Plot

1 Move to the Cut/Blend tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure
you select the proper blend when using the view option.
2 Move to the Composite Plot tab of the Assay property view.
3 Select the basis for the y-axis from the Property drop-down list. You have five options: Distillation, Molecular Weight,
Density, Viscosity (at two temperatures), and User Property.
Notes
· Before you can plot a user property you must have defined a user curve.
· Click on the Create a New Plot to store the plot. All stored plots can be accessed from the Plots Summary tab.
See Also
Property Plots

View Stored Plots

1 Move to the Cut/Blend tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure
you select the proper blend when using the view option.
2 Move to the Plot Summary tab of the Assay property view.
3 From the list of created plots select the plot you want to view.
4 Click the right mouse button and select View from the resulting menu.
Tip: You can also double-click on the name of the plot to open the plot.

Note: To remove a plot, select the plot you want to delete and click the Remove button.

Manage the User Properties in Oil Environment

On the User Property tab of the Oil Characterization Manager, you can create an unlimited number of user properties for
use in the Build Environment. A User Property is any property that can be defined and subsequently calculated on the basis
of composition. Examples for oils include R.O.N. and Sulfur content.
During the characterization process, all hypocomponents will be assigned an appropriate property value. HYSYS will then be
able to calculate the value of the property for any flowsheet stream. This enables User Properties to be used as Column
specifications.
Once User Properties have been installed, you can then supply assay information as for Viscosity, Density, or Molecular
Weight Curves.
Descriptions can be provided to each individual assay making it easier for you to provide useful information about the assay
to others.
See Also

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 32 of 647

Editing the user property

Adding a user property
Deleting a user property
Cloning a user property

Define the User Property in Oil Environment

1 Move to the User Property tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make
sure you select the proper user property when using the view option.
2 Click the Data tab of the User Property property view.
3 Use the drop-down list in the Mixing Basis cell to select the basis for mixing. You have the following options: Mole
Fraction, Mass Fraction, Liquid Volume Fraction, Mole Flow, Mass Flow, and Liquid Flow.
4 Use the drop-down list in the Mixing Rule cell to specify the mixing rule to use with for your user property.
5 Specify values for the mixing rule parameters F1 and F2. By default these parameters have a value of 1.00.
6 From the Unit Type drop-down list select the variable type for the user property. For example, if you have a
temperature user property, select the temperature unit type.
7 Specify a lower and upper limit for your user property in the Lower Limit Value and Upper Limit Value cells
respectfully.
8 In the Refinery Options group specify values for the following assay properties: Min/Max warning user prop value,
Correlation lower/upper temp limit, Relative tolerance in synthesis and Polynomial Coefficients.
9 Click the Edit component user property values button. The Edit user property values property view appears.
10 Specify the user property value for each of the component in the master component list.
11 Click the Submit button. The Edit user property values property view is closed and you are returned to the User
Property property view.
Notes
· The choice of Mixing Basis applies only to the basis that will be used for calculating the property in a stream. You
will supply the property curve information on the same basis as the Boiling Point Curve for your assay.
· The values you provide for the light end components will be used when calculating the property value for each
hypocomponent (removing that portion of the property curve attributable to the Light Ends components). This is
not the property curve information. The purpose of these values is to instruct HYSYS how the User Property should
be calculated in all flowsheet streams. Whenever the value of a User Property is requested for a stream, HYSYS
will use the composition in the specified basis, and calculate the property value using your mixing rule and
parameters.

Manage the Correlation Sets in the Case

HYSYS allows you to choose from a wide variety of correlations to determine the properties of the generated
hypocomponents. The Correlation tab of the Oil Characterization Manager allows you to manage the correlations in your
case. From this tab you can easily add new correlation sets and modify existing correlation sets.
You cannot change the correlations or ranges for the Default correlation set. If you want to specify different correlations or
temperature ranges, you must create a new correlation set.
Descriptions can be provided to each individual assay making it easier for you to provide useful information about the assay
to others.
See Also
Editing the correlation set
Adding a correlation set
Deleting a correlation set
Cloning a correlation set

Define the Correlation Set

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 33 of 647

1 Move to the Assay tab of the Oil Characterization Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make sure you
select the proper correlation set when using the view option.
2 Move to the Options tab of the Correlation Set property view.
3 Use the drop-down list in the MW column and specify the correlation you want to use. Repeat this for each of the
columns in the table: SG, Tc, Pc, Acc. Factor, and Ideal H.
4 You have the choice of changing a property correlation over the entire range, or making a certain correlation valid for
a particular boiling point range only. To split correlations over several boiling ranges press the Add New Range
button. This will open Add Temperature Range property view.
5 In the New Temp field enter the temperature you want to split your range at. Click the Split Range button. You can
now specify correlations in these two ranges.
6 In the Assay and Blend Association group, activate the New Assays/Blends checkbox if you want to all new Assays
and Blends that are created to use this Correlation Set.
7 Click the Available Assays radio button. In Assay/Blend table activate the Use this Set checkbox for all the assays that
you want to use this correlation set.
8 Click the Available Blends radio button. In Assay/Blend table activate the Use this Set checkbox for all the blends that
you want to use this correlation set.
Tip: You can modify the temperature splits any time by clicking in the appropriate cell and specifying a new value. Only
values that are blue in color can be modified.

Notes
· Changes to the Molecular Weight or Specific Gravity correlations are applied to the assay curve, while the critical
temperature, critical pressure, acentric factor, and heat capacity correlations are applied to the blend's
hypocomponent properties. Note that changes to the assay correlations have no effect when you have supplied a
property curve (e.g., Molecular Weight), they only apply in the situation where HYSYS is estimating the properties.
· You can add as many temperature splits as you would like to your correlation set.
· To remove a split, click the Remove Range Button. This will open the Remove property view. From the list of
available splits select the split you want to remove and click the Merge Temp Range button. When you merge a
range, you will delete the correlations for the range whose Low End Temperature is equal to the range
temperature you are merging.
· Any changes to the correlations for an input assay will result in first the assay being recalculated, followed by any
blend that uses that assay. For an existing oil, it will be automatically recalculated/re-cut using the new
correlations, and the new components will be installed in the flowsheet.

Install Oil into a Flowsheet

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Oil Manager tab.

3 Click the Enter Oil Environment button or click the Oil Environment icon in the toolbar.
4 Select the Install Oil tab.
5 Activate the Install checkbox. The checkbox is active if a checkmark is visible inside the box.
6 In the Stream Name column specify a stream name for that blend. You may use an existing stream name, or create a
new one. If you do not provide a name the hypocomponents will not be attached to the Fluid Package.
7 Use drop-down list in the Flowsheet column to specify which flowsheet you want to install the stream containing the
hypocomponents.
Note: For blends that contain more than one assay, each individual assay is automatically displayed in the Oil Install
Information table.

Manage the Reactions in the Case

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 34 of 647

Reactions within HYSYS are defined inside the Reaction Manager. The Reaction Manager, located on the Reactions tab of
the Simulation Basis Manager, allows you to define an unlimited number of reactions and attach combinations of these
reactions in reaction sets. The reaction sets are then attached to unit operations in the flowsheet.
The Reaction Manager is a versatile, timesaving tool that allows you to do the following:
· Create a new list of components for the Reactions or simply use the components associated with a fluid package.
· Add, Edit, Copy or Delete reactions and reaction sets.
· Attach reactions to various reaction sets or attach reaction sets to multiple fluid packages, thus eliminating repetitive
procedures.
· Import and Export reaction sets.
See Also
Adding components
Editing a reaction
Adding a reaction
Deleting a reaction
Copying a reaction
Editing a reaction set
Adding a reaction set
Deleting a reaction set
Copying a reaction set
Importing a reaction set
Exporting a reaction set
Adding a reaction set to a fluid package

Add a Reaction Set to a Fluid Package

1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager by clicking the Home View icon located in the Simulation Basis Manager
toolbar.
2 Select the Reactions tab.
3 From the list of available reaction sets select the reaction set you want to add to a fluid package.
4 Click the Add to FP button. This opens the Add ‘Reaction Set’ property view.
5 From the list of available fluid packages select the fluid package you want to use.
6 Click the Add Set Fluid Package button. This will associate the reaction set to the fluid package and close the Add
‘Reaction Set’ property view.
7 In the Assoc. Fluid Pkgs field you will see the name of the fluid package attached to the selected reaction set.
See Also
Fluid Packages

Specify Reaction Stoichiometry

1 Move to the Stoichiometry tab on the Reaction property view for any of the reaction types.
2 Click in the cell that displays **Add Comp**. This will open a drop-down list. From this list select the component you
want to use for the reaction. You can change this component at anytime by clicking in the cell and selecting a new
component from the drop-down list.
3 Repeat the above step until all of the components you require have been added to the table.
4 In the Stoich Coeff column enter a stoichiometric coefficient for each component. This value must be negative for a
reactant and positive for a product. You may also specify the coefficient for an inert component as 0, which for the
Conversion reaction, is the same as not including the component in the table. Fractional coefficients are acceptable.
Notes
· The Stoichiometry tab is the same for each of the reaction types.
· The Balance button can be used to balance the reaction when enough stoichiometric information has been

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 35 of 647

entered.
· The Balance Error field helps you keep track of the reaction balance by displaying the remaining molecular weight
required by the reaction.
· The Reaction Heat field displays the heat of reaction. A positive value indicates that the reaction is endothermic. A
negative value indicates that the reaction is exothermic.
· For Kinetic reactions you must also specify the forward and reverse orders. HYSYS initially fixes the orders of
reaction according to the corresponding stoichiometric coefficient. These may be modified by directly entering the
new value into the appropriate cell.

Specify Reaction Basis

1 Move to the Basis tab on the Conversion Reaction property view.

2 From the Base Component drop-down list select the component you want to use as the base component.
3 From the Rxn Phase drop-down list select the phase of you want your conversion to take place. Different kinetics for
different phases can be modeled in the same reactor. You can choose from one of the following phases: Overall,
Vapour Phase, Liquid Phase, Aqueous Phase, or Combined Liquid.
4 Enter a value for the conversion parameter Co in the appropriate field.
5 Enter a value for the conversion parameter C1 in the appropriate field.
6 Enter a value for the conversion parameter C2 in the appropriate field.
Notes
· You have to add the components to the reaction, on the Stoichiometry tab, before the base component can be
specified.
· To define a constant value for conversion percentage, enter a conversion (%) value for Co only. Negative values
for C1 and C2 means that the conversion will drop with increased temperature and vice versa.

Specify the Reaction Basis

1 Move to the Basis tab on the Equilibrium Reaction property view.

2 From the Basis drop-down list select the basis for the reaction. You can choose from one of the following options:
Activity, Partial Pressure, Molar Concentration, Mass Concentration, Mole Fraction, or Mass Fraction.
3 From the Phase drop-down list select the phase for the reaction. You can choose from one of the following options:
Vapour Phase or Liquid Phase.
4 In the appropriate fields enter the minimum and maximum temperatures that the reaction expressions are valid. If the
temperature does not stay within the specified bounds, a warning message will alert you.
5 From the Basis Units drop-down list select the appropriate units for the basis you have specified.
6 From the Keq Source group, select the source of the equilibrium constant for the reaction. You can choose from one
of the following options: Ln(Keq) Equation, Gibbs Free Energy, Fixed Keq, or Keq vs T Table. Depending on the
selection you make, different options will be available on the Keq tab allowing you to define your equilibrium constant.
Note: If the Auto Detect checkbox is active, HYSYS will automatically change the Keq Source, depending on the Keq
information you provide. For instance, if you enter a fixed equilibrium constant, the Fixed Keq radio button will
automatically be selected.

Calculate the Equilibrium Constant Keq

The Keq tab allows you to specify parameters for the various ways of determining your equilibrium constant Keq.
Depending on the Keq Source radio button you selected on the Basis tab of the Equilibrium Reaction property view this tab
will appear different.
See Also
Using the Ln(Keq) Equation

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 36 of 647

Using Gibbs Free Energy

Using a fixed Keq
Using the Keq vs T Table

Specify the Equilibrium Approach

Under certain process conditions, an equilibrium reaction may not, actually reach equilibrium. The equilibrium reaction set
uses two types of approach, Fractional and Temperature, to simulate this type of situation. You may select either one or
both types of approaches for use in the simulation.
1 Move to the Approach tab on the Equilibrium Reaction property view.
2 In the Fractional Approach group specify values for the constants, Co, C1 and C2 in the appropriate fields.
3 In the Temperature Approach group specify a value for delta T in the appropriate field.
Note: The temperature approach is not relevant for a fixed Keq source and thus the group will not appear when
Fixed Keq radio button is chosen from the Basis tab.

Add Pre-defined Reactions from the HYSYS Library

1 Move to the Library tab on the Equilibrium Reaction property view.

2 From the list of available equilibrium reactions select the reaction you want to use. Click the Add Library Rxn button.
Note: When you select a reaction from the library, all data for the reaction, including the stoichiometry, basis, and Ln(K)
parameters, will be transferred into the appropriate locations in the Equilibrium Reaction property view.

Specify the Reaction Basis

1 Move to the Basis tab on the Heterogeneous Catalytic Reaction property view.
2 From the Basis drop-down list select the basis for the reaction. You can choose from one of the following options:
Activity, Partial Pressure, Molar Concentration, Mass Concentration, Mole Fraction, Mass Fraction, or Fugacity.
3 From the Base Component drop-down list select the component you want to use as the base component.
4 From the Rxn Phase drop-down list select the phase of you want your conversion to take place. Different kinetics for
different phases can be modeled in the same reactor. You can choose from one of the following phases: Overall,
Vapour Phase, Liquid Phase, Aqueous Phase, or Combined Liquid.
5 In the appropriate fields enter the minimum and maximum temperatures that the reaction expressions are valid. If
the temperature does not stay within the specified bounds, a warning message will alert you.
6 From the Basis Units drop-down list select the appropriate units for the basis you have specified.
7 From the Rate Units drop-down list select the appropriate units to express the rate of reaction.

Specify the Numerator

1 Move to the Numerator tab on the Heterogeneous Catalytic Reaction property view.
2 In the Forward Reaction group specify the forward reaction parameters of your extended Arrhenius equation.
3 In the Reverse Reaction group specify the reverse reaction parameters of your extended Arrhenius equation.
4 You must also specify the reaction order of the various components for both the forward and reverse reactions. In the
Components column, click in the cell that displays <empty>, a drop-down list appears. From this list select a
component. You can change this component at anytime by clicking in the cell and selecting a new component from
the drop-down list.
5 In the Forward Order column, specify a value defining the order of the component. Do the same In the Reverse Order
column.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 37 of 647

Note: When specifying Forward and Reverse relationships it is important to maintain thermodynamic consistency. Refer to
the HYSYS Simulation Basis guide for more information regarding thermodynamic consistency.

Specify the Denominator

1 Move to the Denominator tab on the Heterogeneous Catalytic Reaction property view.
2 Specify a value for the pre-exponential factor in the A column of the Component Exponent table. This value is used in
determining the adsorption term (K).
3 Specify a value for the activation energy in the E column of the Component Exponent table. This value is used in
determining the adsorption term (K).
4 In the remaining columns specify the exponents of the absorbed components.
5 In the Denominator Exponent field specify the overall exponent term n.
Notes
· Each row in the Component Exponents table represents a denominator term.
· The Delete Row button is used to delete a row from the Component Exponent table.

Specify the Reaction Basis

1 Move to the Basis tab on the Kinetic Reaction property view.

2 From the Basis drop-down list select the basis for the reaction. You can choose from one of the following options:
Activity, Partial Pressure, Molar Concentration, Mass Concentration, Mole Fraction, Mass Fraction, or Fugacity.
3 From the Base Component drop-down list select the component you want to use as the base component.
4 From the Rxn Phase drop-down list select the phase of you want your conversion to take place. Different kinetics for
different phases can be modeled in the same reactor. You can choose from one of the following phases: Overall,
Vapour Phase, Liquid Phase, Aqueous Phase, or Combined Liquid.
5 In the appropriate fields enter the minimum and maximum temperatures that the reaction expressions are valid. If
the temperature does not stay within the specified bounds, a warning message will alert you.
6 From the Basis Units drop-down list select the appropriate units for the basis you have specified.
7 From the Rate Units drop-down list select the appropriate units to express the rate of reaction.

Specify Reaction Parameters

1 Move to the Parameters tab on the Kinetic Reaction property view.

2 Specify values for A, E and ß in the appropriate fields of the Forward Reaction group.
3 Similarly specify values for A’, E’ and ß’ in the appropriate fields of the Reverse Reaction group.
Notes
· The Arrhenius parameters for the reverse reaction are not required.
· If the Arrhenius coefficient A is equal to zero, there is no reaction. If Arrhenius coefficients E and ß are zero, the rate
constant is considered to be fixed at a value of A for all temperatures.

Specify Reaction Parameters

1 Move to the Parameters tab on the Kinetic Reaction property view.

2 Specify values for A, E and ß in the appropriate fields of the Forward Reaction group.
3 Specify values for A’, B’, C’ and D’ in the appropriate fields of the Reverse Reaction group.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 38 of 647

Notes
· If the Arrhenius coefficient A is equal to zero, there is no reaction. If Arrhenius coefficients E and ß are zero, the
rate constant is considered to be fixed at a value of A for all temperatures.
· The reverse equilibrium constant K' is considered to be a function of temperature only
· You must supply at least one of the four reverse equilibrium constants.

Define a Reaction Set

1 Move to the Reactions tab of the Simulation Basis Manager and click on either the View Set or Add Set buttons. Make
sure you select the proper reaction set when using the view option.
2 Click in the <empty> cell of the Active List column and select a reaction you want to add to the set from the drop-
down list.
3 Click in the <empty> cell of the Inactive List column and select a reaction you want to add to the set, but remain
inactive, from the drop-down list.
4 From the Solver Method drop-down list, select the reaction solver method you want HYSYS to use. You can choose
from the following options: Newton's Method, Rate Iterated, Rate Integrated, and Auto Select.
Notes
· HYSYS determines the set type from the reaction types in the active list. This field cannot be modified. The set
types are Conversion, Kinetic, Equilibrium, and Mixed. A Mixed Set Type corresponds to a Reaction Set containing
both Kinetic and Equilibrium reactions.
· To delete a reaction from either the active or inactive lists, click on the reaction name and press DELETE.
· There is limited flexibility for the mixing of reaction types within a reaction set. You can have Equilibrium and
Kinetic reactions within a single reaction set, but you must have a distinct reaction set for conversion reactions.
· The same reaction can be active in multiple reaction sets.
· Click on the reaction name and click the View Active button to open the property view of that reaction.
· You can use the Make Inactive and Make Active buttons to move reactions back and forth between the active and
inactive lists. Make sure you have selected the proper reaction before clicking either buttons.
· The Advanced button opens the Advanced property view allowing you to specify more options for your reaction
set.
· The Ranking button opens the Reaction Ranks property view allowing you to rank your reactions. This option is
only available when the reaction set type is conversion.

Mapping Fluid Component Compositions across Fluid Package Boundaries

You can map fluid component compositions across Fluid Package boundaries on the Component Maps tab of the
Simulation Basis Manager. Composition values for individual components from one fluid package can be mapped to a
different component in an alternate fluid package. This is especially usually when dealing with hypothetical oil components.
Two previously defined fluid packages are required to perform a component mapping. One fluid package becomes the
target component set and the other becomes the source component set. Mapping is performed using a matrix of source
and target components. The transfer basis can be performed on a mole, mass or liquid volume basis.
See Also
Simulation Basis Manager
Mapping components

Manage the User Properties in the Case

On the User Properties tab of the Simulation Basis Manager, you can create an unlimited number of user properties for use
in the Build environment. A user property is any property that can be defined and subsequently calculated on the basis of
composition.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 39 of 647

For each user property, you select the source fluid package. You can then supply a user property value for each component
in that fluid package. By choosing the mixing basis and mixing equation, the total user property will be calculated.
Once a user property is defined, HYSYS will be able to calculate the value of the property for any stream through the User
Property utility. User properties can also be set as Column specifications.
See Also
Editing your user property
Adding a user property
Deleting a user property

Define the User Property

1 Move to the User Properties tab of the Simulation Basis Manager and click on either the View or Add buttons. Make
sure you select the proper user property when using the view option.
2 Move to the Data tab of the User Properties property view.
3 Use the drop-down list in the Mixing Basis cell to select the basis for mixing. You have the following options: Mole
Fraction, Mass Fraction, and Liquid Volume Fraction.
4 Use the drop-down list in the Mixing Rule cell to specify the mixing rule to use with for your user property. Refer to
the HYSYS Simulation Basis guide for more information regarding the mixing rules.
5 Specify values for the mixing rule parameters F1 and F2 to more accurately reflect your property formula. By default
these parameters have a value of 1.00.
6 From the Unit Type drop-down list select the variable type for the user property. For example, if you have a
temperature user property, select the temperature unit type.
7 Specify a lower and upper limit for your user property in the Lower Limit Value and Upper Limit Value cells
respectfully.
8 In the Refinery Options group specify values for the following assay properties: Min/Max warning user prop value,
Correlation lower/upper temp limit, Relative tolerance in synthesis and Polynomial Coefficients.
9 Click the Edit component user property values button. The Edit user property values property view appears.
10 Specify the user property value for each of the component in the master component list.
11 Click the Submit button. The Edit user property values property view is closed and you are returned to the User
Property property view.
Notes
· The choice of Mixing Basis applies only to the basis that will be used for calculating the property in a stream. You
will supply the property curve information on the same basis as the Boiling Point Curve for your assay.
· The values you provide for the light end components will be used when calculating the property value for each
hypocomponent (removing that portion of the property curve attributable to the Light Ends components). This is
not the property curve information. The purpose of these values is to instruct HYSYS how the User Property should
be calculated in all flowsheet streams. Whenever the value of a User Property is requested for a stream, HYSYS
will use the composition in the specified basis, and calculate the property value using your mixing rule and
parameters.

Operations Overview

There are a number of ways to install unit operations into your flowsheet. The operations which are available depend on
where you are currently working (main flowsheet, template subflowsheet, or column subflowsheet). If you are in the main
flowsheet or template environments, all operations are available, except those associated specifically with the column, such
as reboilers and condensers. A smaller set of operations is available within the column subflowsheet.
The two primary areas from which you can install operations are the UnitOps property view and the Object Palette.
All information concerning a unit operation can be found on the tabs and pages of its property view. Each tab in the
property view contains pages, which pertain to a certain aspect of the operation, such as its stream connections, physical
parameters (for example, pressure drop and energy input), or dynamic parameters such as vessel rating and valve
information. Material and energy streams transfer process information between operations.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 40 of 647

Notes
· If negative pressure drop occurs in a vessel, the operation will not solve and a warning message appears in the
status bar.
· If you do not have the license for RefSYS or Upstream, you cannot install their unit operations.
See Also
Unit Operation property view
Object Palette
UnitOps property view

Unit Operation Property View

Although each Unit Operation differs in functionality and operation, in general, the Unit Operation property view remains
fairly consistent in its overall appearance. The figure below shows a generic property view for a Unit Operation.

The Operation property view can contain several different tabs which are operation specific, however the Design, Ratings,
Worksheet, and Dynamics tabs can usually be found in each Unit Operation property view and have similar functionality.
Tab Description
Design Connects the feed and product streams to the Unit Operation. Other parameters
such as pressure drop, heat flow, and solving method are also specified on the
various pages of this tab.
Ratings Rates and Sizes the Unit Operation vessel. Specification of the tab is not always
necessary in Steady State mode, however it can be used to calculate vessel hold
up.
Worksheet Displays the Conditions, Properties, Composition, and Pressure Flow values of
the streams entering and exiting the Unit Operation.
Dynamics Sets the dynamic parameters associated with the Unit Operation such as valve
sizing and pressure flow relations. Not relevant to steady state modeling.

Crystallizer

The Crystallizer operation models the crystallization of a fully defined inlet stream to attain a specified amount of selected
solids concentration that is present in the effluent.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 41 of 647

Refer to the Operations Guide for more information regarding the Crystallizer.
See Also
Add a Crystallizer
View Crystallizer properties
Delete a Crystallizer

Add a Crystallizer

There are two ways that you can add a Crystallizer to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Electrolyte Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Crystallizer model.
4 Click the Add button. The Crystallizer property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Electrolyte Ops icon . The Electrolytes Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Crystallizer icon . The Crystallizer property view appears.

Notes
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Crystallizer
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Crystallizer

1 From the PFD double-click the Crystallizer icon. The Crystallizer property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Crystallizer by clicking on the Crystallizer icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View Crystallizer properties

From the PFD, double-click the Crystallizer icon. The Crystallizer property view appears. From here you can modify any of
the Crystallizer’s properties.
Notes
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Crystallizer

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 42 of 647

Specifying rating data

Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Specify Crystallizer Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Crystallizer icon. The Crystallizer property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Crystallizer.
5 In the Inlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
6 In the Vapour Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for separators and tanks.
7 In the Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for separators and tanks.
8 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list. This stream is optional.
Notes
· The Fluid Package field displays the fluid package associated with the object.
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.

Specify Crystallizer Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Crystallizer icon. The Crystallizer property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the vessel. The default value is 0.0 kPa.
5 Select either the Mole Flow or Mass Flow radio button to specify the basis of solid output in the liquid stream.
6 Select either the Component or Total radio button.
· If the Component radio button is selected, specify the solid component you want to control from the Solid
drop-down list and the flow rate of the selected solid in the Solid Flow field.
· If the Total radio button is selected, specify the total solid flow rate in the liquid stream in the Total Solid
Rate field.
7 If an energy stream is attached to the Crystallizer select either the Heating or Cooling radio button. If you know the
duty of the energy stream specify the value in the Duty field.
Notes
· The Delta P is calculated if the inlet and outlet pressures are known.
· The Degrees of Freedom field displays the number of degrees of freedom that are available to the Neutralizer.
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.

Specify Crystallizer Solving Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Crystallizer icon. The Crystallizer property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 43 of 647

3 Click on the Solver page.

4 In the Manipulated Variables group, specify the Upper and Lower bounds of each of the manipulated variables in the
Crystallizer.
5 In the Specified Variables group, specify the tolerance of each of the specified variables in the Crystallizer.
6 In the Maximum Iterations group, specify the maximum number of calculation steps the solver performs before
stopping.
Notes
· Currently only the flow rate of a defined Reagent stream is used as an adjustable variable to the solver. Here a
defined Reagent stream means that the stream can be flashed to get a solution with the specified variables
meeting the degrees of freedom.
· The Active checkbox is a flag that is used for displaying information only and cannot be changed.
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.

Manage User Variables in a Stream or Operation

1 From the PFD, double-click the stream or unit operation icon. The property view for the selected stream or unit
operation appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet (for a material stream)/Design (for a unit operation)/User Variables (for an energy stream and
logical operation) tab.
3 Click on the User Variables page, if required.
Note: The object the user variable is created in owns the user variable.
See Also
Creating a user variable
Editing a user variable
Deleting a user variable
Sorting the user variables
Filtering the user variables
Enabling and disabling the user variables

Specify Rating Data

This unit operation does not currently have rating features.

View Stream Conditions

1 From the PFD, double-click the unit operation icon you want to view. The property view of the selected unit operation
appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the Conditions page. The conditions for all the streams attached to the unit operation are displayed in the
table.
Tip: Double-click in a stream’s Name field to open the stream’s property view.

Notes
· This page allows you to define streams that are incomplete or modify stream values if you require changes in the
simulation. Any value that is blue in color indicates that the value may be modified. This allows you to easily define
or modify a stream without opening the property view of each stream that is attached to the unit operation.
· This page also allows you to quickly see how the streams connected to the unit operation are acting throughout
the simulation.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 44 of 647

View Stream Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the unit operation icon you want to view. The property view of the selected unit operation
appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the Properties page. The properties for all the streams attached to the unit operation are displayed in the
table.
Tip: Double-click in a stream’s Name field to open the stream’s property view.

Notes
· Any value that is blue in color indicates that the value may be modified.
· This page also allows you to quickly see how the streams connected to the unit operation are acting throughout
the simulation.
· Any changes made to this page are reflected in the stream’s property view.
See Also
Stream property view

View Stream Compositions

1 From the PFD, double-click the unit operation icon you want to view. The property view of the selected unit operation
appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the Compositions page. The compositions for all the components in all the streams attached to the unit
operation are displayed in the table.
Notes
· This page allows you to define or modify the composition of streams that are attached to the unit operation. Any
value that is blue in color indicates that the value may be modified. This allows you to easily define or modify a
stream’s composition without opening the property view of each stream that is attached to the unit operation.
· When you define or modify a composition the Input Composition property view appears.
· Any changes made to this page are reflected in the stream’s property view.

View Stream Pressure Flow Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the unit operation icon you want to view. The property view of the selected unit operation
appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the PF Specs page. The pressure flow specifications for all the streams attached to the unit operation are
displayed in the table.
Note: Any changes made to this page are reflected in the stream’s property view.

Specify Dynamic Properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 45 of 647

This unit operation is currently not available for dynamic simulation.

Neutralizer

The Neutralizer operation models the neutralization of a fully defined inlet stream and allows you to adjust the pH value in
the effluent stream.
Refer to the Operations Guide for more information regarding the Neutralizer.
See Also
Adding a Neutralizer
Viewing Neutralizer properties
Deleting a Neutralizer

Add a Neutralizer

There are two ways that you can add a Neutralizer to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Electrolyte Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select the Neutralizer model.
4 Click the Add button. The Neutralizer property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Electrolyte Ops icon . The Electrolytes Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Neutralizer icon . The Neutralizer property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Note: You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.
See Also
Configuring a Neutralizer
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Neutralizer properties

From the PFD, double-click the Neutralizer icon. The Neutralizer property view appears. From here you can modify any of
the Neutralizer’s properties.
Notes
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Neutralizer
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 46 of 647

Delete a Neutralizer

1 From the PFD, double-click the Neutralizer icon. The Neutralizer property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Neutralizer by clicking on the Neutralizer icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Neutralizer Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Neutralizer icon. The Neutralizer property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the vessel. The default value is 0.0 kPa.
5 In the pH Spec field specify the product stream’s pH value.
6 If an energy stream is attached to the Neutralizer select either the Heating or Cooling radio button. If you know the
duty of the energy stream specify the value in the Duty field.
Notes
· The Delta P is calculated if the inlet and outlet pressures are known.
· The Degrees of Freedom field displays the number of degrees of freedom that are available to the Neutralizer.
· The Actual pH field displays the current pH of the product stream.
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.

Specify Neutralizer Solving Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Neutralizer icon. The Neutralizer property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Solver page.
4 In the Manipulated Variables group, specify the Upper and Lower bounds of each of the manipulated variables in the
Neutralizer.
5 In the Specified Variables group, specify the tolerance of each of the specified variables in the Neutralizer.
6 In the Maximum Iterations group, specify the maximum number of calculation steps the solver performs before
stopping.
Notes
· Currently only the flow rate of a defined Reagent stream is used as an adjustable variable to the solver. Here a
defined Reagent stream means that the stream can be flashed to get a solution with the specified variables
meeting the degrees of freedom.
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.

Specify Rating Data

This unit operation does not currently have rating features.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 47 of 647

Specify Neutralizer Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Neutralizer icon. The Neutralizer property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Neutralizer.
5 In the Inlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
6 In the Reagent Stream drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Vapour Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for separators and tanks.
8 In the Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for separators and tanks.
9 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list. This stream is optional.
Notes
· The Fluid Package field displays the fluid package associated with the object.
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.

Precipitator

The Precipitator models the precipitation of a selected ion in a stream entering the operation to achieve a specified target
concentration in the effluent stream.
Refer to the Operations Guide for more information regarding the Precipitator.
See Also
Add a Precipitator
View Precipitator properties
Delete a Precipitator

Add a Precipitator

There are two ways that you can add a Precipitator to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Electrolyte Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Precipitator model.
4 Click the Add button. The Precipitator property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Electrolyte Ops icon . The Electrolytes Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Precipitator icon . The Precipitator property view appears.

Notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 48 of 647

· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Precipitator
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Precipitator

1 From the PFD, double-click the Precipitator icon. The Precipitator property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Precipitator by clicking on the Precipitator icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View Precipitator Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Precipitator icon. The Precipitator property view appears. From here you can modify any of
the Precipitator’s properties.
Notes
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Precipitator
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Specify Precipitator Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Precipitator icon. The Precipitator property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Precipitator.
5 In the Inlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
6 In the Reagent Stream drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Vapour Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for separators and tanks.
8 In the Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for separators and tanks.
9 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list. This stream is optional.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 49 of 647

Notes
· The Fluid Package field displays the fluid package associated with the object.
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.

Specify Precipitator Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Precipitator icon. The Precipitator property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the vessel. The default value is 0.0 kPa.
5 Select the ion component you want to control from the Controlled Ion drop-down list.
6 In the Ion Spec field, specify the concentration of ion from the inlet stream that can be controlled via the following
exercises: Dilution and Precipitation.
7 If an energy stream is attached to the Precipitator select either the Heating or Cooling radio button. If you know the
duty of the energy stream specify the value in the Duty field.
Notes
· The Delta P is calculated if the inlet and outlet pressures are known.
· The Degrees of Freedom field displays the number of degrees of freedom that are available to the Precipitator.
· The Actual field displays the current ion concentration level.
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.

Specify Precipitator Solving Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Precipitator icon. The Precipitator property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Solver page.
4 In the Manipulated Variables group, specify the Upper and Lower bounds of each of the manipulated variables in the
Precipitator.
5 In the Specified Variables group, specify the tolerance of each of the specified variables in the Precipitator.
6 In the Maximum Iterations group, specify the maximum number of calculation steps the solver performs before
stopping.
Notes
· Currently only the flow rate of a defined Reagent stream is used as an adjustable variable to the solver. Here a
defined Reagent stream means that the stream can be flashed to get a solution with the specified variables
meeting the degrees of freedom.
· You can only access the Electrolyte objects if a fluid package using the OLI_Electrolyte property package is
associated with the flowsheet.

Specify Rating Data

This unit operation does not currently have rating features.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 50 of 647

Air Cooler

The air cooler unit operation uses an ideal air mixture as a heat transfer medium to cool (or heat) an inlet process stream
to a required exit stream condition. One or more fans circulate the air through bundles of tubes to cool process fluids. The
air flow can be specified or calculated from the fan rating information. The air cooler can solve for many different sets of
specifications including:
· The overall heat transfer coefficient, UA
· The total air flow
· The exit stream temperature
· In dynamics, the air flow must be calculated using the fan rating information. The steady state and dynamic air
cooler operations share the same rating information.
· The dynamic Air Cooler tube, unlike the steady state Air Cooler, is capable of storing inventory like other dynamic
unit operations. The pressures of the surrounding unit operations govern the direction of flow of material through the
Air Cooler.
See Also
Add an Air Cooler
View Air Cooler properties
Delete an Air Cooler

Add an Air Cooler

There are two ways that you can add an Air Cooler to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Heat Transfer Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Air Cooler model.
4 Click the Add button. The Air Cooler property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Air Cooler icon . The Air Cooler property view appears.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring an Air Cooler
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Air Cooler results
Specifying dynamic properties

View Air Cooler Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Air Cooler’s properties.
Tips
· The status bar at the bottom of the property view displays the current status of the operation.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 51 of 647

Configuring an Air Cooler

Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Air Cooler results
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete an Air Cooler

1 From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete an Air Cooler by clicking on the Air Cooler icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Air Cooler Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the air cooler.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the air cooler. The fluid package that
is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Air Cooler Parameters

1 From the PFD double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 If both the inlet and outlet Air Cooler streams are not fully defined (i.e., are not solved) then you must specify at least
one of the following three parameters.
5 The Delta P field allows you to specify the pressure drop across the Air Cooler. You can also use the attached streams
to determine this value (i.e., the pressure drop will be calculated if the inlet and outlet stream pressures are
specified).
6 The Overall UA field allows you to specify the overall UA for the Air Cooler.
7 The Temperature fields allow you to specify the temperature of the inlet and outlet air streams. HYSYS provides a
default value of 25.00 C for the air inlet temperature.
8 From the Configuration drop-down list select one of the tube pass arrangement you want to in the Air Cooler: One
tube row, one pass, Two tube rows, one pass, Three tube rows, one pass, Four tube rows, one pass, Two tube rows,
two passes, Three tube rows, three passes or Four tube rows, four passes. HYSYS determines the correction factor,
Ft, based on the Air Cooler configuration.
Note: There is no pressure drop associated with the air stream. The air pressure through the cooler is assumed to be
atmospheric.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 52 of 647

Size an Air Cooler

1 From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 In the Number of Fans field, specify the number of fans in the Air Cooler.
5 For each fan in the Air Cooler, specify the following parameters: Demanded speed, Maximum Acceleration, Design
speed, Design air flow, Current air flow, Speed, and Fan Is On.
Note: In dynamics, the air flow must be calculated using the fan rating information.

Configure Air Cooler Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the Air Cooler relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group, specify the following values for Air Cooler inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation
(Base) and Elevation (Ground).
Note: The nozzle data is only available if the Fidelity license is activated.

View Air Cooler Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
Notes
· The Results table displays following parameters: Working Fluid Duty, Correction Factor, UA, LMTD, Feed T,
Product T, Air Inlet T, Air Outlet T, Total Volumetric Air Flow, and Total Mass Air Flow.
· If the UA, Feed T, Product T, Air Inlet T, and Air Outlet T are specified values you can edit these values on this
page.
· Click the Check Duties button to view the working fluid steady state duty, the air steady state duty and the result
of the Correction Factor * UA * LMTD.

View Air Cooler Profiles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Profiles page.
Note: The Dynamic Results table displays the temperature and vapor fraction of each zone in the Air Cooler.

Model a Dynamic Air Cooler

1 From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 53 of 647

2 Click on the Dynamics tab.

3 Click on the Model page.
4 In the Reference air flow field, specify the reference flow rate for air. This value is used to calculate the value of f1,
which is used in the calculation of the flow scale factor, F.
5 In the Reference fluid flow field, specify the reference flow rate for the fluid. This value is used to calculate the value
of f2, which is used in the calculation of the flow scale factor, F.
6 In the Minimum flow scale factor field, specify the minimum flow scale factor for the Air Cooler. If the flow scale
factor calculated by HYSYS is smaller than the minimum flow scale factor then the minimum value will be used.

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
The pressure drop across the Air Cooler operation can be specified in one of two ways:
· Activate the Overall Delta P checkbox. Specify the pressure drop across the Air Cooler in the Overall Delta P
field.
· Activate the Overall k Value checkbox.
4 The reference flow value results in a more linear relationship between flow and pressure drop. This is used to
increase model stability during startup and shutdown where the flows are low. It is recommended that the k
reference flow be taken as 40% of steady state design flow for better pressure flow stability at low flow range.
Specify a k reference flow in the Pressure flow reference flow field.
5 The k-value defines the relationship between the flow through the Air Cooler and the pressure of the surrounding
streams. Specify the k value in the Overall K Value field. If you do not know the k value click the Calculate K button
to have HYSYS calculate the k value for you. Ensure that there is a non-zero pressure drop across the Air Cooler
before the Calculate K button is clicked.
6 In the Fluid volume field, specify the Air Cooler’s holdup volume.
7 In the Mass Flow field, specify the mass flow rate of the inlet stream. If this parameter is calculated by HYSYS you will
not be able to modify it.
8 In the Exit Temperature field, specify the temperature of the exit stream. If this parameter is calculated by HYSYS
you will not be able to modify it.
Notes
· Use the k-value specification option as much as possible to simulate actual pressure flow relations in the plant.
· Click the Spec Zones button to set the zone specifications in the Air Cooler.

View Air Cooler Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Air Cooler icon. The Air Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Notes
· The Overall Holdup Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume
space of the unit operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
· From the Individual Zone Holdups drop-down list select the zone you want to view the holdup properties for. Click
the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the selected zone.

Create a Strip Chart for a Stream or Operation

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 54 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the stream or unit operation icon. The property view for the selected stream or unit
operation appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Stripchart page.
4 From the Variable Set drop-down list, select the variables you want to plot on your strip chart. The variables appear in
the table
5 Click the Create Stripchart button. The Strip Chart property view appears.
Tips
· To delete a variable from a strip chart, select the variable you want delete from the list of available variables and
press DELETE. To replace the variable deleted, re-select the variable set from the Variable Set drop-down list.
· Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

Cooler

The Cooler unit operation is a one-sided heat exchangers. The inlet stream is cooled to the required outlet conditions, and
the energy stream absorbs the enthalpy difference between the two streams. This operation is useful when you are
interested only in how much energy is required to cool a process stream with a utility, but you are not interested in the
conditions of the utility itself.
See Also
Adding a Cooler
Viewing Cooler properties
Deleting a Cooler

Add a Cooler

There are two ways that you can add a Cooler to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Heat Transfer Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Cooler model.
4 Click the Add button. The Cooler property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Cooler icon . The Cooler property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Cooler
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Cooler performance
Specifying dynamic properties

View Cooler Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
cooler’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 55 of 647

See Also
Configuring a Cooler
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Cooler performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Cooler

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a cooler by clicking on the Cooler icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Cooler Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the cooler.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the cooler. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Cooler Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 You can now do one of the following:
· Specify either the pressure drop across the process side and/or the duty of the energy stream in the
appropriate field.
· Leave these fields empty and use the attached streams to determine the values (i.e., the pressure drop will
be calculated if the inlet and outlet stream pressures are known).
Note: You can supply a negative duty value, however, be aware that for a Cooler, a negative duty means that the unit is
heating the inlet stream.

Configure Cooler Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 56 of 647

3 Click on the Nozzles page.

4 Specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group, specify the following values for the Cooler inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation
(Base) and Elevation (Ground).
Note: The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

Specify a Heat Loss Model for a Cooler

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Heat Loss page.
4 Select the heat loss model you want to use by clicking one of the following radio buttons: None, Simple or Detailed.
Note: The heat loss model is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
See Also
Specifying a simple heat loss model
Specifying a detailed heat loss model

View Cooler Profiles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Profiles page.
Notes
· The pressure, temperature, vapor fraction, and enthalpy are calculated for each zone in the cooler.
· When viewing the zone conditions in steady state mode, regardless of the number of zones specified, the zone
conditions are calculated for the inlet zone only.
· You can specify the number of zones you want to have for your Cooler on the Specs page on the Dynamics tab.

View Cooler Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Plots page.
4 From the X Variable drop-down list, select the variable you want to use for the x-axis.
5 From the Y Variable drop-down list, select the variable you want to use for the y-axis.
6 In the Interval field, specify the number of calculation intervals you want calculated across the data. This divides the
data up into equally spaced intervals. Changes to this value are also applied to the Interval field on the Tables page.
Tip: Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

View Cooler Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Tables page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 57 of 647

4 In the Interval field, specify the number of calculation intervals you want calculated across the data. This divides the
data up into equally spaced intervals. Changes to this value are also applied to the Interval field on the Plots page.
Note: The temperature, pressure, heat flow, enthalpy and vapor fraction values are displayed in the table.

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons: Supplied Duty, Product Temp Spec, or Duty Fluid.
5 In the Zones field, specify the number of zones you want to model in the Cooler.
6 In the Volume field, specify the volume of the Cooler.
7 If the Supplied Duty radio button is selected specify the duty applied to the Cooler in the Duty field.
8 If the Product Temp Spec radio button is selected specify the temperature of the product stream in the Product Temp
field.
9 Activate the Overall Delta P checkbox to set the pressure drop across the Cooler. Once the checkbox is active you can
modify this value in the field next to the checkbox.
10 Activate the Overall K checkbox if the k value is to be used to calculate pressure across the Cooler. Once the checkbox is
active you can modify this value in the field next to the checkbox.
Tips
· Click the Calculate k button to size the Cooler using a k value. Ensure that there is a non-zero pressure drop
across the Cooler before you click this button.
· Click the Spec Zones button to set zone specifications in the Cooler.

Notes
· When the Duty Fluid radio button is selected the Duty Fluid page appears. You must specify all the parameters on
this page before the Cooler will solve.
· Use the k-value specification option as much as possible to simulate actual pressure flow relations in the plant.

View Cooler Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Notes
· The Overall Holdup Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume
space of the unit operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
· From the Zone drop-down list select the zone you want to view the holdup properties for. Click the Advanced
button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the selected zone.

Specify Duty Fluid Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cooler icon. The Cooler property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Duty Fluid page.
4 In the appropriate fields, specify the following parameters to define the duty fluid: Mass Flow, Holdup mass, Mass Cp,
Inlet Temperature, Outlet Temperature, and Average UA. HYSYS provides default values.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 58 of 647

Notes
· The Duty Fluid page is only visible when the Duty Fluid radio button is active on the Specs page.
· The Counter Flow checkbox allows you to specify the direction the duty fluid flows. When the checkbox is active
you are using a counter flow.
· Click the View Zones button to display the duty fluid parameters for each of the zones specified on the Specs
page.

Fired Heater

The dynamic Fired Heater (Furnace) operation performs energy and material balances to model a direct fired heater type
furnace. This type of equipment requires a large amount of heat input. Heat is generated by the combustion of fuel and
transferred to process streams.
In general, a furnace can be divided into three zones:
· Radiant zone
· Convective zone
· Economizer zone
The Furnace operation allows multiple stream connections at tube side in each zone and optional economizer and
convection zone selections. The operation incorporates a single burner model and a single feed inlet and outlet on the flue
gas side.
Some of the major features included in the dynamic Furnace operation include:
· Flexible connection of process fluid associated in each furnace zone, e.g. radiant zone, convective zone or
economizer zone. Different furnace configurations can be modeled or customized using tee, mixer, and heat
exchanger unit operations.
· A pressure-flow specification option on each side and pass realistically models flow through the furnace operation
according to the pressure gradient in the entire pressure network of the plant. Possible flow reversal situations can
therefore be modeled.
· A comprehensive heat calculation inclusive of radiant, convective and conduction heat transfer on radiant zone
enables the prediction of process fluid temperature, furnace wall temperature and flue gas temperature.
· A dynamic model that accounts for energy and material holdups in each zone. Heat transfer in each zone depends
on the flue gas properties, tube and furnace wall properties, surface properties of metal and heat loss to the ambient
and the process stream physical properties.
· A combustion model that accounts for imperfect mixing of fuel and allows automatic flame ignition or extinguished
based on the oxygen availability in the fuel air mixture.
See Also
Add a Fired Heater
View Fired Heater properties
Delete a Fired Heater

Add a Fired Heater

There are two ways that you can add a Fired Heater to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Heat Transfer Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Fired Heater model.
4 Click the Add button. The Fired Heater property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Fired Heater icon . The Fired Heater property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 59 of 647

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Fired Heater
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Fired Heater results
Specifying dynamic properties

View Fired Heater Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears. From here you can modify any
of the Fired Heater’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Fired Heater
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Fired Heater results
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Fired Heater

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Fired Heater by clicking on the Fired Heater icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Fired Heater Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the Fired Heater.
5 In the top # External Passes field, specify the number of passes that are in the Economizer zone. Specify a zero if there
are no passes in this zone. The default value is 1.
6 In the Econ Zone Inlet list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a
pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this
step for each pass you have in this zone.
7 In the Econ Zone Outlet list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select
a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this
step for each pass you have in this zone.
8 In the middle # External Passes field, specify the number of passes that are in the Convective zone. Specify a zero if
there are no passes in this zone. The default value is 1.
9 In the Conv Zone Inlet list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a
pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this
step for each pass you have in this zone.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 60 of 647

10 In the Conv Zone Outlet list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step for each pass you have in this zone.
11 In the bottom # External Passes field, specify the number of passes that are in the Radiant zone. At least 1 radiant zone
external pass is required. The default value is 1.
12 In the Radiant Zone Inlet list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step for each pass you have in this zone.
13 In the Radiant Zone Outlet list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step for each pass you have in this zone.
14 In the Combustion Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
15 In the Burner Fuel/Air Feed drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select if from the drop-down list.

Specify Fired Heater Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Combustion Boundaries group, specify values for the following parameters: Minimum Air Fuel Ratio and
Maximum Air Fuel Ratio. The Calculated Air Fuel Ratio field displays the current air to fuel ratio.
5 Activate the Flame Should Auto Light When Inside Boundary checkbox to automatically light the flame when the
calculated air to fuel ratio is within the minimum and maximum range.
6 In the O2 Mixing Efficiency field, specify the mixing efficiency of oxygen.
7 In the Fuels group activate the Enable checkbox to select the components that are present in your fuel. For each
active component specify the mixing efficiency in the Mix Efficiency column.
Note: The Flame Status group displays the status of the flame, Lit or Extinguished. Click the Light button to light the
flame and click the Extinguish button to extinguish the flame.

Size a Fired Heater

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 In the Zone group click the radio button corresponding to the zone you want to specify the shell and tube properties
for. You have three options: Radiative, Convective and Economizer.
5 In the Tube Properties group, specify two of the following three parameters for each stream pass in the furnace:
Tube Inner Diameter, Tube Outer Diameter, or Tube Thickness. The third parameter is calculated by HYSYS.
6 In the Tube Properties group, specify the number of Tubes per External Pass and Tube Length for each stream pass
in the furnace.
7 In the Shell Properties group, specify two of the following three parameters: Shell Inner Diameter, Shell Outer
Diameter, and Shell Thickness. The third parameter is calculated by HYSYS.
8 In the Shell Properties group, specify the Zone Height.
Notes
· Once all of the tube properties are specified HYSYS calculates the Tube Inner Area, Outer Area, and Inner Volume.
· Once all of the shell properties are specified HYSYS calculates the Shell Inner Area, Shell Outer Area, Shell Net
Volume, and Shell Total Volume.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 61 of 647

Configure Fired Heater Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the Fired Heater relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level
field.
Note: The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

Specify Heat Transfer Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Heat Transfer page.
4 If you have any feed streams to the Radiant zone, click the Radiative radio button in the Zone group.
5 In the Radiant Zone Properties group, specify the following parameters: Zone to Wall Emissivity, Zone to Wall U,
Outer Wall to Surrounding Emissivity, Outer Wall to Surroundings U, Furnace Wall Conductivity, Furnace Wall Specific
Heat, and Furnace Wall Density.
6 In the Radiant Tube Properties group, specify the following parameters for each tube in the zone:
Zone to Tube Emissivity Wall to Tube Emissivity
Inner HX Coeff Method Tube to Fluid HX Coefficient
Tube to Fluid HX Reference Flow Tube to Fluid HX Minimum Scale Factor
Inner Scaled HX Coeff Tube Cp
Tube Density Tube Conductivity
Outer HX Coeff Method Zone to Tube HX Coefficient
Zone to Tube HX Reference Flow Zone to Tube HX Minimum Scale Factor
Outer Scaled HX Coeff
7 If you have any feed streams to the Convective zone, click the Convective radio button in the Zone group.
In the Convective Tube Properties group, specify the following parameters for each tube in the zone:
Zone to Tube Emissivity Inner HX Coeff Method
Tube to Fluid HX Coefficient Tube to Fluid HX Reference Flow
Tube to Fluid HX Minimum Scale Factor Inner Scaled U
Tube Cp Tube Density
Tube Conductivity Outer HX Coefficient Method
Zone to Tube HX Coefficient Zone to Tube HX Reference Flow
Zone to Tube HX Minimum Scale Factor Outer Scaled U
8 If you have any feed streams to the Economizer zone, click the Economizer radio button in the Zone group.
In the Economizer Tube Properties group, specify the following parameters for each tube in the zone:
Inner HX Coeff Method Tube to Fluid HX Coefficient
Tube to Fluid HX Reference Flow Tube to Fluid HX Minimum Scale Factor
Inner Scaled HX Coeff Tube Cp
Tube Density Tube Conductivity
Outer HX Coefficient Method Zone to Tube HX Coefficient
Zone to Tube HX Reference Flow Zone to Tube HX Minimum Scale Factor
Outer Scaled HX Coeff

Note: The heat transfer data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 62 of 647

View Convective Zone Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Duty page. The Radiant Zone, Convective Zone, and Economizer Zone pages appear.
4 Click the Convective Zone page. The results for the Convective zone appears.
· The Tube Duty Results group displays the following results for each feed in the furnace: Radiant Duty:
Flame to Tubes, Convective Duty: Flue Gas To Tubes, Total Duty To Tubes and Total Duty To Process Fluid.
· The Zone Duty Results group displays the following results: Radiant to Convective Zone Duty and Total
Convective Zone Duty.

View Economizer Zone Results

1 From the PFD double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Duty page. The Radiant Zone, Convective Zone, and Economizer Zone pages appear.
4 Click the Economizer Zone page. The results for the Economizer zone appears.
· The Tube Duty Results group displays the following results for each feed in the furnace: Total Duty to
Tubes (Convective) and Total Duty to Process Fluid.
· The Zone Duty Results group displays the Total Economizer Zone Duty.

View Process Fluid Temperatures

1 From the PFD double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Process Fluid page. The Temperatures and Pressures pages appear.
4 Click on the Temperatures page. The Process Side Temperatures group appears.
Note: The Process Side Temperatures group displays the Inlet, Outlet, Tube Inner and Tube Outer temperatures for all of
the tubes in each zone in the Fired Heater.

View Process Fluid Pressures

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Process Fluid page. The Temperatures and Pressures pages appear.
4 Click on the Pressures page. The Process Side Pressures group appears.
Notes
· The Process Side Pressures group displays the Inlet Pressure, Friction Delta P, Static Head Delta P, and Outlet
Pressure for all the tubes in each zone in the Fired Heater.
· To contract the Process Fluid branch click on the ‘-‘ symbol.

View Flue Gas Temperatures

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 63 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Flue Gas page. The Temperatures, Pressures, and Flows pages appear.
4 Click on the Temperatures page.
Notes
· The Flue Gas Temp group displays the temperatures of the flue gas throughout the Fired Heater.
· The Wall Inner field displays the temperature of the Fired Heater’s inner wall.
· The Wall Outer field displays the temperature of the Fired Heater’s outer wall.
· To contract the Flue Gas branch click on the ‘-‘ symbol.

View Flue Gas Pressures

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Flue Gas page. The Temperatures, Pressures, and Flows pages appear.
4 Click on the Pressures page. The Flue Gas Pressure, Frictional Delta P, and Static Head Delta P groups appear.
Notes
· The Flue Gas Pressure group displays the pressures of the flue gas throughout the Fired Heater.
· The Frictional Delta P group displays the frictional pressure drop of the flue gas throughout the Fired Heater.
· The Static Head Delta P group displays the static pressure of the flue gas throughout the Fired Heater.
· To contract the Flue Gas branch click on the ‘-‘ symbol.

View Flue Gas Flows

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Flue Gas page. The Temperatures, Pressures, and Flows pages appear.
4 Click on the Flows page. The Flue Gas Molar Flow and Flue Gas Mass Flow groups appear.
Notes
· The Flue Gas Molar Flow group displays the molar flows of the flue gas throughout the Fired Heater.
· The Flue Gas Mass Flow group displays the mass flows of the flue gas throughout the Fired Heater.
· To contract the Flue Gas branch click on the ‘-‘ symbol.

Set Tube Side Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Tube Side PF page.
4 The pressure drop across each zone in the Fired Heater operation can be specified in one of two ways:
· Activate the Use Delta P checkbox. Specify the pressure drop across the tube in the Delta P field.
· Activate the Use K’s checkbox.
5 The reference flow value results in a more linear relationship between flow and pressure drop. This is used to
increase model stability during startup and shutdown where the flows are low. It is recommended that the k
reference flow be taken as 40% of steady state design flow for better pressure flow stability at low flow range.
Specify a k reference flow in the k Reference flow field.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 64 of 647

6 The k-value defines the relationship between the flow through the Fired Heater and the pressure of the surrounding
streams. Specify the k value in the K Values field. If you do not know the k value click the Calculate K’s button to
have HYSYS calculate the k value for you. Ensure that there is a non-zero pressure drop across the Fired Heater
before the Calculate K button is clicked.
Note: Use the k-value specification option as much as possible to simulate actual pressure flow relations in the plant.

Set Flue Gas Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Flue Gas PF page.
4 The pressure drop across each zone in the Fired Heater operation can be specified in one of two ways:
· Activate the Use Delta P Spec? checkbox. Specify the pressure drop across the tube in the Delta P field.
· Activate the Use PF K’s? checkbox.
5 The reference flow value results in a more linear relationship between flow and pressure drop. This is used to
increase model stability during startup and shutdown where the flows are low. It is recommended that the k
reference flow be taken as 40% of steady state design flow for better pressure flow stability at low flow range.
Specify a k reference flow in the k Reference flow field.
6 The k-value defines the relationship between the flow through the Fired Heater and the pressure of the surrounding
streams. Specify the k value in the k field. If you do not know the k value click the Calculate K’s button to have
HYSYS calculate the k value for you. Ensure that there is a non-zero pressure drop across the Fired Heater before the
Calculate K button is clicked.
Note: Use the k-value specification option as much as possible to simulate actual pressure flow relations in the plant.

View Fired Heater Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Fired Heater icon. The Fired Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
4 From the Stream drop-down list, select the stream you want to view the holdup details for. The table in the Overall
Stream Holdup Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the selected stream:
Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
5 From the Zone drop-down list, select the zone you want to view data for.
6 From the Holdup drop-down list, select the tube in the selected zone you want to view data for.
7 Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the selected one/holdup combination.

Heat Exchanger

The heat exchanger performs two-sided energy and material balance calculations. The heat exchanger is very flexible and
can solve for temperatures, pressures, heat flows (including heat loss and heat leak), material stream flows, or UA.
In HYSYS, you choose the Heat Exchanger Model for your analysis. Your choices include an End Point analysis design
model, an ideal (Ft=1) counter-current Weighted design model, a Steady State rating method, and a Dynamic rating
method for use in dynamic simulations. The dynamic rating method is available as either a Basic or Detailed model and can
also be used in steady state mode for heat exchanger rating. The unit operation also allows the use of third party heat
exchanger design methods via OLE Extensibility.
The shell and tube of the dynamic heat exchanger is capable of storing inventory like other dynamic vessel operations. The
pressures of the surrounding unit operations govern the direction of flow of material through the dynamic heat exchanger.
Some of the key features included in the dynamic heat exchanger operation include:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 65 of 647

· A pressure-flow specification option that realistically models flow through the heat exchanger according to the
pressure network of the plant. Possible flow reversal situations can therefore be modeled.
· The choice between a Basic and Detailed heat exchanger model. Detailed heat exchanger rating information can be
used to calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient and pressure drop across the heat exchanger.
· A dynamic holdup model that calculates levels in the heat exchanger shell based on its geometry and orientation.
· A heat loss model that accounts for the convective and conductive heat transfer that occurs across the heat
exchanger shell wall.
See Also
Add a Heat Exchanger
View Heat Exchanger properties
Delete a Heat Exchanger

Add a Heat Exchanger

There are two ways that you can add a Heat Exchanger to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Heat Transfer Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Heat Exchanger model.
4 Click the Add button. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Heat Exchanger icon . The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
Tips
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
· If you made any changes to the heat exchanger configuration in Dynamic mode, click the Update button to
update the heat exchanger calculation model before running the simulation calculation/integrator.
See Also
Configuring a Heat Exchanger
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Heat Exchanger results
Specifying dynamic properties
Using the HTFS TASC engine

View Heat Exchanger Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Heat Exchanger’s properties.
Tips
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
· If you made any changes to the heat exchanger configuration in Dynamic mode, click the Update button to
update the heat exchanger calculation model before running the simulation calculation/integrator.
See Also
Configuring a Heat Exchanger
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 66 of 647

Viewing Heat Exchanger results

Specifying dynamic properties
Using the HTFS TASC engine

Delete a Heat Exchanger

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Heat Exchanger by clicking on the Heat Exchanger icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE
key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Heat Exchanger Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the Heat Exchanger.
5 In the Tube Side Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select
it from the drop-down list.
6 In the Tube Side Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Shell Side Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select
it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Shell Side Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
9 In the Tube Side Fluid Pkg drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the tube side streams. The fluid
package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.
10 In the Shell Side Fluid Pkg drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the shell side streams. The fluid
package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.
11 In the Tubeside Flowsheet drop-down list, select the flowsheet the tube side streams are located.
12 In the Shellside Flowsheet drop-down list, select the flowsheet the tube side streams are located.

Specify Heat Exchanger Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 From the Heat Exchanger Model drop-down list, select the method used to calculate the Heat Exchanger. You are given
the following options: Exchanger Design (Weighted), Exchanger Design (End Point), TASC-Engines, Steady State
Rating, TASC (4.11) Heat Exchanger, and Dynamic Rating.
5 From the Heat Leak/Loss group, select one of the following radio buttons: None, Extremes, or Proportional.
Note: This group is only visible when the Weighted Exchanger Design or End Point Exchanger Design model is selected.
6 In the Tube Side Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the tube side. You can also use the attached streams to
determine this value (i.e., the pressure drop will be calculated if the tube side inlet and outlet stream pressures are
specified).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 67 of 647

Note: This field is not visible when the Dynamic Rating method is selected.
7 In the Shell Side Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the shell side. You can also use the attached streams to
determine this value (for example, the pressure drop will be calculated if the shell side inlet and outlet stream
pressures are specified).
Note: This field is not visible when the Dynamic Rating method is selected.
8 In the Shell Side UA field, specify the overall heat transfer coefficient. If you do not specify a value HYSYS will calculate it
for you.
Note: This field is not visible when the TASC (4.11) Heat Exchanger or Dynamic Rating model is selected.
9 In the Individual Heat Curve Details group, specify the number of intervals for each pass in the exchanger in the Intervals
column.
10 In the Individual Heat Curve Details group, activate the Dew/Bub pt. checkbox for each pass in the exchanger to add a
point to the heat curve for a phase change.
11 In the Individual Heat Curve Details group specify the step type you want to use for each pass in the exchanger by
selection one of the following options from the drop-down list in the Step Type column: Equal Enthalpy, Equal
Temperature, or Auto Interval.
12 In the Individual Heat Curve Details group, specify the pressure profile you want to use for each pass in the exchanger
by selecting one of the following options from the drop-down list in the Pressure Profile column: Constant dPdH,
Constant dPdUA, Constant dPdA, Inlet Pressure, or Outlet Pressure.
Notes
· The Individual Heat Curve Details group is only visible when the Weighted Exchange model is selected.
· When the TASC (4.11) Heat Exchanger model is selected the View Design button is visible. Clicking this button
opens the HTFS TASC software, allowing you to view a more detailed design for the heat exchanger.
· The Dynamic Rating model requires no further input on this page.

Set Heat Exchanger Specifications

In order for the Heat Exchanger to solve, the number of independent unknowns must be equal to the number of
constraints (i.e., Degrees of Freedom = 0). The Heat Exchanger considers constraints to be parameters such as UA,
Minimum Temperature Approach, or a temperature difference between two streams.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 In the Tolerance field, specify the calculation error tolerance.
5 In the Maximum Iterations field, specify the maximum number of iterations HYSYS will make before the solver stops
trying to calculate the Heat Exchanger.
6 If the number of unknown variables is greater than the number of constraints click the Add button to add a
specification to the Heat Exchanger. The ExchSpec property view appears.
7 Define the stream specification and close the ExchSpec property view.
How?
Notes
· The Current Error field displays the current calculation error. When this error is less than the calculation tolerance
the solution is considered to have converged.
· The Unknown Variables field displays the number of unknown variables in the Heat Exchanger. The variables and
their values are listed in the Unknown Variables group.
· The Constraints field displays the number of specifications that are placed on the Heat Exchanger.
· The Iterations field displays the current iteration of the outer loop. In the outer loop, the heat curve is updated
and the property package calculations are performed. Non-rigorous property calculations are performed in the
inner loop. Any constraints are also considered in the inner loop.
· The Degrees of Freedom field displays the number of degrees of freedom on the Heat Exchanger. To help reach

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 68 of 647

the desired solution, unknown parameters can be manipulated in the attached streams. Each parameter specification
reduces the degrees of freedom by one. The number of constraints must equal the number of unknown variables.
When this is the case, the degrees of freedom equals zero, and a solution is calculated.
· The Heat Balance specification is the default Heat Exchanger specification that must be active for the heat
equation to balance.
· The specifications group allows you to modify the specification name, value, whether the specification is active
and whether the specification is an estimate without opening the ExchSpec property view.
· To modify a specification, select the specification from the list of available specifications and click the View button.
The ExchSpec property view appears. From here you can modify the specifications parameters and tolerances.
· To delete a specification, select the specification from the list of available specifications and click the Delete
button.
· The information provided on this page is only valid for the Weighted, Endpoint, and Steady State Rating models.
This page does not appear when the Dynamic Rating model is selected.

Size a Heat Exchanger

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 From the Sizing Data group, click the Overall radio button. The Configuration and Calculated Information groups appear.
5 Specify the following parameters in the Configuration group: Number of Shell Passes, Number of Shells in Series, Number
of Shells in Parallel, Tube Passes per Shell, Exchanger Orientation, First Tube Pass Flow Direction, Elevation, and
TEMA Type.
6 Specify the following parameters in the Calculated Information group: Shell heat transfer coefficient, Tube heat transfer
coefficient, Shell pressure drop, and Tube pressure drop.
Note: The shell and tube pressure drops are the same values that have been calculated or specified on the Parameters
page of the Design tab.
7 From the Sizing Data group, click the Shell radio button. Shell and Tube Bundle Data and Shell Baffles groups appear.
8 Specify the following parameters in the Shell and Tube Bundle Data group: Shell Diameter, Number of Tubes per Shell,
Tube Pitch, Tube Layout Angle, and Shell Fouling.
9 Specify the following parameters in the Shell Baffles group: Shell Baffle Type, Shell Baffle Orientation, Baffle Cut, and
Baffle Spacing.
10 From the Sizing Data group, click the Tube radio button. The Dimensions and Tube Properties groups appear.
11 Specify the following parameters in the Dimensions group: Outer Diameter (OD), Inner Diameter (ID), Tube Thickness,
and Tube Length.
12 Specify the following parameters in the Tube Properties group: Tube Fouling, Thermal Conductivity, Wall Specific Heat
(Cp) and Wall Density.
Note: The Calculated Information group does not appear when the HTFS (4.11) Heat Exchanger or Dynamic Rating is
selected. Refer to the Parameters page of the Design tab.

Tip: Activate the Accept any input data checkbox to accept any data you input without question. This allows you to set up
a Heat Exchanger that is physically impossible (with number of passes contrary to your TEMA set up for instance).
Otherwise HYSYS enforces the physicality of the heat exchanger to be consistent with your TEMA types.

Specify Heat Transfer Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 From the Model group, select either the Basic or Detailed radio button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 69 of 647

Note: The parameters on this page are only available when the Dynamic Rating method is selected. Refer to the
Parameters page on the Design tab.
See Also
Specifying basic model parameters
Specifying detailed model parameters

Configure Heat Exchanger Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the Heat Exchanger relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level
field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group, specify the following values for Heat Exchanger inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation
(Base), Elevation (Ground), and Elevation (% of Height).
Note: The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

Specify a Heat Loss Model for a Heat Exchanger

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Heat Loss page.
4 Select the heat loss model you want to use by clicking one of the following radio buttons: None, Simple or Detailed.
Note: The heat loss model is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
See Also
Specifying a simple heat loss model
Specifying a detailed heat loss model

View Heat Exchanger Details

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Details page.
Notes
· When the Exchanger Design (Weighted), Exchanger Design (End Point), Steady State Rating or TASC (4.11) Heat
Exchanger method is the active method the following parameters are displayed in the Overall Performance and
Detailed Performance groups: Duty, Heat Leak, Heat Loss, UA, Minimum Approach, LMTD, UA Curvature Error, Hot
Pinch Temperature, Cold Pinch Temperature, Ft Factor, and Uncorrected LMTD.
· When the Dynamic Rating method is the active method the following parameters are displayed in the Exchanger
Results group: Duty, Heat Loss, UA, Minimum Approach, Mean Temperature Driving Force, Hot Pinch
Temperature, Cold Pinch Temperature, Ft Factor, and Uncorrected LMTD.

View Heat Exchanger Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 70 of 647

2 Click on the Performance tab.

3 Click on the Plots page.
When the Exchanger Design (Weighted), Exchanger Design (End Point), Steady State Rating or TASC (4.11) Heat
Exchanger method is the active method:
4 Active the checkboxes for the sides you want to plot on the graph.
5 From the Plot Type drop-down list, select the plot type you want to use. The following variables can be used for
either the x or y-axis: Temperature, UA, Delta T, Enthalpy, Pressure, and Heat Flow.
When the Dynamic Rating method is the active method:
4 From the Y-Axis drop-down list, select the property you want to see on the y-axis. You are given the following
options: Temperature, Pressure, Molar Vapour Fraction, Mass Vapour Fraction, Molar Flow, Enthalpy, and Heat Flow.
5 From the X-Axis drop-down list, select the property you want to see on the x-axis. You are given the following
options: Temperature, Pressure, Molar Vapour Fraction, Mass Vapour Fraction, Molar Flow, Enthalpy, and Heat Flow.
Tip: Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

View Heat Exchanger Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Tables page.
Notes
· Use the Shell Side and Tube Side radio buttons to specify the results you want to view.
· When the Exchanger Design (Weighted), Exchanger Design (End Point), Steady State Rating or TASC (4.11) Heat
Exchanger method is the active method the following parameters appear in the table: Temperature, Pressure,
Heat Flow, Enthalpy, Cumulative UA, Vapour Fraction, and Mass Vapour Fraction.
· When the Dynamic Rating method is the active method the following parameters appear in the table:
Temperature, Pressure, Molar Vapour Fraction, Mass Vapour Fraction, Molar Flow, Enthalpy, and Heat Flow.

View Heat Exchanger Error Messages

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Error Msg page.
Note: The Error Msg page contains a list of the warning messages for the heat exchanger. You cannot put your
comments there.

Select a Dynamic Model for the Heat Exchanger

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Model page.
4 From the Model group, select either the Basic or Detailed radio button.
See Also
Specifying basic model parameters
Specifying detailed model parameters

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 71 of 647

Set Dynamics Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
See Also
Setting basic model specifications
Setting detailed model specifications

View Heat Exchanger Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
See Also
Viewing basic holdup data
Viewing detailed holdup data

Specify Geometric Configuration of the Heat Exchanger

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS-TASC tab.
3 Click on the Exchanger page.
4 From the Exchanger Data group select the Basics radio button to specify the basic heat exchanger geometry and then
select the Details radio button to provide more detailed information about the heat exchanger.
Note: The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-TASC software to see
this page.
See Also
Specifying basic geometric parameters
Specifying detailed geometric parameters

Specify Heat Exchanger Process Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS-TASC tab.
3 Click on the Process page.
4 Specify the following parameters for both the tube side and shell side streams: Estimated Pressure Drop, Fouling
Resistance, and Estimated Heat Load.
Notes
· The estimated Heat load is used as a starting point to do the simulation calculation.
· The table also displays the Total Mass Flow, Inlet Temperature, Outlet Temperature, Inlet Mass Quality and Inlet
Pressure for both the tube side and shell side streams.
· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-TASC software to see
this page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 72 of 647

Specify Heat Exchanger Bundle Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS-TASC tab.
3 Click on the Bundle page.
4 Click the Bundle radio button in the Bundle Data group.
5 In the Size group specify the following parameters: Effective Tube Count, No of Blocked Off Tubes, Bundle Shell Diameter
Clearance, First Row to Shell, and Last Row to Shell.
6 In the U-Tubes group specify the following parameters: U-Bend Orientation and U-Bend Heat Transfer.
7 In the Layout group specify the following parameters: Normal/Full Bundle, Tubes in Window, Bundle B and Orientation,
Tube Alignment, Layout Symmetry and Pairs of Sealing Strips.
8 In the Pass Partitions group specify the following parameters: Pass Partition Layout, Vertical Pass Partition Lane Width,
and Horizontal Pass Partition Lane Width.
9 Click the Tubes radio button in the Bundle Data group.
10 In the Tube Characteristics group specify the following parameters: Tube Type, Tube Outside Diameter, Tube Wall
Thickness, Tube Pitch, and Tube Pattern (Angle).
11 In the Lengths Along Tube group specify the following parameters: Tube Length, End Length (Front Head), End Length
(Rear Head), Tube Outstand (Inlet), Tube Outstand (Outlet), Central Entry/Exit Length, Distance After Blank Baffle,
and Horizontal Shell Central Length.
12 Click the Baffles radio button in the Bundle Data group.
13 In the Baffles group specify the following parameters: Number of Baffles, Baffle Type, Baffle Pitch, Baffle Thickness,
Baffle Cut, Inner Cut (Double Segment), Baffle Cut Orientation, Tube Diameter Clearance, and Shell Diameter
Clearance.
1 4 In the Intermediate Supports group specify the following parameters: Intermediate Supports (Inlet)
intermediate_supports_inlet_field, Intermediate Supports/Baffleintermediate_supports_baffle_field, Intermediate
Supports (Return)intermediate_supports_return_field, U-bed Extra Supportsu_bed_extra_supports_field, Intermediate
Supports (Central Nozzle)intermediate_supports_central_nozzle_field, Support/Blanking
Bafflesupport_blanking_baffle_field, and Longitudinal Baffle Leakagelongitudinal_baffle_leakage_field.
Note: The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-TASC software to see
this page.

Specify Heat Exchanger Nozzle Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS-TASC tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Click the Shellside radio button in the Side group.
5 In the Impingement Protection group specify the following parameters: Vapour Belt Diameter Clearance, Vapour Belt
Slot Area, Vapour Belt Axial Length, and Impingement Plate Thickness.
6 Specify the following nozzle parameters for the shellside: Nozzle Function, Nozzle Type, Nozzle Inside Diameter,
Number in Parallel, Nozzle Orientation, Distance to Nozzle, and Nozzle Wall Thickness.
7 Click the Tubeside radio button in the Side group.
8 Specify the following nozzle parameters for the tubeside: Nozzle Function, Nozzle Inside Diameter, Nozzle Orientation,
Velocity Heads Lost/FFE Inlet, and Nozzle Wall Thickness.
Note: The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-TASC software to see
this page.

Specify Heat Exchanger Enhanced Surface Data

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 73 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS-TASC tab.
3 Click on the Enhanced Surfaces page.
4 Click the Specific Enhancement radio button in the Enhanced Surface Data group.
5 In the Longitudinal Fins group specify the following parameters: Fins Per Tube, Fin Height, Fin Thickness, Fin Root
Spacing and Cut and Twist Length.
6 In the Lowfin Tubes group specify the following parameters: Fin Pitch, Fin Height, Fin Thickness, Root Diameter, Wall
Thickness, and Unfinned at Baffle.
7 In the Tube Inserts group specify the following parameters: Tube Insert, Twisted Tape Thickness, and 360 Degree Twist
Pitch.
8 Click the General Enhancement radio button in the Enhanced Surface Data group.
9 Click the Add Surface button to add a surface to the Heat Exchanger.
10 From the Shellside or Tubeside drop-down list in the Identity of Surface group select the side of the Heat Exchanger the
surface is located.
11 In the Surface Performance group select the surface you want to define from the list of available surfaces.
12 In the Surface Performance group specify the following parameters for the selected surface: Reynolds Number (Re),
friction factor (f) and Colburn j factor Cj.
Tip: Click the Remove Surface button to delete the last surface created.

Note: The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-TASC software to see
this page.

Specify Heat Exchanger Design and Material Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS-TASC tab.
3 Click on the Design and Material page.
4 In the Design Data group specify the following parameters: Shellside Design Temperature, Shellside Design Pressure,
Tubeside Design Temperature, Tubeside Design Pressure, TEMA Class, and Crossflow Fraction for Vibration.
5 In the Materials group use the drop-down lists to specify the material used for the following heat exchanger parts:
Tubes, Shell, Tubeplate, and Channel.
6 In the User Defined Properties group specify the following parameters: Thermal Conductivity, Density, and Youngs
Modulus.
Note: The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-TASC software to see
this page.

Specify Heat Exchanger Methods and Constraints

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS-TASC tab.
3 Click on the Methods page.
4 Click the Process Methods radio button in the Methods and Constraints group.
5 Using the drop-down lists available specify the following parameters for both the shellside and tubeside: Vapour Shear
Enhancement, Wet Wall Desuperheating, Number of Points on Curve, Fit to Property Curve, Subcooled Boiling, Post
Dryout Heat Transfer, Pressure Drop Calculations, HTFS Colburn-Hougen Method, and Downflow Condensate Cooling.
6 Click the Process Constraints radio button in the Methods and Constraints group.
7 Specify the following process constraints: Revise for Heat Balance, Liquid Heat Transfer Coefficient, Two Phase Heat
Transfer Coefficient, Vapour Heat Transfer Coefficient, Liquid Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier, Two Phase Heat
Transfer Coefficient Multiplier, Vapour Heat Transfer Coefficient Multiplier, and Pressure Drop Multiplier.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 74 of 647

8 Click the Other radio button in the Methods and Constraints group.
9 Specify the following parameters: Units of Output, Physical Properties Package, and Tube Layout Data.
Notes
· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-TASC software to see
this page.
· Refer to the HTFS-TASC documentation for more information on these methods and constraints.

View Heat Exchanger - TASC Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heat Exchanger icon. The Heat Exchanger property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS-TASC tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
Notes
· The results are created in a text format that can be exported to HTFS-TASC.
· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-TASC software to see
this page.

Heater

The Heater unit operation is a one-sided heat exchangers. The inlet stream is heated to the required outlet conditions, and
the energy stream provides the enthalpy difference between the two streams. This operation is useful when you are
interested only in how much energy is required to heat a process stream with a utility, but you are not interested in the
conditions of the utility itself.
See Also
Adding a Heater
Viewing Heater properties
Deleting a Heater

Add a Heater

There are two ways that you can add a Heater to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Heat Transfer Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Heater model.
4 Click the Add button. The Heater property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Heater icon . The Heater property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Heater
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Heater performance

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 75 of 647

Specifying dynamic properties

View Heater Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
heater’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Heater
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Heater performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Heater

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a heater by clicking on the Heater icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Heater Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the heater.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the heater. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Configure Heater Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group specify the following values for the Heater inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation
(Base) and Elevation (Ground).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 76 of 647

Note: The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

Specify a Heat Loss Model for a Heater

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Heat Loss page.
4 Select the heat loss model you want to use by clicking one of the following radio buttons: None, Simple or Detailed.
Note: The heat loss model is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
See Also
Specifying a simple heat loss model
Specifying a detailed heat loss model

View Heater Profiles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Profiles page.
Notes
· The pressure, temperature, vapor fraction, and enthalpy are calculated for each zone in the cooler.
· When viewing the zone conditions in steady state mode, regardless of the number of zones specified, the zone
conditions are calculated for the inlet zone only.
· You can specify the number of zones you want to have for your Heater on the Specs page on the Dynamics tab.

View Heater Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Plots page.
4 From the X Variable drop-down list, select the variable you want to use for the x-axis.
5 From the Y Variable drop-down list, select the variable you want to use for the y-axis.
6 In the Interval field, specify the number of calculation intervals you want calculated across the data. This divides the
data up into equally spaced intervals. Changes to this value are also applied to the Interval field on the Tables page.
Note: Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

View Heater Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Tables page.
4 In the Interval field, specify the number of calculation intervals you want calculated across the data. This divides the
data up into equally spaced intervals. Changes to this value are also applied to the Interval field on the Plots page.
Note: The temperature, pressure, heat flow, enthalpy and vapor fraction values are displayed in the table.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 77 of 647

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons: Supplied Duty, Product Temp Spec, or Duty Fluid.
5 In the Zones field, specify the number of zones you want to model in the Heater.
6 In the Volume field, specify the volume of the Heater.
· If the Supplied Duty radio button is selected specify the duty applied to the Heater in the Duty field.
· If the Product Temp Spec radio button is selected specify the temperature of the product stream in the
Product Temp field.
7 Activate the Overall Delta P checkbox to set the pressure drop across the Heater. Once the checkbox is active you can
modify this value in the field next to the checkbox.
8 Activate the Overall K checkbox to if the k value is to be used to calculate pressure across the Heater. Once the
checkbox is active you can modify this value in the field next to the checkbox.
Notes
· When the Duty Fluid radio button is selected the Duty Fluid page appears. You must specify all the parameters on
this page before the Heater will solve.
· Use the k-value specification option as much as possible to simulate actual pressure flow relations in the plant.
· Click the Calculate k button to size the Heater using a k value. Ensure that there is a non-zero pressure drop
across the Heater before you click this button.
· Click the Spec Zones button to configure multiple zones in the Heater.

View Heater Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Notes
· The Overall Holdup Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume
space of the unit operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
· From the Zone drop-down list select the zone you want to view the holdup properties for. Click the Advanced
button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the selected zone.

Specify Duty Fluid Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Heater icon. The Heater property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Duty Fluid page.
4 In the appropriate fields, specify the following parameters to define the duty fluid: Mass Flow, Holdup mass, Mass Cp,
Inlet Temperature, Outlet Temperature, and Average UA. HYSYS provides default values for you.
Notes
· The Duty Fluid page is only visible when the Duty Fluid radio button is active on the Specs page.
· The Counter Flow checkbox allows you to specify the direction the duty fluid flows. When the checkbox is active
you are using a counter flow.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 78 of 647

LNG Exchanger

The LNG (Liquefied Natural Gas) exchanger model solves heat and material balances for multi-stream heat exchangers and
heat exchanger networks. The solution method can handle a wide variety of specified and unknown variables.
For the overall exchanger, you can specify various parameters, including heat leak/heat loss, UA or temperature
approaches. Two solution approaches are employed; in the case of a single unknown, the solution is calculated directly
from an energy balance. In the case of multiple unknowns, an iterative approach is used that attempts to determine the
solution that satisfies not only the energy balance, but also any constraints, such as temperature approach or UA.
The dynamic LNG exchanger model performs energy and material balances for a rating plate-fin type heat exchanger
model. The dynamic LNG is characterized as having a high area density, typically allowing heat exchange even when low
temperature gradients and heat transfer coefficients exist between layers in the LNG operation.
See Also
Add a LNG Exchanger
View LNG properties
Delete a LNG Exchanger

Add a LNG Exchanger

There are two ways that you can add a LNG Exchanger to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Heat Transfer Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the LNG model.
4 Click the Add button. The LNG property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the LNG icon . The LNG property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a LNG Exchanger
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing LNG Exchanger results
Specifying dynamic properties
Using the HTFS MUSE engine

View LNG Properties

From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears. From here you can modify any of the LNG’s
properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a LNG Exchanger

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 79 of 647

Specifying rating data

Viewing stream properties
Viewing LNG Exchanger results
Specifying dynamic properties
Using the HTFS MUSE engine

Delete a LNG Exchanger

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a LNG exchanger by clicking on the LNG icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify LNG Connections

1 From the PFD double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the LNG Exchanger.
5 In the Inlet Streams column, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Use
the drop-down list in the flowsheet column to change flowsheets in the inlet stream is located in a different
flowsheet. Repeat this step for the remaining inlet streams.
6 In the Outlet Streams column, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Use
the drop-down list in the flowsheet column to change flowsheets in the outlet stream is located in a different
flowsheet. Repeat this step for the remaining outlet streams.
7 In the Pressure drop column specify a pressure drop for all the side in the LNG.
Notes
· Use the drop-down list in the Hot/Cold column to designate a temperature type to each side.
· To add a side to the LNG, click the Add Side button. A new side appears in the Sides group. You must specify an
inlet and outlet stream, pressure drop and designate a temperature type to the new side.
· To delete a side, select the side you want to delete from the list of available sides and click the Delete Side
button.

Specify LNG Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters (SS) page.
4 From the Rating Method drop-down list select the method used to calculate the LNG exchanger. You are given the
following options: Exchanger Design (Weighted), Exchanger Design (End Point), and HTFS Engines.
5 From the Heat Leak/Loss group select one of the following radio buttons: None, Extremes, or Proportional.
6 For each side in the exchanger specify the number of intervals in the Intervals column.
7 Activate the Dew/Bub pt. checkbox for each side in the exchanger to add a point to the heat curve for a phase change.
8 Activate the Equilibrate checkbox for each side in the exchanger to ensure that side comes to thermal equilibrium before
entering into the UA and LMTD calculation. If only one hot stream or cold stream is checked, then that stream is by
definition in equilibrium with itself and the results are not affected. If two or more hot or cold streams are checked,

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 80 of 647

then the effective driving force is reduced. All unchecked streams enter the composite curve at their respective
temperatures.
9 For each side in the exchanger specify the step type you want to use by selection one of the following options from the
drop-down list in the Step Type column: Equal Enthalpy, Equal Temperature, or Auto Interval.
10 For each side in the exchanger specify the pressure profile you want to use by selecting one of the following options
from the drop-down list in the Press. Profile column: Constant dPdH, Constant dPdUA, Constant dPdA, Inlet Pressure,
or Outlet Pressure.
Note: These parameters are only used when the simulation is in steady state mode.

Set LNG Steady State Specifications

In order for the LNG exchanger to solve, the number of independent unknowns must be equal to the number of constraints
(i.e., Degrees of Freedom = 0). The LNG considers constraints to be parameters such as UA, Minimum Temperature
Approach, or a temperature difference between two streams.
1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Specs (SS) page.
4 In the Tolerance field, specify the calculation error tolerance.
5 In the Maximum Iterations field, specify the maximum number of iterations HYSYS will make before the solver stops
trying to calculate the LNG exchanger.
6 If the number of unknown variables is greater than the number of constraints click the Add button to add a
specification to the LNG. The ExchSpec property view appears.
7 Define the stream specification and close the ExchSpec property view.
How?
Tips
· To modify a specification, select the specification from the list of available specifications and click the View
button. The ExchSpec property view appears. From here you can modify the specifications parameters and
tolerances.
· To delete a specification, select the specification from the list of available specifications and click the Delete
button.

Notes
· The Current Error field displays the current calculation error. When this error is less than the calculation tolerance
the solution is considered to have converged.
· The Unknown Variables field displays the number of unknown variables in the LNG. The variables and their values
are listed in the Unknown Variables group.
· The Constraints field displays the number of specifications that are placed on the LNG.
· The Iterations field displays the current iteration of the outer loop. In the outer loop, the heat curve is updated
and the property package calculations are performed. Non-rigorous property calculations are performed in the
inner loop. Any constraints are also considered in the inner loop.
· The Degrees of Freedom field displays the number of degrees of freedom on the LNG. To help reach the desired
solution, unknown parameters can be manipulated in the attached streams. Each parameter specification reduces
the degrees of freedom by one. The number of constraints must equal the number of unknown variables. When
this is the case, the degrees of freedom is equal to zero, and a solution is calculated.
· The Heat Balance specification is the default LNG specification that must be active for the heat equation to
balance.
· The specifications group allows you to modify the specification name, value, whether the specification is active
and whether the specification is an estimate without opening the ExchSpec property view.
· These specifications are only used when the simulation is in steady state mode.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 81 of 647

Size an LNG

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing (dynamics) page.
4 From the list of available zones select the zone you want to size.
5 In the Width field, specify the width of the zone. HYSYS provides a default value of 1.0 m.
6 In the Length field, specify the length of the zone. HYSYS provides a default value of 1.0 m.
7 In the Thermal cond field, specify the thermal conductivity of the metal in the selected zone. HYSYS provides a default
value of 160 W/m-K.
8 In the Cp field, specify the specific heat capacity of the metal in the selected zone. HYSYS provides a default value of
0.880 kJ/kg-C.
9 In the Density field, specify the density of the metal in the selected zone. HYSYS provides a default value of 2700 kg/m3.
10 In the Number of Layers in Set field, specify the number of layers that are present in a set.
11 In the Repeated Sets field, specify the number of sets that are repeated in the LNG. Each zone can be characterized
with a multiple number of sets each with the same repeating pattern of layers.
Notes
· The number of zones is specified on the Model page of the Dynamics tab.
· These sizing parameters are only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

Specify Plate and Fin Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Layers (dynamics) page.
4 From the list of available zones select the zone you want to size.
5 For each layer in the selected zone, specify the following parameters: Perforation, Height, Pitch, Fin thickness, and
Plate thickness.
Tip: Click the Copy First Layer Properties to All button to copy the properties from the first layer to the remaining layers.
This is useful if all the layers in the zone have the same properties.

Notes
· The number of zones is specified on the Model page of the Dynamics tab.
· The number of layers in a zone is specified on the Sizing (dynamics) page.
· These parameters are only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

Specify Heat Transfer Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Heat Transfer (dynamics) page.
4 From the list of available zones select the zone you want to size.
5 In the Initial Metal Temperature field specify the initial temperature of the metal in the selected zone.
6 Click the Internal radio button. The Internal Heat Transfer group appears.
7 For each layer in the selected zone, specify method you want to use to calculate the internal heat transfer from the U
calculator drop-down list. Choose one of the following options: Hysim Correlation, U flow scaled, or U specified.
· If the Hysim Correlation method is selected specify a value for the internal heat transfer coefficient in the U

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 82 of 647

column.
· If the U flow scaled method is selected specify the parameters in the following columns: U, Ref. flow, and
Min scale.
· If the U specified method is selected specify a value for the internal heat transfer coefficient in the U
column.
8 Click the External radio button. The External Heat Transfer group appears.
9 For each layer in the selected zone, specify the following parameters: External T, UA, Q1, and Q fixed.
Notes
· The number of zones is specified on the Model page of the Dynamics tab.
· The number of layers in a zone is specified on the Sizing (dynamics) page.
· Activate the Overall UA checkbox in the Internal Heat Transfer group to use the convective heat transfer
coefficient instead of the internal heat transfer coefficient. You must specify a value for the convective heat
transfer coefficient in the Convective UA column.
· These parameters are only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
See Also
LNG Temperature Crossing

View Steady State Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Results (SS) page.
Notes
· The Overall Performance group displays the following parameters: Duty, Heat Leak, Heat Loss, UA, Min.
Approach, and LMTD.
· The Detailed Performance group displays the following parameters: Est UA Curvature Error, Hot Pinch
Temperature, Cold Pinch Temperature, Cold Inlet Equilibrium Temperature, and Hot Inlet Equilibrium
Temperature.
· The Side Results group displays the following parameters for each pass in the exchanger: Pass Name, Inlet T,
Outlet T, Molar Flow, Duty, UA, and Hot/Cold designation.

View LNG Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Plots (SS/Dyn) page.
4 From the list of available curves, activate the checkbox that corresponds to the curve you want to plot on the graph.
· If the simulation is in Dynamics mode, the graph will only display the Temperature vs. Zone plot.
· If the simulation is in Steady State mode, the graph will display the plot type you select in the Plot Type
drop-down list.
To select the plot type, click the Plot Type drop-down list and select the plot type you want to see. The following
variables can be used for either the x or y-axis: Temperature, UA, Delta T, Enthalpy, Pressure, and Heat Flow.
Notes
· Click the View Plot button to display the plot area in a separate property view.
· Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 83 of 647

View LNG Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Tables (SS) page.
4 From the Side drop-down list, select the LNG exchanger side you want to view the results for.
Note: The following parameters are displayed in the table: Temperature, Pressure, Heat Flow, Enthalpy, Cumulative UA,
Vapour Fraction, and Delta T.

View Dynamic LNG Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Summary (dynamics) page.
4 From the Zone drop-down list select the zone you want to view the results for.
Notes
· The table displays the following parameters for each layer in the selected zone: Layer, Inlet Temperature, Exit
Temperature, Inlet Enthalpy, Exit Enthalpy, Inlet Flow rate, Outlet Flow rate, Fluid Duty, Fluid Volume, Surface
Area, and Metal Mass.
· If the Combine Layers checkbox is activated in the Model page of the Dynamics tab, some parameters on this
page will include contributions from multiple layers.

View Dynamic Layer Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Layers (dynamics) page.
4 From the Zone drop-down list, select the zone you want to view the results for.
5 From the Layer drop-down list, select the layer in the zone you want to view the results for.
6 From the Point drop-down list, select the endpoint location in the layer you want to view the results for.
Notes
· The Duties group displays the following duties for the selected point layer zone combination: Top fin duty, Bottom
fin duty, Duty into plate, Plate duty out and Convective duty.
· The Temperatures group displays the following temperatures for the selected point layer zone combination: Fluid,
Fin Top, Plate Top, and Plate Bottom.
· The UAs group displays the following UAs for the selected point layer zone combination: Top UA and Bottom UA.
· The Efficiencies group displays the following efficiencies for the selected point layer zone combination: Top Fin,
Bottom Fin, Top Bypass, and Bottom Bypass.
· Click the Diagram button to open the Layer Point Conditions property view.

Specify Dynamic Model Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Model page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 84 of 647

4 In the Number of Zones field specify the number of zones in LNG.

5 In the Elevation field specify the elevation of the LNG. The elevation is significant in the calculation of static head in and
around the LNG unit operation.
6 Activate the Combine Layers checkbox to have individual layers (holdups) carrying the same stream in a single zone
calculated using a single holdup.
The Combine Layers option increases the speed of the dynamic solver, and usually yields results that are similar to a case
that does not use this option.
7 From the Zone drop-down list select the zone you want to make the connections in.
8 In the Number of Sets field specify the number of sets in the zone.
9 In the Number of Layers in Set field specify the number of layers that are present in the set.
10 For each of the layers in the zone, select the external material stream you want to use as the feed to the layer from the
Feeds Stream drop-down list.
11 For each of the layers in the zone, select the external material stream you want to use as the product of the layer from
the Products Stream drop-down list.
12 Activate the Counter checkbox if you want the flow in the layer to flow in the opposite direction of the reference stream.
13 Activate the Cross flow checkbox if you want the flow in the layer to flow across the reference stream.
Tips
· Click the Auto Connect button to have HYSYS automatically make stream connections or complete partial
connections to the LNG.
· To implement counter current flow for two streams in a single exchanger block, ensure that the Counter checkbox
is activated for only one of the streams.
· If the Counter checkbox is activated for both streams, the flow configuration is still parallel and in the opposite
direction.

Notes
· Every layer must have one feed stream and one product stream in order for the LNG operation to solve. A layer’s
feed or product stream can originate internally (from another layer) or externally (from a material stream in the
simulation flowsheet). Thus, various different connections can be made allowing for the modeling of multi-pass
streams in a single zone.
· The zone and layer columns display the zone and layer of the stream if it is located on another zone.
See Also
LNG Flow Settings

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 From the list of available zones select the zone you want to set the dynamic specifications for.
5 For each layer in the selected zone select the method for calculating the pressure drop across the layer form the Delta
P Calc drop-down list. Select one of the following options: Hysim Correlation, user specified, or not specified.
6 Specify the pressure difference across the layer in the Delta P field.
7 Activate the Flow eqn checkbox if you want to have the Pressure Flow k value used in the calculation of pressure
drop. The Delta P calculator must also be set to not specified.
8 Activate the Laminar checkbox if you want HYSYS to model laminar flow conditions in the layer.
9 Specify the k value for the layer in the k field. If you do not know the k value click the Calculate k’s button and HYSYS
will determine the k value for you. Ensure that there is a non-zero pressure drop across the LNG layer before you
click the Calculate k’s button.
Notes
· The number of zones is specified on the Model page of the Dynamics tab.
· Clicking the Generate Estimates button calculates initial pressure flow conditions for each layer. HYSYS generates

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 85 of 647

estimates using the assumption that the flow of a particular stream entering the exchanger zone is distributed equally
among the layers. The generated estimates appear in the Estimates page of the Dynamics tab. It is necessary to
complete the Estimates page in order for the LNG unit operation to solve.
· It is strongly recommended that you specify the same pressure drop calculator for layers that are connected
together in the same exchanger zone or across adjacent exchanger zones. Complications arise in the pressure flow
solver if a stream’s flow is set in one layer and calculated in the neighboring layer.
· The LNG unit operation, like other dynamic unit operations, should use the k-value specification option as much as
possible to simulate actual pressure flow relations in the plant.

View LNG Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
4 From the Zone drop-down list, select the zone you want to view data for.
5 From the Layer drop-down list, select the layer in the zone you want to view data for.
Notes
· The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
· Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view.

Specify Pressure Flow Estimates

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Estimates page.
4 From the Estimates for drop-down list, select the zone you want to specify estimates for.
5 For each layer in the zone, specify estimates for the following parameters: Delta P, Inlet Pressure, Outlet Pressure,
Inlet Flow, and Outlet Flow.
Note: It is necessary to complete the Estimates page in order for the LNG unit operation to completely solve. The simplest
method of specifying the Estimates page with pressure flow values is having HYSYS estimate these values for you by
clicking the Generate Estimates button in the Specs page. HYSYS generates estimates using the assumption that the flow
of a particular stream entering the exchanger zone is distributed equally among the layers.

Specify the Geometric Configuration of the LNG

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click on the Exchanger page.
4 From the Flow Direction drop-down list, select one of the following options for each stream: Up (B to A) or Down (A to B).
Normal design practice is for hot streams to flow away from end A (which is at the top of the exchanger), while cold
streams flow towards end A.
5 For each stream in the exchanger, specify the total number of layers a stream occupies in the Number of Layers field. If
there is more than one exchanger in parallel, enter the number for one exchanger only.
6 For each stream in the exchanger, specify the distance to the start of the stream’s main finning from a fixed reference
point in the Distance to Start of Main Fin field. If no value is specified the default is zero.
7 In the Orientation field specify the orientation of the exchanger. Enter a value of 1.0 for vertical exchangers with the
reference end, A, at the top. For horizontal or inclined exchangers, see the MUSE help file.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 86 of 647

8 In the Exchangers in Parallel field, specify the number of LNG exchangers you have in parallel.
9 In the Effective Width field, specify the total width of the exchanger less the widths of the two side bars.
10 From the Exchanger Metal drop-down list, select one of the following metal types: Aluminum, Stainless, and Titanium.
11 In the Parting Sheet Thickness field, specify the thickness of the separating plates between layers.
12 In the Side Bar Width field, specify the width of the side bars in LNG exchanger.
13 In the Cap Sheet Thickness field, specify the thickness of the cap sheet.
14 In the Fin Number of Empty Layer field, specify the fin number of the layer that contains not streams.
Note: The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to see
this page.

Specify LNG Process Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click on the Process page.
4 For each stream in the exchanger, specify the fouling resistance in the Fouling Resistance field.
5 For each stream in the exchanger, specify the heat load in the Heat Load field.
6 For each stream in the exchanger, specify the design pressure in the Design Pressure field.
Note: The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to see
this page.

Specify LNG Distributor Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click on the Distributors page.
4 In the appropriate fields, specify the data for each of the following distributor types: Inlet, Outlet, Redistributor, and
Re-Inlet Distributor.
How?
Notes
· Distributor data is optional for each stream. If omitted the distributor pressure drop for that stream is ignored.
· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to
see this page.

Configure the LNG Layer Pattern

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click on the Layer Pattern page.
4 Click the Add Layer button. A layer appears in the Layer Definition table. Add as many layers as required.
5 From the Layer Identifier drop-down list, select an alphabetic layer identifier for each layer in the LNG.
6 For each layer, specify the stream or sequence of streams in the Stream Number fields.
7 In the Layer Pattern group, enter the sequence of layers forming the layer pattern (stacking pattern).
Notes
· The layer pattern is mandatory input for Layer-by-Layer simulations, but optional for stream by stream. If no

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 87 of 647

layer pattern is provided, the number of layers for each stream must be specified.
· The Layer Definition facility is only available in MUSE 3.20 and later versions.
· To remove a layer, select the layer you want to remove in the Layer Definition table and click the Remove Layer
button.
· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to see
this page.

Specify LNG Fin Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click on the Fins page.
4 For each fin in the exchanger, select one of the following fin types from the Fin Type drop-down list: Plain, Perforated,
Serrated (offset-strip) or Wavy (herringbone). For details of when each fin type should be used refer to the MUSE
Help.
5 For each fin in the exchanger, specify the Prandtl number correlation to Colburn j factor in the Prandtl No. Correlation to
Cj field. This parameter is important for high viscosity fluids in plain or perforated fins. The Colburn j factor assumes
that Cj is a function of Re only, but this is not true at low Reynolds numbers (below 1000), where there is also Prandtl
number dependence. See the MUSE Help for more details.
6 For each fin in the exchanger, specify the distance between the separating plates (parting sheets) in the Fin Height field.
All the fins (main fin and distributor) for a stream must have the same height. A warning is issued if this is not so.
7 For each fin in the exchanger, specify the fin thickness in the Fin Thickness field.
8 For each fin in the exchanger, specify the number of fin per unit of length in the Fin Frequency field. Specify zero if no
fins are present. Common fin frequencies are 16, 18, or 21 ft/in for main fins, and 6 or 8 ft/in for distributor fins.
9 For each fin in the exchanger, specify the fin porosity as a fraction of the metal lost as holes in the Fin Porosity field.
10 For each fin in the exchanger, specify the fin serration length in the Fin Serration Length field. The default is 3 mm
(approximately 1/8 inch), which is typical of values used by most manufacturers. This parameter is only needed for
long-serration length serrated fins.
11 From the list of available fins in the Fin Performance group, select the fin you want specify manufacturer fin performance
data for.
12 In the appropriate fields, specify the Reynolds number (Re), friction factor (f) and Colfurn j factor (Cj).
Notes
· Fin numbers are used to identify the particular fin used as main fin or distributor fin for each stream. Fin numbers
up to 20 identify fins that data is supplied in the program input.
· Click the Add Fin button to add fins to the LNG exchanger.
· To remove a fin, select the fin you want to remove in the Fin Geometry table and click the Remove Fin button.
· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to see
this page.

Specify LNG Design Limits

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click on the Design Limits page.
Notes
· Currently there is no information available on this page.
· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to see
this page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 88 of 647

Specify Supplemental Geometric Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click on the Stream Details page.
4 The Same Layer as Stream field allows you to specify that two streams occupy the same set of layers in an
exchanger.
This parameter is not needed if you specify a layer pattern in terms of Layer Identifiers A, B, C, etc., with Layer Definition
information on the Layer Pattern page. If you specify a layer pattern in terms of stream numbers, then one stream in
each layer is used to identify that layer. For other streams in that layer give the number of the stream in the layer
pattern that identifies the layer.
5 In the Fraction of Double Banking field, specify the fraction of double banking that occurs in the exchanger.
This parameter is not needed if you specify a layer pattern, and is estimated if you do not. Refer to the MUSE Help for a
definition and more details.
6 In the Number of Cross Flow Passes field, specify the number of crossflow passes.
7 In the Fin Number of (first) Main Fin field, specify the number to identify the main heat transfer fin for the stream.
The number must correspond to one of the fin data blocks on the Fins page, or to a fin in a User Databank. If the stream
uses more than one type of main fin, this item is the first fin, counting from the stream inlet.
8 In the Length of (first) Main Fin field, specify the length of the main fin for the stream.
9 In the Fin Number for Second to Sixth Fin fields, specify the fin numbers.
These fields are used for a stream that uses more than one type of main fin. The sequence is from stream inlet to outlet.
1 0 In the Length of Fins for Second to Sixth Fin fields, specify the length of each main fin for the stream.
Note: The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to see
this page.

Specify Calculation Methods

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click on the Methods page.
4 In the Calculation Options group specify values for the following parameters: Calculation Type, Units of Output,
Output of Input Data, Physical Properties Package, Convergence Parameter, Stream by Stream or Layer by Layer,
Longitudinal Conduction, Number of Calculation Steps, 1st Est. Heat Load, Distributor Calculations, and Maximum
Number of Iterations.
5 In the Calculation Parameters group specify values for the following parameters: Heat Leak, Heat Leak Skewness,
Effective Length, Distance to Start of Effective Length, and A Stream - B Stream Load.
6 In the Process Constraints group specify values for the following parameters for each stream in the exchanger: Liquid
Phase HTC, Two Phase HTC, Vapour Phase HTC, Multiplier for Liquid Coefficient, Multiplier for Two Phase Coefficient,
Multiplier for Vapour Coefficient, Pressure Drop Multiplier, Precalculated Arrays Flag, and Preset deltaT for Boiling.
Note: The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to see
this page.

View LNG - MUSE Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
Notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 89 of 647

· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to
see this page.

Import MUSE Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click the Import button. The Open File property view appears.
4 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your MUSE Input file (*.mui).
5 Select the file you want to import and click the Open button.
Notes
· The Import button is found on all of the pages on this tab.
· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to see
this tab.

Export MUSE Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the LNG icon. The LNG property view appears.
2 Click on the HTFS - MUSE tab.
3 Click the Export button. The Save File property view appears.
4 From the Save File property view, specify a name and location for your MUSE Input file.
5 Click the Save button.
Notes
· The Export button is found on all of the pages on this tab.
· The HTFS - Engines rating method must be selected and you must have access to the HTFS-MUSE software to
see this tab.

Controller Face Plate

The Face Plate provides all pertinent information about the controller when the simulation is running. Output is always
displayed as a percentage of the span you have defined. The Face Plate also displays the execution type and the setpoint
source. Each controller’s Face Plate varies in appearance, however the functionality remains the same.
See Also
Using the PID Controller face plate
Using the MPC/Ratio/Split Range Controller face plate
Using the Selector Block face plate
Using the Digital Point face plate
Using the Transfer Function Block face plate
Using the Boolean operation face plate

Adjust

The Adjust operation varies the value of one stream variable (the independent variable) to meet a required value or
specification (the dependent variable) in another stream or operation.
In a Flowsheet, a certain combination of specifications may be required that cannot be solved directly. These types of
problems must be solved using trial-and-error techniques. To quickly solve Flowsheet problems that fall into this category,

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 90 of 647

the Adjust operation can be used to automatically conduct the trial-and-error iterations for you.
The Adjust is extremely flexible. It allows you to link stream variables in the Flowsheet in ways that are not possible using
ordinary "physical" unit operations. It can be used to solve for the desired value of just a single dependent variable, or
multiple Adjusts can be installed to solve for the desired values of several variables simultaneously.
The Adjust can perform the following functions:
· Adjust the independent variable until the dependent variable meets the Target Value.
· Adjust the independent variable until the dependent variable equals the value of the same variable for another
Object, plus an optional offset.
See Also
Adding an Adjust
Viewing Adjust properties
Deleting an Adjust
Starting an Adjust

Add an Adjust

There are two ways that you can add an Adjust to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Adjust model.
4 Click the Add button. The Adjust property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Adjust icon . The Adjust property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring an Adjust
Specifying Adjust parameters
Viewing Adjust results
Managing Adjust user variables

View Adjust Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Adjust icon. The Adjust property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Adjust
properties.
Tips
· The status bar at the bottom of the property view displays the current status of the operation.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring an Adjust
Specifying Adjust parameters
Viewing Adjust results
Managing Adjust user variables

Delete an Adjust

1 From the PFD, double-click the Adjust icon. The Adjust property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 91 of 647

2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete an Adjust by clicking on the Adjust icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Start an Adjust

There are two ways to start the Adjust:

· If you have provided values for all the fields of the Parameters tab, the Adjust automatically begins its calculations.
· If you have omitted one or both value in the Minimum/Maximum fields (of the Parameters tab) for the independent
variable, (which are optional Parameters) and you would like the Adjust to start calculating, simply click the Start
button.
Note: Once the Adjust is running the Start button then disappears, indicating the progress of the calculations.
When the error is less than the tolerance, the status bar displays a green OK message. If the Adjust reaches the maximum
number of iterations without converging, the status bar displays a red Reached iteration Limit without converging message.
Tips
· If you click Start button when all of the required Parameters are not defined, the yellow status bar displays the
Incomplete message and calculations cannot begin.
· To stop or disable the Adjust, select the Ignored checkbox.

Specify Adjust Stream Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Adjust icon. The Adjust property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 Click on the Select Var button in the Adjusted Variable group. The Select Adjusted Variable property view appears.
5 From the Select Adjusted Variable property view, select the independent variable you want to manipulate.
How?
6 Click on the Select Var button in the Target Variable group. The Select Target Variable property view appears.
7 From the Select Target Variable property view, select the dependent variable you want to meet.
How?
8 In the Source group, click one of the following radio buttons to specify how the target variable is to be satisfied: User
Supplied, Another Object, or SpreadSheetCell.

Specify Adjust Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Adjust icon. The Adjust property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 Specify the non-simultaneous solving method by selecting the Secant or Broyden method from the Method drop-down
list.
5 Specify the maximum difference between the target variable and the target value in the Tolerance field.
6 Specify the initial step size employed until the solution is bracketed in the Step Size field.
7 Specify the lower bounds of the independent variable in the Minimum field. This value is optional.
8 Specify the upper bounds of the independent variable in the Maximum field. This value is optional.
9 Specify the number of iterations HYSYS performs before HYSYS quits calculating, assuming a solution has not been

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 92 of 647

found, in the Maximum Iterations field.

Notes
· Activate the Simultaneous Solution checkbox to solve multiple Adjust loops simultaneously. There is only one
simultaneous solving method available for solving multiple Adjusts therefore when this checkbox is activated the
Method field is no longer visible.
· Click the Sim Adj Manager button to access the Simultaneous Adjust Manager. The Simultaneous Adjust Manager
enables you to monitor and modify all Adjusts that are selected as simultaneous.
· Activate the Optimizer Controlled checkbox to pass a variable and a constant to the optimizer. When activated the
efficiency of the simultaneous Adjust is increased. This option requires RTO.

View Adjust Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Adjust icon. The Adjust property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
3 Click on the Tables page.
Note: The Iteration History group displays total iterations used and the iteration number, Adjusted Value, Target Value
and Residual for each iteration.

View Adjust Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Adjust icon. The Adjust property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
3 Click on the Plots page.
Note: Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspect menu.

Balance

The Balance operation provides a general-purpose heat and material balance facility. The only information required by the
Balance is the names of the streams entering and leaving the operation. For the General Balance, component ratios can
also be specified.
Since HYSYS permits streams to enter or leave more than one operation, the Balance can be used in parallel with other
units for overall material and energy balances. The Balance Operation solves in both the forward and backward directions.
For instance, it backs out the flow rate of an unknown feed, given that there are no degrees of freedom.
There are six Balance types:
· Mole
· Mass
· Heat
· Mole and Heat
· Mass and Heat
· General
See Also
Adding a Balance
Viewing Balance properties
Deleting a Balance

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 93 of 647

Add a Balance

There are two ways that you can add a Balance to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Balance model.
4 Click the Add button. The Balance property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Balance icon . The Balance property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Balance
Specifying Balance parameters
Viewing stream properties
Creating a strip chart
Managing Balance user variables

View Balance Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Balance icon. The Balance property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Balance’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Balance
Specifying Balance parameters
Viewing stream properties
Creating a strip chart
Managing Balance user variables

Delete a Balance

1 From the PFD, double-click the Balance icon. The Balance property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Balance by clicking on the Balance icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Balance Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Balance icon. The Balance property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Balance.
5 In the Inlets Streams list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 94 of 647

a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
6 In the Outlet Streams list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple product streams.

Specify Balance Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Balance icon. The Balance property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons to specify the balance type: Mole, Mass, Heat, Mole and Heat, Mass and Heat,
or General.
Tips
· When the General radio button is selected you can specify ratios between components in one of the streams.
· To edit a ratio, select the ratio you want to edit from the list of available ratios and click the View Ratio button.
The Ratio property view appears enabling you to modify the ratio.
· Click the Add Ratio button to add a ratio to the balance using the Ratio property view.

Create a Strip Chart for a Logical Operation

1 From the PFD, double-click the logical operation icon. The property view for the selected logical operation appears.
2 Click on the Stripchart tab of the logical operation.
3 From the Variable Set drop-down list, select the variables you want to plot on your strip chart. The variables appear in
the table
4 Click the Create Stripchart button. The Strip chart property view appears.
Tips
· To delete a variable from a strip chart, select the variable you want delete from the list of available variables and
press DELETE. To replace the variable deleted, re-select the variable set from the Variable Set drop-down list.
· Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspect menu.

Black Oil

In HYSYS, Black Oil describes a class of phase behavior and transport property models. Black oil correlations are typically
used when a limited amount of oil and gas information is available in the system. Oil and gas fluid properties are calculated
from correlations with their respective specific gravity (as well as a few other easily measured parameters).
Black Oil is not typically used for systems that would be characterized as gas-condensate or dry gas, but rather for systems
where the liquid phase is non-volatile oil (and consequently there is no evolution of gas, except for that which is dissolved
in the oil).
See Also
Black Oil Translator
Modifying Black Oil stream options
Adding the Neotec Black Oil property package

Black Oil Translator

The Black Oil Translator is implemented in HYSYS using the Stream Cutter operation and a custom Black Oil Transition. The
Black Oil Translator interacts with an existing Stream Cutter unit operation to convert the Black Oil stream into a

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 95 of 647

compositional material stream.

See Also
Adding the Black Oil Translator
Specifying Stream Cutter connections
Specifying the Black Oil transition methods

Add Black Oil Translator

There are two ways that you can add the Black Oil Translator to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, click Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the All Unit Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select Black Oil Translator.
4 Click the Add button. The Black Oil Translator property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, click Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Upstream Ops icon. The Upstream Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Black Oil Translator icon. The Black Oil Translator property view appears.
Note: In certain situations the Black Oil Translator will be automatically added to the flowsheet. This occurs when the
stream connections are made to operations that have streams with different fluid packages connected or the operation
itself is set to use a different fluid package. The Stream Cutter dictates the rules for when the Black Oil Translator is
automatically added.
See Also
Specifying Stream Cutter connections
Specifying the Black Oil transition methods

View Black Oil Translator

From the PFD, double-click the Black Oil Translator icon. The Black Oil Translator property view appears.
Note: The Black Oil Translator icon in the PFD is similar to the Stream Cutter icon.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Black Oil Translator
Specifying Stream Cutter connections
Specifying the Black Oil transition methods

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 96 of 647

Delete a Black Oil Translator

1 From the PFD, double-click the Black Oil Translator icon. The Black Oil Translator property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Black Oil Translator by clicking on the Black Oil Translator icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Stream Cutter Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Stream Cutter icon. The Stream Cutter property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Stream Cutter.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
Notes
· Click the Remove Cutter button to uncut the attached streams. The Remove Cutter button is available only after a
stream has been specified in both inlet and outlet field.
· The difference between the Remove Cutter button and Delete button is the Remove Cutter button maintains
upstream and downstream connections.

Specify the Black Oil Transition Methods

1 From the PFD, double-click the Stream Cutter icon. The Stream Cutter property view appears.
2 Click on the Transition tab.
The Transition tab contains the options to configure and manipulate the black oil transition.
· The Transition Type group displays the transition type available for the Black Oil Translator operation.
· The Current Transition group contains all the options used to configure the Black Oil Transition method.
· The Transfer Basis drop down menu contains the options for T-P Flash and P-H Flash transitions.
3 In the Black Oil Transition Method group, select the appropriate radio button for the transition method you want to
apply:
· Simple
· Three Phase
· Infochem Multiflash
Note: The options available in the Transition tab will vary depending on which transition method you selected.
4 In the Transfer Basis drop down menu, chose T-P Flash or P-H Flash as the transfer basis.
5 Confirm that the Active checkbox (located at the bottom right corner) is selected for transition method to be active.
See Also
Black Oil Translator

Boolean And Gate

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 97 of 647

This unit operation performs a logical AND function on a set of inputs. The output is always low as long as any one of the
input is low and it is high when all of the inputs are high. The function logic for Not Gate is as follows:
Input 1 1 1 0 0 0
Input 2 1 0 1 0 0
Input 3 1 0 0 1 0
Output 1 0 0 0 0
See Also
Add a Boolean And Gate
View Boolean And Gate properties
Delete a Boolean And Gate

Add a Boolean And Gate

There are two ways that you can add a Boolean And Gate to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Boolean And model.
4 Click the Add button. The Boolean And Gate property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Boolean And Gate icon . The Boolean And Gate property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean And Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean And Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean And Gate user variables

View Boolean And Gate properties

From the PFD, double-click the Boolean And Gate icon. The Boolean And Gate property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Boolean And Gate’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean And Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean And Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean And Gate user variables

Delete a Boolean And Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean And Gate icon. The Boolean And Gate property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Boolean And Gate by clicking on the Boolean And Gate icon on the PFD and pressing the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 98 of 647

DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Boolean And Gate Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean And Gate icon. The Boolean And Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Boolean Name field, specify the name of the Boolean And Gate.
4 Click the Add PV button in the Process Variable Source group. The Variable Navigator appears.
5 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the input variable.
How?
6 Click the Add OP button in the Output Target group. The Select Variable property view appears.
7 From the Select Variable property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· Boolean logical operations can only be attached to Digital Point logical operations.
· You can add multiple process variables and output target objects to the Boolean And Gate.
· To edit a process variable, select the object you want to edit from the Process Variable Sources group and click
the Edit PV button. The Variable Navigator property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable
settings.
· To delete a process variable, select the process variable you want to delete from the Process Variable Source
group and click the Delete PV button.
· To edit an output target object, select the object you want to edit from the Output Target group and click the Edit
OP button. The Select Variable property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable settings.
· To delete an output target object, select the object you want to delete from the Output Target group and click the
Delete OP button.

Monitor the Boolean And Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean And Gate icon. The Boolean And Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
Notes
· The Input column displays the name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Object column displays the object name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Initial State column displays the input value received by the Boolean And Gate.
· The Output Value field displays the output value of the Boolean And Gate.

Boolean Count Down Gate

This boolean unit operation acts as a down counter. It counts down to a maximum counter value that is specified by the
users. It is triggered every time the input 1 is switched to a desired state. After the counter has reached zero, it sets the
output to a predefined value. The counter and output value is reset with the second input by switching it to High (1).
See Also
Add a Boolean Count Down Gate
View Boolean Count Down Gate properties
Delete a Boolean Count Down Gate

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 99 of 647

Add a Boolean Count Down Gate

There are two ways that you can add a Boolean Count Down Gate to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select the Boolean CountDown model.
4 Click the Add button. The Boolean Count Down Gate property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Boolean Count Down Gate icon . The Boolean Count Down Gate property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Count Down Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Count Down Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Count Down Gate user variables

View Boolean Count Down Gate properties

From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Count Down Gate icon. The Boolean Count Down Gate property view appears.
From here you can modify any of the Boolean Count Down Gate’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Count Down Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Count Down Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Count Down Gate user variables

Delete a Boolean Count Down Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Count Down Gate icon. The Boolean Count Down Gate property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Boolean Count Down Gate by clicking on the Boolean Count Down Gate icon on the PFD and
pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Boolean Count Down Gate Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Count Down Gate icon. The Boolean Count Down Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Boolean Name field, specify the name of the Boolean Count Down Gate.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 100 of 647

4 Click the Add PV button in the Process Variable Source group. The Variable Navigator appears.
5 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the input variable.
How?
6 Click the Add OP button in the Output Target group. The Select Variable property view appears.
7 From the Select Variable property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· Boolean logical operations can only be attached to Digital Point logical operations.
· You are only required to add two process variables to the Boolean Count Down Gate.
· You can add multiple output target objects to the Boolean Count Down Gate.
· To edit a process variable, select the object you want to edit from the Process Variable Sources group and click
the Edit PV button. The Variable Navigator property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable
settings.
· To delete a process variable, select the process variable you want to delete from the Process Variable Source
group and click the Delete PV button.
· To edit an output target object, select the object you want to edit from the Output Target group and click the Edit
OP button. The Select Variable property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable settings.
· To delete an output target object, select the object you want to delete from the Output Target group and click
the Delete OP button.

Monitor the Boolean Count Down Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Count Down Gate icon. The Boolean Count Down Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
3 In the Maximum Counter field, specify the counter limit.
4 From the PV Alarm drop-down list, select PV value that triggers the counter to increase a step.
5 From the Desired Output Value drop-down list, select the desired output value when the counter reaches the
maximum count value.
Notes
· The Current Counter field displays current counter value.
· The Input column displays the name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Object column displays the object name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Initial State column displays the input value received by the Boolean Count Down Gate.
· The Output Value field displays the output value of the Boolean Count Down Gate.

Boolean Count Up Gate

This boolean unit operation acts as an up counter. It counts up to a maximum counter value that is specified by the users.
It is triggered every time the input is switched to a desired state. After reaching the maximum counter limit, it sets the
output to a predefined value. The counter and output value is reset with the second input by switching it to High (1).
See Also
Add a Boolean Count Up Gate
View Boolean Count Up Gate properties
Delete a Boolean Count Up Gate

Add a Boolean Count Up Gate

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 101 of 647

There are two ways that you can add a Boolean Count Up Gate to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select the Boolean CountUp model.
4 Click the Add button. The Boolean Count Up Gate property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Boolean Count Up Gate icon . The Boolean Count Up Gate property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Count Up Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Count Up Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Count Up Gate user variables

View Boolean Count Up Gate properties

From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Count Up Gate icon. The Boolean Count Up Gate property view appears. From here
you can modify any of the Boolean Count Up Gate’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Count Up Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Count Up Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Count Up Gate user variables

Delete a Boolean Count Up Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Count Up Gate icon. The Boolean Count Up Gate property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Boolean Count Up Gate by clicking on the Boolean Count Up Gate icon on the PFD and
pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Boolean Count Up Gate Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Count Up Gate icon. The Boolean Count Up Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Boolean Name field, specify the name of the Boolean Count Up Gate.
4 Click the Add PV button in the Process Variable Source group. The Variable Navigator appears.
5 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the input variable.
How?
6 Click the Add OP button in the Output Target group. The Select Variable property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 102 of 647

7 From the Select Variable property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· Boolean logical operations can only be attached to Digital Point logical operations.
· You are only required to add two process variables to the Boolean Count Up Gate.
· You can add multiple output target objects to the Boolean Count Up Gate.
· To edit a process variable, select the object you want to edit from the Process Variable Sources group and click
the Edit PV button. The Variable Navigator property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable
settings.
· To delete a process variable, select the process variable you want to delete from the Process Variable Source
group and click the Delete PV button.
· To edit an output target object, select the object you want to edit from the Output Target group and click the Edit
OP button. The Select Variable property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable settings.
· To delete an output target object, select the object you want to delete from the Output Target group and click
the Delete OP button.

Monitor the Boolean Count Up Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Count Up Gate icon. The Boolean Count Up Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
3 In the Maximum Counter field, specify the counter limit.
4 From the PV Alarm drop-down list, select PV value that triggers the counter to increase a step.
5 From the Desired Output Value drop-down list, select the desired output value when the counter reaches the
maximum count value.
Notes
· The Current Counter field displays current counter value.
· The Input column displays the name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Object column displays the object name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Initial State column displays the input value received by the Boolean Count Up Gate.
· The Output Value field displays the output value of the Boolean Count Up Gate.

Boolean Latch Gate

This boolean unit operation provides a latch functionality. It requires two input signals; one for set and other one for reset.
The second input is the prevailing input meaning that it specifies the output to be set to High (1), reset to Low (0) or left
unchanged. The function logic for Latch Gate is as follows:
Input 1 1 1 0 0
Input 2 1 0 1 0
Output override state 1 0 previous state
By definition the latch gate allows you to select the OP value when both of its inputs are high. So this state is known in the
industry as an override state.
See Also
Add a Boolean Latch Gate
View Boolean Latch Gate properties
Delete a Boolean Latch Gate

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 103 of 647

Add a Boolean Latch Gate

There are two ways that you can add a Boolean Latch Gate to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Boolean Latch model.
4 Click the Add button. The Boolean Latch Gate property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Boolean Latch Gate icon . The Boolean Latch Gate property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Latch Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Latch Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Latch Gate user variables

View Boolean Latch Gate properties

From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Latch Gate icon. The Boolean Latch Gate property view appears. From here you
can modify any of the Boolean Latch Gate’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Latch Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Latch Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Latch Gate user variables

Delete a Boolean Latch Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Latch Gate icon. The Boolean Latch Gate property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Boolean Latch Gate by clicking on the Boolean Latch Gate icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Boolean Latch Gate Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Latch Gate icon. The Boolean Latch Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Boolean Name field, specify the name of the Boolean Latch Gate.
4 Click the Add PV button in the Process Variable Source group. The Variable Navigator appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 104 of 647

5 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the input variable.
How?
6 Click the Add OP button in the Output Target group. The Select Variable property view appears.
7 From the Select Variable property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· Boolean logical operations can only be attached to Digital Point logical operations.
· You are only required to add two process variables to the Boolean Latch Gate.
· You can add multiple output target objects to the Boolean Latch Gate.
· To edit a process variable, select the object you want to edit from the Process Variable Sources group and click
the Edit PV button. The Variable Navigator property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable
settings.
· To delete a process variable, select the process variable you want to delete from the Process Variable Source
group and click the Delete PV button.
· To edit an output target object, select the object you want to edit from the Output Target group and click the Edit
OP button. The Select Variable property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable settings.
· To delete an output target object, select the object you want to delete from the Output Target group and click
the Delete OP button.

Monitor the Boolean Latch Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Latch Gate icon. The Boolean Latch Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
Notes
· The Prevailing Input radio buttons are used when both of the inputs are high(1). It allows you to specify what
you want the output value to be. Selecting Set sets the OP value to high(1) and Reset set the OP value to low(0).
· The Input column displays the name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Object column displays the object name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Initial State column displays the input value received by the Boolean Latch Gate.
· The Output Value field displays the output value of the Boolean Latch Gate.

Boolean Not Gate

This unit operation perform a logical NOT function on an input. The output is the negative of the input in other words,
when the input is high the output is low and vice versa. The function logic for Not Gate is as follows:
Input 1 0
Output 0 1
See Also
Add a Boolean Not Gate
View Boolean Not Gate properties
Delete a Boolean Not Gate

Add a Boolean Not Gate

There are two ways that you can add a Boolean Not Gate to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 105 of 647

2 Click the Logicals radio button.

3 From the list of available unit operations select the Boolean Not model.
4 Click the Add button. The Boolean Not Gate property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Boolean Not Gate icon . The Boolean Not Gate property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Not Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Not Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Not Gate user variables

View Boolean Not Gate properties

From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Not Gate icon. The Boolean Not Gate property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Boolean Not Gate’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Not Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Not Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Not Gate user variables

Delete a Boolean Not Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Not Gate icon. The Boolean Not Gate property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Boolean Not Gate by clicking on the Boolean Not Gate icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Boolean Not Gate Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Not Gate icon. The Boolean Not Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Boolean Name field, specify the name of the Boolean Not Gate.
4 Click the Select PV button in the Process Variable Source group. The Variable Navigator appears.
5 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the input variable.
How?
6 Click the Add OP button in the Output Target group. The Select Variable property view appears.
7 From the Select Variable property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 106 of 647

Notes
· Boolean logical operations can only be attached to Digital Point logical operations.
· You can add multiple output target objects to the Boolean Not Gate.
· To edit an output target object, select the object you want to edit from the Output Target group and click the Edit
OP button. The Select Variable property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable settings.
· To delete an output target object, select the object you want to delete from the Output Target group and click
the Delete OP button.

Monitor the Boolean Not Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Not Gate icon. The Boolean Not Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
Notes
· The Input Value field displays the value received by the Boolean Not Gate.
· The Output Value field displays the output value of the Boolean Not Gate.

Boolean Off Delay Gate

This unit operation performs an off time delay function on a single input. The output’s signal is delayed for a specified time
delay only when the input is set to be 0.
See Also
Add a Boolean Off Delay Gate
View Boolean Off Delay Gate properties
Delete a Boolean Off Delay Gate

Add a Boolean Off Delay Gate

There are two ways that you can add a Boolean Off Delay Gate to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Boolean OffDly model.
4 Click the Add button. The Boolean Off Delay Gate property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Boolean Off Delay Gate icon . The Boolean Off Delay Gate property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Off Delay Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Off Delay Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Off Delay Gate user variables

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 107 of 647

View Boolean Off Delay Gate properties

From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Off Delay Gate icon. The Boolean Off Delay Gate property view appears. From here
you can modify any of the Boolean Off Delay Gate’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Off Delay Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Off Delay Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Off Delay Gate user variables

Delete a Boolean Off Delay Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Off Delay Gate icon. The Boolean Off Delay Gate property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Boolean Off Delay Gate by clicking on the Boolean Off Delay Gate icon on the PFD and
pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Boolean Off Delay Gate Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Off Delay Gate icon. The Boolean Off Delay Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Boolean Name field, specify the name of the Boolean Off Delay Gate.
4 Click the Select PV button in the Process Variable Source group. The Variable Navigator appears.
5 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the input variable.
How?
6 Click the Add OP button in the Output Target group. The Select Variable property view appears.
7 From the Select Variable property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· Boolean logical operations can only be attached to Digital Point logical operations.
· You can add multiple output target objects to the Boolean Off Delay Gate.
· To edit an output target object, select the object you want to edit from the Output Target group and click the Edit
OP button. The Select Variable property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable settings.
· To delete an output target object, select the object you want to delete from the Output Target group and click
the Delete OP button.

Monitor the Boolean Off Delay Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Off Delay Gate icon. The Boolean Off Delay Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
3 In the Delay Time field, specify the amount of time you want to delay the signal.
Notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 108 of 647

· The Output Value field displays the output value of the Boolean Off Delay Gate.

Boolean On Delay Gate

This unit operation performs an on time delay function on a single input. The output’s signal is delayed for a specified time
delay only when the input is set to be 1.
See Also
Add a Boolean On Delay Gate
View Boolean On Delay Gate properties
Delete a Boolean On Delay Gate

Add a Boolean On Delay Gate

There are two ways that you can add a Boolean On Delay Gate to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select the Boolean OnDly model.
4 Click the Add button. The Boolean On Delay Gate property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Boolean On Delay Gate icon . The Boolean On Delay Gate property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean On Delay Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean On Delay Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean On Delay Gate user variables

View Boolean On Delay Gate properties

From the PFD, double-click the Boolean On Delay Gate icon. The Boolean On Delay Gate property view appears. From here
you can modify any of the Boolean On Delay Gate’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean On Delay Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean On Delay Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean On Delay Gate user variables

Delete a Boolean On Delay Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean On Delay Gate icon. The Boolean On Delay Gate property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 109 of 647

2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete a Boolean On Delay Gate by clicking on the Boolean On Delay Gate icon on the PFD and pressing
the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Monitor the Boolean On Delay Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean On Delay Gate icon. The Boolean On Delay Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
3 In the Delay Time field, specify the amount of time you want to delay the signal.
Notes
· The Input Value field displays the value received by the Boolean On Delay Gate.
· The Output Value field displays the output value of the Boolean On Delay Gate.

Boolean Or Gate

This unit operation performs a logical OR function on a set of inputs. The output is always high as long as any one of the
input is high and it is low when all of the inputs are low. The function logic for Or Gate is as follows:
Input 1 1 1 0 0 0
Input 2 1 0 1 0 0
Input 3 1 0 0 1 0
Output 1 1 1 1 0
See Also
Add a Boolean Or Gate
View Boolean Or Gate properties
Delete a Boolean Or Gate

Add a Boolean Or Gate

There are two ways that you can add a Boolean Or Gate to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Boolean Or model.
4 Click the Add button. The Boolean Or Gate property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Boolean Or Gate icon . The Boolean Or Gate property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Or Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Or Gate
Creating a strip chart

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 110 of 647

Managing Boolean Or Gate user variables

View Boolean Or Gate properties

From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Or Gate icon. The Boolean Or Gate property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Boolean Or Gate’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean Or Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean Or Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean Or Gate user variables

Delete a Boolean Or Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Or Gate icon. The Boolean Or Gate property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Boolean Or Gate by clicking on the Boolean Or Gate icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE
key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Boolean Or Gate Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Or Gate icon. The Boolean Or Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Boolean Name field, specify the name of the Boolean Or Gate.
4 Click the Add PV button in the Process Variable Source group. The Variable Navigator appears.
5 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the input variable.
How?
6 Click the Add OP button in the Output Target group. The Select Variable property view appears.
7 From the Select Variable property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· Boolean logical operations can only be attached to Digital Point logical operations.
· You can add multiple process variables and output target objects to the Boolean Or Gate.
· To edit a process variable, select the object you want to edit from the Process Variable Sources group and click
the Edit PV button. The Variable Navigator property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable
settings.
· To delete a process variable, select the process variable you want to delete from the Process Variable Source
group and click the Delete PV button.
· To edit an output target object, select the object you want to edit from the Output Target group and click the Edit
OP button. The Select Variable property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable settings.
· To delete an output target object, select the object you want to delete from the Output Target group and click
the Delete OP button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 111 of 647

Monitor the Boolean Or Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean Or Gate icon. The Boolean Or Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
Notes
· The Input column displays the name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Object column displays the object name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Initial State column displays the input value received by the Boolean Or Gate.
· The Output Value field displays the output value of the Boolean Or Gate.

Boolean XOr Gate

This unit operation performs an exclusive or function on two inputs. The output state is always High (1) whenever anyone
of the input is High (1), but it is Low (0) when all of the inputs are High (1). The function logic for XOr Gate is as follows:
Input 1 1 1 0 0
Input 2 1 0 1 0
Output 0 1 1 0
See Also
Add a Boolean XOr Gate
View Boolean XOr Gate properties
Delete a Boolean XOr Gate

Add a Boolean XOr Gate

There are two ways that you can add a Boolean XOr Gate to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select the Boolean XOr model.
4 Click the Add button. The Boolean XOr Gate property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Boolean XOr Gate icon . The Boolean XOr Gate property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean XOr Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean XOr Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean XOr Gate user variables

View Boolean XOr Gate properties

From the PFD, double-click the Boolean XOr Gate icon. The Boolean XOr Gate property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Boolean XOr Gate’s properties.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 112 of 647

Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Boolean XOr Gate connections
Monitoring the Boolean XOr Gate
Creating a strip chart
Managing Boolean XOr Gate user variables

Delete a Boolean XOr Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean XOr Gate icon. The Boolean XOr Gate property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Boolean XOr Gate by clicking on the Boolean XOr Gate icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Boolean XOr Gate Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean XOr Gate icon. The Boolean XOr Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Boolean Name field, specify the name of the Boolean XOr Gate.
4 Click the Add PV button in the Process Variable Source group. The Variable Navigator appears.
5 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the input variable.
How?
6 Click the Add OP button in the Output Target group. The Select Variable property view appears.
7 From the Select Variable property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· Boolean logical operations can only be attached to Digital Point logical operations.
· You are only required to add two process variables to the Boolean XOr Gate.
· You can add multiple output target objects to the Boolean XOr Gate.
· To edit a process variable, select the object you want to edit from the Process Variable Sources group and click
the Edit PV button. The Variable Navigator property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable
settings.
· To delete a process variable, select the process variable you want to delete from the Process Variable Source
group and click the Delete PV button.
· To edit an output target object, select the object you want to edit from the Output Target group and click the Edit
OP button. The Select Variable property view appears enabling you to modify any of the variable settings.
· To delete an output target object, select the object you want to delete from the Output Target group and click
the Delete OP button.

Monitor the Boolean XOr Gate

1 From the PFD, double-click the Boolean XOr Gate icon. The Boolean XOr Gate property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
Notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 113 of 647

· The Object column displays the object name of the process variables connected to the boolean operation.
· The Initial State column displays the input value received by the Boolean XOr Gate.
· The Output Value field displays the output value of the Boolean XOr Gate.

Cause and Effect Matrix

The Cause and Effect Matrix unit operation replicates a Cause and Effect matrix commonly used in designing and operating
the safety system of many processing plants. It looks at process values throughout the process and, based upon safety
thresholds, determines if certain equipment and/or valves should be shutdown.
The unit operation is similar to a spreadsheet. It takes inputs called Causes, and sends outputs called Effects. The input
may be any simulation variable from the user case or a simple switch, which is not required to be connected to an object’s
variable. Each input generates either a Healthy (1) or Tripped (0) state. The output is a boolean (1 or 0) result from
processing one of the Cause and Effect Matrix columns. The output may write or export its result to any simulation variable
within the user case. The user must specify a variable of discrete type (1 or 0). The output is not required to be connected
to an object or variable. The same 1or 0 result is produced from the matrix column, and then any other object in the
simulation may read or use this value.
The matrix is processed one column at a time to determine the resultant state of the output associated with that column.
The associated input state is reviewed for each element (or row entry) of a particular column having a non-blank user
specified matrix element. All of the matrix elements of that column (and their associated input state) are compared based
upon their respective and collective meaning to determine the Cause result.
The boolean inputs enter through logical gate type operations (and, or, not, etc.,) with each other to determine the
resultant boolean value. The matrix element types are X TRIP, R RESET, T TIMED TRIP, C COINCIDENT TRIP, P
PERMISSIVE, I INHIBIT, and S STANDBY.
Notes
· It is important that you clarify the 1 and 0 convention of the Cause and Effect Matrix for Healthy/Tripped, On/Off,
Start/Stop, etc.
· For both the inputs and outputs, a result of 0 indicates Tripped, whereas a result of 1 indicates Healthy, except
where the Invert checkbox is turned on.
· When the Invert checkbox is turned on, a result of 0 indicates Healthy, whereas a result of 1 indicates Tripped.
· You can access the Cause and Effect Matrix help property view by clicking on the Cause and Effect Help button on
the C&E Matrix tab
· It is recommended that you build a dynamics case first with all the specifications in place before adding and
configuring a Cause and Effect Matrix.

Add a Cause and Effect Matrix

There are two ways that you can add a Cause and Effect Matrix to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select Cause And Effect Matrix.
4 Click the Add button. The Cause and Effect Matrix property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Boolean Ops icon . The Boolean Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Cause and Effect Matrix icon . The Cause and Effect Matrix property view appears.
Notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 114 of 647

· You can also open the Object Palette by clicking the F4 hot key.

View Cause and Effect Matrix Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Cause and Effect Matrix icon. The Cause and Effect Matrix property view appears. From
here you can modify any of the Cause and Effect Matrix properties.
See Also
Connecting the Inputs
Connecting the Outputs
Viewing the Inputs and Outputs Specifications

Delete a Cause and Effect Matrix

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cause and Effect Matrix icon. The Cause and Effect Matrix property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Cause and Effect Matrix by clicking on the Cause and Effect Matrix icon on the PFD and
pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View the Status Messages

While integrating, the status window and the Cause and Effect Matrix's status bar may update to show the following three
states:
· one or more outputs have tripped
· one or more inputs are in alarm
· one or more outputs require reset (either via an input with an R matrix element or via a local output reset)
The status of the inputs and outputs is shown in the table below:
State Inputs Outputs
Healthy 1 1
Alarm 2
Tripped 0 0
Reset 2
LocalReset 3
ManualOff 4
AutoOff 5

View Trace Messages

You can also add a time stamp to the trace messages. The Cause and Effect Matrix tracing is turned on by checking the
Trace & Alarms checkbox on the Global group of the Parameters tab.
1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. The Session Preferences property view appears.
2 On the Simulation tab click on the Errors page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 115 of 647

3 Click on the Prefix Integrator Time to Error ad Trace Messages if Dynamics is Running checkbox to add the time
stamp to the trace messages, and close the Session Preferences property view.

Connect the Inputs

1 From the Cause and Effect Matrix property view, click on the Connections tab or the C&E Matrix tab.
2 Click the Add Input button to add and connect an input. The Simulation Navigator appears.
3 From the Simulation Navigator, select the input variable. Then click OK.
By default, the new input is added at the bottom of any existing inputs.
4 From the Parameters tab, check the Insert New Above/ To Left checkbox, now the new input is added above the
currently selected row. You have to select the bottom blank input row to add to the bottom of the existing inputs.
5 Alternatively, if you want to add switch inputs, click the Add Switch button on the C&E matrix tab. A new input row is
added, but no simulation variable needs to be selected. The user can manually change the switch during the
operation of the dynamic model.
A switch input is useful for a R(eset) matrix element entry. You should make this a Pulse On type switch. Switches can also
be useful as an emergency shutdown pushbutton if you want to test your dynamic model response to the trip of a
collection of outputs.
6 You can change the state of the switch by clicking on the appropriate radio buttons.

7 In the Inputs (Causes) table click on a row with the SW checkbox checked.
8 Enter the description, tag, and comment (if any) for the Inputs (Causes). The description appears to the left of each
input row, and its associated matrix elements on the C&E Matrix tab.
9 For all inputs with a simulation variable (not a switch), except for the Digital Point’s OP State or an output result from
a Cause and Effect matrix, specify the trip threshold. Check the High? checkbox if a value higher than the threshold
will result in a tripped input. Otherwise, a low threshold trip is assumed.
1 0 The input can also be a time delayed Trip resulting to zero by entering a non-zero time in the Off Delay field.
1 1 You can also specify an Alarm threshold, which acts as a pre-alarm prior to the trip actually occurring.
1 2 Click the Invert checkbox, if you want to invert the meaning of the matrix elements
The inversion (1 to 0 or 0 to 1) occurs at the completion of the normal input processing just before the input result is
passed on for matrix processing. Hence the input status, trace messages, etc., occur as normal irregardless of

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 116 of 647

inversion.
1 3 You can also override the effect of any tripped inputs by clicking on the OR (Override) checkbox in the Inputs
(Causes) table on the C&E Matrix tab or the Inputs (Causes) group on the Parameters tab. You can use this as a
startup override.
1 4 If a trip requires a reset, you will have to activate the input(s), which resets it or you may have to reset the local
reset.

Configure a Cause and Effect Matrix

You can set the global defaults and controls on the Parameters tab as shown in the following steps.
1 You can specify the global defaults by clicking on the appropriate checkboxes (for the description of the checkboxes,
click the checkboxes on the image below).

2 You can specify the global control by clicking on the appropriate checkboxes (for the description of the checkboxes,
click the checkboxes on the image below).

Notes
· There are no PFD streams or lines that connect to or from this operation. Hence you can place it anywhere and
on any flowsheet. You can also view all simulation variables across flowsheets, the same as with a Spreadsheet.
· You can view all the input and output configuration information on the Parameters tab.
See Also
Connecting the Inputs
Connecting the Outputs
Viewing the Inputs and Outputs Specifications

Change the Order of the Inputs or Outputs

If the inputs or outputs are not in the order that you want, you can re-sort either the rows or columns of the Cause and
Effect Matrix:
1 From the Inputs (Causes) or Outputs (Effects) tables of the C&E Matrix tab, select the row or column you want to
move.
2 The row or column number is displayed in blue indicating that the user can change the value.
3 In the Inputs (Causes) or Outputs (Effects) groups click on the row or column number displayed in the # field.
4 Type the new number that you want the row or column to be located at.
5 If you type a number that is smaller than the number of the row (or column) you are moving, all rows (or columns)
below the new number will be moved down (to the right) hence filling in the empty row (or column). Alternatively, if
the new number is greater than the number of the row (or column) you are moving, the rows (or columns) will be
moved up (to the left).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 117 of 647

Connect the Outputs

1 From the Cause and Effect Matrix property view, click on the C&E Matrix tab.
2 In the Outputs (Effects) group, click the Add Output button to create a new Cause and Effect Matrix column. Specify
the simulation variable that you want the resultant 1 or 0 exported to.
3 By default, the new output is added to the right (end) of any existing outputs. From the Parameters tab, select the
Insert New Above/To Left checkbox. Now the new output is added to the left of the currently selected column. You
can select the last blank output column to add to the right of the existing outputs.
4 If you want to add a new column without connecting an object’s variable, click the Add Effect button in the Outputs
(Effects) group.
5 Check the Reset? checkbox if you want to specify the output has its own local reset switch. This could perhaps
represent a solenoid on a shutdown valve in the field. Once the Reset? checkbox is checked, then the Reset checkbox
becomes active and relevant.
It is not recommended to configure an output without a reset. This can be a matrix element R(eset) or a local reset.
6 You can also specify the presence of a local or field switch for the controlled equipment that the output is associated
with. To specify the presence, check the SW (Switch) checkbox. Click on the appropriate radio button to set the local
switch state.

This switch has as its permissive any inputs with a P matrix element. Also, the switch is interlocked with any inputs
affecting a trip of this output.
7 An output must be reset before the local switch state can be changed from off.
8 You can click the Invert checkbox in the Outputs (Effects) group if the object being controlled expects a 1 to
shutdown rather than a zero. This output inversion is done at the completion of the output processing, therefore the
Outputs (Effects) group status bar and property view status window will show a Tripped status when sending a 1. If
the trace option is turned on, a Tripped message will be traced, but a final value of 1 will be sent out.
When a certain input trips, causing a resulting trip in an output, there is also likely to be a cascading set of trips including
other inputs which may appear to cause a trip of the original output. To detect what was the first input to cause the
output's trip, you will see the relevant first out matrix element which caused the trip turn red. This color only returns
to the default of blue when the output trip has cleared and been reset.
9 Once you have your Cause and Effect Matrix configured, you may want to use the Bypass checkbox of some or all
outputs. This then makes the resultant value in the Outputs (Effects) group at the bottom of the C&E Matrix tab turn
blue. This value should initialize to 1 and will remain at this until the bypass is released and matrix output processing
proceeds. You can smoothly prevent initialization trips in this manner.
Notes
· You can add a new column without connecting a simulation variable, if you want to just display a trip.
· You can also access the outputs result using the input in other logical operations including other Cause and Effect
Matrices or using a Spreadsheet Import. Use the Simulation Navigator from that unit operation to select the Cause
and Effect Matrix Output Result.

View the Inputs and Outputs Specifications

You can view all the specifications for the inputs and outputs on the C&E Matrix tab of the Cause and Effect Matrix property
view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 118 of 647

If you want to view the specifications for the Input:

1 Select the row of the Cause data in the Inputs table.
2 The information for that input is shown in the Inputs group at the bottom of the tab.

3 You can drag and drop input or output object/variables to the object or variable columns of the selected row or
column in the Inputs (Causes) or Outputs (Effects) groups. Select the variable from some other unit operation, and
then use the right mouse button to drag the selection to the desired location. This functionality is similar to dragging
the variable in the Spreadsheet.
If you want to view the specifications for the Output:
1 Select the column of the Effect data in the Outputs table.
2 The information for that output is shown in the Outputs group at the bottom of the tab.

The C&E Matrix tab also shows the state of each input and output.
Healthy (1 result)
Tripped (0 result)

For an input this means alarm.

For an output this indicates some other state. Refer to the Output status at the
bottom of the property view for an indication of the exact status.
For both inputs and outputs, this indicates that attention is most likely required.

Note: When you click on the matrix element, the specifications for the selected row and column are shown in the Inputs
and Outputs groups at the bottom of the tab.

Digital Point

The Digital Point is an On/Off Controller. You specify the Process Variable (PV) you wish to monitor, and the stream that
you are controlling (OP). When the PV reaches a specified threshold value, the Digital Point either turns the OP On or Off,
depending on how you have set up the Digital Point.
See Also
Adding a Digital Point
Viewing Digital Point properties
Deleting a Digital Point

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 119 of 647

Add a Digital Point

There are two ways that you can add a Digital Point to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select the Digital Pt model.
4 Click the Add button. The Digital Point property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Digital Point icon . The Digital Point property view appears.
Tip: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Digital Point connections
Specifying Digital Point parameters
Creating a strip chart
Managing Digital Point user variables
Specifying Digital Point alarm levels
Configuring a control valve

View Digital Point Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Digital Point icon. The Digital Point property view appears. From here you can modify any of
the Digital Point’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Digital Point connections
Specifying Digital Point parameters
Creating a strip chart
Managing Digital Point user variables
Specifying Digital Point alarm levels
Configuring a control valve

Delete a Digital Point

1 From the PFD, double-click the Digital Point icon. The Digital Point property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Digital Point by clicking on the Digital Point icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Digital Point Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Digital Point icon. The Digital Point property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click the Select PV button to specify the process variable. The Variable Navigator appears.
4 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the process variable.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 120 of 647

How?
5 Click the Select OP button to specify the output target variable. The Select OP property view appears.
6 From the Select OP property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· The process variable and output target are both optional connections. This controller feature allows the controller
to be in Manual mode and have its OP State imported into a Spreadsheet and used in further calculations in the
model. This configuration can only be used for Manual mode.
· To run the controller in Automatic mode you require a process variable input. With only the input connected the
Digital Point acts as a digital input indicator. With both the input and output specified, the Digital Point can be used
to determine its state from its PV and then take a discrete action.

Specify Digital Point Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Digital Point icon. The Digital Point property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Select the mode you want to use by clicking one of the following radio buttons: Off, Manual or Auto.
See Also
Specifying manual operational parameters
Specifying automatic operational parameters

Specify Digital Point Alarm Levels

1 From the PFD, double-click the Digital Point icon. The Digital Point property view appears.
2 Click on the Alarm Levels tab.
3 In the Level column specify the HighHigh, High, Low, and LowLow alarm levels.
4 In the Dead Band column specify the dead band for each alarm level. This is helpful in situations where the signal is
"noisy", enabling you to avoid constant triggering of the alarm. If a dead band is specified, you have to specify the
alarm points so that their difference is greater than the dead band.
Notes
· The alarm points should be specified in the descending order from HighHigh to LowLow points.
· You cannot specify the value of the Low and LowLow alarm points to be higher than the signal value. Similarly,
the High and HighHigh alarm points cannot be specified a value lower than the signal value.
· No two alarm points can have similar values.
· The Alarm Status checkboxes become active when an alarm has been violated.

DMCplus Controller

The DMCplus Controller engine runs in Aspen DMCplus Online. HYSYS communicates to DMCplus using the DMCplus API.
You are required to have the following licenses to run DMCplus in HYSYS:
· DMCplus Link
· DMCplus Online
· Cim-IO Kernel
· ACO Base
The figure below shows the HYSYS and DMCplus connection. HYSYS works like a Real Plant.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 121 of 647

The DMCplus Desktop allows you to configure the models. Each DMCplus Controller requires a Model File (MDL) and a
Controller Configuration File (CCF) to operate properly with the Aspen DMCplus. The model file determines the size of the
control problem and all the dynamic relationships between each independent and dependent variables. The controller
configuration file determines where the input and output parameters for the controller will reside, which optional
capabilities will be used and the values assigned to all of its parameters such as limits, switches and tuning.
HYSYS can generate the MDL file automatically or record the independent and dependent variable in the collection file
(CLC), which contains model testing data. The data in the CLC file is used by the DMCplus Model to create the MDL file.
The MDL file is then used by the Aspen DMCplus Build to create a CCF file.
Note: You must install DMCplus Online and DMCplus Desktop for the DMCplus Controller to operate properly. The
DMCplus Online is required to run the DMCplus Controller. The DMCplus Desktop allows you to configure the model used
by the DMCplus Controller.
See Also
Add a DMCplus Controller
Delete a DMCplus Controller
View DMCplus Controller properties

Add a DMCplus Controller

There are two ways that you can add a DMCplus Controller to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select DMCplus Controller.
4 Click the Add button. The DMCplus Controller property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Control Ops icon. The Controller Palette appears.

3 Double-click the DMCplus Controller icon. The DMCplus Controller property view appears.
Notes
· You can add the DMCplus Controller to an existing HYSYS simulation case or to a new HYSYS simulation case that
you have created.
· If the DMCplus Controller is not loaded, it appears in yellow in the HYSYS flowsheet. The status on the DMCplus
Controller property view will also appear in yellow and indicate that the DMCplus has not been loaded.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 122 of 647

· Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying DMCplus Controller connections
Setting the DMCplus Controller for model testing
Setting the controller mode and default low/high parameters

Delete a DMCplus Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the DMCplus Controller icon. The DMCplus property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete the DMCplus Controller by clicking on the DMCplus Controller icon in the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

See Also
Specifying DMCplus Controller connections
Setting the DMCplus Controller for model testing
Setting the controller mode and default low/high parameters

View DMC Controller Properties

From the PFD, double-click the DMCplus Controller icon. The DMCplus property view appears. From here you can modify
any of the properties.
See Also
Specifying DMCplus Controller connections
Setting the DMCplus Controller for model testing
Setting the controller mode and default low/high parameters

Specify DMC Controller Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the DMCplus Controller icon. The DMCplus property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Controller Name field, specify the name of the DMCplus Controller.
4 Click the Enable DMCplus Modifications checkbox to add and edit the Controlled (CV), Manipulated (MV) and Feed
Forward (FF) variables.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 123 of 647

Note: When editing the controlled and manipulated variables in the DMCplus Model, ensure that the variable order is the
same as in HYSYS.
See Also
Specifying controlled variables
Specifying manipulated variables
Specifying feed forward variables

Test DMCplus Model

After selecting the controlled, manipulated and feed forward variables, data needs to be generated from the plant model to
develop the controller model.
1 From the PFD, double-click the DMCplus Controller icon. The DMCplus property view appears.
2 Click on the Model Test tab.
3 From the Test Signal Type drop-down list, select the test signal (STEP or PRBS).
4 In the Control/Sampling Time Interval field, type the time to determine how often data points are recorded during the
testing phase.
5 In the TTSS field, type the total time period during which to apply testing. The value should at least be larger than
the setting time of the system.
Tips
· In the Auto Test cell, use the checkbox to toggle between activating or deactivating the Auto Test option. If this
checkbox is clear, you need to manually save the testing data to CLC files.
· The Conf. Ramp button becomes active when you select the Auto Test checkbox. Click the Conf. Ramp button to
access the Configure Ramp Response property view.
· In the Auto test file root name field, specify the location and name for the generated testing data files. This field
is only available if the Auto Test checkbox is selected.

· You can click the Epsilon icon to access the File Selection for Saving Test results property view and select the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 124 of 647

location to save the test result files. This icon is only available if the Auto Test checkbox is selected.
6 In the Select tag to apply the testing signal table, select the variables to apply the testing signal.
By default all the manipulated and feed forward variables are selected for.
Tips
· You can select and clear the appropriate Selected checkbox to remove certain variables.
· You can select the Step Up checkbox to:
o select the step up testing option for the variable.
o clear the checkbox to select the step down testing for the variable.
· You can specify different values under the Amplitude column to modify how much the output variables are
changed to identify the model.

Note: If a Feed Forward variable (FF) is a dependent (or calculated) variable, HYSYS cannot perform the test at the
default/current setting.
7 In the Monitor table, check the Enable Test checkbox to enable the controller to perform the model testing when the
Start Test button is clicked.
8 Click the Start Test button to start the testing.
Tips
· Click the Start Test button to reset the test and start the model testing.
· Click the Continue Test button to continues the last test if it has not been finished.
· Click the Stop Test button to stop the model testing before the test is complete.
· Click the Reset Test button to reset the model testing back to the beginning.
After the testing is finished, the Time left field shows zero. If you selected the Auto Test option, HYSYS will automatically
generate a *.mdl file so you can skip to step 12.
9 Click the Save Test Result button, and save the testing results to a *.clc file or a set of *.rec files, which can be
processed by the Aspen DMCplus Model.

1 0 Start the Aspen DMCplus Model application, load the saved data and build the DMCplus model (*.mdl).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 125 of 647

Refer to the DMCplus Desktop guide for details.

1 1 In the DMCplus Model you will import the Collect file (*.clc) to vectors by saving the project first and then adding the
CLC file.
Tip: When adding the independent (MV) and dependent (CV) variables to a case, ensure that the order you are adding
the variables is the same as on the Connections tab in HYSYS.
1 2 Start the Aspen DMCplus Build application and build the DMCplus configuration file (.ccf).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 126 of 647

Refer to the DMCplus Desktop guide for details.

1 3 Open the app folder in the DMCplus Online installation directory.
1 4 Create a folder with the controller’s name (for example DMC_100) and copy the *.mdl and *.ccf files into the folder.
1 5 Now return to HYSYS desktop.
1 6 Click the Load DMCplus Controller button. You should now be able to run the simulation using the newly created
DMCplus Controller.
Tip: You may want to set the low and high variable limits for MVs and CVs (similar to setpoint range) on the Operation
page.

Notes

· You can view the steps to develop the controller by clicking on the Model Test Help icon .
· The Load DMCplus Controller button is disabled if you do not have the configuration (.ccf) and model (.mdl) files
in the correct directory.
· The DMCplus Controller requires that the DMCplus Online program is installed. Refer to the Aspen Manufacturing
Suite Installation Guide for information on installing DMCplus Online.

Set the Controller Mode and Low/High Parameters

To set the controller mode and default low/high parameters:

1 From the PFD, double-click the DMCplus Controller icon. The DMCplus property view appears.
2 Click on the Operation tab.
3 Click on the Operation page.
4 From the Controller Mode drop-down list, select the mode (Off, Manual or Automatic).
5 Click the Set Default Low/High Parameters button to set the CV and MV low/high parameters. The default parameters
as shown below are set for the CV and MV.
For CV: For MV:
Low Limit = current value Low Limit = 0
High Limit = current value High Limit = highest value limited by the variable span

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 127 of 647

The controlled and manipulated steady state target will be fixed, if the low/high limit values are the same.
6 Click the Update ccf file button to export the modified values into the controller configuration (*.ccf) file.
Notes
· All DMCplus Controllers created can be viewed using the DMCplus GUI. The DMCplus GUI provides more
functionality on using the DMCplus Controller.
· DMCplus uses these low/high parameters to optimize the controlled variable (CV) and manipulated variable (MV)
setpoints (steady state target) based on its tuning parameters. The CV SS target is similar to the MPC Controller
setpoint except:
o In MPC controller, you specify the CV SS target value.
o In DMCplus controller, you specify the lowest and highest setpoint values, and
DMCplus calculates the CV SS target value based on the provided range.
· The mode of the controller may also be set on the Face Plate. On the Face Plate, you can also view the current
value of the CV and MV. You cannot change the low/high limit using the Face Plate.

Tip: Click the Update ccf file button to export the modified values into the controller configuration (*.ccf) file.
See Also
Viewing the controller measured disturbance

View the Controller Measured Disturbance

1 From the PFD, double-click the DMCplus Controller icon. The DMCplus property view appears.
2 Click on the Operation tab.
3 Click on the FF Variable page.
Note: The Feed Forward Variable page will only show the feed forward value if the feed forward variable has been added
on the Connections tab.
See Also
Specifying feed forward variables

External Data Linker

The External Data Linker operation allows you to connect Internal streams (streams that exist within the active simulation)
to External streams (previously published streams that exist on the RTI Data Server).
A valid connection to the RTI Data Server must exist before you can use the External Data Linker operation.
See Also
Add an External Data Linker
View External Data Linker properties
Delete an External Data Linker

Add an External Data Linker

There are two ways that you can add an External Data Linker to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select the External Data Linker model.
4 Click the Add button. The External Data Linker property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 128 of 647

2 Double-click the External Data Linker icon . The External Data Linker property view appears.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring an External Data Linker
Viewing revision history

View External Data Linker Properties

From the PFD, double-click the External Data Linker icon. The External Data Linker property view appears. From here you
can modify any of the External Data Linker’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring an External Data Linker
Viewing revision history

Delete an External Data Linker

1 From the PFD, double-click the External Data Linker icon. The External Data Linker property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete an External Data Linker by clicking on the External Data Linker icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify External Data Linker Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the External Data Linker icon. The External Data Linker property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the External Data Linker.
5 In the External Stream column, click the <empty> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple external streams.
6 In the Internal Stream column, click the <empty> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step for each external stream you have specified.
Notes
· You must select an external stream before you can select an internal stream.
· If the Live Link checkbox is active, the internal stream’s conditions change as changes are made to the external
stream’s published data. If the checkbox is not active, the conditions are read in initially at connection only.

Specify the External Data Linker Transfer Type

1 From the PFD, double-click the External Data Linker icon. The External Data Linker property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 129 of 647

3 Click on the Configuration page.

4 From the Transfer Specifications drop-down list, select one of the following transfer types: Temperature-Pressure,
Pressure-Vapour Fraction, Temperature-Vapour Fraction, or Pressure-Enthalpy. Repeat this step for each external
stream.

View Revision History

1 From the PFD, double-click the External Data Linker icon. The External Data Linker property view appears.
2 Click on the Revision History tab.
3 From the list of external streams, select the stream you want to view the revision history for.
Notes
· The Refinery Information group displays the number of revisions and the For Stream GUID.
· The Revision Data group displays the author of the revision, the date of the revision and the revision notes.
· Use the Currently in Use Revision drop-down list to select the revision you want to use.
· Click the View Raw Data button to open the Published Data property viewer.
· Activate the Use as Default Revision checkbox to use the selected revision as the default revision.
· Activate the Warn if Higher Revision is Available checkbox to be informed if the revision you selected is not the
latest revision.

MPC Controller

The Model Predictive Controller (MPC) address the problem of controlling processes that are inherently multi-variable and
interacting in nature, in other words, one or more inputs affects more than one output.
See Also
Add a MPC Controller
View MPC Controller properties
Delete a MPC Controller

Add a MPC Controller

There are two ways that you can add a MPC Controller to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the MPC Controller model.
4 Click the Add button. The MPC Controller property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Control Ops icon . The Controller Palette appears.

3 Double-click the MPC Controller icon . The MPC Controller property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying MPC Controller connections
Specifying MPC Controller parameters
Setting up the MPC Controller
Process model parameters

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 130 of 647

Creating a strip chart

Managing MPC Controller user variables
Configuring a control valve

View MPC Controller properties

From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears. From here you can modify
any of the MPC Controller’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying MPC Controller connections
Specifying MPC Controller parameters
Setting up the MPC Controller
Process model parameters
Creating a strip chart
Managing MPC Controller user variables
Configuring a control valve

Delete a MPC Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a MPC Controller by clicking on the MPC Controller icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE
key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify MPC Controller Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click the Select PV button to specify the process variable. The Variable Navigator appears.
4 From the Variable Navigator select the variable you want to use as the process variable.
How?
5 Click the Select OP button to specify the output target variable. The Select OP property view appears.
6 From the Select OP property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· The cascade mode of the controller no longer exits. Instead you now have the ability to switch the setpoint from
local to remote.
· The remote setpoint can come from another object such as a Spreadsheet or another controller cascading down a
setpoint, in other words, a master in the classical cascade control scheme. The Select Sp button enables you to
select the remote source from a Select Remote Setpoint view.
· The PV, OP, and SP scrolling lists enable you to select the specific Process Variable, Output Target Object, and
Remote Setpoint Source if the controller is setup for multiple inputs and outputs. Refer to the MPC Setup tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 131 of 647

Specify MPC Operation Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Operation page.
4 From the Controller Mode drop-down list, select one of the following options: Off, Manual, or Automatic.
5 From the Execution drop-down list select one of the following options: Internal or External.
6 In the Sps and Pvs group, specify the controller setpoints for each of the process variables connected to the
controller.
7 If the controller is in Manual mode, specify the percent opening of the control valve for each of the output target
objects in the Outputs group.
Notes
· The PV column in the Sps and Pvs group displays the current value of each process variable connected to the
controller.
· The parameters on this page can only be modified when the parameters on the Configuration page are specified.

Configure the MPC Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Configuration page.
4 In the Pv Min and Max group, specify the lower and upper process variable limits for each of the process variables
connected to the controller. The Controller cannot switch from Off mode unless these values are defined.
5 In the Sp Low and High Limits group, specify the setpoint lower and upper limits for each of the process variables
connected to the controller. The setpoint limits enforce an acceptable range of values that can be entered via the
MPC Controller property view, faceplate or from a remote source.
6 In the Op Low and High Limits group, specify the output lower and upper limits for each of the output target objects
connected to the controller. The output limits ensure that a predetermined minimum or maximum output value is
never exceeded.
7 Select the Enable Op Limits in Manual Mode checkbox to enable the output limits when the controller is in manual
mode.

Specify Advanced MPC Controller Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Advanced page.
4 From the Selected Sp Signal scrolling list, select the signal you want to specify parameters for.
5 In the Setpoint Ramping group, specify the setpoint you want to ramp up to in the Target SP field and the time
interval you want to complete the setpoint change in the Ramp Duration field.
6 Click the Enable button to enable ramping in the controller and the Disable button to disable ramping in the controller.
7 In the Setpoint Mode group, specify setpoint mode you want to use and the tracking options you want to enable
when the controller is in the specified mode.
8 Select either the Local of Remote radio button to specify the setpoint mode. These radio buttons are only available
when a Remote Setpoint Source has been selected on the Connections tab.
9 If the controller is using a local setpoint, select either the No Tracking or Track Remote radio button to specify the
setpoint tracking for the controller.
1 0 If the controller is using a remote setpoint, select either the Use % or Use Pv units radio button to specify the
setpoint tracking for the controller. These radio buttons are only available when a Remote Setpoint Source has been

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 132 of 647

selected on the Connections tab.

1 1 In the Setpoint Options group, select either the No Tracking or Track Pv radio button to specify the setpoint tracking
for the controller.
Notes
· Setpoint ramping is only available in when the controller is in Auto mode.
· During ramping, if a second setpoint change has been activated, then Ramping Duration time will be restarted for
the new setpoint.

Specify MPC Controller Alarm Levels

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Alarms page.
4 From the scrolling list, in the Alarm Levels group select the signal set you want to specify parameters for.
5 From the Signal drop-down list, select the signal you want to set an alarm for. You are given the following options:
Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), Disturbance Variable (Dv), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).
6 In the Alarm Levels group, specify the HighHigh, High, Low, LowLow alarm levels and the Deadband.
Notes
· The alarm points should be specified in the descending order from HighHigh to LowLow points.
· You cannot specify the value of the Low and LowLow alarm points to be higher than the signal value. Similarly,
the High and HighHigh alarm points cannot be specified a value lower than the signal value.
· No two alarm points can have similar values.
· The Value field displays the current value of the selected signal.
· The Alarms group displays the recently violated alarms. Use the drop-down lists located in the Single Type column
to select the type of signal you want to view.
· When a deadband is specified, it is possible that an alarm status is triggered and the alarm does not disappear
until the band has been exceeded. The Reset Alarm button allows the alarm to be reset when within the
deadband.

MPC Controller Signal Processing

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Signal Processing page.
4 In the Signal Filters group, activate the Filter Active checkbox for the signal(s) you want to apply a filter to. The
following signals are available: Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).
5 For each filter you have activated, specify the duration of time you want to filter the signal in the corresponding Filter
Time field. As you increase the filter time you are filtering out frequency information from the signal.
6 In the Noise Parameters group, activate the Noise Active checkbox for the signal(s) you want to apply noise to. The
following signals are available: Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).
7 For each noise parameter you have activated, specify the signal variance you want to apply to the signal in the
corresponding Variance field. As you increase the noise level for a given signal you observe a somewhat random
variation of the signal.
Notes
· It is possible to add a filter that makes the controller unstable.
· Adding a filter has the same effect as changing the process variable the controller is trying to control.
· If a high variance on the PV signal is chosen the controller may become unstable.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 133 of 647

Set Basic MPC Controller Options

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the MPC Setup tab.
3 Click on the Basic page.
4 Activate the Enable MPC Modifications checkbox to make any modifications to this page.
5 In the Num of Inputs field, specify the number of process inputs the controller has. Up to a maximum of 12 process
inputs can be specified.
6 In the Num of Outputs field, specify the number of process outputs the controller has. Up to a maximum of 12
process outputs can be specified.
7 In the Control Interval field, specify the sampling interval.
8 Click the Create MPC button to create internally a new MPC object.
9 Select either the Step response data or First order model radio button to specify the MPC process model type.
· If the Step response data radio button is selected, then a text file can be used to input the process model.
The input file must follow a specific format in terms of inputs and outputs as well as columns of data.
· If the First order model radio button is selected, the step response data is typically obtained either directly
from plant data, or they are deducted from other so-called parametric model forms such as Discrete State-Space
and Discrete Transfer Function Models.

Set Advanced MPC Controller Options

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the MPC Setup tab.
3 Click on the Advanced page.
4 Activate the Enable MPC Modifications checkbox to make any modifications to this page.
5 In the Num of Inputs field, specify the number of process inputs the controller has. Up to a maximum of 12 process
inputs can be specified.
6 In the Num of Outputs field, specify the number of process outputs the controller has. Up to a maximum of 12
process outputs can be specified.
7 In the Step Resp. Length field, specify the number of sampling intervals that is necessary to reach steady state when
an input step is applied to the process model. The range of acceptable values is from 15 to 100.
8 In Prediction Horizon field, specify how far into the future the predictions are made when calculating the controller
output. The Prediction Horizon should be less than or equal to the Step Response Length.
9 In the Control Horizon field specify the number of control moves into the future that are made to achieve the final
setpoint. A small control horizon generally means a less aggressive controller. The Control Horizon should be less
than or equal to the Prediction Horizon.
1 0 In the Ref. Trajectory field, specify the time constant of a first order filter that operates on the true setpoint. A small
reference trajectory lets the controller sees a pure step as the setpoint is changed.
1 1 In the Gamma_U/Gamma_Y fields, specify the positive-definite weighting functions associated with the optimization
problem that is solved to produce the controller output every control interval. The values of Gamma_U and Gamma_Y
should be between 0 and 1.
1 2 In the Control Interval field, specify the sampling interval.
1 3 Click the Create MPC button to create internally a new MPC object.
1 4 Select either the Step response data or First order model radio button to specify the MPC process model type.
· If the Step response data radio button is selected, then a text file can be used to input the process model.
The input file must follow a specific format in terms of inputs and outputs as well as columns of data.
· If the First order model radio button is selected, the step response data is typically obtained either directly
from plant data, or they are deducted from other so-called parametric model forms such as Discrete State-Space
and Discrete Transfer Function Models.
1 5 From the MPC Control Algorithm drop-down list, select the MPC Control Algorithm that is used by the controller. You
are given the following options: MPC Unconstrained (No Int) and MPC Constrained.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 134 of 647

Basic Process Model Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the MPC Controller icon. The MPC Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the MPC Setup tab.
3 Click on the Basic or Advanced page.
4 Select the First order model radio button.
5 Click on the Process Models tab.
6 Click on the Basic page.
7 From the Output # scrolling list, select the output signal you want to specify the process data for.
8 From the Input # scrolling list, select the input signal you want to specify the process data for.
9 Specify the process gain (Kp), process time constant (Tp) and delay for the selected process model.
1 0 Repeat step 7 to 9 for each of the process models and click the Update Step Response button to calculate the step
response data for the process models.
Note: If the Step response data radio button is selected on the MPC Setup tab, the Process Model tab displays the Model
Step Response data. Depending on the number of inputs (i) and outputs (o) the system’s dynamics matrix should be an "i
by o" matrix. The number of process models is equal to the number of outputs or controlled variables. The First order
model parameters fields are grayed out for this process model.

Advanced Process Model Parameters

Parametric Unit Operation

The Parametric Unit operation allows selected unit operations, streams, and variables to be solved using a Parametric
model. The main function of the parametric model is to approximate an existing HYSYS model. To build the parametric
model, the Parametric Utility tool is required. This utility integrates Neural Network (NN) technology into its framework. A
data file with the appropriate data can be used in place of the Parametric Utility.
Using a Parametric model with neural network capability to approximate a HYSYS model significantly improves the
robustness of the model, reduces its calculation time, and improves the overall on-line performance. The accuracy of the
model depends upon the data available and type of model being approximated.
In the flowsheet, the parametric unit operation essentially "pulls out" a collection of HYSYS unit operations and replaces
them. Therefore, this unit operation can be thought of as a "black box" with inputs and outputs. When the flowsheet is
solved, the parametric model is used in place of the individual HYSYS unit operation models.
See Also
Add a Parametric Unit Operation
View Parametric Unit Operation properties
Delete a Parametric Unit Operation

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 135 of 647

Add a Parametric Unit Operation

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Parametric Unit Operation model.
4 Click the Add button. The Parametric Unit Operation property view appears.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Parametric Unit Operation
Specifying Parametric Unit Operation parameters
Viewing stream properties

View Parametric Unit Operation Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Parametric Unit Operation icon. The Parametric Unit Operation property view appears. From
here you can modify any of the Parametric Unit Operation’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Parametric Unit Operation
Specifying Parametric Unit Operation parameters
Viewing stream properties

Delete a Parametric Unit Operation

1 From the PFD, double-click the Parametric Unit Operation icon. The Parametric Unit Operation property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Parametric Unit Operation by clicking on the Parametric Unit Operation icon on the PFD and
pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Parametric Unit Operation Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Parametric Unit Operation icon. The Parametric Unit Operation property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Parametric Unit Operation.
5 Select one of the following radio buttons from the Input Type group: Use utility data or Inputs from a data file.
See Also
Using utility data
Using data stored in a file

Set Up the Parametric Unit Operation

1 From the PFD, double-click the Parametric Unit Operation icon. The Parametric Unit Operation property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 136 of 647

2 Click on the Design tab.

3 Click on the Setup page.
Note: The appearance of the Setup page depends on Input Type selected on the Connections page.
See Also
Setting up available unit operation models
Setting up data mapping and training pairs

Specify Parametric Unit Operation Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Parametric Unit Operation icon. The Parametric Unit Operation property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click the Manipulated radio button. The manipulated variables in the parametric model appear. The manipulated
variables are the variables being modified in the Parametric / LP Utility and obtained from the HYSYS PFD model
simulation. The name of the variable, the selected status, and the lower and upper values used for training are
displayed.
4 Click the appropriate cell in the Selected column to select or deselect the variable for use in the parametric model. A
checkmark indicates that the parametric model is using the variable.
5 Click the Observable Variables radio button. The observable variables in the Parametric model appear. The observable
variable is the same as the Observable variable in the Parametric / LP Utility. Observable variables are the HYSYS
variables whose values are known and used as training data when calculating the parametric model. The name of the
variable, the selected status, and the lower and upper values used for training are displayed.
6 Click the appropriate cell in the Selected column to select or deselect the variable for use in the parametric model. A
checkmark indicates that the parametric model is using the variable.
7 Click the Train button to initialize the Parametric / LP Utility training engine to determine the parameters for the
parametric model. The parametric model approximates the HYSYS model in the sense that, given the same values of
the training input variables, the values of the output variables of the parametric model must be close to the values
from the HYSYS model.
Notes
· It is important to realize that there are no methods for training neural networks that can "magically" create
information that is not contained in the training data. The neural network model is only as good as its training
data.
· The Connected Unit Operations field displays the number of unit operations connected to the Parametric Unit
Operation.

PID Controller

The PID Controller operation is the primary means of manipulating the model in dynamic mode. It adjusts a stream (OP)
flow to maintain a specific flowsheet variable (PV) at a certain value (SP).
The PID Controller can cross the boundaries between flowsheets, enabling you to sense a process variable in one
flowsheet, and control a valve in another.
See Also
Adding a PID Controller
Viewing PID Controller properties
Deleting a PID Controller

Add a PID Controller

There are two ways that you can add a PID Controller to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 137 of 647

2 Click the Logicals radio button.

3 From the list of available unit operations select the PID Controller model.
4 Click the Add button. The PID Controller property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Control Ops icon . The Controller Palette appears.

3 Double-click the PID Controller icon . The PID Controller property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying PID Controller connections
Specifying PID Controller parameters
Monitoring the PID Controller
Creating a strip chart
Managing PID Controller user variables
Configuring a control valve

View PID Controller Properties

From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears. From here you can modify
any of the PID Controller’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying PID Controller connections
Specifying PID Controller parameters
Monitoring the PID Controller
Creating a strip chart
Managing PID Controller user variables
Configuring a control valve
PID Controller initialization

Delete a PID Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a PID Controller by clicking on the PID Controller icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify PID Controller Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click the Select PV button to specify the process variable. The Variable Navigator appears.
4 From the Variable Navigator select the variable you want to use as the process variable.
How?
5 Click the Select OP button to specify the output target variable. The Select OP property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 138 of 647

6 From the Select OP property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Notes
· The cascade mode of the controller no longer exits. Instead you now have the ability to switch the setpoint from
local to remote.
· The remote setpoint can come from another object such as a Spreadsheet or another controller cascading down a
setpoint, in other words, a master in the classical cascade control scheme. The Remote Setpoint Source drop-down
list enables you to select the remote source from a list of existing operations.
· When PID parameters are exported to a PID controller from a HYSYS spreadsheet, the controller gets initialized at
each time step.
· When the spreadsheet exports any PID parameter (gain, Ti, and/or Td) to a PID controller, the controller calls
ControllerInitialization(), which is required for smooth switch when the user change the PID parameters. However,
if there is an export variable connected an output object, the spreadsheet updates the output every integration
step even if the value has not changed. So with the spreadsheet constantly changing the PID parameter values in
every integration step, the PID will not be functioning.

Configure the PID Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Configuration page.
4 Select either the Reverse or Direct radio button to specify the action of the controller.
5 Select either the Local or Remote radio button to specify the setpoint mode. These radio buttons are only available
when a Remote Setpoint Source has been selected on the Connections tab.
6 From the Mode drop-down list, select one of the following options: Off, Manual, Auto, Cascade, or Indicator.
7 From the Execution drop-down list, select one of the following options: Internal or External.
8 Specify the controller setpoint in the SP field.
9 If the controller is in Manual mode specify the percent opening of the control valve in the OP field.
1 0 In the Kc field, specify the proportional gain of the controller.
1 1 In the Ti field, specify the integral time of the controller.
1 2 In the Td field, specify the derivative time of the controller.
1 3 In the PV Minimum field, specify the minimum process variable value.
1 4 In the PV Maximum field, specify the maximum process variable value.
Note: The PV field displays the current value of the process variable.

Specify Advanced PID Controller Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Advanced page.
4 In the Set Point Ramping group, specify the setpoint you want to ramp up to in the Target SP field and the time
interval you want to complete the setpoint change in the Ramp Duration field.
5 Click the Enable button to enable ramping in the controller or click the Disable button to disable ramping in the
controller.
6 In the SetPoint Options group, specify the tracking options you want to enable when the controller is in manual mode,
local mode, or remote mode.
· If the controller is in manual mode select either the No Tracking or Track Pv radio button to specify the
setpoint tracking for the controller.
· If the controller is using a local setpoint select either the No Tracking or Track Remote radio button to

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 139 of 647

specify the setpoint tracking for the controller.

· If the controller is using a remote setpoint select either the Use % or Use Pv units radio button to specify
the setpoint tracking for the controller.
7 In the SP and OP Limits group, specify the output and setpoint lower and upper limits. The output limits ensure that a
predetermined minimum or maximum output value is never exceeded. The setpoint limits enforce an acceptable
range of values that can be entered via the PID Controller property view, faceplate or from a remote source.
8 Select the Enable OP Limits in Manual Mode checkbox to enable the set point and output limits when in the controller
is in manual mode.
9 From the Algorithm drop-down list, select one of the following controller update algorithms: PID Velocity Form, PID
Positional Form (ARW), PID Positional Form (noARW), or PID Manual Loading. (ARW = Anti-Reset Windup)
Notes
· Setpoint ramping is only available in when the controller is in Auto mode.
· During ramping, if a second setpoint change has been activated, then Ramping Duration time will be restarted for
the new setpoint.
· It is important to note that the velocity or differential form of the controller should be applied when there is an
integral term. When there is no integral term a positional form of the controller should be used.

Autotune a PID Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Autotuner page.
4 Select either the PID or PI radio button to specify the type of controller you are tuning.
5 In the Autotuner Parameters group specify the following parameters: Alpha, Beta, Phi, Hysteresis, and Amplitude.
6 Click the Start Autotuner button to tune the controller. Click the Stop Autotuning button any time to cancel the
autotuning process.
Tips
· Click the Accept button to make the tuning results the current controller tuning parameters.
· Activate the Automatically Accept checkbox to automatically accept the results of the autotuning.

Notes
· Before starting the autotuner you must ensure that the controller is in the manual or automatic mode and the
process is relatively steady.
· The Autotuner Results group displays the proportional gain (Kc) the integral time (Ti) and the derivative time (Td)
obtained from the tuning.

Tune a PID Controller

To tune a PID Controller using the Internal Model Control calculator:

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the IMC Design page.
4 In the IMC Design Parameters group, specify values for the following parameters: Process Gain, Process Time
Constant, Process Delay, and Design Tc.
5 Click the Update Tuning button to make the tuning results the current controller tuning parameters.
Note: The Autotuner Results group displays the proportional gain (Kc) the integral time (Ti) and the derivative time (Td)
obtained from the tuning.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 140 of 647

PID Controller Parameter Scheduling

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Scheduling page.
4 Activate the Parameter Schedule checkbox to enable the parameter scheduling options.
5 Select either the Sp or Pv radio button to specify what value the schedule is based on.
6 From the Selected Range drop-down list, select the region you want to define.
7 Specify the following parameters: proportional gain (Kc), integral time (Ti), derivative time (Td), Lower Range Limit
and Upper Range Limit.
Note: The Selected Range drop-down list enables you to use three different sets of PID parameters for three different
regions of operation. The following regions of operation are available: Low Range, Middle Range, and High Range.

Specify PID Controller Alarm Levels

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Alarms page.
4 From the Signal drop-down list, select the signal you want to set an alarm for. You are given the following options:
Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), Disturbance Variable (Dv), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).
5 In the Alarm Levels group, specify the HighHigh, High, Low, LowLow alarm levels and the Deadband.
Notes
· The alarm points should be specified in the descending order from HighHigh to LowLow points.
· You cannot specify the value of the Low and LowLow alarm points to be higher than the signal value. Similarly, the
High and HighHigh alarm points cannot be specified a value lower than the signal value.
· No two alarm points can have similar values.
· The Value field displays the current value of the selected signal.
· The Alarms group displays the recently violated alarms for each of the different signals.
· When a deadband is specified, it is possible that an alarm status is triggered and the alarm does not disappear until
the band has been exceeded. The Reset Alarm button allows the alarm to be reset when within the deadband.

PID Controller PV Conditioning

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the PV Conditioning page.
4 Select one of the following radio buttons to specify the PV sampling failure mode: None, Fixed Signal or Bias.
· If the Fixed Signal radio button is selected, fix the failed input signal in the Failed Input Signal To field using
either the PV Units or a Percentage of the PV Range.
· If the Bias radio button is selected, specify the following parameters using either the PV Units or a
Percentage of the PV Range: Bias the Signal By, With a Drift of, Over Time and For a Duration of. These
parameters enable you to bias the signal and create a drift over a period of time. To start the drift, click the Start
Drift button.
5 In the Sample PV Every field, specify the duration of time you want take and hold the PV sample.
6 In the Stream Temperature Filter group, you can check the Apply Filter checkbox to specify the temperature filter.
You must specify the following to set the conditions for the filter: First Order Time Constant, Ambient Time Constant,
and Cut Off Flow.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 141 of 647

Note: If the stream flow rate is above the Cut Off Flow value, the controller automatically switches back to the normal
flash calculations which only apply the First Order Time Constant. The Ambient Time Constant is applied when the flow
rate drops below the Cut Off Flow value with the temperature ramping to ambient over some slow periods.

PID Controller Signal Processing

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Signal Processing page.
4 In the Signal Filters group, activate the Filter Active checkbox for the signal(s) you want to apply a filter to. The
following signals are available: Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), Disturbance Variable (Dv), and
Remote Setpoint (Rs).
5 For each filter you have activated, specify the duration of time you want to filter the signal in the corresponding Filter
Time field. As you increase the filter time you are filtering out frequency information from the signal.
6 In the Noise Parameters group, activate the Noise Active checkbox for the signal(s) you want to apply noise to. The
following signals are available: Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), Disturbance Variable (Dv), and
Remote Setpoint (Rs).
7 For each noise parameter you have activated, specify the signal variance you want to apply to the signal in the
corresponding Variance field. As you increase the noise level for a given signal you observe a somewhat random
variation of the signal.
Notes
· It is possible to add a filter that makes the controller unstable.
· Adding a filter has the same effect as changing the process variable the controller is trying to control.
· If a high variance on the PV signal is chosen the controller may become unstable.

Specify PID Controller Feedforward Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the FeedForward page.
4 Activate the Enable FeedForward checkbox to enable feedforward control.
5 Click the Select Dv button to specify the disturbance variable. The Variable Navigator appears.
6 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the disturbance variable.
How?
7 In the Dv Minimum field specify the minimum disturbance variable value.
8 In the Dv Maximum field specify the maximum disturbance variable value.
9 Specify the following parameters In the FeedForward Parameters group: process gain (Kp), Delay (deadtime) and
both time constants (Tp1 and Tp2).
1 0 From the PID Mode drop-down list, select one of the following options: Off, Manual, Auto, or Indicator. This is the
same mode that is found on the Configuration page of the Parameters tab.
1 1 From the FFWD Mode drop-down list, select one of the following options: Off, Manual, or Auto.
1 2 If the FFWD Mode is set to Manual, specify the percent opening of the control valve in the FFWD OP field.
1 3 Specify the controller output in the Controller Output field.
Note: Presently HYSYS uses a model that results in a lead-lag process.

PID Controller Initialization

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 142 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Initialization page.
4 Click on the Back Initialization button for HYSYS to initialize the controller output based on the current position of the
executor (for example, valve, stream, or another controller). This prevents disturbances in the system during the
initial switch-over.
Notes
· A proper initial OP Value is supplied to the controller to ensure the integration runs smoothly during start up.
· The Cascade Control Anti Windup checkbox allows you to prevent saturation by having the primary controller
automatically calculate the feasible output that can be executed by the secondary controller. Once the primary
controller detects that the output of the secondary controller has reached its limit (upper or lower), the primary
controller will not integrate any further from getting into saturation. Thus, when the offset changes, both the
primary and secondary controllers can react immediately without having to wait for the saturation to clear.
· For more information on the cascade control strategy, refer to the HYSYS Dynamics Modeling guide.

Monitor the PID Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the PID Controller icon. The PID Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
Notes
· The Monitor page displays a plot of PV, SP, and OP versus Time.
· Click the Properties button to access the Monitor Properties property view.
· Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspect menu.

Ratio Controller

In Ratio Controller the objective is to keep the ratio of two variables, the load and the manipulated, constant. Ratio
Controller is a special type of feedforward control and can be implemented in two ways:
Method 1: the actual ratio of the two variables is calculated using a divider and is sent on to the ratio controller where the
setpoint is the required ratio.
Method 2: the value of the load variable is measured and sent to a ratio station, which then calculates the setpoint of the
manipulated (second) variable.
The inclusion of a divider in approach (method 1) renders the methodology less desirable since it results in a loop in which
the process gain varies in a nonlinear manner as a result of the included divider. As such, method (2) is the preferred way
of doing the ratio implementation and is the approached followed in this implementation for HYSYS.
See Also
Add a Ratio Controller
View Ratio Controller properties
Delete a Ratio Controller

Add a Ratio Controller

There are two ways that you can add a Ratio Controller to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Ratio Controller model.
4 Click the Add button. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
OR

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 143 of 647

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Control Ops icon . The Controller Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Ratio Controller icon . The Ratio Controller property view appears.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Ratio Controller connections
Specifying Ratio Controller parameters
Creating a strip chart
Managing Ratio Controller user variables
Configuring a control valve

View Ratio Controller Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears. From here you can modify
any of the Ratio Controller’s properties.
Note: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Ratio Controller connections
Specifying Ratio Controller parameters
Creating a strip chart
Managing Ratio Controller user variables
Configuring a control valve
Ratio Controller Initialization

Delete a Ratio Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Ratio Controller by clicking on the Ratio Controller icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE
key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Ratio Controller Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click the Select PV button to specify the process variable. The Variable Navigator appears.
4 From the Variable Navigator select the variable you want to use as the process variable.
How?
5 Click the up arrow in the PV scrolling list to switch to the second process variable.
6 Specify the second process variable using the steps outlined above.
7 Click the Select OP button to specify the output target variable. The Select OP property view appears.
8 From the Select OP property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
Note: The cascade mode of the controller no longer exits. Instead you now have the ability to switch the setpoint from

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 144 of 647

local to remote. The remote setpoint can come from another object such as a Spreadsheet or another controller cascading
down a setpoint, in other words, a master in the classical cascade control scheme. The Select Sp button enables you to
select the remote source from a Select Remote Setpoint view.

Specify Ratio Controller Operation Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Operation page.
4 Select either the Reverse or Direct radio button to specify the action of the controller.
5 From the Controller Mode drop-down list, select one of the following options: Off, Manual or Automatic.
6 From the Execution drop-down list select one of the following options: Internal or External.
7 Activate the Enable Ratio Control checkbox to set the ratio value for the operation. If this checkbox is inactive, HYSYS
calculates the ratio value between the two selected process variables.
8 In the Ratio field, specify the ratio value between the two process variables. If the Enable Ratio Control checkbox is
disabled this field displays the calculated ratio value.
9 In the Sps and Pvs group, specify the controller setpoint for the process variable.
1 0 If the controller is in Manual mode specify the percent opening of the control valve in the OP field and the percent
opening of the control valve for both output target objects.
1 1 In the Kc field, specify the proportional gain of the controller.
1 2 In the Ti field, specify the integral time of the controller.
1 3 In the Td field, specify the derivative time of the controller.
Notes
· The PV field in the Sps and Pvs group displays the current value of the process variable connected to the
controller.
· The parameters on this page can only be modified when the parameters on the Configuration page are specified.
· The Ref. Pv field displays the reference process variable.

Configure the Ratio Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Configuration page.
4 In the Pv Min and Max group, specify the lower and upper process variable limits for both process variables. The
Controller cannot switch from Off mode unless these values are defined.
5 In the Sp Low and High Limits group, specify the setpoint lower and upper limits for the process variable. The setpoint
limits enforce an acceptable range of values that can be entered via the MPC Controller property view, faceplate or
from a remote source.
6 In the Op Low and High Limits group, specify the output lower and upper limits for the output target object. The
output limits ensure that a predetermined minimum or maximum output value is never exceeded.
7 Select the Enable Op Limits in Manual Mode checkbox to enable the output limits when in the controller is in manual
mode.

Specify Advanced Ratio Controller Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Advanced page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 145 of 647

4 In the Sample Time field, specify the sampling rate of the controller.
5 In the Setpoint Ramping group, specify the setpoint you want to ramp up to in the Target SP field and the time
interval you want to complete the setpoint change in the Ramp Duration field.
6 Click the Enable button to enable ramping in the controller and the Disable button to disable ramping in the controller.
7 In the Setpoint Mode group, specify the setpoint mode you want to use and the tracking options you want to enable
when the controller is in the specified mode.
8 Select either the Local of Remote radio button to specify the setpoint mode. These radio buttons are only available
when a Remote Setpoint Source has been selected on the Connections tab.
9 If the controller is using a local setpoint select either the No Tracking or Track Remote radio button to specify the
setpoint tracking for the controller.
1 0 If the controller is using a remote setpoint select either the Use % or Use Pv units radio button to specify the
setpoint tracking for the controller. These radio buttons are only available when a Remote Setpoint Source has been
selected on the Connections tab.
1 1 In the Setpoint Options group, select either the No Tracking or Track Pv radio button to specify the setpoint tracking
for the controller.
1 2 From the Algorithm drop-down list, select one of the following controller update algorithms: PID Velocity Form, PID
Positional Form (ARW), or PID Positional Form (noARW). (ARW = Anti-Reset Windup)
Notes
· Setpoint ramping is only available in when the controller is in Auto mode.
· During ramping, if a second setpoint change has been activated, then Ramping Duration time will be restarted for
the new setpoint.
· It is important to note that the velocity or differential form of the controller should be applied when there is an
integral term. When there is no integral term a positional form of the controller should be used.

Autotune a Ratio Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Autotuning page.
4 Select either the PID or PI radio button to specify the type of controller you are tuning.
5 In the Autotuner Parameters group, specify the following parameters: Alpha, Beta, Phi, Hysteresis, and Amplitude.
6 Click the Start Autotuner button to tune the controller. Click the Stop Autotuning button any time to cancel the
autotuning process.
Notes
· Before starting the autotuner you must ensure that the controller is in the manual or automatic mode and the
process is relatively steady.
· The Autotuner Results group displays the proportional gain (Kc) the integral time (Ti) and the derivative time (Td)
obtained from the tuning.
· Click the Accept button to make the tuning results the current controller tuning parameters.
· Activate the Automatically Accept checkbox to automatically accept the results of the autotuning.

Tune a Ratio Controller

To tune a Ratio Controller using the Internal Model Control Calculator:

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the IMC Design page.
4 In the IMC Design Parameters group specify values for the following parameters: Process Gain, Process Time
Constant, Process Delay, and Design Tc.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 146 of 647

5 Click the Update Tuning button to make the tuning results the current controller tuning parameters.
Note: The Autotuner Results group displays the proportional gain (Kc) the integral time (Ti) and the derivative time (Td)
obtained from the tuning.

Ratio Controller Parameter Scheduling

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Scheduling page.
4 Activate the Parameter Schedule checkbox to enable the parameter scheduling options.
5 Select either the Sp or Pv radio button to specify what value the schedule is based on.
6 From the Selected Range drop-down list, select the region you want to define.
7 Specify the following parameters: proportional gain (Kc), integral time (Ti), derivative time (Td), Lower Range Limit
and Upper Range Limit.
Note: The Selected Range drop-down list enables you to use three different sets of PID parameters for three different
regions of operation. The following regions of operation are available: Low Range, Middle Range, and High Range.

Specify Ratio Controller Alarm Levels

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Alarms page.
4 From the Signal drop-down list, select the signal you want to set an alarm for. You are given the following options:
Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).
5 In the Alarm Levels group, specify the HighHigh, High, Low, LowLow alarm levels and the Deadband.
Notes
· The alarm points should be specified in the descending order from HighHigh to LowLow points.
· You cannot specify the value of the Low and LowLow alarm points to be higher than the signal value. Similarly,
the High and HighHigh alarm points cannot be specified a value lower than the signal value.
· No two alarm points can have similar values.
· The Value field displays the current value of the selected signal.
· The Alarms group displays the recently violated alarms for each of the different signals.
· When a deadband is specified, it is possible that an alarm status is triggered and the alarm does not disappear
until the band has been exceeded. The Reset Alarm button allows the alarm to be reset when within the
deadband.

Ratio Controller Signal Processing

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Signal Processing page.
4 In the Signal Filters group, activate the Filter Active checkbox for the signal(s) you want to apply a filter to. The
following signals are available: Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).
5 For each filter you have activated, specify the duration of time you want to filter the signal in the corresponding Filter
Time field. As you increase the filter time you are filtering out frequency information from the signal.
6 In the Noise Parameters group, activate the Noise Active checkbox for the signal(s) you want to apply noise to. The
following signals are available: Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 147 of 647

7 For each noise parameter you have activated, specify the signal variance you want to apply to the signal in the
corresponding Variance field. As you increase the noise level for a given signal you observe a somewhat random
variation of the signal.
Notes
· It is possible to add a filter that makes the controller unstable.
· Adding a filter has the same effect as changing the process variable the controller is trying to control.
· If a high variance on the PV signal is chosen the controller may become unstable.

Ratio Controller Initialization

1 From the PFD, double-click the Ratio Controller icon. The Ratio Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Initialization page.
4 Click on the Back Initialization button for HYSYS to initialize the controller output based on the current position of the
executor (for example, valve, stream, or another controller). This prevents disturbances in the system during the
initial switch-over.
Notes
· A proper initial OP Value is supplied to the controller to ensure the integration runs smoothly during start up.
· The Cascade Control Anti Windup checkbox allows you to prevent saturation by having the primary controller
automatically calculate the feasible output that can be executed by the secondary controller. Once the primary
controller detects that the output of the secondary controller has reached its limit (upper or lower), the primary
controller will not integrate any further from getting into saturation. Thus, when the offset changes, both the
primary and secondary controllers can react immediately without having to wait for the saturation to clear.
· For more information on the cascade control strategy, refer to the HYSYS Dynamics Modeling guide.

Recycle

The capability of any Flowsheet simulator to solve recycles reliably and efficiently is critical. HYSYS has inherent advantages
over other simulators in this respect. It has the unique ability to back-calculate through many operations in a non-
sequential manner, allowing many problems with recycle loops to be solved explicitly. For example, most heat recycles can
be solved explicitly (without a Recycle operation). Material recycles, where downstream material mixes with upstream
material, require a Recycle operation.
The Recycle installs a theoretical block in the process stream. The feed into the block is termed the calculated recycle
stream, and the product is the assumed recycle stream. The following steps take place during the convergence process:
1 HYSYS uses the conditions of the assumed stream and solves the Flowsheet up to the calculated stream.
2 HYSYS then compares the values of the calculated stream to those in the assumed stream.
3 Based on the difference between the values, HYSYS modifies the values in the calculated stream and passes the
modified values to the assumed stream.
4 The calculation process repeats until the values in the calculated stream match those in the assumed stream within
specified tolerances.
See Also
Adding a Recycle
Viewing Recycle properties
Deleting a Recycle

Add a Recycle

There are two ways that you can add a Recycle to your simulation:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 148 of 647

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Recycle model.
4 Click the Add button. The Recycle property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Recycle icon . The Recycle property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Recycle
Specifying Recycle parameters
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Recycle results
Managing Recycle user variables

View Recycle Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Recycle icon. The Recycle property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Recycle’s properties.
Tips
· Click the Continue button to run the recycle calculation after the maximum iteration has been reached.
· Click the Recycle Assistant button to access the Recycle Assistant property view.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Recycle
Specifying Recycle parameters
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Recycle results
Managing Recycle user variables

Delete a Recycle

1 From the PFD, double-click the Recycle icon. The Recycle property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Recycle by clicking on the Recycle icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Recycle Assistant Property View

The Recycle Assistant property view enables you to find places to insert Recycle unit operations that make the simulation
case convergent easily.
There are two other functionalities in the Recycle Assistant feature:
· Enables you to analyze the flowsheet to get suggested tear streams.
· Enables you to delete and add Recycle Unit Op in the Recycle Assistant’s interface. For the delete option, only one
Recycle Unit op can be deleted at one time.
To access the Recycle Assistant property view:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 149 of 647

1 Open the Recycle operation property view.

2 Click the Recycle Assistant button.
Tip: On the HYSYS tool bar, click the Tools menu and select the Recycle Assistant command.

Note: The Recycle Assistant feature is only available in Steady State mode.
See Also
Optimizing Recycle Operations in PFD
Modifying Variables Sensitivities

Specify Recycle Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Recycle icon. The Recycle property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the recycle.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Fluid Package drop-down list select the fluid package you want to use for the recycle. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Variable Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Recycle icon. The Recycle property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Variables page.
4 In the Sensitivities column, specify the convergence criteria factor for each of the variables and components listed.
The sensitivities you enter actually serve as a multiplier for HYSYS internal convergence tolerances. A multiplier of 10
(default) is normal and is recommended for most calculations. Values less than 10 are more stringent; the smaller the
multiplier, the tighter the convergence tolerance.
The internal convergence tolerances are shown in the following table:

Variable Type Internal Tolerance Tolerance Type

Vapor Fraction 0.01 Absolute
Temperature 0.01 C Absolute
Pressure 0.01 kPa Absolute
Flowrate 0.001 kmol/s Relative
Enthalpy 1.00 kJ/s Absolute
Composition 0.0001 Absolute
Entropy 0.01 Absolute

5 In the Transfer Direction column, select the direction of the transfer from the drop-down list. You are given the
following options: Not Transferred, Forwards, and Backwards.
Notes
· The internal Vapour Fraction tolerance, when multiplied by the recycle tolerance, is 0.1 which appears to be very
loose. However, in most situations, if the other recycle variables have converged, the vapor fractions in the two
streams are identical. The loose Vapour Fraction tolerance is critical for close-boiling mixtures, which can vary
widely in vapor fraction with minimal difference in other properties.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 150 of 647

· When you check the Take Partial Steps checkbox, the Recycle operation takes calculation steps on any variables
whenever the calculations are possible. When you check the checkbox, the Recycle operation waits until all of the
inlet stream flowing into the operation is complete before performing the next calculation step. By default the
checkbox is unchecked.
· In addition to converging on physical properties basis, the Recycle operation also converges on individual
component tolerances. The components in the recycle stream are automatically added to the Recycle logical
operation.
· When you check the Use Component Sensitivities checkbox , the tolerances for each component in the recycle
stream are listed in the table. The default sensitivities value is set at 10.00. You can change the sensitivities for
each component; any changes that you make are automatically saved.

Specify Recycle Numerical Method

1 From the PFD, double-click the Recycle icon. The Recycle property view appears.
2 Click the Parameters tab.
3 Click the Numerical page.
4 Select one of the following radio buttons to specify the Recycle’s calculation mode: Nested or Simultaneous.
5 Select one of the following radio buttons to specify the Recycle’s acceleration method: Wegstein or Dominant
Eigenvalue.
6 Specify the following parameters in the Calculation Mode group: Maximum Iterations, Iteration Count, and Flash
Type.
7 Specify the following parameters in the Wegstein Parameters group: Acceleration Frequency, Q Maximum, Q
Minimum, and Acceleration Delay. These parameters are only available when the Wegstein radio button is selected.

Configure Recycle Monitoring

1 From the PFD, double-click the Recycle icon. The Recycle property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
3 Click on the Setup page.
4 In the History Points field, specify the number of data points you want to HYSYS to store.
5 Activate the View checkbox for each variable that you want to view data for.
Notes
· Activate the Store checkbox to store the data points for the active variable.
· Click the Clear History button to delete all the stored data points.

View Recycle Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Recycle icon. The Recycle property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
3 Click on the Tables page.
Notes
· The Convergence Information table displays the iteration step, current outlet, current inlet and calculated outlet
values for each of the variables selected on the Setup tab.
· Use the Raw Data, Sort by Iteration, and Sort by Variable radio buttons to organize the presentation of the
information.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 151 of 647

View Recycle Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Recycle icon. The Recycle property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
3 Click on the Plots page.
4 From the Left Axis drop-down list select the variable you want to plot on the left axis.
5 From the Right Axis drop-down list select the variable you want to plot on the right axis.
Notes
· Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspect menu.
· The variables listed in the Left Axis and Right Axis drop-down lists are selected on the Setup tab.

Selector Block

The Selector Block is a multiple-input single-output controller, that provides signal conditioning capabilities. It determines
an Output value based on a user-set Input function. For instance, if you want the maximum value of a specific variable for
several Input streams to dictate the Output, you would use the Selector Block. A simple example would be where a Selector
Control chooses the average temperature from several temperature transmitters in a Column, so that the Reboiler duty can
be controlled based on this average.
See Also
Adding a Selector Block
Viewing Selector Block properties
Deleting a Selector Block

Add a Selector Block

There are two ways that you can add a Selector Block to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Selector Block model.
4 Click the Add button. The Selector Block property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Selector Block icon . The Selector Block property view appears.
Tip: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Selector Block connections
Specifying Selector Block parameters
Viewing Selector Block results
Creating a strip chart
Managing Selector Block user variables

View Selector Block Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Selector Block icon. The Selector Block property view appears. From here you can modify

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 152 of 647

any of the Selector Block’s properties.

Tip: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Selector Block connections
Specifying Selector Block parameters
Viewing Selector Block results
Creating a strip chart
Managing Selector Block user variables

Delete a Selector Block

1 From the PFD, double-click the Selector Block icon. The Selector Block property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Selector Block by clicking on the Selector Block icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Selector Block Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Selector Block icon. The Selector Block property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Selector Name field, specify the name of the Selector Block.
4 Click the Add PV button in the Process Variable Source group. The Variable Navigator appears.
5 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the input variable. If you add a variable whose
type is inconsistent with the current input variables, HYSYS displays an error message. The selected variable is still
retained.
How?
6 Click the Select OP button in the OP Target group. The Variable Navigator appears.
7 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use as the target variable. It is not necessary for the
Target Variable type to match the Input Variable type.
How?
Notes
· You can add as many input process variables you would like to the Selector Block.
· To edit a process variable, select the process variable you want to edit from the Process Variable Sources group
and click the Edit PV button. The Variable Navigator appears enabling you to modify any of the variable settings.
· To delete a process variable, select the process variable you want to delete from the Process Variable Sources
group and click the Delete PV button.

Specify the Selection Mode

1 From the PFD, double-click the Selector Block icon. The Selector Block property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Selection Mode page.
4 Select one of the following radio buttons to specify the selection mode: Off, Minimum, Maximum, Median, Average,
Sum, Product, Quotient, Manual, or Hand Sel.
5 Activate the Apply Unit Set checkbox and select the unit set you want to use for the calculations from the Calculation
Unit Set drop-down list if you don’t want to use the default internal HYSYS units.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 153 of 647

Notes
· The Output Variable Type drop-down list appears when no target variable has been selected. From the drop-
down list you can select the type of the output variable.
· Selected Input field appears when the Minimum, Maximum, or Hand Sel radio buttons is selected. For the
Minimum and Maximum modes the field displays the input variable being used. For the Hand Sel mode the field
contains a drop-down list that enables you to manual specify which input variable to pass to the target variable.

Specify Scaling Factors

1 From the PFD, double-click the Selector Block icon. The Selector Block property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Scaling Factors page.
4 In the Input Parameters group, specify the Gain and the Bias for each of the process variables.
5 In the Output Parameters group, specify the Gain and Bias for the target variable.
Notes
· The Output is a function of the Mode, Gain and Bias, where the Input function is dependent on the mode:
"Output = f(Inputs) * Gain + Bias"
· The gain tells how much the output variable changes per unit change in the input function.
· If you want to view the Input function without any Gain or Bias adjustment, set the Gain to one and the Bias to
zero.

View Selector Block Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Selector Block icon. The Selector Block property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.
Notes
· The Input PV Data table displays the Object name, Value, Units and Scaled Value for each of the input variables.
· The Output Value field displays the current value of the target variable. This value is not displayed until the
Integrator has been started.

Set

The Set is an operation used to set the value of a specific Process Variable (PV) in relation to another PV. The relationship
is between the same PV in two like objects; for instance, the temperature of two streams, or the UA of two exchangers.
The operation can be used in both Dynamic and Steady State mode.
See Also
Adding a Set
Viewing Set properties
Deleting a Set

Add a Set

There are two ways that you can add a Set to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 154 of 647

3 From the list of available unit operations select the Set model.
4 Click the Add button. The Set property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Set icon . The Set property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Specifying Set connections
Specifying Set parameters
Managing Set user variables

View Set properties

From the PFD, double-click the Set icon. The Set property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Set’s
properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Specifying Set connections
Specifying Set parameters
Managing Set user variables

Delete a Set

1 From the PFD, double-click the Set icon. The Set property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Set by clicking on the Set icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Set Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Set icon. The Set property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click on the Select Var button in the Target Variable group. The Select Target Object and Variable property view
appears.
4 From the Select Target Object and Variable property view, select the variable you want to set.
How?
5 From the Object drop-down list, in the Source group, select the stream or operation that the independent variable
belongs.

Specify Set Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Set icon. The Set property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 In the Multiplier field, specify the slope or M-value in the equation Y= MX + B.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 155 of 647

4 In the Offset field, specify the intercept of B-value of the above equation.

Split Range Controller

In Split Range Controller, several manipulated variables are used to control a single process variable. Here both
manipulated variables are driven by the output of a single controller. However, the range of operation for the manipulated
variables can be independent of each other. Typical examples include the control of the pressure in a chemical reactor by
manipulating the inflow and outflow from the reactor. Another classic example is the temperature control of a vessel by
manipulating both the cooling water flow and steam flow to the vessel.
When there is more than one controller in the strategy, in other words, one single process variable with two controllers and
two manipulated variables, the control is referred to as a multiple controller strategy.
In the present implementation in HYSYS there are two outputs that you have to choose. The outputs can be configured as
having negative or positive gains with ranges that are independent of each other, in other words, there can be an overlap
of the ranges.
See Also
Add a Split Range Controller
View Split Range properties
Delete a Split Range Controller

Add a Split Range Controller

There are two ways that you can add a Split Range Controller to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Split Range Controller model.
4 Click the Add button. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Control Ops icon . The Controller Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Split Range Controller icon . The Split Range Controller property view appears.
Tip: You can open the controller’s face plate by clicking the Face Plate button.
See Also
Specifying Split Range Controller connections
Specifying Split Range Controller parameters
Setting up the Split Range Controller
Creating a strip chart
Managing Split Range Controller user variables
Configuring a control valve

View Split Range Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears. From here
you can modify any of the Split Range Controller’s properties.
Tip: You can open the controller’s face plate by clicking the Face Plate button.
See Also
Specifying Split Range Controller connections
Specifying Split Range Controller parameters

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 156 of 647

Setting up the Split Range Controller

Creating a strip chart
Managing Split Range Controller user variables
Configuring a control valve
Split Range Controller Initialization

Delete a Split Range Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Split Range Controller by clicking on the Split Range Controller icon on the PFD and pressing
the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Split Range Controller Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click the Select PV button to specify the process variable. The Variable Navigator appears.
4 From the Variable Navigator select the variable you want to use as the process variable.
How?
5 Click the Select OP button to specify the output target variable. The Select OP property view appears.
6 From the Select OP property view, select the object you want to use as the output target.
How?
7 Click the up arrow in the OP scrolling list to switch to the second output target.
8 Specify the second output target object using the steps outlined above.
Note: The cascade mode of the controller no longer exits. Instead you now have the ability to switch the setpoint from
local to remote. The remote setpoint can come from another object such as a Spreadsheet or another controller
cascading down a setpoint, in other words, a master in the classical cascade control scheme. The Select RSP button
enables you to select the remote source from a Select Remote Setpoint view.

Specify Split Range Controller Operation Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Operation page.
4 Select either the Reverse or Direct radio button to specify the action of the controller.
5 From the Controller Mode drop-down list, select one of the following options: Off, Manual, or Automatic.
6 From the Execution drop-down list select one of the following options: Internal or External.
7 In the Sps and Pvs group, specify the controller setpoint for the process variable.
8 If the controller is in Manual mode specify the percent opening of the control valve in the OP field and the percent
opening of the control valve for both output target objects.
9 In the Kc field, specify the proportional gain of the controller.
1 0 In the Ti field, specify the integral time of the controller.
1 1 In the Td field, specify the derivative time of the controller.
Notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 157 of 647

· The PV field in the Sps and Pvs group displays the current value of the process variable connected to the controller.
· The parameters on this page can only be modified when the parameters on the Configuration page are specified.

Configure the Split Range Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Configuration page.
4 In the Pv Min and Max group specify the lower and upper process variable limits for the process variables. The
Controller cannot switch from Off mode unless these values are defined.
5 In the Sp Low and High Limits group specify the setpoint lower and upper limits for the process variable. The setpoint
limits enforce an acceptable range of values that can be entered via the MPC Controller property view, faceplate or
from a remote source.
6 In the Op Low and High Limits group specify the output lower and upper limits for both output target objects. The
output limits ensure that a predetermined minimum or maximum output value is never exceeded.
7 Select the Enable Op Limits in Manual Mode checkbox to enable the output limits when the controller is in manual
mode.

Specify Advanced Split Range Controller Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Advanced page.
4 In the Sample Time field, specify the sampling rate of the controller.
5 In the Setpoint Ramping group, specify the setpoint you want to ramp up to in the Target SP field and the time
interval you want to complete the setpoint change in the Ramp Duration field.
6 Click the Enable button to enable ramping in the controller and the Disable button to disable ramping in the controller.
7 In the Setpoint Mode group, specify setpoint mode you want to use and the tracking options you want to enable
when the controller is in the specified mode.
Select either the Local or Remote radio button to specify the setpoint mode. These radio buttons are only available when a
Remote Setpoint Source has been selected on the Connections tab.
· If the controller is using a local setpoint select either the No Tracking or Track Remote radio button to
specify the setpoint tracking for the controller.
· If the controller is using a remote setpoint select either the Use % or Use Pv units radio button to specify
the setpoint tracking for the controller. These radio buttons are only available when a Remote Setpoint Source has
been selected on the Connections tab.
8 In the Setpoint Options group, select either the No Tracking or Track Pv radio button to specify the setpoint tracking
for the controller.
9 From the Algorithm drop-down list, select one of the following controller update algorithms: PID Velocity Form, PID
Positional Form (ARW), or PID Positional Form (noARW). (ARW = Anti-Reset Windup)
Notes
· Setpoint ramping is only available in when the controller is in Auto mode.
· During ramping, if a second setpoint change has been activated, then Ramping Duration time will be restarted for
the new setpoint.
· It is important to note that the velocity or differential form of the controller should be applied when there is an
integral term. When there is no integral term a positional form of the controller should be used.

Autotune a Split Range Controller

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 158 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Autotuning page.
4 Select either the PID or PI radio button to specify the type of controller you are tuning.
5 In the Autotuner Parameters group specify the following parameters: Alpha, Beta, Phi, Hysteresis, and Amplitude.
6 Click the Start Autotuner button to tune the controller. Click the Stop Autotuning button any time to cancel the
autotuning process.
Notes
· Before starting the autotuner you must ensure that the controller is in the manual or automatic mode and the
process is relatively steady.
· The Autotuner Results group displays the proportional gain (Kc) the integral time (Ti) and the derivative time (Td)
obtained from the tuning.
· Click the Accept button to make the tuning results the current controller tuning parameters.
· Activate the Automatically Accept checkbox to automatically accept the results of the autotuning.

Tune a Split Range Controller

To tune a Split Range Controller using the Internal Model Control calculator:
1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the IMC Design page.
4 In the IMC Design Parameters group specify values for the following parameters: Process Gain, Process Time
Constant, Process Delay, and Design Tc.
5 Click the Update Tuning button to make the tuning results the current controller tuning parameters.
Note: The Autotuner Results group displays the proportional gain (Kc) the integral time (Ti) and the derivative time (Td)
obtained from the tuning.

Split Range Controller Parameter Scheduling

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Scheduling page.
4 Activate the Parameter Schedule checkbox to enable the parameter scheduling options.
5 Select either the Sp or Pv radio button to specify what value the schedule is based on.
6 From the Selected Range drop-down list, select the region you want to define.
7 Specify the following parameters: proportional gain (Kc), integral time (Ti), derivative time (Td), Lower Range Limit
and Upper Range Limit.
Note: The Selected Range drop-down list enables you to use three different sets of PID parameters for three different
regions of operation. The following regions of operation are available: Low Range, Middle Range, and High Range.

Specify Split Range Controller Alarm Levels

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Alarms page.
4 From the Signal drop-down list, select the signal you want to set an alarm for. You are given the following options:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 159 of 647

Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).
5 In the Alarm Levels group, specify the HighHigh, High, Low, LowLow alarm levels and the Deadband.
Notes
· The alarm points should be specified in the descending order from HighHigh to LowLow points.
· You cannot specify the value of the Low and LowLow alarm points to be higher than the signal value. Similarly,
the High and HighHigh alarm points cannot be specified a value lower than the signal value.
· No two alarm points can have similar values.
· The Value field displays the current value of the selected signal.
· The Alarms group displays the recently violated alarms for each of the different signals.
· When a deadband is specified, it is possible that an alarm status is triggered and the alarm does not disappear
until the band has been exceeded. The Reset Alarm button allows the alarm to be reset when within the
deadband.

Split Range Controller Signal Processing

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Signal Processing page.
4 In the Signal Filters group, activate the Filter Active checkbox for the signal(s) you want to apply a filter to. The
following signals are available: Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).
5 For each filter you have activated, specify the duration of time you want to filter the signal in the corresponding Filter
Time field. As you increase the filter time you are filtering out frequency information from the signal.
6 In the Noise Parameters group, activate the Noise Active checkbox for the signal(s) you want to apply noise to. The
following signals are available: Process Variable (Pv), Output (Op), Setpoint (Sp), and Remote Setpoint (Rs).
7 For each noise parameter you have activated, specify the signal variance you want to apply to the signal in the
corresponding Variance field. As you increase the noise level for a given signal you observe a somewhat random
variation of the signal.
Notes
· It is possible to add a filter that makes the controller unstable.
· Adding a filter has the same effect as changing the process variable the controller is trying to control.
· If a high variance on the PV signal is chosen the controller may become unstable.

Split Range Controller Initialization

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Initialization page.
4 Click on the appropriate radio button (Output1 or Output2) to chose which OP value you want to use to back initialize
the controller.
5 Click on the Back Initialization button for HYSYS to initialize the controller output based on the current position of the
executor (for example, valve or another controller).
Note: The current back initialization OP value is displayed in the OP value field.

Set up the Split Range Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Split Range Controller icon. The Split Range Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Split Range Setup tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 160 of 647

3 Click on the Basic page.

4 In the Split Range Setup group specify the output lower and upper limits for both output target objects. The output
limits ensure that a predetermined minimum or maximum output value is never exceeded.
5 Activate the Direct Action checkbox to make the output target variable direct acting. When the checkbox is disabled
the output target variable is reverse acting.
6 In the PID Values group specify the controller setpoint for the process variable.
7 If the controller is in Manual mode specify the percent opening of the control valve in the Op field (PID Values group)
and the percent opening of the control valve for both output target objects (Split Range Outputs group).
Note: The PV field in the PID Values group displays the current value of the process variable connected to the controller.

Spreadsheet

The Spreadsheet applies the functionality of Spreadsheet programs to flowsheet modeling. With essentially complete access
to all process variables, the Spreadsheet is extremely powerful and has many applications in HYSYS.
The Spreadsheet can be used to manipulate or perform custom calculations on Flowsheet variables. Because it is an
operation, calculations are performed automatically; Spreadsheet cells are updated when flowsheet variables change.
Complex mathematical formulas can be created, using syntax which is similar to conventional Spreadsheets. Arithmetic,
logarithmic, and trigonometric functions are examples of the mathematical functionality available in the Spreadsheet. The
Spreadsheet also provides logical programming in addition to its comprehensive mathematical capabilities. Boolean logic is
supported, which allows you to compare the value of two or more variables using logical operators, and then perform the
appropriate action depending on that result.
See Also
Adding a Spreadsheet
Viewing Spreadsheet properties
Deleting a Spreadsheet

Add a Spreadsheet

There are two ways that you can add a Spreadsheet to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Spreadsheet model.
4 Click the Add button. The Spreadsheet property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Spreadsheet icon . The Spreadsheet property view appears.

Notes
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
· Click the Function Help button to view the available mathematical expressions and functions that are available in
the HYSYS spreadsheet.
· Click the Spreadsheet button to display the spreadsheet in a separate property view.
See Also
Managing the Spreadsheet connections
Specifying Spreadsheet parameters
Viewing Spreadsheet formulas
Using the spreadsheet
Specifying the Spreadsheet calculation order
Managing Spreadsheet user variables
Making Notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 161 of 647

View Spreadsheet Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Spreadsheet icon. The Spreadsheet property view appears. From here you can modify any
of the Spreadsheet’s properties.
Tips
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
· Click the Function Help button to view the available mathematical expressions and functions that are available in
the HYSYS spreadsheet.
· Click the Spreadsheet button to display the spreadsheet in a separate property view.
See Also
Managing the Spreadsheet connections
Specifying Spreadsheet parameters
Viewing Spreadsheet formulas
Using the spreadsheet
Specifying the Spreadsheet calculation order
Managing Spreadsheet user variables
Making Notes

Delete a Spreadsheet

1 From the PFD, double-click the Spreadsheet icon. The Spreadsheet property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Spreadsheet by clicking on the Spreadsheet icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Manage the Spreadsheet Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Spreadsheet icon. The Spreadsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the Spreadsheet Name field specify the name of the Spreadsheet.
4 Click the Add Import button to import variables into the spreadsheet. The Variable Navigator appears.
5 From the Variable Navigator select the variable you want to import.
How?
6 In the Cell column, in the Imported Variables group, specify the location in the spreadsheet you want the variable to
appear.
7 Repeat steps 4 to 6 for each variable you want to import into the spreadsheet.
8 Click the Add Export button to export variables from the spreadsheet. The Select Export property view appears.
9 From the Select Export property view select the variable you want to export.
How?
1 0 In the Cell column, in the Exported Variables group, specify the location in the spreadsheet of the variable you want
to export.
1 1 Repeat steps 7 to 9 for each variable you want to export.
Notes
· You can only exported variables that have been calculated in the spreadsheet.
· To edit an imported variable select the variable you want to edit from the Imported Variables group and click the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 162 of 647

Edit Import button. The Variable Navigator appears enabling you to modify the variable.
· To delete an imported variable select the variable you want to delete from the Imported Variables group and click
the Delete Import button.
· To edit an exported variable select the variable you want to edit from the Exported Variables group and click the
Edit Export button. The Select Export property view appears enabling you to modify the variable.
· To delete an exported variable select the variable you want to delete from the Exported Variables group and click
the Delete Export button.

Specify Spreadsheet Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Spreadsheet icon. The Spreadsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 In the Spreadsheet Parameters group specify size of the spreadsheet by entering the number of rows and columns
that are in the spreadsheet. From the Unit Set drop-down list select the unit set the spreadsheet will use. All values in
the spreadsheet appear using units form this unit set.
4 Activate the Before Pressure-Flow Step checkbox to calculate the spreadsheet before each pressure-flow step.
(Dynamics mode only)
5 Activate the After Pressure-Flow Step checkbox to calculate the spreadsheet after each pressure-flow step. (Dynamics
mode only)
6 Activate the Each Composition Step checkbox to calculate the spreadsheet after each composition step. (Dynamics
mode only)
7 Activate the Always Update Exports checkbox to update the exported variables after each step. (Dynamics mode only)
Note: The Exportable Cells table lists all of the cells in the spreadsheet that can be exported. For each of these cells you
can provide a name in the Variable Name column and a type in the Variable Type column.

View Spreadsheet Formulas

1 From the PFD, double-click the Spreadsheet icon. The Spreadsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Formulas tab.
Note: The Formula Summary table lists all of the cells in the spreadsheet that contain formulas and the results of the
formula. This tab also allows you to modify each of the formulas as well as the formula’s location in the spreadsheet.

Use the Spreadsheet Features

The Spreadsheet tab is similar to conventional spreadsheets. From this tab, you can import and export variables, disconnect
imports/exports, view associated object property views, define formula expressions, and modify variable names.
See Also
Importing variables
Exporting variables
Disconnecting imports/exports
Viewing associated object property views
Defining formula expressions
Viewing cell information
Enumeration in Spreadsheet

Specify the Spreadsheet Calculation Order

1 From the PFD, double-click the Spreadsheet icon. The Spreadsheet property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 163 of 647

2 Click on the Calculation Order tab.

3 In the Calculation Levels table set the level you want each cell to calculate at.
4 In the Spreadsheet Calculation Level field specify the calculation level of the Spreadsheet
Note: Click the Calculation Order Help button to get more information on the Spreadsheet’s calculation order.

Stream Cutter

The Stream Cutter is an object that allows you to switch the fluid package of a stream anywhere in the flowsheet. This
concept of changing fluid packages is called fluid package transition.
HYSYS automatically adds a Stream Cutter operation in between two objects on the PFD property view, where a switch in
fluid package occurs.
HYSYS does not allow fluid package transitions in electrolytic flowsheets or inside of column flowsheets. Fluid package
transitions are allowed only in standard flowsheets.
It is recommended to have all the fluid package specifications in place before switching to dynamics.
See Also
Add a Stream Cutter
View Stream Cutter properties
Delete a Stream Cutter

Add a Stream Cutter

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select the Stream Cutter model.
4 Click the Add button. The Stream Cutter property view appears.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Stream Cutter
Specifying stream fluid package transitions
Viewing stream properties

View Stream Cutter Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Stream Cutter icon. The Stream Cutter property view appears. From here you can modify
any of the Stream Cutter’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Stream Cutter
Specifying stream fluid package transitions
Viewing stream properties

Delete a Stream Cutter

1 From the PFD, double-click the Stream Cutter icon. The Stream Cutter property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Stream Cutter by clicking on the Stream Cutter icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 164 of 647

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Manage Stream Cutter Transition Types

1 From the PFD, double-click the Stream Cutter icon. The Stream Cutter property view appears.
2 Click on the Transitions tab.
3 Click on the Transitions page.
4 Click the Add button. The Select Transition property view appears.
5 From the list of available transitions, select the transition you want to use and click the Add button.
6 Click the Close button to close the Select Transition property view and return to the Stream Cutter property view.
7 The transition type appears in the table with the Active checkbox activated. Use the Active checkboxes to specify the
transition types you want to use.
Notes
· Currently only the fluid package transition type is available.
· To edit the transition’s properties, select the transition type you want to edit and click the View button. The
transition's property view appears.
· To delete a transition type, select the transition type you want to delete and click the Remove button.
See Also
Specifying the Black Oil transition methods
Specifying fluid package transition properties

Specify Fluid Package Transition Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Stream Cutter icon. The Stream Cutter property view appears.
2 Click on the Transitions tab.
3 Click on the Fluid Pkg page. This page is only available when you have added a fluid package transition type to the
Stream Cutter.
4 From the Inlet Fluid Pkg drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the inlet stream.
5 From the Outlet Fluid Pkg drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the outlet stream.
6 Select one of the following radio buttons in the Transfer Basis group to specify the transfer basis you are using: T-P
Flash, P-H Flash, VF-T Flash, VF-P Flash, or None Required.
Notes
· Click the View button to access the Fluid Package Transition property view.
· Activate the Active checkbox to make the fluid package transition type active.
· The Forward Maps group lists the component maps that are used when compositions are passed from the inlet
stream to the outlet stream.
· The Backward Maps group lists the component maps that are used when compositions are passed from the outlet
stream to the inlet stream.

Surge Controller

A centrifugal compressor surges if its capacity falls below the surge limit. The surge controller determines a minimum
volumetric flow rate that the centrifugal compressor should operate at without surging. This is called the surge flow. The
surge controller then attempts to control the flow to the centrifugal compressor at some percent above the surge flow,
typically 10%. The surge controller essentially acts like a PID Controller. The control algorithms used to prevent centrifugal
compressors from surging are extensions of the PID algorithm. There are two major differences that distinguish a surge
controller and a regular controller:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 165 of 647

· The setpoint of the surge controller is calculated and not set.

· The surge controller takes more aggressive action if the centrifugal compressor is close to surging.
The centrifugal compressor owns the Surge Controller. If you decide to delete the centrifugal compressor, the surge
controller associated with the centrifugal compressor is deleted as well.
See Also
Adding a Surge Controller
Viewing Surge Controller properties
Deleting a Surge Controller

Add a Surge Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 Click on the Create Surge Controller button. The Surge Controller property view appears.
Tip: Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Surge Controller connections
Specifying parameters
Monitoring the controller
Managing the user variables

View Surge Controller properties

From the PFD, double-click the Surge Controller icon. The Surge Controller property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Surge Controller’s properties.
Tips
· You can also access the Surge Controller’s property view by clicking the View Surge Controller button on the
Specs page of the Dynamics tab in the Compressor’s property view.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
· Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
See Also
Specifying Surge Controller connections
Specifying parameters
Monitoring the controller
Managing user variables

Delete a Surge Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Surge Controller icon. The Surge Controller property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Surge Controller by clicking on the Surge Controller icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE
key

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 166 of 647

Specify Surge Controller Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Surge Controller icon. The Surge Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click the Select OP button. The Select OP property view appears.
4 From the Select OP property view, select the Valve unit operation as the operating variable, OP. The valve must have
a direct effect on the inlet flow to the centrifugal compressor.
How?
Notes
· The inlet volumetric flow to the centrifugal compressor is automatically defaulted as the process variable, PV, to
be measured.
· The Upstream Surge Controller Output drop-down list contains a list of the other surge controllers in the
simulation. If you select an upstream surge controller using the drop-down list, HYSYS ensures that the output
signal of the centrifugal compressor’s surge controller is not lower than an upstream surge controller’s output
signal. This can be used when two compressors are connected in series.

Specify Surge Control Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Surge Controller icon. The Surge Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Surge Control page.
4 In the Surge Control Parameters group specify the following parameters: Parameters A, Parameter B, Parameter C,
Parameter D, Control Line, Backup Line, and Quick opening.

Configure a Surge Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Surge Controller icon. The Surge Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Configuration page.
4 Click either the Reverse or Direct acting radio button to specify the action of the controller.
5 From the Mode drop-down list, select one of the following options: Off, Manual, or Auto.
6 From the Execution drop-down list, select one of the following options: Internal or External.
7 Specify the controller setpoint in the SP field.
If the controller is in Manual mode specify the percent opening of the control valve in the OP field.
8 In the Kp field, specify the proportional gain of the controller.
9 In the Ti field, specify the integral time of the controller.
1 0 In the Td field, specify the derivative time of the controller.
1 1 In the PV Minimum field, specify the minimum process variable value.
1 2 In the PV Maximum field, specify the maximum process variable value.
Note: The PV field displays the current value of the process variable.

Monitor the Surge Controller

1 From the PFD, double-click the Surge Controller icon. The Surge Controller property view appears.
2 Click on the Monitor tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 167 of 647

The Monitor tab displays a plot of PV, SP, and OP versus Time.
Tips
· Click the Properties button to access the Monitor Properties property view.
· Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspect menu.

Transfer Function

The Transfer Function block is a logical operation that takes a specified input and applies the chosen transfer function to
produce an output. A typical use of the Transfer Function is to apply disturbances to a process, such as varying the
temperature of a feed stream without having to add a disturbance manually. It is also useful to simulate a unit that you
know the response characteristics (gain, damping factor, and period) but not the actual equations involved.
The following Transfer Functions are available:
· First & second order lead
· First & second order lag
· Second order lag / sine wave
· Delay
· Integrator
· Ramp
· Rate Limiter
The second order lag can be defined either as a series of two first-order lags or as a single explicit second order lag.
See Also
Adding a Transfer Function
Viewing Transfer Function properties
Deleting a Transfer Function

Add a Transfer Function

There are two ways that you can add a Transfer Function to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Logicals radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Transfer Function Block model.
4 Click the Add button. The Transfer Function property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Transfer Function icon . The Transfer Function property view appears.
Notes
· Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
· Activate the G(s) Enabled checkbox to enable this operation. If the checkbox is disabled then the PV value will be
written to the OP, bypassing the Transfer Function.
See Also
Specifying Transfer Function connections
Specifying Transfer Function parameters
Creating a strip chart
Managing Transfer Function user variables

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 168 of 647

View Transfer Function Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Transfer Function’s properties.
Tips
· Click the Face Plate button to open the controller’s face plate.
· Activate the G(s) Enabled checkbox to enable this operation. If the checkbox is disabled then the PV value will be
written to the OP, bypassing the Transfer Function.
See Also
Specifying Transfer Function connections
Specifying Transfer Function parameters
Creating a strip chart
Managing Transfer Function user variables

Delete a Transfer Function

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Transfer Function by clicking on the Transfer Function icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Transfer Function Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click the Select PV button to specify the process variable. The Variable Navigator appears.
4 From the Variable Navigator select the variable you want to use as the process variable.
How?
5 Click the Select OP button to specify the output target variable. The Variable Navigator appears.
6 From the Variable Navigator select the variable you want to use as the target variable.
How?
Notes
· The process variable is optional. If you do not specify a PV you must specify a constant PV on the Configuration
page of the Parameters tab.
· Click the Equation Help button to view the Transfer Function equations.

Configure the Transfer Function

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Configuration page.
4 In the PV Minimum and Maximum fields, specify the range of the process variable.
5 If you have not selected a process variable on the Connections tab, specify the value you want to use for the process
variable in the PV field located in the Operational Parameters group.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 169 of 647

6 Optionally, you can enter a PV Offset (% of Range). This value multiplied by the PV range span (min – max) is
subtracted from the PV before applying the transfer function calculations.
7 Optionally, you can enter a OP Offset (% of Range). This value multiplied by the OP range span (min – max) is
subtracted from the OP before applying the transfer function calculations.
8 In the OP Minimum and Maximum fields, specify the range of the target variable.
9 In the PV (Std Dev %) field, specify the standard deviation of the input noise as a percentage of the PV range.
1 0 In the OP (Std Dev %) field, specify the standard deviation of the output noise as a percentage of the PV range.
Notes
· The OP field in the Operational Parameters group displays the value of the target variable.
· The Output Variable Type field in the Operational Parameters group displays the target variable type
· Activate the Reset out of range PV value using specified range checkbox to reset the process variable within the
specified PV range when the variable exceeds the minimum and maximum limits.

Define the Integrator Transfer Function

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Integrator page.
4 Activate the Integrator checkbox in the Active Transfer Functions group.
5 In the T (Integrator Period) field specify the integration period for use in the following equation:
G = 1/Ts
nd
Note: You can activate any transfer function on the Integrator, Delay, Lag, Lead and 2 Order pages by activating the
appropriate checkbox(s) in the Active Transfer Functions group.

Define the Delay Transfer Function

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Delay page.
4 Activate the Delay checkbox in the Active Transfer Functions group.
5 In the Delay Parameters group specify the gain and delay period parameters for use in the following equation:
G = KeTs
Note: You can activate any transfer function on the Integrator, Delay, Lag, Lead and 2nd Order pages by activating the
appropriate checkbox(s) in the Active Transfer Functions group.

Define the Lag Transfer Function

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Lag page.
4 Activate the Lag 1 and/or Lag 2 checkbox(s) in the Active Transfer Functions group.
5 In the Lag 1 Parameters and Lag 2 Parameters group specify the process gain (K) and time constant (T) parameters
for use in the following equation:
G = K / (Ts + 1)
nd
Note: You can activate any transfer function on the Integrator, Delay, Lag, Lead and 2 Order pages by activating the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 170 of 647

appropriate checkbox(s) in the Active Transfer Functions group.

Define the Lead Transfer Function

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Lead page.
4 Activate the Lead 1 and/or Lead 2 checkbox(s) in the Active Transfer Functions group.
5 In the Lead 1 Parameters and Lead 2 Parameters group specify the process gain (K) and time constant (T) parameters
for use in the following equation:
G = K(Ts + 1)
nd
Note: You can activate any transfer function on the Integrator, Delay, Lag, Lead and 2 Order pages by activating the
appropriate checkbox(s) in the Active Transfer Functions group.

Define the 2nd Order Transfer Function

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the 2nd Order page.
4 Activate the 2nd Order checkbox in the Active Transfer Functions group.
5 You now have two options. You can simulate the response of standard second order process by selecting the Lag
radio button or you can simulate a sine wave by selecting the Sine Wave radio button.
· If the Lag radio button is selected, specify the process gain K and time constant T and Damping Factor Xi
parameters for use in the following equation:

· If the Sine Wave radio button is selected, specify the amplitude and period T of the sine wave for use in the
following equation:

where:

nd
Note: You can activate any transfer function on the Integrator, Delay, Lag, Lead and 2 Order pages by activating the
appropriate checkbox(s) in the Active Transfer Functions group.

Define the Ramp Transfer Function

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Ramp page.
4 Activate the Ramp checkbox in the Active Transfer Functions group.
5 In the Ramp Magnitude field, specify the amount of ramp either as a magnitude in the OP units, or as a percentage of
the OP range.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 171 of 647

6 In the Ramp Duration field, specify the total amount of time required for the ramp function to change the OP.
Tips
· You can execute the ramp by clicking on the Start Ramp button. The status of the ramp is shown in the ramp
status bar. Once the ramp is running, the Start Ramp button automatically changes to a Stop Ramp button.
· You can stop the ramp at any given time by clicking on the Stop Ramp button. As the ramp is executing, the
Ramp Magnitude and Ramp Duration start approaching to zero. When the Ramp Duration reaches zero, the ramp
stops.
· You can reset the OP to the original value (before ramped) by clicking on the Reset Ramp button.

Notes
· A positive ramp magnitude represents an increase in signal, whereas a negative value represents a decrease in
signal
· The Current Offset field displays the amount of deviation between the original OP, and the ramped OP.

Define the Rate Limiter Transfer Function

1 From the PFD, double-click the Transfer Function icon. The Transfer Function property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Rate Limiter page.
4 Activate the Rate Limiter checkbox in the Active Transfer Functions group.
5 In the Max Rate of Change (/min) field, specify the magnitude of the maximum rate of change in the OP units.
6 In the Max Rate of Change (%min) field, specify the percentage of the maximum rate of change in the OP range.
Note: The Rate Limiter analyzes the signal transformation in the transfer function, and limits the OP to change by a user-
specified maximum. The OP is restricted to change faster than the preset maximum. Therefore, any abrupt changes in
the input signals can be intercepted, and smoothed.

Compressible Gas Pipe

The Compressible Gas Pipe Model uses an algorithm that solves a vector system using the Two-Step Lax-Wendroff method
with Boris & Book anti-diffusion.
This unit operation is primarily designed for transient calculations with streams. Steady state calculations have been
implemented primarily for initialization of the Pipe State prior to transient calculations.
The following calculation modes are supported in steady sate mode:
· Specify Inlet Pressure, Temperature and Mass Flow
· Specify Inlet Temperature, Mass Flow and Outlet Pressure
· Specify Inlet Pressure and Temperature and Outlet Pressure. Alternatively the pressure drop may be used with either
boundary pressure.
See Also
Adding a Compressible Gas Pipe
Viewing the Compressible Gas Pipe properties
Deleting a Compressible Gas Pipe

Add a Compressible Gas Pipe

There are two ways that you can add a Compressible Gas Pipe to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Piping Equipment radio button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 172 of 647

3 From the list of available unit operations select the Compressible Gas Pipe model.
4 Click the Add button. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon . The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Compressible Gas Pipe
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Gas Pipe results
Selecting a property method
Specifying dynamic properties

View Compressible Gas Pipe Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears. From here
you can modify any of the Compressible Gas Pipe’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Compressible Gas Pipe
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Gas Pipe results
Selecting a property method
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Compressible Gas Pipe

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Compressible Gas Pipe by clicking on the Compressible Gas Pipe icon on the PFD and pressing
the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Gas Pipe Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the compressible gas pipe.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 173 of 647

Specify Gas Pipe Parameters

1 From the PFD double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 You can now do one of two of things:
· Specify either the pressure drop across the compressible gas pipe.
· Use the attached streams to determine the values (the pressure drop will be calculated if the inlet and outlet
stream pressures are known).
Note: The following values are calculated once the compressible gas pipe is fully specified: Maximum Mach Number,
Maximum Pressure, and Maximum Velocity. For steady state calculations these parameters always at the outflow from the
pipe. During dynamic calculations these values can be at any location within the pipe.

Size a Gas Pipe

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 In the Length - Elevation Profile group, specify the following parameters for each section in the pipe: Length,
Elevation Change, and Cells.
5 From the Pipe Schedule drop-down list, in the Overall Dimensions group, select one of the following options: Actual,
Schedule 40, Schedule 80, or Schedule 160.
· If the Actual option is selected from the Pipe Schedule drop-down list, specify the Nominal Diameter,
External Diameter, and Internal Diameter in the appropriate fields.
· If a schedule option is selected from the Pipe Schedule drop-down list the Pipe Size Selection group appears.
Select a nominal pipe diameter and click the Specify button. The nominal diameter is transferred to the Overall
Dimensions group and HYSYS calculates the external and internal diameters.
6 From the Material drop-down list select one of the following options: User Specified, Smooth, Drawn Tube, Mild Steel,
Asphalted Iron, Galvanized Iron, Cast Iron, Smooth Concrete, Rough Concrete, Smooth Riveted Steel, Rough Riveted
Steel, Smooth Wood Stave, Rough Wood Stave, Plastic Tubing, or Rubber Hose. HYSYS provides a roughness based
on the material selected.
If the User Specified option is selected from the Material drop-down list specify the roughness of the pipe in the Roughness
field.
Notes
· Click the Add Section button to add a new section to the compressible gas pipe.
· Click the Inset Section button to add a new section before the selected section.
· Click the Delete Section button to delete the selected section.
· Click the Clear Profile button to delete all the selections (except one) and delete all of the elevation profile
parameters.

Specify Heat Transfer Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Heat Transfer page.
4 In the Ambient Temp field, specify the bulk ambient temperature.
5 In the Overall HTC field, specify the overall heat transfer coefficient based on the inside diameter of the pipe.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 174 of 647

View Gas Pipe Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Profiles page.
Notes
· The Pipe Network table displays the Axial Length, Elevation, Cells, and Cell Length of each section in the pipe.
· Click the View Profile button to open the Compressible Gas Pipe‘s Profile property view.

Select a Property Method

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
2 Click on the Properties tab.
3 Click on the Properties page.
4 From the Method drop-down list select one of the following options: Perfect Gas, Compressible Gas, or Table
Interpolation.
If the Table Interpolation method is selected from the Method drop-down list the Table Generation group appears. This
group manages the extent of the training. Care must be taken to train over the full extent of the expected range of
operating conditions since extrapolation always yield unpredictable results.
5 In the Table Generation group specify values for the lower bound, upper bound, and increments for both pressure
and temperature.
6 Click the Update button to train the neural network.
Tip: Click the Clear button, in the Table Generation group, to reset the physical property interpolator.

View Pressure Flow Equation Variables

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressible Gas Pipe icon. The Compressible Gas Pipe property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
Notes
· For transient compressible flow calculations, the solution of pressure/flow equations is inappropriate since the
boundary pressure is not directly related to flow. It is however critical that the compressible gas solve
simultaneously with the other flowsheet equations. This is achieved by making perforations at each end of the pipe
for each time step and re-evaluating the change in state over the time step. These changes are the fit to the
following equation and passed to the Pressure Flow solver:
2
· APres + BFlow + CFlow + D = 0
· The Pressure Flow Equations group displays the values for the coefficients in the above equation, which are
continuously updated at each time step.

Mixer

The mixer operation combines two or more inlet streams to produce a single outlet stream. A complete heat and material
balance is performed on the mixer. That is, the one unknown temperature among the inlet and outlet streams is always
calculated rigorously. If the properties of every inlet streams entering the mixer are known (temperature, pressure, and

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 175 of 647

composition), the properties of the outlet stream is calculated automatically since the composition, pressure, and enthalpy
is known for that stream.
The mixture pressure and temperature are usually the unknowns to be determined. However, the mixer also calculates
backwards and determines the missing temperature for one of the inlet streams if the outlet is completely defined. In this
latter case, the pressure must be known for all streams.
The resultant temperature of the mixed streams may be quite different than those of the feed streams due to mixing
effects.
The mixer flashes the outlet stream using the combined enthalpy. Notice that when the inlet streams are completely
known, no additional information needs to be specified for the outlet stream. The problem is completely defined; no
degrees of freedom remain.
The dynamic mixer operation functions very similarly to the steady state mixer operation. However, the enhanced holdup
model and the concept of nozzle efficiencies can be applied to the dynamic mixer. Flow reversal is also possible in the
mixer depending on the pressure-flow conditions of the surrounding unit operations.
See Also
Add a Mixer
View Mixer properties
Delete a Mixer

Add a Mixer

There are two ways that you can add a Mixer to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Piping Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Mixer model.
4 Click the Add button. The Mixer property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Mixer icon . The Mixer property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Mixer
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Mixer properties

From the PFD, double-click the Mixer icon. The Mixer property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Mixer’s
properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Mixer
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 176 of 647

Delete a Mixer

1 From the PFD, double-click the Mixer icon. The Mixer property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Mixer by clicking on the Mixer icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Mixer Connections

1 From the PFD double-click the Mixer icon. The Mixer property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab, and click on the Connections page.
3 In the Name field specify a name for the mixer.
4 In the Inlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
5 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
6 In the Fluid Package drop-down list select the fluid package you want to use for the mixer. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Mixer Parameters

1 From the PFD double-click the Mixer icon. The Mixer property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Automatic Pressure Assignment group select one of the following radio buttons: Equalize All or Set Outlet to
Lowest Inlet.
Notes
· If you are uncertain of which pressure assignment to use, choose the Set Outlet to Lowest Inlet option. Only use
the Equalize All option if you are completely sure that all the attached streams should have the same pressure.
While the pressure assignment seem to be extraneous, it is of special importance when the mixer is being used to
simulate the junction of multiple pipe nodes.
· If you select Equalize All and two or more of the attached streams have different pressures, a pressure
inconsistency message appears. In this case, you must either remove the pressure specifications for all but one of
the attached streams, or select the Set Outlet to Lowest Inlet option.

Configure Mixer Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Mixer icon. The Mixer property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab, and click on the Nozzles page.
3 Specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level field.
4 In the Nozzle Parameters group specify the following values for Mixer inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation (Base),
and Elevation (Ground).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 177 of 647

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Mixer icon. The Mixer property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 In the Pressure Specification group select one of the following radio buttons: Equalize All or Set Outlet to Lowest
Inlet.
5 In the Product Molar Flow Factor field, you can increase or decrease the value so that the flow rate value into the
mixer no longer equals the flow rate value out of the mixer.
The default value is 1.0, which means the inlet flow rate equals the outlet flow rate.
Notes
· Reverse flow conditions can occur in the mixer operation if the Set Outlet to Lowest Inlet radio button is selected.
If flow reverses in the mixer, the mixer essentially acts like a dynamic tee with the Use Splits as Dynamic Specs
checkbox inactive. In dynamics, these two unit operations are very similar.
· If you select Equalize All and two or more of the attached streams have different pressures, a pressure
inconsistency message appears. In this case, you must either remove the pressure specifications for all but one of
the attached streams, or select the Set Outlet to Lowest Inlet option.

View Mixer Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Mixer icon. The Mixer property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Tips
· Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the mixer.
· Activate the Disable flashes to disable any flash calculations that occur in the mixer.

Note: The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.

Pipe Segment

The pipe segment is used to simulate a wide variety of piping situations ranging from single/multiphase plant piping with
rigorous heat transfer estimation, to large capacity looped pipeline problems. It offers several pressure drop correlations:
HTFS with slip, HTFS homogeneous flow, Poettman and Carpenter, Baxendell and Thomas, Duns and Ros, Hagedorn and
Brown, Orkiszewski, Aziz, Govier and Fogarasi and Tulsa 99. Another option, OLGAS, is also available as a gradient method.
Four levels of complexity in heat transfer estimation allow you to find a solution as rigorous as required while allowing for
quick generalized solutions to well-known problems.
The pipe segment offers four calculation modes: Diameter, Pressure Drop, Flow, and Length. The appropriate mode is
automatically selected depending on the information supplied.
See Also
Add a Pipe Segment
View Pipe Segment properties
Delete a Pipe Segment

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 178 of 647

Add a Pipe Segment

There are two ways that you can add a Pipe Segment to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Piping Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Pipe Segment model.
4 Click the Add button. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Pipe Segment icon . The Pipe Segment property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Pipe Segment
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Pipe Segment results
Modeling pipe deposition

View Pipe Segment Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears. From here you can modify
any of the Pipe Segment’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Pipe Segment
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Pipe Segment results
Modeling pipe deposition

Delete a Pipe Segment

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Pipe Segment by clicking on the Pipe Segment icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Pipe Segment Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 179 of 647

4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Pipe Segment.

5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Pipe Segment. The fluid package
that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Pipe Segment Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 From the list of available pipe flow correlations select one of the following correlation methods used for two phase
(VL) flow calculations: Aziz, Govier & Fogarasi, Baxendell & Thomas, Beggs & Brill, Duns & Ros, Gregory Aziz
Mandhane, Hagedorn & Brown, HTFS Homogeneous Flow, HTFS Liquid Slip, Olgas2000, Orkisewski, Poettman &
Carpenter, or Tulsa.
5 You can now do one of the following:
· Specify either the pressure drop across the pipe segment and/or the duty of the energy stream in the
appropriate field.
· Leave these fields empty and use the attached streams to determine the values (i.e., the pressure drop will
be calculated if the inlet and outlet stream pressures are known).
Notes
· The Gravitational Energy Change field displays the change in potential energy experienced by the fluid across the
length of the pipe. It is determined for the overall elevation change, based on the sum of the elevation changes
specified for each segment on the Sizing page of the Rating tab.
· When the pressure drop is specified, the pipe segment can be used to calculate either the length of the pipe
segment or the flow of the material through the length of pipe.

Specify Pipe Segment Calculation Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Calculation page.
4 Specify values for the following parameters: Pressure Tolerance, Temperature Tolerance, Heat Flow Tolerance,
Length Initial Guess, Length Step Size, Flow Initial Guess, Flow Step Size, Diameter Initial Guess, and Default
Increments.
5 Activate the Always PH Flash checkbox to use a pressure-enthalpy flash rather than the default pressure-temperature
flash. This method is slower but more reliable for pure components or narrow boiling range systems.
6 Activate the Check Choked Flow checkbox to have HYSYS check for choked flow. This check is carried out only on
pipe segments not on fitting or swage segments. The simulation calculations will be slowed when this checkbox is
active.
7 Activate the Do Deposition Calcs checkbox to include the deposition data specified on the Deposition tab in the Pipe
Segment’s calculations. This checkbox is also found on the Methods page on the Deposition tab.
8 Activate the Do Slug Tool Calculations checkbox to have HYSYS perform slug calculations. This checkbox is also found
on the Slug Options page on the Performance tab.
Note: When calculating Flow or Length, good initial guesses and step sizes can greatly reduce solution time.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 180 of 647

Size a Pipe Segment

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 Click the Append Segment button.
A segment appears in the Length - Elevation Profile group.
Tips
· Click the Inset Segment button to add a new segment before the selected segment.
· When you click the View Segment button, the Pipe Fittings, Pipe Swages, or Pipe Info property view appears. The
property view that appears depends on the option you selected from the Fitting/Pipe drop-down list.
· Click the Delete Segment button to delete the selected segment.
· Click the Clear Profile button to delete all the segments.
5 From the Fitting/Pipe drop-down list, select a pipe section, swage, or one of the available fittings.
If the list does not contain the fitting required, you can modify fittings database file, Fitting.db.
6 Specify the sizing parameters for the pipe section, swage, or fitting.
How?

Specify a Heat Loss Model for a Pipe Segment

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Heat Transfer page.
4 Select the heat loss model you want to use by clicking one of the following radio buttons: Heat Loss, Overall HTC,
Segment HTC, or Estimate HTC.
Note: The radio button does not force the pipe segment to use that method of calculation, it only provides access to the
property views. HYSYS works out the method to use from the data provided.
See Also
Specifying heat transfer by heat loss
Specifying heat transfer by overall heat transfer coefficient
Specifying heat transfer by segment heat transfer coefficient
Specifying heat transfer by estimate heat transfer coefficient

View Pipe Segment Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Profiles page.
Notes
· The Pipe Network table displays the Distance (Segment Length), Elevation, and Increments of each segment in
the pipe.
· Click the View Profile button to open the Pipe Profile property view.

Specify Slug Calculation Options

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 181 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Slug Options page.
4 From the Translational Model drop-down list, select one of the following options to calculate the transitional velocity
of the slugs in the pipeline: Bendikson or User Specified.
5 If the User Specified option is selected, specify the C0 and U0 velocity parameters in the Velocity Parameter C0 and
Velocity Parameter U0 fields. If the Bendikson option is selected the C0 and U0 velocity parameters are calculated by
HYSYS.
6 From the Holdup Model drop-down list select one of the following options to calculate the liquid holdup in the pipe:
Gregory et. al. or User Specified.
7 If the User Specified option is selected, specify the holdup parameter in the Holdup Parameter field. If the Gregory et.
al. option is selected the Holdup Parameter is calculated by HYSYS.
8 From the Friction Factor Model drop-down list, select one of the following options: Smooth or Colebrook.
9 From the Frequency Model drop-down list, select one of the following options: Hill & Wood or User Specified.
1 0 If the User Specified option is selected, specify the frequency of the slug flow in the Frequency field. If the Hill &
Wood option is selected the Frequency is calculated by HYSYS.
Notes
· Activate the Do Slug Tool Calculations checkbox to have HYSYS perform slug calculations. This checkbox is also
found on the Calculation page on the Design tab.
· The Slug Tool predicts slug properties for horizontal and inclined two-phase flows in each pipe segment. Traveling
wave solutions of the one-dimensional averaged mass and momentum equations are found and analyzed to obtain
slug flow properties. Stratified flow is tested for instability to small disturbances and then analyzed in the unstable
region to find if slug flow is possible. If large amplitude waves can bridge the pipe then slug flow is deemed to be
possible. In this slug flow region a range of frequencies is possible with a maximum slug frequency occurring for
slugs of zero length. Up to this maximum there is a relationship between frequency and slug length with maximum
lengths occurring for the lowest frequencies. The other slug properties such as bubble length, average film holdup,
slug transitional velocity, average pressure gradient can all be found over the range of allowable slug frequencies.

View Slug Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Slug Results page.
The Slug Tool Results table displays the following results: Position, Status, Frequency, Slug Length, Bubble Length, Film
Holdup, Velocity, Pressure Gradient, and Length Ratio Slug/Bubble.
Tip: Click the View Cell Plot button to open the Slug Tool property view.

Configure Pipe Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab, and select the Parameters page.
3 In the Pipe Flow Model group, use the radio buttons to select the model you want to use for calculating the
performance in Dynamics mode:
· Quick’n Dirty Methods. This option allows you to select between turbulent and full range Churchill methods
to simulate the pipe flow model in Dynamics mode. The methods are similar to the methods in the Pipe page of
the Valve unit operation. The calculation time for these methods is short, however, for multiphase systems the
calculated results are approximate.
· Pipe Model Correlations. This option allows you to select the pipe flow model based on the available pipe
flow correlation selection from the Parameters page in the Design tab. The calculation time for this method is long
and rigorous, however, the results are more accurate.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 182 of 647

4 In the Pipe Holdup Type group, use the radio button to select the assumption and calculation for the Holdup value in
the pipe:
· one holdup in pipe. This option allows you to calculate the overall holdup values of the entire pipe. This
method calculates the results by lumping together all the volume. The calculation time is short, however, this
method is not recommended if you want to track composition (or model lag) along the pipe.
· one holdup per segment. This option allows you to calculate the holdup values for each segment in the
entire pipe. This method calculates and models the composition and other changes through the pipe network
rigorously. The calculation time is long, however, the results are more accurate.
5 Select the Model Holdup Volume checkbox to calculate pipe volumes based on the pipe lengths and diameter.
Generally the pipe volumes are ignored or lumped together in one vessel for the calculation, unless a model of the
composition lag is required. The lumped volume approach is a simpler more robust option, and often the pressure
drop result is the main interest. Having to consider many holdups with small volumes may lead to instabilities.
6 Specify the elevation of the pipe relative to the ground for in the Base Elevation of Inlet Relative to Ground field.

View Holdup Volume

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab, and select the Holdup page.
The Holdup page contains information regarding the properties, composition, and amount of the holdup. For each phase
contained within the volume space of the unit operation, the following is specified:
· The location of the phase in the pipe based on the designated number of each segment in the pipe. Number 1
indicates the first segment, number 2 indicates the second segment, and so forth.
· The accumulation to the rate of change of material in the holdup for each phase.
· The amount of material in the holdup for each phase.
· The holdup volume of each phase.

Select a Deposition Method

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Deposition tab.
3 Click on the Methods page.
4 From the list of available deposition correlations select one of the following options: None or Profes.
5 In the Max Time field, specify the maximum amount of time wax deposits on the pipe.
6 In the Timestep field, specify the timestep the deposition rate is integrated over.
Notes
· The Simulation Time field displays the actual end time for the simulation.
· The Profes Wax correlation is the only standard correlation. However, registered third party plug-in methods may
also appear in the list of deposition correlations.
· Click the View Method button to view the details of the Profes Wax correlation.
· Activate the Do Deposition Calcs checkbox to include the deposition data in the Pipe Segment’s calculations. This
checkbox is also found on the Calculation page on the Design tab.

Specify Deposit Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Deposition tab.
3 Click on the Properties page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 183 of 647

4 Specify the Density, Thermal Conductivity, and Yield Strength of the deposit in the appropriate fields.

View the Deposition Profile

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Deposition tab.
3 Click on the Profile page.
4 In the Init. Dep. Thick. column, specify the initial thickness of the deposit for each cell.
Note: The Deposition Profile table displays the following deposition results for each cell: Cumulative Length, Calculated
Deposit Thickness, Deposit Volume, Deposit Rate, File Coefficient, Deposit Temperature, Fluid Temperature, and Critical
Deposit Temperature.

Specify Maximum Deposition Limits

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pipe Segment icon. The Pipe Segment property view appears.
2 Click on the Deposition tab.
3 Click on the Limits page.
4 Specify the maximum limits for each of the following parameters: Max. Deposit Thickness, Overall Pressure Drop,
Total Deposit Volume, Plug Pressure Drop, and Simulation Time (also found on the Methods page). The actual values
for each of these parameters are displayed beside the maximum values.

Relief Valve

The relief valve unit operation can be used to model several types of spring loaded relief valves. Relief valves are used
quite frequently in many different industries in order to prevent dangerous situations occurring from pressure buildups in a
system. Its purpose is to avert situations that occur in a dynamic environment.
The flow through the relief valve can be vapor, liquid, liquid with precipitate or any combination of the three.
See Also
Add a Relief Valve
View Relief Valve properties
Delete a Relief Valve

Add a Relief Valve

There are two ways that you can add a Relief Valve to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Piping Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Relief Valve model.
4 Click the Add button. The Relief Valve property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Relief Valve icon . The Relief Valve property view appears.
Notes
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 184 of 647

See Also
Configuring a Relief Valve
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Relief Valve Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Relief Valve icon. The Relief Valve property view appears. From here you can modify any of
the Relief Valve’s properties.
Notes
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
· The Status of a Relief valve is different than any other unit operation. A Relief valve does not use the status
solved of unsolved. When the Relief valve is closed the status bar turns red. When the Relief Valve is open status
bar turns yellow.
See Also
Configuring a Relief Valve
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Relief Valve

1 From the PFD, double-click the Relief Valve icon. The Relief Valve property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Relief Valve by clicking on the Relief Valve icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Relief Valve Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Relief Valve icon. The Relief Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Relief Valve.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Fluid Package drop-down list select the fluid package you want to use for the Relief Valve. The fluid package
that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 185 of 647

Specify Relief Valve Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Relief Valve icon. The Relief Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Set Pressure field specify the pressure that the relief valve begins to open.
5 In the Full Open Pressure field specify the pressure that the relief valve is fully open.

Size a Relief Valve

1 From the PFD, double-click the Relief Valve icon. The Relief Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 In the Valve Type group click one of the following radio buttons to specify the relief valve type: Linear, Quick Opening
or Equal Percentage.
5 In the Capacity Correction Factors and Parameters group specify the following parameters: Viscosity Coefficient,
Discharge Coefficient, Back Pressure Coefficient, Valve Head Differential Coefficient, and Orifice Area.

Configure Relief Valve Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Relief Valve icon. The Relief Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the relief valve relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level
field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group, specify the following values for the relief valve inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation
(Base) and Elevation (Ground).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Relief Valve icon. The Relief Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 Activate the Enable Valve Hysteresis to model valve hysteresis. The Hysteresis Parameters group appears.
5 Specify the pressure that the valve begins to close after reaching the full lift pressure (i.e., the value entered in the
full pressure field on the Parameters page of the Design tab) in the Closing Pressure field.
6 Specify the pressure that the valve reseats after discharge in the Reseating Pressure field.
Note: The Dynamic Parameters group displays the calculated values for Delta P, Valve Lift and the percent opening of the
valve.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 186 of 647

View Relief Valve Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Relief Valve icon. The Relief Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Notes
· The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
· Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the relief valve.

Tee

The Tee operation splits one feed stream into multiple product streams with the same conditions and composition as the
feed stream, and is used for simulating pipe tees and manifolds.
The dynamic tee operation functions very similarly to the steady state tee operation. However, the enhanced holdup model
and the concept of nozzle efficiencies can be applied to the dynamic tee. Flow reversal is also possible in the tee depending
on the pressure-flow conditions of the surrounding unit operations.
See Also
Add a Tee
View Tee properties
Delete a Tee

Add a Tee

There are two ways that you can add a Tee to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Piping Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Tee model.
4 Click the Add button. The Tee property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Tee icon . The Tee property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Tee
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Tee Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Tee icon. The Tee property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Tee’s
properties.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 187 of 647

Delete a Tee

1 From the PFD, double-click the Tee icon. The Tee property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Tee by clicking on the Tee icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Tee Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Tee icon. The Tee property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the tee.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
7 In the Fluid Package drop-down list select the fluid package you want to use for the tee. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Tee Parameters

1 From the PFD double-click the Tee icon. The Tee property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 Specify the flow ratios for N-1 outlet streams, where N is the number of outlet streams. HYSYS calculates the
unknown stream flow ratio and the outlet flow rates.
Tip: The Warn on Negative Flow checkbox enables you to toggle between acknowledging or ignoring negative flow rates
in the Tee.
· With the Warn on Negative Flow checkbox selected, the status bar is yellow when negative flow occurs.
· With the Warn on Negative Flow checkbox cleared, the status bar is green when negative flow occurs.

Note: A flow ratio is generally between 0 and 1, however, a ratio greater than one may be given. In that case, at least
one of the outlet streams will have a negative flow ratio and a negative flow (backflow).

Specify Tee Estimates

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 188 of 647

2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD double-click the Tee icon. The Tee property view appears.
4 Click on the Design tab.
5 Click on the Estimates page.
6 Select one of the following radio buttons in the Flow Basis group: Molar, Mass or Volume.
7 Enter estimates for any of the product streams in the associated input cell in the Flow Estimate column.
Tips
· Click the Update button to replaces all estimates except user supplied estimates (in blue) with values obtained
from the solution.
· Click the Clear Selected button to delete the selected estimate(s).
· Click the Clear Calculated button to delete all calculated estimates.
· Click the Clear All button to deletes all estimates.

Notes
· This page is only available in Tee’s installed in the Column subflowsheet.
· If the Tee operation is attached to the column, i.e., via a draw stream, one tee split fraction specification is added
to the list of column specifications for each tee product stream that you supply. As you specify the split fractions
for the product streams, these values are transferred to the individual column specifications on the Monitor or
Specs pages of the Column property view.

Configure Tee Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Tee icon. The Tee property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group specify the following values for Tee inlet and outlets: Diameter, Elevation (Base) and
Elevation (Ground).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Setting dynamic specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Tee icon. The Tee property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 Activate the Use splits as dynamic flow specs checkbox to use the exit streams flow rates as the dynamic
specification. The Dynamic Splits group appears
5 Specify the flow ratios for N-1 outlet streams, where N is the number of outlet streams. HYSYS calculates the
unknown stream flow ratio and the outlet flow rates. The group also displays the specific valve openings associated
with the flow for each exit stream.
Notes
· Activating the Use splits as dynamic flow specs checkbox is not recommended since the flow from the Tee is
determined from split fractions and not from the surrounding pressure network of the simulation case. If this
option is used, the valve opening fields should be specified for all exit streams. In addition the Pressure Flow
solver requires a single pressure and single flow specification.
· If the Use splits as dynamic flow specs checkbox is inactive, the flow rates of the exit streams are determined
from the pressure network. The "one PF specification per flowsheet boundary stream" rule applies to the Tee

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 189 of 647

operation if the checkbox is inactive. It is strongly recommended that you deactivate the checkbox in order to
realistically model flow behavior in your dynamic simulation case.
· Reverse flow conditions can occur in the Tee operation if the Use splits as dynamic flow specs checkbox is
inactive. If flow reverses in the Tee, it acts essentially like a dynamic Mixer with the Equalize All option. In
dynamics, these two unit operations are very similar.

Viewing Tee holdup data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Tee icon. The Tee property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Tips
· Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the tee.
· Activate the Disable flashes to disable any flash calculations that occur in the tee.

Note: The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.

Valve

HYSYS performs a material and energy balance on the inlet and exit streams of the Valve operation. HYSYS performs a
flash calculation based on equal material and enthalpy between the two streams. It is assumed that the valve operation is
isenthalpic.
The valve is a basic building block in HYSYS dynamic cases. The HYSYS valve operation models control valves very
realistically. The direction of flow through a valve is dependent on the pressures of the surrounding unit operations. Like the
steady state valve, the dynamics valve operation is isenthalpic.
The total valve pressure drop refers to the total pressure difference between the inlet stream pressure and the exit stream
pressure. The total pressure drop across the valve is calculated from the frictional pressure loss of the valve and the
pressure loss from static head contributions.
See Also
Add a Valve
View Valve properties
Delete a Valve

Add a Valve

There are two ways that you can add a Valve to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Piping Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Valve model.
4 Click the Add button. The Valve property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Valve icon . The Valve property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Valve

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 190 of 647

Specifying rating data

Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Valve Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Valve’s
properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Valve
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Valve

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Valve by clicking on the Valve icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Valve Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the Valve.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Fluid Package drop-down list select the fluid package you want to use for the Valve. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Valve Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 You can now do one of the following:
· You can specify the pressure drop across the valve in the Delta P field.
· You can leave this field empty and use the attached streams to determine the value (the pressure drop will
be calculated if the inlet and outlet stream pressures are known).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 191 of 647

Size a Valve

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing (dynamics) page.
4 In the Valve Manufacturers group, use the drop-down list to select one of the following valve manufacturer type or
equation model: Masoneilan, Mokveld, Fisher, Introl, Valtek, CCI Drag, Universal Gas Sizing, and Simple resistance
equation.
5 In the Valve Types group, use the drop-down list to select the valve type.
Note: The options in the Valve Type group are only available for the following valve manufacturer: Masoneilan, Mokveld,
Introl, and Valtek.
6 In the Sizing Conditions group, click either the Current or User Specified radio button.
· If you click the Current radio button specify the valve percent opening in the Valve Opening field and HYSYS
calculates the Delta P and Flow Rate.
· If you click the User Specified radio button HYSYS uses the stream conditions provided to estimate the valve
percent opening, delta P and flow rate. These values can be modified.
Note: The Sizing Conditions group also displays the Inlet Pressure and Molecular Weight of the stream.
7 In the Valve Operating Characteristics group, select one of the following radio buttons to specify the valve operating
type: Linear, Quick Opening, Equal Percentage, or User Table.
Tip: If you select User Table radio button, you need to specify the characteristic of the curve. Click the View button to
access the Characteristic Curve property view.
8 In the Sizing Methods group, click one of the following radio buttons to specify the valve sizing method: Cv, Cg, or k.
· If you select the Cv or Cg radio button, two of the following parameters can be specified in order to fully
define the valve: C1, Km, Cv, and Cg. C1 and Km cannot both be specified.
Tip: If you only know the C1 or Km value you can click the Size Valve button and HYSYS calculates the remaining
parameters from the stream and valve conditions in the Sizing Conditions group.
· If you select the k radio button, you can either specify k or click on the Size Valve button to have the k value
calculated from the stream and valve conditions in the Sizing Conditions group.
9 In the Sizing Methods group, chose Fisher Universal or ISA/IEC sizing methods.
· Fisher Universal uses the pre-HYSYS 2006.5 valve sizing method.
· ISA/IEC uses the industry standard ANSI/ISA S75.01 for valve sizing and allows you to specify three vendor-
specific parameters:
o Piping Geometry factor (Fp)
o Terminal pressure drop ration (XT)
o Liquid pressure recovery factor (Fl)
Note: The ISA/IEC valve sizing option is not available when the user selects either the Universal Gas Sizing or Simple
Resistance Equation option from the Valve Manufacturers drop-down list.

Configure Valve Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the valve relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group specify the following values for the valve inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation (Base)
and Elevation (Ground).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 192 of 647

Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Calculation for Multiphase Flow

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Options page.
4 Select the appropriate checkbox to apply the calculation method you want.
· The Handle densities for multi-phase systems rigorously checkbox enables the valve to use the phase
densities to calculate flow rate for the vapor and liquid. If the option was not selected the overall density is used.
· The Handle multi-phase flows rigorously checkbox enables the valve to use rigorous calculation method and
obtain better accuracy of the flow rates and pressure drop for both vapor and liquid flow. The calculations have
been improved to be consistent with the Fisher calculations for multiphase systems.

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 You can now do one of the following:
· Activate the Total Delta P checkbox to set a pressure drop across the valve. With this specification, the flow
and the pressure of either the inlet or exit stream must be specified or calculated from other operations in the
flowsheet. The flow through the valve is not dependent on the pressure drop across the valve.
· Activate the Pressure Flow Relation checkbox. The Dynamic Parameters group appears.
Two of the following pressure-flow specifications must either be specified or calculated by the other unit operations in
the flowsheet: Inlet Stream Pressure, Exit Stream Pressure, or Flow through the valve. The flow rate through the
valve is calculated from the valve equation and the pressure of the streams entering and exiting the valve. In the
Dynamic Parameters group specify the valve percent opening and conductance (Cv). If you only know the value
percent opening you can click the Size Valve button and HYSYS calculates the remaining parameters.
Tip: Activate the Check Valve checkbox if you do not want flow reversal to occur in the valve.

Note: In dynamics, the suggested mode of operation for the valve is the Pressure Flow specification. The pressure drop
option is provided for steady state compatibility mostly and to allow difficult simulations to converge more easily.
However, it usually is not a sensible specification since it allows a pressure drop to exist with zero flow.

Specify Pipe Model Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Pipe page.
4 From the Friction Factor Equation drop-down list select one of the following options: Assume Complete Turbulence (f
is fixed) or Full-Range Churchill (covers all flow regimes).
5 From the Material drop-down list select one of the following options: User Specified, Smooth, Drawn Tube, Mild Steel,
Asphalted Iron, Galvanized Iron, Cast Iron, Smooth Concrete, Rough Concrete, Smooth Riveted Steel, Rough Riveted
Steel, Smooth Wood Stave, or Rough Wood Stave. HYSYS provides default roughness based on the material selected.
6 If the User Specified option is selected from the Material drop-down list specify the roughness of the pipe in the
Roughness field.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 193 of 647

7 Specify the length of the pipe in the Pipe Length field.

8 Specify the diameter of the inlet in the Feed Diameter field.
Notes
· HYSYS calculates the Darcy friction factor using the values specified for roughness, pipe length and feed
diameter.
· A pipe k-value is calculated from the Darcy friction factor and the pipe diameter. The pipe k value is incorporated
into the general valve equation. Note that this pipe k is independent of the flow rate or pressure of the fluid in the
valve.
· The velocity in the pipe and Reynolds number is also displayed on this page.
· Activate the Disable Valve (Pipe Only) checkbox to disable the valve contribution and have the valve unit
operation act as a simple pipe segment. The pressure flow specification (on the Specs page) has to be enabled in
order for the pipe segment to be modeled. The pipe calculations for a valve are not rigorous for multiphase flow
and are only approximations.

View Valve Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
4 In the Holdup volume field specify the holdup volume of the valve. Typical valves usually have significantly less
holdup than other unit operations in a plant. Therefore, the volume of the Valve operation in HYSYS is defaulted to
be zero.
Notes
· The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
· Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the valve.
· Activate the Disable flashes to disable any flash calculations that occur in the valve.

Specify Actuator Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Valve icon. The Valve property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Actuator page.
4 From the Parameters group select one of the following radio buttons to specify the mode of the actuator:
Instantaneous, First Order or Linear.
5 In the Actuator Time Constant field specify the time constant used in modeling a First Order actuator response.
6 In the Valve Stickiness Time Constant specify the time constant used to model the time offset caused by a sticky
actuator. If the valve stickiness time constant is left empty, the time constant value is assumed to be zero.
7 In the Actuator Linear Rate field specify the linear rate used in modeling a Linear actuator response.
8 From the Positions group select one of the following radio buttons to specify the fail mode of the actuator: None, Fail
Open, Fail Shut, or Fail Hold.
9 Specify the following parameters for the valve and actuator in the Positions group: Minimum, Maximum, Current,
Desired, and Offset.
Notes
· The valve mode defines the relationship between the desired actuator position and current actuator position. The
desired actuator position can be set by a PID Controller or Spreadsheet operation.
· If the Valve has Worn Trim checkbox is activated, a 0.1% offset is added to the actuator. This offset does not
allow the valve to fully close

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 194 of 647

Column Input Expert

The Column Input Expert guides you through the installation of a Column. The Input Expert is available for the following six
standard column templates:
· Absorber
· Liquid-Liquid Extractor
· Reboiled Absorber
· Refluxed Absorber
· Distillation
· Three Phase Distillation
The Input Expert contains a series of input pages. You must supply the required information for the page before advancing
to the next one. When you have worked through all the pages, you will have supplied the basic information required to
build your column and are the Column property view appears.
It is not necessary to use the Input Experts to install a column. You can disable the use of Input Experts by deactivating
the Use Input Experts checkbox on the Options page in the Simulation tab of the Session Preferences property view. If you
do not use the Input Expert, the Column property view appears when you install a new column.

Absorber Input Expert Connections Page

This is the first page in the Absorber input expert.

1 In the Column Name field, specify a name for the Absorber.
2 In the # Stages field, specify the number of stages (or trays) in the column.
3 In the Top Stg. Reflux group, click either the Liquid Inlet or Pump-around radio button.
· If you click the Liquid Inlet radio button either type in the name of the stream in the Top Stage Inlet field or
if you have pre-defined your stream select it from the Top Stage Inlet drop-down list.
· If you click the Pump-around radio button select the stage you want to draw the pump-around stream from
the Draw Stage drop-down list.
4 In the Bottom Stage Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
5 In the Ovhd Vapour Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
6 In the Bottoms Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
At this point you can click on the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page or you can specify any extra inlet
streams or draws streams you may require for your Absorber.
7 In the Optional Inlet Stream list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list,
either select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream.
Repeat this step if you have multiple feed streams.
8 For each optional inlet stream, select the stage the stream is entering column from the Inlet Stage drop-down list.
9 In the Optional Side Draws list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple side draw streams.
1 0 For each optional side draw stream, select the type of draw stream from the Type drop-down list and select the
stage the stream is leaving the column from the Draw Stage drop-down list.
1 1 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page.
Tip:The radio buttons in the Stage Numbering group are used to specify the way the column is numbered.
· Click the Top Down radio button to set the top stage as stage 1 and the bottom stage as stage N.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 195 of 647

· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Absorber Input Expert Pressure Profile Page

This is the second page in the Absorber input expert.

1 In the Top Stage Pressure field, specify the pressure of the overhead vapor stream.
2 In the Bottom Stage Pressure field, specify the pressure of the bottoms liquid stream.
3 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Estimates page.
Tips
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Absorber Input Expert Estimates Page

This is the third page in the Absorber input expert.

On this page you can provide initial temperature estimates. These estimates are optional values that help the HYSYS
algorithm converge to a solution. The better your estimates, the quicker HYSYS converges.
1 In the Optional Top Stage Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature of the top stage of the column.
2 In the Optional Bottom Stage Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature of the bottom stage of the column.
Tips
· Click the Done button to accept the entries made in the input expert and proceed to the Absorber property view.
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Pressure Profiles page.
· Click the Side Ops > button to access the Side Operations Input Expert.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Distillation input expert connections page

This is the first page in the Distillation column input expert.

1 In the Column Name field, specify a name for the Distillation column.
2 In the # Stages field, specify the number of stages (or trays) in the column.
3 In the Inlet Streams list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select
a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this
step if you have multiple feed streams.
4 For each inlet stream, select the stage the stream is entering column from the Inlet Stage drop-down list.
5 In the Condenser Energy Stream drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
6 In the Condenser group click one of the following radio buttons: Total, Partial, or Full Rflx.
· If you click the Total radio button either type in the name of the stream in the Ovhd Liquid Outlet field or if
you have pre-defined your stream select it from the Ovhd Liquid Outlet drop-down list.
· If you click the Partial radio button either type in the name of the streams in both Ovhd Outlets fields or if
you have pre-defined your streams select them from the Ovhd Outlets drop-down lists.
· If you click the Full Rflx radio button either type in the name of the stream in the Ovhd Vapour Outlet field
or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from the Ovhd Vapour Outlet drop-down list.
7 The Water Draw checkbox appears when either the Total or Partial radio button is selected. Activate this check box to
add a water draw to your condenser. In the corresponding drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 196 of 647

you have pre-defined your stream select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Reboiler Energy Stream drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
9 In the Bottoms Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
At this point you can click on the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page or you can specify any extra inlet
streams or draws streams you may require for your Distillation column.
1 0 In the Optional Side Draws list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list,
either select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream.
Repeat this step if you have multiple side draw streams.
1 1 For each optional side draw stream, select the type of draw stream from the Type drop-down list and select the
stage the stream is leaving the column from the Draw Stage drop-down list.
1 2 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page.
Tips
• The radio buttons in the Stage Numbering group are used to specify the way the column is numbered.
o Click the Top Down radio button to set the top stage as stage 1 and the
bottom stage as stage N.
o Click the Bottom Up radio button to set the bottom stage as stage 1 and the
top stage as stage N.
o Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries
made.

Distillation input expert pressure profile page

This is the second page in the Distillation column input expert.

1 In the Condenser Pressure field, specify the pressure at the condenser.
2 In the Condenser Pressure drop field, specify the pressure drop across the condenser.
3 In the Reboiler Pressure field, specify the pressure at the reboiler.
4 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Estimates page.
Tips
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Distillation input expert estimates page

This is the third page in the Distillation column input expert.

On this page you can provide initial temperature estimates. These estimates are optional values that help the HYSYS
algorithm converge to a solution. The better your estimates, the quicker HYSYS converges.
1 In the Optional Condenser Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature at the condenser.
2 In the Optional Top Stage Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature of the top stage of the column.
3 In the Optional Reboiler Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature at the reboiler.
Tips
· Click the Next > button to proceed to the Specifications page.
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Pressure Profiles page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 197 of 647

Distillation input expert specifications page

This is the fourth page in the Distillation column input expert.

This page suggests possible specifications that can be set for the column. These specifications are optional and not
exhaustive. See the Specs page of the Design tab for more information regarding column specifications.
1 To add the reflux ratio specification, specify a value in the Reflux Ratio field.
2 To add the liquid draw rate specification, specify a value in the Liquid Rate field. (Available when a total and partial
condenser is modeled.)
3 To add the vapor draw rate specification, specify a value in the Vapour Rate field. (Available when a full reflux and
partial condenser is modeled.)
Tips
· The Flow Basis drop-down list allows you to specify the basis for the reflux ratio, liquid rate and vapor rate
specifications. You are given the following options: Molar, Mass and Volume.
· Click the Done button to accept the entries made in the input expert and proceed to the Distillation column
property view.
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Estimates page.
· Click the Side Ops > button to access the Side Operations Input Expert.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Liquid-Liquid Extractor input expert connections page

This is the first page in the Liquid-Liquid Extractor input expert.

1 In the Column Name field, specify a name for the Liquid-Liquid Extractor.
2 In the Number of Stages field, specify the number of stages (or trays) in the column.
3 In the Top Stage Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
4 In the Bottom Stage Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
5 In the Ovhd Light Liquid drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
6 In the Bottoms Heavy Liquid drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
At this point you can click on the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page or you can specify any extra inlet
streams or draws streams you may require for your Liquid-Liquid Extractor.
7 In the Optional Inlet Streams list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list,
either select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream.
Repeat this step if you have multiple feed streams.
8 For each optional inlet stream, select the stage the stream is entering column from the Inlet Stage drop-down list.
9 In the Optional Side Draws list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple side draw streams.
1 0 For each optional side draw stream, select the type of draw stream from the Type drop-down list and select the
stage the stream is leaving the column from the Draw Stage drop-down list.
1 1 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page.
Tip: The radio buttons in the Stage Numbering group are used to specify the way the column is numbered.
· Click the Top Down radio button to set the top stage as stage 1 and the bottom stage as stage N.
· Click the Bottom Up radio button to set the bottom stage as stage 1 and the top stage as stage N.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 198 of 647

Liquid-Liquid Extractor input expert pressure profile page

This is the second page in the Liquid-Liquid Extractor input expert.

1 In the Top Stage Pressure field, specify the pressure of the overhead vapor stream.
2 In the Bottom Stage Pressure field, specify the pressure of the bottoms liquid stream.
3 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Estimates page.
Tips
· Click the < PrevLiquid_Liquid_Extractor_input_expert_connections_page button to return to the Connections
page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Liquid-Liquid Extractor input expert estimates page

This is the third page in the Liquid-Liquid Extractor input expert.

On this page you can provide initial temperature estimates. These estimates are optional values that help the HYSYS
algorithm converge to a solution. The better your estimates, the quicker HYSYS converges.
1 In the Optional Top Stage Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature of the top stage of the column.
2 In the Optional Bottom Stage Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature of the bottom stage of the column.
Tips
· Click the Done button to accept the entries made in the input expert and proceed to the Liquid-Liquid Extractor
property view.
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Pressure Profiles page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Reboiled Absorber input expert connections page

This is the first page in the Reboiled Absorber input expert.

1 In the Column Name field, specify a name for the Reboiled Absorber.
2 In the # Stages field, specify the number of stages (or trays) in the column.
3 In the Top Stg. Reflux group, click either the Liquid Inlet or Pump-around radio button.
· If you click the Liquid Inlet radio button either type in the name of the stream in the Top Stage Inlet drop-
down list or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from the Top Stage Inlet drop-down list.
· If you click the Pump-around radio button select the stage you want to draw the pump-around stream from
the PA Draw Stage drop-down list.
4 In the Ovhd Vapour Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
5 In the Reboiler Energy Stream drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
6 In the Bottoms Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
At this point you can click on the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page or you can specify any extra inlet
streams or draws streams you may require for your Reboiled Absorber.
7 In the Optional Inlet Streams list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list,
either select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream.
Repeat this step if you have multiple feed streams.
8 For each optional inlet stream, select the stage the stream is entering column from the Inlet Stage drop-down list.
9 In the Optional Side Draws list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 199 of 647

select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this
step if you have multiple side draw streams.
1 0 For each optional side draw stream, select the type of draw stream from the Type drop-down list and select the
stage the stream is leaving the column from the Draw Stage drop-down list.
1 1 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page.
Tips
• The radio buttons in the Stage Numbering group are used to specify the way the column is numbered.
o Click the Top Down radio button to set the top stage as stage 1 and the
bottom stage as stage N.
o Click the Bottom Up radio button to set the bottom stage as stage 1 and the
top stage as stage N.
o Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries
made.

Reboiled Absorber input expert pressure profile page

This is the second page in the Reboiled Absorber input expert.

1 In the Top Stage Pressure field, specify the pressure of the overhead vapor stream.
2 In the Reboiler Pressure field, specify the pressure of the Reboiler energy stream.
3 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Estimates page.
Tips
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Reboiled Absorber input expert estimates page

This is the third page in the Reboiled Absorber input expert.

On this page you can provide initial temperature estimates. These estimates are optional values that help the HYSYS
algorithm converge to a solution. The better your estimates, the quicker HYSYS converges.
1 In the Optional Top Stage Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature of the top stage of the column.
2 In the Optional Reboiler Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature of the Reboiler energy stream.
Tips
· Click the Next >Reboiled_Absorber_input_expert_specifications_page button to proceed to the Specifications
page.
· Click the < PrevReboiled_Absorber_input_expert_pressure_profiles_page button to return to the Pressure Profiles
page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Reboiled Absorber input expert specifications page

This is the fourth page in the Reboiled Absorber input expert.

This page suggests possible specifications that can be set for the column. These specifications are optional and not
exhaustive. (See the Specs page of the Design tab for more information regarding column specifications.)
To add the boilup ratio specification to the Reboiled Absorber specify a value in the Boil-up Ratio field.
Tips
· Click the Done button to accept the entries made in the input expert and proceed to the Reboiled Absorber

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 200 of 647

property view.
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Estimates page.
· Click the Side Ops > button to access the Side Operations Input Expert.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Refluxed Absorber input expert connections page

This is the first page in the Refluxed Absorber input expert.

1 In the Column Name field, specify a name for the Reboiled Absorber.
2 In the # Stages field, specify the number of stages (or trays) in the column.
3 In the Condenser Energy Stream drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
4 In the Bottom Stage Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
5 In the Condenser group, click one of the following radio buttons: Total, Partial, or Full Rflx.
· If you click the Total radio button either type in the name of the stream in the Ovhd Liquid Outlet field or if
you have pre-defined your stream select it from the Ovhd Liquid Outlet drop-down list.
· If you click the Partial radio button either type in the name of the streams in both Ovhd Outlets fields or if
you have pre-defined your streams select them from the Ovhd Outlets drop-down lists.
· If you click the Full Rflx radio button either type in the name of the stream in the Ovhd Vapour Outlet field
or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from the Ovhd Vapour Outlet drop-down list.
6 The Water Draw checkbox appears when either the Total or Partial radio button is selected. Activate this checkbox to
add a water draw to your condenser. In the corresponding drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if
you have pre-defined your stream select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Bottoms Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
At this point you can click on the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page or you can specify any extra inlet
streams or draws streams you may require for your Reboiled Absorber.
8 In the Optional Inlet Streams list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list,
either select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream.
Repeat this step if you have multiple feed streams.
9 For each optional inlet stream, select the stage the stream is entering column from the Inlet Stage drop-down list.
1 0 In the Optional Side Draws list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple side draw streams.
1 1 For each optional side draw stream, select the type of draw stream from the Type drop-down list and select the
stage the stream is leaving the column from the Draw Stage drop-down list.
1 2 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Pressure Profile page.
Tips
• The radio buttons in the Stage Numbering group are used to specify the way the column is numbered.
o Click the Top Down radio button to set the top stage as stage 1 and the
bottom stage as stage N.
o Click the Bottom Up radio button to set the bottom stage as stage 1 and the
top stage as stage N.
o Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries
made.

Refluxed Absorber input expert pressure profile page

This is the second page in the Refluxed Absorber input expert.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 201 of 647

1 In the Condenser Pressure field, specify the pressure at the condenser.

2 In the Condenser Pressure drop field, specify the pressure drop across the condenser.
3 In the Bottom Stage Pressure field, specify the pressure of the bottom stage of the column.
4 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Estimates page.
Tips
· Click the < PrevRefluxed_Absorber_input_expert_connections_page button to return to the Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Refluxed Absorber input expert estimates page

This is the third page in the Refluxed Absorber input expert.

On this page you can provide initial temperature estimates. These estimates are optional values that help the HYSYS
algorithm converge to a solution. The better your estimates, the quicker HYSYS converges.
1 In the Optional Condenser Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature at the condenser.
2 In the Optional Top Stage Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature of the top stage of the column.
3 In the Optional Bottom Stage Temperature Estimate field, specify the temperature of the bottom stage of the column.
Tips
· Click the Next > button to proceed to the Specifications page.
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Pressure Profiles page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Refluxed Absorber input expert specifications page

This is the fourth page in the Refluxed Absorber input expert.

This page suggests possible specifications that can be set for the column. These specifications are optional and not
exhaustive. Refer to the Specs page of the Design tab for more information regarding column specifications.
1 To add the reflux ratio specification, specify a value in the Reflux Ratio field.
2 To add the liquid draw rate specification, specify a value in the Liquid Rate field. Available when a total and partial
condenser is modeled.
3 To add the vapor draw rate specification, specify a value in the Vapour Rate field. Available when a full reflux and
partial condenser is modeled.
Tips
· The Flow Basis drop-down list allows you to specify the basis for the reflux ratio, liquid rate and vapor rate
specifications. You are given the following options: Molar, Mass and Volume.
· Click the Done button to accept the entries made in the input expert and proceed to the Refluxed Absorber
property view.
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Estimates page.
· Click the Side Ops > button to access the Side Operations Input Expert.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Three Phase Distillation configuration page

This is the first page in the Three Phase Distillation input expert.
1 Click one of the following radio buttons to specify the type of column you want to model: Distillation, Refluxed
Absorber, Reboiled Absorber, or Absorber.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 202 of 647

2 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Liquid Phase Check page.
Tip: Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Three Phase Distillation liquid phase check page

This is the second page in the Three Phase Distillation input expert.
1 In the Column Name field, specify a name for the column.
2 In the # Stages field, specify the number of stages (or trays) in the column.
3 In the Two Liquid Phase Check group, activate the Check checkboxes for the stages that you want to check for two
liquid phases.
Tips
· The radio buttons in the Stage Numbering group are used to specify the way the column is numbered.
o Click the Top Down radio button to set the top stage as stage 1 and the
bottom stage as stage N.
o Click the Bottom Up radio button to set the bottom stage as stage 1 and the
top stage as stage N.
· Click the Check All button to activate all of the Check checkboxes.
· Click the Check Selected button to activate the selected Check checkbox.
· Click the Clear All button to deactivate all of the checkboxes.
· Click the Clear Selected button to deactivate the selected Check checkbox.
· Click the Next > button to proceed to the Three Phase Condenser Setup page. (This page is only available if the
column model has a condenser.)
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Three Phase Distillation condenser setup page

This is the third page in the Three Phase Distillation input expert. This page is only available if the column model has a
condenser.
1 In the Condenser Energy Stream drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
There are a number of ways that you can model the column’s condenser.
2 The Condenser Type group enables you to model the following condenser types: Total, Partial, or Full Reflux.
· If you click the Total radio button there is no vapor product stream. Refer to step 3 for configuring the
outlet streams.
· If you click the Partial radio button, the condenser has both a vapor stream and a liquid stream leaving it.
To define the vapor stream either type in the name of the stream in the Vapour Outlet field or if you have pre-
defined your stream, select it from the Vapour Outlets drop-down list. To define the liquid streams refer to step 3.
· If you click the Full Reflux radio button there is no liquid product streams. To define the vapor stream either
type in the name of the stream in the Vapour Outlet field or if you have pre-defined your stream, select it from the
Vapour Outlet drop-down list. The Outlet Streams group is hidden when this radio button is selected.
3 The Outlet Streams group enables you to model the following outlet stream configurations: Light, Heavy or Both.
· If you click the Light radio button either type in the name of the light liquid stream in the Light Outlet field or if
you have pre-defined your stream, select it from the Light Outlet drop-down list. You cannot select this radio button if
the Light radio button in the Reflux Streams group is selected.
· If you click the Heavy radio button either type in the name of the heavy liquid stream in the Heavy Outlet field
or if you have pre-defined your stream, select it from the Heavy Outlet drop-down list. You cannot select this radio
button if the Heavy radio button in the Reflux Streams group is selected.
· If you click the Both radio button either type in the name of the light and heavy liquid streams in the Light
Outlet and Heavy Outlet fields or if you have pre-defined your streams, select them from the Light Outlet and Heavy

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 203 of 647

Outlet drop-down lists.

4 The Reflux Streams group enables you to model the following reflux stream configurations: Light, Heavy or Both.
· If you click the Light radio button either type in the name of the light reflux stream in the Light Reflux field or if
you have pre-defined your stream, select it from the Light Reflux drop-down list. HYSYS provides a default stream
name for you. You cannot select this radio button if the Light radio button in the Outlet Streams group is selected.
· If you click the Heavy radio button either type in the name of the heavy reflux stream in the Heavy Reflux field
or if you have pre-defined your stream, select it from the Heavy Reflux drop-down list. HYSYS provides a default
stream name for you. You cannot select this radio button if the Heavy radio button in the Outlet Streams group is
selected.
· If you click the Both radio button either type in the name of the light and heavy reflux streams in the Light
Reflux and Heavy Reflux fields or if you have pre-defined your streams, select them from the Light Reflux and Heavy
Reflux drop-down lists. HYSYS provides default stream names for you.
5 Once you have specified all of the condenser streams click the Next > button to proceed to the Condenser Specs
page.
Tips
· Click the < Prev button to go back to the Liquid Phase Check page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Three Phase Distillation condenser specifications page

This is the fourth page in the Three Phase Distillation input expert. This page is only available if the column model has a
condenser.
This page suggests possible specifications that can be set for the column. These specifications are optional and not
exhaustive (see the Specs page of the Design tab for more information regarding column specifications). The specifications
displayed on this page are dependent on the condenser configuration.
1 To add the condenser vapor rate specification, specify a value in the Vapour Rate to Condenser field.
2 To add the light liquid reflux rate specification, specify a value in the Light Reflux Rate field.
3 To add the heavy liquid reflux rate specification, specify a value in the Heavy Reflux Rate field.
4 To add the vapor draw rate specification, specify a value in the Vapour Rate field.
5 To add the light liquid draw rate specification, specify a value in the Light Liquid Rate field.
6 To add the heavy liquid draw rate specification, specify a value in the Heavy Liquid Rate field.
7 To add the light reflux fraction specification, specify a value in the Light Reflux Fraction field.
8 To add the heavy reflux fraction specification, specify a value in the Heavy Reflux Fraction field.
Tips
· The Flow Basis drop-down list allows you to specify the basis for the flow specifications. You are given the
following options: Molar, Mass and Volume.
· Click the Next > button to proceed to the Connections page of the selected column’s Input Expert property view.
· Click the < Prev button to return to the Three Phase Condenser Setup page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Note: The Degrees of Freedom field displays the number of degrees of freedom on the column. To help reach the desired
solution, unknown parameters can be manipulated in the attached streams. Each parameter specification reduces the
degrees of freedom by one. The number of constraints must equal the number of unknown variables. When this is the
case, the degrees of freedom equals zero, and a solution can be calculated.

Side Operations Input Expert

The Side Operations Input Expert guides you through the installation of column Side equipment such as pump-arounds,
side strippers, and side rectifiers.
Clicking the Side Ops > button on the last page of the Absorber, Reboiled Absorber, Refluxed Absorber and Distillation

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 204 of 647

input experts accesses Side Operations Input Expert property view.

It is not necessary to use the Side Operations Input Experts to install a side operation. If you do not use the Side Operation
Input Expert, you can install column side equipment from the Side Ops tab in the columns property view.
The Side Operations Input Expert provides templates for following operations:
· Reboiled Side Stripper
· Steam Stripped Side Stripper
· Side Rectifier
· Pump-Around
· Vapour Bypass

Pump-Around Connections Page

This is the fourth page in the Side Operations Input Expert. You must proceed through the Reboiled Side Stripper
Connections page, the Steam Stripped Side Stripper Connections page, and the Side Rectifier Connections page to access
this page.
1 Click the Add Pump-Around button.
2 In the Name field specify a name for the Pump-Around.
3 In the Return Stage drop-down list select the stage you are returning the stream to. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.
4 In the Draw Stage drop-down list select the stage you are drawing the stream from. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.
5 Click the Install button. The Pump-Around appears in the Pump-Arounds group.
6 Click the Add Pump-Around button to add another Pump-Around or click the Next > button to proceed to the Vapour
Bypass Connections page.
Tips
· Click the Clear button, before the Pump-Around is installed, to delete the current Pump-Around from the column.
· Click the Prev > button to return to the Side Rectifier Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Note: The Pump-Arounds group displays all of the Pump-Arounds attached to the column. For each Pump-Around listed
you can modify the draw stage and the return stage.

Pump-Around Specifications Page

This page only appears when one or more Pump-Arounds have been added to the column. You must proceed through the
following pages to access this page:
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass connection
pages
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper and Side Rectifier specifications pages (not all of the
specification pages may be available)
Perform the following steps for each Pump-Around listed in the Pump-Around Specs group. These specifications are
optional.
1 From the Flow Basis drop-down list, select the flow basis for the draw stream. You are given the following options:
Molar, Mass, Volume and Std Volume.
2 In the Draw Spec field specify the rate that material is drawn from the column.
3 From the 2nd Spec Type drop-down list, select the type specification you want to use for the remaining degree of
freedom. You are given the following options: Temperature Difference, Return Temperature, Duty, and Return
Vapour Fraction.
4 In the 2nd Spec Value field specify a value for the selected specification.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 205 of 647

5 Click the Next > button to proceed to the next side operation’s specification page.
Tips
· Click the Prev > button to return to the next available side operation’s specification page or the Vapour Bypass
Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Pump-Around Pressure Specifications Page

This page only appears when one or more Pump-Arounds have been added to the column. You must proceed through the
following pages to access this page:
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass connection
pages
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass specifications
pages (not all of the specification pages may be available)
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper and Side Rectifier pressure specification pages (not all of the
specification pages may be available).
Perform the following steps for each Pump-Around listed in the Pump-Around Pressure Specs group.
1 In the Cooler dP field specify the pressure drop across the cooler.
2 Click the Done button to close the Side Operations Input Expert property view and access the Column property view.
Tips
· Click the Prev > button to return to the next available side operation’s specification page!AL("Side operations
input expert specifications",0,`',`') or the next available side operation’s pressure specifications page!AL("Side
operations input expert pressure specifications",0,`',`').
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Reboiled Side Stripper Connections Page

This is the first page in the Side Operations Input Expert.

1 Click the Add Side Stripper button.
2 In the Name field specify a name for the Side Stripper.
3 In the k= field specify the number of stages (or trays) in the Side Stripper.
4 In the Return Stage drop-down list select the stage you are returning the stream to. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.
5 In the Draw Stage drop-down list select the stage you are drawing the stream from. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.
6 In the Draw Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 Click the Install button. The Side Stripper appears in the Reboiled Side Strippers group.
8 You can then click the Add Side Stripper button to add another Side Stripper or click the Next > button to proceed to
the Steam Stripped Side Stripper Connections page.
Tips
· Click the Clear button, before the Side Stripper is installed, to delete the current Side Stripper from the column.
· Click the Return > button to return to the Column Input Expert property view.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Note: The Reboiled Side Strippers group displays all of the Reboiled Side Strippers attached to the column. For each Side
Stripper listed you can modify the number of stages, the draw stage, and the return stage.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 206 of 647

Reboiled Side Stripper Specifications Page

This page only appears when one or more Reboiled Side Strippers have been added to the column. You must proceed
through the Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass
connection pages to access this page.
Perform the following steps for each Reboiled Side Stripper listed in the Reboiled Side Stripper Specs group. These
specifications are optional.
1 From the Flow Basis drop-down list, select the flow basis for the draw stream. You are given the following options:
Molar, Mass, Volume and Std Volume.
2 In the Draw Spec field specify the rate that material is drawn from the column.
3 From the 2nd Spec Type drop-down list, select the type specification you want to use for the remaining degree of
freedom. You are given the following options: Boilup and Duty.
4 In the 2nd Spec Value field specify either the boilup rate in the reboiler of the duty of the reboiler.
5 Click the Next > button to proceed to the next side operation’s specification page.
Tips
· Click the Prev > button to return to the Vapour Bypass Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Reboiled Side Stripper Pressure Specifications Page

This page only appears when one or more Reboiled Side Strippers have been added to the column. You must proceed
through the following pages to access this page:
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass connection
pages
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass specifications
pages (not all of the specification pages may be available)
Perform the following steps for each Reboiled Side Stripper listed in the Reboiled Side Stripper Pressure Specs group.
1 In the Top Stg. Pressure field specify the pressure at the top stage of the side stripper.
2 In the Reb. dP field specify the pressure drop across the reboiler.
3 Click the Next > button to proceed to the next side operation’s pressure specification page or click the Done button to
close the Side Operations Input Expert property view and access the Column property view.
Tips
· Click the Prev > button to return to the next available side operation’s specification page or the next available
side operation’s pressure specifications page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Side Rectifier Connections Page

This is the third page in the Side Operations Input Expert. You must proceed through the Reboiled Side Stripper
Connections page and the Steam Stripped Side Stripper Connections page to access this page.
1 Click the Add Side Rectifier button.
2 In the Name field specify a name for the Side Rectifier.
3 In the k= field specify the number of stages (or trays) in the Side Rectifier.
4 In the Draw Stage drop-down list select the stage you are drawing the stream from. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.
5 In the Return Stage drop-down list select the stage you are returning the stream to. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 207 of 647

6 In the Vapour Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Liquid Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
8 Click the Install button. The Side Rectifier appears in the Side Rectifiers group.
9 You can then click the Add Side Rectifier button to add another Side Rectifier or click the Next > button to proceed to
the Pump-Around Connections page.
Tips
· Click the Clear button, before the Side Rectifier is installed, to delete the current Side Rectifier from the column.
· Click the Prev > button to return to the Steam Stripped Side Stripper Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Note: The Side Rectifiers group displays all of the Side Rectifiers attached to the column. For each Side Rectifier listed
you can modify the number of stages, the draw stage, and the return stage.

Side Rectifier Specifications Page

This page only appears when one or more Side Rectifiers have been added to the column. You must proceed through the
following pages to access this page:
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass connection
pages
· Reboiled Side Stripper and Steam Stripped Side Stripper specifications pages (not all of the specification pages may
be available)
Perform the following steps for each Side Rectifier listed in the Side Rectifier Specs group. These specifications are optional.
1 From each of the Flow Basis drop-down lists, select the flow basis for the vapor outlet and liquid outlet streams. You
are given the following options: Molar, Mass, Volume and Std Volume.
2 In the Vap. Rate field specify the flow rate of the outlet vapor stream.
3 In the Liq. Rate field specify the flow rate of the outlet liquid stream.
4 In the Ref. Ration field specify the reflux ratio.
5 Click the Next > button to proceed to the next side operation’s specification page.
Tips
· Click the Prev > button to return to the next available side operation’s specification page or the Vapour Bypass
Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Side Rectifier Pressure Specifications Page

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 208 of 647

3 Click the Next > button to proceed to the next side operation’s pressure specification page or click the Done button to
close the Side Operations Input Expert property view and access the Column property view.
Tips
· Click the Prev > button to return to the next available side operation’s specification page or the next available
side operation’s pressure specifications page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Steam Stripped Side Stripper Connections Page

This is the second page in the Side Operations Input Expert. You must proceed through the Reboiled Side Stripper
Connections page to access this page.
1 Click the Add Side Stripper button.
2 In the Name field specify a name for the Side Stripper.
3 In the k= field specify the number of stages (or trays) in the Side Stripper.
4 In the Return Stage drop-down list select the stage you are returning the stream to. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.
5 In the Draw Stage drop-down list select the stage you are drawing the stream from. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.
6 In the Stream Feed drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Draw Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
8 Click the Install button. The Side Stripper appears in the Steam Stripped Side Strippers group.
9 You can then click the Add Side Stripper button to add another Side Stripper or click the Next > button to proceed to
the Side Rectifier Connections page.
Tips
· Click the Clear button, before the Side Stripper is installed, to delete the current Side Stripper from the column.
· Click the Prev > button to return to the Reboiled Side Stripper Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Note: The Steam Stripped Side Strippers group displays all of the Steam Stripped Side Strippers attached to the column.
For each Side Stripper listed you can modify the number of stages, the draw stage, and the return stage.

Steam Stripped Side Stripper Specifications Page

This page only appears when one or more Steam Stripped Side Strippers have been added to the column. You must
proceed through the following pages to access this page:
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass connection
pages
· Reboiled Side Stripper specifications page (if available)
Perform the following steps for each Steam Stripped Side Stripper listed in the Steam Stripped Side Stripper Specs group.
These specifications are optional.
1 From the Flow Basis drop-down list, select the flow basis for the draw stream. You are given the following options:
Molar, Mass, Volume and Std Volume.
2 In the Draw Spec field specify the rate that material is drawn from the column.
3 Click the Next > button to proceed to the next side operation’s specification page.
Tips
· Click the Prev > button to return to the Reboiled Side Stripper Specifications page (if available) or the Vapour

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 209 of 647

Bypass Connections page.

· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Steam Stripped Side Stripper Pressure Specifications Page

This page only appears when one or more Steam Stripped Side Strippers have been added to the column. You must
proceed through the following pages to access this page:
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass connection
pages
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass specifications
pages (not all of the specification pages may be available)
· Reboiled Side Stripper pressure specification page (if available).
Perform the following steps for each Steam Stripped Side Stripper listed in the Steam Stripped Side Stripper Pressure Specs
group.
1 In the Top Stg. Pressure field specify the pressure at the top stage of the side stripper.
2 Click the Next > button to proceed to the next side operation’s pressure specification page or click the Done button to
close the Side Operations Input Expert property view and access the Column property view.
Tips
· Click the Prev > button to return to the next available side operation’s specification page or the next available side
operation’s pressure specifications page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Vapour Bypass Connections Page

This is the fifth page in the Side Operations Input Expert. You must proceed through the Reboiled Side Stripper Connections
page, the Steam Stripped Side Stripper Connections page, the Side Rectifier Connections page, and the Pump-Around
Connections page to access this page.
1 Click the Add Vapour Bypass button.
2 In the Name field specify a name for the Vapour Bypass.
3 In the Return Stage drop-down list select the stage you are returning the stream to. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.
4 In the Draw Stage drop-down list select the stage you are drawing the stream from. This stage can be located in the
column, a side stripper, or a side rectifier.
5 Click the Install button. The Vapour Bypass appears in the Vapour Bypasses group.
6 You can then click the Add Vapour Bypass button to add another Vapour Bypass or click the Next > button to proceed
to the side operation’s specification pages.
The page that appears next depends on the side operations that have been added to the column. If no side operations
have been added, then the Column property view appears.
Tips
· Click the Clear button, before the Vapour Bypass is installed, to delete the current Vapour Bypass from the
column.
· Click the Prev > button to return to the Pump-Around Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Note: The Vapour Bypasses group displays all of the Vapour Bypasses attached to the column. For each Vapour Bypass
listed you can modify the draw stage and the return stage.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 210 of 647

Vapour Bypass Specifications Page

This page only appears when one or more Vapour Bypasses have been added to the column. You must proceed through
the following pages to access this page:
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier, Pump-Around and Vapour Bypass connection
pages
· Reboiled Side Stripper, Steam Stripped Side Stripper, Side Rectifier and Pump-Around specifications pages (not all of
the specification pages may be available)
Perform the following steps for each Vapour Bypass listed in the Vapour Bypass Specs group. These specifications are
optional.
1 From the Flow Basis drop-down list, select the flow basis for the draw stream. You are given the following options:
Molar, Mass, Volume and Std Volume.
2 In the VBP Rate field specify the rate that material is drawn from the column.
3 Click the Next > button to proceed to the next side operation’s pressure specification page.
Tips
· Click the Prev > button to return to the next available side operation’s specification page or the Vapour Bypass
Connections page.
· Click the Cancel button to close the input expert without accepting any entries made.

Column

Multi-stage fractionation towers, such as crude and vacuum distillation units, reboiled demethanizers, and extractive
distillation columns, are the most complex unit operations that HYSYS simulates. Depending on the system being simulated,
each of these towers consists of a series of equilibrium or non-equilibrium flash stages. The vapor leaving each stage flows
to the stage above and the liquid from the stage flows to the stage below. A stage can have one or more feed streams
flowing onto it, liquid or vapor products withdrawn from it, and can be heated or cooled with a side exchanger.
More complex towers can have pump-arounds, which withdraw liquid from one stage of the tower and return it to a stage
farther up the column. Small auxiliary towers, called side strippers, can be used on some towers to help purify side liquid
products. With the exception of Crude distillation towers, very few columns have all of these items, but virtually any type of
column can be simulated with the appropriate combination of features.
It is important to note that the Column operation by itself is capable of handling all the different fractionation applications.
HYSYS has the capability to run cryogenic towers, high pressure TEG absorption systems, sour water strippers, lean oil
absorbers, complex crude towers, highly non-ideal azeotropic distillation columns, and so forth. There are no programmed
limits for the number of components and stages. The size of the column that you can solve depends on your hardware
configuration and the amount of computer memory you have available.
A Column Template is a pre-constructed configuration or "blueprint" of a common type of Column, including Absorbers,
Reboiled and Refluxed Absorbers, Distillation Towers, and Crude Columns. A Column Template contains the unit operations
and streams that are necessary for defining the particular column type, as well as a default set of specifications.
See Also
Add a Column
View Column properties
Delete a Column
Enter the Column Environment
Run the Column
Add a custom Column

Add a Distillation Column

There are two ways that you can add a Distillation Column to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 211 of 647

2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.

3 From the list of available unit operations select the Distillation model.
4 Click the Add button. The Distillation Column Input Expert property view appears. When you have worked through all
the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the Distillation property view
appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Distillation Column icon . The Distillation Column Input Expert property view appears.
When you have worked through all the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the
Distillation property view appears.
Tip: Select the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Notes
· It is not necessary to use the Input Experts to install a column. You can disable the use of Input Experts by
clearing the Use Input Experts checkbox on the Options page in the Simulation tab of the Session Preferences
property view. If the Input Expert option is not active, the Column property view appears when you install a new
column.
· If the Update Outlets checkbox is clear then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the internal
streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring a Distillation Column
Specifying Distillation Column parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying rating data
Viewing Stream properties
Viewing Distillation Column performance
Managing Column flowsheet properties
Specifying Column reactions
Specifying dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

Add a Refluxed Absorber Column

There are two ways that you can add a Refluxed Absorber to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Refluxed Absorber model.
4 Click the Add button. The Refluxed Absorber Input Expert property view appears. When you have worked through all
the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the Refluxed Absorber property view
appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Refluxed Absorber icon .

The Refluxed Absorber Input Expert property view appears. When you have worked through all the pages and have
supplied the basic information required to build your column the Refluxed Absorber property view appears.
Tip: Select the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Notes
· It is not necessary to use the Input Experts to install a column. You can disable the use of Input Experts by

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 212 of 647

clearing the Use Input Experts checkbox on the Options page in the Simulation tab of the Session Preferences property
view. If you do not use the Input Expert, the Column property view appears when you install a new column.
· If the Update Outlets checkbox is clear then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the internal
streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring a Refluxed Absorber
Specifying Refluxed Absorber parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Refluxed Absorber performance
Managing Refluxed Absorber flowsheet properties
Specifying Refluxed Absorber reactions
Specifying Refluxed Absorber dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

Add an Absorber

There are two ways that you can add an Absorber to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Absorber model.
4 Click the Add button. The Absorber Column Input Expert property view appears. When you have worked through all
the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the Absorber property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Absorber icon . The Absorber Column Input Expert property view appears. When you have
worked through all the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the Absorber
property view appears.
Tip: Select the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Notes
· It is not necessary to use the Input Experts to install a column. You can disable the use of Input Experts by
clearing the Use Input Experts checkbox on the Options page in the Simulation tab of the Session Preferences
property view. If you do not use the Input Expert, the Column property view appears when you install a new
column.
· If the Update Outlets checkbox is clear then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the internal
streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring an Absorber
Specifying Absorber parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying Absorber rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Absorber performance
Managing Absorber flowsheet properties
Specifying Absorber reactions
Specifying Absorber dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 213 of 647

Add a Reboiled Absorber

There are two ways that you can add a Reboiled Absorber to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Reboiled Absorber model.
4 Click the Add button. The Reboiled Absorber Input Expert property view appears. When you have worked through all
the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the Reboiled Absorber property view
appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Reboiled Absorber icon . The Reboiled Absorber Input Expert property view appears. When you
have worked through all the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the
Reboiled Absorber property view appears.
Tip: Select the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Notes
· It is not necessary to use the Input Experts to install a column. You can disable the use of Input Experts by
clearing the Use Input Experts checkbox on the Options page in the Simulation tab of the Session Preferences
property view. If you do not use the Input Expert, the Column property view appears when you install a new
column.
· If the Update Outlets checkbox is clear then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the internal
streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring a Reboiled Absorber
Specifying Reboiled Absorber parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying Reboiled Absorber rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Reboiled Absorber performance
Managing Reboiled Absorber flowsheet properties
Specifying Reboiled Absorber reactions
Specifying Reboiled Absorber dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

Add a Liquid-Liquid Extractor

There are two ways that you can add a Liquid-Liquid Extractor to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Liquid-Liquid Extractor model.
4 Click the Add button. The Liquid-Liquid Extractor Input Expert property view appears. When you have worked through
all the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the Liquid-Liquid Extractor
property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Liquid-Liquid Extractor icon . The Liquid-Liquid Extractor Input Expert property view appears.
When you have worked through all the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 214 of 647

the Liquid-Liquid Extractor property view appears.

Tip: Select the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Notes
· It is not necessary to use the Input Experts to install a column. You can disable the use of Input Experts by
clearing the Use Input Experts checkbox on the Options page in the Simulation tab of the Session Preferences
property view. If you do not use the Input Expert, the Column property view appears when you install a new
column.
· If the Update Outlets checkbox is clear then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the internal
streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring a Liquid-Liquid Extractor
Specifying Liquid-Liquid Extractor parameters
Specifying Liquid-Liquid Extractor rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Liquid-Liquid Extractor performance
Managing Liquid-Liquid Extractor flowsheet properties
Specifying Liquid-Liquid Extractor reactions
Specifying Liquid-Liquid Extractor dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

Add a Three Phase Distillation Column

There are two ways that you can add a Three Phase Distillation Column to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Three Phase Distillation model.
4 Click the Add button. The Three Phase Column Input Expert property view appears. When you have worked through
all the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the Three Phase Distillation
Column property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Three Phase Distillation Column icon . The Three Phase Column Input Expert property view
appears. When you have worked through all the pages and have supplied the basic information required to build your
column the Three Phase Distillation Column property view appears.
Tip: Select the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Notes
· It is not necessary to use the Input Experts to install a column. You can disable the use of Input Experts by
clearing the Use Input Experts checkbox on the Options page in the Simulation tab of the Session Preferences
property view. If you do not use the Input Expert, the Column property view appears when you install a new
column.
· If the Update Outlets checkbox is clear then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the internal
streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring a Three Phase Distillation Column
Specifying Three Phase Distillation Column parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying Three Phase Distillation Column rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Three Phase Distillation Column performance

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 215 of 647

Managing Three Phase Distillation Column flowsheet properties

Specifying Three Phase Distillation Column reactions
Specifying Three Phase Distillation Column dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

Add a FCCU Main Fractionator

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the FCCU Main Frac model.
4 Click the Add button. The FCCU Main Fractionator property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Note: If the Update Outlets checkbox is deactivated then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the
internal streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring a FCCU Main Fractionator
Specifying FCCU Main Fractionator parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying FCCU Main Fractionator rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing FCCU Main Fractionator performance
Managing FCCU Main Fractionator flowsheet properties
Specifying FCCU Main Fractionator reactions
Specifying FCCU Main Fractionator dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

Add a 3 Side Stripper Crude Column

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the 3 Stripper Crude model.
4 Click the Add button. The 3 Side Stripper Crude Column property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Note: If the Update Outlets checkbox is deactivated then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the
internal streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring a 3 Side Stripper Crude Column
Specifying 3 Side Stripper Crude Column parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying 3 Side Stripper Crude Column rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing 3 Side Stripper Crude Column performance
Managing 3 Side Stripper Crude Column flowsheet properties
Specifying 3 Side Stripper Crude Column reactions
Specifying 3 Side Stripper Crude Column dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 216 of 647

Add a 4 Side Stripper Crude Column

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the 4 Stripper Crude model.
4 Click the Add button. The 4 Side Stripper Crude Column property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Note: If the Update Outlets checkbox is deactivated then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the
internal streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring a 4 Side Stripper Crude Column
Specifying 4 Side Stripper Crude Column parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying 4 Side Stripper Crude Column rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing 4 Side Stripper Crude Column performance
Managing 4 Side Stripper Crude Column flowsheet properties
Specifying 4 Side Stripper Crude Column reactions
Specifying 4 Side Stripper Crude Column dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

Add a Vacuum Resid Tower

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Prebuilt Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Vacuum Resid Tower model.
4 Click the Add button. The Vacuum Resid Tower property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.

Note: If the Update Outlets checkbox is deactivated then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the
internal streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
See Also
Configuring a Vacuum Resid Tower
Specifying Vacuum Resid Tower parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying Vacuum Resid Tower rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Vacuum Resid Tower performance
Managing Vacuum Resid Tower flowsheet properties
Specifying Vacuum Resid Tower reactions
Specifying Vacuum Resid Tower dynamic properties
Specifying Perturb parameters (only available in the Column environment)

View Column properties

From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Column’s properties.
Tips

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 217 of 647

· If the Update Outlets checkbox is clear then each time you solve the column HYSYS will only solve the internal
streams (in other words, the values will not propagate outside the column). This lets you play with the column
without having to wait for the rest of the downstream operations to solve.
•
See Also
Configuring a Column
Specifying Column parameters
Configuring side operations
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Column performance
Managing Column flowsheet properties
Specifying Column reactions
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Column

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Column by clicking on the Column icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Run the Column

Once you are satisfied with the configuration of your Column subflowsheet and you have supplied all necessary input, the
next step is to run the Column solution algorithm.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Run button. The iterative calculations necessary to simulate the column described by the input begin. On the
Monitor page of the Column property view, a summary showing the iteration number, equilibrium error, and the heat
and specification errors appear. Detailed messages showing the convergence status are shown in the Trace Window.
Tips
· When the Column is solving, the Run and Reset buttons are replaced by a Stop button that, when clicked,
terminates the convergence procedure. The Run button can then be clicked again to continue from the same
location.
· Click the Reset button to clear the current Column solution and any estimates appearing on the Estimates page. If
you make major changes after getting a converged Column, it is a good idea to reset the Column to clear the
previous solution. This allows the Column solver to start fresh. If you make only minor changes to the Column, try
clicking the Run button before resetting.

Notes
· When the simulation is running, the status line at the bottom of the screen first tracks the calculation of the initial
properties used to generate the simple models. Then the determination of a Jacobian matrix appears, which is
used in the solution of the inner loop. Next, the status line reports the inner loop errors and the relative size of the
step taken on each of the inner loop iterations. Finally, the rigorous thermodynamics is again calculated and the
resulting equilibrium, heat, and spec errors reported. The calculation of the inner loop and the outer loop
properties continues until convergence is achieved, or you determine that the column cannot converge and click
Stop to terminate the calculation.
· Any estimates that appear in the Profiles and Estimates pages are used as initial guesses for the convergence
algorithm. If no estimates are present, HYSYS begins the convergence procedure by generating initial estimates.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 218 of 647

Enter the Column Environment

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
Tip: Click the Parent Environment button in the Column Runner property view or the Enter Parent Simulation Environment

icon in the toolbar to return to the Column’s parent environment.

Notes
· Having a Column subflowsheet provides a number of advantages: isolation of Column Solver, optional use of
different Property Packages, construction of custom templates and the ability to solve multiple towers
simultaneously.
· Unlike other unit operations, the Column contains its own subflowsheet, which in turn, is contained in the Parent
(usually the main) flowsheet. When you are working in the parent flowsheet, the Column appears just as any other
unit operation, with multiple input and output streams, and various adjustable parameters. If changes are made to
any of these basic column parameters, both the Column subflowsheet and parent flowsheet are recalculated.
· When you install a Column, HYSYS creates a subflowsheet containing all operations and streams associated with
the template you have chosen. The subflowsheet operates as a unit operation in the main flowsheet.

Specify Column Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
Note: The Connections page appears different depending on the column template you are using and whether any side
operations are attached to the column.
See Also
Specifying Distillation Column connections
Specifying Absorber connections
Specifying Reboiled Absorber connections
Specifying Refluxed Absorber connections
Specifying Liquid-Liquid Extractor connections
Specifying Three Phase Distillation Column connections
Specifying column connections when side operations are present
Specifying Column connection in the Column's subflowsheet

Monitor Column Convergence and Profiles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Monitor page.
4 Click the Input Summary button to display the Column’s input summary in the Trace Window.
The summary lists vital tower information including the number of trays, the attached fluid package, the attached streams,
and Column specifications.
Tip: Click the Input Summary button after you make a change to any of the column parameters to view an updated input
summary.
5 Click the View Initial Estimates button to view the initial temperature and flow estimates for the column on the
Summary page of the Performance tab. Perform one iteration using the current column configuration generates these
estimates. If a specification for flow or temperature has been provided, it is honored in the displayed estimates.
6 Click the View button to open the selected specification's property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 219 of 647

7 Click the Add Spec button to access the Add Specs property view.
This property view lists all of the available Column specifications that you can add to the column. From the list select the
Column specification(s) you want to add. To select more than one specification at a time, hold down the CTRL key,
and then click each specification you want to select. Clicking the Add Spec(s) button adds all of the selected
specifications to the Column.
8 Click the Group Active button to group all active specifications together at the top of the specifications list.
9 Click the Update Inactive button to update the specified value of each inactive specification with its current value.
Tips
· Each specification, along with its specified value, current value, weighted error, and status is shown in the
Specifications group. You can change a specified value by typing directly in the Specified Value field associated
with the specification you want to modify.
· Specified values can also be viewed and changed on the Specs and Specs Summary pages. Any changes made in
one location are reflected across all locations.
· The Active, Estimate and Current checkboxes enable you to specify the status of the specification.
· To disregard the value of a specification entirely during convergence, deactivate both the Active and Estimate
checkboxes. By ignoring a specification rather than deleting it, you are always able to use it later if required. The
current value appears for each specification, regardless of its status. An Inactive specification is therefore ideal
when you want to monitor a key variable without including it as an estimate or specification.
· During the column calculations, a column profile appears in the Profile group.
· Select the Temp, Press, or Flows radio button to display the desired variable versus tray number profile. Right-
click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

Notes
· The table located beneath the Optional Checks group displays the iteration number, step size, and Equilibrium
and Heat/Spec errors while the column is solving.
· The Degrees of Freedom field displays the number of degrees of freedom on the Column. To help reach the
desired solution, unknown parameters can be manipulated in the attached streams. Each parameter specification
reduces the degrees of freedom by one. The number of constraints must equal the number of unknown variables.
When this is the case, the degrees of freedom equals zero, and a solution is calculated.

Manage the Specifications in the Column

Specifications are the values that the Column convergence algorithm is trying to meet. The number of specifications you
have for your Column depends on the number of degrees of freedom the Column has. Each parameter specification
reduces the degrees of freedom by one. The number of constraints must equal the number of unknown variables. When
this is the case, the degrees of freedom equals zero, and a solution is calculated.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
Notes
· Click the Add Spec button to access the Add Specs property view.
· This property view lists all of the available Column specifications that you can add to the column. From the list
select the Column specification(s) you want to add. To select more than one specification at a time, hold down the
CTRL key, and then click each specification you want to select. Clicking the Add Spec(s) button adds all of the
selected specifications to the Column.
· Click the View button to open the selected Column Specification's property view.
· Click the Delete button to delete the selected Column specification from the Column. HYSYS will not prompt for
confirmation when deleting a specification, so be careful when you are using this command.
· The Specification Details group displays some details of the specification selected from the list of available
specifications.
· Click the Update Specs from Dynamics button to replace the Specified Value of each specification with the Current
Value (lined out value) obtained from dynamics mode.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 220 of 647

· The Degrees of Freedom field displays the number of degrees of freedom on the Column. To help reach the
desired solution, unknown parameters can be manipulated in the attached streams. Each parameter specification
reduces the degrees of freedom by one. The number of constraints must equal the number of unknown variables.
When this is the case, the degrees of freedom equals zero, and a solution is calculated.
· The Switch To Alternative Specs button is only available when a Column that has converged on its alternate
specifications. Click this button to make the converged set of specifications (that include alternate ones) into the
current active set of specifications (changing them to primary specs).

View the Column Specification Summary

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Specs Summary page.
Tips
· Double-click in any field in the table to open the Specification property view for the corresponding specification.
· The Specs Summary page lists all Column specifications available. This specification information is shared with the
Monitor and Specs pages. Altering information in one location automatically updates across all other locations.
· The Specified Value column enables you to specify or edit the value to use for the specification you want to meet.
· The Active column enables you to make the specifications active by activating the checkboxes. When the
specification is active the checkboxes in the Current column are automatically activated.
· The Fixed/Range column enables you to specify whether the specification is a fixed specification or a ranged
specification.
· The Prim/Alt column enables you to specify whether the specification is a primary specification or an alternate
specification.
· The Lower and Upper columns enable you to specify a lower and upper limit for the specification.

Specify Subcooling Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Subcooling page.
4 Specify either the degrees of subcool in the Degree of Subcool field or the condenser product temperature in the
Subcool To field. Once you have specified one of the parameters HYSYS will calculate the other.
Notes
· For columns without condensers, such as absorbers, this page requires no additional information.
· This page is not available for Liquid-Liquid Extractors.

Specify Steady State Profiles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Profiles page.
4 In the Pressure column specify the pressure for each of the stages in the column. You are only required to specify a
top stage (or condenser) and bottom stage (or reboiler) pressure in order for HYSYS to solve the column, however,
the more data you can input the faster the column will solve. The remaining stage pressures are calculated by
HYSYS.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 221 of 647

5 The Temperature, Net Liquid, and Net Vapour columns are optional values that help the HYSYS algorithm converge to
a solution. You are not required to specify values in these columns to solve the column. The better your estimates,
the quicker the Column converges.
Tips
· The Molar, Mass, and Volume radio buttons in the Flow Basis group enables you to specify the basis of the Net
Liquid and Net Vapour values.
· Click the Update from Solution button to transfer the current values that HYSYS has calculated for the trays into
the appropriate cells. Estimates that have been locked (displayed in blue font) are not updated.
· Click the Clear Tray button to delete all the Temperature, Net Liquid, and Net Vapour values for selected tray.
· Click the Clear All Trays button to delete all of the Temperature, Net Liquid and Net Vapour values
· Click the Lock button to change all red font values (unlocked estimates, current values, interpolated values) to
blue font values (locked). This means that the values cannot be overwritten by current values when the Update
from Solution button is clicked.
· Click the Unlock button to change all the blue font values (locked) to red font values (unlocked). Unlocked values
are overwritten by current values when the Update from Solutions button is clicked.
· Click the Stream Estimates button to open the Column Stream Estimates property view. This property view
displays the temperature, molar flow, and enthalpy of all streams attached to the Column.

Notes
· The plot displays the pressure profile versus the tray number profile. Right-click anywhere within the plot area to
access the plot’s object inspection menu.
· Although the Profiles page is mainly used for steady state simulation, it does contain vital information for running
a column in dynamics. One of the most important aspects of running a column in dynamics is the pressure profile.
While a steady state column can run with zero pressure drop across a tray section, the dynamic column requires a
pressure drop. In dynamics, an initial pressure profile is required before the column can run. This profile can be
from the steady state model or can be added in dynamics. If a new tray section is created in dynamics mode, the
pressure profile can be obtained from the streams if not directly supplied. In either case, the closer the initial
pressure profile is to the one calculated while running in dynamics, the fewer problems you encounter.

Specify Composition Estimates

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Estimates page.
4 Click the Vap radio button in the Phase group.
5 In the Composition Estimates table specify tray by tray component composition estimates for the vapor phase. Each
composition estimate is on a mole fraction basis, so values must be between 0 and 1.
6 Click the Liq radio button in the Phase group.
7 In the Composition Estimates table specify tray by tray component composition estimates for the liquid phase. Each
composition estimate is on a mole fraction basis, so values must be between 0 and 1.
Tips
· Click the Clear Tray button to delete all compositions for the selected tray.
· Click the Clear All Trays button to delete all compositions for all trays.
· Click the Update button to transfer the current values that HYSYS calculated for tray compositions into the
appropriate cells. Estimates that have been locked (shown in blue font) cannot be updated.
· Click the Restore button to remove all HYSYS updated values from the table and replaces them with your
estimates and their corresponding interpolated values. Any cells that did not contain estimates or interpolated
values are shown as <empty>. This button reverses the effect of the Update button.
· Click the Normalize Tray button to normalize the values on a tray so that the total of the composition fractions
equals 1. HYSYS ignores <empty> cells and normalizes the compositions on a tray provided that there is at least
one cell containing a value.
· Click the Lock Estimates button to change all red font values (unlocked estimates, current values, interpolated

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 222 of 647

values) to blue font values (locked). This means that the values cannot be overwritten by current values when the
Update button is clicked.
· Click the Unlock Estimates button to change all the blue font values (locked) to red font values (unlocked).
Unlocked values are overwritten by current values when the Update button is clicked.

Notes
· Composition estimates are NOT a requirement for Column convergence.
· When you provide estimates on stages that are not adjacent to each other, HYSYS cannot interpolate values for
intermediate stages until the solution algorithm begins.

Specify Stage Efficiencies

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Efficiencies page.
You are given the option of specifying efficiencies for the overall stage or for each component in the stage.
To specify the efficiency of the overall stage:
4 Click the Overall radio button in the Efficiency Type group.
5 For each stage in the Stage Efficiencies table specify the efficiency of the stage in the appropriate field. Values must
be between 0 and 1, with 1 corresponding to 100% efficiency.
To specify the component specific efficiencies:
4 Click the Component radio button in the Efficiency Type group.
5 Specify tray by tray component efficiencies in the Component Efficiencies table. Values must be between 0 and 1, with
1 corresponding to 100% efficiency.
Tips
· You can specify multiple stage efficiencies at one time by holding down the CTRL key, and then clicking each
stage you want to select. In the Eff. Multi-Spec field specify the value you want to apply to the stages and then
click the Specify button.
· Activate the Transpose checkbox to transpose the values in the Component Efficiencies table. This checkbox is
only available when the Component radio button is selected.
· Click the Reset H2S, CO2 button to reset the H2S and CO2 efficiencies. This button is only available when the
Component radio button is selected, and the Amines Property Package is being used. Refer to the Operations
Guide for more information on this special case.

Note:
· HYSYS uses a modified Murphree stage efficiency. All values are initially set to 1.0, which is consistent with the
assumption of ideal equilibrium or theoretical stages. If this assumption is not valid for your column, you have the
option of specifying the number of actual stages and changing the efficiencies for one or more stages.
The stage efficiency used is a modified Murphree stage efficiency, the equation is as follows:

where:
E = efficiency

= total vapor molar flow leaving stage n (if the stage has a side vapor draw then the side vapor draw flow
is included)
y = vapor mole fraction

= composition of vapor in equilibrium with the tray liquid

x = liquid mole fraction
n = tray number (measured top down)

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 223 of 647

This equation applies to both component and overall tray efficiencies. If you specify an overall tray efficiency, the program
will assign each component the same efficiency.

· If the vapor flow is constant (in other words, , Constant molar overflow), then the modified efficiency
reduces to the standard Murphree stage efficiency.

Specify Solver Options

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Solver page.
4 In the Solving Options group specify values for the following parameters: Maximum Number of Iterations, Equilibrium
Error Tolerance, Heat/Spec Error Tolerance, Save Solutions as Initial Estimate, Super Critical Handling Model, Trace
Level, Initialize from Ideal K's, Two Liquids Check Based on, and Tighten Water Tolerance.
5 From the Solving Method drop-down list select one of the following methods: HYSIM Inside-Out, Modified HYSIM
Inside-Out, Newton Raphson Inside-Out, Sparse Continuation Solver, Simultaneous Correction, or OLI Solver.
6 Activate the Accelerate K value & H Model Parameters checkbox to specify the parameters for the Dominant
Eigenvalue Method (DEM) acceleration program.
When the Accelerate K value & H Model Parameters checkbox is active specify the parameters: Acceleration Mode and
Maximum Iterations Queued.
7 In the Damping group click either the Fixed or Adaptive radio button.
· If you click the Fixed radio button specify the damping factor in the Fixed Damping Factor field.
· If you click the Adaptive radio button specify the following parameters: Initial Damping Factor, Adaptive
Damping Period, and Reset Initial Damping Factor.
8 Activate the Dynamic Integration for IEG checkbox to enable the initial estimate generator (IEG). The IEG performs
iterative flash calculations (NRSolver, PV, and PH) to provide initial estimates for the temperature and composition
profiles. No user estimates are required when the Dynamic Integration for IEG checkbox is activated.
Tips
· When the Sparse Continuation Solver is selected click the Control button to access the Sparse Continuation Solver
Control Panel.
· The Azeotropic checkbox in the Damping group must be activated for an azeotropic column to converge.
· Click the Dynamic Estimates Integrator button to access the Column Dynamic Estimates property view.
· Click the Advanced Solving Options button to access the Advanced Solving Options property view.

Note: Use the acceleration option if you find that the equilibrium error is decreasing slowly during convergence. This
should help to speed up convergence. Notice that the Accelerate K value & H Model Parameters checkbox should NOT be
activated for azeotropic columns, as convergence tends to be impeded.
See Also
Solving Page

Check for Liquid Phase

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the 2/3 Phase page.
4 Activate the checkbox(s) in the Check column for each stage in the column you want to check for two liquid phases. If
a second liquid phase is calculated a calculated flow rate appears in the L2Rate column and the Detected checkbox is
activated.
5 In the 2nd Liquid Type group select either the Rigorous or Pure radio button to specify the type of calculation HYSYS
performs when checking for a second liquid phase. When the Pure radio button is selected, HYSYS checks only for
pure water as the second phase. This helps save calculation time when working with complex hydrocarbon systems.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 224 of 647

Tips
· Click the Check All button to activate all the checkboxes in the Check column.
· Click the Check Selected button to activate the selected Check checkbox.
· Click the Clear All button to deactivate all of the checkboxes in the Check column.
· Click the Clear Selected button to deactivate the selected Check checkbox.
· Click the Auto Water Draws button to access the Auto Water Draws property view.
· If the column is in Auto Water Draw mode the AWD and No AWD columns appear in the Liquid Phase Detection
table. Activate the AWD checkbox to attach an Auto Water Draw to the corresponding stage. Activate the No AWD
checkbox so that no Auto Water Draw is attached to the corresponding stage.

Notes
· Checking for liquid phases in a Three Phase Distillation tower greatly increases the solution time. Typically,
checking the top few stages only provides reasonable results.
· By default, HYSYS selects the Pure 2nd Liquid Type for all hydrocarbons and the Rigorous 2nd Liquid type for all
chemical based distillations. This default selection is based on the type of fluid package used.
· This page is not available for Liquid-Liquid Extractor.

Size Column Amine Tray Sections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Amines page.
4 Specify the following sizing information for each tray section: Weir Height, Weir Length, and Tray Diameter. The Tray
Volume is calculated from these parameters.
Note: You must be using the Amines property package to access this page.

Manage the Column Side Strippers

This page enables you to manage the Reboiled or Steam Stripped Side Strippers that are attached to the column.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Side Ops tab.
3 Click on the Side Strippers page.
Tips
· The Molar, Mass and Volume radio buttons in the Flow Basis group to specify the basis the data in the Side
Stripper Summary table is displayed in.
· If you are specifying Side Operations while in the Main simulation environment, make sure that the Solver is
Active. Otherwise, HYSYS cannot register your changes.

Notes
· The Side Stripper Summary table displays the number of stages, the liquid draw stage, the vapor return stage,
the outlet flow rate, and the reboiler duty for each side stripper. The table also enables you to modify the number
of stages, the liquid draw stage, and the vapor return stage without entering the Side Stripper property view.
· This tab option is not available in Liquid-Liquid Extractor.
See Also
Adding a Side Stripper
Viewing a Side Stripper
Deleting a Side Stripper
Using the Side Ops Input Expert

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 225 of 647

Manage the Column Pump-Arounds

This page enables you to manage the Pump-Arounds that are attached to the column.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Side Ops tab.
3 Click on the Pump Arounds page.
Tips
· Activate the Export checkbox to export the Pump-Around draw and return streams from the Column’s
subflowsheet to the Column’s parent flowsheet.
· The Molar, Mass and Volume radio buttons in the Flow Basis group to specify the basis the data in the Liquid
Pump Around Summary table is displayed in.

Notes
· The Liquid Pump Around Summary table displays the draw stage, the return stage, the flow rate, the duty, the
draw temperature and return temperature for each pump-around. The table also enables you to modify the draw
stage and the return stage without entering the Pump-Around property view.
· If you are specifying Side Operations while in the Main simulation environment, make sure that the Solver is
Active. Otherwise, HYSYS cannot register your changes.
· This tab option is not available in Liquid-Liquid Extractor.
See Also
Adding a Pump-Around
Viewing a Pump-Around
Deleting a Pump-Around
Using the Side Ops Input Expert

Manage the Column Vapour Bypasses

This page enables you to manage the Vapour Bypasses that are attached to the column.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Side Ops tab.
3 Click on the Vap Bypasses page.
Tips
· Activate the Export Stream checkbox to export the Vapour Bypass return stream from the Column’s subflowsheet
to the Column’s parent flowsheet.
· The Molar, Mass and Volume radio buttons in the Flow Basis group to specify the basis the data in the Vapour
Bypass Around Summary table is displayed in.

Notes
· The Vapour Bypass Around Summary table displays the draw stage, the return stage, and the flow rate for each
vapor bypass. The table also enables you to modify the draw stage and the return stage without entering the
Vapour Bypass’ property view.
· If you are specifying Side Operations while in the Main simulation environment, make sure that the Solver is
Active. Otherwise, HYSYS cannot register your changes.
• This tab option is not available in Liquid-Liquid Extractor.
See Also
Adding a Vapour Bypass
Viewing a Vapour Bypass
Deleting a Vapour Bypass
Using the Side Operations Input Expert

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 226 of 647

Manage the Column Side Draws

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Side Ops tab.
3 Click on the Side Draws page.
Tips
· The drop-down lists in Draw Stage column enables you to edit the stage the stream is drawn from.
· The drop-down lists in the Type column enables you to edit the type of stream drawn from the column. You are
given three options: V (vapor), L (liquid), and W (water).
· Mole Flow, Mass Flow, and Std Ideal Liquid Volume Flow columns display the calculated flow rates of the stream
for each basis when the column is solved.

Note: The Draw Stream column displays the name of the stream drawn from the Column.

Size Column Tray Sections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Tray Sections page.
4 Specify the following sizing information for each tray section: Tray Diameter and Tray/Packed Spacing. The Tray
Volume is calculated from these parameters.
5 Activate the Disable Heat Loss Calcs checkbox to ignore the effects of heat loss.
6 From the Heat Model drop-down list select one of the following models: None, Direct Q, Simple or Detailed.
7 Activate the Rating Calculations checkbox to enable rating calculations.
Tips
· Double-click the Tray Section field to open the Tray Section property view for the corresponding tray section.
· The required sizing information for the tray section can be calculated using the Tray Sizing utility.

Size Column Vessels

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Vessels page.
4 From the Orientation drop-down list select one of the following vessel orientations for each vessel in the Vessel Sizing
table: Horizontal or Vertical.
5 For each vessel in the Vessel Sizing table specify two of the following sizing parameters: Diameter, Length/Height, or
Volume.
6 Activate the Vessel has a Boot checkbox to simulate the vessel with a boot. Specify the Diameter and Length of the
boot in the appropriate fields.
Tip: Double-click the Vessel field to open the vessel’s property view.

View Column Equipment

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 227 of 647

3 Click on the Equipment page.

Tip: Double-click the equipment name to open the vessel’s property view.

Notes
· This page contains a list of all the additional equipment that is part of the column subflowsheet. The list does not
contain equipment that is part of the original template. Any extra equipment that is added to the subflowsheet (for
example, pump arounds and side strippers) is listed here.
· This page is not available in the Liquid-Liquid Extractor.

Specify the Tray Section Pressure Profile

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Pressure Drop page.
4 In the Pressure column specify the pressure for each of the stages in the column. You are only required to specify a
top stage (or condenser) and bottom stage (or reboiler) pressure in order for HYSYS to solve the column, however,
the more data you can input the faster the column will solve. The remaining stage pressures are calculated by
HYSYS.
5 In the Pressure Tolerance field specify the tolerance you want to use when calculating the pressures of each stage.
6 In the Pressure Drop Tolerance field specify the tolerance you want to use when calculating the pressure drops of
each stage.
7 In the Damping Factor field specify the damping factor.
8 In the Max Press Iterations field specify the maximum number of iterations you want the solver to try before failing.
Note: The Pressure Drop column displays the pressure drop across each tray section.

View the Feed and Product Stream Summary

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Summary page.
4 Select one of the following radio buttons to specify the data displayed in the Feeds table and Products table:
Composition, Flows, or Recovery.
5 Select one of the following radio buttons to specify the basis of the data: Molar, Mass or Liq Vol.
Notes
· The Feeds table displays the flow rate of each of the column feed streams and either the composition
(Composition radio button is active) or flow rate (Flows or Recovery radio button is active) of each of the
components in the feed streams.
· The Products table displays the flow rate of each of the column product streams and either the composition
(Composition radio button is active), flow rate (Flows radio button is active) or percent recovery (Recovery radio
button is active) of each of the components in the product streams.

View Column Profiles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Column Profiles page.
4 Click either the Flows radio button to view the flow rates within the Column or the Energy radio button to view the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 228 of 647

Heat Loss within the Column.

5 Select one of the following radio buttons in the Basis group to specify the basis of the data: Molar, Mass or Liq Vol.
Notes
· The Reflux Ratio and Reboil Ratio are displayed in the upper left corner of the page.
· If the Flows radio button is selected the table displays the Temperature, Pressure, Net Liquid Flow, Net Vapour
Flow, Net Feed Rate, and Net Draw Rates.
· If the Energy radio button is selected the table displays the Temperature, Liquid Enthalpy, Vapour Enthalpy, and
Heat Loss. The Heat Loss column is empty if no heat loss model has been selected (see the Tray Sections page on
the Rating tab).

View Column Feed and Product Stream Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Feed/Products page.
4 Click on one of the following radio buttons in the Basis group to specify the basis of the data: Molar, Mass or Liq Vol.
Notes
· The table displays the following data for each stream entering and exiting the column: name, type (energy, feed
or draw), duty (the direction of the energy stream is indicated by the sign of the duty), phase, flow rate, enthalpy
and temperature.
· If a stream is split, the stream will appear in the table twice. One entry for each phase.

View Column Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Plots page.
To view column profile results:
4 From the list of available tray by tray properties select the property you want to view.
5 Select one of the following radio buttons in the Column Tray Ranges group to specify the range of data you want to
view: All, Single Tower or From/To.
6 Click the View Graph button to view the data graphically or click the View Table button to view the data in a tabular
format.
To view assay curve results:
7 From the list of available assay curves select the assay curve you want to view.
8 Click the View Graph button to view the data graphically or click the View Table button to view the data in a tabular
format.
Tips
· Activate the Live Updates checkbox to update the profiles with every pass of the solver (in other words, a
dynamic update). Performance of the column can be a bit slower if the checkbox is active and a profile is open.
· When the Profile Plot property view is open right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object
inspection menu.
· Click the Profile Data Control button on the TBP Envelope curve property view to access the plots Data Control
property view.

Notes
· Depending on the profile selected, you can make further specifications. There is a Properties button on both the
Profile Plot and Profile Table property views. Click this button to access the Properties property view. Changes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 229 of 647

made on the Properties property view affect both the table and plot.
· For Electrolyte properties the Electrolytes group appears. From the group you can select either the True Flow or
Molecular Flow radio button. (Electrolyte properties are only available for cases modeling electrolytes)

View Column Flowsheet Setup

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Flowsheet tab.
3 Click on the Setup page.
Tip: Activate the Split All Inlets checkbox to split all of the inlet streams into their vapor and liquid phases. You can also
split individual streams by activating the checkbox in the Split column. Energy streams and material streams connected to
the top tray (condenser) cannot be split. The checkboxes for there variables appear grayed out.

Notes
· The Inlet Streams group displays the name of the internal stream (subflowsheet stream), the name of the
external stream (parent flowsheet stream) and the transfer basis for each of the streams entering the column. By
default both the internal and external streams are the same.
· The Inlet Streams group also enables you to add new streams to the Column or modify existing streams using the
drop-down lists in the External Stream and Transfer Basis columns.
· The Outlet Streams group displays the name of the internal stream (subflowsheet stream), the name of the
external stream (parent flowsheet stream) and the transfer basis for each of the streams exiting the column. By
default both the internal and external streams are the same.
· The Outlet Streams group also enables you to add new streams to the Column or modify existing streams using
the drop-down lists in the External Stream and Transfer Basis columns.
· The Transfer Basis is significant only when the subflowsheet and parent flowsheet Property Packages are
different. The Transfer Basis drop-down lists contain the following options: T-P Flash, VF-T Flash, VF-P Flash, P-H
Flash, User Specs, and None Required.
· The Flowsheet Topology group displays stage information for each element in the Column’s flowsheet.

Monitor Flowsheet Variables

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Flowsheet tab.
3 Click on the Variables page.
4 Click the Add button. The Add Variable property view appears.
5 From the Add Variable property view, select the variable you want to monitor.
How?
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 until you have added all of the variables you want to monitor.
Tips
· To edit a variable, select the variable you want to edit from the list of available variables and click the Edit button.
The Edit Variable property view appears. Refer to step 5 above for information on using the Edit Variable property
view.
· To delete a variable, select the variable you want to delete from the list of available variables and click the Delete
button.

Note: The Selected Column Flowsheet Variables table displays the variable’s data source, a description of the variable, the
value, and the variable’s units.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 230 of 647

Define Internal Streams

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Flowsheet tab.
3 Click on the Internal Streams page.
4 Click the Add button. A new entry appears in the Internal Streams table.
5 In the Stream drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
6 In the Stage drop-down list select the stage the stream is leaving.
7 From the Type drop-down list select one of the following options to specify the phase of the stream: Vapour, Liquid,
or Aqueous.
8 From the Net/Total drop-down list select either Net or Total.
Tips
· Activate the Export checkbox to export the internal stream from the Column’s subflowsheet to the Column’s
parent flowsheet.
· To delete a stream, select the stream you want to delete from the list of available streams and click the Delete
button.

Note: This page enables you to create a flowsheet stream that represents any phase leaving any tray within the Column.
Streams within operations attached to the main tray section (for example, side strippers, the condenser, the reboiler, and
so forth) can also be targeted.

Mapping Column Subflowsheet Streams

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Flowsheet tab.
3 Click on the Mapping page.
4 In the Inlets group select the component map you want to use for each inlet boundary stream from the Into Sub-
Flowsheet and Out of Sub-Flowsheet drop-down lists.
5 In the Outlets group select the component map you want to use for each outlet boundary stream from the Into Sub-
Flowsheet and Out of Sub-Flowsheet drop-down lists.
Tip: Click the Overall Imbalance Into Sub-Flowsheet or the Overall Imbalance Out of Sub-Flowsheet button to access the
Untransferred Component Info view. This property view allows you to see any mole, mass of liquid volume imbalances
due to changes in fluid package. If there are no fluid package changes, then there are no imbalances.

Notes
· If the fluid package of the column is the same as the main flowsheet, component maps are not needed (because
components are the same on each side of the column boundary).
· Only the None Req'd option is available in the Into Sub-Flowsheet and Out of Sub-Flowsheet column drop-down
lists. If there are no component maps created (Refer to the Component Maps tab of the Simulation Basis
Manager).
· HYSYS provides a list of appropriate component maps in each drop-down list based on the fluid package of each
stream across the boundary.

Manage Column Reactions

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Stages page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 231 of 647

4 Click the New button. The Column Reaction property view appears.
5 From the Column Reaction property view define the reaction you want to use.
How?
Tips
· The drop-down lists in First Stage and Last Stage columns allow you to modify the stages included in the reaction
without entering the Column Reaction property view.
· Activate the Active checkbox to include the reaction in the Column’s solution.
· To edit a Column reaction, select the Column reaction you want to edit from the list of available reactions and
click the Edit button. The Column Reaction property view appears.
· To delete a Column reaction, select the Column reaction you want to delete from the list of available reactions
and click the Delete button.

Notes
· You can only use reactions with the following Column solving methods: Sparse Continuation Solver, Newton
Raphson Inside-Out, and Simultaneous Correction.
· Before adding a reaction to a column you must first ensure that you are using the correct column Solving Method.
HYSYS provides three solving methods that allow for reactive distillation.

View Reaction Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
Notes
· The Reaction Results table displays the following results for each stage of the Column: the reaction taking place,
the base component, the reaction extent, the specified percentage of conversion, and the actual percentage of
conversion.
· The Rxn Extent results appear only if the Sparse Continuation Solver is chosen as the Solving Method.
· If you have more than one reaction occurring at any particular stage, each reaction appears simultaneously.

Set Vessel Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Vessels page.
4 From the Level Calculator drop-down list select the type vessel you want to use. You are given the following options:
Vertical Cylinder, Horizontal Cylinder, and Sphere.
5 For each vessel in the Vessel Dynamic Specifications table specify two of the following sizing parameters: Diameter,
Length/Height, or Volume.
6 In the Liquid Vol Percent field specify the level of the liquid as a percentage of the full vessel volume. The default
value is 50.0%.
7 In the Vessel Delta P field specify the frictional pressure loss at the feed nozzle. The frictional pressure losses at each
product nozzle are automatically set to zero by HYSYS.
8 Activate the Fixed P Spec Active checkbox to use this value as a dynamic specification. Once the checkbox is active
specify the fixed vessel pressure in the Fixed Vessel P Spec field.
Note: The Fraction Calculator field displays how the level in the tank and the elevation and diameter of the nozzles affect
the product composition. The vessel uses the Use Levels and Nozzles fraction calculator.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 232 of 647

View Column Equipment

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Equipment page.
Tip: Double-click the equipment name to open the vessel’s property view on the Dynamics tab.

Notes
· This page contains a list of all the additional equipment that is part of the column subflowsheet. The list does not
contain equipment that is part of the original template. Any extra equipment that is added to the subflowsheet
( for example, pump arounds and side strippers) is listed here.
· This page is not available in the Liquid-Liquid Extractor.

View Column Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Note: The Holdup Details table the calculated pressure at each stage, stage volume and the liquid volume occupying each
stage.

Specify the Finite Difference Perturb Method

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.

3 Click the Column Runner icon in the toolbar. The Column Runner property view appears.
4 Click on the Perturb tab.
5 Click on the Finite Difference page.
Tip: Activate the Analytic property derivatives checkbox to use low level analytic derivatives support (in other words,
derivatives of thermodynamic properties like Fugacity, Enthalpy, and Entropy by Temperature, Pressure, and
Composition). Currently this option is available for Peng-Robinson or SRK property packages while using the Sparse
Continuation Solver.

Note: Perturb tab enables you to control how the column solver calculates the partial derivatives.

Specify the IO Analytic Perturb Method

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 233 of 647

for Enthalpy and Fugacity of thermodynamic phases. The last option may expedite derivative calculations (the Jacobi matrix
is an approximation in this case).
Tip: Activate the Analytic property derivatives checkbox to use low level analytic derivatives support (in other words,
derivatives of thermodynamic properties like Fugacity, Enthalpy, and Entropy by Temperature, Pressure, and
Composition). Currently this option is available for Peng-Robinson or SRK property packages while using the Sparse
Continuation Solver.

Note: Perturb tab enables you to control how the column solver calculates the partial derivatives.

Specify the Sparse Analytic Perturb Method

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.

3 Click the Column Runner icon in the toolbar. The Column Runner property view appears.
4 Click on the Perturb tab.
5 Click on the IO analytic page.
6 Activate the Rigorous properties checkbox to apply rigorous thermodynamic properties to the Jacobi matrix
calculation. If the checkbox is inactive the simple models (controlled by Sparse Continuation Solver Control panel) are
applied instead for Enthalpy and Fugacity of thermodynamic phases. The last option may expedite derivative
calculations (the Jacobi matrix is an approximation in this case).
7 Activate the Warm Restart checkbox to preserve additional Sparse linear solver information between Analytic
derivative calculator calls (faster solution of linear system). If the checkbox is inactive no Sparse linear solver
information is stored (memory economy).
8 Activate the Skip Sparse Solve checkbox to skip the Column solution phase (enables faster calculations).
Tip: Activate the Analytic property derivatives checkbox to use low level analytic derivatives support (in other words,
derivatives of thermodynamic properties like Fugacity, Enthalpy, and Entropy by Temperature, Pressure, and
Composition). Currently this option is available for Peng-Robinson or SRK property packages while using the Sparse
Continuation Solver.

Note: Perturb tab enables you to control how the column solver calculates the partial derivatives.

Tray Section

Side equipment such as pump-arounds, side strippers, and side rectifiers can be added from the Column property view in
the main simulation. However, if you want to install multiple tray sections or multiple columns, you need to enter the
Column build environment. In the Column build environment you can create a custom column configuration using the
Column-specific operations such as Tray Sections, Heaters/Coolers, Condensers, and Reboilers.
At the very minimum, every Column Templates includes a Tray Section. An individual tray has a vapor feed from the tray
below, a liquid feed from the tray above and any additional feed, draw or duty streams to or from that particular tray.
See Also
Adding a Tray Section
Viewing Tray Section properties
Deleting a Tray Section

Add a Tray Section

There are two ways that you can add a Tray Section to your simulation:
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 234 of 647

3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
4 Click the Vessels radio button.
5 From the list of available unit operations select the Tray Section model.
6 Click the Add button. The Tray Section property view appears.
OR
1 From the PFD double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

4 Double-click the Tray Section icon . The Tray Section property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Tray Section
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Tray Section performance
Specifying dynamic properties

View Tray Section properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears. From here you can modify any
of the Tray Section’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Tray Section
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Tray Section performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Tray Section

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Tray Section by clicking on the Column icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Tray Section Connections

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 235 of 647

4 Click on the Design tab.

5 Click on the Connections page.
6 In the Name field specify a name for the Tray Section.
7 In the Liquid Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select
it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Vapour Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select
it from the drop-down list.
9 In the Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
1 0 In the Vapour Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
1 1 In the Optional Feeds list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple feed streams. (This step is optional.)
1 2 For each optional feed stream, select the stage the stream is entering the column from the Draw Stage drop-down
list. (This step is optional.)

Specify Tray Section Side Draws

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Design tab.
5 Click on the Side Draws page.
6 Click the Vapour radio button.
7 In the Vapour Draws column, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple vapor draw streams.
8 For each vapor draw stream, select the stage the stream is drawn from the column from the Tray Number drop-down
list.
9 Click the Liquid radio button.
1 0 Refer to steps 7 and 8 for information on defining the liquid draw stream.
1 1 Click the Water radio button.
1 2 Refer to steps 7 and 8 for information on defining the water draw stream.
1 3 Activate the Total checkbox to specify the water draw stream as 100% water. When the checkbox is inactive HYSYS
will model the water stream as a partial water draw (this can only be modeled using the Sparse Continuation
Method).
Tip: You can specify the solver method on the Solver page of the Parameters tab in the Column property view.

Specify Tray Section Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Design tab.
5 Click on the Parameters page.
6 In the Number of Theoretical Trays field specify the number of stages (or trays) in the column. The trays are treated
as ideal if the fractional efficiencies are set to 1. If the efficiency of a particular tray is less than 1, the tray is modeled
using a modified Murphree Efficiency.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 236 of 647

7 In the Tray Section Type group select one of the following radio buttons to specify type of tray section you want to
model: Standard, Side Stripper, or Side Rectifier.
Tips
· Activate the Use Tray Section Name for Stage Name checkbox to use the name of the tray section as the name of
the stage.
· Click the Edit Trays button to access the Tray Section Details property view.

Note: If you select Side Stripper or Side Rectifier radio button you affect the pressure profile. The pressure of the main
tray section stage that the liquid feed stream is drawn is used as the side stripper pressure, which is constant for all
stages. The pressure of the main tray section stage that the vapor feed stream is drawn is used as the Side Rectifier
pressure, which is constant for all stages.

Specify Tray Section Pressure Profile

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Design tab.
5 Click on the Pressure page.
6 In the Pressure column specify the pressure for each of the stages in the column. You are only required to specify a
top stage (or condenser) and bottom stage (or reboiler) pressure in order for HYSYS to solve the column (This
normally done through the Column Input Expert or Column Property view). However, the more data you can input
the faster the column will solve. The remaining stage pressures are calculated by linear interpolation.

Size a Tray Section

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Rating tab.
5 Click on the Sizing page.
6 In the Internal Type group select one of the following radio buttons to specify the tray type: Sieve, Valve, Bubble
Cap, Chimney, Sump, or Packed.
7 If the Sieve, Valve or Bubble Cap radio button is selected:
· Specify the following parameters: Tray Space or Diameter.
HYSYS only calculates the tray volume, based on the weir length, tray spacing, and tray diameter. For multipass trays,
simply enter the column diameter and the appropriate total weir length.
· Specify values for the following parameters: Weir Height, Weir Length, DC Volume, Number of Flow Paths,
and Weeping Factor.
The tray section diameter, weir length, weir height, and the tray spacing are required for an accurate and stable
dynamic simulation. You must specify all of the information on this page.
8 If the Packed radio button is selected:
· Specify at least two of the following parameters: Stage Packing Height, Stage Volume, or Diameter. The
third value is calculated from the other two.
· From the Packing Type drop-down list select the type of packing to use for the tray section. The Robbins
Factor will be specified by HYSYS depending on the packing type selected.
· Specify the values for the packing parameters: Void Fraction, Specific Surface Area, Robbins Factor, and
Static Holdup.
The stage packing height, stage diameter, packing type, void fraction, specified surface area, and Robbins factor are
required for the simple dynamic model. HYSYS uses the stage packing dimensions and packing properties to
calculate the pressure flow relationship across the packed section.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 237 of 647

· Activate the Include Loading Regime Term checkbox to include the loading regime term in the Column’s
calculations.
9 If the Chimney or Sump radio button is to be selected:
From the Section Properties group, select the Non Uniform Tray Data radio button before selecting the Chimney or Sump
radio button.
In the Detailed Sizing Information group:
· For a Trayed section of a column, you can adjust the Internal Type of tray, Tray Spacing, Diameter, Weir
Height, Weir Length, Dc Volume, Flow Path, and Weeping Factor.
· For a Packed section of a column, you can adjust the Stage Packing Height and Diameter.
· From the Internal Type drop-down list in the Detailed Sizing Information group, you can select alternative
tray types on a tray by tray basis: Sieve, Valve, Packed, Bubble Cap, Chimney, or Sump.
Tip: Click the Quick Size button to have HYSYS quickly size the tray section for you using the default values in the Tray
Sizing utility.

Configure Tray Section Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Rating tab.
5 Click on the Nozzles page.
6 Specify the base elevation of the tray section relative to the ground in the Tray Section Elevation Relative to Ground
Level field.
7 In the Internal Nozzles table, specify the following parameters for each stage in the Column: Holdup Relative to
Ground, Vapour to Above, Diameter, Liquid to Below, and Diameter.
8 In the Feed Nozzles table specify the following parameters for each feed stream: Elevation (Ground) and Diameter.
9 In the Product Nozzles table specify the following parameters for each product stream: Elevation (Ground) and
Diameter.
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify a Heat Loss Model for a Tray Section

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Rating tab.
5 Click on the Heat Loss page.
6 Select the heat loss model you want to use by clicking one of the following radio buttons: None, Direct Q, Simple or
Detailed.
See Also
Specifying a direct Q heat loss model
Specifying a simple heat loss model
Specifying a detailed heat loss model

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 238 of 647

Specify Tray Section Efficiencies

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Rating tab.
5 Click on the Efficiencies page.
You are given the option of specifying efficiencies for the overall stage or for each component in the stage.
To specify the efficiency of the overall stage:
6 Click the Overall radio button.
7 For each stage in the Overall Tray Efficiencies table specify the efficiency of the stage in the appropriate field. Values
must be between 0 and 1, with 1 corresponding to 100% efficiency.
To specify the component specific efficiencies:
6 Click the Component radio button.
7 Specify tray by tray component efficiencies in the Component Efficiencies table. Values must be between 0 and 1,
with 1 corresponding to 100% efficiency.
Note: Component tray efficiencies are only available in steady state.

Specify the Tray Section Pressure Profile

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Rating tab.
5 Click on the Pressure Drop page.
6 In the Pressure column specify the pressure for each of the stages in the column. You are only required to specify a
top stage (or condenser) and bottom stage (or reboiler) pressure in order for HYSYS to solve the column (This
normally done through the Column Input Expert or Column Property view). However, the more data you can input
the faster the column will solve. The remaining stage pressures are calculated by linear interpolation.
Tip: Activate the Rating Enabled checkbox to turn on the pressure drop calculations as part of the column solution.

Notes
· The Pressure Drop column displays the pressure drop across each tray section.
· The same calculation in Tray Sizing utility is used to calculate the pressure drop for the tray sections when the
column is running (in other words, using the traffics and geometries to determine what the pressure drop is).
· The Tray Sizing utility calculates a pressure drop across each tray, you need to fix one end of the column (top or
bottom), allowing the other trays to float with the calculations. Select the end of the column to be fixed by
selecting the Top Tray Fixed For Update of Bottom Tray Fixed For Update radio button.
· The Tray Section Pressure Drop field displays the calculated pressure drop across the tray section.

View Tray Section Pressure Performance

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 239 of 647

Note: The table displays the pressures for each tray in the column and the pressures associated with the Column’s inlet
and outlet streams.

View Tray Section Temperature Performance

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Performance tab.
5 Click on the Temperature page.
Note: The table displays the temperatures for each tray in the column and the temperatures associated with the Column’s
inlet and outlet streams.

View Tray Section Flow Performance

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Performance tab.
5 Click on the Flow page.
6 From the Flow Basis drop-down list select one of the following options to specify the basis of the results: Molar, Mass,
Std Liq Volume or Act Volume.
Note: The table displays the flows for each tray in the column and the flow rate associated with the Column’s inlet and
outlet streams.

View Tray Section Performance

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Performance tab.
5 Click on the Summary page.
6 From the Flow Basis drop-down list select one of the following options to specify the basis of the flow results: Molar,
Mass, Std Liq Volume or Act Volume.
Note: The table displays the flow rates, temperatures, and pressures for each tray in the column and the Column’s inlet
and outlet streams.

View Tray Section Hydraulics

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 240 of 647

Notes
· The table displays the height and pressure of Dry Hole DP, Static Head, and Height over Weir.
· This page is only available when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

Set Tray Section Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Dynamics tab.
5 Click on the Specs page.
6 In the Dry Hole Pressure Loss K Factors table specify the nozzles pressure flow k factors for all of the trays in the tray
section.
Tips
· Click the All Stages button, in the Calculate K Values group, to have HYSYS calculate the k values for all the trays
in the Column.
· Click the Selected Stage button, in the Calculate K Values group, to have HYSYS calculate the k values for the
trays selected in the Dry Hole Pressure Loss K Factors table. You may select more than one tray at a time by
holding down the CTRL key, and then clicking each tray you want to select.
· Activate the Use Tower Diameter Method checkbox to calculate the k values for the column based on the column
diameter. When the checkbox is deactivated the k values are calculated using the results obtained from the steady
state model, providing a smoother transition between your steady state model and dynamic model.
· Activate the Model Weeping checkbox to take into account any weeping that occurs on the tray sections and add
the effects to your model.
· Activate the Perform dry start up checkbox, in the Initialization Options group, if you want to simulate a dry start
up. When active HYSYS removes all the liquid from all the trays when the integrator starts.
· Activate the Initialize From User checkbox, in the Initialization Options group, if you want to start the simulation
from conditions you specify. Activating this checkbox activates the Init HoldUp button. Click this button to specify
the conditions you want to use for initializing the vessel.
· Activate the Fixed Pressure Profile checkbox, in the Initialization Options group, if you want to simulate the
column based on the fixed pressure profile.

View Tray Section Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Dynamics tab.
5 Click on the Holdup page.
Tip: Double-click the any cell within the table to access the Advanced Holdup view.

Note: The Holdup Details group displays the holdup pressure, total fluid volume, and bulk liquid volume for each tray in
the Column.

Specify the Static Head Calculation Method

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 241 of 647

2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Tray Section property view appears.
4 Click on the Dynamics tab.
5 Click on the Static Head page.
6 Click one of the following radio buttons to specify the method HYSYS will use to calculate the static head in the tray
section:
· Use global option in integrator (full on or off)
· No contributions for this operation
· Internal levels contribution only (partial)
· Levels and feed nozzle elevation differences (full)
Notes
· In order for HYSYS to calculate the static head for any unit operation you need to enable the calculations by
activating the Static head contributions checkbox on the Options tab of the Integrator.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

CSTR (Continuous Stirred Tank Reactor)

As opposed to a separator or general reactor with an attached reaction set, specific reactor operations can only support
one particular reaction type. For instance, a conversion reactor only functions properly with conversion reactions attached.
If you try to attach an equilibrium or a kinetic reaction to a conversion reactor, an error message appears. The Gibbs
reactor is unique in that it can function with or without a reaction set.
The reactions you define are visible to the entire Flowsheet and a reaction set can be attached to more than one reactor.
However, there are some subtleties that you must be aware of. When you make a modification to a reaction through a
reactor, the change is only seen locally, in that particular reactor. Modifications made to a reaction in the Basis Environment
or in the Reaction Package are automatically reflected in every reactor using the reaction set, provided you have not made
changes locally. Local changes are always retained. To override local changes and return the global parameters to a
reaction, you must press the delete key when the cursor is in the cell that contains the local change.
See Also
Add a CSTR
View CSTR properties
Delete a CSTR

Add a CSTR

There are two ways that you can add a CSTR (Continuous Stirred Tank Reactor) to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Reactors radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Cont. Stirred Tank Reactor model.
4 Click the Add button. The CSTR property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the CSTR icon . The CSTR property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a CSTR
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 242 of 647

Specifying dynamic properties

View CSTR Properties

From the PFD, double-click the CSTR icon. The CSTR (Continuous Stirred Tank Reactor) property view appears. From here
you can modify any of the CSTR’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a CSTR
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a CSTR

1 From the PFD, double-click the CSTR icon. The CSTR (Continuous Stirred Tank Reactor) property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a CSTR by clicking on the CSTR icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify General Reactor Connections

1 From the PFD double-click the CSTR, Gibbs Reactor, Equilibrium Reactor, Yield Shift, or Conversion Reactor icon. The
property view of the selected reactor appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the reactor.
5 In the Inlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
Note: For Yield Shift Reactor, follow the step above in <<empty>> cell under the Feed Streams column.
6 In the Vapour Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
Note: Yield Shift Reactor does not have a Vapour Outlet drop-down list.
7 In the Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for separators and tanks.
Note: For Yield Shift Reactor, follow the step above in the Product Stream drop-down list. Yield Shift Reactor does not
have a Liquid Outlet drop-down list.
8 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list. This stream is optional.
9 In the Fluid Package or Fluid Pkg drop-down list select the fluid package you want to use for the reactor. The fluid
package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 243 of 647

Specify General Reactor Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the CSTR, Gibbs Reactor, Equilibrium Reactor, Yield Shift, or Conversion Reactor icon. The
property view of the selected reactor appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Delta P or Pressure Drop field, specify the pressure drop across the vessel. The default value is 0.0 kPa.
Note: The Parameters page of the Yield Shift Reactor only contains the pressure drop parameter.
5 In the Volume field, specify the volume of the vessel.
6 In the Liquid Level field, specify the level of the liquid as a percentage of the full vessel volume. The default value is
50.0%.
7 If an energy stream is attached to the vessel select either the Heating or Cooling radio button. If you know the duty
of the energy stream specify the value in the Duty field.
Notes
· The Liquid Volume is calculated from the product of the Vessel Volume and Liquid Level fraction.
· The Separator and Three Phase radio buttons in the Type group allow you to change the type of Gibbs Reactor.
This is only available for the Gibbs Reactor.
· Activate the Act as a Separator When Cannot Solve checkbox to operate the reactor as a simple 2 phase
separator whenever the reactor does not solve. This checkbox is only available for Conversion Reactors.
· Activate the Single Phase checkbox when the reaction is a single phase reaction. When the checkbox is inactive
HYSYS considers the reaction a vapor-liquid reaction.

Specify Reactions

1 From the PFD, double-click the CSTR icon. The CSTR property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Details page.
4 From the Reaction Set drop-down list, select the reaction set you want to use in the reactor.
5 From the Reaction drop-down list, select the reaction you want to use in the reactor.
Notes
· Click the View Reaction button to open the selected reaction's property view.
· Click the Stoichiometry radio button. The Stoichiometry group appears. The group displays the components
involved in the selected reaction, their molecular weights as well as their stoichiometric coefficients, the Balance
Error (for the reaction stoichiometry) and the Reaction Heat (Heat of Reaction at 25°C).
· Click the Basis radio button. The Basis group appears. The group displays the base component, the reaction
phase, and the forward and reverse reaction parameters for the selected reaction. Changes can be made to the
reaction rate parameters (frequency factor, A, activation energy, E and ß), but these changes are reflected only in
the active reactor. Deactivate the Use Default checkbox if you want to specify the parameter.
See Also
Reactions

View Reaction Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the CSTR icon. The CSTR property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
4 Click the Reaction Extents radio button to view the Percent Conversion, Base Component, and Reaction Extent for

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 244 of 647

each reaction in the reaction set.

5 Click the Reaction Balance radio button to view the total inflow, total reaction, and total outflow for all of the
components in the reaction set.
Notes
· When there are multiple reactions in a Reaction Set, HYSYS automatically ranks the reactions. A reaction with a
lower ranking value occurs first. Each group of reactions of equal rank can have an overall specified conversion
between 0% and 100%.
· Negative values indicate the consumption of a reactant, while positive values indicate the appearance of a product.

Size a Reactor

1 From the PFD, double-click the CSTR, Gibbs Reactor, Equilibrium Reactor, or Conversion Reactor icon. The property
view of the selected reactor appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 Click either the Cylinder or Sphere radio button.
If you clicked the Cylinder radio button click either the Vertical or Horizontal radio button.
5 Specify at least one of the following measurements: Volume, Diameter, or Height (Length is used when the Horizontal
radio button is selected).
6 Activate the This reactor has a boot checkbox to add a boot to the reactor. The Boot Dimensions group appears.
7 Specify the diameter and height of the boot in the appropriate fields. The boot height is defaulted to be one-third the
vessel height. The boot diameter is defaulted to be one-third the vessel diameter.
Notes
· If only the total cylindrical volume of the vessel is specified, the height to diameter ratio is defaulted as 3:2.
· The liquid height in a vertical cylindrical vessel varies linearly with the liquid volume. There is a nonlinear
relationship between the liquid height and the liquid volume in horizontal cylindrical and spherical vessels.

Configure Reactor Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the CSTR, Gibbs Reactor, Equilibrium Reactor, or Conversion Reactor icon. The property
view of the selected reactor appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 In the Vessel Dimensions group specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation
Relative to Ground Level field.
5 In the Vessel Dimensions group specify either the vessel diameter or vessel height/length. If values are already
present then the sizing parameters have already been specified.
6 In the Nozzle Parameters table specify the following values for all vessel inlets and outlets: Diameter, Elevation
(Base), Elevation (Ground), and Elevation (% of Height).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify a Heat Loss Model for a Reactor

1 From the PFD, double-click the CSTR, Gibbs Reactor, Equilibrium Reactor, or Conversion Reactor icon. The property
view of the selected reactor appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 245 of 647

2 Click on the Rating tab.

3 Click on the Heat Loss page.
4 Select the heat loss model you want to use by clicking one of the following radio buttons: None, Simple or Detailed.
Note: The heat loss model is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
See Also
Specifying a simple heat loss model
Specifying a detailed heat loss model

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the CSTR, Gibbs Reactor, Equilibrium Reactor, or Conversion Reactor icon. The property
view of the selected reactor appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab, and click on the Specs page.
3 Click one of the following radio buttons: Initialize From Products, Dry Startup, or Initialize From User.
When the Initialize From User radio button is selected the Init HoldUp button becomes available. Click this button to specify
the conditions you want to use for initializing the vessel.
4 Specify one the following vessel geometry parameters: Volume, Diameter, or Height/Length. If values are already
present then the sizing parameters have already been specified.
5 In the Liquid Level field specify the level of the liquid as a percentage of the full vessel volume. The default value is
50.0%.
6 From the Level Calculator drop-down list select the type vessel you want to use.
You are given the following options: Vertical Cylinder, Horizontal Cylinder, and Sphere. These values can also be modified
on the Sizing page on the Rating tab.
7 In the Feed Delta P field specify the frictional pressure loss at the feed nozzle. The frictional pressure losses at each
product nozzle are automatically set to zero by HYSYS.
8 Activate the Vessel Pressure checkbox to use this value as a dynamic specification. Once the checkbox is active you
can modify this value in the field next to the checkbox.
Notes
· You can determine the composition and amount of each phase in the vessel holdup by specifying different
initialization modes. HYSYS forces the simulation case to re-initialize whenever the initialization mode is changed.
· The Fraction Calculator field displays how the level in the tank and the elevation and diameter of the nozzles
affect the product composition. The vessel uses the Use Levels and Nozzles fraction calculator.
· Activate the Lag Rxn Temperature checkbox if you want HYSYS to assume no temperature lag for reactions. Only
available for the CSTR reactor.
· Activate the Enable Explicit Reaction Calculations checkbox to enable explicit reaction calculations for the dynamic
run reaction solver. Only available for the CSTR reactor.

View Reactor Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the CSTR, Gibbs Reactor, Equilibrium Reactor, or Conversion Reactor icon. The property
view of the selected reactor appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Notes
· The Vessel Levels group displays the level, percent level, and volume of any vapor, liquid, or aqueous phases
found in the vessel.
· The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
· Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 246 of 647

Conversion Reactor

Add a Conversion Reactor

There are two ways that you can add a Conversion Reactor to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Reactors radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Conversion Reactor model.
4 Click the Add button. The Conversion Reactor property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the General Reactors icon . The General Reactors Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Conversion Reactor icon . The Conversion Reactor property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Conversion Reactor
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Conversion Reactor Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Conversion Reactor icon. The Conversion Reactor property view appears. From here you
can modify any of the Conversion Reactor’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Conversion Reactor
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 247 of 647

Delete a Conversion Reactor

1 From the PFD, double-click the Conversion Reactor icon. The Conversion Reactor property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Conversion Reactor by clicking on the Conversion Reactor icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Reactions

1 From the PFD, double-click the Conversion Reactor icon. The Conversion Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab, and click on the Details page.
3 From the Reaction Set drop-down list, select the reaction set you want to use in the reactor.
4 From the Reaction drop-down list, select the reaction you want to use in the reactor.
Tips
· Click the View Reaction button to open the selected reaction's property view.
· Click the Stoichiometry radio button. The Stoichiometry group appears. The group displays the components
involved in the selected reaction, their molecular weights as well as their stoichiometric coefficients, the Balance
Error (for the reaction stoichiometry) and the Reaction Heat (Heat of Reaction at 25°C).
· Click the Basis radio button. The Basis group appears. The group displays the Base Component, the Phase that
the reaction occurs and the reaction’s conversion.
· Click the Conversion % radio button. The Fractional Conversion Equation group appears. The group enables you
to implement a conversion model based on the Conversion (%) equation parameters. Changes made to the
parameters only affect the selected reaction in the current reactor. After a change has been made, you can have
HYSYS return the original calculated value by activating the appropriate Use Default checkbox.
See Also
Reactions

View Reaction Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Conversion Reactor icon. The Conversion Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab, and click on the Results page.
3 Click the Reaction Extents radio button to view the Percent Conversion, Base Component, and Reaction Extent for
each reaction in the reaction set.
4 Click the Reaction Balance radio button to view the total inflow, total reaction, and total outflow for all of the
components in the reaction set.
Notes
· When there are multiple reactions in a Reaction Set, HYSYS automatically ranks the reactions. A reaction with a
lower ranking value occurs first. Each group of reactions of equal rank can have an overall specified conversion
between 0% and 100%.
· Negative values indicate the consumption of a reactant, while positive values indicate the appearance of a
product.

Equilibrium Reactor

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 248 of 647

Add an Equilibrium Reactor

There are two ways that you can add an Equilibrium Reactor to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Reactors radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Equilibrium Reactor model.
4 Click the Add button. The Equilibrium Reactor property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the General Reactors icon . The General Reactors Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Equilibrium Reactor icon . The Equilibrium Reactor property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring an Equilibrium Reactor
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Equilibrium Reactor properties

From the PFD, double-click the Equilibrium Reactor icon. The Equilibrium Reactor property view appears. From here you
can modify any of the Equilibrium Reactor’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring an Equilibrium Reactor
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 249 of 647

Delete an Equilibrium Reactor

1 From the PFD, double-click the Equilibrium Reactor icon. The Equilibrium Reactor property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete an Equilibrium Reactor by clicking on the Equilibrium Reactor icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Reactions

1 From the PFD, double-click the Equilibrium Reactor icon. The Equilibrium Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab, and click on the Details page.
3 From the Reaction Set drop-down list, select the reaction set you want to use in the reactor.
4 From the Reaction drop-down list, select the reaction you want to use in the reactor.
Tips
· Click the View Rxn button to open the selected reaction's property view.
· Click the Stoichiometry radio button. The Stoichiometry group appears. The group displays the components
involved in the selected reaction, their molecular weights as well as their stoichiometric coefficients, the Balance
Error (for the reaction stoichiometry) and the Reaction Heat (Heat of Reaction at 25°C).
· Click the Basis radio button. The Basis group appears. The group displays the Basis for the equilibrium
calculations, the Phase that the reaction occurs, the temperature Approach of the equilibrium composition and the
temperature range for the equilibrium constant. The source for the calculation of the equilibrium constant is also
shown.
· Click the Keq radio button. The Fixed Keq group appears. The group displays the Ln(Keq) relationship which may
vary depending upon the Ln(K) Source value selected for the reaction (see Basis Radio Button). For a Ln(K) Source
being the Ln(Keq) Equation, the parameters of the equilibrium constant equation appear. These values are either
supplied when the reaction was created or are calculated by HYSYS. If a fixed equilibrium constant is provided, it
is shown here. Any of the parameters in the Ln(K) Equation group can be modified on this page. Changes made to
the parameters only affect the selected reaction in the current reactor. After a change has been made, you can
have HYSYS return the original calculated value by activating the appropriate Use Default checkbox.
· Click the Approach radio button. The Fractional Approach group appears. The group enables you to modify any of
the parameters in the Approach % equation. Changes made to the parameters only affect the selected reaction in
the current reactor. After a change has been made, you can have HYSYS return the original calculated value by
activating the appropriate Use Default checkbox.
See Also
Reactions

View Reaction Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Equilibrium Reactor icon. The Equilibrium Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab, and click on the Results page.
3 Click the Reaction Extents radio button to view the Percent Conversion, Base Component, Equilibrium Constant, and
Reaction Extent for each reaction in the reaction set.
4 Click the Reaction Balance radio button to view the total inflow, total reaction, and total outflow for all of the
components in the reaction set.
Notes
· When there are multiple reactions in a Reaction Set, HYSYS automatically ranks the reactions. A reaction with a
lower ranking value occurs first. Each group of reactions of equal rank can have an overall specified conversion

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 250 of 647

between 0% and 100%.

· Negative values indicate the consumption of a reactant, while positive values indicate the appearance of a
product.

Gibbs Reactor

As opposed to a separator or general reactor with an attached reaction set, specific reactor operations can only support one
particular reaction type. For instance, a conversion reactor only functions properly with conversion reactions attached. If
you try to attach an equilibrium or a kinetic reaction to a conversion reactor, an error message appears. The Gibbs reactor
is unique in that it can function with or without a reaction set.
The reactions you define are visible to the entire Flowsheet and a reaction set can be attached to more than one reactor.
However, there are some subtleties that you must be aware of. When you make a modification to a reaction through a
reactor, the change is only seen locally, in that particular reactor. Modifications made to a reaction in the Basis Environment
or in the Reaction Package are automatically reflected in every reactor using the reaction set, provided you have not made
changes locally. Local changes are always retained. To override local changes and return the global parameters to a
reaction, you must press the delete key when the cursor is in the cell that contains the local change.
See Also
Add a Gibbs Reactor
View Gibbs Reactor properties
Delete a Gibbs Reactor

Add a Gibbs Reactor

There are two ways that you can add a Gibbs Reactor to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Reactors radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Gibbs Reactor model.
4 Click the Add button. The Gibbs Reactor property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the General Reactors icon . The General Reactors Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Gibbs Reactor icon . The Gibbs Reactor property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Gibbs Reactor
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Gibbs Reactor properties

From the PFD, double-click the Gibbs Reactor icon. The Gibbs Reactor property view appears. From here you can modify
any of the Gibbs Reactor’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Gibbs Reactor

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 251 of 647

Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Gibbs Reactor

1 From the PFD, double-click the Gibbs Reactor icon. The Gibbs Reactor property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Gibbs Reactor by clicking on the Gibbs Reactor icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Reactions

1 From the PFD, double-click the Gibbs Reactor icon. The Gibbs Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Overall page.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons: Gibbs Reactions Only, Specify Equilibrium Reactions, or No Reactions
(=Separator).
5 In the Maximum Number of Iterations field specify the maximum number of iterations allowed when solving the
reactor.
6 In the Tolerance field specify the calculation tolerance.
Note: When a Reaction Set is attached, the stoichiometry involved in the reactions is used in the Gibbs Reactor
calculations.

Specify Reaction Details

1 From the PFD, double-click the Gibbs Reactor icon. The Gibbs Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Details page.
4 Click on the Flow Specs radio button to view the Total Feed and Total Prod from each component in the attached
reaction.
5 Specify the Frac Spec and Fixed Spec values in the appropriate columns.
6 Click on the Atom Matrix radio button.
7 In the table specify the atomic composition of all species that the formula is unknown or unrecognized.
Note: Activate the checkbox in the inert column to designate any of the components as inert. Inert species are excluded
from the Gibbs free energy minimization calculations. When the Inerts checkbox is activated for a component, a value of
1 and 0 appear respectively in the associated Frac Spec and Fixed Spec cells, indicating that the component feed flow
rate equals the product flow rate.

PFR (Plug Flow Reactor)

The PFR (Plug Flow Reactor or Tubular Reactor) generally consists of a bank of cylindrical pipes or tubes. The flow field is
modeled as plug flow, implying that the stream is radially isotropic (without mass or energy gradients). This also implies
that axial mixing is negligible.
As the reactants flow the length of the reactor, they are continually consumed, hence, there is an axial variation in

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 252 of 647

concentration. Since reaction rate is a function of concentration, the reaction rate also varies axially (except for zero-order
reactions).
To obtain the solution for the PFR (axial profiles of compositions, temperature, etc.), the reactor is divided into several
subvolumes. Within each subvolume, the reaction rate is considered to be spatially uniform. A mole balance is done in each
subvolume j.
See Also
Add a Plug Flow Reactor
View Plug Flow Reactor properties
Delete a Plug Flow Reactor

Add a Plug Flow Reactor

There are two ways that you can add a PFR to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Reactors radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Plug Flow Reactor model.
4 Click the Add button. The PFR property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Plug Flow Reactor icon . The PFR property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Plug Flow Reactor
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Plug Flow Reactor performance
Specifying dynamic properties

View Plug Flow Reactor Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Plug Flow Reactor icon. The Plug Flow Reactor property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Plug Flow Reactor’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Plug Flow Reactor
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Plug Flow Reactor performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Plug Flow Reactor

1 From the PFD, double-click the Plug Flow Reactor icon. The Plug Flow Reactor property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Plug Flow Reactor by clicking on the Plug Flow Reactor icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 253 of 647

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify PFR Connections

1 From the PFD double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab, and click on the Connections page.
3 In the Name field, specify a name for the reactor.
4 In the Inlets list, click the <<empty>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
5 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
6 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list. This stream is optional.
7 In the Fluid Package drop-down list select the fluid package you want to use for the reactor. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.
Note: If you do not provide an energy stream, the operation is considered to be adiabatic.

Specify PFR Parameters

1 From the PFD double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Pressure Drop Parameters group click either the User Specified or Ergun Equation radio button.
5 If you click the User Specified radio button, specify the pressure drop across the reactor in the Delta P field. You can also
leave this field empty and use the attached streams to determine the values (i.e., the pressure drop will be calculated
if the inlet and outlet stream pressures are known).
6 If you click the Ergun Equation radio button HYSYS uses the Ergun equation to calculate the pressure drop across the
reactor.
7 In the Duty Parameters group click either the Heating or Cooling radio button. This does not affect the sign of the duty
stream. If the energy stream is heating, then the duty is added to the feed. If the energy stream is cooling, then the
duty is subtracted.
8 In the Duty Parameters group click either the Formula or Direct Q Value radio button.
9 If you click the Formula radio button HYSYS calculates the energy stream duty after you supply further heat transfer
information on the Heat Transfer page.
10 If you click the Direct Q Value radio button, specify the duty for the energy stream in the Duty field. You can also leave
this field empty and specify the duty for the attached energy stream.
Tips
· If you select the Ergun Equation radio button for a PFR with no catalyst (solid), HYSYS sets the Delta P to zero.
· Activate the Single Phase checkbox when the reaction is a single phase reaction. When the checkbox is inactive
HYSYS considers the reaction a vapor-liquid reaction.

Specify PFR Heat Transfer Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Heat Transfer page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 254 of 647

4 In the SS Duty Calculation Option group click either the Formula or Direct Q Value radio button.
See Also
Defining the Formula duty calculation option
Defining the Direct Q duty calculation option

Specify Reactions

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Overall page.
4 From the Reaction Set drop-down list select the reaction set you want to use for the reactor.
5 In the Reaction Info group click one of the segment initialization radio buttons: Current, Previous, or Re-init.
6 In the Integration Information group specify the following parameters: Number of Segments, Minimum Step Fraction,
and Minimum Step Length.
7 In the Catalyst Data group specify the following parameters: Particle Diameter, Particle Sphericity, Solid Density, and
Solid Heat Capacity.
Notes
· The length of each segment stays constant during the calculations. However, if a solution cannot be obtained for
an individual segment, it is divided into smaller sections until a solution is reached. This does not affect the other
segments.
· The Void Fraction, found on the Sizing page of the Ratings tab must be less than one before you can specify
catalyst data.
· The Bulk Density of the catalyst is equal to the Solid Density multiplied by one, minus the void fraction.

Specify Reaction Details

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Details page.
4 From the Reaction drop-down list, select the reaction you want to use in the reactor.
Tips
· Click the View Reaction button to open the selected reaction's property view.
· Click the Stoichiometry radio button. The Stoichiometry group appears. The group displays the components
involved in the selected reaction, their molecular weights as well as their stoichiometric coefficients, the Balance
Error (for the reaction stoichiometry) and the Reaction Heat (Heat of Reaction at 25°C).
· Click the Basis radio button. The Basis group appears. The group displays the base component and the forward
and reverse reaction parameters for the selected reaction.
See Also
Reactions

View Reaction Results

1 From the PFD double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
4 Click the Reaction Extents radio button to view the Percent Conversion, Base Component, and Reaction Extent for
each reaction in the reaction set.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 255 of 647

5 Click the Reaction Balance radio button to view the total inflow, total reaction, and total outflow for all of the
components in the reaction set.
Note: Negative values indicate the consumption of a reactant, while positive values indicate the appearance of a product.

Size a PFR

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 In the Tube Dimensions group specify two of the following parameters: Total Volume, Length, and Diameter. The
third value is calculated from the other two.
5 In the Number of Tubes field specify the total number of tubes in the Plug Flow Reactor.
6 In the Wall Thickness field specify the thickness of the tube wall.
7 In the Void Fraction field specify the void fraction of the reactor. If the Void Fraction is less than one you are required
to specify catalyst data on the Overall page of the Reactions tab.
Note: The Void Volume is calculated from the Void Fraction and Total Volume. The Void Volume is then used to calculate
the spatial velocity, which impacts the rate of reaction.

Configure PFR Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab, and click on the Nozzles page.
3 In the Vessel Dimensions group specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation
Relative to Ground Level field. This parameter can also be specified on the Specs page of the Dynamics tab.
4 In the Vessel Dimensions group specify either the vessel diameter or length. If values are already present then the
sizing parameters have already been specified.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group specify the following values for Pump inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation (Base),
and Elevation (Ground).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

View PFR Physical Conditions

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Conditions page.
Tip: Click the Plot button to view the physical condition results graphically.

Note: The table displays values for the following physical conditions as a function of the reactor’s length: Temperature,
Pressure, Vapour Fraction, Duty, Enthalpy, Entropy, Inside HTC, and Outside HTC.

View PFR Flow Rates

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 256 of 647

2 Click on the Performance tab.

3 Click on the Flows page.
Tip: Click the Plot button to view the flow rate results graphically.

Note: The table displays values for the following flows as a function of the reactor’s length: Molar Flow, Mass Flow,
Volumetric Flow, and Heat Flow.

View PFR Reaction Rates

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Rxn Rates page.
4 Click the Reaction Rates radio button. The table displays the reaction rate for each reaction is the attached reaction
set as a function of the reactor’s length.
5 Click the Component Production radio button. The table displays the component production as a function of the
reactor’s length.
Tip: Click the Plot button to view the reaction rate results graphically.

View PFR Transport Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Transport page.
Tip: Click the Plot button to view the reaction rate results graphically.

Note: The table displays values for the following transport properties as a function of the reactor’s length: Viscosity,
Molecular Weight, Mass Density, Heat Capacity, Surface Tension, and Z factor.

View PFR Compositions

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Compositions page.
4 From the Basis drop-down list, select the basis you want use to display the data. You are given the following options:
Molar Flow, Mass Flow, Liquid Volume Flow, Mole Fraction, Mass Fraction, and Liquid Volume Fraction.
Tip: Click the Plot button to view the reaction rate results graphically.

Note: The table displays the compositions for each of the components in the reaction set.

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 In the Dynamic Specifications group select one of the following radio buttons: Init From Product, Init From First Feed,
Dry Startup (Feed) or Steady State.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 257 of 647

5 Activate the Single Phase checkbox to specify a single phase reaction. Otherwise HYSYS considers it a vapor-liquid
reaction.
6 Activate the Laminar Flow checkbox to model laminar flow in the PFR.
7 Activate the Flow Equation checkbox to calculate the pressure gradient across the PFR. You are required to either
estimate k values in steady state (by clicking the Calculate K’s button) or providing your own values in Pressure Flow
Relation group.
8 Activate the Fixed Delta P checkbox to model a constant pressure drop across the PFR. The PFR does not require k
values.
9 In the PFR elevation field specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground. This parameter can also be
specified on the Nozzles page of the Rating tab.
10 Activate the Lag Rxn Temperature checkbox if you want HYSYS to assume no temperature lag for reactions.
11 Activate the Enable Explicit Reaction Calculations checkbox to use the dynamic run reaction solver. The explicit reaction
solver is quick, but can introduce instability. When the checkbox is inactive the implicit reaction solver is used.
12 In the Pressure Flow Relation group specify the k values for each segment in the reactor.
Note: If you do not know the k values and you are in steady state mode click the Calculate K’s button and HYSYS
calculates the k values using the steady state data.

View PFR Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Tip: Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view.

Note: The Overall Holdup Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume
space of the unit operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.

Specify Dynamic Duty Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the PFR icon. The PFR property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab, and click on the Duty page.
3 In the Source group click either the Direct Q or From Utility radio button.
See Also
Defining the Direct Q duty source option
Defining the Utility source option

Yield Shift Reactor

The Yield Shift reactor unit operation supports efficient modeling of reactors by using data tables to perform shift
calculations. The operation can be used for complex reactors where no model is available, or where models that are too
computationally expensive.
See Also
Adding a Yield Shift Reactor
Viewing Yield Shift Reactor Properties
Deleting a Yield Shift Reactor

Add a Yield Shift Reactor

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 258 of 647

There are two ways that you can add a Yield Shift Reactor to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Reactors radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Yield Shift Reactor model.
4 Click the Add button. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the General Reactors icon . The General Reactors Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon . The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring the Yield Shift Reactor Design
Configuring the Yield Shift Reactor Model
Specifying the Composition Shift
Specifying the Property Shift
Specifying the Dynamics Parameter

View Yield Shift Reactor Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Yield Shift Reactor’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring the Yield Shift Reactor Design
Configuring the Yield Shift Reactor Model
Specifying the Composition Shift
Specifying the Property Shift
Specifying the Dynamics Parameter

Delete a Yield Shift Reactor

1 From the PFD, double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
3 HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.
Tip: You can also delete a Yield Shift Reactor by clicking on the Yield Shift Reactor icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Specify Yield Shift Model Design Parameters

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Model Config tab.
3 Click on the Design Parameters page.
Tip: To add a design variable each time a new parameter is added, click the When a new parameter is added, also add it
as a design variable checkbox. Clear the checkbox to deactivate this option.
4 Click the Insert New Parameter button.
HYSYS adds a new parameter to the Design Parameter table, and automatically assign the following name to the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 259 of 647

parameter: Parameter_n, where n is an integer number used to indicate different parameters.

5 Under the Name column, type in a new name for the parameter.
6 Under the Unit Type column, use the drop-down list to select the unit for the parameter.
7 Under the Value column, type in the design value for the parameter.
8 Repeat steps 4 to 7 until you have added all the parameters you want.
Tip: To remove a parameter, select the parameter in the table and click the Remove Selected Parameter button.

Specify Yield Shift Design Variables

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Model Config tab.
3 Click on the Design Variables page.
4 Click the Insert Design Var button.
The Select Associated Object and Variable… property view appears.
5 In the Flowsheet list, select the flowsheet that contains the variable you want.
6 In the Object list, select the object that contains the variable you want.
Tip: You can filter the type of objects in the Object list using the radio button options in the Object Filter group.
7 In the Variable list, select the variable you want.
If required, you can select the specific information of the variable you want in the Variable Specifics list.
8 Click the OK button.
Tip: You can close the Select Associated Object and Variable… property view without making any selections by clicking
the Cancel button.
The Select Associated Object and Variable… property view closes, and the selected variable appear in the Model Design
Variables table. HYSYS automatically names the new design variable DesignVar_n, where n is an integer number used
to indicate different design variables.
9 In the Name column, click on the appropriate cell and type in a name for the design variable.
10 In the Dataset No. column, click in the appropriate cell and specify the number of data set the design variable contains.
11 In the On/Off column, click the appropriate checkbox to include the design variable in the Yield Shift reactor calculation.
12 Repeat steps 4 to 11 until you have added all the design variables you want.
Tips
· To edit or modify an existing design variable selection, select the variable (in the Model Design Variables table)
you want to modify and click the Edit Design Var button. The Select Associated Object and Variable… property
view appears.
· To remove a selected design variable, select the variable (in the Model Design Variables table) you want to
remove and click the Remove Design Var button.
· To protect the proprietary data of the Yield Shift reactor configuration/capabilities, click the Set Password button.
The Set Password property view appears.

Specify Yield Shift Heat Transfer

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Model Config tab.
3 Click on the Heat of Reaction page.
4 Under the Adjusting Factor column, click the appropriate cell and type the heat of reaction for the components.
Note: If you specified a value (other than 0) for the heat of reaction adjusting factor, than HYSYS automatically creates
and attaches a make-up energy stream to the Yield Shift reactor.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 260 of 647

Specify Base Data of Design Variables

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Composition Shift tab.
3 In the Composition Shift tree browser, click the Plus icon to expand the Design Data branch.
4 Click on the Base page.
5 In the Definition of Yield group, select the method you want to calculate the product yield of the Yield Shift reactor:
Use percent conversion. If you select this method, the Base Conversion column appears, and you need to specify the
percentage value of the base conversion for each component.
Use yield only
6 Under the Design Base Value column, click on the appropriate cell and specify the base value for each design variable.
7 Click the Change Comp Basis button. The Composition Basis property view appears.
8 In the Compositional Basis of Design Data group, select the appropriate radio button for the basis type you want.
The Yield Shift reactor provides the following basis types: mole fraction, mass fraction, liquid volume fraction, mole flow
rate, mass flow rate, and liquid volume flow rate.
9 Click the Accept button.
Tip: To exit the Composition Basis property view without accepting any modification, click the Cancel button.
10 Click in a cell under the Feed column, and click the Edit Selected Composition button.
The Composition property view appears.
11 In the appropriate cell, specify the composition for each component in the feed stream.
Tips
· To erase all the values in the composition column, click the Erase button.
· To normalize the sum of the composition values to 1, click the Normalize button.
T o exit the Composition property view without accepting any modification, click the Cancel button.
12 Click the OK button.
13 Click in a cell under the Product column, and click the Edit Selected Composition button.
The Composition property view appears.
14 In the appropriate cell, specify the composition for each component in the product stream.
15 Click the OK button.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

Specify Dataset of Design Variables

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click the Composition Shift tab.
3 In the Composition Shift tree browser, click the Plus icon to expand the Design Data branch.
4 Click on the Datasets page.
To supply design variable information for the feed streams:
5 Select the Feed radio button.
6 In the Design Variables list, select the design variable you want to configure.
7 In the top table, specify the variable values for each dataset.
8 Click the Change Comp Basis button. The Composition Basis property view appears.
9 In the Compositional Basis of Design Data group, select the appropriate radio button for the basis type you want.
The Yield Shift reactor provides the following basis types: mole fraction, mass fraction, liquid volume fraction, mole flow
rate, mass flow rate, and liquid volume flow rate.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 261 of 647

10 Click the Accept button.

Tip: To exit the Composition Basis property view without accepting any modification, click the Cancel button.
11 In the bottom table, click on a cell under one of the dataset and click the Edit Selected Dataset button.
The Composition property view appears.
12 In the appropriate cell, specify the composition for each component in the selected dataset.
Tips
· To erase all the values in the composition column, click the Erase button.
· To normalize the sum of the composition values to 1, click the Normalize button.
· To exit the Composition property view without accepting any modification, click the Cancel button.
13 Click the OK button.
14 Repeat steps 11 to 13 for to supply the information for all relevant the dataset.
Tip: To delete all the composition values for the dataset of the selected design variable, click the Erase All Datasets
button.
15 Repeat steps 6 through 14 to supply information for the design variables at feed streams.
To supply design variable dataset information for the product stream:
1 Select the Product radio button.
2 In the Design Variables list, select the design variable you want to configure.
3 In the top table, specify the variable values for each dataset.
4 Click the Change Comp Basis button. The Composition Basis property view appears.
5 In the Compositional Basis of Design Data group, select the appropriate radio button for the basis type you want.
The Yield Shift reactor provides the following basis types: mole fraction, mass fraction, liquid volume fraction, mole flow
rate, mass flow rate, and liquid volume flow rate.
6 Click the Accept button.
Tip: To exit the Composition Basis property view without accepting any modification, click the Cancel button
7 In the bottom table, click on a cell under one of the dataset and click the Edit Selected Dataset button.
The Composition property view appears.
8 In the appropriate cell, specify the composition for each component in the selected dataset.
Tips
– To erase all the values in the composition column, click the Erase button.
– To normalize the sum of the composition values to 1, click the Normalize button.
– To exit the Composition property view without accepting any modification, click the Cancel button.
9 Click the OK button.
1 0 Repeat steps 11 to 13 for to supply the information for all relevant the dataset.
Tip: To delete all the composition values for the dataset of the selected design variable, click the Erase All Datasets
button.
1 1 Repeat steps 6 through 14 to supply information for the design variables at product stream.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and
need to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

Specify Base Yield Specifications

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 262 of 647

4 In the Definition of Yield group, select the appropriate radio button to choose the method you want to calculate the
yield results of the Yield Shift reactor:
· Use percent conversion. Under the Conversion column, specify the percentage value of the conversion for
each component. Click the Edit Base Yield button to access the Input Base Yield property view. Under the Base
Yield column, type in the production and consumption percentage value for the components. Click the OK button.
Tips
– To erase all the percentage yield values in the Base Yield column, click the Erase button.
– To normalize the sum of the yield values to 0, click the Normalize button.
– To exit the Input Base Yield property view without accepting any modification, click the Cancel button.
· Use yield only. In the Total Conversion cell, type in the percentage value of the total conversion in the Yield
Shift reactor. Click the Edit Base Yield button to access the Input Base Yield property view. Under the Base Yield
column, type in the production and consumption percentage value for the components. Click the OK button.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

Specify Dataset Shifts of Design Variables

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Composition Shift tab.
3 In the Composition Shift tree browser, click the Base Shifts page.
4 In the top table, specify the minimum range value for each design variable and dataset along the Min row.
5 In the top table, specify the maximum range value for each design variable and dataset along the Max row.
6 In the top table, specify the base shift value for each design variable and dataset along the Base row.
7 In the bottom table, click a cell under the design variable dataset you want to specify and click the Edit Selected Base
Shift button.
The Design Var Base Shifts property view appears.
8 In the appropriate cell, enter the component base shift values.
Tips
· To erase the base shift values of the selected design variable dataset, click the Erase button.
· To normalize the sum of the base shift values to 0, click the Normalize button.
· To exit the Design Var Base Shifts property view without accepting any modification, click the Cancel button.
9 Click the OK button.
1 0 Repeat steps 7 to 9 to supply the component base shift values for each variable and dataset.
Tips
· To normalize the sum of the component base shift values for each dataset to 0, click the Normalize All Base Shifts
button.
· To erase all the component base shift values, click the Erase All Base Shifts button.

Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

Specify Composition Shift Efficiency

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 263 of 647

4 Under the Efficiencies column, click the appropriate cell and specify the efficiency of the design variables.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

View Calculated Yield Results

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Composition Shift tab.
3 In the Composition Shift tree browser, click the Plus icon to expand the Results branch.
4 Click on the Yields page.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

View Calculated Individual Design Variable Results

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Composition Shift tab.
3 In the Composition Shift tree browser, click the Plus icon to expand the Results branch.
4 Click on the Shift Extents page.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

View Total Calculated Design Variable Results

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Composition Shift tab.
3 In the Composition Shift tree browser, click the Plus icon to expand the Results branch.
4 Click on the Total Extents page.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

Specify Yield Shift Properties

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Property Shift tab.
3 In the Property Shift tree browser, click the Properties page.
4 Click the Insert New Property button.
HYSYS adds a new property to the Yield Shift Properties table, and automatically assign the following name to the property:
Property_n, where n is an integer number used to indicate different properties.
5 Under the Name column, type in a new name for the property.
6 Under the Unit Type column, use the drop-down list to select the unit for the property.
7 Under the Base Value column, type in the base value for the property.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 264 of 647

8 Repeat steps 4 to 7 until you have added all the properties you want.
Tip: To remove a property, select the property in the table and click the Remove Selected Property button.

Specify Base Data of Design Variables

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Property Shift tab.
3 In the Property Shift tree browser, click the Plus icon to expand the Design Data branch.
4 Click on the Base page.
5 Under the Design Base Value column, specify the base value for the design variables.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

Specify Dataset of Design Variables

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Property Shift tab.
3 In the Property Shift tree browser, click the Plus icon to expand the Design Data branch.
4 Click on the Datasets page.
5 In the Design Variables list, select the design variable you want to specify.
6 In the top table, specify the design variable value for each dataset.
7 In the bottom table, specify the property shift value for each dataset.
8 Repeat steps 5 to 7 for each design variable.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

Specify Dataset Shifts of Design Variables

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Property Shift tab.
3 In the Property Shift tree browser, click the Base Shifts page.
4 In the top table, specify the minimum range value for each design variable and dataset along the Min row.
5 In the top table, specify the maximum range value for each design variable and dataset along the Max row.
6 In the top table, specify the base shift value for each design variable and dataset along the Base row.
7 In the bottom table, specify the property shift value for each dataset along each property shift row.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 265 of 647

Specify Property Shift Efficiency

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Property Shift tab.
3 In the Property Shift tree browser, click the Efficiencies page.
4 Under the Efficiencies column, click the appropriate cell and specify the efficiency of the design variables.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

View Calculated Individual Design Variable Results

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Property Shift tab.
3 In the Property Shift tree browser, click the Plus icon to expand the Results branch.
4 Click on the Shift Extents page.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

View Total Calculated Design Variable Results

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Property Shift tab.
3 In the Property Shift tree browser, click the Plus icon to expand the Results branch.
4 Click on the Total Extents page.
Note: This page will appear blank if the yield shift reactor model has been protected by a password. The password
feature is made available for users who need to protect the proprietary properties of the reactor configuration and need
to share the reactor’s capabilities or results with other users.

Specify the Dynamics Parameter

1 From the PFD double-click the Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 In the Vessel Volume field, type in the volume of the reactor vessel.
Note: The information in the Dynamics tab is only relevant when the simulation is in Dynamics mode.

sAssay Manipulator

The Assay Manipulator allows you to change the petroleum assay properties of a material stream. There are two ways in
which the petroleum assay properties can be modified:
· Change properties. In this option, you can modify values of an individual petroleum property (for example, sulfur
content of a hypothetical component).
· Shift properties. In this option, you can specify a target bulk value of a petroleum property in the stream (for

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 266 of 647

example, the RON of a stream), and the assay manipulator automatically adjusts the values of all the individual petroleum
properties to meet the new bulk value.
See Also
Adding an assay manipulator
Viewing the assay manipulator properties
Deleting an assay manipulator

Add an Assay Manipulator

There are two ways that you can add an Assay Manipulator to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the RefSYS Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select Manipulator.
4 Click the Add button. The Assay Manipulator property view appears.
OR
1 Press F6. The REFSYS object palette appears.

2 Double-click the Manipulator icon . The Assay Manipulator property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when
solving the simulation.
See Also
Specify the stream connections for the assay manipulator
Specify the parameters for the assay manipulator
Specify the properties being manipulated by the assay manipulator
Change the petroleum assay property values in the assay manipulator
Shift the petroleum assay property values in the assay manipulator
Manipulate product stream composition
Specify the user variables for the assay manipulator
Making notes

Delete an Assay Manipulator

1 From the PFD, double-click the Assay Manipulator icon. The Assay Manipulator property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete an assay manipulator by clicking on the Assay
Manipulator icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View Assay Manipulator Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Assay Manipulator icon. The Assay Manipulator property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the assay manipulator’s properties.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 267 of 647

Specify the properties being manipulated by the assay manipulator

Change the petroleum assay property values in the assay manipulator
Shift the petroleum assay property values in the assay manipulator
Manipulate product stream composition
Specify the user variables for the assay manipulator
View the conditions of the streams connected to the assay manipulator
View the properties of the streams connected to the assay manipulator
View the composition of the streams connected to the assay manipulator
Making notes

Specify Assay Manipulator Stream Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Assay Manipulator icon. The Assay Manipulator property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the assay manipulator.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the air cooler. The fluid package that
is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Assay Manipulator Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Assay Manipulator icon. The Assay Manipulator property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 Select which property will be transferred over to the new product stream by selecting or clearing the appropriate
checkbox.
You can transfer the following property values from the feed stream to the product stream: temperature, pressure, or flow
rate.

Specify Properties for Shift or Change

1 From the PFD, double-click the Assay Manipulator icon. The Assay Manipulator property view appears.
2 Click on the Assay tab.
3 Click on the Options page.
4 Under the Property column, use the drop-down list to select the petroleum assay properties you want to manipulate.
5 Under the Options column, use the drop-down list to select the type of changes that will be used to manipulate the
selected petroleum assay property.
There are two types of changes available:
· Change Prop. This option allows you to manually enter new values for the selected petroleum assay
property for each hypothetical component.
· Shift Prop. This option allows you to shift all the values in the selected petroleum assay property to meet a
certain target bulk value.
6 Repeat step 4 and 5 until you have added all the petroleum assay properties that you want to manipulate.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 268 of 647

Change Selected Petroleum Assay Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Assay Manipulator icon. The Assay Manipulator property view appears.
2 Click on the Assay tab.
3 Click on the Change Props page.
4 In the Assay Properties group, use the drop-down list to select the petroleum assay property.
5 In the table, type in the new petroleum assay property values in the appropriate cells.
Notes
· If none of the petroleum assay properties in the Options page have the Change Prop option, the drop-down list in
the Assay Properties group will be blank.
· The plot beside the table displays the original and modified petroleum assay property values.

Shift Selected Petroleum Assay Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Assay Manipulator icon. The Assay Manipulator property view appears.
2 Click on the Assay tab.
3 Click on the Shift Props page.
4 In the Shift Properties group, use the drop-down list to select the petroleum assay property.
5 In the Reference Assay table, select the base point property values for the manipulation by doing one of the
following:
· Select the Use Feed checkbox to use the property values from the feed stream.
· Use the drop-down list in the Use Assay cell to select the property values from a petroleum assay.
6 In the Targets table, specify the shift in value for the selected property by doing one of the following:
· Type the shift value amount Product cell.
· Type the difference between the feed value and the target value in the Prod – Feed cell.
Notes
· The Calculated Values table displays the total feed and product weight percentage.
· The plot displays the feed and shifted petroleum assay property values.
· You can choose to modify the component values of liquid density and/or molecular weight or the bulk liquid density
and/or molecular weight. In this option, the program will re-estimate the physical properties of all the components,
such as critical temperature, critical pressure, and so forth.

Manipulate Product Stream Composition

1 From the PFD, double-click the Assay Manipulator icon. The Assay Manipulator property view appears.
2 Click on the Assay tab.
3 Click on the Composition page.
4 In the Product Composition group, select the Manipulate Product Composition checkbox.
5 In the View/Edit group, select one of the following methods to manipulate the product stream composition:
· Plus-Fraction radio button. Select this radio button to specify the temperature vs. percent yield data. In the
right drop-down list, select the temperature variable (TBP, ASTM D86, D2887, or D1160). In the left drop-down
list, select mass or volume for the percent yield. In the table, enter the temperature and associate percent yield
data.
· Light Ends radio button. Select this radio button to specify the light ends component fractions. In the left
drop-down list, select mass or volume for the component fraction. In the table, enter the component fraction for
the light ends.
Note: The changes in the product composition are displayed in the Composition vs. NBP plot. The plot displays both feed

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 269 of 647

and product streams data, so you can observe the changes.

Catalytic Reformer Overview

The Reformer model in RefSYS is a state-of-the-art Catalytic Naphtha Reformer Unit simulation system that can be used for
modeling a CCR or Semi-regenerative reformer unit as a standalone unit operation or as part of a refinery-wide flowsheet.
The Catalytic Reformer operation includes feed characterization system, reactor section, stabilizer, and product mapper. The
reactor section includes reactors, heaters, compressor, separator, and recontactor. The reactor model is based on rigorous
kinetics. The feed characterization system and product mapper are designed to work together with the RefSYS assay
system so the Reformer model can be simulated in a refinery-wide flowsheet.
The features of the Catalytic Reformer operation are spread into two environments:
· Main Environment
· Catalytic Reformer Environment
· Calibration Environment
See Also
Creating a Catalytic Reformer template
Adding a Catalytic Reformer
Viewing a Catalytic Reformer
Deleting a Catalytic Reformer

Create a Catalytic Reformer Template

To create a catalytic reformer template:

1 In the Main environment, select File | New | Catalytic Reformer Template in the menu bar.
The Reformer Configuration Wizard property view appears.
Note: HYSYS automatically creates a catalytic reformer fluid package with predetermined component list for the Catalytic
Reformer template.
2 In the first page of the Reformer Configuration Wizard property view, configure the reactor in the Catalytic Reformer.
3 Click Next.
4 In the second page of the Reformer Configuration Wizard property view, specify the parameters of the reactor and
heaters in the Catalytic Reformer.
5 Click Next.
6 In the third and final page of the Reformer Configuration Wizard property view, select or specify a set of calibration
factors.
7 Click Done.
RefSYS completes the Catalytic Reformer subflowsheet, based on the specified information from the Reformer Configuration
Wizard, and opens the Catalytic Reformer subflowsheet environment.
8 In the Catalytic Reformer environment, you can:
· Access and modify the reactor section and stabilizer tower by double-clicking the appropriate object icon in
the Catalytic Reformer PDF.
· Access the Reformer Configuration Wizard.
· Select the calibration factor set.
9 In the menu bar, select File | Save As or File | Save command.
1 0 In the Save As or Save property view, select a location for the Catalytic Reformer template file using the Save in
drop-down list.
1 1 Enter a name for the Catalytic Reformer template file in the File Name field.
1 2 Click Save.
RefSYS saves the Catalytic Reformer template as a *.ref file.
See Also

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 270 of 647

Adding a Catalytic Reformer

Viewing a Catalytic Reformer
Deleting a Catalytic Reformer

Add a Catalytic Reformer

To add a catalytic reformer into a PFD:

1 Open an appropriate simulation case.
2 Press F12 to open the UnitOps property view.
3 In the Categories group, select the Refinery Ops radio button.
4 In the Available Unit Operations group, select Catalytic Reformer and click Add.
The Reformer Template Option property view appears
5 In the Reformer Template Option view, do one of the following:
· Click Read an Existing Reformer Template to add a Catalytic Reformer operation based on an existing
template.
The Catalytic Reformer operation appears on the PFD.
· Click Configure a New Reformer Unit to add a Catalytic Reformer operation and configure it from scratch.
The Reformer Configuration Wizard property view appears, and you have to configure the basic structure of the
Catalytic Reformer operation using the features available in the Reformer Configuration Wizard. After you have
specified the minimum information required, the Catalytic Reformer operation appears on the PFD.
6 Open the Catalytic Reformer property view and make the necessary changes/specifications/connections for the
simulation case.
See Also
Viewing a Catalytic Reformer
Deleting a Catalytic Reformer
Calibrating a Catalytic Reformer

View Catalytic Reformer Properties

To view the properties of a Catalytic Reformer operation:

1 In the Main environment, click the PFD icon in the tool bar.
2 In the PFD property view, right-click the Catalytic Reformer icon.
3 In the object inspect menu, select View Properties command.
The Catalytic Reformer property view appears.

Tips
· Click the Delete button to delete the Catalytic Reformer.
· Click the Reformer Environment button to enter the Catalytic Reformer
environment.
· The status bar displays the current condition of the Catalytic Reformer.
· Click the Ignore checkbox to ignore the Catalytic Reformer during
simulation calculation of the process flow diagram. Clear the Ignore
checkbox to restore the Catalytic Reformer into the simulation calculation.
See Also
Configuring the overall Catalytic Reformer
Configuring the Reactor Section
Configuring the Stabilizer Tower
Viewing the Catalytic Reformer Results
Deleting Catalytic Reformer
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 271 of 647

Delete a Catalytic Reformer

To delete an existing Catalytic Reformer operation, do one of the following:

· On the PFD property view, select the Catalytic Reformer operation icon and press DELETE.
· On the PFD property view, right-click the Catalytic Reformer operation icon and select Delete command from the
object inspect menu.
· On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Delete button.
· On the Workbook property view, click the Unit Ops tab, select the Catalytic Reformer under the Name column, and
click the Delete UnitOp button.

Reformer Configuration Wizard

The Reformer Configuration Wizard is made up of three sequential pages. Each page contains features that enable you to
specify the basic configuration of the Catalytic Reformer. When you finish entering information in a page, you can move on
to the next page.
The following table lists the common buttons available at the bottom of the Reformer Configuration Wizard property view:
Button Description
Next> Enables you to move forward to the next page.
<Prev Enables you to move backward to the previous page.
Cancel Enables you to exit the Reformer Configuration Wizard without saving any
changes or creating a catalytic reformer operation.
Close Enables you to exit the Reformer Configuration Wizard and keep any
specifications or changes made to the catalytic reformer operation.
Done Enables you to exit the Reformer Configuration Wizard and finish configuring the
catalytic reformer operation.
See Also
Configuration Page
Geometry Page
Calibration Factors Page

Configuration Page 1 of 3

In the first page of the Reformer Configuration Wizard property view, you can configure the reactor part of the Catalytic
Reformer.
1 In the Type group, use the radio button to select the type of reactor.
There are two selections to choose from:
· CCR
· Semi-Regen
2 In the Reactor Section, use the radio button to select the number of reactor beds.
There are two selections to choose from:
· 3 beds
· 4 beds
3 You can add a recontactor to the Catalytic Reformer by selecting the Include Hydrogen Recontactor checkbox.
4 You can add a tower to the Catalytic Reformer by selecting the Include Stabilizer Tower checkbox.
5 Click the Next button to access the Geometry page.

Tip: Click the Cancel button to exit the Reformer Configuration Wizard without
saving any changes.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 272 of 647

Geometry Page 2 of 3

In the second page of the Reformer Configuration Wizard property view, you can specify the parameters for the reactor
beds in the Catalytic Reformer.
1 In the Length row, specify the bed length of each reactor bed.
2 In the Cat. Wt. row, specify the catalyst weight of each reactor bed.
3 In the Void Fraction cell, specify the void fractions of the catalyst in the reactor.
4 In the Catalyst Density cell, specify the density of the catalyst in the reactor.
Note: The number of Bed column vary depending on how many reactor beds you select in the Configuration page.

Tips
· Click the Next> button to access the Calibration Factors page.
· Click the <Prev button to access the Configuration page.
· Click the Close button to exit the Reformer Configuration Wizard without
saving any changes.

Calibration Factors Page 3 of 3

In the third and final page of the Reformer Configuration Wizard property view, you can select or specify a set of
calibration factors.
To select an existing calibration factor set:
1 Open the Use an existing set of calibration factors drop-down list.
2 Select an existing calibration factor set from the drop-down list.
Note: The default selection is the calibration factor set provided by HYSYS.

Tip: Click the Library button to access the Calibration Set Library property view
and modify/clone/add/delete/import/export the calibration factor set.
3 Click Done.

Tips
· Click the <Prev button to access the Geometry page.
· Click the Close button to exit the Reformer Configuration Wizard without
saving any changes.

Connect Streams

To connect streams to the Catalytic Reformer:

1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Design tab and select the Connections page.
4 In the Products table(s), under the External column specify the name of the product stream, or open the drop-down
list and select an existing stream.
5 In the Feeds table, under the External column specify the name of the feed stream, or open the drop-down list and
select an existing stream.
6 Under the Feed Type column, select the appropriate cell and open the drop-down list to select the feed type
associated to the feed stream.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 273 of 647

Tips
· You can specify/modify the name for the Catalytic Reformer operation in
the Name field.
· Click the Feed Type Library button to access the Feed Type Library
Property View and modify/configure the feed type and data of a selected
stream.

Select a Calibration Factors

To select a calibration factor sets for the Catalytic Reformer:

1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Design tab and select the Calibration Factors page.
4 Open the Calibration Factor Set drop-down list and select a calibration factor set for the Catalytic Reformer operation.
Note: HYSYS provides a default calibration factor set. This default set is read-only. You have to clone or create your
own calibration factor set to populate the set with your own values.

Tip: You can click the Calibration Factors Library button to access the
Calibration Set Library property view and manage the calibration factor sets.

Configure Feed Streams

To configure the feed streams entering the reactor of the Catalytic Reformer:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Reactor Section tab and select the Feed page.
4 Specify the volume, mass, or standard volume flow rate of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Volume
Flow, Mass Flow, or Std Vol Flow column respectively.
5 Specify the temperature of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Temperature column.
6 Specify the pressure of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Pressure column.
Note: The last row displays the total for each flow rate type.

Specify Reactor Control

To specify the reactor controls of the Catalytic Reformer:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 274 of 647

· sum of aromatics in weight% of feed

5 In the Hydrogen Recycle group, specify the recycle compressor flow rate and the H2HC ratio.
6 In the Product Separator group, specify the temperature and pressure in the separator.

Specify Catalyst Properties

To specify the catalyst properties of the Catalytic Reformer:

1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Reactor Section tab and select the Catalyst page.
4 Depending on which reactor type you select, you need to specify one of the following group of catalyst properties:
· For CCR:
– catalyst circulation rate
– coke on catalyst weight% for each reactor bed
– coke laydown rate for each reactor bed
· For semi-regen:
– In the Simulation End/Start Times table, specify the start time and end time of the simulation.
– In the COC at Start of Simulation table, specify the COC for each reactor bed at the start of the
simulation.
– In the Equilibrium Distribution Factor table, specify the COC equilibrium distribution factor for each
reactor bed.

Configure Recontactor

To configure the recontactor of the Catalytic Reformer:

1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Reactor Section tab and select the Recontactor page.
4 Along the Outlet Pressure row, specify the pressure value for the low and high pressure in the appropriate cells.
5 Along the Inlet Stream DP row, specify the pressure difference for the low and high pressure in the appropriate cells.
6 Along the Product Temperature row, specify the temperature for the low and high pressure.
7 Along the Murphree Efficiency row, specify the Murphree efficiency for the low and high pressure.
Note: If the Catalytic Reformer does not contain a recontactor, than this page is blank.

Select Solver Options

To select the solver options for the OOMF solver of the Catalytic Reformer:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Reactor Section tab and select the Solver Options page.
4 Configure the Catalytic Reformer solver calculation using the options in the Solver Options page.

Specify Solver Scripts/Commands

To specify and run solver scripts or commands for the reactor of the Catalytic Reformer:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 275 of 647

Tips
· To clear the commands in the Simulation Engine Message and Script
Commands field, click the Clear Message button.
· To retrieve previous command, click the Get Prev. Command button. The
previous command appears in the Enter Script Command field.
· To retrieve next command, click the Get Next Command button. The next
command appears in the Enter Script Command field.
· To clear the command in the Enter Script Command field, click the Clear
Command button.

Specify Advanced Variables

To configure Catalytic Reformer performance to match real plant simulation data:

1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Reactor Section tab and select the Advanced page.
4 In the FOE Densities group, modify the FOE density of the following components: H2, Methane, Ethane, and Ethylene.
5 In the General Calibration Factors group, modify the variable properties of the calibration factors.
6 In the Heater Efficiencies group, modify the heat transfer efficiency of each reactor bed.
7 In the Activity Profile Constants group, modify the following variables: minimum activity, COC (coke on catalyst)
response factor, and distribution factor.
Note: The options/features in the Advanced page are meant for expert users who want to adjust the Catalytic Reformer
operation performance to match their plant data.

Specify Stabilizer Tower Zone Pressure

To specify the zone pressure in the stabilizer tower of the Catalytic Reformer:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Stabilizer Tower tab and select the Zone Pressures page.
4 Under the Zone Top Pressure column, specify the pressure value for each zone in the stabilizer tower.
5 In the Bottom Pressure cell, specify the bottom pressure of the stabilizer tower.

Configure Stabilizer Tower Specifications

To specify the TBP cut point of the stabilizer tower of the Catalytic Reformer:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Stabilizer Tower tab and select the Specs page.
4 In the Spec Option group, select the TBP Cut Point radio button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 276 of 647

5 In the TBP Calculation Method drop-down list, select the calculation method for the TBP cut point.
6 Under the TBP Cut Point column, specify the boiling point temperature for each cut point.
Notes
· The Molar Feed Fraction column displays the feed fraction for each cut point.
· The TBP 5% column displays the boiling point temperature at 5 percent of each cut point.
· The TBP 95% column displays the boiling point temperature at 95 percent of each cut point.
To specify the Product Flow Fraction in the stabilizer tower of the Catalytic Reformer:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Stabilizer Tower tab and select the Specs page.
4 In the Spec Option group, select Product Flow Fraction radio button.
5 In the Basis group, select one of the following bases you want to specify the feed fraction in: Molar, Mass, or Liquid
Volume.
6 Under the Feed Fraction column, specify the fraction of the feed stream divided into each product stream.
Note: The Bottom Spec group displays the calculated (Actual) bottom stream flow rate and the minimum required
(Minimum) bottom stream flow rate. The minimum flow rate is based on the Feed stream flow rate and entering
temperature. If the minimum flow rate is more than the bottom flow rate, the column will not converge.

View Summary Results

The Summary page displays the calculated results of the Catalytic Reformer.
To access the Summary page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Results tab and select the Summary page.

View Feed Blend Results

The Feed Blend page displays the detailed characterization of each individual feed and blended feed streams entering the
Catalytic Reformer.
To access the Feed Blend page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Results tab and select the Feed Blend page.

View Product Yields Results

The Product Yields page displays the Net Reactor yields from the simulation. You can control the type of information
appearing on the page by selecting one of the following radio buttons:
· Grouped Yield
· Detailed Yield
Note: If the Catalytic Reformer contains a stabilizer tower, the product stream properties from the stabilizer tower also
appears on the Product Yields page.
To access the Product Yields page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 277 of 647

3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Results tab and select the Product Yields page.

View Product Properties Results

The Product Properties page displays the properties of the net reactor yield from the simulation and the fractionated cuts if
a stabilizer tower is included.
To access the Product Properties page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Results tab and select the Product Properties page.

View Reactors Results

The Reactors page displays the key simulation results of the riser and reactor.
To access the Reactors page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Results tab and select the Reactors page.

View Heaters Results

The Heaters page displays the calculated results of the fired duty and absorbed duty of each heater in the Catalytic
Reformer.
To access the Heaters page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Results tab and select the Heaters page.

View Recontactor Results

The Recontactor page displays calculated results of the recontactor.

Note: If the Catalytic Reformer does not have a recontactor, this page is blank.
To access the Recontactor page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Catalytic Reformer icon to open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
3 On the Catalytic Reformer property view, click the Results tab and select the Recontactor page.

View Product Stream Results

The Product Streams page displays the calculated product stream component and property results in the following basis:
· Mass basis for the O/H liquid and bottom streams
· Volume basis for the O/H liquid and bottom streams
· Mole basis for the O/H liquid and bottom streams
To access the Product Streams page:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 278 of 647

Reactor Section Property View

The Reactor Section property view enables you to modify and configure the reactor in the Catalytic Reformer operation.
To access the Reactor Section property view:
1 In the Main environment, open the Catalytic Reformer property view.
2 Click the Reformer Environment button.
3 In the Catalytic Reformer environment, open the subflowsheet.
4 Double-click the Reactor Section icon.

Tips
· Click the Delete button to delete the reactor in the Catalytic Reformer.
· The status bar displays the current condition of the reactor.
· Click the Ignore checkbox to ignore the reactor during simulation
calculation of the process flow diagram. Clear the Ignore checkbox to
restore the reactor into the simulation calculation.
See Also
Configuring reactor design
Specifying feed type
Specifying operation details
Viewing reactor results

Configure Reactor

To configure the reactor in the Catalytic Reformer:

1 In the Reactor Section property view, click the Design tab.
2 Select the Configuration page.
3 In the Reactor Section group, you can modify the number of reactor beds by selecting the appropriate radio button.
4 In the Catalyst Type group, you can modify the catalyst type by selecting the appropriate radio button.

Tips
· Select the Include Hydrogen Recontactor checkbox if you want to include
a recontactor to the Catalytic Reformer.
· Click the Configuration Wizard button to access the Reformer
Configuration Wizard feature.

Specify Reactor Geometry

To specify reactor geometry parameters for the Catalytic Reformer:

1 In the Reactor Section property view, click the Design tab.
2 Select the Geometry page.
3 In the table provided, enter the following reactor parameters in the appropriate cell:
· reactor bed length
· catalyst weight in the reactor
Note: Each column in the table contains the parameter information for each reactor bed.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 279 of 647

4 In the Void Fraction cell, specify the void fraction value of the catalyst in the reactor.
5 In the Catalyst Density cell, specify the density of the catalyst in the reactor.

Add Feed Type

To add a feed type into the Catalytic Reformer:

1 In the Reactor Section property view, click the Feed Data tab.
2 Select the Library page.
3 Click the Add button.
The Feed Type property view appears.
By default the properties of the new feed type are populated with VGO feed type values.
4 In the Feed Type group, enter the name of the feed type in the Name field.

Tip: You can provide a description of the new feed type by entering the
information in the Description field.
5 In the Kinetic Lump Weight Percents group, enter the weight percents for the kinetic lumps in the new feed type.

Tip: You can normalize the total percentage value of the Kinetic Lump Weight
Percents to 100 by clicking the Normalize button.
6 In the Methyls and Biases group, enter the methyl elements’ specifications and boiling point and Ca biases for the
new feed type.

Tip: You can click the Calculate Biases button to calculate the bias values
based on the specified bulk properties.

7 Click the Close icon to close the Feed Type property view and save the new feed type into the Catalytic Reformer
operation.
The new feed type appears in the Available Feed Types list on the Library page of the Reactor Section property view.

Tip: To delete an existing feed type, select the feed type in the Available Feed
Types list and click the Delete button.
See Also
Editing existing feed type
Cloning existing feed type
Importing feed type from a file
Exporting feed type into a file

Specify Feed Properties

The Properties page enables you to specify properties for virtual feeds. The virtual feeds are feeds not represented by
internal or external streams in the subflowsheet and flowsheet respectively.
To specify feed properties in the Catalytic Reformer:
1 In the Reactor Section property view, click the Feed Data tab.
2 Select the Properties page.
3 In the Feeds group, do one of the following:
· Click the Add button to add a virtual feed stream.
· Select a stream from the Feeds list.
Notes
· The Feeds list displays the names of all the virtual and real streams connected to the reactor.
· You cannot change the properties of a stream connected to an external stream. You can only change the name and
feed type of that stream.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 280 of 647

· You can only add virtual type streams in the Properties page.

Tips
· You can create a clone virtual stream of an existing virtual or real stream,
by selecting the stream from the Feeds list and click the Clone button.
· You can delete an existing stream, by selecting the stream from the Feeds
list and click the Delete button. If the selected stream is real, then both
real and virtual stream (connected to the real selected stream) are deleted.
4 In the Feed Properties group, click the radio button to select one of the following methods to specify the feed stream
properties:
· Assay
· Bulk Properties
· Kinetic Lumps
Note:
· Assay drop-down list – Enables you to select the assay associated to the selected feed type in the Feed Type list.
This drop-down list is only available if you select the Assay radio button.
· Use GC Data Checkbox – Enables you to use the GC data (from the selected feed stream) to derived the
composition. This checkbox in only available if you select the Assay radio button and if the selected feed stream
contains GC data.
5 In the Properties of Selected Feed group, specify the stream properties.

Specify Feed Conditions

To specify feed conditions in the Catalytic Reformer:

1 In the Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Feeds page.
3 Specify the volume, mass, or standard volume flow rate of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Volume
Flow, Mass Flow, or Std Vol Flow column respectively.
4 Specify the temperature of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Temperature column.
Note: The last row displays the total for each flow rate type.

Configure Reactor Control

To configure reactor controls in the Catalytic Reformer:

1 In the Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Reactor Control page.
3 In the Reactor Temperature Specification table, specify the following variables:
· WAIT (weight average inlet temperature)
· WABT (weight average bottom temperature)
· reactor inlet reference temperature
· temperature bias for all the reactor beds
· inlet temperature for all the reactor beds
· C5+ RON
· C6+ RON
· sum of aromatics in weight% of feed
4 In the Hydrogen Recycle table, specify the recycle compressor flow rate and the H2HC ratio.
5 In the Product separator table, specify the temperature and pressure in the separator.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 281 of 647

Specify Reactor Catalyst

To specify the catalyst properties of the Catalytic Reformer:

1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab
2 Select the Catalyst page.
3 Depending on which reactor type you select, you need to specify one of the following group of catalyst properties:
· For CCR:
– catalyst circulation rate
– coke on catalyst weight% for each reactor bed
– coke laydown rate for each reactor bed
· For semi-regen:
– In the Simulation End/Start Times table, specify the start time and end time of the simulation.
– In the COC at Start of Simulation table, specify the COC for each reactor bed at the start of the
simulation.
– In the Equilibrium Distribution Factor table, specify the COC equilibrium distribution factor for each
reactor bed.

Configure Recontactor

To configure the recontactor in the Catalytic Reformer:

1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Recontactor page.
3 In the Booster Compressor 1 table, specify the following variables in the appropriate cells:
· outlet pressure of compressor 1
· mechanical efficiency of compressor 1
· actual volume surge of compressor 1
· actual efficiency of compressor 1
6 In the Booster Compressor 2 table, specify the following variables in the appropriate cells:
· outlet pressure of compressor 2
· mechanical efficiency of compressor 2
· actual volume surge of compressor 2
· actual efficiency of compressor 2
7 In the Low Pressure Recontactor Drum table, specify the following variables in the appropriate cells:
· pressure drop
· temperature of outlet stream
· Murphree efficiency of product stream
8 In the High Pressure Recontactor Drum table, specify the following variables in the appropriate cells:
· pressure drop
· temperature of outlet stream
· Murphree efficiency of product stream
Note: If the Catalytic Reformer does not contain a recontactor, than this page is blank.

Select Solver Options

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 282 of 647

To select the solver options for the OOMF solver of the Catalytic Reformer:
1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Solver Options page.
3 Configure the Catalytic Reformer solver calculation using the options in the Solver Options page.

Specify Additional Solver Commands/Scripts

To specify and run solver scripts or commands for the reactor of the Catalytic Reformer:
1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Solver Console page.
Note: Solver messages and commands appear in the Simulation Engine Message and Script Commands field.
3 In the Enter Script Command field, enter the script command you want to run.
4 Click Run Command.

Specify Advanced Options

To configure Catalytic Reformer performance to match real plant simulation data:

1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Advanced page.
3 In the FOE Densities group, modify the FOE density of the following components: H2, Methane, Ethane, and Ethylene.
4 In the General Calibration Factors group, modify the variable properties of the calibration factors.
5 In the Heater Efficiencies group, modify the heat transfer efficiency of each reactor bed.
6 In the Activity Profile Constants group, modify the following variables: minimum activity, COC (coke on catalyst)
response factor, and distribution factor.
Note: The options/features in the Advanced page are meant for expert users who want to adjust the Catalytic Reformer
operation performance to match their plant data.

View Feed Blend Results

The Feed Blend page displays the detailed characterization of each individual feed and blended feed streams entering the
reactor.
To access the Feed Blend page:
1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Feed Blend page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 283 of 647

View Product Yield Results

The Product Yields page displays the Net Reactor yields from the simulation. You can control the type of information
appearing on the page by selecting one of the following radio buttons:
· Grouped Yield
· Detailed Yield
Note: If the Catalytic Reformer contains a stabilizer tower, the product stream properties from the stabilizer tower also
appear on the Product Yields page.
To access the Product Yields page:
1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Product Yields page.

View Product Properties Results

View Reactor Results

The Reactors page displays the key simulation results of the riser and reactor.
To access the Reactors page:
1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Reactors page.

View Heater Results

The Heaters page displays the calculated results of the fired duty and absorbed duty of each heater in the Catalytic
Reformer.
To access the Heaters page:
1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Heaters page.

View Recontactor Results

The Recontactor page displays calculated results of the recontactor.

Note: If the Catalytic Reformer does not have a recontactor, this page is blank.
To access the Recontactor page:
1 On the Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Recontactor page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 284 of 647

View Product Stream Results

Calibration Property View

The Calibration property view enables you to perform calibration run on the Catalytic Reformer operation. The results from
the calculation can be exported into the simulation case or into a file for later use in other simulation case.
To access the Calibration property view, enter the Calibration environment and select Calibration | Calibration Workbook
command from the menu bar.
Note: The status bar located at the bottom right corner of the Calibration property view displays the status of the
calibration/prediction run.

Tips
· Click the Run Calibration button to perform the calibration calculation.
· Open the Data Set drop-down list and select a data set (Catalytic
Reformer and calibration configuration values) to be used in the
calibration/prediction run.
· Click the Manage Data Sets button to access the Data Set Manager
property view to create, copy, delete, and rename data sets.
· Click the Push Data to Simulation button to export the current calibration
results to the Catalytic Reformer variables in the simulation case.
· Click the Pull Data from Simulation button to import the Catalytic Reformer
variable values, from the simulation case, into the Calibration property
view.
· Click the Return to Simulation button to exit the Calibration environment
and return to the Catalytic Reformer environment.
See Also
Modifying configuration of reactor
Modifying feed data
Modifying overall operation condition of the Catalytic Reformer
Modifying measurement data variables
Modifying calibration control variables
Viewing calibration run results

Data Set Manager Property View

The Data Set Manager property view enables you to manage the Catalytic Reformer data sets. The data sets are the
variable/parameter values that configure/make up the Catalytic Reformer operation and calibration assumptions/objective
functions.
To access the Data Set Manager property view:
1 Enter the Calibration environment.
2 Open the Calibration property view.
3 Click the Manage Data Sets button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 285 of 647

The Data Set Manager property view enables you to do the following:
· Add a new data set
· Copy an existing data set
· Delete an existing data set
· Rename an existing data set

Select Data Sets for Calibration Property View

The Select Data Sets for Calibration property view enables you to view the status of the data sets and manipulate the
number of data sets used in the calibration run.
The Select Data Sets for Calibration property view only appears when the Run Calibration button (in the Calibration
property view) is clicked and the Calibration property view has more than one data set.
To select multiple data set for a calibration run:
1 In the Calibration property view, click the Run Calibration button.
The Select Data Sets for Calibration property view appears.

Tip: You can click the Manage Data Sets button to access the Data Set
Manager property view and create multiple data sets.
2 In the Select Data Sets for Calibration property view, select the checkbox, under the Include column, associated to
the data set you want to use.
Each time the checkbox is selected, the Validation Wizard property view appears.
3 In the Validation Wizard property view, validate the data set and click OK.
Under the Status column, the status of the data set displays OK.
Note: If the data set is not ready for the calibration run (for example, the status displays Input Incomplete), the
checkbox beside the data set is inactive.
4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 till you have selected and validated all the data set you want to include in the calibration run.
5 On the Select Data Sets for Calibration view, click the Run Calibration button to begin the calibration run.
Note: The Run Calibration button is inactive until you select a data set for the calibration run.

Tips
· Click the Stop button to stop the calibration run during mid-calculation.
· Click the Close button to exit the Select Data Sets for Calibration view.

Validation Wizard Property View

The Validation Wizard property view enables you to validate values generated from the selected data set, by comparing the
mass flow rate between the feed stream(s) and product streams.
· If the Total cell under the Mass Flow column (in the Feed Group) equals the Total cell under the Measured Mass
Flow column (in the Product Group), the current data set is valid and is used in the calibration run.
· If the Total cell under the Mass Flow column (in the Feed Group) does not equal the Total cell under the Measured
Mass Flow column (in the Product Group), you can assign a bias feature to manipulate/adjust the mass flow rate of
the product stream whose measured data are less reliable.
To assign the bias feature to a product stream, select the appropriate checkbox under the Assign Bias column. Clear the
checkbox to remove the bias feature.
Thus the adjusted data set is valid and used in the calibration run.
The Validation Wizard view appears when one of the following occurs:
· The Run Calibration button (in the Calibration property view) is clicked and the Calibration property view only has
one data set.
· The checkbox under the Include column (in the Select Data Sets for Calibration property view) is selected.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 286 of 647

Notes
· HYSYS always validates the selected data set before the calibration is actually run.
· The coke mass flow and hydrogen in coke are also calculated from flue gas analysis.
· Any unreasonable values indicate that the flue gas analysis is questionable and you should not proceed with the
calibration.
· The Validation Wizard does not display recycle streams.

Configure Reactor

To configure the reactor for calibration run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Design tab.
2 Select the Configuration page.
3 Click the Configuration Wizard button to access the Reformer Configuration Wizard feature.
4 Make the necessary changes in the Reformer Configuration Wizard property view and accept the changes.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Specify Reactor Geometry

To specify reactor geometry parameters for the calibration run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Design tab.
2 Select the Geometry page.
3 In the table provided, enter the following reactor bed parameters in the appropriate cell:
· reactor bed length
· catalyst weight in the reactor
4 In the Void Fraction cell, specify the void fraction value of the reactor (the ratio between space in the reactor and
space taken by the tubes).
5 In the Catalyst Density cell, specify the density of the catalyst in the reactor.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Modify Feed Type

To modify a feed type for the calibration run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Feed Data tab.
2 Select the Library page.
3 In the Feed Types group, select the feed type you want to modify.
4 In the Properties of Selected Feed Type group, make the necessary modifications in the appropriate cells.

Tip: To delete an existing feed type, select the feed type in the Feed Types
group and click the Delete button.
See Also
Importing feed type from a file
Exporting feed type into a file
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 287 of 647

Specify Feed Properties

To specify feed properties for the calibration run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Feed Data tab.
2 Select the Properties page.
3 In the Feeds group, do one of the following:
· Click the Add button to add a virtual feed stream.
· Select a stream from the Feeds list.
Notes
· The Feeds list displays the names of all the virtual and real streams connected to the reactor.
· You cannot change the properties of a stream connected to an external stream. You can only change the name and
feed type of that stream.
· You can only add virtual type streams in the Properties page.

Tip: You can delete an existing stream, by selecting the stream from the Feeds
list and click the Delete button. If the selected stream is real, then both real
and virtual stream (connected to the real selected stream) are deleted.
4 In the Selected Feed group, click the radio button to select one of the following method to specify the feed stream
properties:
· Assay
· Bulk Properties
· Kinetic Lumps
5 In the Feed Properties group, specify the feed stream properties.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Modify Feed Conditions

To modify feed conditions for calibration run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Feeds page.
3 Modify the volume, mass, or standard volume flow rate of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Volume
Flow, Mass Flow, or Std Vol Flow column respectively.
4 Modify the temperature of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Temperature column.
5 Modify the pressure of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Pressure column.
Notes
· The last row displays the total for each flow rate type.
· You can modify the overall pressure of the blended feed in the appropriate cell along the Blended row.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Modify Reactor Control

To configure reactor controls for the calibration run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Reactor Control page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 288 of 647

3 In the Reactor Temperature Specification table, modify the following variables:

· WAIT (weight average inlet temperature)
· WABT (weight average bottom temperature)
· reactor inlet reference temperature
· temperature bias for all the reactor beds
· inlet temperature for all the reactor beds
· C5+ RON
· C6+ RON
· sum of aromatics in weight% of feed
4 In the Hydrogen Recycle table, modify the recycle compressor flow rate and the H2HC ratio.
5 In the Product separator table, modify the temperature and pressure in the separator.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Modify Catalyst

To specify the catalyst properties for the calibration run:

1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab
2 Select the Catalyst page.
3 Depending on which reactor type you select, you can modify one of the following group of catalyst properties:
· For CCR:
– Catalyst circulation rate
– Coke on catalyst weight% for each reactor bed
– Coke laydown rate
– Percent pinning
· For semi-regen:
– Start time of the simulation
– End time of the simulation
– Coke on catalyst for each reactor bed at the start of the simulation
– Coke on catalyst equilibrium distribution factor for each reactor bed
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Modify Recontactor

To configure the recontactor for the calibration run:

1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Recontactor page.
3 Modify the following variables in the appropriate cells:
· Outlet pressure at low and high pressure
· Outlet temperature at low and high pressure
· Inlet stream pressure difference at low and high pressure
· Product temperature at low and high pressure
· Murphree efficiency at low and high pressure
· Fraction of H2 to vent H2 at low and high pressure
Note: If the Catalytic Reformer does not contain a recontactor, than this page is blank.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 289 of 647

Modify Heater Parameters

To modify the heater parameters for the calibration run:

1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Product Heater page.
3 In the Temperature or Heat Duty cell, modify the temperature or heat duty of the heater.
4 In the Pressure or Delta P cell, modify the pressure or pressure difference of the heater.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Modify Stabilizer Parameters

To modify the heater parameters for the calibration run:

1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Stabilizer page.
3 In the Feed Temperature cell, modify the temperature the feed stream entering the stabilizer.
4 Modify the pressure of the top vapour and stabilizer bottoms in the appropriate cell under the Pressure column.
5 If applicable, modify the stabilizer bottom zone heat duty in the cell under the Reboiler Duty column.
Note: If the catalytic reformer does not have a stabilizer, this page is blank.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Modify Solver Options

To select the solver options of the OOMF solver for the calibration run:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Solver Options page.
3 Configure the Catalytic Reformer solver option using the features available in the Solver Options page.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Specify Solver Commands/Scripts

To specify and run solver scripts or commands for the calibration run:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Solver Console page.
Note: Solver messages and commands appear in the Simulation Engine Message and Script Commands field.
3 In the Enter Script Command field, enter the script command you want to run.
4 Click Run Command.

Tips
· To clear the commands in the Simulation Engine Message and Script

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 290 of 647

Commands field, click the Clear Message button.

· To retrieve previous command, click the Get Prev. Command button. The
previous command appears in the Enter Script Command field.
· To retrieve next command, click the Get Next Command button. The next
command appears in the Enter Script Command field.
· To clear the command in the Enter Script Command field, click the Clear
Command button.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

View Advanced Options

To view the parameters of the calibration run calculation:

1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Advanced page.
Note: The options/features in the Advanced page are meant for expert users.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Modify Operations Parameter

To specify general reactor data for calibration calculation:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Operation Measurement tab.
2 Select the Operation page.
3 In the Reactor table, modify the inlet pressure, pressure drop, and temperature difference for each reactor bed in the
appropriate cells.
4 In the Compressor table, modify the discharge pressure and suction pressure in the appropriate cells.
4 In the H2 Purity of Recycle field, modify the purity ratio of H2 in the recycle stream.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Specify Product Stream Data

To specify the pressure data for calibration calculation:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Operation Measurement tab.
2 Select the Products page.
3 Specify the product stream data for the following variables (if applicable):
· Gas flow rate
· Liquid flow rate
· Mass flow rate
· RON
· MON
· Composition basis (mole %, weight %, or volume %)
· Composition
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 291 of 647

View Calibration Analysis

To view the calibration analysis for the calibration run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Operation Measurement tab.
2 Select the Analysis page.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Specify Control Parameters

To specify the calibration control parameters for calibration run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Calibration Control tab.
2 Select the Parameter page.
The table in the Parameter page contains a list of the control parameters available for manipulation.
3 Select the control parameters you want to use in the calibration calculation by selecting the appropriate checkbox
under the Include column.
Note: RefSYS provides default initial values for the calibration control parameters.
4 You can change the default values of the control parameter by entering the new values in the appropriate cell under
the Initial Value column.
5 You can specify the lower and upper bound values for the control parameters in the appropriate cell under the Lower
Bound and Upper Bound columns.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

Specify Objective Functions

To specify the control objective functions for calibration run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Calibration Control tab.
2 Select the Objective Function page.
The Objective Function table contains a list of objective functions available for manipulation.
3 Specify the sigma values for the objective functions in the appropriate cell under the Sigma column.
See Also
Calibrating Catalytic Reformer

View Calibration Factors Results

The Calibration Factors page displays the calibration factor set parameters used in the calibration run.
To access the Calibration Factors page:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.
2 Select the Calibration Factors page.

Tips
· To save the current calibration factor set into the current simulation, click
the Save for Simulation button.
The Save for Simulation button is only available if the current calibration
run was successfully calculated.
· To export the current calibration factor set into a file, click the Export

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 292 of 647

button. The Export button is only available if the current calibration run was
successfully calculated.
· To manage the calibration factor set, click the Calibration Factors Library
button to access the Calibration Set Library property view.

Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

View Mass Balance Results

The Mass Balance page displays the mass and hydrogen balance results from the calibration run.
To access the Mass Balance page:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.
2 Select the Mass Balance page.
Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

View Calibration Summary Results

The Summary page displays the following calibration calculation summary variables:
· WAIT
· Flow rate, H2 purity, and H2/HC ratio of the recycle H2 stream
· Weight and volume percentage yields
· RON
To access the Summary page:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.
2 Select the Summary page.
Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

View Feed Blend Results

The Feed Blend page displays the detailed characterization of each individual feed and blended feed streams entering the
reactor.
To access the Feed Blend page:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.
2 Select the Feed Blend page.
Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

View Product Yield Results

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 293 of 647

1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.

2 Select the Product Yields page.
Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

View Reactor Results

The Reactors page displays the key calibration run results of the reactor.
To access the Reactors page:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.
2 Select the Reactors page.
Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

View Heater Results

The Heater page displays the following variables of the heater:

· Charge heater, reactor interheater, and total fired duty values
· Charge heater, reactor interheater, and total absorbed duty values
To access the Heater page:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.
2 Select the Heater page.
Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

View Recontactor Results

The Recontactor page displays calculated results of the recontactor.

Note: If the Catalytic Reformer does not have a recontactor, this page is blank.
To access the Recontactor page:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.
2 Select the Recontactor page.
Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

View Stabilizer Results

The Stabilizer page displays the calculated results of the stabilizer/petroleum distillation column.
Note: If the Catalytic Reformer does not have a stabilizer, this page is blank.
To access the Stabilizer page:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.
2 Select the Stabilizer page.
Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 294 of 647

View Product Streams Results

The Product Streams page displays the following calculated variables of each product stream:
· Molar flow rate
· Temperature
· Pressure
· Composition
To access the Product Streams page:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Analysis tab.
2 Select the Product Streams page.
Note: The calculated variable values in this page are limited to the Calibration environment.

FCC Overview

HYSYS FCC (Fluidized Catalytic Cracking) simulates a fluid catalytic cracking unit. Using HYSYS FCC, you can simulate a unit
equipped with single or dual riser and either one or two-stage regenerators. Full heat and mass balances are calculated for
the riser(s) and the regenerator(s).
The FCC reactor product forms the feed to a fractionator that is modeled in HYSYS as a column. Liquid products from the
fractionator can then be returned to the FCC as recycle streams and automatically mixed with fresh feed to form the feed
stream to the FCC.
See Also
FCC Environment

FCC Environment

The environment design concept is one of the cornerstones on which HYSYS is built. These environments let you access
and input information in a certain area (environment) of the simulation, while other areas of the simulation are put on hold.
The other areas will not proceed with steady state calculations until you are finished working in the active area. Since the
HYSYS integrator is time-step based, the environments have no impact on dynamic calculations.
Separate Desktops are available within each environment. These Desktops include an appropriate menu bar, tool bar, and
Home View(s) specifically designed for interaction with that particular environment. The Desktops also remember the
property views that are open, even when their associated environment is not currently active.
When moving from one environment to another, Desktops provide a mechanism for quickly and automatically putting away
what ever property views are open in one environment, and bringing up the property views that were open in the other
environment. This feature is useful when working with large flowsheets.
When beginning a HYSYS simulation, you automatically start in the Simulation Basis environment. Here you create, define,
and modify fluid packages to be used by the simulation’s flowsheets. In general, a fluid package contains—at minimum—a
property package and library and/ or hypothetical components. Fluid packages can also contain information such as
reactions and interaction parameters.
This flowsheet serves as the base level or Main flowsheet for the whole simulation case. Any number of subflowsheets can
be generated in this main flowsheet. While there is only one main flowsheet environment, each individual subflowsheet that
is installed can have its own corresponding subflowsheet environment.
The FCC Environment is a subflowsheet to the Main flowsheet for the whole simulation case.
The following diagram shows the relationship of the FCC Environment to the HYSYS hierarchy.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 295 of 647

The FCC Environment allows advanced users to

· Configure FCCs
· Calibrate FCCs
· Create FCC templates that can be reused in other flowsheets

Create FCC Templates without Fractionators

The basic steps for creating an FCC template without a fractionator are:
1 Open HYSYS and specify that you are creating a new FCC template.
2 In the FCC Template environment, specify one or more petroleum assays to be associated with the FCC template.
Note: The petroleum assays to be used in FCC must contain certain components. To make sure the assay meets
this requirement, check the Requires Refinery Reactor Components when you add or import an assay.
3 Use the FCC Configuration Wizard to configure the FCC template.
4 Specify feed and catalyst information.
5 Specify Riser/Reactor operating conditions.
6 Specify Regenerator operating conditions
7 Specify Reactor Pressure and Regenerator-Reactor Pressure difference.
8 Set the external simulation basis.
9 Save the FCC Template.
You can find an example of the template in the FCC subfolder of the installation.

Create FCC Templates with Fractionators

The basic steps for creating an FCC template with a Fractionator are:
1 Open HYSYS and specify that you are creating a new FCC template.
2 In the FCC Template environment, specify one or more petroleum assays to be associated with the FCC template.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 296 of 647

Note: The petroleum assays to be used in FCC must contain certain components. To make sure the assay meet this
requirement, check the Requires Refinery Reactor Components when you add or import an assay.
3 Use the FCC Configuration Wizard to configure the FCC template.
4 Specify feed and catalyst information.
5 Specify Riser/Reactor operating conditions.
6 Specify Regenerator operating conditions
7 Specify Reactor Pressure and the Regenerator-Reactor Pressure difference.
8 Specify fractionator conditions.
9 Set the external simulation basis.
1 0 Save the FCC Template.
You can find an example of the template in the FCC subfolder of the installation.

Add FCCs

When you add an FCC, you can:

· Base the new FCC configuration on an existing template.
· Configure the new FCC manually.
The following procedure covers both methods.
To add an FCC to a case
1 On the main menu, click Flowsheet | Add Operation.
The UnitOps property view appears.
2 On the UnitOps property view, select the RefSYS Ops option.
3 From the Available Unit Operations list, click Fluid Catalytic Cracking.
4 Click Add.
The FCC Template Option property view appears.
5 On the FCC Template Option property view, do one of the following:
· Click Read an Existing FCC Template to have the FCC you are adding configured on an existing template.
HYSYS displays a list of existing FCC templates. Click on the template you want. HYSYS adds the FCC using that
template.
· Click Configure a New FCC Unit to manually configure the FCC you are adding. You are taken to the first
page of the Configuration Wizard.

Delete FCCs

You can delete FCCs from cases.

To delete an FCC
1 On the Flowsheet, right click on the FCC icon.
2 On the menu that appears, click Delete.
HYSYS asks whether you want to delete the FCC.
3 Click Yes.
The FCC is deleted.

Configure FCCs

You configure FCCs using the Configuration Wizard.

· For information on the Configuration Wizard, click here.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 297 of 647

· For information on using the Configuration Wizard to configure FCCs without Fractionators, click here.
· For information on using the Configuration Wizard to configure FCCs with Fractionators, click here.

Edit FCCs

You can edit existing FCCs.

To edit the configuration of an FCC
1 On the main flowsheet, right-click on the FCC icon.
2 On the menu that appears, click View Properties.
The Connections page of the Design tab of the FCC property view appears.
3 Click FCC Environment.
The Configuration page of the Design tab of the FCC Reactor Section property view appears.
4 Click Configuration Wizard.
The Configuration Wizard appears.
5 Use the appropriate page of the Configuration Wizard to edit the configuration of the FCC.

View FCC Results

HYSYS displays the results of FCC runs in several places. Click on the highlighted name below for information on the data
displayed on the specific sheet.
· The Results tab of the FCC property view displays a wide variety of FCC simulation results.
The information presented here is identical to that presented on the Results tab of the FCC Reactor Section property view.
If a fractionator is included, it also contains the summary of the fractionator performance.
· The Analysis tab of the Calibration property view is populated with the results of a calibration run.
· The FCC Results Summary property view in the FCC environment displays the same information that appears on the
Results tab of the FCC property view.

Calibrate an FCC

You can calibrate an FCC only when you are in FCC subflowsheet Environment. You need to open the Calibration property
view to enter the data and run the calibration.
There are two routes you can follow to calibrate an FCC.
Route 1
1 Configure the FCC using the Configuration Wizard.
2 On Page 4 of the Configuration Wizard, select the Use an existing set of calibration factors option.
3 Enter the data and perform a simulation run using default (or any previously saved) calibration factor set
4 Open the Calibration property view by selecting Calibration from the FCC menu.
5 Click Pull Data From Simulation to copy data from the property views in the FCC environment to the Calibration
property view.
6 Enter additional observed or measured data from the FCC.
7 Perform a calibration run.
Route 2
1 Configure the FCC using the Configuration Wizard.
2 On Page 4 of the Configuration Wizard, select Calibrate the model to produce a new set of calibration factors option.
3 In the Calibration property view, enter all observed or measured data from the FCC.
4 Perform a calibration run.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 298 of 647

5 After a calibration run, you can click Push Data to Simulation to copy data from the Calibration property view to the
FCC environment property views for use in other simulations.
Whichever method you use to calibrate an FCC, after you have performed the calibration run, you can save the newly
generated Calibration Factor set for use in simulation, or export it to be used in other cases.
To push the data generated by the calibration run into the simulation property view
1 On the Calibration property view, click Push Data to Simulation.
HYSYS warns you that the Simulation data will be overwritten with the current Calibration data.
2 Click OK to push the Calibration data into the Simulation property view.
HYSYS confirms that the data was copied successfully.
3 Click OK.
To pull the data from the simulation into the calibration property view
1 On the Calibration property view, click Pull Data from Simulation.
HYSYS warns you that the Calibration data will be overwritten with the current Simulation data.
2 Click OK to pull the Simulation data into the Calibration property view.
HYSYS confirms that the data was copied successfully.
3 Click OK.

FCC Configuration Wizard

Use the FCC Configuration Wizard to quickly set up an FCC template. The FCC Configuration Wizard is made up of four
sequential pages. You enter information in a page, then move on to the next page in order.
· FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 1
· FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 2
· FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 3
· FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 4
FCC Configuration Wizard Navigation:
To do this
Move to the next page of the FCC Configuration Wizard. Click Next.
Move to the previous page of the FCC Configuration Wizard. Click Prev.
Exit the FCC Configuration Wizard without saving your changes Click Cancel.

Configure FCC/FCC Template

Use the Configuration (first) page of the FCC Configuration Wizard to configure the FCC.
You can:
· Name the FCC you are configuring.
· Specify information about:
– Risers
– Regenerators
– Fractionators
· If a fractionator is included, specify information about:
– Cuts
– Pump arounds
– Recycle loops
– Energy streams
To configure an FCC

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 299 of 647

1 In the Riser group, specify either one or two risers.

Optionally, to allow midpoint injection, check the Allow Midpoint Injection checkbox. If you specify this option, or if you
specify two risers, you must specify on the Select Feed Location dialog how much of each feed is injected at the
bottom or midpoint of each riser. For information on the Select Feed Location dialog, click here.
2 In the Regenerator group, specify whether the Regenerator has:
· One stage
· Two stages (with Flue Gas in series)
· Two stages (with separate Flue Gas)
3 In the Fractionator group, if you want to include a Fractionator with the FCC, select the Include Fractionator
checkbox.
If you included a Fractionator in Step 4 above, the Configuration Wizard displays additional fields in which you can specify
details about the cuts.
4 Enter the specifications for the number of cuts as shown below:
In this field enter if you enter this option these cuts are available
Naphtha Cuts The number of naphtha 1 · Naphtha
cuts
Naphtha Cuts 2 · Light Naphtha
· Heavy Naphtha
Naphtha Cuts 3 · Light Naphtha
· Medium Naphtha
· Heavy Naphtha
LCO Cuts The number of LCO 1 · LCO
cuts
LCO Cuts 2 · Light LCO
· Heavy LCO
Bottom Cuts The bottom cuts Bottoms · Bottoms
Bottom Cuts HCO and Bottoms · HCO
· Bottoms
As you specify cut information, the dynamic matrix on the right of the Configuration Wizard reflects options depending on
your choice.
5 When you have finished specifying cut information, choose which cuts will be recycled by selecting the appropriate
checkboxes. Light ends cannot be recycled.
6 When you have finished specifying cut information, choose which cuts will have pump around by selecting the
appropriate checkboxes. Light ends, the first naphtha cut, and bottoms cannot have pump around.
7 For each cut, from the Energy column drop-down list, you can specify the energy source for the side stripper for this
cut.
Steam Stripped side stripper has a steam stream attached
Reboiled side stripper has an energy stream attached

Note: Light ends are always displayed first, but Light ends cannot be recycled.

Tip: The Cancel button applies only to the first (Configuration) of the four
dialogs of the Configuration Wizard. The other three dialogs (2-4) use a Close
button, which lets you exit the Configuration Wizard and save your changes.
See Also
FCC Configuration Wizard Overview
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 2
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 3
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 4

Specify Geometry of FCC/FCC Template

Use the Geometry (second) page of FCC Configuration Wizard to specify specific physical information about:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 300 of 647

· Risers
· Riser Termination Zones
· Strippers
· Regenerators
The physical length, diameter, and height of the key reactor and regenerator equipment are defined in this page.
The equipment layout is based on the typical side-by-side FCCU design.
Use the average inner diameter for the riser diameter input. In the case with midpoint injection, the injection point is
measured from the bottom of the riser. The length and diameter of the riser termination zone is dependent upon the
desired residence time of the vapors leaving the tip of the riser and the entry of the secondary reactor cyclones. You could
enter the actual diameter of the reactor for the diameter field, and then vary the length until the residence time matches
acceptable results.
The stripper diameter is to be taken as the entire internal diameter of the reactor stripper model. The annulus diameter is
taken as the riser inner diameter in the stripper section, plus the corresponding layers of refractory in the stripper, metal
thickness of the riser, and refractory thickness in the riser. If the FCC design has an external riser, then set the annulus
diameter to zero.
The regenerator bed height is adjusted to get the correct cat inventory number in the regenerator. The interfacial diameter
is normally set equal to the regenerator bed diameter. Set the height of the inlet of the regenerator cyclone equal to the
length from the first stage cyclone inlet to the bed level, plus the length from the bed level to the air grid.
Note: To close the Configuration Wizard and save your changes, click Close.
See Also
FCC Configuration Wizard Overview
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 1
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 3
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 4

Specify Heat Loss of FCC/FCC Template

Use the Heat Loss (third) page of FCC Configuration Wizard to specify heat loss information by zone. The zones for which
you can specify heat losses depend on the configuration you specified on the FCC Configuration Wizard – Configuration
page.
Note: To close the Configuration Wizard and save your changes, click Close.
See Also
FCC Configuration Wizard Overview
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 1
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 2
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 4

Specify Calibration Factor of FCC/FCC Template

Use the Calibration Factor (fourth) page of FCC Configuration Wizard to specify if calibration of the FCC you are configuring
is to be done.
You can:
· Use an existing set of calibration factors.
· Calibrate the FCC to produce a new set of calibration factors.
Note: To close the Configuration Wizard and save your changes, click Close.
See Also
FCC Configuration Wizard Overview
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 1
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 2
FCC Configuration Wizard - Page 3

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 301 of 647

Validation Wizard

The Validation Wizard property view appears when one of the following occurs:
· The Run Calibration button (in the Calibration property view) is clicked, and the Calibration property view only has
one data set.
· The checkbox under the Include column (in the Select Data Sets for Calibration property view) is selected.
HYSYS validates the selected data set before the calibration is actually run. The results of the validation appear on the
Validation Wizard.
The Validation Wizard shows the mass imbalance between mass flow measurements of feed(s) and products. You can then
assign the mass flow bias to any products for which you think the measurement is less reliable
The adjusted mass flows of products are then used in the calibration run. The coke mass flow and hydrogen in coke are
also calculated from flue gas analysis. Any unreasonable values indicate that the flue gas analysis is questionable and you
should not proceed with the calibration.
Note: The Validation Wizard does not display recycle streams.

FCC Property Views

From the main flowsheet you interact through the main FCC property view.
You can access these property views from the FCC menu in the subflowsheet environment:
Property View from by
Configuration Wizard the main menu clicking FCC | Configuration Wizard
bar
Calibration property view the main menu clicking FCC | Calibration
bar
Results Summary property the main menu clicking FCC | Results
view bar
FCC Reactor Section the PFD right-clicking the FCC Reactor Section
property view icon; then clicking View Properties
Fractionator property view the PFD right-clicking the FCC Fractionator icon;
then clicking View Properties
· The configuration, specified using the Configuration Wizard, specifies:
– number of risers
– regenerator type
– number of cuts
· Calibration relates to the entire FCC because you can enter data measured from the fractionator products.
· The Results Summary includes fractionated yields that are reported by neither the reactor section nor the
fractionator.
The FCC property view applies to the FCC in the flowsheet environment (not the FCC environment). You access FCC

property view from the top level flowsheet, by right-clicking on the FCC icon , then clicking View Properties.

FCC Property View

The FCC property view enables you to manipulate the general configuration of the FCC unit operation.
To access the FCC property view, do one of the following:
· In the Main environment PFD, right click the FCC icon and select View Properties from the object inspect menu.
· In the Main environment PFD, double-click on an FCC icon.
The tabs and pages of the FCC property view are shown below. Click the name of the page for more information about it.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 302 of 647

Tab Page Tab Page

Design Connections Worksheet Conditions
Catalyst Properties
Calibration Factors Composition
Notes Results Feed Blend
Reactor Section Feeds Product Yields
Riser/Reactor Product Properties
Regenerator Riser/Reactor
Pressure Control Regenerator
Solver Options Fractionator
Solver Console Heat Balance
Advanced Advanced
Fractionator Specs
Zones

FCC Reactor Section Property View

Use the FCC Reactor Section property view to enter data for simulation runs.
To access the FCC Reactor Section property view:

1 In the FCC subflowsheet Environment, click the FCC Reactor Section icon .
2 On the menu that appears, click View Properties.
The FCC Reactor Section property view appears.
The FCC Reactor Section property view contains the following tabs and pages:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 303 of 647

Tab Page Tab Page

Design Configuration Operation Feeds
Geometry Riser/Reactor
Heat Loss Regenerator
Notes Pressure Control
Feed Data Library Solver Options
Properties Solver Console
Catalyst Library Advanced
Blend Results Feed Blend
Product Yields
Product Properties
Riser/Reactor
Regenerator
Heat Balance
Advanced

Calibration Property View

The Calibration property view enables you to:

· Specify feed, operating conditions, and measurements for a calibration run.
· Perform a calibration run.
· Save the calculated Calibration Factors for use in the FCC environment.
· Push data from a calibration run to the property view in the FCC environment.
· Pull data from a simulation run to the Calibration property view.
The tabs and pages of the Calibration property view are shown below. Click the name of the page for more information
about it.

Tab Page Tab Page

Design Configuration Prod Meas Cuts
Geometry Light Ends

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 304 of 647

Heat Loss Heavy Liquids

Notes Analysis Calibration Factors
Feed Data Library Mass Balance
Properties Feed Blend
Catalyst Library Product Yields
Blend Product Properties
Activity Riser Reactor
Operations Feed Regenerator
Riser/Reactor Fractionator
Regenerator Heat Balance
Pressure Control Advanced
Fractionator
Solver Options
Solver Console
Advanced
The pages of the Calibration property view are identical to those of the FCC Reactor Section property view, but they contain
different data. The key difference is that FCC Reactor Section property view displays and allows input of the variables for a
simulation run, and the Calibration property view displays and allows input of the variables for a calibration run.
See Also
To perform calibration run
To select a data set for modification
To manage multiple data set
To perform a prediction run
To export data from a calibration run
To import data from the simulation run
To return to the simulation environment

View Feed Blend Results

The Feed Blend page of the FCC Results Summary property view displays the detailed characterization of each individual
feed and the blend of feeds going to each riser location.
If there are two risers, or there is a feed mid-point injection, you can use the Blend Properties at Selected Riser Location
list to choose the location to display.
Each feed and recycle stream is displayed in a column. The last column displays the total feed blend.

View Product Yields Results

The Product Yields page of the FCC Results Summary property view displays the standard (TBP) cut yields from the
simulation.
If a fractionator is included in the configuration, the Product Yields page also displays the fractionated yields.
You can select from four options for how the product yields are displayed:
· Standard (TBP) cut grouped yields
· Standard (TBP) cut detailed yields
· Fractionated grouped yields
· Fractionated detailed yields
Note: For the fractionated yields, the liquid product cuts correspond to those specified on the Configuration Wizard.

View Product Properties Results

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 305 of 647

The Product Properties page of the FCC Results Summary property view displays the properties of standard (TBP) cuts from
the simulation. If a Fractionator is included in the configuration, it also displays the properties of the fractionated cuts.
You can select one of the following two options for displaying the properties:
· Standard cut products
· Fractionated products
Note: For Fractionated products, the TBP cuts are those you specified on the Configuration Wizard.

View Riser/Reactor Results

The Riser/Reactor page of the FCC Results Summary property view displays the key simulation results of the riser and
reactor.

View Regenerator Results

The Regenerator page of the FCC Results Summary property view displays the key simulation results of the regenerator.

View Fractionator Results

The Fractionator page of the FCC Results property view displays the summary of the fractionator performance. This page
displays the results only when there is a fractionator in the FCC operation.

View Heat Balance Results

The Heat Balance page of the FCC Results Summary property view displays the following information.
In the Group Box group:
· Coke (%)
· Average Hydrogen in Coke (%)
· Delta Coke (%)
· Reactor Plenum Temperature
· Cat/Oil Ratio For Reactor Dilute Phase
In the Riser Heat Balance group:
· Feed Preheat Temperature (C)
· Feed mix temperature (C)
· Riser Outlet Temperature (C)
· Cat/Oil Ratio
In the Reactor Heat Balance group:
· Apparent Heat Of Cracking By Heat Balance (kJ/kg)
· Theoretical Heat Of Cracking (kJ/kg)
· Heat of Reaction (Apparent – Theoretical) (kJ/kg)
In the Catalyst Heat Balance group:
· Catalyst Circulation Rate (kg/h)
· Coke on Spent Cat (%)
· CRC (%)
· Cat Cooler Duty [kJ/h]
· Coke Heat of Combustion [kJ/kg]

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 306 of 647

· Flue Gas O2 Composition [%]

· Flue Gas CO Composition [%]
· Flue Gas CO2 Composition [%]
· Flue Gas CO/CO2 Ratio
· Flue Gas Temperature [C]
· Dense Bed Temperature [C]
Note: Use this page to view results of a simulation run. To see the Heat Balance results for a calibration run, use the Heat
Balance page on the Analysis tab of the Calibration property view.

View Advanced Detail Results

The Advanced page of the FCC Results Summary property view displays miscellaneous results such as sulfur balance and
coke distribution.
In the Distribution of feed sulfur in products group:
· Sulfur in H2S (%)
· Sulfur in C5-430 Naphtha (%)
· Sulfur in 430-650 LCO (%)
· Sulfur in 650+ Bottoms (%)
· Sulfur in Coke (%)
· Total Sulfur in Products (%)
In the Coke Distribution group:
· Feed Coke From Concarbon (%)
· Coke From Non-Vaporized Feed (%)
· Kinetic Coke (%)
· Metals Coke From Ni On Coke (%)
· Catalyst Stripper Coke (%)
· Total Coke (%)
· Non-stripper Coke Hydrogen (%)
· Stripper Coke Hydrogen (%)
· Average Hydrogen in Coke (%)

FCC Fractionator Property View

To access the FCC Fractionator property view, do one of the following:

· Right-click the Fractionator icon, and then select View Properties from the Object Inspect menu.
· Double-click on an FCC Fractionator icon in the top-level flowsheet.
The tabs and pages of the FCC Fractionator property view are shown below. Click the name of the page for more
information about it.

Tab Page Tab Page

Design Connections Performance Pressure Control
Side Strippers Summary
Zones Column Profiles

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 307 of 647

Specs Feeds/Products
SolverOptns Energy Balance
Notes Plots
Worksheet Conditions Calibration Feeds
Properties Products
Composition Energy
Tabular Results
Plotted Results

Calibration Set Library Property View

The Calibration Set Library property view enables you to manage the calibration factor sets. The Available Calibration
Factor Sets list displays all the calibration factor sets available in the Calibration environment.
There are several ways to access the Calibration Set Library property view:
· Catalytic Reformer property view
· FCC property view
· HCR property view
· Reformer Configuration Wizard
· FCC Configuration Wizard
· HCR Configuration Wizard
· Reformer Environment
· FCC Environment
· HCR Environment
Notes
· HYSYS provides a default calibration factor set with values in the Calibration Set Library.
· You cannot modify the calibration factor values, in the default calibration factor set provided by HYSYS.
· To modify the calibration factors, you need to make a clone of the Default Calibration Factor set, and modify the
calibration factor values in the cloned set.
See Also
Editing calibration factor set
Adding calibration factor set
Cloning calibration factor set
Deleting calibration factor set
Importing calibration factor set
Exporting calibration factor set

Factor Set Reactor page

The tables below show the key Calibration Factors for the Reactor page of the Factor Set property view and the values for
those factors in the Default Calibration Factor set.
· Riser Kinetic Tuning Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Activity on pathways to C lump 1.378
Activity on pathways to G lump 0.5890
Activity on pathways to L lump 1.618
Metals coke activity 9.156e-005
· Light Ends Distribution Tuning Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 308 of 647

Light gas delumping to ethane 5.449

Light gas delumping to ethylene 3.675
Light gas delumping to propane 5.658
Light gas delumping to propylene 2.798
Light gas delumping to n-butane 7.867
Light gas delumping to isobutane 4.220
Light gas delumping to butenes 2.536
Light gas delumping to n-pentane 2.712
Light gas delumping to isopentane 0.8972
Light gas delumping to pentenes 1.249
Butene delumping to isobutene 0.2401
Butene delumping to 1butene 0.2484
Butene delumping to c2butene 0.2111
Butene delumping to butadene 8.744e-003
Isopentane delumping to cyclopentane 2.060e-002
Pentene delumping to 3m1butene 3.470e-002
Pentene delumping to 1pentene 0.1203
Pentene delumping to 2m1butene 2.373e-002
Pentene delumping to c2 pentene 0.1530
Pentene delumping to t2pentene 0.2550
Pentene delumping to cyclopentene 1.785e-002
Pentene delumping to isoprene 3.311e-002
G lump delumping to benzene 9.299e-003
· Metals Balance Tuning Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Catalyst fines Vanadium factor 0.3000
Catalyst fines Nickel factor 0.3000
Catalyst fines Sodium factor 0.3333
Catalyst fines Iron factor 0.3000
Catalyst fines Copper factor 0.3000
Bias on total feed Vanadium 1.669e-013
Bias on total feed Nickel 6.995e-014
Bias on total feed Sodium 5.264e-013
Bias on total feed Iron -1.128e-012
Bias on total feed Copper 2.621e-014
· Catalyst Activity Tuning Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Catalyst deactivation factor 0.7987
Catalyst surface area parameter -10.72
· Stripper Tuning Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Effluent per mass of catalyst into stripper 0.7987
Stripper parameter 2.357
· Heat Balance Tuning Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
H to C ratio for coke 0.8301
Coke burn activity 15.30
CO heterogeneous burn activity -1.001

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 309 of 647

CO homogeneous burn activity 10.99

Heating of cracking parameter 1.348e-002
Kinetic coke activity factor 8.235e-002
· SOx for Sulfur Balance Tuning Factor
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Coke sulfur correlation parameter 1.871

Note: In the Default Calibration Factor set, these Calibration Factors are read only. To modify them, make a clone of the
Default Calibration Factor set. You can then modify any of the Calibration Factors in your cloned version.
See Also
Calibration Factors Page (Design tab, FCC property view)

Factor Set Advanced page

The tables below show the key Calibration Factors for the Advanced page of the Factor Set property view and the values
for those factors in the Default Calibration Factor set. In the Default Calibration Factor set, these Calibration Factors are
read only. To modify them, make a clone of the Default Calibration Factor set. You can then modify any of the Calibration
Factors in your cloned version.
· Stripper Performance Advanced Factor
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Performance slope 1.000
· Basic Nitrogen Deactivation Advanced Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Basic nitrogen deactivation for Coking pathways 0.1716
Basic nitrogen deactivation for G pathways 1.830
Basic nitrogen deactivation for other pathways 1.200
· FOE for Gas Yield Advanced Factor
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Conversion of H2 to C2 yields to liquid volume 4.181e+007
basis
· Coke Distribution Advanced Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Fraction Concarbon to coke 0.5000
Non-vaporized feed to coke 4.000e-002
Mass ratio of H2 to metals coke 0.1000
· Gasoline Overcracking Advanced Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Pre-exponential factor for Gasoline Cracking 64.50
Ea/Pi for Gasoline Cracking 6.000e+004
· Regen dilute phase cat circ rate control Advanced Factor
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Regen dilute phase flux parameter 0.6000
· Coke heat of adsorption/desorption Advanced Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Riser/reactor term 0.0000
Catalyst stripper term 0.0000
Riser/rxtr team on regen bed side 0.0000
Catalyst stripper term on regen bed side 0.0000
Regen dilute phase term 0.0000

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 310 of 647

· Catalyst bypass around dilute phase Advanced Factors

Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Catalyst split factor around reactor dilute phase 1.000e-004
· Distillate Cracking Tuning Advanced Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Distillate paraffin cracking to C lump 0.2430
Distillate naphthenic cracking to C lump 0.1500
Distillate aromatic sidechain cracking to C lump 3.114
Distillate paraffin cracking to G lump 0.000
Distillate naphthenic cracking to G lump 0.5000
Distillate aromatic sidechain cracking to G lump 3.500
Distillate aromatic ring cracking to G lump 2.500
Resid relative racking to L and H bias 0.0000
· Dry gas to feed response Advanced Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Methane from feed light paraffin 2.940e-002
Methane from feed light naphthenics 8.170e-002
Methane from feed light aromatic sidechains 7.370e-002
Methane from feed heavy paraffin 6.590e-002
Methane from feed heavy naphthenics 0.1522
Methane from feed heavy aromatic sidechains 0.2005
Methane from feed resid paraffin 6.590e-002
Methane from feed resid naphthenics 0.1522
Methane from feed resid aromatic sidechains 0.2005
Ethane from feed light paraffin 2.940e-002
Ethane from feed light naphthenics 8.170e-002
Ethane from feed light aromatic sidechains 7.370e-002
Ethane from feed heavy paraffin 6.590e-002
Ethane from feed heavy naphthenics 0.1522
Ethane from feed heavy aromatic sidechains 0.2005
Ethane from feed resid paraffin 6.590e-002
Ethane from feed resid naphthenics 0.1522
Ethane from feed resid aromatic sidechains 0.2005
Ethylene from feed light paraffin 4.150e-002
Ethylene from feed light naphthenics 0.2828
Ethylene from feed light aromatic sidechains 0.4451
Ethylene from feed light 1-ring aromatic cores 7.720e-002
Ethylene from feed light 2-ring aromatic cores 7.720e-002
Ethylene from feed heavy paraffin 0.1622
Ethylene from feed heavy naphthenics 0.2911
Ethylene from feed heavy aromatic sidechains 0.2683
Ethylene from feed heavy 1-ring aromatic cores 7.850e-002
Ethylene from feed heavy 2-ring aromatic cores 7.850e-002
Ethylene from feed heavy 3-ring aromatic cores 7.850e-002

Factor Set Fractionator page

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 311 of 647

The tables below show the key Calibration Factors for the Fractionator page of the Factor Set property view and the values
for those factors in the Default Calibration Factor set. In the Default Calibration Factor set, these Calibration Factors are
read only. To modify them, make a clone of the Default Calibration Factor set. You can then modify any of the Calibration
Factors in your cloned version.
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Zone i Top Slope 10
Zone i Bottom Slope 20
Note: The number of zones equals the number of cuts minus 2.
See Also
Calibration Factors Page (Design tab, FCC property view)

Factor Set Prop. Correlation page

The tables below show the key Calibration Factors for the Property Correlation page of the Factor Set property view and
the values for those factors in the Default Calibration Factor set. In the Default Calibration Factor set, these Calibration
Factors are read only. To modify them, make a clone of the Default Calibration Factor set. You can then modify any of the
Calibration Factors in your cloned version.
· Sulfur Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Light Naphtha - Overall 3.650
Light Naphtha – Feed Sulfur 0.0000
Light Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Light Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
Light Naphtha - Processed Sulfur 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Overall 0.9624
Heavy Naphtha – Feed Sulfur 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Processed Sulfur 1.000
LCO - Overall .5648
LCO – Feed Sulfur 0.000
LCO - Conversion 1.000
LCO – Riser Temperature 1.000
LCO - Processed Sulfur 1.000
Bottoms - Overall .8131
Bottoms – Feed Sulfur 0.000
Bottoms - Conversion 1.000
Bottoms – Riser Temperature 1.000
Bottoms - Processed Sulfur 1.000
· Basic Nitrogen Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Light Naphtha - Overall 2.010e-003
Heavy Naphtha- Overall 6.950e-003
LCO- Overall 4.329e-002
Bottoms- Overall 7.343e-002
· CCR Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Light Naphtha - Overall 2.354e-002
Heavy Naphtha- Overall 8.194e-002

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 312 of 647

LCO- Overall 0.1639

Bottoms- Overall 0.5936
· Gravity Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Light Naphtha - Overall 0.7441
Light Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Light Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Light Naphtha – Riser Temperature 0.000
Heavy Naphtha - Overall 0.8666
Heavy Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Riser Temperature 0.000
LCO - Overall 1.077
LCO – UOPK 1.000
LCO - Conversion 1.000
LCO – Riser Temperature 0.000
Bottoms - Overall 1.310
Bottoms – UOPK 1.000
Bottoms - Conversion 1.000
Bottoms – Riser Temperature 0.000
· Olefins Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Light Naphtha - Overall -709.3
Light Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Light Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Light Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
Light Naphtha – Conv * Riser Temperature 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Overall -91.32
Heavy Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Conv * Riser Temperature 1.000
LCO - Overall 1.000
LCO – UOPK 1.000
LCO - Conversion 1.000
LCO – Riser Temperature 1.000
LCO – Conv * Riser Temperature 1.000
Bottoms - Overall 1.000
Bottoms – UOPK 1.000
Bottoms - Conversion 1.000
Bottoms – Riser Temperature 1.000
Bottoms – Conv * Riser Temperature 1.000
· Naphthenics Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Light Naphtha - Overall 51.64
Light Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Light Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Light Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 313 of 647

Light Naphtha – Conv * Riser Temperature 0.000

Heavy Naphtha - Overall 68.32
Heavy Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Conv * Riser Temperature 0.000
LCO - Overall 1.000
LCO – UOPK 1.000
LCO - Conversion 1.000
LCO – Riser Temperature 1.000
LCO – Conv * Riser Temperature 0.000
Bottoms - Overall 1.000
Bottoms – UOPK 1.000
Bottoms - Conversion 1.000
Bottoms – Riser Temperature 1.000
Bottoms – Conv * Riser Temperature 0.000
· Aromatics Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Light Naphtha - Overall 16.75
Light Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Light Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Light Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
Light Naphtha – Conv * Riser Temperature 0.000
Heavy Naphtha - Overall 36.39
Heavy Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Conv * Riser Temperature 0.000
LCO - Overall 1.000
LCO – UOPK 1.000
LCO - Conversion 1.000
LCO – Riser Temperature 1.000
LCO – Conv * Riser Temperature 0.000
Bottoms - Overall 1.000
Bottoms – UOPK 1.000
Bottoms - Conversion 1.000
Bottoms – Riser Temperature 1.000
Bottoms – Conv * Riser Temperature 0.000
· Cloud Point Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
LCO - Overall 65.14
LCO – API Gravity 1.000
· RON Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Light Naphtha - Overall 64.34
Light Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Light Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Light Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 314 of 647

Heavy Naphtha - Overall 11.42

Heavy Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
· MON Correlation Factors
Factors Default Calibration Factor set
Light Naphtha - Overall 76.60
Light Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Light Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Light Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Overall 14.87
Heavy Naphtha – UOPK 1.000
Heavy Naphtha - Conversion 1.000
Heavy Naphtha – Riser Temperature 1.000
See Also
Calibration Factors Page (Design tab, FCC property view)

Factor Set Prop. Curve page

The list below shows the key Calibration Factors for the Prop. Curve page of the Factor Set property view and the values
for those factors in the Default Calibration Factor set. In the Default Calibration Factor set, these Calibration Factors are
read only. To modify them, make a clone of the Default Calibration Factor set. You can then modify any of the Calibration
Factors in your cloned version.
The Base Property Curves for each category are shown below:
· Sulfur
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Calibration
Factor set Factor set
45 0.0000 305 1.084
55 4.029e-002 315 1.684
65 0.4029 325 2.560
75 0.7659 335 3.474
85 0.9740 345 4.491
95 1.084 355 5.279
105 1.195 365 5.709
115 1.200 375 5.135
125 0.9311 385 4.176
135 0.6757 395 3.937
145 0.6441 405 4.418
155 0.6094 415 4.899
165 0.5696 425 5.228
175 0.5313 435 5.499
185 0.4950 445 5.770
195 0.4832 455 5.880
205 0.4566 470 5.901
215 0.4067 490 6.136
225 0.8058 510 6.253
235 1.328 530 6.354
245 1.016 550 6.449

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 315 of 647

255 0.8825 570 6.500

265 1.031 590 6.550
275 0.9080 625 6.590
285 0.8318 675 6.640
295 0.8432 775 6.657
1000 6.708
· Basic Nitrogen
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor
set set
45 1.000 305 52.33
55 1.000 315 58.33
65 1.000 325 64.33
75 1.000 335 70.33
85 1.000 345 76.33
95 1.000 355 82.33
105 1.000 365 88.33
115 1.50 375 93.25
125 3.300 385 97.70
135 5.000 395 010.8
145 5.000 405 105.4
155 5.000 415 109.0
165 5.000 425 112.6
175 5.000 435 116.2
185 5.000 445 120.2
195 5.000 455 122.9
205 5.000 470 127.0
215 5.000 490 134.2
225 9.330 510 104.9
235 15.17 530 145.7
245 18.17 550 152.0
255 22.33 570 170.0
265 28.33 590 181.3
275 34.33 625 221.0
285 40.33 675 306.5
295 46.33 775 455.0
1000 752.0
· CCR
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor
set set
45 1.000e-002 305 0.1000
55 1.000e-002 315 0.1000
65 1.000e-002 325 0.1000
75 1.000e-002 335 0.1000
85 1.000e-002 345 0.1000
95 1.000e-002 355 0.1233
105 1.000e-002 365 0.1833
115 1.500e-002 375 0.2325

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 316 of 647

125 3.300e-002 385 0.2775

135 5.000e-002 395 0.3180
145 5.000e-002 405 0.3540
155 5.000e-002 415 0.3900
165 5.000e-002 425 0.4260
175 5.000e-002 435 0.4620
185 5.000e-002 445 0.4980
195 5.000e-002 455 0.5340
205 5.000e-002 470 0.5700
215 5.000e-002 490 0.6420
225 7.167e-002 510 0.7093
235 0.1000 530 0.7573
245 0.1000 550 0.8040
255 0.1000 570 0.8400
265 0.1000 590 0.8760
275 0.1000 625 0.9120
285 0.1000 675 1.010
295 0.1000 775 1.460
1000 2.810
· Gravity
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor
set set
45 0.7451 305 0.9174
55 0.7465 315 0.8545
65 0.7479 325 0.9936
75 0.7491 335 1.036
85 0.7582 345 1.081
95 0.7511 355 1.109
105 0.7519 365 1.107
115 0.7594 375 1.088
125 0.7853 385 1.064
135 0.8110 395 1.056
145 0.8132 405 1.064
155 0.8155 415 1.072
165 0.8177 425 1.084
175 0.8199 435 1.096
185 0.8222 445 1.110
195 0.8265 455 1.114
205 0.8309 470 1.120
215 0.8356 490 1.130
225 0.8391 510 1.140
235 0.8420 530 1.150
245 0.8434 550 1.159
255 0.8447 570 1.169
265 0.8460 590 1.174
275 0.8473 625 1.189
285 0.8501 675 1.210

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 317 of 647

295 0.8827 775 1.245

1000 1.310
· Olefins
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor
set set
45 59.72 305 0.3410
55 57.53 315 0.3410
65 55.34 325 0.3410
75 53.15 335 0.3410
85 50.96 345 0.3410
95 48.77 355 0.3410
105 46.58 365 0.3410
115 42.84 375 0.3410
125 35.09 385 0.3410
135 27.57 395 0.3410
145 23.85 405 0.3410
155 20.74 415 0.3410
165 18.57 425 0.3410
175 16.73 435 0.3410
185 15.04 445 0.3410
195 13.70 455 0.3410
205 12.30 470 0.3410
215 10.81 490 0.3410
225 9.698 510 0.3410
235 8.636 530 0.3410
245 6.027 550 0.3410
255 3.478 570 0.3410
265 1.023 590 0.3410
275 0.3410 625 0.3410
285 0.3410 675 0.3410
295 0.3410 775 0.3410
1000 0.3410
· Naphthenics
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor
set set
45 0.0000 305 11.62
55 2.778 315 11.30
65 5.932 325 10.99
75 9.087 335 10.69
85 12.24 345 10.38
95 15.40 355 10.09
105 18.55 365 9.790
115 20.17 375 9.500
125 17.81 385 9.220
135 17.57 395 8.930
145 17.18 405 8.660
155 16.81 415 8.380

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 318 of 647

165 16.43 425 8.110

175 16.06 435 7.850
185 15.70 445 7.580
195 15.33 455 7.330
205 14.98 470 6.950
215 14.62 490 6.450
225 14.27 510 5.980
235 13.93 530 5.520
245 13.58 550 5.070
255 13.25 570 4.650
265 12.91 590 4.230
275 12.58 625 3.550
285 12.26 675 2.660
295 11.93 775 1.180
1000 5.000e-002
· Aromatics
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor
set set
45 0.0000 305 82.53
55 0.0000 315 83.15
65 0.0000 325 83.76
75 1.8201 335 84.36
85 4.384 345 84.95
95 6.948 355 85.53
105 9.511 365 86.09
115 14.56 375 86.64
125 26.08 385 87.18
135 37.33 395 87.71
145 44.12 405 88.23
155 50.21 415 88.73
165 55.19 425 89.22
175 58.06 435 89.70
185 60.12 445 90.17
195 62.49 455 90.63
205 64.42 470 91.29
215 65.67 490 92.13
225 77.10 510 92.92
235 77.82 530 93.67
245 78.53 550 94.36
255 79.23 570 95.01
265 79.91 590 95.61
275 80.58 625 96.45
285 81.24 675 97.34
295 81.89 775 98.82
1000 99.95
· Cloud Point
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 319 of 647

set set
45 0.0000 305 263.2
55 0.0000 315 268.6
65 0.0000 325 274.0
75 0.0000 335 279.4
85 0.0000 345 284.8
95 144.4 355 290.6
105 145.3 365 297.0
115 146.9 375 303.8
125 150.4 385 310.7
135 154.0 395 317.6
145 160.7 405 324.5
155 167.3 415 331.4
165 174.0 425 338.3
175 180.7 435 345.2
185 187.4 445 352.1
195 194.1 455 359.0
205 200.7 470 365.9
215 207.4 490 377.1
225 214.0 510 385.4
235 220.7 530 390.1
245 227.4 550 394.3
255 234.1 570 394.3
265 240.8 590 394.3
275 246.7 625 394.3
285 252.4 675 394.3
295 257.8 775 394.3
1000 394.3
· RON
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor
set set
45 101.7 305 76.43
55 100.0 315 76.43
65 98.4 325 76.43
75 96.76 335 76.43
85 95.13 345 76.43
95 93.50 355 76.43
105 91.86 365 76.43
115 90.78 375 76.43
125 91.12 385 76.43
135 91.46 395 76.43
145 91.60 405 76.43
155 91.73 415 76.43
165 91.85 425 76.43
175 91.59 435 76.43
185 91.19 445 76.43
195 91.01 455 76.43
205 90.66 470 76.43

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 320 of 647

215 90.06 490 76.43

225 89.15 510 76.43
235 88.05 530 76.43
245 85.58 550 76.43
255 83.18 570 76.43
265 80.89 590 76.43
275 78.59 625 76.43
285 76.43 675 76.43
295 76.43 775 76.43
1000 76.43
· MON
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor
set set
45 87.55 305 66.06
55 86.09 315 66.06
65 84.64 325 66.06
75 83.18 335 66.06
85 81.72 345 66.06
95 80.27 355 66.06
105 78.81 365 66.06
115 77.90 375 66.06
125 78.41 385 66.06
135 78.93 395 66.06
145 79.61 405 66.06
155 80.23 415 66.06
165 80.78 425 66.06
175 80.68 435 66.06
185 80.34 445 66.06
195 80.08 455 66.06
205 79.68 470 66.06
215 79.06 490 66.06
225 79.06 510 66.06
235 78.46 530 66.06
245 77.76 550 66.06
255 75.39 570 66.06
265 70.61 590 66.06
275 68.26 625 66.06
285 66.06 675 66.06
295 66.06 775 66.06
1000 66.06
See Also
Calibration Factors Page (Design tab, FCC property view)

Factor Set Delumping page

The table below shows the key Calibration Factors for the Delumping page of the Factor Set property view and the values
for those factors in the Default Calibration Factor set. In the Default Calibration Factor set, these Calibration Factors are
read only. To modify them, make a clone of the Default Calibration Factor set. You can then modify any of the Calibration

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 321 of 647

Factors in your cloned version.

The Base Delumping Curve is shown below:
Temperature Default Temperature (C) Default
(C) Calibration Factor Calibration Factor
set set
45 0.0000 305 1.845e-002
55 3.853e-003 315 1.768e-002
65 7.524e-003 325 1.707e-002
75 7.513e-003 335 1.653e-002
85 8.370e-003 345 1.603e-002
95 9.988e-003 355 1.540e-002
105 1.161e-002 365 1.457e-002
115 1.172e-002 375 1.344e-002
125 1.308e-002 385 1.217e-002
135 1.732e-002 395 1.083e-002
145 1.538e-002 405 9.435e-003
155 1.466e-002 415 8.042e-003
165 1.561e-002 425 6.905e-003
175 1.597e-002 435 5.893e-003
185 1.596e-002 445 5.940e-003
195 1.568e-002 455 1.232e-003
205 1.546e-002 470 7.811e-003
215 1.542e-002 490 6.226e-003
225 1.599e-002 510 4.938e-003
235 1.678e-002 530 3.914e-003
245 1.718e-002 550 2.979e-003
255 1.772e-002 570 2.333e-003
265 1.860e-002 590 4.871e-003
275 1.962e-002 625 3.540e-003
285 2.039e-002 675 8.777e-004
295 1.947e-002 775 1.434e-003
1000 0.0000
See Also
Calibration Factors Page (Design tab, FCC property view)

Catalyst Libraries

Catalyst libraries contain *.csv catalyst and catalyst blend files. The default location of the catalyst library for the FCC is
\FCC\CatLibrary. You can work with catalysts and you can also work with catalyst blends that you create yourself.

Feed Libraries

Feed libraries contain *.csv feed and feed type files. The default location of the feed library for the FCC is
\FCC\FeedLibrary. You can work with feeds and you can also work with feed types that you create yourself.

DMO Solver Background

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 322 of 647

DMO solver is used to solve the core FCC models which include riser, reactor, stripper, and regenerator. If the solution is
successful, the status indicator changes to OK.
If the solver fails, status indicator remains Unconverged. In this case, you must perform some troubleshooting to determine
the cause of the failure.
See Also
Successive Quadratic Programming (SQP)

Successive Quadratic Programming (SQP)

The DMO solver is a specific implementation of the general class of nonlinear optimization algorithms known as Successive
Quadratic Programming (SQP), which perform the optimization by solving a sequence of quadratic programming sub-
problems. The general optimization problem that DMO solves can be expressed as follows:

where:

= Vector of unknown variables

= Objective function

= Vector of constraint equations

= Vector of lower bounds on x

= Vector of upper bounds on x

A simplified description of the DMO algorithm is outlined as follows:

1 Given an initial estimate of the solution vector, . Set iteration counter: k = 0.

2 Evaluate derivative of the objective function, gradient, and the derivative of the constraints, Jacobian.
3 Initialize or update an approximation of the second derivative matrix, or Hessian, of the Lagrange function.

The Lagrange function, , accounts for constraints through weighting factors , often called Lagrange
multipliers or shadow prices.

4 Solve a quadratic programming sub-problem to determine a search direction, . In the quadratic programming sub-
problem:
· The objective function is replaced by a quadratic approximation.
· Constraints are linearized.
· Bounds are included.
5 Check for convergence or failure. If the optimization convergence criteria are satisfied, or if the maximum number of
allowed iterations, MAXITER, is reached, then end.
C onvergence is achieved when:
· Objective function gradient £ OBJCVG
· Scaled or unscaled constraint residuals £ RESCVG

Tip: If convergence is not achieved in Step 5,

· Perform a one-dimensional search to determine a search step so that

is a better approximation of the solution as measured by a

line search or merit function. The reduction of merit function requirement

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 323 of 647

is sometimes relaxed to achieve a full correction step.

· Update iteration counter, k = k + 1, and loop back to Step 3.

Basic DMO Parameters

Here are the DMO parameters most commonly used with HYSYS FCC:
Variable Description Default
MAXITER Maximum number of SQP iterations allowed 20
MINITER Minimum number of SQP iterations allowed 0
CREEPFLAG Creep control flag. This mode makes the optimizer moves No (0)
more conservative. It is very helpful when the problem
diverges.
CREEPITER Number of creep iterations 10
CREEPSIZE Creep mode step size. This is the fraction of the full step to 0.1
be taken when in creep mode.
RESCVG Residual convergence tolerance 1.0D-6
See Also
Changing DMO Parameters

Change DMO Parameters

You can change the parameters for the solver from the Solver Option page of the Operation tab.
See Also
Basic DMO Parameters

DMO Solver Output to the HYSYS trace window

During each solution, the following iteration log is sent to the Trace window:
Residual Objective Objective Overall Model
Convergence Convergence Function Nonlinearity Worst Nonlinearity
Iteration Function Function Value Ratio Model Ratio
--------- ----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ -------- ------------
0 1.005D-03 0.000D+00 0.000D+00 9.349D-01 RXRG 9.349D-01
1 6.275D-07 0.000D+00 0.000D+00 9.975D-01 RXRG 9.975D-01
2 2.711D-09 0.000D+00 0.000D+00 1.000D+00 RXRG 1.000D+00
3 0.000D+00 0.000D+00 0.000D+00
Successful solution.
Optimization Timing Statistics Time Percent
================================ ======== =======

MODEL computations 7.69 secs 33.82 %

DMO computations 12.84 secs 56.46 %
Miscellaneous 2.21 secs 9.72 %
-------------------------------- --------- -------
Total Optimization Time 22.74 secs 100.00 %
Updating Plex
Problem converged
· Iteration is the count of SQP iterations (QP sub-problems) performed by the solver. There is one line of output for
each normal iteration of the solver. Abnormal iterations may have additional lines for error or information messages.
· Residual Convergence Function indicates the solver’s progress towards solution, in terms of feasibility of the
residuals. The problem does not converge until this measure gets below the value of solver setting rescvg defined for

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 324 of 647

that solution mode.

· Objective Convergence Function is a measure of the solver’s progress towards solution in terms of optimality of the
objective function. This is only meaningful in modes with degrees-of-freedom, which is only the optimization mode in
Aspen FCC. The problem does not converge until this measure gets below the value of solver setting objcvg defined
for that solution mode.
· Objective Function Value refers to the Jacobian of the objective function.
· Nonlinearity Ratio is a measure of the nonlinearity of the problem. The closer the value is to one, the more linear the
problem. A negative value indicates that the problem behaved in the opposite way to what was expected. Near the
solution, as the step sizes become small, this value becomes close to one. There are two nonlinearity ratios:
– Overall
– Model
The last seven lines of the output shows the execution times for the various parts of the problem.
In this example, the convergence was achieved when the residual and objective convergence functions were less than their
respective tolerances at iteration 3.
From this output, there were no line searches. Thus, the step size for each iteration is one. When a line search is
performed for an iteration, a message similar to the one below appears:
<Line Search ACTIVE> ==> Step taken 3.26D-01
If the solver has to line search continually and the step size gets very small (less than 1.0D-2), most likely one of the
following has occur:
· The solution is trying to move very far from the starting point.
· Some of the specified values are nearly infeasible.

DMO Solver Log Files

HYSYS outputs DMO solver information to two log files:

· <case name>.ATSLV
· <case name>.ATACT
These files reside in the HYSYS main folder.
The ATACT file is similar to the ATSLV file, but lists all the problem variables and independent variables, whereas the ATSLV
file does not. The ATSLV file is typically more useful.
See Also
ATSLV File Problem Information

ATSLV File Problem Information

At the top of the ATSLV file, a summary of the problem is printed. This shows the size of the problem and the values of
some important parameters.
Model or plant name RXRG
Solution case SIMULATE
Number of variables 127927
Number of equality constraints 111876
Number of fixed variables 16051
Actual degrees of freedom 0
Number of lower bounded variables 127927
Number of upper bounded variables 127927
Total number of constraints 367730
Maximum number of iterations 50
Printing frequency -1
Objective function tolerance 1.0D-06
Residual convergence tolerance 1.0D-06
Derivative perturbation size 1.0D-06

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 325 of 647

Solution mode NORMAL

Maximum number of models 3000
Maximum number of soft bounds 1500
Time of run 21:41:58
Date of run 25-NOV-2001
See Also
Basic Iteration Information
Largest Unscaled Residuals
Constrained Variable
General Iteration Information
Nonlinearity Ratio

Basic Iteration Information

At each iteration, the following header is printed showing the iteration number and the value of the objective function:

+----------------+
| Iteration 0 |
+----------------+

Objective Function => 0.0000E+00

See Also
ATSLV File Problem Information
Largest Unscaled Residuals
Constrained Variable
General Iteration Information
Nonlinearity Ratio

Largest Unscaled Residuals

The following table shows the largest unscaled residuals. This information displayed is particularly helpful when the solver
has trouble closing all the residuals because it will list the largest ones.
Shadow
Index Most Violated UNSCALED Residuals Residual Price
====== ======================================= ============ =============
73676 RXRG.BLKEQN_YLDES_TBP_FOE_VALUE_BIAS_CAL 1.81662D+01 -2.37348D-19
108234 RXRG.BLKEQN_CXN_EQN___33328_X(119459)_=> -1.42249D+01 -2.29209D-19
47799 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3VF_VAPOR_SPL_FAC_10 1.00000D+00 -8.08521D-16
47796 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3VF_VAPOR_SPL_FAC_7 1.00000D+00 -1.64365D-18
47790 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3VF_VAPOR_SPL_FAC_1 1.00000D+00 -4.64051D-17
47798 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3VF_VAPOR_SPL_FAC_9 1.00000D+00 -2.75911D-15
47797 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3VF_VAPOR_SPL_FAC_8 1.00000D+00 -1.38725D-15
47791 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3VF_VAPOR_SPL_FAC_2 1.00000D+00 -3.41395D-17
47793 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3VF_VAPOR_SPL_FAC_4 1.00000D+00 -3.80201D-17
47792 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3VF_VAPOR_SPL_FAC_3 1.00000D+00 -3.80206D-17
See Also
ATSLV File Problem Information
Basic Iteration Information
Constrained Variable
General Iteration Information
Nonlinearity Ratio

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 326 of 647

Constrained Variables

The table below shows the variables that lie on their bounds. This is only meaningful in a degree-of-freedom
(optimization) mode.

Projected Active Constraints Shadow

Index for the Next Iteration Bound Price
====== ======================================= ============ =============
949 Upper Bnd C2SDDEF.SPC.MOLEFR.C2H6 2.00000D-04 -4.32924D+02

The output shows:

· The variable number.
· Which bound is active.
· The variable name.
· The variable’s current value.
· The shadow price.
The shadow price is based on the value of the objective function that is seen by DMO. That means the shadow price is in
SI units (such as $/sec) and is affected by any scaling. This is true even if you declare the units to be something other than
SI (such as $/hr).
Consider this example. We have a tower with a composition constraint, expressed as a mole fraction of a component. The
following table shows the results of two optimization runs at two different values of the composition constraint:
Constraint Value Objective Function Shadow Price
0.0002 2.853 432.924
0.0003 2.893 258.664
The large change in the shadow price indicates that the effect of the composition on the objective function is very
nonlinear. We can manually estimate the average shadow price in this region by a finite difference method:

This value lies between the two prices.

If the objective function had a scale factor of 100, we would get the following:
Constraint Value Objective Function Shadow Price
0.0002 285.4 43290.7
0.0003 289.3 25860.2
We would have to remember to unscale the shadow price by dividing by 100.
See Also
ATSLV File Problem Information
Basic Iteration Information
Largest Unscaled Residuals
General Iteration Information
Nonlinearity Ratio

General Iteration Information

The following table appears after the residual output:

Iteration status => Normal
Degrees of freedom => 0
Constrained variables => 0
Current degrees of freedom => 0
Number of function evaluations => 0

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 327 of 647

Number of Jacobian evaluations => 1

Objective function convergence function => 0.00000D+00
Residual function convergence function => 1.00550D-03
LU decomposition time (seconds) => 7.38D+00
Search direction time (seconds) => 8.28D+00
The Iteration status shows the exit condition of that iteration.
Iteration status Indicates
Normal A normal successful iteration
Warning A successful iteration despite some solver difficulties
Error A failure
Solved The final iteration of a successfully solved problem
The Degrees of freedom is the number of declared independent variables in the problem. The Constrained variables are the
degrees of freedom at bounds in the QP sub-problem. The Current degrees of freedom are the degrees of freedom less the
constrained variables. This is the true number of degrees of freedom for the problem. A highly constrained solution is one
that has very few current degrees of freedom.
The Number of function evaluations and Number of Jacobian evaluations are accumulative counts and generally match the
number of iterations.
The Objective function convergence function is the norm of the Jacobian for the objective function. At the solution, this
value should be near zero.
The Residual function convergence function is the sum of the scaled residuals. At the solution, this value should be near
zero.
See Also
ATSLV File Problem Information
Basic Iteration Information
Largest Unscaled Residuals
Constrained Variable
Nonlinearity Ratio

Nonlinearity Ratio

The Nonlinearity Ratio information shows the nonlinearity ratio of:

· worst block
· objective function
· worst equations
The criterion is the accuracy of the predicted change in the equation.
If the function is linear, then the new value would match the predicted value and the nonlinearity ratio would be one.
A value of the ratio other than one indicates some degree of nonlinearity. A negative value indicates that the function value
moved in the opposite of the expected direction.
Large negative values could indicate a discontinuity or bad derivative.
The information also shows the step size for the iteration.
Model nonlinearity ratios =>
----------------------------

RXRG = 0.93489

Model nonlinearity ratios of 1 model(s) between 0.99 and 1.01

Objective function nonlinearity ratio => 1.0000

Non-Linearity Report for Iteration 1 : Step Fraction = 1.00000D+00

Index Worst Equation Non-Linearity Ratios Ratio Deviation

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 328 of 647

===== ======================================== ============ ============

45441 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT1ANLZ_ABP625A______WTPCT -1.47131D+01 1.57131D+01
47648 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3ANLZ_ABP725A2_____WTPCT 1.32713D+01 1.22713D+01
47647 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT3ANLZ_ABP725A1_____WTPCT 1.32712D+01 1.22712D+01
57609 RXRG.BLKEQN_NAPHSNL_MOLES_ABP325A -7.53478D+00 8.53478D+00
45452 RXRG.BLKEQN_CUT1ANLZ_ABP725A2_____WTPCT -7.29881D+00 8.29881D+00
See Also
ATSLV File Problem Information
Basic Iteration Information
Largest Unscaled Residuals
Constrained Variable
General Iteration Information

DMO Solver Problems

The Troubleshooting information in the Trace Window describes some troubleshooting tips to improve the performance of
the solver and to help diagnose common problems.
See Also
Dealing with Singularities

Dealing with Singularities

Singularities often occur when the model is moved into a region where the equations are not well defined. The most
common example of this is when a stream flow becomes too small or other unrealistic operating conditions. If singularities
exist, they are usually detected at the start of the problem. In this case, some information is written to the ATSLV file. You
can use this information to locate the cause of the problem. In the case of a singularity the following message will be
displayed:
+-------------------- WARNING ----------------------+
A NUMERICALLY SINGULAR matrix is detected during
the ANALYSIS phase of LU decomposition.
The number of dependent equation set(s) detected = 1
Check the output file for more information.
+---------------------------------------------------+
The ATSLV file contains information on the possible cause of the singularity in the following manner:
+-------------------- WARNING ----------------------+

A NUMERICALLY SINGULAR matrix is detected during

ANALYZE phase of LU decomposition.

WARNING: The dependent equation set is NOT unique.

It depends on the options for performing
LU decomposition.

==> Dependent equation set: 1

The partial derivatives of the following

equations with respect to variable
1: Strm 1 moles lbmol/h
in the reduced matrix are zero.

Equation -> 10: Enthalpy balance M Btu/lbmol

is a function of the following variables:
1: Strm 1 moles lbmol/h = 0.00000D+00 -> Calc
4: Strm 1 enth M Btu/lbmol = -7.45977D+01 -> Const

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 329 of 647

12: Strm 2 moles lbmol/h = 0.00000D+00 -> Const

15: Strm 2 enth M Btu/lbmol = -7.45977D+01 -> Const
23: Heat loss MM Btu/h = 0.00000D+00 -> Const
25: Prod moles lbmol/h = 8.93760D-07 -> Calc
28: Prod enth M Btu/lbmol = -7.45977D+01 -> Calc

Equation -> 9: Prod C9H20_1 mf

is a function of the following variables:
1: Strm 1 moles lbmol/h = 0.00000D+00 -> Calc
10: Strm 1 C9H20_1 mf = 4.52017D-01 -> Const
12: Strm 2 moles lbmol/h = 0.00000D+00 -> Const
21: Strm 2 C9H20_1 mf = 4.52017D-01 -> Const
25: Prod moles lbmol/h = 8.93760D-07 -> Calc
34: Prod C9H20_1 mf = 4.52017D-01 -> Calc
Sometimes, singularities are simply caused by a big change in feed properties or operating conditions. This moves the
models into a region where the equations are not well defined. To make the simulation more robust, DMO has a creep
mode. This mode simply causes smaller steps to be taken for a specified number of iterations. To use this mode, you can
go the Solver Options page and turn on the creep model.
When creep mode is active, the following message appears at each iteration:
<Line Search Creep Mode ACTIVE> ==> Step taken 1.00D-01
By default, this will operate for 10 iterations with a step size of 0.1. You can change these values from the Solver Options
page.

FCC Case Studies

In addition to single cases, with HYSYS FCC you can run multiple cases at a time and retrieve the results into a single area
that is easy to work with. This can be useful if you want to see how the model responds to changes in one or more
variables.
For example, you might want to see how the product yields vary with changes in riser outlet temperature. To perform this
type of study, you would run multiple cases with different temperatures and have the results reported.
You can accomplish this easily using the case study tool.
Use the case study tool to monitor the steady state response of key process variables to changes in your process.
You select the independent and dependent variables for each case study from a list of variables that you select on the
Variables tab of the Databook.
For each independent variable, you specify a lower and upper bound, as well as a step size.
HYSYS varies the independent variables one at a time. With each change, the dependent variables are calculated and a
new state is defined. HYSYS shows the number of states that are calculated as you define the bounds and step size of the
independent variables.
Once the case study has solved, you can:
· Examine the states in a table.
· View the results in a plot.
Although you can select as many variables as you like for a case study, a maximum of three variables can be shown on a
plot:
· One independent variable and two dependent variables produce a two-dimensional plot.
· Two independent variables and a single dependent variable produce a three-dimensional graph.
See Also
Adding FCC Case Studies

Add FCC Case Studies

For information on adding FCC case studies, click here

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 330 of 647

Optimizer

HYSYS contains a multi-variable steady state Optimizer. Once you have built your flowsheet and you have obtained a
converged solution, you can use the Optimizer to find the operating conditions which minimize (or maximize) an Objective
Function. The object-oriented design of HYSYS makes the Optimizer extremely powerful, because it has access to a wide
range of process variables for your optimization study. The Optimizer owns its own Spreadsheet for defining the Objective
Function, as well as any constraint expressions to be used. The flexibility of this approach allows you, for example, to
construct Objective Functions which maximize profit, minimize utilities, or minimize Exchanger UA.
The following terminology is used in describing the Optimizer.
This term means
Primary These are the variables imported from the flowsheet whose values are
Variables manipulated in order to minimize (or maximize) the objective function. You set
the upper and lower bounds for all of the primary variables, which are used to
set the search range, as well as for normalization.
Objective The function that is to be minimized or maximized. There is a great deal of
Function flexibility in describing the Objective Function; primary variables can be imported
and functions defined within the Optimizer Spreadsheet, which possesses the full
capabilities of the main flowsheet spreadsheet.
Constraint You can define Inequality and Equality Constraint functions in the Optimizer
Functions Spreadsheet. An example of a constraint is the product of two variables
satisfying an inequality (for example, A*B<K).
The BOX, Mixed, and Sequential Quadratic Programming (SQP) methods are
available for constrained minimization with inequality constraints.
Only the Original and Hyprotech SQP methods can handle equality constraints.
The Fletcher-Reeves and Quasi-Newton methods are available for unconstrained
optimization problems.
You can define not only how the Optimizer Function is set up, but also how the Optimizer reaches a solution. You can set
parameters such as:
· The Optimization Scheme used.
· The Maximum Number of Iterations.
· The Tolerance.
Note: The Optimizer is available for steady state calculations only; it does not run in Dynamic mode.

Tip: To access the Optimizer, on the main menu, click Simulation | Optimizer.

Generate LP Vectors

In HYSYS, to generate FCC LP Vectors, you use the Delta Base Utility.
The Delta Base utility generates the required derivatives for use in delta base linear programming models, which in turn
provides a simplified model that can be imported into programs such as PIMS.
PIMS is a program that allows you to determine the best operating conditions at minimum cost using numerical
optimization method. PIMS calculation consists of linear models and simplified assumptions.
In the Delta Base utility you specify sets of independent and dependent variables from within the flowsheet. You specify
base values for the independent variables. HYSYS then calculates the change in the dependent variables with respect to
changes in the independent variables.
The utility works by perturbing each of the independent variables from the assigned base value, solving the flowsheet at
the perturbed value, and determining the delta change in each of the specified dependent variables.
See Also
Delta Base Utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 331 of 647

Hydrocracker Overview

The Hydrocracker model in RefSYS is a state-of-the-art Hydrocracker Unit simulation system that can be used for modeling
a single-stage, two-stage Unicracker, or two-stage Isocracker hydrocracker unit as a standalone unit operation or as part of
a refinery-wide flowsheet.
The Hydrocracker includes feed characterization system, reactor section(s), recycle gas loop(s), product separation, and
product mapper. The reactor model is based on rigorous kinetics. The feed characterization system and product mapper
are designed to work together with the RefSYS assay system so the Hydrocracker model can be simulated in a refinery-
wide flowsheet.
The features of the Hydrocracker operation are grouped into two environments:
· Main Environment
· HCR Environment
See Also
Creating a Hydrocracker template
Adding a Hydrocracker
Viewing a Hydrocracker
Deleting a Hydrocracker

Create a Hydrocracker Template

To create a Hydrocracker template:

1 In the Main environment, select File | New | Hydrocracker in the menu bar.
The HCR Configuration Wizard property view appears.
Note: HYSYS automatically creates a Hydrocracker fluid package with predetermined component list for the Hydrocracker
template.
2 In the first page of the HCR Configuration Wizard property view, configure the reactor in the Hydrocracker.
3 Click Next.
4 In the second page of the HCR Configuration Wizard property view, specify the parameters of the reactors in the
Hydrocracker.
5 Click Next.
6 In the third and final page of the HCR Configuration Wizard property view, select or specify a set of calibration
factors.
7 Click Done.
RefSYS completes the Hydrocracker subflowsheet, based on the specified information from the HCR Configuration Wizard,
and opens the Hydrocracker subflowsheet environment.
8 In the HCR environment, you can:
· Access and modify the reactor section by double-clicking the HCR Reactor Section icon in the Hydrocracker
PDF.
· Access and modify the fractionator by double-clicking the Fractionator icon in the Hydrocracker PDF.
· Access the HCR Configuration Wizard.
· Select the calibration factor set.
9 In the menu bar, select File | Save As or File | Save command.
1 0 In the Save As or Save property view, select a location for the Hydrocracker template file using the Save in drop-
down list.
1 1 Enter a name for the Hydrocracker template file in the File Name field.
1 2 Click Save.
RefSYS saves the Hydrocracker template as a *.hcr file.
See Also
Adding a Hydrocracker
Viewing a Hydrocracker

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 332 of 647

Deleting a Hydrocracker

View Hydrocracker Properties

To view the properties of a Hydrocracker operation:

1 In the Main environment, click the PFD icon in the tool bar.
2 In the PFD property view, right-click the Hydrocracker icon.
3 In the object inspect menu, select View Properties command.
The Hydrocracker property view appears.

Tips
· Click the Delete button to delete the Hydrocracker.
· Click the HCR Environment button to enter the HCR environment.
· The status bar displays the current condition of the Hydrocracker.
· Click the Ignore checkbox to ignore the Hydrocracker during simulation
calculation of the process flow diagram. Clear the Ignore checkbox to
restore the Hydrocracker into the simulation calculation.
See Also
Configuring the overall Hydrocracker
Configuring the Reactor Section
Configuring the Fractionator
Viewing the Hydrocracker Results
Deleting Hydrocracker

Add a Hydrocracker

To add a Hydrocracker into a PFD:

1 Open an appropriate simulation case.
2 Press F12 to open the UnitOps property view.
3 In the Categories group, select the Refinery Ops radio button.
4 In the Available Unit Operations group, select Hydrocracker and click Add.
The HCR Template Option property view appears.
5 In the HCR Template Option view, do one of the following:
· Click Read an Existing HCR Template to add a Hydrocracker operation based on an existing template.
The Hydrocracker operation appears on the PFD.
· Click Configure a New HCR Unit to add a Hydrocracker operation and configure it from scratch.
The HCR Configuration Wizard property view appears, and you have to configure the basic structure of the Hydrocracker
operation using the features available in the HCR Configuration Wizard. After you have specified the minimum
information required, the Hydrocracker operation appears on the PFD.
6 Open the Hydrocracker property view and make the necessary changes/specifications/connections for the simulation
case.
See Also
Viewing a Hydrocracker
Deleting a Hydrocracker

Delete a Hydrocracker

To delete an existing Hydrocracker operation, do one of the following:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 333 of 647

· On the PFD property view, select the Hydrocracker operation icon and press DELETE.
· On the PFD property view, right-click the Hydrocracker operation icon and select Delete command from the object
inspect menu.
· On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Delete button.
· On the Workbook property view, click the Unit Ops tab, select the Hydrocracker under the Name column, and click
the Delete UnitOp button.

HCR Configuration Wizard

The HCR Configuration Wizard property view is made up of three sequential pages. Each page contains features that
enable you to specify the basic configuration of the Hydrocracker. When you finish entering information in a page, you can
move on to the next page.
The following table lists the common buttons available at the bottom of the HCR Configuration Wizard property view:
Button Description
Next> Enables you to move forward to the next page.
<Prev Enables you to move backward to the previous page.
Cancel Enables you to exit the HCR Configuration Wizard without saving any changes or
creating a Hydrocracker operation.
Close Enables you to exit the HCR Configuration Wizard and keep any specifications or
changes made to the Hydrocracker operation.
Done Enables you to exit the HCR Configuration Wizard and finish configuring the
Hydrocracker operation.
See Also
Configuration Page
Geometry Page
Calibration Factors Page

Configuration Page 1 of 3

In the first page of the HCR Configuration Wizard property view, you can configure the basic design of the Hydrocracker.
1 In the Basic Configuration group, use the radio button to select the number of stages in the Hydrocracker: Single-
Stage or Two-Stage.
2 In the Reactor group, use the Number of Reactors drop-down list to select the number of reactors in the
Hydrocracker.
3 Open the Number of Treating Beds drop-down list to select the number of treating beds in the Hydrocracker.
4 Click in the appropriate cell along the Number of beds row and open the drop-down list to select the number of beds
in each reactor.
5 In the Separator group, clear or select the Include amine scrubber checkbox to include or exclude an amine scrubber
in the Hydrocracker.

Tip: If you select Two-Stage configuration option, you can also select the
number of separators for the Hydrocracker using the Number of high pressure
separators drop-down list. This drop-down list is not available for the Single-
Stage configuration option.
6 In the Fractionator group, select or clear the Include Fractionator checkbox to add or remove a fractionator in the
Hydrocracker.

Tip: If you select Two-Stage configuration option, a fractionator is

automatically added into the Hydrocracker.
· If the Hydrocracker does not contain a fractionator skip to step 13.
· If the Hydrocracker contains a fractionator proceed to step 7.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 334 of 647

7 Open the Naphtha Cuts drop-down list to select the number of naphtha cuts in the fractionator.
8 Open the Distillate Cuts drop-down list to select the number of distillate cuts in the fractionator.
9 Under the Cut column, click on the appropriate cell to change the name of the product cut streams.
1 0 Under the PA column, select or clear the appropriate checkbox to include or exclude a pump-around with the
product cut stream.
1 1 Under the Side Stripper column, select or clear the appropriate checkbox to include or exclude a side-stripper with
the product cut stream.
1 2 Under the Energy column, open the drop-down list in the appropriate cell and select the type of medium/heater used
by the side-stripper.
Note: The drop-down list option under the Energy column is only available for product streams with side-stripper.
1 3 Click the Next button to access the Geometry page.

Tip: Click the Cancel button to exit the HCR Configuration Wizard without
saving any changes.

Geometry Page 2 of 3

In the second page of the HCR Configuration Wizard property view, you can specify the parameters for the reactor beds in
the Hydrocracker.
1 Under the Internal Diameter column, specify the internal diameter of each reactor bed.
2 Under the Catalyst Loading column, specify the catalyst load of each reactor bed.
3 Under the Catalyst Density column, specify the density of the catalyst in each reactor bed.
4 Under the Bed Voidage column, specify the void fractions of the catalyst in the each reactor bed.
5 Click the Next> button to access the Calibration Factors page.
Note: The number of Bed row vary depending on how many reactor beds you select in the Configuration page.

Tips
· Click the <Prev button to access the Configuration Page.
· Click the Close button to exit the HCR Configuration Wizard without saving
any changes.

Calibration Factors Page 3 of 3

In the third and final page of the HCR Configuration Wizard property view, you can select or specify a set of calibration
factors.
To select an existing calibration factor set:
1 Select the Use an existing set of calibration factors radio button.
2 Open the drop-down list and select an existing calibration factor set from the drop-down list.
Note: The default selection is the calibration factor set provided by HYSYS.

Tip: Click the Library button to access the Calibration Set Library property view
and modify/clone/add/delete/import/export the calibration factor set.
3 Click Done.

Tips
· Click the <Prev button to access the Geometry Page.
· Click the Close button to exit the HCR Configuration Wizard without saving
any changes.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 335 of 647

Connect Streams

To connect streams to the Hydrocracker:

1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Design tab and select the Connections page.
4 In the Hydrogen Makeup table, specify the name of the stream or open the drop-down list and select an existing
stream.
5 In the Feeds table, under the External column specify the name of the feed stream, or open the drop-down list and
select an existing stream.
6 Under the Feed Type column, select the appropriate cell and open the drop-down list to select the feed type
associated to the feed stream.
7 Depending on the Hydrocracker configuration one of the following table is available:
· If the Hydrocracker contains a fractionator: in the Fractionated Products table, under the External column
specify the name of the product stream, or open the drop-down list and select an existing stream.
· If the Hydrocracker does not contain a fractionator: in the top right table, under the Reactor Effluent
column specify the name of the product stream, or open the drop-down list and select an existing stream. You can
also select the fluid package transition for the product stream in the drop-down list under the Transition column.

Tips
· You can specify/modify the name for the Hydrocracker operation in the
Name field.
· Click the Feed Type Library button to access the Feed Type Library
Property View and modify/configure the feed type and data of a selected
stream.

To select the Calibration Factor Set for the Catalytic Reformer operation:
1 Select Reformer | Calibration Factor command from the menu bar.
The Calibration Factor Set property view appears.
2 Open the Select a calibration factor set to use for simulation drop-down list and select a calibration factor set.
Note: You can click the Library button to open the Calibration Set Library Property View to create, clone, and modify a
calibration factor set.

Configure Feed Streams

To configure the feed streams entering the reactor of the Hydrocracker:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 336 of 647

· gas to oil ratio

Note: The last column displays the total for each flow rate type.

Specify Reactor Options

To specify the reactor options of the Hydrocracker:

Specify Recycle Gas Loop Parameters

To configure the recycle gas loop and hydrogen makeup streams of the Hydrocracker:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Reactor Section tab and select the Recycle Gas Loop page.
4 In the HPS and Recycle Gas Compressor table, specify the following parameters for each recycle loop:
· Temperature
· Pressure
· Outlet pressure of compressor
· Pressure difference entering the reactor
5 In the Product Heater table, specify the product temperature and pressure in the appropriate cells.
6 In the Hydrogen Makeup Stream table, specify the following parameters for each makeup stream of each loop:
· Mole flow rate
· Temperature
· Pressure
· Stream composition
7 In the Hydrogen Purge Fraction table, specify the purge fraction value for each HPS loop.

Specify Catalyst Deactivation Properties

To specify the catalyst properties of the Hydrocracker:

1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Reactor Section tab and select the Catalyst Deactivation page.
4 In the WABT at EOC field, specify the temperature for the ???
5 In the Day on Stream field, specify the number of days the fluid/feed stream remains on the catalyst.

Specify Solver Scripts/Commands

To specify and run solver scripts or commands for the reactor of the Hydrocracker:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Reactor Section tab and select the Solver Console page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 337 of 647

Note: Solver messages and commands appear in the Simulation Engine Message and Script Commands field.
4 In the Enter Script Command field, enter the script command you want to run.
5 Click Run Command.

Specify Fractionator Zone Pressure

To specify the zone pressure in the fractionator of the Hydrocracker:

1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Fractionator tab and select the Zone Pressures page.
4 Under the Zone Top Pressure column, specify the pressure value for each zone in the fractionator.
5 In the Bottom Pressure cell, specify the bottom pressure of the fractionator.

Configure Fractionator Specifications

To specify the TBP cut point of the fractionator of the Hydrocracker:

1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Fractionator tab and select the Specs page.
4 In the Spec Option group, select the TBP Cut Point radio button.
5 In the TBP Calculation Method drop-down list, select the calculation method for the TBP cut point.
6 Under the TBP Cut Point column, specify the boiling point temperature for each cut point.
Notes
· The Molar Feed Fraction column displays the feed fraction for each cut point.
· The TBP 5% column displays the boiling point temperature at 5 percent of each cut point.
· The TBP 95% column displays the boiling point temperature at 95 percent of each cut point.
To specify the Product Flow Fraction in the fractionator of the Hydrocracker:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Fractionator tab and select the Specs page.
4 In the Spec Option group, select Product Flow Fraction radio button.
5 In the Basis group, select one of the following bases you want to specify the feed fraction in: Molar, Mass, or Liquid
Volume.
6 Under the Feed Fraction column, specify the fraction of the feed stream divided into each product stream.
Note: The Bottom Spec group displays the calculated (Actual) bottom stream flow rate and the minimum required
(Minimum) bottom stream flow rate. The minimum flow rate is based on the Feed stream flow rate and entering
temperature. If the minimum flow rate is more than the bottom flow rate, the column will not converge.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 338 of 647

View Feed Blend Results

The Feed Blend page displays the detailed characterization of each individual feed and blended feed streams entering the
Hydrocracker.
To access the Feed Blend page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Results tab and select the Feed Blend page.

Tip: The drop-down list enables you to view the feed blend properties
associated to the selected reactor.

View Product Yield Results

The Product Yields page displays the calculated net product yields from the reactors.
To access the Product Yields page:
1 On the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Product Yields page.

View Product Properties Results

The Product Properties page displays the properties of the net reactor yield from the simulation and the fractionated cuts if
a stabilizer tower is included.
To access the Product Properties page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Results tab and select the Product Properties page.

Tip: Select the appropriate radio button to view the calculated standard cut or
fractionated results, Standard Cut Products or Fractionated Products radio
button.

View Reactors Results

The Reactors page displays the key simulation results of the reactor(s) in the Hydrocracker.
To access the Reactors page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Results tab and select the Reactors page.

View Hydrogen System Results

The Hydrogen System page displays the calculated results of the Hydrogen makeup stream(s) and the recycle gas loop in
the Hydrocracker.
To access the Hydrogen System page:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 339 of 647

View Fractionator Results

The Fractionator page displays calculated results of the product streams leaving the fractionator.
Note: If the Hydrocracker does not have a fractionator, this page is blank.
To access the Fractionator page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Results tab and select the Fractionator page.

View Hydrogen Balance Results

The Hydrogen Balance page displays the calculated results of hydrogen consumption for each reactor bed and hydrogen
balance in the Hydrocracker.
To access the Hydrogen Balance page:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Results tab and select the Hydrogen Balance page.

Configure Reactor

To configure the reactor in the Hydrocracker:

1 In the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Design tab.
2 Select the Configuration page.
3 Click the Configuration Wizard button to access the HCR Configuration Wizard property view.
4 Make the modification in the HCR Configuration Wizard property view and click Done (on the Calibration page) when
you finish modifying the reactor.

Tip: You can modify the name of the HCR Reactor Section property view by
entering a new name in the Name field.

Specify Reactor Geometry

To specify reactor geometry parameters for the Hydrocracker:

1 In the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Design tab.
2 Select the Geometry page.
3 In the table provided, enter the following reactor parameters in the appropriate cell:
· internal bed diameter
· catalyst load for each bed reactor
· catalyst density for each bed reactor
· bed voidage
Note: Each row in the table represents a bed in the reactors. The number of rows depend on the number of bed reactors

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 340 of 647

in the Hydrocracker.

Modify Feed Type

To add a feed type into the Hydrocracker:

1 In the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the FeedData tab.
2 Select the Library page.
3 In the Feed Types group, select the feed type you want to modify.
RefSYS provides a default feed type populated with VGO feed type values.
4 In the Properties of Selected Feed Type group, select one of the radio button to modify the feed type data:
· Lump Weight Percents
· Biases
5 In the table, modify the data properties based on the selected radio button.

Tips
· Click the Import button to import feed types into the current feed stream.
· Click the Export button to export feed type from the current feed stream.
· Click the Delete button to delete feed type from the current feed stream.

Specify Feed Properties

To specify feed properties in the Hydrocracker:

1 In the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the FeedData tab.
2 Select the Properties page.
3 In the Feeds group, do one of the following:
· Click the Add button to add a virtual feed stream.
· Select a stream from the Feeds list.
Notes
· The Feeds list displays the names of all the virtual and real streams connected to the reactor.
· You cannot change the properties of a stream connected to an external stream. You can only change the name and
feed type of that stream.
· You can only add virtual type streams in the Properties page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 341 of 647

Specify Feed Conditions

To specify feed conditions in the Hydrocracker:

1 In the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Feeds page.
3 Specify the volume or mass flow rate of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Volume Flow or Mass Flow
column respectively.
4 Specify the temperature of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Temperature column.
5 Specify the pressure of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Pressure column.
6 Select the location the feed stream entrance in the appropriate cell under the Location column.
If you select the Split option, the Select Feed Location property view appears. In the Select Feed Location property view,
specify the split ratio of the feed stream entering the reactors.
7 In the Total Feed table, specify the following feed stream property for each reactor:
· total preheat duty of the feed stream(s)
· total pressure of the feed stream(s)
· gas to oil ratio
Note: The last column displays the total for each flow rate type.

Configure Reactor Control

To configure reactor controls in the Hydrocracker:

1 In the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Specifications page.
3 In the Temperature group, specify the inlet temperatures for each bed in the reactors in the appropriate cell.

Specify Recycle Gas Loop

To specify the recycle gas loop parameters of the Hydrocracker:

1 On the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab
2 Select the Recycle Gas Loop page.
3 In the HPS and Recycle Gas Compressor table, specify the following parameters for each recycle loop:
· Temperature
· Pressure
· Outlet pressure of compressor
· Pressure difference entering the reactor
4 In the Product Heater table, specify the product temperature and pressure in the appropriate cells.
5 In the Hydrogen Makeup Stream table, specify the following parameters for each makeup stream of each loop:
· Mole flow rate
· Temperature
· Pressure
· Stream composition
6 In the Hydrogen Purge Fraction table, specify the purge fraction value for each HPS loop.

Configure Catalyst Deactivation

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 342 of 647

To configure catalyst deactivation in the Hydrocracker:

1 On the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Catalyst Deactivation page.
4 In the WABT at EOC field, specify the temperature for the ???
5 In the Day on Stream field, specify the number of days the fluid/feed stream remains on the catalyst.

Select Solver Options

To select the solver options for the OOMF solver of the Hydrocracker:
1 In the Main environment, press CTRL P to open the PFD property view.
2 On the PFD property view, double-click the Hydrocracker icon to open the Hydrocracker property view.
3 On the Hydrocracker property view, click the Reactor Section tab and select the Solver Options page.
4 Configure the Hydrocracker solver calculation using the options in the Solver Options page.

Specify Additional Solver Commands/Scripts

To specify and run solver scripts or commands for the reactor of the Hydrocracker:
1 On the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Solver Console page.
Note: Solver messages and commands appear in the Simulation Engine Message and Script Commands field.
3 In the Enter Script Command field, enter the script command you want to run.
4 Click Run Command.

View Feed Blend Results

The Feed Blend page displays the detailed characterization of each individual feed and blended feed streams entering the
reactor.
To access the Feed Blend page:
1 On the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Feed Blend page.

Tip: In the Blend Properties at Selected Reactor Location group, open the
drop-down list to select the reactor properties you want to view.

View Product Properties Results

The Product Properties page displays the calculated net product properties from the reactors.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 343 of 647

To access the Product Properties page:

1 On the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Product Properties page.

View Reactor Results

The Results tab enables you to view the calculated variable results of the Hydrocracker. The information is grouped into the
following pages:
· Feed Blend
· Product Yields
· Product Properties
· Reactor Section
· Heater
· Recontactor
· Product Streams
· Advanced
See Also
Viewing feed blend results
Viewing product yield results
Viewing product properties results
Viewing reactor results
Viewing hydrogen system results
Viewing hydrogen balance results

View Hydrogen System Results

The Hydrogen System page displays the calculated results of the Hydrogen makeup stream and recycle gas in the
Hydrocracker.
To access the Hydrogen System page:
1 On the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Hydrogen System page.

View Hydrogen Balance Results

The Hydrogen Balance page displays calculated results of the hydrogen consumption and hydrogen balance.
To access the Hydrogen Balance page:
1 On the HCR Reactor Section property view, click the Results tab.
2 Select the Hydrogen Balance page.

View Hydrocracker Results

The Results tab displays the calculated simulation results of the Hydrocracker. The information is grouped in the following
pages:
· Feed Blend
· Product Yields
· Product Properties
· Reactor

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 344 of 647

· Hydrogen System
· Fractionator
· Hydrogen Balance

Calibrate Hydrocracker

To calibrate the Hydrocracker:

1 Enter the Calibration environment.
2 Select HCR | Calibration command from the menu bar to open the Calibration property view.
3 Open the Data Set drop-down list and select a data set to be used on the calibrate run.
The default data set is based on the current Hydrocracker configuration.

Tip: Click the Manage Data Sets button to access the Data Set Manager
property view to create, copy, delete, and rename data sets.

Tip: You can make changes to the Hydrocracker configuration and save the
modifications as a separate data set.
4 Click the Operation Measurement tab, and specify the measured data for the reactor beds and heaters.
5 Click the Product Measurement tab, and specify the GC data of the product streams in the GC Data page.
6 Click the Calibration Control tab, and specify the parameter and objective function values for the calibrate run.
7 Click the Run Calibration button.
· If you only have one data set, the Validation Wizard property view appears.
On the Validation Wizard property view, validate the data set and click the OK button to continue with the
calibration run.
· If you have more than one data set, the Select Data Sets for Calibration property view appears.
On the Select Data Sets for Calibration property view, select and validate the data set you want, and click the Run
Calibration button to continue with the calibration run.
8 After the calibration run has finish, click the Analysis tab to view the calibration run results.

Tips
· Click the Push Data to Simulation button to export the current calibration
results to the Hydrocracker variables in the simulation case.
· Click the Pull Data from Simulation button to import the Hydrocracker
variable values, from the simulation case, into the Calibration property
view.
· Click the Return to Simulation button to exit the Calibration environment
and return to the Hydrocracker environment.

Validation Wizard Property View

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 345 of 647

· The Run Calibration button (in the Calibration property view) is clicked and the Calibration property view only has
one data set.
· The checkbox under the Include column (in the Select Data Sets for Calibration property view) is selected.
Notes
· HYSYS always validates the selected data set before the calibration is actually run.
· The coke mass flow and hydrogen in coke are also calculated from flue gas analysis.
· Any unreasonable values indicate that the flue gas analysis is questionable and you should not proceed with the
calibration.
· The Validation Wizard does not display recycle streams.

Select Data Sets for Calibration Property View

Tips
· Click the Stop button to stop the calibration run during mid-calculation.
· Click the Close button to exit the Select Data Sets for Calibration view.

Compare Calibration Results

To predict and compare calibration results of the Hydrocracker:

1 Enter the Calibration environment.
2 Select HCR | Calibration command from the menu bar to open the Calibration property view.
3 Open the Data Set drop-down list and select a data set to be used on the prediction run.
The default data set is based on the current Hydrocracker configuration.

Tip: Click the Manage Data Sets button to access the Data Set Manager
property view to create, copy, delete, and rename data sets.
The features/options available in the first three tabs are available for you to make modifications to the existing

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 346 of 647

Hydrocracker, if you want/need to:

· In the Design tab, you can make any modifications to the configuration and geometry parameters of the
reactor.
· In the Feed Data tab, you can make any modifications to the feed stream.
· In the Operation tab, you can make any modifications to the overall operation performance of the
Hydrocracker.

Tip: You can make changes to the Hydrocracker configuration and save the
modifications as a separate data set.
4 Click the Operation Measurement tab, and specify the measured data for the reactor beds and heaters.
5 Click the Product Measurement tab, and specify the GC data of the product streams in the GC Data page.
6 Click the Run Prediction button.
The Select Data Sets for Prediction property view appears.
7 In the Select Calibration Factor Set to User for Prediction group, open the drop-down list and select a calibration
factor set for the prediction run.
8 In the Select Data Sets for Prediction group, select the data set you want to use in the prediction run by selecting the
appropriate checkbox under the Include column.
The Specification Wizard property view appears.
9 In the Regenerator group, select which variables you want specified in the prediction run by selecting the appropriate
checkboxes.
A clear checkbox indicates the variable will be calculated in the prediction run.
1 0 Click the OK button to close the Specification Wizard property view.
1 1 On the Select Data Sets for Prediction property view, click the Run Prediction button to continue with the prediction
run.
8 After the prediction run has finish, click the Prediction tab to view and compare the calculated results.

Specification Wizard Property View

The Specification Wizard property view enables you to select the variables that are to be specified and the variables that
are to be calculated in the prediction run.
The prediction run performs simulation run on selected cases based on the selected calibration factor set and data set. The
results are displayed in the Prediction tab. The prediction run enables you to validate a calibration factor set by comparing
the predicted results displayed in Prediction Tab with the actual data (which are derived from the measurements) in
Analysis tab.
The Specification Wizard view appears when the checkbox under the Include column (in the Select Data Sets for Prediction
property view) is selected for each data set.
To select variables that are specified in the prediction run:
1 In the Regenerator group, select the checkboxes associated to the variables.

Tip: For variables that are calculated in the prediction run, clear the associate
checkboxes.
2 Click OK.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 347 of 647

Tips
· If a stabilizer tower is included in the Hydrocracker operation, then
Specification Wizard property view also contains a Specify TBP Cut Points
group.
You can modify the TBP cut point of the production streams, by entering the new
temperature values in the appropriate cell under the TBP Cut Point column.
· Click the Cancel button to exit the Specification Wizard property view
without saving any changes.

Select Data Sets for Prediction Property View

The Select Data Sets for Prediction view enables you to select calibration factor set, select data sets, and view the status of
the data sets.
To configure the calibration factor and data sets for a prediction run:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Run Prediction button.
The Select Data Sets for Prediction property view appears.
2 In the Select Calibration Factor Set to Use for Prediction group, open the drop-down list and select a calibration factor
set.

Tip: Click the Library button to access the Calibration Set Library property view
and manage the calibration factor sets available in the Calibration property
view.
3 In the Select Data Sets for Prediction group, select the checkbox, under the Include column, associated to the data
set you want for the prediction run.
Note: If the data set is not ready for the prediction run (for example, the status displays Input Incomplete), the checkbox
beside the data set is inactive.
The Specification Wizard property view appears.
4 In the Specification Wizard property, select which variables you want specified and which variables will be calculated.
5 Click OK.
In the Select Data Sets for Prediction property view, the status of the data set has changed to OK.
6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 for each data set you want included in the prediction run.
7 In the Select Data Sets for Prediction property view, click the Run Prediction button to continue with the prediction
run.
Note: The Run Prediction button is inactive until you select a data set for the prediction run.

Tips
· Click the Stop button to stop the prediction run during mid-calculation.
· Click the Close button to exit the Select Data Sets for Prediction view.

Calibration Property View

The Calibration property view enables you to perform calibration run or prediction run on the Hydrocracker operation. The
results from the calculation can be exported into the simulation case or into a file for later use in other simulation case.
To access the Calibration property view, enter the Calibration environment and select Calibration | Calibration Workbook
command from the menu bar.
Note: The status bar located at the bottom right corner of the Calibration property view displays the status of the
calibration/prediction run.

Tips

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 348 of 647

· Click the Run Calibration button to perform the calibration calculation.

· Click the Run Prediction button to perform the prediction calibration.
· Open the Data Set drop-down list and select a data set (Hydrocracker and
calibration configuration values) to be used in the calibration/prediction
run.
· Click the Manage Data Sets button to access the Data Set Manager
property view to create, copy, delete, and rename data sets.
· Click the Push Data to Simulation button to export the current calibration
results to the Hydrocracker variables in the simulation case.
· Click the Pull Data from Simulation button to import the Hydrocracker
variable values, from the simulation case, into the Calibration property
view.
· Click the Return to Simulation button to exit the Calibration environment
and return to the Hydrocracker environment.

Data Set Manager Property View

The Data Set Manager property view enables you to manage the Hydrocracker data sets. The data sets are the
variable/parameter values that configure/make up the Hydrocracker operation and calibration assumptions/objective
functions.
To access the Data Set Manager property view:
1 Enter the Calibration environment.
2 Open the Calibration property view.
3 Click the Manage Data Sets button.
The Data Set Manager property view enables you to do the following:
· Add a new data set
· Copy an existing data set
· Delete an existing data set
· Rename an existing data set

Specify Configuration of Reactor

The Design tab contains features used to configure the reactor in the Hydrocracker operation. It enables you to enter
specific information about the HCR unit you are modeling. This information is used in a calibration run.
The features are grouped into the following pages:
· Configuration
· Geometry
· Heat Loss
· Notes
Note: Any modifications to the variables in this tab will only affect the calibration/prediction run calculation.

Specify Reactor Geometry

To specify reactor geometry parameters for the calibration/prediction run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Design tab.
2 Select the Geometry page.
3 In the table provided, enter the following reactor and heater parameters in the appropriate cell:
· reactor bed length

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 349 of 647

· reactor bed diameter

· catalyst weight in the reactor
· number of tubes in the heater
· inner diameter of the tubes
· outer diameter of the tubes
· space between the center of each tubes
Note: The space value between the center of each tubes must be larger than outer diameter of the tubes. If the space
value is smaller than the outer diameter value, this indicates the tubes are overlapping.
· length of tubes
· radius of the tubes U-bend
· thermal conductivity of the tubes
Note: Each column in the table contains the parameter information for each reactor bed.
4 In the Void Fraction cell, specify the void fraction value of the reactor (the ratio between space in the reactor and
space taken by the tubes).
5 In the Catalyst Density cell, specify the density of the catalyst in the reactor.

Specify Heat Loss

To specify heat loss parameters for the calibration/prediction run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Design tab.
2 Select the Heat Loss page.
3 Under the Heat Loss column, specify the heat loss value of each zone in the appropriate cell.

Specify Feed Data

The Feed tab contains features used to configure and modify the feed stream properties entering the HCR Reactor Section.
The features are grouped into the following pages:
· Library
· Properties
Note: Any modifications to the variables in this tab will only affect the calibration/prediction run calculation.

Add Feed Type

To add a feed type for the calibration/prediction run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Feed Data tab.
2 Select the Library page.
3 Click the Add button.
The Feed Type property view appears.
By default the properties of the new feed type are populated with VGO feed type values.
4 In the Feed Type group, enter the name of the feed type in the Name field.

Tip: You can provide a description of the new feed type by entering the
information in the Description field.

Notes
· Date Created field displays when the feed type was created.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 350 of 647

· Date Modified field displays when the last time the feed type properties was modified.
5 In the Kinetic Lump Weight Percents group, enter the weight percents for the kinetic lumps in the new feed type.

Tip: You can click the Calculate Biases button to calculate the bias values
based on the specified bulk properties.

7 Click the Close icon to close the Feed Type property view and save the new feed type into the Hydrocracker
operation.
The new feed type appears in the Available Feed Types list in the Library page of the Calibration property view.

Tip: To delete an existing feed type, select the feed type in the Available Feed
Types list and click the Delete button.

Specify Feed Properties

To specify feed properties for the calibration/prediction run:

Specify Overall Operation Condition

The Operation tab in the Calibration property view is the same as the Operation tab in the HCR Reactor Section property
view.
The Operation tab contains features used to manipulate the operation parameters of the Hydrocracker operation.
The Operation tab contains features used to manipulate the operation parameters of the Hydrocracker operation. The

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 351 of 647

features are grouped into the following pages:

· Feed
· Reactor Control
· Catalyst
· Recontactor
· Solver Options
· Solver Console
· Advanced
Note: Any modifications to the variables in this tab will only affect the calibration/prediction run calculation.

Specify Feed Conditions

To specify feed conditions for calibration/prediction run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Feed page.
3 Specify the volume, mass, or standard volume flow rate of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Volume
Flow, Mass Flow, or Std Vol Flow column respectively.
4 Specify the temperature of the feed stream in the appropriate cell under the Temperature column.
Note: The last row displays the total for each flow rate type.

Configure Reactor Control

To configure reactor controls for the calibration/prediction run:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Reactor Control page.
3 In the Reactor Temperature Specification table, specify the following variables:
· WAIT (weight average inlet temperature)
· WABT (weight average bottom temperature)
· reactor inlet reference temperature
· temperature bias for all the reactor beds
· inlet temperature for all the reactor beds
· C5+ RON
· C6+ RON
· sum of aromatics in weight% of feed
4 In the Hydrogen Recycle table, specify the recycle compressor flow rate and the H2HC ratio.
5 In the Product separator table, specify the temperature and pressure in the separator.

Specify Catalyst

To specify the catalyst properties for the calibration/prediction run:

1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab
2 Select the Catalyst page.
3 Depending on which reactor type you select, you need to specify one of the following group of catalyst properties:
· For CCR:
– In the Reactor Section Block table, specify the catalyst circulation rate and the coke on catalyst

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 352 of 647

weight% for each reactor bed.

– In the Regenerator Section Block table, specify the air variables, heat release variables, regen off gas
variables, and external reaction (CO to CO2) of the regenerator.
· For semi-regen:
– In the Simulation End/Start Times table, specify the start time and end time of the simulation.
– In the COC at Start of Simulation table, specify the COC for each reactor bed at the start of the
simulation.
– In the Equilibrium Distribution Factor table, specify the COC equilibrium distribution factor for each
reactor bed.

Configure Recontactor

To configure the recontactor for the calibration/prediction run:

1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Recontactor page.
3 In the Booster Compressor 1 table, specify the following variables in the appropriate cells:
· outlet pressure of compressor 1
· mechanical efficiency of compressor 1
· actual volume surge of compressor 1
· actual efficiency of compressor 1
6 In the Booster Compressor 2 table, specify the following variables in the appropriate cells:
· outlet pressure of compressor 2
· mechanical efficiency of compressor 2
· actual volume surge of compressor 2
· actual efficiency of compressor 2
7 In the Low Pressure Recontactor Drum table, specify the following variables in the appropriate cells:
· pressure drop
· temperature of outlet stream
· Murphree efficiency of product stream
8 In the High Pressure Recontactor Drum table, specify the following variables in the appropriate cells:
· pressure drop
· temperature of outlet stream
· Murphree efficiency of product stream
Note: If the Hydrocracker does not contain a recontactor, than this page is blank.

Select Solver Options

To select the solver options of the OOMF solver for the calibration/prediction run:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Solver Options page.
3 Configure the Hydrocracker solver option using the features available in the Solver Options page.

Specify Solver Commands/Scripts

To specify and run solver scripts or commands for the calibration/prediction run:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 353 of 647

2 Select the Solver Console page.

Note: Solver messages and commands appear in the Simulation Engine Message and Script Commands field.
3 In the Enter Script Command field, enter the script command you want to run.
4 Click Run Command.

Specify Advanced Options

To configure Hydrocracker performance to match real plant simulation data for the calibration/prediction run:
1 On the Calibration property view, click the Operation tab.
2 Select the Advanced page.
3 Configure the tuning parameters and property correlation using the features available in the Advanced page.
Note: The options/features in the Advanced page are meant for expert users who want to adjust the Hydrocracker
operation performance to match their plant data.

Specify Measured Data variables

The Operation Measurement tab contains features used to configure the reactor, calculate the DP factor, and configure the
heaters. The features are grouped into the following pages:
· General
· Pressures
· Heater Tubes
Note: Any modifications to the variables in this tab will only affect the calibration/prediction run calculation.

Specify Product Data

The Product Measure tab contains the options that enable you to manipulate the cuts, light ends and heavy ends in the
calibration calculation.
The Product Measurement tab contains features used to gather data required to tune the kinetics of the calibration model.
There is only one page in this tab, the GC Data page.
Note: Any modifications to the variables in this tab will only affect the calibration/prediction run calculation.

Specify GC Data

To specify the GC data of the product stream for calibration/prediction calculation:

1 In the Calibration property view, click the Product Measurement tab and select the GC Data page.
2 In the table, specify the GC data of the following variables for the Net H2, Net Effluent, or actual stream:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 354 of 647

· H2 · MBP6 · NP8 · IP11

· P1 · SBP6 · O8 · NP11
· P2 · NP6 · 5N8 · 5N11
· OL2 · O6 · ETHYLBEN · A11
· P3 · 5N6 · O-XYLENE · 6N11
· O3 · A6 · M-XYLENE · P12
· IP4 · 6N6 · P-XYLENE · 6N8
· NP4 · MBP7 · NP9 · IP9
· P4 · SBP7 · 5N9 · N12
· O4 · NP7 · A9 · A12
· IP5 · O7 · 6N9 · P13
· NP5 · 5N7 · IP10 · N13
· P5 · A7 · NP10 · A13
· O5 · 6N7 · 5N10 · P14
· 5N5 · MBP8 · A10 · N14
· SBP8 · 6N10 · A14

Specify Calibration Control Variables

The Calibration Control tab contains features used to control the calibration run. The features are grouped into the
following pages:
· Parameter
· Objective Function
Note: Any modifications to the variables in this tab will only affect the calibration run calculation.

View Calibration Run Results

The Analysis tab displays the calculated results for the calibration run. The calibration results are grouped into the following
pages:
· Feed Blend
· Product Yields
· Product Properties
· Reactor Section
· Catalyst
· Recontactor
· Calibration Summary
· Worksheet
Note: The calculated variable values in this tab are limited to the Calibration environment.

Petroleum Assay Manager

The Petroleum Assay Manager property view allows you to view, add, delete, copy, import, and export petroleum assays.
You can also modify the petroleum property blending method.
To access the Petroleum Assay Manager property view:
1 Open the Simulation Basis Manager property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 355 of 647

2 Click the Extend Simulation Basis Manager button.

The Petroleum Assay Manager property view appears.
Note: You need RefSYS license to access the Petroleum Assay Manager property view.
See Also
Add a petroleum assay
View a petroleum assay
Delete a petroleum assay
Copy a petroleum assay
Import a petroleum assay
Export a petroleum assay
Modify blending methods
Configure blending rules
Importing HYSYS oil assay into RefSYS petroleum assay
Two Levels of Petroleum Property Calculation

Add a Petroleum Assay

To add a petroleum assay:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay Manager property view.
2 In the Petroleum Assays group, click the Add button.
This will open the Petroleum Assay property view.
See Also
Configure the petroleum assay
Specify the GC data for the petroleum assay
View the plots generated by the petroleum assay
Make notes

Viewing a Petroleum Assay

To view a petroleum assay:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay Manager property view.
2 Select the petroleum assay you want to view from the list in the Petroleum Assays group.
3 Click the View button. This will open the Petroleum Assay property view.
See Also
Configure the petroleum assay
Specify the GC data for the petroleum assay
View the plots generated by the petroleum assay
Make notes

Copying a Petroleum Assay

To copy a petroleum assay:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay Manager property view.
2 Select the petroleum assay you want to copy from the list in the Petroleum Assays group.
3 Click the Copy button. This will open the Petroleum Assay property view of the copied assay.
See Also
Configure the petroleum assay
Specify the GC data for the petroleum assay
View the plots generated by the petroleum assay
Make notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 356 of 647

Import a Petroleum Assay

To import a petroleum assay:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay Manager property view.
2 Click the Import button. The Assay Import property view appears.
3 Select the type of assay you want to import by clicking on the appropriate radio button.
· HYSYS radio button allows you to import a *.pet (HYSYS petroleum assay) file.
· Comma Separated Value File radio button allows you to import a *.csv file.
· XML File radio button allows you to import a *.xml file.
4 Click the Continue button. The File Selection for Importing a Petroleum Assay property view appears.
5 Locate and select the assay file you want to open and click the Open button.
See Also
Configure the petroleum assay
Specify the GC data for the petroleum assay
View the plots generated by the petroleum assay
Make notes

Export a Petroleum Assay

To export a petroleum assay:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay Manager property view.
2 Select the petroleum assay you want to export from the list in the Petroleum Assays group.
3 Click the Export button. The Assay Export property view appears.
4 Select the file type for the exported assay by clicking on the appropriate radio button.
· Spiral Crude Manager radio button allows you to export the assay as a Spiral file.
· HYSYS radio button allows you to export the assay as a *.pet (HYSYS petroleum assay) file.
· Comma Separated Value File radio button allows you to export the assay as a *.csv file.
· XML File radio button allows you to import a *.xml file.
5 Click the Continue button. The File Selection for Exporting Petroleum Assay property view appears.
6 Select a location for the assay file using the Save in drop-down list, and type the name of the exported assay file in
the File name field.
7 Click the Save button.

Deleting a Petroleum Assay

To delete a petroleum assay:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay Manager property view.
2 Select the petroleum assay you want to delete from the list in the Petroleum Assays group.
3 Click the Delete button. HYSYS removes the selected petroleum assay from the list.
Note: HYSYS will not ask for confirmation when deleting assays.

Petroleum Assay Property View

The Petroleum Assay property view enables you to configure a petroleum assay in HYSYS simulation case.
A petroleum assay is a vector that stores physical properties and assay properties for a specific component list. Physical

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 357 of 647

properties include all properties used in a typical HYSYS simulation case. Assay properties comprise refinery related
properties as cloud point, octane numbers, flash point, freeze point, sulfur content, PONA distribution, GC data and etc.
See Also
Configure the petroleum assay
Specify the GC data for the petroleum assay
View the plots generated by the petroleum assay
Make notes

Configure the Petroleum Assay

To configure the petroleum assay:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay property view, and click on the Information tab.
2 In the Name field, type in the name of the petroleum assay.
3 In the Associated Fluid Pkg drop-down list, select the fluid package that is associated to the petroleum assay.
4 In the Description field, type information to describe the petroleum assay.
5 Click the Edit Properties button to, open the Editing Properties for Petroleum Assay property view, and manipulate the
individual properties in the petroleum assay.
6 Click the Edit Composition button to, open the petroleum assay composition property view, and manipulate the
composition of the petroleum assay.
7 Click the Edit Bulk Properties button to access the Edit Bulk Properties property view.
In the Edit Bulk Properties property view, enables you to specify the properties that apply to the entire assay (in other
words properties that do not vary based on individual components in the assay). The following bulk properties are
available for modification:
· initial boiling point temperature
· final boiling point temperatures

Tips
· The table below the Description field displays information on whether the
petroleum assay is compatible with the FCC reactor.
If the Is Ready? column contains No, select the checkbox under the Make
Ready? column.
· To manipulate the petroleum assay using the Spiral program, click the
Crude Manager button to access the Spiral Crude Manager program.
· The HYSYS Oil Environment button is used to access the Available Assay
property view that enables you to import old HYSYS oil assay information
into the RefSYS petroleum assay.

Note: The Created field displays the date and time when the petroleum assay was created. The Modified field displays the
date and time when the petroleum assay was last modified. Information on these two fields cannot be edited.
See Also
Importing HYSYS oil assay into RefSYS petroleum assay

Manipulating GC Data

To modify the character value of the GC (gas chromatography) data in a petroleum assay:
1 Open the Petroleum Assay property view, and click on the GC Data tab.
In the GC Data Characterization group, there is a PONA tree that enables you to select the component you want to specify
or modify.
2 Click the Plus icon to expand PONA tree and find the GC component data you want.
3 Click the checkbox beside the GC component data you want to manipulate and add into the GC Data table.

Tips

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 358 of 647

· To remove a GC component data from the table, clear the checkbox of

the GC component data from the PONA tree.
– Selected checkbox
– Clear checkbox
· To remove all the GC component data from the table, click the
<<Remove All button.
4 Choose the type of distribution data you have for the component by selecting the appropriate radio button:
· Even Distribution. Enables you to specify the GC component data of an even distribution data.
· Normal Distribution. Enables you to specify the GC component data of a normal distribution data.
5 Under the TBP column specify the temperature value of the GC data cut point or true boiling point.
6 In the appropriate cells, specify the GC component data values.
7 Click the Characterize button to store the GC data values.
8 (Optional) Click the Advance Settings button to open the Edit Property Distribution Parameters property view.
This property view allows you to manipulate the maximum boiling point and standard deviation of the manipulated GC
data.
9 (Optional) Click the View Results button to open the Characterized GC Data Results property view.
This property view displays the GC data values based on the modifications made on the GC Data tab.
Notes
· The first row of the table only contains the ICP data. The rest of the row must be blank.
· If you specify GC data for a component group, you cannot specify GC data for the sub level of the component group,
and vice versa. For example, if you specify values for N C6, you cannot specify values for N C6 cyc-C5 or N C6 cyc-
C6.

Tips
· Select the GC Data radio button to view and enter individual GC data
values in the GC Data Characterization table.
· Select the Mat Balance button to view the sums up all the specified by-wt
and by-vol GC data values (Wt Pct Entered and Vol Pct Entered column) in
the GC Data Characterization table. The sum values indicate the amount
available for the Crude by Wt and by Vol (Total Crude Wt Pct and Total
Crude Vol Pct column).
· In the Edit Property Distribution Parameters property view, you can click
the Reset to Defaults button to restore the values to the default setting.
· In the Characterized GC Data Results property view, the Viewing Options
group allows you to select the following information appearance:
– By Weight radio button displays the GC data information
associated to the component’s weight.
– By Volume radio button displays the GC data information
associated to the component’s volume.
– User Selected Props radio button displays just the GC data that
you have manipulated.
– All Props radio button displays all the GC data.

Analyze Petroleum Assay

To analyze the property data of the petroleum assay:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay property view, and click on the Analysis tab.
2 Click the Analyze button.
The Assay Analysis table displays the errors encountered when constructing the petroleum assay.
· The Warning Level column displays the seriousness of the error using three levels: Low, High, and Critical.
· The Warning Source column displays the petroleum property that has the error.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 359 of 647

· The Warning column displays the effect and cause of the error.

Tip: Click the Resolve PONA button to normalize all the GC data values so the
sum is 100%.

Estimate Petroleum Properties

1 Open the Petroleum Assay property view, and click on the Estimation tab.
2 In the Assay Properties Estimation list, select the petroleum property you want to estimate.

Tip: Click the Estimation Methods button to access the Estimation Methods
property view. This property view enables you to change the method used to
calculate the petroleum properties.
3 In the Assay Properties Estimation table, the following information appears:
· First column displays all the components available in the petroleum assay.
· The Values column displays the current value of the selected petroleum property for the associate
component.
· The Estimated column displays the estimated value of the selected petroleum property for the associate
component. The estimated value is calculated by HYSYS based on other known physical properties of the
component.
3 Click the Accept button to replace the current values with the estimated values.
Note: If the estimated value is <empty>, HYSYS was unable to calculate an estimate value. If you tried to accept the
estimated value one of two events occur:
· If the current value is also <empty>, HYSYS leaves the selected petroleum property value as unknown.
· If the current value is not <empty>, HYSYS leaves the selected petroleum property value as the current value.

View Petroleum Assay Plots

To view the plots of the properties in the petroleum assay:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay property view, and click on the Plots tab.
2 Select the plot property you want to see from the Plotted Property list. The property plot appears on the right side of
the tab.
Note: You can only view the property plot one at a time.

Tip: To modify the plot, right-click and use the options in the object inspect
menu.

Importing_a_PIMS_Assay_Table

To import a PIMS assay table:

1 Open the Petroleum Assay Manager property view.
2 In the Petroleum Assays group, click the Add button.
This will open the Petroleum Assay property view.
3 Select the Hysys Oil Environment button. A pop-up screens appears.
4 Select the Import PIMS Assay to Oil Environment button.
5 Locate and select the PIMS assay file you want to open and click the Open button.
See Also
Configure the petroleum assay
View the plots generated by the petroleum assay

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 360 of 647

bmc Topic End.BMP}

Refinery Column Input Expert

The Refinery Column Input Expert (RCIE) view assists you in setting up the basic parameters for the petroleum distillation
column. The RCIE property view contains the following pages:
· Connections Page 1 of 4. This page allows you to specify the solver type, feed stream(s), energy stream, product
streams, and number of trays in the column.
· Side Strippers Page 2 of 4. This page allows you to add and configure side strippers to the column.
· Zones Page 3 of 4. This page allows you to specify zone and tuning parameters in the column.
· Specs Page 4 of 4. The last page allows you to specify the specification options. In petroleum distillation column you
are only allowed to specify the TBP cut point or the product stream flow fraction.
To activate the RCIE property view for the petroleum distillation column:
1 Open the Session Preferences property view.
2 Go to the Simulation tab and click the Options page.
3 Make sure the Use Input Experts checkbox is checked.
4 When you open a Petroleum Distillation Column property view that contains no data, the RCIE property view appears
and assists you in configuring the petroleum distillation column.
Note: The RCIE property view will not appear, if the Petroleum Distillation Column contains or had contained any data or
stream connections.

Configuring Petroleum Distillation Column

1 On the Connections page of the Refinery Column Input Expert (RCIE) view, select the solver type for the petroleum
distillation column by clicking the appropriate radio button in the Solver group.
2 Enter the number of trays in the column by typing the value in the # Stages n = field.

Tip: The radio buttons in the Stage Numbering group are used to specify the
way the column is numbered.
· Click the Top Down radio button to set the top stage as stage 1 and the
bottom stage as stage n, where n is the specified value in the # Stages n
= field.
· Click the Bottom Up radio button to set the bottom stage as stage 1 and
the top stage as stage n, where n is the specified value in the # Stages n
= field.
3 In the Inlet Streams table under the Stream column, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined
your stream select it from the drop-down list.
4 Under the Inlet Stage column, select the tray the feed stream will enter into the column by clicking the down arrow
and selecting the tray number from the drop-down list.
By default, RCIE will select the tray number, which equals half the value of the total number of trays, as the feed stage.
5 In the Stripping Stream field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
6 In the Condenser Energy Stream field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the top Ovhd Outlets field, either type in the name of the vapor stream or if you have pre-defined your vapor
stream select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the bottom Ovhd Outlets field, either type in the name of the liquid stream or if you have pre-defined your liquid
stream select it from the drop-down list.
9 In the Water Draw field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.

Tip: You can specify or select side draw streams for the petroleum distillation

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 361 of 647

column using the options in the Optional Side Draws table. Under the Stream
column, type in the name of the side draw stream or select a pre-defined side
draw stream. Under the Draw Stage column, use the drop-down list option to
select the draw stage/tray.
1 0 In the Residue field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from the
drop-down list.
1 1 Click the Next> button.

Tip: To exit the RCIE property view without saving any of the specifications,
click the Cancel button.

Add Side Stripper(s)

1 On the Side Strippers page of the Refinery Column Input Expert (RCIE) view, click the Add Side Stripper button.
2 Select the tray, which the input and output streams are taken from, by clicking the down arrow in the Tray
location field and select the tray number from the drop-down list.
3 Enter the number of trays for the side stripper by typing the total number of trays in the k = field.
4 Select the configuration for the side stripper by clicking the appropriate radio button in the Configuration group.
· If you selected Reboiled radio button, the side stripper uses a reboiler.
· If you selected Steam Stripped radio button, the side stripper requires a steam stream. In the Steam Feed
field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from the drop-down
list.
5 In the Product Stream field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
6 If you want a pump around for the side stripper, check the Have Pump Around checkbox.
7 Click the Install button to install the side stripper, or click the Clear button to remove all the information and start
over again.
8 Repeat all the above steps to add another side stripper.
9 When you have finish specifying the side strippers, click the Next> button.
Note: The pump around always use the stream energy from the tray located below the feed tray of the side stripper.

Tips
· If you do not want to add side strippers to your petroleum distillation
column, you can leave this page blank and click the Next> button.
· If you want to return to the previous page and make some modifications,
click the <Prev button.
· To exit the RCIE property view without saving any of the specifications,
click the Cancel button.

Configure Zones

1 On the Zones page of the Refinery Column Input Expert (RCIE) view, you can specify the pressure of each zone in the
column.
2 In the Zone Information group, type the pressure of each zone in the appropriate cell under the Zone Top Pressure
column.
3 In the Bottom Pressure field, type the pressure for the bottom of the column.
4 In the Tuning Parameters group, type the appropriate values for the tuning parameter in each zone.
5 When you have finish configuring the zones, click the Next> button.

Tips
· If you do not want to configure the pressure or tuning parameters in the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 362 of 647

zones of your petroleum distillation column, you can leave this page blank and
click the Next> button.
· If you want to return to the previous page and make some modifications,
click the <Prev button.
· To exit the RCIE property view without saving any of the specifications,
click the Cancel button.

Note: The index values represent the column’s tuning parameter for the slope of imperfect fractionation of the section-
by-section solver. For index value equal 0, the separation quality in the zone is to be perfect. As the index value
increases, the separation quality decreases. HYSYS recommends value of 5 for the tuning parameter index.

Add Specifications

1 On the Specs page of the Refinery Column Input Expert (RCIE) view, select the specification option by clicking the
appropriate radio button in the Spec Option group.
· If you selected the TBP Cut Point radio button, the petroleum distillation column will generate results based
on the TBP cut point values.
You have to specify the TBP cut point temperatures for the product streams in the appropriate cells under the TBP
Cut Point column. You can also select a TBP calculation method by clicking the down arrow in the TBP
Calculation Method field and select the method from the drop-down list.
· If you selected the Product Flow Fraction radio button, the petroleum distillation column will generate
results based on the feed fraction values.
You have to specify the feed fraction values for the product streams in the appropriate cells under the Feed
Fraction column. You can select the unit base (molar, mass, or liquid volume) for the feed fraction by clicking the
appropriate radio button.
2 When you have finished entering the specification values, click the Done button. The Petroleum Distillation Column
property view appears.

Tips
· If you want to return to the previous page and make some modifications,
click the <Prev button.
· To exit the RCIE property view without saving any of the specifications,
click the Cancel button.

Petroleum Distillation Column

The Petroleum Distillation Column is a new unit operation in HYSYS. It provides users with the capability to model columns
in a refinery. The petroleum column has been specifically designed to help users with solving the following problems:
· Simulation of a petroleum column for a wide range of crude oils within an optimization or gradient generation
scenario. In this situation, the column needs to be simulated over and over again, and the column should converge
quickly and consistently in all scenarios.
· Manually calibrate the petroleum column from plant data.
Note: If you require significant internal details of the column such as vapor-liquid traffic or temperature profiles matching
very closely to plant data, or if you are interested in extreme flexibility in the specifications or the topology of the column,
you need to use the standard HYSYS column.
The focus of the petroleum column is to model the imperfect separation of crude and other feeds that occur in the refining
industry as possible. The modeling of imperfect fractionation plays a very important role in overall refinery economics.
Conversely the focus is not to use the tool as a detailed design tool.
The petroleum column model has the following capabilities:
· Allows one feed.
· Allows you to place reboiled or steam-striped side-strippers.
· Allows you to place pump-arounds.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 363 of 647

· Allows you to specify the flow-ratio of each product with respect to the feed, or the TBP cut-point of a product with
respect to the feed.
· Calculates the composition, distillation curves, temperature, and flow rate for each of the products.
· Calculates the petroleum properties for each of the products of the column.
· Pump around duties.
The petroleum column supports the use of two solution strategies:
· Zone-by-Zone.
· Stage-by-stage.
See Also
Add a petroleum distillation column
View a petroleum distillation column properties
Run a petroleum distillation column
Delete a petroleum distillation column

Add a Petroleum Distillation Column

There are two ways that you can add a Distillation Column to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOpts property view appears.
2 Click the RefSYS Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Petroleum Distillation model.
4 Click the Add button. The Refinery Column Input Expert view appears. When you have worked through all the pages
and have supplied the basic information required to build your column the Petroleum Distillation Column property
view appears.
OR
1 Press F6. The RefSYS Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Petroleum Distillation Column icon .

The Refinery Column Input Expert view appears. When you have worked through all the pages and have supplied the basic
information required to build your column the Petroleum Distillation Column property view appears.

Tips
· It is not necessary to use the Refinery Column Input Experts to install a
column. You can disable the use of Input Experts by deactivating the Use
Input Experts checkbox on the Options page in the Simulation tab of the
Session Preferences property view. If you do not use the Input Expert, the
Column property view appears when you install a new column.
· Select the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when
solving the simulation.
See Also
Specify the petroleum distillation column connections
Specify the petroleum distillation column side strippers
Configure the petroleum distillation column zones
Configure the petroleum distillation column specifications
Specify the petroleum distillation column solver options
Calibrate the feed stream(s) in column
Calibrate the product streams in column
Calibrate the energy stream(s) in column
View calibration results in tabular format
View calibration results in plot format
Making notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 364 of 647

Viewing Petroleum Distillation Column properties

From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Column’s properties.

Tips
· Click the Run button to begin column convergence calculation.
· Click the Reset button to clear all calculated values in the column.
· Click the To Rigorous button to switch the column solving method to
rigorous or HYSIM I/O solver.
· Select the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when
solving the simulation.
See Also
Specify the petroleum distillation column connections
Specify the petroleum distillation column side strippers
Configure the petroleum distillation column zones
Configure the petroleum distillation column specifications
Specify the petroleum distillation column solver options
Calibrate the feed stream(s) in column
Calibrate the product streams in column
Calibrate the energy stream(s) in column
View calibration results in tabular format
View calibration results in plot format
View conditions of streams connected to the petroleum distillation column
View properties of streams connected to the petroleum distillation column
View composition of streams connected to the petroleum distillation column
View summary of the column performance
View petroleum distillation column profiles
View feed and product streams performance
View energy balance of petroleum distillation column
View plots generated from petroleum distillation column
Making notes

Running a Petroleum Distillation Column

Once you are satisfied with the configuration of your petroleum distillation column and you have supplied all necessary
input, the next step is to run the column solution algorithm.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Distillation Column icon. The Petroleum Distillation Column property view
appears.
2 Click the Run button. The iterative calculations necessary to simulate the petroleum distillation column begin. Detailed
messages showing the convergence status are shown in the Trace Window.
Notes
· When the Column is solving, the Run and Reset buttons are replaced by a Stop button that, when clicked, terminates
the convergence procedure. The Run button can then be clicked again to continue from the same location.
· Click the Reset button to clear the current petroleum distillation column solution and any estimates. If you make
major changes after getting a converged petroleum distillation column, it is a good idea to reset the column to clear
the previous solution. This allows the petroleum distillation column solver to start fresh. If you make only minor
changes to the column, try clicking the Run button before resetting.

Specifying Petroleum Distillation Column connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Distillation Column icon. The Petroleum Distillation Column property view

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 365 of 647

appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Column Name field specify a name for the distillation column.
5 In the # of Stages field specify the number of stages (or trays) in the column.
6 In the Solver group, select the appropriate radio button for the solver type: Section-by-section or Stage-by-stage.
7 In the Inlet Streams table under the Stream column, either type in the name of the feed stream(s) or if you have pre-
defined your feed stream(s) select it from the drop-down list.
8 Under the Inlet Stage column, select the tray the feed stream(s) will enter into the column by clicking the down arrow
and selecting the tray number from the drop-down list.
9 In the Stripping Stream field, enter the name of the stripping stream entering the column.
1 0 In the Condenser Energy Stream field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
1 1 In both Overhead Outlets field, either type in the name of the streams or if you have pre-defined your streams select
them from the drop-down lists.
The top field represents the condenser vapor stream, and the bottom field represents the condenser liquid stream.
1 2 In the Water Draw field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
1 3 In the Residue field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from the
drop-down list.

Tips
· The Optional Side Draws table enables you to specify and modify side
draw streams of the column. Under the Stream column, specify the name
of the stream or select the pre-defined stream. Under the Draw Stage
column, use the drop-down list option to select the draw tray for the
associate stream. The Type column displays the phase type of the
associate side draw stream.
· The radio buttons in the Stage Numbering group are used to specify the
way the column is numbered. Click the Top Down radio button to set the
top stage as stage 1 and the bottom stage as stage N. Click the Bottom Up
radio button to set the bottom stage as stage 1 and the top stage as stage
N.
· Click the Edit Trays button to access the Tray Section Details view.

Configuring the Petroleum Distillation Column Zones

In the Section-by-section solver method, the number of stages is no longer specifiable. So you need to specify zone
information to help the column converge. The Zones page enables you to define zone pressure and tuning parameters in
the petroleum distillation column.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Distillation Column icon. The Petroleum Distillation Column property view
appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Zones page.
4 In the Zone Information group, specify the pressure for each zone in the appropriate cells.
5 In the Bottom Pressure field, specify the pressure for the residue product stream.
6 In the Tuning Parameters group, specify the top and bottom index for each zone in the appropriate cells.
Note: The index values represent the column’s tuning parameter for the slope of imperfect fractionation of the section-
by-section solver. For index value equal 0, the separation quality in the zone is to be perfect. As the index value
increases, the separation quality decreases. HYSYS recommends value of 5 for the tuning parameter index.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 366 of 647

Specifying Side Strippers

This page enables you to manage the Reboiled or Steam Stripped Side Strippers that are attached to the column.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Side Ops page.
Note: The Side Stripper Summary table displays the number of stages, the liquid draw stage, whether there is a
pump around associated to the side stripper, and the outlet flow rate for each side stripper. The table also enables
you to modify the liquid draw stage and add or remove one pump around without entering the Side Stripper’s
property view.
See Also
Add a Side Stripper
View a Side Stripper
Delete a Side Stripper

Configuring the specifications in Refinery Column

Specifications are the values that the Petroleum Distillation Column convergence algorithm is trying to meet. Unlike the
other Columns in HYSYS, the Petroleum Distillation Column is limited to two types of specifications: TBP End Points and
Product Yields.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
If you want to specify the TBP end points:
4 In the Spec Option group, click the TBP End Points radio button.
5 In the appropriate cell under the TBP Cut Point column, enter the temperature of the TBP cut point for each product
stream.
If you want to specify the product yields:
4 In the Spec Option group, click the Product Yields radio button.
5 In the Product Yield Fraction Basis group, select the basis for the data specifications. You are given the following
options: Molar, Mass and Volume.
6 In the appropriate cell under the Product Yield column, type in the feed fraction value for each product stream.

Tip: Click the Copy Specifications from Calibration button to import the product
yield data values from the Products page of the Calibration tab.

Note: The Minimum Bottom Spec field displays the minimum required Residue stream flow rate. The flow rate is based on
the Feed stream flow rate and entering temperature. If the minimum residue flow rate is more than the bottom flow rate,
the column will not converge.

Specifying Petroleum Distillation Column solver options

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the SolverOptns page.
4 In the Solving Method group, click the appropriate radio button to select the method to converge the column.
· Section by section solver is based on fractionation indices.
· Stage by stage solver is based on HYSIM Inside-Out Algorithm.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 367 of 647

Tip: If you select Stage by stage radio button, the following parameters in the
Solving Options group becomes active: Maximum Number of Iterations,
Equilibrium Error Tolerance, Heat/Spec Error Tolerance, Save Solutions as
Initial Estimate, Super Critical Handling Model, Trace Level, Initialise from Ideal
K's, Two Liquids Check Based on, Tighten Water Tolerance, and Auto Reset
On.

Viewing Feed and Product Stream Summary

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Distillation Column icon. The Petroleum Distillation Column property view
appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Summary page.
4 Select one of the following radio buttons to specify the data displayed in the table: Feed or Product.
Note: The table in the Summary page displays relevant petroleum assay properties of the feed or product streams.

Viewing Petroleum Distillation Column energy balance

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Distillation Column icon. The Petroleum Distillation Column property view
appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Energy Balance page.
Note: The table displays the following data for each energy stream entering and exiting the column: name, unit operation
connected to the stream, duty (the direction of the energy stream is indicated by the sign of the duty), and type
(whether it is a heater or cooler).

Viewing Petroleum Distillation Column results graphically

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Plots page.
To view column profile results:
4 From the list of available tray by tray properties select the property you want to view.
5 Select one of the following radio buttons in the Column Tray Ranges group to specify the range of data you want to
view: All, Single Tower, or From/To.
6 Click the View Graph button to view the data graphically or click the View Table button to view the data in a tabular
format.
Note: Options in the Tray by Tray Properties group are disabled if the Zone by Zone solving method is selected in the
SolverOptns page of the Design tab.
To view assay curve results:
4 From the list of available assay curves select the assay curve you want to view.
5 Click the View Graph button to view the data graphically or click the View Table button to view the data in a tabular
format.

Tips
· Depending on the profile selected, you can make further specifications.
There is a Properties button on both the Profile Plot and Profile Table

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 368 of 647

property views. Click this button to access the Properties property view. Changes
made on the Properties property view affect both the table and plot.
· All the assay type profiles have a Profile Data Control button that access
the Data Control property view. Changes made on the Data Control
property view affect both the table and plot.
· For Electrolyte properties the Electrolytes group appears. From the group
you can select either the True Flow or Molecular Flow radio button.
Electrolyte properties are only available for cases modeling electrolytes.
· Activate the Live Updates checkbox to update the profiles with every pass
of the solver (i.e., a dynamic update). Performance of the column can be a
bit slower if the checkbox is active and a profile is open.
· When the Profile Plot property view is open right-click anywhere within the
plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.
· Click the Profile Data Control button on the TBP Envelope curve property
view to access the plots Data Control property view.
· Click the Volume Interchange button on the Plots page to access the
Volume Interchange Curves property view.

Specifying Feed Stream Information

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Calibration tab.
3 Click on the Feeds page.
4 In the Feed Temperature field, type in the temperature value for the feed stream.
5 In the cells under the Pressure column, type in the pressure value for the zone.
Note: When you have finish specifying all the required information for calibration, the status bar will turn yellow with the
message Ready to Calculate, and the Calibrate button will be active. Click the Calibrate button to begin calculation and
generate calibrated results.
See Also
View calibration results in tabular format
View calibration results in plot format

Specifying Product Streams Information

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Calibration tab.
3 Click on the Products page.
4 In the top table, type in the temperature of the product stream (from each zone) in the appropriate cell under the
Temperature column.
5 In the cells under the Flow column, type in the flow rate of the product stream for the zone.
6 In the cells under the Composition column, use the drop-down list to select the composition type for the product
stream for the zone.
7 In the cells under the Light Ends column, click in the cell to toggle between enabling or disabling the option to specify
volume fraction for the light ends composition.

· Green check mark indicates you can specify the volume fraction of the light ends for the zone.

· Red cross indicates you cannot specify the volume fraction of the light ends for the zone.
To modify the yield, yield temperature, and light ends volume fraction for each zone.
8 Open the drop-down list to select the zone you want to modify.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 369 of 647

Tip: In the Top Vapour Flow Basis group, click the appropriate radio button to
select Molar Wet or Molar Dry for the flow basis when specifying values for the
top vapor stream.
9 In the cells under the Yield column, type in the percentage yield reference point for the calibration calculation you
want to modify for the selected zone.
1 0 In the cells under the Temperature column, type in the yield temperature.
1 1 In the cells under the Vol Fraction column, type in the volume fraction of the components for the light ends.
Notes
· If you select TBP, ASTM D86, or ASTM D2887 composition, you will have to specify the yield and temperature of the
zone in the lower left table.
· The value in the Vol Fraction column is the volume fraction based on the total volume of the entire product stream,
and not just the total volume of the light ends.
For example, if a product stream has a flow rate of 100 m3/hr and the propane flow rate in the product stream is 1 m3/hr.
Then the volume fraction of propane is 0.01.
· When you have finish specifying all the required information for calibration, the status bar will turn yellow with the
message Ready to Calculate, and the Calibrate button will be active. Click the Calibrate button to begin calculation
and generate calibrated results.
See Also
View calibration results in tabular format
View calibration results in plot format

Specifying Energy Streams Information

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Calibration tab.
3 Click on the Energy page.
4 In the cells under the Reboiler Duty column, type in the reboiler energy for the zone.
5 In the cells under the Steam Flow column, type in the steam flow rate for the zone.
6 In the cells under the Steam Pressure column, type in the steam pressure for the zone.
7 In the cells under the Steam Temperature column, type in the steam temperature for the zone.
Note: When you have finish specifying all the required information for calibration, the status bar will turn yellow with the
message Ready to Calculate, and the Calibrate button will be active. Click the Calibrate button to begin calculation and
generate calibrated results.
See Also
View calibration results in tabular format
View calibration results in plot format

Viewing calibration results in tabular format

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Calibration tab.
3 Click on the Tabular Results page.

Viewing calibration results in plot format

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Calibration tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 370 of 647

3 Click on the Plotted Results page.

4 In the Plotted Results field, select the zone you want to see from the drop-down list.
5 Select the type of plot you want by clicking the appropriate radio button.
There are three types of plots available: Slope Results, Plant vs. Calculation, and Feed Curve.
See Also
Manually Tune Plot Results

Manually Tune Plot Results

The Manual Tune button is only available if the Slope Results radio button is selected.
Selecting this button enables you to manually enter tuning-parameters for slope values.
To manually enter slope values:
1 In the Plotted Results field, select Slope Results.
T he Manual Tuning screen appears.
2 In the Zone field, select a zone.
3 Enter parameters into the Zone-based Solver Parameters field.
See Also
Viewing Plot Results

Update Petroleum Column for SimDist

Simulated Distillation (SimDist) determines true boiling point distribution using a gas chromatographic approach. SimDist
data is in mass format only.
The traditional standard methods that use distillation for tests generate data in volume basis. Because of this, before
SimDist data can be imported into the Petroleum Distillation Column RefSYS must first be configured to allow data is mass
format.
To update Petroleum Column for SimDist:
1 In the Petroleum Distillation Column, enter all necessary data.
2 Select the Calibration tab.
3 The Calibration tab appears.
4 Enter all necessary data and select the Calibration button
5 The program will calculate all section parameters and compare experimental data (input by user) with calculated TBP
curves for column products. The program automatically calculates tuning parameters for all zones that can be
examined on the Calibration/Tabular Result tab.
6 Select the Tabular Result tab to view various graphs that compare experimental data (input by user) TBP curves for
column products with calculated ones.
Specifying product parameters
Petroleum Distillation Column

Petroleum Feeder

The Petroleum Feeder allows flexibility over how the crude proportions are defined and allows you to mix petroleum assays
from the Oil Environment with assays from other streams in the flowsheet. In addition, you can setup feeds as blends
and/or cuts of petroleum assays. Streams can also be setup to represent spiked or partial crudes.
See Also
Add a petroleum feeder
View the petroleum feeder properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 371 of 647

Delete a petroleum feeder

Add a Petroleum Feeder

There are two ways that you can add a petroleum feeder to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the RefSYS Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select Petroleum Feeder.
4 Click the Add button. The Petroleum Feeder property view appears.
OR
1 Press F6. The RefSYS Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Petroleum Feeder icon . The Petroleum Feeder property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when
solving the simulation.
See Also
Specify stream connections to the petroleum feeder
Specify the petroleum feeder parameters
Specify the user variables for the petroleum feeder
Making notes

Delete a Petroleum Feeder

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Feeder icon. The Petroleum Feeder property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete a petroleum feeder by clicking on the Petroleum
Feeder icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View Petroleum Feeder Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Feeder icon. The Petroleum Feeder property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Petroleum Feeder’s properties.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when
solving the simulation.
See Also
Specify the stream connections to the petroleum feeder
Specify the petroleum feeder parameters
Specify the user variables for the petroleum feeder
View the connected stream conditions
View the connected stream properties
View the connected stream compositions
View the connected stream petroleum properties
Making notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 372 of 647

Specify Petroleum Feeder Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Feeder icon. The Petroleum Feeder property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the petroleum feeder.
5 In the Feed Assays table, select the cell containing <empty> and use the drop-down list to select the petroleum assay
(s) that will be use to define the petroleum feeder product stream.
6 In the Feed Streams table, select the cell containing <empty> and use the drop-down list to select the stream(s)
containing petroleum assay that will be use to define the petroleum feeder product stream.
7 In the Product Stream field, either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the petroleum feeder.
Note: The fluid package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Petroleum Feeder Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Feeder icon. The Petroleum Feeder property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Balance Type drop-down list, select the unit basis you want to work in.
5 Under the Ratio column, specify the flow ratio of the petroleum assay(s) and stream assay(s) that makes up the
petroleum feeder product stream.
For example, if you selected Mole as the unit basis of the flow ratio, and you specify the Arab assay to have a ratio of 0.25.
Then 25% of the product stream’s mole composition is from the Arab assay.
The IBP column displays the HYSYS default initial boiling point temperature. You cannot specify values lower than the
default initial temperature.
The FBP column displays the HYSYS default final boiling point temperature. You cannot specify values higher than the
default final temperature.

Tip:
· You can narrow the boiling point range considered from the assays and
streams by, typing the initial and final boiling point temperature in the
appropriate cell(s) under the IBP and FBP columns.
· To return the IBP and FBP to their default values, select the appropriate
cell and press DELETE. HYSYS automatically replaces the previous value
with the default value.

Note: The values in the Ratio column must add up to 1.

View Stream Petroleum Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the unit operation icon you want to view. The property view of the selected unit operation
appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the Petroleum Props page. The petroleum properties for all the streams attached to the unit operation are
displayed in the table.

Tip: To see the petroleum property value, under the Petroleum Property
Correlation column select the cell that contains <Not Selected> and open the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 373 of 647

drop-down list to select the petroleum property you want to see.

Note: If you have not selected any petroleum property, the table will appear blank.
See Also
Two Levels of Petroleum Property Calculation

Managing user variables

1 From the PFD, double-click the unit operation icon. The unit operation property view appears.
2 Click on the User Variables tab.
3 Click on the User Vars page.
Note: The object the user variable is created in owns the user variable.
See Also
Creating a user variable
Editing a user variable
Deleting a user variable
Sorting user variables
Filtering user variables
Enabling and disabling user variables

Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor

The Petroleum Yield Shift reactor unit operation supports efficient modeling of reactors by using data tables to perform
shift calculations. The operation can be used for complex reactors where no analytical model is available, or where models
that are too computationally expensive.
See Also
Add a petroleum yield shift reactor
View the petroleum yield shift reactor
Delete a petroleum yield shift reactor

Add Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor

To add a petroleum yield shift reactor into your simulation:

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOpts property view appears.
2 Click the RefSYS Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor.
4 Click the Add button. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when
solving the simulation.
See Also
Configure the petroleum yield shift reactor design
Configure the product stream flow
Configure the product stream properties
View inlet and outlet stream properties
Specify the user variables for the petroleum yield shift reactor
Making notes

Delete Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 374 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete a petroleum yield shift reactor by clicking on the
Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Add a Petroleum Shift Reactor Extension

The use of refinery reactor models from a third party is an important part of extending RefSYS to cover the full breadth in
refinery wide modeling. In cases where existing models are not suitable or nonexistent, extensions provide a means to
model any reactor in a refinery.
To add a petroleum yield shift reactor into your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select F12. The UnitOpts property view appears.
2 Select the Extensions radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select Petroleum Shift Reactor Extension.
N ote: You must first register the Petroleum Shift Reactor Extension before you can select it from the extensions list.
4 Click the Add button. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when
solving the simulation.

View Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor

From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears. From here you can modify any of the petroleum yield shift reactor’s properties.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when
solving the simulation.
See Also
Configure the petroleum yield shift reactor design
Configure the product stream flow
Configure the product stream properties
View the conditions of the streams connected to the reactor
View the properties of the streams connected to the reactor
View the composition of the streams connected to the reactor
Specify the user variables for the reactor
Making notes

Specify Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 Specify the name of the petroleum yield shift reactor in the Name field.
5 In the Main Feed field, specify the name of the feed stream or use the drop-down list to select the name of existing
feed stream.
6 In the Energy Feed field, specify the name of the energy stream or use the drop-down list to select the name of
existing energy stream.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 375 of 647

7 In the Cuts table, specify the name of the product stream(s) or use the drop-down list in each cell to select the name
of existing product stream(s).
8 In the Bottom Cut field, specify the name of the residue/waste stream or use the drop-down list to select the name of
existing residue/waste stream.

Tips
· The Fluid Pkg field enables you to select a different fluid package for the
operation.
· The Supplementary Feeds table enables you to specify or select extra feed
streams for the operation.
· The Supplementary Products table enables you to specify or select extra
product streams for the operation.

Select Additional Reactor Parameters

Note: The reactor parameters are optional and you do not have to supply any parameter information to get the reactor to
solve.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Reactor Params page.

Tip: Select the When a new parameter is added, also add it as an

independent variable checkbox to add an independent variable associated to
each new reactor parameter added.
4 Click the Insert New Parameter button.
5 Under the Name column, type the name for the new reactor parameter in the cell containing <<New>>.
6 Under the Value column, type in the value for the reactor parameter in the appropriate cell.
7 Under the Unit Type column, open the drop-down list and select the type of unit for the reactor parameter in the
appropriate cell.
8 Repeat steps 4 to 7 to add other reactor parameters.

Tip: To remove a reactor parameter, click one of the cells associated to the
parameter you want to remove and click the Remove Selected Parameter
button.

Configure Independent Variables in the Reactor

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Indep. Variables page.
Note: The reactor parameters that were added with the When a new parameter … checkbox option (selected in the
Reactor Params page) will appear on this page.
4 Click the Insert Independent Var button.
5 In the Select Associated Object and Variable property view, select the independent variable you want to configure.
6 Under the Name column, type in the name for the independent variable(s) in the appropriate cell.
7 Under the Dataset No. column, specify the number of dataset associated to the independent variable.
8 Under the On/Off column, make sure the appropriate checkboxes are selected for the independent variables you want
to be considered during the operation calculation.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 376 of 647

Tips
· To edit the variable selection of existing independent variable, select a cell
associated to the independent variable you want to modify and click the
Edit Independent Var button.
· To remove an existing variable, select a cell associated to the variable you
want to remove and click the Remove Independent Var button.
See Also
Variable Navigator

Specify Cut Point Conditions

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Product Flow tab.
3 Click on the Conditions page.
4 Under the Product Temperature column, specify the temperature for each product stream exiting the reactor.
5 Under the Initial Cut Point column, specify the initial cut point temperature for each product stream.

Specify Reactor Yield

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Product Flow tab.
3 Click on the Base Yield page.
4 In the Flow Basis field, open the drop-down list and select the basis type for the component flow rate. There are
three flow basis to choose from: molar, mass, and volume.
Note: The sum of the values in the Yield column must equal 1 for mass flow basis.
5 Under the Yield column, specify the yield fraction for each component.

Tip: Click the Edit Base Values button to access the Input Stream Base Yield
property view and edit the base flow fraction values for the product streams.

Specify Yield Base Shift

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Product Flow tab.
3 Click on the Base Shift page.
4 Along the Min row, specify the minimum shift value for the independent variable in the appropriate cell.
5 Along the Max row, specify the maximum shift value for the independent variable in the appropriate cell.
Note: Leaving any cells as <empty> indicates there is no limit (no minimum or maximum) shift value for the independent
variable.
6 Along the Base row, specify the base shift value for the independent variable in the appropriate cell.
7 In the lower table, specify the product stream flow rate variation/shift with respect to the independent variable in the
appropriate cell.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 377 of 647

Manipulate Petroleum Assay Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Product Properties tab.
3 Click on the Assay Properties page.
In the Assay Properties Selection table, the top row contains all the product streams.
4 Under each product stream column, use the drop-down list (in each cell) to select the assay properties of the product
stream you want to manipulate.
5 In the Assay Properties Definition group, open the drop-down list in the Cut field and select the product stream you
want to manipulate.
6 Open the drop-down list in the Assay Properties field and select the assay property you want to manipulate for the
selected product stream.
7 In the Base Value field, type in the new value for the selected assay property of the selected product stream.
8 Repeat steps 5 to 7 for all the assay properties you want to manipulate.

Tips
· The Use Feed checkbox enables you to toggle between accepting or
ignoring the assay property values from the feed stream.
· The Use Assay drop-down list enables you to select an existing petroleum
assay and accept the assay property values of the selected petroleum
assay.

Specify Petroleum Property Base Shift

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Product Properties tab.
3 Click on the Base Shift page.
4 Along the Min row, specify the minimum shift value for the independent variable in the appropriate cell.
5 Along the Max row, specify the maximum shift value for the independent variable in the appropriate cell.
Note: Leaving any cells as <empty> indicates there is no limit (no minimum or maximum) shift value for the independent
variable.
6 Along the Base row, specify the base shift value for the independent variable in the appropriate cell.
7 In the lower table, specify the variation/shift of the selected petroleum properties with respect to the independent
variable in the appropriate cell.

Select Additional Reactor Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Product Properties tab.
3 Click on the Properties page.
Note: Assay properties added on the Assay Property page will also appear on the Properties page.
4 Click the Insert New Property button.
5 Under the Name column, specify a name for the new reactor property.
6 Under the Base Value column, type in the new value for the new reactor property in the appropriate cell.
7 Under the Unit Type column, open the drop-down list (in the appropriate cell) and select the unit type for the new
reactor property.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 378 of 647

8 Repeat steps 4 to 7 for additional reactor property.

Tip: To remove a reactor property, select a cell associated to the property

you want to remove and click the Remove Selected Property button.

Specify TBP Curve Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor icon. The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view
appears.
2 Click on the Product Properties tab.
3 Click on the TBP Curves page.
4 Select the Use TBP Curve to Calculate Stream Composition checkbox.
Note: The options in the TBP Curves page are only active if you select the Use TBP Curve to Calculate Stream
Composition checkbox.
5 Open the Stream drop-down list, and select the product stream associated to the TBP curve data you want to specify.
6 Click the Insert button to add an <empty> row in the table.
7 Specify the percentage value of the volumetric yield in the appropriate cell under the Volumetric Yield column.
8 Specify the temperature value of the TBP in the appropriate cell under the TBP column.
9 Repeat step 6 to 8 for each TBP curve data.
1 0 Repeat step 5 to select a different product stream.

Tips
· To delete a TBP curve data, select a cell associated to the data you want
to remove and click the Remove button.
· You cannot delete the default TBP curve data (0% and 100% volumetric
yield).

Manually_Enter_a_PIMS_Submodel_Calculator

To fully simulate a refinery in RefSYS equivalent PIMS model’s data (in the form of a smc file) needs to be imported
(manually or automatically) into a Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor (PYS Reactor).
This PYS Reactor behaves as a simplified version of refinery reactors such as a hydrotreater. With this PYS Reactor, some
parts of the plant simulation can be speed up and/or simplified.
A major benefit lies in areas where a rigorous model is not needed, the user can use a simplified version imported in from
PIMS to represent the rigorous model instead.
To manually enter a PIMS Submodel Calculator:
1 Add a Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor to the flowsheet.
2 The Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
3 For each row displayed in the PIMS SubModel Calculator matrix starting with WBAL or
VBAL, create a corresponding RefSYS stream. Add the streams as Cuts, Bottom Cut,or
Feed.
4 Go to the Model Data view. All the product streams are shown as rows.
5 With some exceptions, each of Column headings with a matching E Row under the submodel calculator may be
represented as Independent Variables inside the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor. For the Column headings, parse out the
first four characters (SXXX). For the E Rows, parse out the first character (E) and the last 3 characters (XXX). Compare
these 2 text values and if they are the same then they are properties which may have a corresponding RefSYS
property.
Note: Some PIMS properties may not exist in RefSYS so they become ignored. For the above example, the PIMS
properties are: API, CON, and SUL.
· SXXXYYY = Name that identifies the submodel column ()

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 379 of 647

· SXXX = The first four characters of the submodel title

· YYY = The first three characters of the unknown vector
6 Click Insert Indepentent Var button and a variables list appears.
7 Navigate through the variable list to find the Calculator properties.
8 In the Select Associated Object and Variable view click OK. A new column will be added to matrix.
9 Rename the column to a more user friendly name. The row name for the property base will automatically be
renamed to correspond.
10 Once all the Independent Variables have been added, fill in the Base Yields and the Shifted Values. For the shifted
values, take the property values under Column SXXXYYY for each of the WBALZZZ or VBALZZZ rows and multiple by -1
and then divide by value under the same column for Row EYYYXXX. Take these values and enter it into the [ZZZ
Stream, YYY Property] cell.
· The –ve sign in PIMS means production. In RefSYS, the +ve sign means production. Take the values from the BAS
column and multiple by -1.
· -999 represent 0
11 For the Property Base value, take the E Row values under the BAS column.
12 Once all the base yields, shifted values, and property base values have been added fill in the Cut point information.
The Petroleum Shift Reactor should have enough data to solve.
See Also
Add a Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor
Importing a PIMS Submodel Calculator

Importing_a_PIMS_Submodel_Calculator

To fully simulate a refinery in RefSYS equivalent PIMS model’s data (in the form of a smc file) needs to be imported
(manually or automatically) into a Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor (PYS Reactor).
This PYS Reactor behaves as a simplified version of refinery reactors such as a hydrotreater. With this PYS Reactor, some
parts of the plant simulation can be speed up and/or simplified.
A major benefit lies in areas where a rigorous model is not needed, the user can use a simplified version imported in from
PIMS to represent the rigorous model instead.
To import a PIMS Submodel Calculator:
1 Add a Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor to the flowsheet.
T he Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor property view appears.
2 Click the Load PIMS SCM button.
3 Select the smc file to import. Click OK.
T he PIMS Submodel Unit/Mapping view will appear. In this view, all the weight and volume balance rows will be listed
in the Streams Matrix. All the PIMS properties from the equality rows will be listed in the Properties matrix.
4 Map the PIMS properties to the RefSYS properties by selecting the drop down list in the Properties section.
5 Map the PIMS streams to the RefSYS streams by selecting the drop down list in the streams section.
6 Select a stream type. The available stream types are:
· Feed
· Supplementary Feed
· Supplementary Product
N ote: Only one bottom cut is allowed.
7 Once all the properties and streams are mapped, click the Ok button.
8 The streams that were mapped will be populated into the Connections view in the Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor.
Enter additional information such as Feed stream if there were not supplied from PIMS.
9 The Properties and values that were mapped will be populated into the Model Data view for in the Petroleum Yield
Shift Reactor.
1 0 Fill in the Cut point information. The Petroleum Shift Reactor should have enough data to solve.
See Also
Add a Petroleum Yield Shift Reactor

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 380 of 647

Manually enter a PIMS Submodel Calculator

Product Blender

The Product Blender allows you to mix several streams together, and calculate a blended property value or optimize the
properties in the product stream by back calculation and determine the optimum mix ratios for the inlet streams.
Note: The Product Blender only uses the Hyprotech SQP optimizer for the calculation.
This unit operation is like a black box consisting of splitters and mixers. Each inlet stream enters a Tee or splitter, which
splits the stream based on the specified flow ratio. Then the split streams enter the appropriate mixer. Each mixer
represents the blended product stream. The Product Blender also has a surplus stream that is used to maintain mass
balance in the unit operation system.

For example, consider the above figure of a blender with three inlet streams, two product streams, and one surplus stream.
Product streams E and D are a mixture of inlet streams C, B, and A as indicated by the colored lines. The surplus stream
provides an exit flow for left over fluid from the inlet streams, as shown in the above figure for inlet streams A, C, and B.
See Also
Adding a product blender
Viewing product blender properties
Deleting a product blender

Add a Product Blender

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOpts property view appears.
2 Click the RefSYS Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select Product Blender.
4 Click the Add button. The Product Blender property view appears.
OR
1 Press F6. The RefSYS Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Product Blender icon . The Product Blender property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when
solving the simulation.
See Also
Specify the product blender connections
Select the Calculation Model
Specify the stream flow ratios
Optimize the product stream
View the conditions of streams connected to the blender
View the properties of streams connected to the blender
View the composition of streams connected to the blender
View the petroleum properties of streams connected to the blender

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 381 of 647

Specify the user variables

Making notes

Deleting a product blender

1 From the PFD, double-click the Mixer icon. The Mixer property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete a Mixer by clicking on the Mixer icon on the PFD and
pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View Product Blender Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Product Blender icon. The Product Blender property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Product Blender’s properties.

Specify Product Blender Connections

1 From the PFD double-click the Product Blender icon. The Product Blender property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the blender.
5 In the Inlet Streams list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select
a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this
step if you have multiple feed streams.
6 In the Outlet Streams list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list either select
a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this
step if you have multiple product streams.
7 In the Surplus Stream drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list select the fluid package you want to use for the product blender. The fluid
package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specifying the Flow Ratios of the Streams

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 382 of 647

1 From the PFD double-click the Product Blender icon. The Product Blender property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 In the Flow Ratios group, specify the flow ratio of the inlet streams going into the product streams.
For example, consider a blender consisting of two inlet streams (A and B), one outlet stream (C), and one surplus stream.
If stream C is a mixture of 27% stream A and 100% stream B, then the table in the Flow Ratios group will appear as
shown below:

The values in the rows of the Flow Ratio table represent split ratios of the inlet streams, so the sum of values along each
row must equal 1.
Note: HYSYS automatically calculates the left over flow ratio value for the surplus stream.
4 In the Automatic Pressure Assignment group, select one of the following options to determine the product blender
pressure:
· Equalize All. HYSYS gives all attached streams the same pressure.
· Set Outlet to Lowest Inlet. HYSYS assigns the lowest inlet pressure to the outlet stream pressure.
Note: If you are uncertain of which pressure assignment to use, choose the Set Outlet to Lowest Inlet option. Only use
the Equalize All option if you are completely sure that all the attached streams should have the same pressure.

Configuring the Optimization Parameters

1 From the PFD double-click the Product Blender icon. The Product Blender property view appears.
2 Click the Optimization tab.
3 Do one of the following:
· In the Calculation Mode drop-down list (located at the bottom of the Product Blender property view), select
Optimization.
· Click the Create Derivative Util and Create Optimizer buttons.
To configure the opt. variables to be manipulated:
1 In the Optimization tree browser, expand the Variables branch and select Config.
2 Add the opt. variables you want to manipulate.
To remove an opt. variable, select the opt. variable from the table and press DELETE.
3 Under the Opt Variable column, type the name for the opt. variable that will be optimized.
4 Under the Current Value column, type the current value of the opt. variable.
5 Under the Use column, select whether you want to consider or ignore the opt. variables by selecting or clearing the
checkboxes.
To configure the constraints applicable to the optimization calculation:
1 In the Optimization tree browser, expand the Constraints branch and select Config.
2 Add the constraints you want to apply.
To remove a constraint, select the constraint from the table and press DELETE.
3 Under the Constraint column, type the name for the process constraint.
4 Under the Use column, select whether you want to apply or ignore the constraints by selecting or clearing the
checkboxes.
To configure the optimizer solver parameters:
1 In the Optimization tree browser, expand the Optimizer branch and select Config.
2 Modify the parameter values in the Solver Parameters group.

Tips

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 383 of 647

· Click the View Derivative Utility button to access the detailed Derivative
Utility view.
· Click the View Optimizer button to access the Optimizer property view.
· Double-click on the name of the opt. variable or constraint to open the
Optimization Object property view.

Notes
· After clicking the Create Derivative Util and Create Optimizer buttons, they are replaced with View Derivative Util and
View Optimizer buttons.
· When switching from Simulation to Optimization calculation mode:
– If there are no opt. variables, constraints, or objective functions, HYSYS automatically creates default
derivatives and optimizer for optimum flow ratio. In other words, the flow ratios between the inlet and product
streams are placed as opt. variables, the flow ratios between the inlet and surplus streams are placed as
constraints, and the actual volume flow rates of the product streams are placed as objective functions.
– If the opt. variables, constraints, or objective functions values are already configured, HYSYS will not
generate any default derivatives. Any previous modifications in the optimizer parameters will also be kept.
See Also
Specify the opt. variable and constraint values
Specify the objective functions

Specify the Opt. Variables and Constraints

1 From the PFD double-click the Product Blender icon. The Product Blender property view appears.
2 Click the Optimization tab.
3 In the Variables branch, select Inputs and configure the opt. variables by typing the values in the appropriate cell.
4 In the Constraints branch, select Inputs, and configure the process constraints by typing the values in the appropriate
cell.
Note: If the Create Derivative Utility button had not been clicked before or if the Calculation Mode is not Optimization, the
tables will be blank.

Tips
· Click the View Derivative Utility button to access the detailed Derivative
Utility view.
· Click the View Optimizer button to access the Optimizer property view.

Specify the Objective Functions

1 From the PFD double-click the Product Blender icon. The Product Blender property view appears.
2 Click the Optimization tab.
3 In the Optimization tree browser, select Objectives.
4 Add an objective function for the optimization calculation.
To remove an objective, select the objective from the table and press DELETE.
5 Specify the price values for the objective functions in the appropriate cell.
Note: If the Create Derivative Util button has not been clicked before or if the Calculation Mode is not Optimization, the
tables will be blank.

Tips
· Click the View Derivative Utility button to access the detailed Derivative
Utility view.
· Click the View Optimizer button to access the Optimizer property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 384 of 647

See Also
Add more parameters to the optimization utilities

View the Optimization Results

1 From the PFD double-click the Product Blender icon. The Product Blender property view appears.
2 Click the Optimization tab.
3 In the Optimization tree browser, expand the Variables branch and select Results.
4 In the Optimization tree browser, expand the Constraints branch and select Results.
5 In the Optimization tree browser, expand the Optimizer branch and select Results.
Note: If the Calculation Mode is not set to Optimization and the optimization calculation has not been performed, the
Results pages will contain empty results.

Tips
· Click the View Derivative Utility button to access the detailed Derivative
Utility view.
· Click the View Optimizer button to access the Optimizer property view.

Centrifugal Compressor

The Centrifugal Compressor operation is used to increase the pressure of an inlet gas stream with relative high capacities
and low compression ratios. Depending on the information supplied, the Centrifugal Compressor calculates either a stream
property (pressure or temperature) or a compression efficiency.
There are several methods for solving the Centrifugal Compressor, depending on what information has been supplied and
whether or not you are using characteristic curves. In general, the solution is a function of flow, pressure change, applied
energy, and efficiency. The Expander provides a great deal of flexibility with respect to what you can supply and what is
calculated. You must ensure that you do not enable too many of the solution options or inconsistencies may result.
Some of the features included in the Dynamic Centrifugal Compressor include:
· Dynamic modeling of friction loss and inertia.
· Dynamic modeling that supports shutdown and startup behavior.
· Multiple head and efficiency curves.
· Modeling of Stonewall and Surge conditions.
· A dedicated surge controller which feature quick opening capabilities.
· Handling of phase changes that may occur in the unit operation (e.g. expanders producing liquid).
· Linking capabilities with other rotational equipment operating at the same speed with one total power.
See Also
Adding a Centrifugal Compressor
Viewing the Centrifugal Compressor properties
Deleting a Centrifugal Compressor

Add a Centrifugal Compressor

There are two ways that you can add a Compressor to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Rotating Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Compressor model.
4 Click the Add button. The Compressor property view appears.
OR

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 385 of 647

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Compressor icon . The Compressor property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Centrifugal Compressor
Specifying rating data
Viewing the stream properties
Viewing the Compressor results
Specifying the dynamic properties

View Centrifugal Compressor Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears. From here you can modify any of
the Compressor’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Centrifugal Compressor
Specifying rating data
Viewing the stream properties
Viewing the Compressor results
Specifying the dynamic properties

Delete a Centrifugal Compressor

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Compressor by clicking on the Compressor icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify the Compressor Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Compressor.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Compressor. The fluid package
that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 386 of 647

Specify the Compressor Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Efficiency group, specify either the adiabatic efficiency or polytropic efficiency of the compressor. Once a
solution is obtained, HYSYS back calculates the other efficiency, using the calculated duty and stream conditions.
You can now do one of two of things:
· Specify the duty of the energy stream in the Duty field.
· Leave the Duty field empty and use the attached streams to determine the value.
5 In the Operating Mode group, select a centrifugal compressor or a reciprocating compressor model by selecting the
appropriate radio button.
Tip: If you select the Centrifugal radio button in the Operating Mode group, the radio buttons in the Curve Input Option
group becomes available.
· Select the Single Curve radio button, to model your compressor with a single pair of head vs. flow and efficiency
vs. flow curves.
· Select the Multiple MW Curves radio button, if you have a set of curves that describe the compressor performance
as a function of the flowing gas molecular weight (MW).
· Select the Multiple IGV Curves radio button, if you have a set of curves that describe the compressor performance
as a function of inlet guide vane (IGV) position.

Note: The reciprocating compressor has a higher adiabatic efficiency than the centrifugal type, normally in the range of
85% - 95%.

Link the Compressors

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Links page.
· The Upstream Link field displays the name of the operation that is attached to current compressor.
· The Gear Ratio field displays the ratio of the speed from the next linked operation divided by the speed of
the current pump.
· The Total Power Loss field displays the total power loss or input to the linked operations.
4 From the Downstream Link drop-down list, select the pump, expander, or compressor you want to link to.
Tip: You can specify the total power loss or input to the linked rotating operations by selecting the Dynamic Specification
checkbox and typing the value in the Total Power Loss field.

Notes
· Linking compressors and expanders in HYSYS means: The speed of each linked unit operation is the same, the
sum of duties of each linked pump/compressor/expander and the total power loss equals zero.
· It is not significant which order the operations are linked. The notion of upstream and downstream links is
arbitrary and determined by you, the user.
· Linked compressors require curves. To fully define a set of linked compressors, you must activate the Use the
Characteristic Curves checkbox for each of the linked compressors on the Specs page of the Dynamics tab. One
additional dynamic specification is required for the set. Usually, the total power loss from the linked operation is
specified.
· The rotational equipment linker operates both in Steady State and Dynamics mode.
· It is also possible to link an expander to a compressor and use the expander to generate kinetic energy to drive
the compressor. If this option is chosen, the total power loss is typically specified as zero.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 387 of 647

Manage Compressor Characteristic Curves

The Curves page is used to create multiple curves and plots to show the dependence of efficiency and head on the speed
of compressor.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Curves page.
4 Specify the speed of the compressor in the Compressor Speed field.
The options available in the Curves page vary depending on your selection from the Curve Input Option group of the
Parameters page.
· Single Curve radio button
· Multiple MW Curves
· Multiple IGV Curves
Note: HYSYS uses the curve(s) to determine the appropriate efficiency for your operational conditions. If you supply
curves, ensure the Efficiency values on the Parameters page are empty or a consistency error is generated.
See Also
Adding a centrifugal compressor curve
Viewing a centrifugal compressor curve
Deleting a centrifugal compressor curve
Plotting the centrifugal compressor curves

Specify Flow Limit Curves

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Flow Limits page.
4 Click the Surge Curve button. The Surge flow curve property view appears.
5 Define the surge flow curve and close the Surge flow curve property view.
How?
6 Activate the Use Surge Curve checkbox to use the surge curve in the compressor calculations.
7 Click the Stonewall Curve button. The Stonewall flow curve property view appears.
8 Define the stonewall flow curve and close the Stonewall flow curve property view.
How?
9 Activate the Use Stonewall Curve checkbox to use the stonewall curve in the compressor calculations.
1 0 Specify the volume of the compressor in the Compressor Volume field.
Notes
• There is a certain range that the dynamic compressor can operate in depending on its operating speed. The
lower flow limit of a compressor is called the surge limit, whereas the upper flow limit is called the stonewall limit.
In HYSYS, you can specify the flow limits of a compressor by plotting surge and stonewall curves.
• When a compressor reaches its stonewall limit, HYSYS fixes the flow at that compressor speed. When a
compressor reaches the surge limit, the flow reverses and cycles continuously causing damage to the compressor.
This phenomenon is modeled in HYSYS by causing the flow rate through the compressor to fluctuate randomly
below the surge flow.
• The flow limit data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

Configure Compressor Nozzles

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 388 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the compressor relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level
field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group, specify the following values for Compressor inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation
(Base) and Elevation (Ground).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify the Compressor Inertia Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Inertia page.
4 In the Inertia Parameters group, specify the radius of gyration and mass of the impeller and rotating shaft. From
these parameters HYSYS calculates the Rotational Inertia.
5 In the Friction Loss group, specify the frictional power loss factor in the Friction Loss Factor field. HYSYS uses this
value to calculate the rate of energy lost to mechanical inefficiencies.
Notes
· The inertia data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Configuring Electric Motor

1 Open the Compressor property view.

2 Click the Rating tab, and select the Electric Motor page.
3 In the Design Parameters group, specify the following motor parameters: synchronous speed, full load speed, full load
torque, full load power, gear ratio, motor inertia, and motor friction factor.
4 In the Modelling Options group, select the type of dynamic model you want to apply to the electric motor: Simple or
Breakdown.
5 Select the Use Electric Motor checkbox to activate the Electric Motor.
Tips
· Select the Electric Brake checkbox to model the torque force on the rotating operation simply by changing the
sign of the produced torque value.
· Select the Gearing checkbox to automatically update the gear ratio during integration. A zero value for the gear
ratio indicates a decoupling of the operation.
· Click the Speed vs Torque Curve button to access the Speed vs. Torque Curve property view.
· Click the Size Inertia button to calculate the inertia based on the specified full load power and full load speed.

Note:
· The On checkbox at the bottom of the Compressor property view becomes active. This checkbox can be used to
turn the motor on and off.
· The Compressor operation icon in the PFD changes to include a motor.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 389 of 647

View the Compressor Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
The Results group displays the calculated values for the following parameters: Adiabatic Head, Polytropic Head, Adiabatic
Fluid Head, Polytropic Fluid Head, Adiabatic Efficiency, Polytropic Efficiency, Power Consumed, Polytropic Head Factor,
Polytropic Exponent, Isentropic Exponent, and Speed.
The Reciprocating group displays the calculated values for the following parameters: Total Effective Piston Displacement
Volume, Total Effective Fractional Clearance Volume, Maximum Pressure Ratio, Load in Compression (Newton), and Load in
Tension (Newton).
Note: The Reciprocating group only appears when you have activated the Reciprocating Compressor option.

View the Compressor Power Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Power page.
The Compressor Rotor Power group displays the following parameters: Total Rotor power, Transient Rotational power,
Friction Loss power, and Fluid power.
The Compressor Rotor Torque group displays the following parameters: Total Rotor torque, Transient Rotational torque,
Friction Loss torque, and Fluid torque.
The Electric Motor Power group displays the following parameters: Total Electric Motor power, Transient Rotational power,
and Friction Loss power.
The Electric Motor Torque group displays the following parameters: Total Electric Motor torque, Transient Rotational
torque, and Friction Loss torque.
The Other Electric Motor Data group displays the Motor Speed.
Note: The information displayed in the Electric Motor Power, Electric Motor Torque, and Other Electric Motor Data groups
are blank if no electric motor is attached.

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander/Compressor icon. The Expander/Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 From the Dynamic Specifications group activate two of the following dynamic specification checkboxes: Duty,
Adiabatic Efficiency, Polytropic Efficiency, Pressure Decrease/Increase, Head, Capacity, Speed, and Use Characteristic
Curves.
5 Specify a value for an active specification in the appropriate field.
Tips
· The Pressure Increase checkbox should not be activated if the inlet and exit stream pressures are specified.
· The Speed checkbox should not be activated if the Use Characteristic Curves checkbox is not activated.
· Click the Calculate Head button to have HYSYS calculate the head in the expander/compressor.
· Activate the Reciprocating (Positive Displacement) checkbox to convert the centrifugal compressor into a
reciprocating compressor. This checkbox is only available in the Compressor’s property view.
· Click the Create Surge Controller button to add a surge controller to the Compressor.
· If a Surge Controller is already added, the Create Surge Controller button is replaced with View Surge Controller
button. Click the View Surge Controller button to open the Surge Controller’s property view. This button is only

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 390 of 647

available in the Compressor’s property view when you are modeling a centrifugal compressor.

Note: In general, two specifications should be selected in order for the Pump to fully solve. You should be aware of
specifications that may cause complications or singularity in the pressure flow matrix.
See Also
Typical dynamic solution methods

View Compressor Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
Tip: Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the Compressor

Expander

The Expander operation is used to decrease the pressure of a high pressure inlet gas stream to produce an outlet stream
with low pressure and high velocity. An expansion process involves converting the internal energy of the gas to kinetic
energy and finally to shaft work. The Expander calculates either a stream property or an expansion efficiency.
There are several methods for solving the Expander, depending on what information has been supplied and whether or not
you are using characteristic curves. In general, the solution is a function of flow, pressure change, applied energy, and
efficiency. The Expander provides a great deal of flexibility with respect to what you can supply and what is calculated. You
must ensure that you do not enable too many of the solution options or inconsistencies may result.
Some of the features included in the Dynamic Expander include:
· Dynamic modeling of friction loss and inertia.
· Dynamic modeling that supports shutdown and startup behavior.
· Multiple head and efficiency curves.
· Modeling of Stonewall and Surge conditions.
· Handling of phase changes that may occur in the unit operation (e.g. expanders producing liquid).
· Linking capabilities with other rotational equipment operating at the same speed with one total power.
See Also
Adding an Expander
Viewing the Expander properties
Deleting an Expander

Add an Expander

There are two ways that you can add an Expander to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Rotating Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Expander model.
4 Click the Add button. The Expander property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Expander icon . The Expander property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 391 of 647

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring an Expander
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Expander results
Specifying dynamic properties

View Expander Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Expander’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring an Expander
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Expander results
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete an Expander

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete an Expander by clicking on the Expander icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Expander Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Expander.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Expander. The fluid package that
is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Expander Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 392 of 647

2 Click the Design tab.

3 Click the Parameters page.
4 In the Efficiency group, specify either the adiabatic efficiency or polytropic efficiency of the expander. Once a solution
is obtained, HYSYS back calculates the other efficiency, using the calculated duty and stream conditions.
5 You can now do one of two of things:
· Specify the duty of the energy stream in the Duty field.
· Leave the Duty field empty and use the attached streams to determine the value.
6 Select an option in the Curve Input Option group.
· Select Single Curve to model your Expander with a single pair of head vs. flow and efficiency vs. flow curves.
· Select Multiple IGV Curves if you have a set of curves that describe the compressor performance as a
function of inlet guide vane (IGV) position.

Link Expanders

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Links page.
4 From the Downstream Link drop-down list, select the pump, expander, or compressor you want to link to.
Notes
· Linking compressors and expanders in HYSYS means: The speed of each linked unit operation is the same, the
sum of duties of each linked pump/compressor/expander and the total power loss equals zero.
· It is not significant which order the operations are linked. The notion of upstream and downstream links is
arbitrary and determined by you, the user.
· The Upstream Link field displays the name of the operation that is attached to current expander.
· Linked expanders require curves. To fully define a set of linked expanders, you must activate the Use the
Characteristic Curves checkbox for each of the linked expander on the Specs page of the Dynamics tab. One
additional dynamic specification is required for the set. Usually, the total power loss from the linked operation is
specified.
· The rotational equipment linker operates both in steady state and dynamics mode.
· Total power loss or input to the linked expander operations is displayed in the Total Power Loss field.
· It is also possible to link an expander to a compressor and use the expander to generate kinetic energy to drive
the compressor. If this option is chosen, the total power loss is typically specified as zero.

Manage Expander Characteristic Curves

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Curves page.
Tips
· Activate the Enable Curves checkbox to tell HYSYS to use all the curves that have an active Activate checkbox, in
the expander calculations.
· Specify the speed of the expander in the Expander Speed field.

Notes
· From this page multiple curves can be created and plotted to show the dependence of efficiency and head on the
speed of expander.
· HYSYS uses the curve(s) to determine the appropriate efficiency for your operational conditions. If you supply
curves, ensure the Efficiency values on the Parameters page are empty or a consistency error is generated.
See Also

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 393 of 647

Adding an expander curve

Viewing an expander curve
Deleting an expander curve
Plotting expander curves

Specify Flow Limit Curves

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Flow Limits page.
4 Click the Surge Curve button. The Surge flow curve property view appears.
5 Define the surge flow curve and close the Surge flow curve property view.
How?
6 Activate the Use Surge Curve checkbox to use the surge curve in the expander calculations.
7 Click the Stonewall Curve button. The Stonewall flow curve property view appears.
8 Define the stonewall flow curve and close the Stonewall flow curve property view.
How?
9 Activate the Use Stonewall Curve checkbox to use the stonewall curve in the expander calculations.
10 Specify the volume of the expander in the Expander Volume field.
Notes
• There is a certain range that the dynamic expander can operate in depending on its operating speed. The lower
flow limit of an expander is called the surge limit, whereas the upper flow limit is called the stonewall limit. In
HYSYS, you can specify the flow limits of an expander by plotting surge and stonewall curves.
• When an expander reaches its stonewall limit, HYSYS fixes the flow at that expander speed. When an expander
reaches the surge limit, the flow reverses and cycles continuously causing damage to the expander. This
phenomenon is modeled in HYSYS by causing the flow rate through the expander to fluctuate randomly below the
surge flow.
• The flow limit data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

Configure Expander Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the compressor relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level
field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group, specify the following values for Expander inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation
(Base), and Elevation (Ground).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify Expander Inertia Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Inertia page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 394 of 647

4 In the Inertia Parameters group, specify the radius of gyration and mass of the impeller and rotating shaft. From
these parameters HYSYS calculates the Rotational Inertia.
5 In the Friction Loss group, specify the frictional power loss factor in the Friction Loss Factor field. HYSYS uses this
value to calculate the rate of energy lost to mechanical inefficiencies.
Notes
· The inertia data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

View Expander Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
T ip: The Speed field allows you to specify/modify the speed of the expander.
Note: The Results group displays the calculated values for the following parameters: Adiabatic Head, Polytropic Head,
Adiabatic Efficiency, Polytropic Efficiency, Duty, Polytropic Head Factor, Polytropic Exponent, and Isentropic Exponent.

View Expander Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Expander icon. The Expander property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Notes
· The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.
· Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the Expander.

Pump

The Pump operation is used to increase the pressure of an inlet liquid stream. Depending on the information supplied, the
pump calculates either an unknown pressure, temperature or pump efficiency.
The dynamics pump operation is similar to the compressor operation in that it increases the pressure of its inlet stream.
The pump operation assumes that the inlet fluid is incompressible.
Some of the features included in the Dynamic pump include:
· Dynamic modeling of friction loss and inertia.
· Dynamic modeling that supports shutdown and startup behavior.
· Multiple head and efficiency curves.
· Modeling of cavitation if Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) is less than a calculated NPSH limit.
· Linking capabilities with other rotational equipment operating at the same speed with one total power.
See Also
Add a Pump
View Pump properties
Delete a Pump

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 395 of 647

Add a Pump

There are two ways that you can add a Pump to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Rotating Equipment radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Pump model.
4 Click the Add button. The Pump property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Pump icon . The Pump property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Pump
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Pump results
Specifying dynamic properties

View Pump Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Pump’s
properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Pump
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Pump results
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Pump

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Pump by clicking on the Pump icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Pump Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Pump.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 396 of 647

5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Pump. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Pump Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Adiabatic Efficiency field specify the adiabatic efficiency of the pump.
5 You can now do one of two of things:
· Specify either the pressure drop across the pump and/or the duty of the energy stream in the appropriate
field.
· Leave these fields empty and use the attached streams to determine the values (i.e., the pressure drop will
be calculated if the inlet and outlet stream pressures are known).

Specify a Steady State Pump Curve

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Curves page.
4 Specify the following coefficients for the quadratic pump equation: Coefficient A, Coefficient B, Coefficient C,
Coefficient D, Coefficient E, and Coefficient F.
5 From the Units for Head drop-down list, select the units you want the head to be displayed.
6 From the Flow Basis drop-down list, select the basis you want to use for the flow. You are given the following options:
Molar Flow, Mass Flow, Standard Volumetric Flow, and Actual Volumetric Flow.
7 From the Units for Flow drop-down list, select the units you want the flow to be displayed.
8 Activate the Activate Curves checkbox. HYSYS determines the pressure rise across the pump for the given flow rate.
Notes:
· To avoid a consistency error, ensure that you have not specified the pressure rise across the pump, either in the
attached streams or in the operation itself.
· The Activate Curves checkbox can only be selected if the Use Curves checkbox in the Curves page of the Rating
tab is clear.
See Also
Phasing out one method
Specifying pump curves

Link Pumps

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Links page.
4 From the Downstream Link drop-down list, select the pump, expander, or compressor you want to link to.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 397 of 647

Notes
· Linking compressors and expanders in HYSYS means: The speed of each linked unit operation is the same, the
sum of duties of each linked pump/compressor/expander and the total power loss equals zero.
· It is not significant which order the operations are linked. The notion of upstream and downstream links is
arbitrary and determined by you, the user.
· The Upstream Link field displays the name of the operation that is attached to current pump.
· Linked pumps require curves. To fully define a set of linked pumps, you must activate the Use the Characteristic
Curves checkbox for each of the linked pumps on the Specs page of the Dynamics tab. One additional dynamic
specification is required for the set. Usually, the total power loss from the linked operation is specified.
· The rotational equipment linker operates both in steady state and dynamics mode.
· Total power loss or input to the linked pump operations is displayed in the Total Power Loss field.
· It is possible to link a pump to a compressor and use the pump as a turbine to generate kinetic energy to drive
the compressor. If this option is selected, the total power loss is typically specified as zero.

Specify Pump Curves

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Curves page.
Notes
· From this page multiple curves can be created and plotted to show the dependence of efficiency and head on the
speed of pump.
· The options in this page enable you to specify pump curves for both steady state and dynamic mode.
· Depending on the type of pump curve you want to generate the following information needs to be supplied for
the pump to solve:
· For a performance curve (one curve), the feed temperature and pressure must be supplied along with one of
flow, duty, outlet pressure, or efficiency.
· For normalized curves, the feed temperature and pressure must be specified along with two of flow, speed, duty,
outlet pressure, and efficiency.
· HYSYS uses the curve(s) to determine the appropriate efficiency for your operational conditions. If you supply
curves, ensure the Efficiency values on the Parameters page are empty or a consistency error is generated.
See Also
Adding a pump curve
Viewing a pump curve
Deleting a pump curve
Generating pump curves
Plotting pump curves

Manage Pump Net Positive Suction Head Curves

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the NPSH page.
Notes
· Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) is an important factor to consider when choosing a pump. Sufficient NPSH is
required at the inlet of the pump to prevent the formation of small bubbles in the pump casing which can damage
the pump. This is known as cavitation. For a given pump, the net positive suction head required to prevent
cavitation, NPSH required, is a function of the capacity (volumetric flow rate) and speed of the pump.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 398 of 647

· You can only have a maximum of three curves.

· The NPSH required value can either be taken from the NPSH curves or specified directly in the NPSH required
cells. To directly specify the NPSH required, you must first deactivate the Enable NPSH curves checkbox.
· Click the Calculate button to calculate the NPSH available value from the flowsheet conditions.
See Also
Adding a NPSH pump curve
Viewing a NPSH pump curve
Deleting a NPSH pump curve

Configure Pump Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group, specify the following values for Pump inlet and outlet: Diameter, Elevation (Base),
and Elevation (Ground).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify Pump Inertia Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Inertia page.
4 In the Inertia Parameters group, specify the radius of gyration and mass of the impeller and rotating shaft. From
these parameters HYSYS calculates the Rotational Inertia.
5 In the Friction Loss group, specify the frictional power loss factor in the Friction Loss Factor field. HYSYS uses this
value to calculate the rate of energy lost to mechanical inefficiencies.
Notes
· The inertia data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify Pump Startup Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Startup page.
4 In the Design Flow group, specify the typical operating capacity.
Notes
· The Typical Operating Capacity parameter is used to aid in starting pumps up that may have vapor in the line
(e.g., due to a reverse flow). The existence of vapor can cause difficulty when the pump starts up. Hence, if the
flow is less than a certain fraction of this typical operating capacity, then the density is compensated to help start
the pump up. The Typical operating capacity value enables HYSYS to decide when it is reasonable to compensate

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 399 of 647

the density.
· The startup data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Configure Electric Motor

1 Open the Pump property view.

View Pump Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
Note: The Head Information group displays the values for Total head, Pressure head, Velocity head, and Delta P excluding
static head. The Total head is only calculated when the simulation is in dynamic mode.

View Pump Power Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Power page.
· The Pump Rotor Power group displays the following parameters: Total Rotor power, Transient Rotational
power, Friction Loss power, and Fluid power.
· The Pump Rotor Torque group displays the following parameters: Total Rotor torque, Transient Rotational
torque, Friction Loss torque, and Fluid torque.
· The Electric Motor Power group displays the following parameters: Total Electric Motor power, Transient
Rotational power, and Friction Loss power.
· The Electric Motor Torque group displays the following parameters: Total Electric Motor torque, Transient
Rotational torque, and Friction Loss torque.
· The Other Electric Motor Data group displays the Motor Speed.
Note: The information displayed in the Electric Motor Power, Electric Motor Torque, and Other Electric Motor Data groups
are blank if no electric motor is attached.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 400 of 647

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 From the Dynamic Specifications group activate two of the following dynamic specification checkboxes: Head, Speed,
Efficiency, Pressure rise, Power, and User characteristic curves.
5 Specify a value for an active specification in the appropriate field.
Tips
· The Pressure Increase checkbox should not be activated if the inlet and exit stream pressures are specified.
· The Speed checkbox should not be activated if the Use Characteristic Curves checkbox is not activated.
· Activate the Pump is acting as turbine checkbox if you want to model your pump as a turbine.
· Click the Calculate Head button to have HYSYS calculate the head in the pump.
· The On checkbox activates and deactivates the pump. If this checkbox is activated, the pump is "on", and works
as normal. If this checkbox is deactivated, HYSYS passes the inlet stream unchanged, meaning the outlet stream is
exactly the same as the inlet stream. When you use the On option, you should supply a pressure rise rather than
specify the pressures of the inlet and outlet streams. If you supply a Delta P, this value is simply ignored when you
turn the pump off. On the other hand, if you specify the pressures of the inlet and outlet streams, you get a
consistency error when you turn the pump off, as HYSYS attempts to pass the inlet stream conditions to the outlet
stream.

Notes
· In general, two specifications should be selected in order for the Pump to fully solve. You should be aware of
specifications that may cause complications or singularity in the pressure flow matrix. Some examples of such
cases are:
· The capacity is defined as the actual volumetric flow rate entering the pump.

View Pump Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Pump icon. The Pump property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Tip: Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view for the Pump

Note: The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.

Reciprocating Compressor

A reciprocating compressor is just another type of compressor used for applications where higher discharge pressures and
lower flows are needed. It is known as a positive displacement type. Reciprocating compressors have a constant volume
and variable head characteristics, as compared to the centrifugal compressor that has a constant head and variable
volume.
In HYSYS, centrifugal and reciprocating compressors are accessed via the same compressor unit operation. However, the
solution methods differ slightly, as a reciprocating compressor does not require a compressor curve and required geometry
data. The present capability of reciprocating compressors in HYSYS is focused on a single stage compressor with single or
double acting piston. A typical solution method for a reciprocating compressor is as follows:
· Always start with a fully defined inlet stream, for example, inlet pressure, temperature, flow rate, and compositional
data are known.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 401 of 647

· Supply compressor geometry data like number of cylinders, cylinder type, bore, stroke, and piston rod diameter.
· Compressor performance data like adiabatic efficiency or polytropic efficiency and constant volumetric efficiency loss
are supplied.
· HYSYS calculates duty required, outlet temperature if the outlet pressure is specified.
Some of the features included in the Dynamic Reciprocating compressor unit operation include:
· Dynamic modeling of friction loss and inertia.
· Dynamic modeling that supports shutdown and startup and shutdown behavior.
· Dynamic modeling of the cylinder loading.
· Linking capabilities with other rotational equipment operating at the same speed with one total power.
See Also
Adding a Reciprocating Compressor
Viewing the Reciprocating Compressor properties
Deleting a Reciprocating Compressor

Add a Reciprocating Compressor

2 Double-click the Compressor icon . The Compressor property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Reciprocating Compressor
Specifying the rating data
Viewing the stream properties
Viewing the Compressor results
Specifying the dynamic properties

View Reciprocating Compressor Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears. From here you can modify any of
the Compressor’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Reciprocating Compressor
Specifying the rating data
Viewing the stream properties
Viewing the Compressor results
Specifying the dynamic properties

Delete a Reciprocating Compressor

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 402 of 647

2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete a Compressor by clicking on the Compressor icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Reciprocating Settings

1 From the PFD, double-click the Compressor icon. The Compressor property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Settings page.
4 Specify the following compressor geometry parameters: Number of Cylinders, Cylinder Type, Bore, Stroke, Piston Rod
Diameter, Constant Volumetric Efficiency Loss, Default Fixed Clearance Volume, Zero Speed Flow Resistance (k),
Typical Design Speed, Volume Efficiency, and Speed.
5 Specify the following parameters for each cylinder you have in the compressor: Fixed Clearance Volume, Variable
Clearance Volume, Variable Volume Enabled, and Cylinder is Unloaded.
6 Click the Size k button. The Reciprocating Pressure Flow Sizing property view appears. This property view allows you
to specify a Pressure Drop and Mass Flow Rate to calculate the Zero Speed Flow Resistance of the reciprocating
compressor.
7 In the Pressure Drop field, specify pressure drop across the compressor.
8 In the Mass Flow Rate field, specify the flow rate into the compressor.
9 Click the Size and Close button. HYSYS calculates the zero speed flow resistance and closes the property view and
returns you to the Compressor’s property view.
Note: This page is only visible when you have activated the Reciprocating Compressor option either on the Parameters
page of the Design tab or the Specs page of the Dynamics tab.

Component Splitter

With a Component Splitter, a material feed stream is separated into two component streams based on the parameters and
split fractions that you supply. You are required to specify the fraction of each feed component that exits the Component
Splitter into the overhead product stream. Use it to approximate the separation for proprietary and non-standard separation
processes that are not handled elsewhere in HYSYS.
Refer to the HYSYS Operations Guide for more information regarding the Component Splitter.
See Also
Adding a Component Splitter
Viewing Component Splitter properties
Deleting a Component Splitter

Add a Component Splitter

There are two ways that you can add a Component Splitter to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Short Cut Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Component Splitter model.
4 Click the Add button. The Component Splitter property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Component Splitter icon . The Component Splitter property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 403 of 647

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Component Splitter
Configuring Component Splitter nozzles
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Component Splitter Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Component Splitter icon. The Component Splitter property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Component Splitter’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Component Splitter
Configuring Component Splitter nozzles
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Component Splitter

1 From the PFD, double-click the Component Splitter icon. The Component Splitter property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Component Splitter by clicking on the Component Splitter icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Component Splitter Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Component Splitter icon. The Component Splitter property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the component splitter.
5 In the Inlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
6 In the Energy Streams list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple energy streams.
7 In the Overhead Outlet list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple overhead outlet streams.
8 In the Bottoms Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
9 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the component splitter. The fluid
package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 404 of 647

Specify Component Splitter Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Component Splitter icon. The Component Splitter property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons to calculate the outlet stream parameters: Calculate Equal Temperatures or
Use Stream Flash Specifications.
5 Click one of the following radio buttons to calculate the Overhead and Bottoms stream pressures: Use Stream
Pressure Specifications, Equalize All Stream Pressures, or Use Lowest Feed Pressure for All Products.

Specify Component Splitter Split Fractions

1 From the PFD, double-click the Component Splitter icon. The Component Splitter property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Splits page.
4 Specify the separation fractions for each component in each of the overhead streams. The value must range from 0 to
1. The quantity in the bottoms product is set once the overhead fraction is known.
Tips
· Select all of the components in the stream, by clicking the first component in the column holding down the SHIFT
key and clicking the last component in the column.
· Click the Set to 1.0000 button to set the selected component fraction to 1.0000.
· Click the Set to 0.0000 button to set the selected component fraction to 0.0000.

Note: You must specify either the component splits or the stream cut points on the TBP Cut Points page.

Specify Component Splitter TBP Cut Points

1 From the PFD, double-click the Component Splitter icon. The Component Splitter property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the TBP Cut Point page.
4 In the Cut Point field, specify the initial TBP cut point on the Feed for each product stream except for the overhead.
5 In the bottom table, you can specify the split fraction for each component in the stream.
Tips
· You can specify a temperature cut point of 0 K and higher.
· The split fraction values are also available on the Splits page.

Notes
· The Initial Cut Point values are expressed in temperature and they are listed in ascending order. Consecutive
streams can have the same Initial Cut Point value, implying that the second or subsequent stream has zero flow.
· Pure components are distributed according to their NBP (Natural Boiling Point) while the TBP (True Boiling Point)
of the pure components defines the boundaries of distribution. The NBP for each component is displayed in the
NBP table for reference.
· The TBP Cut Point page is designed for handling streams that carry hypocomponents. The hypocomponents are
treated as a continuum and they are distributed according to their FBP (Final Boiling Point). The FBP of each
hypocomponent is first calculated by sorting the NBP of the hypocomponents in ascending order.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 405 of 647

Configure Component Splitter Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Component Splitter icon. The Component Splitter property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 Specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation Relative to Ground Level field.
5 In the Nozzle Parameters group, specify the following values for all vessel inlets and outlets: Diameter, Elevation
(Base) and Elevation (Ground).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Component Splitter icon. The Component Splitter property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 Activate the Equal Pressure checkbox to propagate the pressure from one stream to all others. If you want to equalize
the pressures you have to free up the pressure specs on the streams that you want the pressure to be propagated to.
5 In the Pressure Specification group, activate the Active checkbox for each of the streams you want to set a pressure
specification for. It is recommended that the pressure specification be active only for boundary streams.
6 Specify the volume of the component splitter in the Vessel Volume field.
Tip: Activate the Use Duty Stream Specifications Instead of Bottoms Stream Flash Specification checkbox to use the duty
specification of the energy stream instead of the flash specification of the bottoms stream.

Short Cut Distillation

The Shortcut Column performs Fenske-Underwood short cut calculations for simple refluxed towers. The Fenske minimum
number of trays and the Underwood minimum reflux are calculated. A specified reflux ratio can then be used to calculate
the vapor and liquid traffic rates in the enriching and stripping sections, the condenser duty and reboiler duty, the number
of ideal trays, and the optimal feed location.
The Shortcut Column is only an estimate of the Column performance and is restricted to simple refluxed Columns. For more
realistic results the rigorous Column operation should be used. This operation can provide initial estimates for most simple
Columns.
See Also
Adding a Short Cut Distillation Column
Viewing Short Cut Distillation Column properties
Deleting a Short Cut Distillation Column

Add a Short Cut Distillation Column

There are two ways that you can add a Short Cut Distillation Column to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Short Cut Columns radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select the Shortcut Column model.
4 Click the Add button. The Short Cut Distillation property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 406 of 647

OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Short Cut Distillation icon . The Short Cut Distillation property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Short Cut Column
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Short Cut Column Results
Specifying dynamic properties

View Short Cut Distillation Column Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Short Cut Distillation Column icon. The Short Cut Distillation Column property view appears.
From here you can modify any of the Short Cut Distillation Column’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Short Cut Column
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Short Cut Column Results
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Short Cut Distillation Column

1 From the PFD, double-click the Short Cut Distillation Column icon. The Short Cut Distillation Column property view
appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Short Cut Distillation Column by clicking on the Short Cut Distillation Column icon on the PFD
and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Short Cut Distillation Column Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Short Cut Column icon. The Short Cut Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Short Cut Column.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Condenser Duty drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Reboiler Duty drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Bottoms drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 407 of 647

9 In the Top Product Phase group, click either the Liquid or Vapour radio button.
1 0 In the Distillate drop-down list (when the Liquid radio button is selected) or the Overhead Vapour drop-down list
(when the Vapour radio button is selected) either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list.
1 1 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Valve. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Short Cut Distillation Column Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Short Cut Column icon. The Short Cut Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Light Key in Bottoms Component drop-down list, select the component you want to define as the light key.
5 Specify the Mole Fraction of the light key in the Light Key in Bottoms Mole Fraction field.
6 In the Heavy Key in Bottoms Component drop-down list, select the component you want to define as the heavy key.
7 Specify the Mole Fraction of the heavy key in the Heavy Key in Bottoms Mole Fraction field.
8 Specify the condenser and reboiler pressures in the appropriate fields in the Pressures group.
9 Specify the external reflux ratio in the External Reflux Ratio field. The External Reflux must be greater than the
Minimum Reflux Ratio.
Notes
· The Heavy and Light Key specifications must be such that there are enough of both keys to be distributed in the
bottoms and overhead. It is possible to specify a large value for the light key composition such that too much of
the light key is in the bottoms and the overhead heavy key composition spec cannot be met. If this problem
occurs, one or both of the key specs must be changed.
· The calculated Minimum Reflux Ratio appears once streams are attached on the Connections page and the
required parameters are specified in the Components and Pressures groups.

Specify Rating Data

You are currently unable to supply any rating information for the Short Cut Column.

View Short Cut Distillation Column Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Short Cut Column icon. The Short Cut Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
The Performance tab contains the following groups:
· The Tray group displays the following results: Minimum Number of Trays, Actual Number of Trays, and Optimal Feed
Stage.
· The Temperatures group displays the following results: Condenser Temperature and Reboiler Temperature.
· The Flows group displays the following results: Rectify Vapour, Rectify Liquid, Stripping Vapour, Stripping Liquid,
Condenser Duty, and Reboiler Duty.

Specify Dynamic Properties

The Shortcut Column currently runs only in Steady State mode, therefore, there is no information available on the
Dynamics tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 408 of 647

Baghouse Filter

The Baghouse Filter model is based on empirical equations. It contains an internal curve relating separation efficiency to
particle size. Based on your particle diameter, the reported separation efficiency for your solids is determined from this
curve. The solids being separated must be previously specified and installed as components in the stream attached to this
operation.
Refer to the HYSYS Operations Guide for more information regarding the Baghouse Filter.
See Also
Adding a Baghouse Filter
Viewing Baghouse Filter properties
Deleting a Baghouse Filter

Add a Baghouse Filter

There are two ways that you can add a Baghouse Filter to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps view appears.
2 Click the Solids Handling radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Baghouse Filter model.
4 Click the Add button. The Baghouse Filter property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Solid Ops icon . The Solid Operations Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Baghouse Filter icon . The Baghouse Filter property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Baghouse Filter
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Baghouse Filter performance
Specifying dynamic properties

View Baghouse Filter Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Baghouse Filter icon. The Baghouse Filter property view appears. From here you can modify
any of the Baghouse Filter‘s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Baghouse Filter
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Baghouse Filter performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Baghouse Filter

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 409 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Baghouse Filter icon. The Baghouse Filter property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Baghouse Filter by clicking on the Baghouse Filter icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE
key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Baghouse Filter Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Baghouse Filter.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Vapour Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Solid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select
it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Baghouse Filter. The fluid
package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Baghouse Filter Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Clean Bag Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the clean bag. HYSYS provides a default value of
0.2400 kPa.
5 In the Dirty Bag Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the dirty bag. This value must be greater than the
Clean Bag Pressure Drop. HYSYS provides a default value of 2.00 kPa.
Note: If you modify either of the default values the configuration changes from default to user defined. To return to the
default values click the Default radio button.

Size a Baghouse Filter

1 From the PFD, double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 In the Physical Parameters group, specify the following parameters: Maximum Gas Velocity, Bag Filter Area, Bag
Diameter, Bags per Cell and Bag Spacing.

View Baghouse Filtration Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Results page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 410 of 647

Note: The Filtration Results table displays values for the following filtration results: Filtration Time, Number of Cells, Area
per Cell, Total Cell Area, and Particle Diameter.

Specify Dynamic Properties

This unit operation is currently not available for dynamic simulation.

Cyclone

The Cyclone is used to separate solids from a gas stream and is recommended only for particle sizes greater than 5
microns. The Cyclone consists of a vertical cylinder with a conical bottom, a rectangular inlet near the top, and an outlet for
solids at the bottom of the cone. It is the centrifugal force developed in the vortex that moves the particles toward the wall.
Particles that reach the wall, slide down the cone, and so become separated from the gas stream. The solids being
separated must be previously specified and installed as components in the stream attached to this operation.
Refer to the HYSYS Operations Guide for more information regarding the Cyclone.
See Also
Adding a Cyclone
Viewing Cyclone properties
Deleting a Cyclone

Add a Cyclone

There are two ways that you can add a Cyclone to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Solids Handling radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Cyclone model.
4 Click the Add button. The Cyclone property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Solid Ops icon . The Solid Operations Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Cyclone icon . The Cyclone property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Cyclone
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Cyclone performance
Specifying dynamic properties

View Cyclone Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Cyclone icon. The Cyclone property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Cyclone’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 411 of 647

Configuring a Cyclone
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Cyclone performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Cyclone

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cyclone icon. The Cyclone property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Cyclone by clicking on the Cyclone icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Cyclone Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cyclone icon. The Cyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Cyclone.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Vapour Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Solids Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Cyclone. The fluid package that
is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Cyclone Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cyclone icon. The Cyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons in the Configuration group to specify the Cyclone configuration: High
Efficiency, High Output, or User Defined.
5 Click either the Lapple or Leith/Licht radio button. The Leith/Licht method is a more rigorous calculation as it
considers radial mixing effects.
6 In the Particle Efficiency field, specify the percent recovery of the specified solids in the bottoms stream.
Note: The diameter provided, on the Solids page on the Design tab, is used in the efficiency calculations. If you specify
an efficiency of 85%, 85% of the solids of the specified diameter are recovered.

Specify Cyclone Solid Characteristics

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cyclone icon. The Cyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Solids page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 412 of 647

4 Click one of the following radio buttons in the Efficiency group: Single Particle Diameter or Particle Size Distribution.
See Also
Specifying a single particle diameter
Specifying the particle size distribution

Size a Cyclone

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cyclone icon. The Cyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 In the Design Mode group, click the On radio button to turn on design mode and click the Off radio button to turn off
design mode.
5 In the Sizing Ratios group, specify the following parameters: Configuration, Inlet Width Ratio, Inlet Height Ratio,
Cyclone Height Ratio, Gas Outlet Length Ratio, Gas Outlet Diameter Ratio, Total Height Ratio, Solids Outlet Diameter
Ratio, and Body Diameter.
Notes
· When the design mode is off the Specify Number of Parallel Cyclones checkbox appears. Activate this checkbox if
you want to specify the number of parallel cyclones.
· If Design Mode is on, the # Parallel Cyclones field displays the number of parallel Cyclones (if any) attached to
the unit operation. If Design Mode is off and the Specify Number of Parallel Cyclones checkbox is activated, you
must specify this value.

Specify Cyclone Constraints

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cyclone icon. The Cyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Constraints page.
4 In the Constraints group specify the following parameters: Maximum Diameter, Minimum Diameter, Maximum
Pressure Drop, and Maximum Number of Cyclones.
Notes
· The constraints on this page only apply to the cyclone when the Design mode is on. Refer to the Sizing page of
the Rating tab.
· The Maximum Pressure Drop and Maximum Number of Cyclones constraints are used in the calculations to
determine the minimum number of cyclones needed to complete the separation.

View Cyclone Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Cyclone icon. The Cyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
Note: The Results table displays values for the following parameters: Pressure Drop, Overall Efficiency, and Number of
Parallel Cyclones.

Specify Dynamic Properties

This unit operation is currently not available for dynamic simulation.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 413 of 647

Hydrocyclone

The Hydrocyclone is essentially the same as the cyclone, the primary difference being that this operation separates the
solid from a liquid phase, rather than a gas phase. The solids being separated must be previously specified and installed as
components in the stream attached to this operation.
Refer to the HYSYS Operations Guide for more information regarding the Cyclone.
See Also
Adding a Hydrocyclone
Viewing Hydrocyclone properties
Deleting a Hydrocyclone

Add a Hydrocyclone

There are two ways that you can add a Hydrocyclone to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Solids Handling radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Hydrocyclone model.
4 Click the Add button. The Hydrocyclone property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Solid Ops icon . The Solid Operations Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Hydrocyclone icon . The Hydrocyclone property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Hydrocyclone
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Hydrocyclone performance
Specifying dynamic properties

View Hydrocyclone Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Hydrocyclone icon. The Hydrocyclone property view appears. From here you can modify any
of the Hydrocyclone’s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Hydrocyclone
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Hydrocyclone performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Hydrocyclone

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 414 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Hydrocyclone icon. The Hydrocyclone property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Hydrocyclone by clicking on the Hydrocyclone icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Hydrocyclone Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Hydrocyclone icon. The Hydrocyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Hydrocyclone.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Liquid Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Solids Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Hydrocyclone. The fluid package
that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Hydrocyclone Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Hydrocyclone icon. The Hydrocyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons in the Configuration group to specify the Cyclone configuration: Mode 1, Mode
2, or User Defined.
5 In the Particle Efficiency field specify the percent recovery of the specified solids in the bottoms stream.
Note: The diameter provided, on the Solids page on the Design tab, is used in the efficiency calculations. If you specify
an efficiency of 85%, 85% of the solids of the specified diameter is recovered.

Specify Hydrocyclone Solid Characteristics

1 From the PFD, double-click the Hydrocyclone icon. The Hydrocyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Solids page.
4 Perform one of the following steps:
· From the Solid Name drop-down list select the solid component you want to remove from the stream.
HYSYS provides the particle density and particle diameter.
· Specify the particle density and the particle diameter in the appropriate fields.

Size a Hydrocyclone

1 From the PFD, double-click the Hydrocyclone icon. The Hydrocyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 415 of 647

3 Click on the Sizing page.

4 In the Design Mode group, click the On radio button to turn on design mode and click the Off radio button to turn off
design mode.
5 In the Sizing Ratios group, specify the following parameters: Configuration, Inlet Diameter Ratio, Included Angle,
Overflow Length Ratio, Overflow Diameter Ratio, Total Height Ratio, Underflow Diameter Ratio, and Body Diameter.

Specify Hydrocyclone Constraints

1 From the PFD, double-click the Hydrocyclone icon. The Hydrocyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Constraints page.
4 In the Constraints group, specify the following parameters: Maximum Diameter, Minimum Diameter, Maximum
Pressure Drop, and Maximum Number of Cyclones.
Notes
· The constraints on this page only apply to the cyclone when the Design mode is on. Refer to the Sizing page of
the Rating tab.
· The Maximum Pressure Drop and Maximum Number of Cyclones constraints are used in the calculations to
determine the minimum number of cyclones needed to complete the separation.

View Hydrocyclone Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Hydrocyclone icon. The Hydrocyclone property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
Note: The Results table displays values for the following parameters: Pressure Drop, Overall Efficiency, and Number of
Parallel Cyclones.

Specify Dynamic Properties

This unit operation is currently not available for dynamic simulation.

Rotary Vacuum Filter

The Rotary Vacuum Filter assumes that there is 100% removal of the solid from the solvent stream. This operation
determines the retention of solvent in the particle cake, based on the particle diameter and sphericity of your defined solid
(s). The diameter and sphericity determines the capillary space in the cake and thus the solvent retention. The solids being
separated must be previously specified and installed as components in the stream attached to this operation.
Refer to the HYSYS Operations Guide for more information regarding the Rotary Vacuum Filter.
See Also
Adding a Rotary Vacuum Filter
Viewing Rotary Vacuum Filter properties
Deleting a Rotary Vacuum Filter

Add a Rotary Vacuum Filter

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 416 of 647

There are two ways that you can add a Rotary Vacuum Filter to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Solids Handling radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Rotary Vacuum Filter model.
4 Click the Add button. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Solid Ops icon . The Solid Operations Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon . The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Rotary Vacuum Filter
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Rotary Vacuum Filter Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears. From here you
can modify any of the Rotary Vacuum Filter‘s properties.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Rotary Vacuum Filter
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Rotary Vacuum Filter

1 From the PFD, double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Rotary Vacuum Filter by clicking on the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Rotary Vacuum Filter Connections

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 417 of 647

7 In the Solids Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Rotary Vacuum Filter. The fluid
package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Rotary Vacuum Filter Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Operation Parameters group, specify the following parameters: Cycle Time, Dewatering, and Submergence.
5 In the Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the vessel. The default value is 10.0 kPa.

Size a Rotary Vacuum Filter

1 From the PFD, double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 In the Filter Size group, specify two of the following parameters: Radius, Width, or Area. The third parameter is
calculated from the other two.

Specify Cake Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Rotary Vacuum Filter icon. The Rotary Vacuum Filter property view appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Cake page.
4 In the Cake Properties group, specify the following parameters: Mass Fraction of Cake, Thickness, Porosity,
Irreducible Saturation, and Permeability.
5 In the Resistance group either:
· Specify the resistance associated with the filter in the Filtration Resistance field
· Activate the Use Resistance Equation checkbox and specify the following parameters for the Filtration
Resistance equation: Pressure Drop, Cake Resistance, and Cake Compressibility.

Specify Dynamic Properties

This unit operation is currently not available for dynamic simulation.

Simple Solid Separator

The Simple Solid Separator performs a non-equilibrium separation of a stream containing solids. This operation does not
perform an energy balance, as the separation is based on your specified carry over of solids in the vapor and liquid
streams, and liquid content in the solid product. It should be used when you have an existing operation with known carry
over or entrainment in the product streams. The solids being separated must be previously specified and installed as
components in the stream attached to this operation.
Refer to the HYSYS Operations Guide for more information regarding the Simple Solid Separator.
See Also

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 418 of 647

Adding a Simple Solid Separator

Viewing Simple Solid Separator properties
Deleting a Simple Solid Separator

Add a Simple Solid Separator

There are two ways that you can add a Simple Solid Separator to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Solids Handling radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Simple Solid Separator model.
4 Click the Add button. The Simple Solid Separator property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Solid Ops icon . The Solid Operations Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Simple Solid Separator icon . The Simple Solid Separator property view appears.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Simple Solid Separator
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Simple Solid Separator Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Simple Solid Separator icon. The Simple Solid Separator property view appears. From here
you can modify any of the Simple Solid Separator’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Simple Solid Separator
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Simple Solid Separator

1 From the PFD, double-click the Simple Solid Separator icon. The Simple Solid Separator property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Simple Solid Separator by clicking on the Simple Solid Separator icon on the PFD and pressing
the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Simple Solid Separator Connections

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 419 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Simple Solid Separator icon. The Simple Solid Separator property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Simple Solid Separator.
5 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
6 In the Vapour Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
7 In the Liquid Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
8 In the Solids Product drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
9 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Simple Solid Separator. The fluid
package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Simple Solid Separation Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Simple Solid Separator icon. The Simple Solid Separator property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the vessel. The default value is 0.0 kPa.

Specify Simple Solid Separator Splits

1 From the PFD, double-click the Simple Solid Separator icon. The Simple Solid Separator property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Splits page.
4 In the Type of Fraction group click either the Split Fractions or Stream Fractions radio button.
· If you click the Split Fractions radio button, specify the fractional distribution of solids from the feed into the
vapor and liquid product streams and the fraction of liquid in the bottoms (solid product). The solids fraction in the
bottoms is calculated by HYSYS.
· If you click the Stream Fractions radio button, specify the total fraction of solids in the vapor product, the
total fraction of solids in the liquid product and the liquid phase fraction in the bottom product. Use the Mole,
Mass, and LiqVol radio buttons to specify the basis of the stream fractions.

Specify Rating Data

This unit operation does not currently have rating features.

Specify Dynamic Properties

This unit operation is currently not available for dynamic simulation.

Energy Stream

Energy streams are used to simulate the energy traveling in and out of the simulation boundaries and passing between unit

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 420 of 647

operations.
See Also
Add an Energy stream
View Energy stream properties
Delete an Energy stream

Add an Energy stream

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Energy Stream icon . The Energy Stream property view appears.
Notes
· Click the Left arrow button to open the property view of the unit operation upstream of the material stream.
· Click the Right arrow button to open the property view of the unit operation downstream of the material stream.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the stream when solving the simulation.
See Also
Specifying Energy stream properties
Viewing attached unit operations
Setting dynamic specifications
Creating a strip chart
Managing the user variables

View Energy Stream Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Energy Stream icon. The Energy stream property view appears. From here you can modify
any of the material stream’s properties.
Notes
· Click the Left arrow button to open the property view of the unit operation upstream of the material stream.
· Click the Right arrow button to open the property view of the unit operation downstream of the material stream.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the stream when solving the simulation.
See Also
Specifying Energy stream properties
Viewing attached unit operations
Setting dynamic specifications
Creating a strip chart
Managing the user variables

Delete an Energy Stream

1 From the PFD, double-click the Energy Stream icon. The Energy stream property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a stream by clicking on the Energy Stream icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 421 of 647

Specify Energy Stream Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Energy Stream icon. The Energy stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Stream tab.
3 In the Stream Name field, specify the name of the stream.
4 In the Heat Flow field, specify the heat flow required.

View Attached Unit Operations

1 From the PFD, double-click the Energy Stream icon. The Energy stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Unit Ops tab.
Notes
· This page displays the names and types of unit and logic operations attached to the inlet and outlet of the
stream.
· Double-click in the name fields to open the property view for the specific unit or logical operation.

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Energy Stream icon. The Energy stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 To set the duty value, do one of the following:
· Click the Direct Q radio button when you want to specify the duty value.
· Click the Utility Fluid radio button to calculate the duty from the specified properties of a utility fluid.
4 Click the Utility Valve button. The Flow Control Valve (FCV) view appears.
See Also
Specifying parameters for the Direct Q method
Specifying parameters for the Utility Fluid method

Create a Strip chart

1 From the PFD, double-click the Energy Stream icon. The Energy stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Stripchart tab.
Notes
· To strip charts for energy streams are configured in the Databook.
· Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

Material Stream

Material streams are used to simulate the material traveling in and out of the simulation boundaries and passing between
unit operations. For the material stream you must define their properties and composition so HYSYS can solve the stream.
See Also
Adding a Material stream
Viewing Material stream properties
Deleting a Material stream

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 422 of 647

Add a Material Stream

There are two ways that you can add a Material stream to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Stream. The Material Stream property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Material Stream icon . The Material Stream property view appears.
Tips
· You can also add a new material stream by pressing the F11 hot key.

· Click the View Upstream Operation icon to open the property view of the unit operation upstream of the
material stream. If the stream is not connected to an operation the FeederBlockFeeder_block property view
appears.

· Click the View Downstream Operation icon to open the property view of the unit operation downstream of
the material stream. If the stream is not connected to an operation the ProductBlockProduct_block property view
appears.
· Select the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the stream when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Material Stream
Specifying attachments
Setting dynamic specifications
Defining from another stream
Adding a column stream specification

View Material Stream Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the material stream’s properties.
Notes
· Click the Left arrow button to open the property view of the unit operation upstream of the material stream. If
the stream is not connected to an operation the FeederBlock view appears.
· Click the Right arrow button to open the property view of the unit operation downstream of the material stream.
If the stream is not connected to an operation the ProductBlock view appears.
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the stream when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Material stream
Specifying attachments
Setting dynamic specifications
Defining from another stream
Adding a column stream specification

Delete a Material Stream

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 423 of 647

Tip: You can also delete a stream by clicking on the Material Stream icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Define from Another Stream

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click the Define from Other Stream button. The Spec Stream As property view appears.
3 From the list of available streams, select the stream you want to define the current stream with.
4 From the following list checkboxes, activate two checkboxes corresponding to the conditions you want to copy:
Vapour Fraction, Temperature, Pressure, Molar Enthalpy, and Molar Entropy. Once two checkboxes are active the
other checkboxes become unavailable.
5 Activate the Composition checkbox to copy the composition of the selected stream.
6 Activate the Correlations checkbox to copy the property correlations of the selected stream.
7 Activate the Flow checkbox to copy the flow of the selected stream. From the Flow Basis group, select the radio
button that corresponds to the basis of the flow you want to copy.
8 Click OK.
Notes
· You can copy as much or as little information as you want. Activate only the checkboxes corresponding to the
conditions you want to copy.
· The Chosen Stream Conditions group displays all the values you have chosen to copy.

Specify Material Stream Conditions

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the Conditions page.
4 In the appropriate field, specify a Molar Flow, Mass Flow, or Std Ideal Liquid Volume Flow.
5 In the appropriate fields, specify two of the following properties with at least one of the specifications being
temperature or pressure: Temperature, Pressure, Vapour Fraction, Entropy, or Enthalpy.
6 Click in the Fluid Package field to access the drop-down list. From the drop-down list select the fluid package you
want to use for the stream. The fluid package that is associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.
Tips
· If you specify a vapor fraction of 0 or 1, the stream is assumed to be at the bubble point or dew point,
respectively. You can also specify vapor fractions between 0 and 1.
· The Create Column Stream Spec button appears when you open the Stream’s property view in the Column’s
subflowsheet. Click the Create Column Stream Spec button to specify a stream specification for a column.
· You can also configure a stream based on information from an existing stream in the PFD. Click the Define from
Other Stream button to access the Spec Stream As property view.

Notes
· You also need to specify the stream’s composition before the stream will flash.
· Once the stream has flashed HYSYS can display up to five different phases: Overall, Vapour, Liquid, Aqueous,
Liquid 1, Liquid 2, and Mixed Liquid. Expand the width of the stream property view to view the additional phases.

Specifying material stream properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 424 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the Properties page.
Note: The Properties page allows you to customize the properties displayed for each individual stream. Click the link to
see all the standard properties available in HYSYS.
See Also
Adding a correlation to a stream
Removing a correlation from a stream
Sorting correlations
Viewing correlation properties
Viewing correlation plots
Selecting a correlation set list
Saving a correlation set list

Specify Material Stream Compositions

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the Compositions page.
4 Click the Edit button. The Input Composition property view appears.
5 In the Composition Basis group, select the radio button that corresponds to the basis for your stream compositions.
You are given the following options: Mole Fractions, Mass Fractions, Liq Volume Fractions, Mole Flow, Mass Flows,
and Liq Volume Flows.
6 In the list of available components specify the composition of your stream. If you do not want to include a component
in the stream either leave the field to read <empty> or specify a value of 0.
7 Click the Normalize button to normalize the total composition to 1. This button does not apply to flow compositional
bases, since there is no restriction on the total flow rate.
8 Click OK. The Input Composition property view is closed and you are returned to the Material stream property view.
Tips
· Specify a value in a component cell on the Composition page and press ENTER to access the Input Composition
property view.
· Click the Erase button, in the Input Composition property view, to clear all composition values from the stream.
· Click the Edit Properties button, on the Composition page, to edit the properties of the components in the stream.
· Click the Basis button, on the Composition page, to change the basis of your composition.

Note: A warning appears if negative mole fraction values occur in the stream composition.
See Also
Editing properties at the Stream level
Defining the gas composition of a Black Oil stream

View K Values

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the K Value page. The K values or distribution coefficients for each component in the stream are displayed in
the table.

Specify Particle Size Distribution

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 425 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the PSD Property page.
4 From the list of available solid components select the component you wan to specify particle size distribution
parameters for.
5 Click the Edit button. The PSD Input property view appears.
6 From the Input PSD group use the radio buttons to select the data input method you want to use. You have three
options to choose from: User-Defined Discrete, Log Probability, or Rosin-Rammler.
7 From the Fit Type group, click one of the following radio buttons: AutoFit, Standard Interpolation, Probability
Interpolation, Log Probability Fit, Rosin Rammler Fit, or Not Fit.
8 Specify the number of points in the distribution in the Number of Desired Points field (the default value of 25 is
provided).
9 Specify the density of the particle in the Particle Density field.
Tips
· Click the Calculate PSD button. If the AutoFit radio button is selected the PSD Fit Comparison view appears.
· Clicking the Basis button on the PSD Property page and the PSD Input property view accesses the Basis property
view. This property view enables you to specify the input basis (InSize, Undersize, or Oversize) and the
composition basis (Mass Percent or Number Percent).
· Click the Default button to return all the values the default settings.

Note: You must have a solid component installed in the stream to access this page.

View Electrolyte Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the Electrolytes page.
4 Click on the Properties radio button to display the streams fluid properties for the electrolyte.
· If your electrolyte is in an aqueous phase click the Aqueous radio button to view the pH, Osmotic Pressure,
Ionic Strength, Heat Capacity, and Viscosity.
· If your electrolyte is in a solid phase click the Solid radio button to view the Scale Tendency Index. Select
the Include checkbox if you want to include a particular solid in the stream’s equilibrium flash calculation.
6 Click on the Composition radio button to display the molar fraction, molar flow, molality, and molarity of all the
components in the stream.
Use the Aqueous and Solid radio buttons to display the compositions for the different phases.
· When the Aqueous radio button is active the component list includes the ionic components.
· When the Solid radio button is active the component list includes PPT components.
Note: This tab is only available when electrolytic components are included in the fluid package.

Specify Stream Cost Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Worksheet tab.
3 Click on the Cost Parameters page.
4 In the Cost Factor field, specify the cost factor value for the stream.
5 From the Flow Basis drop-down list, select the basis associated with the cost factor. You are given the following
options: Molar Flow, Mass Flow, Liq Vol Flow, Absolute Cost, and As Fuel Oil.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 426 of 647

View Attached Unit Operations

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Attachments tab.
3 Click on the Unit Ops page.
Tip: Double-click in either the name or type cells to open the property view for the specific unit or logical operation.

Note: This page displays the names and types of unit and logic operations attached to the inlet and outlet of the stream.

Manage the Utilities Attached to a Stream

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Attachments tab.
3 Click on the Utilities page.
See Also
Creating a utility
Viewing a utility
Deleting a utility

Attach a DRU Transfer Stream

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Attachments tab.
3 Click on the DRU Stream page.
4 Click the Add Transfer Stream button. A transfer stream is created for the stream.
Notes
· A DRU stream is used to hold different states of streams for data reconciliation. During data reconciliation,
measured data of DCS tags can be obtained under different stream states (for example, temperature or pressure).
A DRU stream can also perform flash calculations as other HYSYS streams do.
· If you want to use a DRU stream to hold data, the number of data sets needs to be equal to the number of data
sets of DCS tags. You can create data sets for streams and set values to stream states.
· The Data Recon utility controls the updating of its associated streams with the correct data corresponding to the
data set being evaluated at that point in time.
· Refer to the RTO Reference manual for more information on data reconciliation.

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Material Stream icon. The Material stream property view appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 Select the Active checkbox in the Pressure Specification group to set the pressure specification for the stream.
5 In the Pressure field, specify the value you want to use for the pressure specification.
6 Select the Active checkbox in the Flow Specification group to set the flow specification for the stream.
7 Click one of the following radio buttons to indicate the basis for the flow specification: Molar, Mass, Ideal LiqVol, or
Std. LiqVol.
8 In the Flow field, specify the value you want to use for the flow specification.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 427 of 647

Notes
· You must be in dynamic mode for any of these specifications to have an effect on the simulation.
· Usually you will only have either a pressure specification or a flow specification, not both. Refer to the Dynamic
Modeling manual for more information on the HYSYS pressure flow solver and the using dynamic specifications.
· A stream that has only one unit operation attached to it is called a flowsheet boundary stream. If a material
stream is a flowsheet boundary stream, a Feeder block or Product block button appears on this page. A flowsheet
boundary stream can be the feed or product of the model.

Subflowsheet

The subflowsheet operation uses the multi-level flowsheet architecture and provides a flexible, intuitive method for building
the simulation. Suppose you are simulating a large processing facility with a number of individual process units and instead
of installing all process streams and unit operations into a single flowsheet, you can simulate each process unit inside its
own compact subflowsheet.
Once a subflowsheet operation is installed in a flowsheet, its property view becomes available just like any other flowsheet
object. Think of this property view as the "outside" view of the "black box" that represents the subflowsheet. Some of the
information contained on this property view is the same as that used to construct a Template type of Main flowsheet.
Naturally this is due to the fact that once a Template is installed into another flowsheet, it becomes a subflowsheet in that
simulation.
Whether the flowsheet is the Main flowsheet of a simulation case, or it is contained in a subflowsheet operation, it
possesses the following components:
· Fluid Package - An independent fluid package, consisting of a Property Package, Components, etc. It is not
necessary that every flowsheet in the simulation have its own separate fluid package. More than one flowsheet can
share the same fluid package.
· Flowsheet Objects - The inter-connected topology of the flowsheet. Unit operations, material and energy streams,
utilities etc.
· A Dedicated PFD - A HYSYS property view presenting a graphical representation of the flowsheet, showing the inter-
connections between flowsheet objects.
· A Dedicated Workbook - A HYSYS property view of tabular information describing the various types of flowsheet
objects.
· A Dedicated Desktop - The PFD and Workbook are home views for this Desktop, but also included are a menu bar
and a tool bar specific to either regular or Column Subflowsheets.
See Also
Adding a Subflowsheet
Viewing Subflowsheet properties
Deleting a Subflowsheet
Entering the Subflowsheet Environment

Add a Subflowsheet

There are two ways that you can add a Subflowsheet to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Sub-Flowsheets radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Standard Sub-Flowsheet model.
4 Click the Add button. The Sub-Flowsheet Option property view appears.
5 Click one of the following buttons found on the Sub-Flowsheet Option property view: Read an Existing Template, Start
With a Blank Flowsheet, or Paste exported objects.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet Option property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 428 of 647

3 Click one of the following buttons found on the Sub-Flowsheet Option property view: Read an Existing Template, Start
With a Blank Flowsheet, or Paste exported objects.
Tip: Click the Sub-Flowsheet Environment button to leave the Main simulation level and enter the Subflowsheet
environment.
See Also
Specifying Subflowsheet connections
Monitoring Subflowsheet parameters
Specifying the Subflowsheet transfer basis
Mapping Subflowsheet streams
Specifying external variables
Making Notes

View Subflowsheet Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the Subflowsheet’s properties.
Note: Click the Sub-Flowsheet Environment button to leave the Main simulation level and enter the Subflowsheet
environment.
See Also
Specifying Subflowsheet connections
Monitoring Subflowsheet parameters
Specifying the Subflowsheet transfer basis
Mapping Subflowsheet streams
Specifying external variables
Making Notes

Delete a Subflowsheet

1 From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete a Subflowsheet by clicking on the Subflowsheet icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Enter the Subflowsheet Environment

1 From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 429 of 647

2 Click the Sub-Flowsheet Environment button. The Subflowsheet build environment appears.
Notes

· Click the Enter Parent Simulation Environment icon in the toolbar to return to the Subflowsheet’s parent
environment.
· You can make topology changes in the main PFD or subflowsheet environment.

Specify Subflowsheet Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Connections tab.
3 In the External Stream list, in the Inlet Connections to Sub-Flowsheet group, click the <empty> cell.
A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of
the list and type in the name of the stream.
Repeat this step if you have multiple inlet streams.
4 In the External Stream list, in the Outlet Connections to Sub-Flowsheet group, click the <empty> cell.
A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of
the list and type in the name of the stream.
Repeat this step if you have multiple outlet streams.
Notes
· The Inlet Connections to Sub-Flowsheet group displays the name of the internal stream (subflowsheet stream)
and the name of the external stream (parent flowsheet stream) for each of the streams entering the Subflowsheet.
By default both the internal and external streams use the same name.
· The Outlet Connections to Sub-Flowsheet group displays the name of the internal stream (subflowsheet stream)
and the name of the external stream (parent flowsheet stream) for each of the streams exiting the Subflowsheet.
By default both the internal and external streams use the same name.
· The Transfer Basis is significant only when the subflowsheet and parent flowsheet Property Packages are
different. The Transfer Basis drop-down lists contain the following options: T-P Flash, VF-T Flash, VF-P Flash, P-H
Flash, User Specs, and None Required.

Monitor Subflowsheet Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
Tip: Select the Ignore checkbox to bypass the subflowsheet during calculations, just as with all HYSYS unit operations.

Notes
· The Sub-Flowsheet Variables group displays the exported subflowsheet variables. This tab is useful when you
want to keep track of several key variables without entering the subflowsheet environment or adding the variables
to the global DataBook. It is also useful in dealing with a subflowsheet as a "black box"; the builder of the
subflowsheet can set up an appropriate Parameters tab, and the user of the subflowsheet can be quite unaware of
the complexities within the subflowsheet.
· The variables that appear on this tab are selected on the Variables tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 430 of 647

Specify the Subflowsheet Transfer Basis

1 From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Transfer Basis tab.
3 For each of the inlet stream listed in the Inlet Streams group select the transfer basis you want to use from the drop-
down lists in the Transfer Basis column. You are given the following options: T-P Flash, VF-T Flash, VF-P Flash, P-H
Flash, User Specs, and None Required.
4 For each of the outlet stream listed in the Outlet Streams group select the transfer basis you want to use from the
drop-down lists in the Transfer Basis column. You are given the following options: T-P Flash, VF-T Flash, VF-P Flash,
P-H Flash, User Specs, and None Required.
Note: The Transfer Basis is significant only when the subflowsheet and parent flowsheet Property Packages are different.

Mapping Subflowsheet Streams

1 From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Mapping tab.
3 For each of the inlet stream listed in the Inlets group select the component map you want to use entering the
Subflowsheet and the component map you want to use exiting the Subflowsheet.
4 For each of the outlet stream listed in the Outlets group select the component map you want to use entering the
Subflowsheet and the component map you want to use exiting the Subflowsheet.
Notes
· This tab enables you to map composition values for individual components from one fluid package to a different
component in an alternate fluid package.
· Detailed information on the component mapping can be found in the Component Maps tab of the Simulation Basis
Manager property view.
· Use the Overall Imbalance Into Sub-Flowsheet and Overall Imbalance Out of Sub-Flowsheet buttons to view the
untransferred component information into and out of the Subflowsheet.
See Also
Mapping Components

Specify External Variables

1 From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Variables tab.
3 Click the Add button. The Add Variable property view appears.
4 From the Add Variable property view, select the variable you want to monitor.
How?
5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 until you have added all of the variables you want to monitor

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 431 of 647

Notes
· The Externally Accessible Variables table displays the variable’s data source and description. The variable’s value
and the units are displayed on the Parameters tab.
· To edit a variable, select the variable you want to edit from the list of available variables and click the Edit button.
The Edit Variable property view appears. Refer to step 4 above for information on using the Edit Variable property
view.
· To delete a variable, select the variable you want to delete from the list of available variables and click the Delete
button.

Lock a Subflowsheet

You can lock or unlock the subflowsheet and see the lock status of the subflowsheet in the Lock tab.
To lock a subflowsheet:

1 From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Lock tab.
3 Enter a password in the Lock Status field and press ENTER.
T o unlock a subflowsheet:

1 From the PFD, double-click the Subflowsheet icon . The Sub-Flowsheet property view appears.
2 Click on the Lock tab.
3 Enter the correct password in the Lock Status field and press ENTER.
Notes
· Subflowsheets inside a locked subflowsheet have to be specifically locked.
· When the flowsheet is locked, you cannot create or delete objects, or change the topology. You can add Set,
Adjust, and Spreadsheet operations; manipulate variable values; or copy the contents of the flowsheet and create
your own modifiable version.

Aspen Hydraulics within HYSYS

Aspen Hydraulics enhances the pipeline simulation of pipes, junctions, mixers, swages, and valves within HYSYS.
Pipeline and hydraulic network simulations can be solved in Steady State mode or Dynamic mode on a single network, with
the ability to switch between the two modes and also switch between solvers.
The hydraulics operation within HYSYS is a based on a standard flowsheet that allows creation of operations supported by
Aspen Hydraulics. A solver page allows you to choose from a list of solver options.
Unit operations inside the Hydraulics flowsheet have their own data entry property views that only accept the data Aspen
Hydraulics supports.
See Also
Creating an Aspen Hydraulics Subflowsheet
Viewing Aspen Hydraulics Properties
Deleting an Aspen Hydraulics
Working with Aspen Hydraulics Unit Operations

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 432 of 647

Create an Aspen Hydraulics Subflowsheet

This procedure details how to add an Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet in a new or existing HYSYS simulation case.
1 Launch HYSYS and select File | Open | Case to open an existing simulation case, or File | New | Case to create a new
simulation case.
2 From the HYSYS menu select Flowsheet | Add Operation.
The UnitOps dialog appears.
3 Select All Unit Ops, Piping Equipment, Sub-Flowsheets, or Upstream Ops radio button in the Categories group.
4 Select the Aspen Hydraulics Hydraulic Sub-Flowsheet unit operation.
5 Click Add.
The Sub-Flowsheet Operation – HYDR-1 property view appears with the PFD tab active by default.

An Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet icon also appears on the main PFD.

Tips
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
· Click the active Warning button to open the Warnings property view and see the cause of the error(s) in the
Aspen Hydraulics calculation or configuration.
See Also
Configuring Operations in Aspen Hydraulics

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 433 of 647

Connecting Streams from Main PFD to Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet

Configuring Steady State Solver
Configuring Dynamics Solver
Configuring Aspen Hydraulics Profiles
Adding Variables to Aspen Hydraulics
Selecting Transfer Basis
Making Notes

View Aspen Hydraulics Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Aspen Hydraulics icon.

The Aspen Hydraulics property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Aspen Hydraulics’ properties.
Tips
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
· Click the active Warning button to open the Warnings property view and see the cause of the error(s) in the
Aspen Hydraulics calculation or configuration.
See Also
Configuring Operations in Aspen Hydraulics
Connecting Streams from Main PFD to Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet
Configuring Steady State Solver
Configuring Dynamics Solver
Configuring Aspen Hydraulics Profiles
Adding Variables to Aspen Hydraulics
Selecting Transfer Basis
Making Notes

Delete an Aspen Hydraulics

1 From the PFD, double-click the Aspen Hydraulics icon.

The Aspen Hydraulics property view appears.

2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete the Aspen Hydraulics by clicking on the Aspen Hydraulics icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 434 of 647

Aspen Hydraulics Unit Operations

The Aspen Hydraulics object palette is used to select Hydraulics specific unit operations to populate the Aspen Hydraulics
subflowsheet:

The following Unit Operation options are available:

· Material Stream
· Energy Stream
· Valve
· Pipe Segment
· Swage
· T-junction Mixer
· T-junction Splitter
· Complex Pipe
Tips:

· The Add Object icon enables you to add the selected object into the PFD.

· The Lock Create Mode icon enables you to add multiple copies of the selected object into the PFD.

· The Cancel icon enables you to exit or turn off the Lock Create mode.
See Also
Configuring Operations in Aspen Hydraulics
Connecting Streams from Main PFD to Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet
Configuring Steady State Solver
Configuring Dynamics Solver
Configuring Aspen Hydraulics Profiles
Adding Variables to Aspen Hydraulics
Selecting Transfer Basis
Making Notes

Add Objects into Aspen Hydraulics Subflowsheet

This procedure details how to add Aspen Hydraulics unit operations to the subflowsheet to create a simulation.
1 Select a Unit operation icon on the object palette, right-mouse click, and drag the item(s) onto the subflowsheet. A
frame with a bulls-eye cursor appears where the object will be dropped in the PFD.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 435 of 647

2 Release the right mouse button to drop the unit operation in the PFD.
Note: Object icons in the PFD are displayed in red color until enough information is supplied for the objects to solve.
3 Add Material/Energy Streams and connect the Unit Operation icons by holding down the CTRL key, click-drag-release
the mouse cursor at appropriate locations of the unit operation icons.

4 Add relevant data to each item to prepare the simulation for processing, by double-clicking on an item to open the
Unit Operation Property View property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 436 of 647

Note: Confirm that the Solver Active icon has been selected in the HYSYS toolbar. HYSYS automatically begins
solving the unit operations when the minimum required information has been specified.
See Also
HYSYS Operations Overview
Material Streams

Configure Operations in Aspen Hydraulics

To create the operation used to perform the internal calculations for the Aspen Hydraulics:
1 On the HYSYS PFD, open the Aspen Hydraulics property view.
2 Click the PFD tab.

3 Click the Object Palette icon to access the Aspen Hydraulics object palette containing the operations supported
by Aspen Hydraulics.
Note: If you create a new subflowsheet in Aspen Hydraulics (subflowsheet feature only available in Dynamic mode), the
HYSYS object palette appears. The HYSYS object palette contains a number of non-hydraulic unit operations in addition
to the hydraulics specific operations.
4 Click the icon of the object you want to add and click anywhere in the blank PFD of the PFD tab.
5 Repeat the above step until you have added all the streams and operations you want for the Aspen Hydraulics
subflowsheet.
6 Double-click on the object icons to access the object’s property view and supply the required object information for
the Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet to solve.
Tip: You can open the PFD in the PFD tab in a separate property view by right-clicking on the Hydraulics PFD tab and
selecting Open Frame command from the Object Inspect menu.
See Also
HYSYS Unit Operations
HYSYS PFD
Aspen Hydraulics Object Palette

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 437 of 647

Material Streams
Defining the Conditions for a Black Oil Stream within Aspen Hydraulics
Defining a Composition for Reverse Flow Conditions within Aspen Hydraulics

View Object Properties in Aspen Hydraulics Subflowsheet

To view the property views of the objects in the Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet:
1 In the Main flowsheet, double-click the Aspen Hydraulics icon to open the Aspen Hydraulics property view.
2 Click the PFD tab.
3 Double-click the object icon in the PFD to open the object’s property view.
Tip: You can also open the object’s property view by, selecting the object’s icon on the PFD, right-clicking, and
selecting View Properties command from the Object Inspect menu.

Delete an Object in the Aspen Hydraulics Subflowsheet

To delete an object (stream or operation) in the Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet:

1 Open the Aspen Hydraulics property view and click the PFD tab.
2 In the PFD, click the stream or operation icon of the object you want to delete.
3 Press DELETE.
Tip: You can also delete a stream or operation by opening the object’s property view and clicking Delete button.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Tag names are used by HYSYS to identify the flowsheet associated with a stream or operation when that flowsheet object
is being viewed outside of its native flowsheet scope. The default Tag name for a subflowsheet operation is TPL1 (for
Template).
When more than one subflowsheet operation is installed, HYSYS ensures unique tag names by incrementing the numerical
suffix; the subflowsheets are numbered sequentially in the order they were installed. For example, if the first subflowsheet
added to a simulation contained a stream called Comp Duty, it would appear as Comp Duty@TPL1 when viewed from the
Main flowsheet of the simulation.

Dynamic Initialization

Dynamic Initialization allows you to define how the network simulation will initialize when switching to dynamics mode. In
order to obtain accurate results, and prevent movements in the model and pressure-flow convergence error, it is critical
to properly set up the cold-start initialization configuration before switching to dynamics mode. Cold-start initialization
refers to a scenario when the initial pressure, temperature, phase velocities, and phase fractions are all set to their cold
start-up conditions.
To perform a cold start:
1 Construct an Aspen Hydraulics network that consists of two or three phases.
2 Solve the network in steady state mode. The aqueous and liquid phases are combined and then solved as a single
homogeneous liquid phase.
3 Click on the Dynamics tab of the Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 438 of 647

4 In the Solver Control table on the right, scroll down to locate Dynamic Initialization.
5 Click on the cell, and select Cold Start from the drop-down list.

6 Click on the User Dynamics Initialization button. The Dynamics Initialization view appears.

7 Ensure that the initialization pressure is exactly the same as the product pressure specified in steady state mode.
Close the Dynamic Initialization view and return to the Sub-Flowsheet Operation view.
8 In the Sub-Flowsheet Operation view, select AspenTech.Hydraulics.Dynamic3p.DynamicSolver3p from the list in the
Solver Group.
9 From the Simulation menu, select Integrator. The Integrator view appears.
10 In the Integration Step group, specify a desired step size in the Step Size cell.
11 Click Start to start solving.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 439 of 647

Note
· Both the two-phase and three-phase dynamic solvers can perform "cold start".
· The three-phase dynamic solver must only be used from a cold start scenario.
· When the dynamic solver (two-phase or three-phase) is used to perform a cold start, steady-state conditions and
the network are ignored. It is important to consider the initial pressure and temperature within the network. If
these initial conditions are significantly different from the feed/product conditions, then a rapid transient will occur
immediately after the integrator is started - this may induce instability and solution failures. Therefore, it is
recommended that the initial pressure is set equal to the product pressure from the steady-state solution, and the
initial temperature is set to the feed or ambient temperature.

Tabular format of Aspen Hydraulics Profile

To view a profile data in tabular format:

1 Open the Aspen Hydraulics property view.
2 Click the Profiles tab.
3 Select the profile you want to see in the Profile Name list.
4 Click the Table button.
The Profile Table property view appears. The table contains the following list of variable information: Distance, Elevation,
Pressure, Temperature, Velocity, Vapour Velocity, Liquid Velocity, Vapour Mole Fraction, Liquid Holdup, Mass Density,
Vapour Density, Liquid Density, Mass Flow, Vapour Mass Flow, and Liquid Mass Flow.

Plot format of Aspen Hydraulics Profile

To view a profile data in plot format:

1 Open the Aspen Hydraulics property view.
2 Click the Profiles tab.
3 Select the profile you want to see in the Profile Name list.
4 Click the Plot button. The Profile Plot property view appears.
5 Select the plot variables you want to see on the plot using the Plot Variables drop-down list.
The following default plot variables are available for viewing: Pressure vs. Axial Distance, Temperature vs. Axial Distance,
Velocity vs. Axial Distance, Density vs. Axial Distance, Vapour Fraction vs. Axial Distance, Liquid Holdup vs. Axial
Distance, and Mass Flow vs. Axial Distance.
See Also
Modifying plot using commands from the Object Inspect menu

Network Solve

The container flowsheet allows individual streams to be fully specified and the partial solution of a model. Aspen Hydraulics
solves for the whole network and will not solve for a partial model or for individual fully specified streams.

Steady State Solver

A new Steady State solver provides you with pipeline insulation capabilities and several pressure-drop correlation readings.
This Steady State Solver supports both compositional property packages and Black Oil property packages.
Additional third-party and new solvers will be available with future releases of HYSYS.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 440 of 647

Dynamic Solver

The Dynamic solver is based on the existing ProFES Transient simulation engine, but the new Aspen Dynamic Solver (ADS)
also includes a number of workflow features specifically designed for interaction and use within HYSYS. These features
allow you to work within one simulation environment (HYSYS) when modeling hydraulic networks. The Dynamic solver is
also equipped with 3-phase dynamic simulation capability allowing users to obtain a dynamic solution for a hydraulic
network containing a discrete aqueous phase.
See Also
Dynamic Initialization
Configuring Dynamics Control Options
Note:
· Refer to the Aspen Hydraulics Dynamics Reference Online Help for more information on the Dynamic solvers.
· This Dynamic Solver supports only compositional property packages.
· Additional third-party and new solvers will also be available with future releases of HYSYS.

Steady State Mode

When you open a new case within HYSYS, the Steady State Mode and Solver Active icons are selected by default.

Note: The simulation mode is also displayed at the top right side of the main HYSYS toolbar.
When these selections are enabled, calculations are solved as data enter is entered into your subflowsheets.

Tip: You can also click on the Solver Holding icon in the toolbar before you create or work on the PFD of a

simulation case. To solve your simulation after all data entries have been made, click on the Solver Active icon .

Dynamic Mode

HYSYS allows Dynamic simulations to be run from an existing Steady State simulation, future versions of HYSYS will also
allow a Dynamic simulation to be run from a startup (new) simulation as well as an existing simulation.
You can change the mode of your simulation either before you enter data, or after data has been entered. To switch
between modes:
1 Create a new simulation case or open an existing simulation case, and enter the Simulation environment.
2 In the HYSYS toolbar, click the Steady State Mode or Dynamic Mode icons to switch to the required simulation mode.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 441 of 647

A warning property view appears allowing you to cancel the switch or proceed with the switch.

3 Click Yes to switch modes.

A prompt appears if conditions are unsuitable to allow modes changing. If you click Yes, the Dynamic Assistant dialog
appears allowing you to make the required changes.
The Dynamic mode is now active.

4 Select between Solver Holding and Solver Active option to set simulation the processing state.

Change in Thermodynamic Basis

The most commonly used thermodynamic property package used within HYSYS is the native HYSYS flash.
· When combined with Aspen Hydraulics in steady state mode, the default thermodynamic package for the
subflowsheet is COM-Thermo.
· When combined with Aspen Hydraulics in dynamics mode, the default thermodynamic package for the subflowsheet
is Infochem's Multiflash. As a result there may be small discrepancies between fluid properties when comparing the
container flowsheet streams with Aspen Hydraulic streams due to differences in implementation.
However, new functionality permits the user to specify a COM-thermo property package, via the Basis Manager and to set
the Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet to use this user specified package.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 442 of 647

Composition

In dynamics mode, each Aspen Hydraulics subflowsheet will solve using a single composition. The composition to use
during dynamics is selected from the PVT Generation list on the Dynamics tab of the Aspen Hydraulics property view. In
addition, the user can decide whether this composition should change and the magnitude of the difference to trigger the
change (refer to the Enable PVT table Regeneration feature on the Dynamics tab).
If gathering systems or gas lift systems are to be modeled, then a hybrid composition should be determined and selected
from the PVT generation list. This hybrid composition should be defined in at least one of the feed streams before
connecting to Aspen Hydraulics.

Composition Tracking

The Dynamic Solver within Aspen Hydraulics does not provide a compositional model. Therefore, a synthetic component
balance has been included, as an option, to provide component holdup tracking throughout a dynamic network.

Gas Lift in Dynamics Mode

If gas lift systems are to be modeled, then a hybrid composition should be determined and selected from the PVT
generation list. This hybrid composition should be defined in at least one of the feed streams before connecting to Aspen
Hydraulics.
From the Dynamics tab, identify which feed stream provides the lift gas by using the Gas Lift Inlet drop-down list.

Inherent Limitations in Using Dynamics

Possible Flow Rate Discrepancies in using Dynamics

In Aspen Hydraulics the dynamic solver does not assume thermodynamic equilibrium. This is the reason Enthalpies are not
reported when a dynamic simulation takes place.
Overview
The dynamic solver implemented in HYSYS is based on a finite difference scheme which treats the pipeline as a
computational domain consisting of a series of cells and faces as shown below:

Some quantities are calculated at cell centers, others at cell faces (this is a characteristic of the numerical scheme and
cannot be changed).
The quantities calculated at cell centers are effectively bulk quantities averaged over the cell. When the quantity X
(calculated at cell center) is plotted vs. the axial coordinate, it will give the qualitative representation shown below:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 443 of 647

On the contrary, quantities calculated at faces are point values at the faces.
In HYSYS the values for all quantities are reported at faces. Therefore, if a quantity calculated at a cell center needs to be
reported at cell faces, what value is reported? Several techniques have been tried. All give a small imbalance (in the region
of 1%, often smaller) in the mass flow rate when the flow approaches steady state.
It is important to emphasize that this is related to the number of cells and the cell dimensions used. The error should be
inversely proportional to the number of cells: more cells will give a smaller error. However, calculation speed is adversely
affected by increasing the number of cells.

Reference Conditions

When the Conditions page of an Aspen Hydraulics stream, is first selected, the Optional Data tab of contains a set of
reference conditions.
This must be specified by the user to define the fluid enthalpy of the stream that will be used as a feed specification. The
stream will be flashed at these conditions to determine the enthalpy.
Note: These reference conditions will only be used if the Molar Enthalpy of the stream as shown on the Conditions page
of the Required Data tab is undefined. If the Aspen Hydraulics stream is not a flow specification, and the Enthalpy has
been calculated by the container flowsheet, then the Reference Data is not required.
If the stream has a known mass flow rate then a pressure must be defined for these reference conditions, otherwise if the
stream has a known pressure then that pressure will be used.
Note: This option is only available for Steady State mode and solver.

Network Solution Specification

The network solution requires the following specifications at the boundaries to the Aspen Hydraulics Flowsheet:
· General (includes both Dynamics and Steady State modes):
– There must be at least one stream with a specified mass flow rate into the system. This can be determined
either from the container flowsheet or from the user specified value.
– There must be at least one stream with a specified pressure. This can be determined either from the
container flowsheet or from the user specified value.
– A stream cannot have both a mass flow rate and pressure specification. If this specification is required, the
containing flowsheet must be used to specify this boundary and a HYSYS valve must be inserted before
connecting to Aspen Hydraulics.
· Steady State mode:
– The enthalpy of the streams with a specified mass flow rate must be known. This can be determined either

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 444 of 647

from the container flowsheet, from the user specified value, or from the user specified reference conditions.
– If the hydraulics subflowsheet has more than one stream with a specified pressure then the fluid conditions,
to be used if reverse flow into the subflowsheet is determined, must be specified. These can be determined
either from the container flowsheet or from user specified reference conditions. Of these, the latter is
recommended for model stability since an inconsistency can arise if reverse flow is not determined.

Starting and Ending with Pipes

Boundaries within the hydraulics subflowsheet may only be specified at the ends of pipe unit operations.
The dimensions of all the unit operations within the hydraulics subflowsheet are defined by the pipes. For example, for the
mixer unit operation the dimensions of the Feed, Product and Branch connections are defined by the attached pipes.
Not only must the model start and end with pipes, but all non-pipe unit operations must be interconnected by pipes. For
example, a mixer and a valve cannot be connected together directly, but require a small dummy pipe to be connected
between them.

Switch Modes

Because the models in steady state and dynamics are different, care must be taken when switching between the two
modes.
The steady state solution is used as an initial condition for the dynamics, therefore, long physical times may be needed
before the transient caused by the switching settles down.

Timestep and Grid Size

If the smallest cell in your pipeline is 100m and the fluid is traveling at a maximum velocity of 10m/s, the maximum
timeframe is 100/10 = 10 seconds.
This is known as the Courant limit.
If you exceed this, the fluid will pass through within one timestep so the solution may be unstable or will not conserve
mass. For more details refer to the Aspen Hydraulics Dynamic Solver Reference Online Help.
Resolution of Grid Size
If the model is expected to simulate slugging, a sufficiently small grid size (when compared to the expected slug length)
should be used to ensure smoothing does not occur.
For example, if you expect 100m slugs to be produced, a grid size of around 20m should be used. To help identify which
grid size to use, you should perform a sensitivity study with your model, repeating the simulation with a variety of grid sizes
and monitoring the average properties.

Delumper

The Delumper is an upstream unit operation used to delump the lumped hypothetical components created by one or more
lumpers.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 445 of 647

You can attach one or more feed streams using one or more different fluid packages (hence potentially different
component lists), with a total of m distinct components. In the Delumper property view, you can specify a new equation of
state (EOS) fluid package, a new fluid package name, and a new components list name.
By using the currently available Component Recovery delumping method, you can recover part or all of the original
components from the lumped hypothetical components, with a total of n outlet components, where .
As a result, the outlet component list may include the individual components from the input list, and recovered components
from the lumped components in the input components list.
Note: The Delumper does not have to be connected to a Lumper directly in order to delump its lumped components.
Furthermore, the Component Recovery delumping method is capable of recovering the very original constituent
components from a lumped hypothetical component regardless how many layers of lumping have been conducted.
See Also
Adding a Delumper
Deleting a Delumper
Viewing Delumper properties

Add a Delumper

There are two ways that you can add a Delumper to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, click Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Upstream Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select Delumper.
4 Click the Add button. The Delumper property view appears.
OR
1 To access the special object palette for Upstream Unit Operations, press Shift+F6.

2 Double-click the Delumper icon. The Delumper property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 446 of 647

Specifying Delumper connections

Specifying Delumper parameters
Component Recovery delumping method

Delete a Delumper

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Delumper icon. The Delumper property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete the Delumper by clicking on the Delumper icon in the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View Delumper Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Delumper icon. The Delumper property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
properties.
Note: To ignore the Delumper during calculations, activate the Ignored checkbox. HYSYS completely disregards the
operation (and cannot calculate the outlet stream) until you restore it to an active state by deactivating the checkbox.
See Also
Specifying Delumper connections
Specifying Delumper parameters
Component Recovery delumping method

Specify Delumper Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Delumper icon. The Delumper property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify the name of the operation.
5 From the Inlet streams drop-down list, select the inlet stream you want to attach to the operation.
6 In the Outlet Stream Name field, you can change the name of the outlet stream.
Note: You can specify one or more inlet streams using one or more different fluid packages. The fluid packages may have
different component lists.
See Also
Specifying Delumper parameters
Component Recovery delumping method
Calculating the Delumper unit operation

Specify Delumper Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Delumper icon. The Delumper property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Fluid Pkg Name field, specify the name of the fluid package to be generated.
5 From the Property Pkg drop-down list select the Equation of State (EOS) property package (Peng-Robinson, PRSV,
Sour PR, SRK, Kabadi-Danner, or Sour SRK).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 447 of 647

6 In the Comp List Name field, specify the name of the component list to be generated.
7 In the Bulk Viscosity Fit Temperature 1 field, specify the temperature at which the outlet stream bulk viscosity is to
match that of the combined feed.
8 In the Bulk Viscosity Fit Temperature 2 field, specify the temperature at which the outlet stream bulk viscosity is to
match that of the combined feed.
9 From the Flash Type with Respect to Feeds drop-down list select the flash type you want to use for the outlet
stream with respect to the combined feed: T-P Flash or P-H Flash.
When you select T-P as the flash type, the Outlet Stream Temperature group appears. There are two radio buttons:
· Auto Calculated. The outlet stream temperature will be automatically calculated based on the combined
feed. You cannot specify the outlet stream temperature in the Value field.
· Specified. You have to specify the outlet stream temperature in the Value Field.
10 From the Automatic Pressure Assignment group, click on the appropriate radio button for the automatic pressure
assignment (Equalize All or Set Outlet to Lowest Inlet).
Notes
· You can also change the name of the operation in the Name field.
· A new fluid package with components will be created during the delumping process.
See Also
Specifying Delumper connections
Component Recovery delumping method
Calculating the Delumper unit operation

Component Recovery Delumping Method

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Delumper icon. The Delumper property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Delumping page. The default delumping method is Component Recovery.
4 You may choose to recover none to all of the lumped input hypothetical components. The default is to recover all
lumped hypothetical components to their original constituent components, regardless how many times the
components have been lumped, as well as how many intermediate unit operations exist between the lumpers and the
current delumper.
Note: For the Component Recovery method only the lumped hypothetical components can be delumped.
See Also
Sorting the available lumped hypothetical components
Delumping all lumped hypothetical components
Keeping all lumped hypothetical components
Calculating the Delumper unit operation

Specify Lumper/Delumper Rating Data

This unit operation currently does not have rating features.

Specify Dynamics Data

This unit operation is currently not available for dynamic simulation.

Infochem Multiflash

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 448 of 647

Infochem Multiflash is an advanced software package for modeling the properties of gases, liquids, and solids. It consists of
a comprehensive library of thermodynamic and transport property models, a physical property databank, methods for
characterizing and matching the properties of petroleum fluids and multiphase flashes capable of handling any combination
of phases.
Multiflash for COMThermo is installed as part of the HYSYS Upstream.
See Also
Multiflash Property Package
.
• Multiflash flash
The Multiflash flash is very reliable in most circumstances, including situations with multiple liquid phases and solids. The
convergence tolerance is very tight and, therefore, it may take longer to converge than some other options but the result is
correct. For simple vapour-liquid equilibrium calculations any flash method should be reliable.
The Multiflash flash is capable of doing calculations for solid, liquid and gas phases but for HYSYS Upstream only the gas
and liquid phases are used.
• Components
Infochem Multiflash property package accepts any components from databanks supported by Multiflash or petroleum
fraction pseudocomponents.
Petroleum fraction pseudocomponents may be specified by entering properties such as molecular weight, specific gravity,
and Multiflash will then estimate any other properties required.
• Physical Property Model & Phases
Multiflash offers a wide choice of models for representing the properties of fluid and solid phases.
A number of different transport property options may be selected along with the thermodynamic models.
Models that are not part of your license will be greyed out and cannot be selected.
Although Multiflash does not have restrictions on the type and number of phases, the HYSYS flash or HYSYS unit
operations may not support all the phases.
• Binary Interaction Parameters
Most models require values of binary interaction parameters (BIPs) to make sure the model represents the interactions
between components in a mixture. BIPs for the equation of state models are mostly generated automatically using
correlations. For activity models a large number of BIPs are stored on the supplied BIP databanks but it is necessary for the
user to enter any missing values.

Multiflash Property Package

A Multiflash property package consists of a set of components and thermodynamic and transport property models for
several phases. In HYSYS terminology it corresponds to a Fluid Package plus a set of components. You may create several
different property packages with different components and/or models as required.
See Also
Adding a Multiflash Property Package
Configuring a Property Package

Multiflash GUI

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 449 of 647

To configure a Property Package it is necessary to specify the following information:

· The components (substances) that are included. These maybe any components from databanks supported by
Multiflash or petroleum fraction hypocomponents.
· The thermodynamic/physical property models that will be used to evaluate properties such as volume, enthalpy,
fugacity coefficients, transport properties.
· The binary interaction parameters (BIPs) that will be used by the model(s).
· The phases which may be included.
After a property package has been configured you may return to HYSYS by selecting the Exit item from the File menu. This
will display a warning message:

Click OK to return to HYSYS, or Cancel to return to Multiflash to allow further editing of the configuration.
Notes
· The use of the GUI is described in the User Guide for Multiflash for Windows.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 450 of 647

See Also
Components
Petroleum Fluid Characterization
Physical Property Models and Phases
Binary Interaction Parameters

Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone

The HYSYS Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone predicts the performance of an oily water cleaning unit operation. The Liquid-liquid
Hydrocyclone generates results based on the Migration Probability Theory. An oil droplet size distribution based on a mean
diameter is applied and the resulting volume of oil separated is calculated.
The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone is designed to be easy to use with a single input tab giving liner details and the oil droplet
distribution. Process details, Hydrocyclone liner dimensionless parameters, and separation performance are calculated. You
have the option of modeling two different types of liner:
· Vortoil G-liners
· Serck Baker Oilspin liners
The fundamental calculation methods are similar for both liners. The hydraulic parameters however vary considerably.
See Also
Adding a Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone
Viewing Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone properties
Deleting a Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone

Add a Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone

To add a Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone to your simulation:

1 From the Flowsheet menu, click Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Upstream Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone.
4 Click the Add button. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view appears.
See Also
Configuring a Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone
Viewing Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone performance
Viewing stream properties

Delete a Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone by clicking on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon in the PFD and
pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone Properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 451 of 647

From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view appears.
From here you can modify any of the properties.
Tip: To ignore the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone during calculations, activate the Ignored checkbox. HYSYS completely
disregards the operation (and cannot calculate the outlet stream) until you restore it to an active state by deactivating
the checkbox.
See Also
Configuring a Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone
Viewing Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone performance
Viewing stream properties

Specify Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Design tab, and select the Connections page.
3 In the Name field, specify a name for the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone.
4 In the Inlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it from
the drop-down list.
5 In the Overflow drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
6 In the Underflow drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
7 In the Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the Pump. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.

Specify Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Design tab, and select the Parameters page.
3 In the Liner Type drop-down list, select the one of the following two types of liner:
· Vortoil G-Liners
· Serck Baker Oil Spin
4 In the Number of Liners cell, specify the number of active vessel liners.
5 In the Min. Reject Pressure cell, specify the minimum Oil Overflow (Reject) downstream pressure.
6 In the PDR cell, specify the Pressure Differential Ratio.
7 In the Split Ratio cell, specify the volume percent of the total inlet stream that passes to the overflow stream.
8 In the Underflow DP cell, specify the pressure drop of the underflow stream.
Notes:
· The Min. Flowrate cell displays the minimum flow rate per liner depending on the selected Liner type.
o Vortoil recommends a minimum value of 2m3/hr for the G-Liner.
o Serck Baker recommends a minimum value of 4m3/ hr for the OilSpin Liner.
· The Underflow Pressure cell displays the pressure of the underflow stream.

Specify Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone Liner Details

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 452 of 647

2 Click the Design tab, and select the Liner Details page.
3 In the Liner Type drop-down list, select the one of the following two types of liner:
· Vortoil G-Liners
· Serck Baker Oil Spin
4 In the Characteristic Diameter cell, specify the liner characteristic diameter. The diameter value is used to determine
the diameter for the Inlet and Underflow.
5 In the Overflow Diameter cell, specify the Overflow outlet stream diameter.
Notes:
· The Inlet Diameter value is calculated based on the selected Liner type and the specified Characteristic Diameter.
· The Upper Taper cell displays the upper taper angle.
· The Lower Taper cell displays the lower taper angle.
· The Underflow Diameter value is calculated based on the selected Liner type and the specified Characteristic
Diameter.
· The Total Length value is the Liner overall length of the selected Liner type’s hydrocyclone geometry.

Specify Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone Droplet Distribution

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Design tab, and select the Droplet Distribution page.
3 In the Droplet Sauter Mean cell, specify the droplet diameter whose volume to surface area ratio is the same as that
of the distribution as a whole. This value represents the surface area mean diameter.
4 In the Rosin-Rammler Index cell, specify the power term to which the exponential part of the Rosin-Rammler
Distribution is raised. Usually the value is between 1 and 2.5.
5 Choose one of the two radio buttons to view your results in either number-based distribution or volume-based
distribution.
Notes:
· The Droplet d50 cell displays the calculated diameter of droplet at the 50% undersize point on a cumulative
volume distribution curve.
· The Droplet d95 cell displays the calculated diameter of droplet at the 95% undersize point on a cumulative
volume distribution curve.

View General Performance

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Performance tab, and select the General page.
The General page displays the calculated general Liner performance results:
· Inlet oil concentration in parts per million (ppm) by volume and mg/l.
· Maximum flow rate for the vessel. This value is calculated from the Liner hydraulic characteristics.
· Droplet diameter separated with 75% efficiency at operating conditions.
· Pressure drops at Overflow and Underflow relative to the Inlet.
· System Reject Ratio.
· System separation efficiency.

View Geometric Performance

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 453 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Performance tab, and select the Geometric page.
The Geometric page displays the calculated geometric Liner performance results:
· Hydrocyclone Reynolds Number based on the Characteristic diameter.
· Hydrocyclone Number (Hy75)

View Overflow Stream Results

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Performance tab, and select the Overflow page.
The Overflow page displays the calculated Overflow stream results:
· Overflow pressure
· Volumetric flow rate
· Oil concentration in ppm

View Underflow Stream Results

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Performance tab, and select the Underflow page.
The Underflow page displays the calculated Underflow stream results:
· Underflow pressure
· Volumetric flow rate
· Oil concentration in ppm and mg/l

View Tabulated Results

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Performance tab, and select the Tables page.
The Tables page displays the tabulated results of the Oil Droplet Distribution or the Migration Probability.
Tip: In the Table group, select the appropriate radio button to view the Oil Droplet Distribution or Migration Probability
calculated results.

View Plotted Results

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone icon. The Liquid-liquid Hydrocyclone property view
appears.
2 Click the Performance tab, and select the Plots page.
The Plots page displays in graph format the results of the Oil Droplet Distribution or the Migration Probability.
Tip: Below the plot, select the appropriate radio button to view the Oil Droplet Distribution or Migration Probability
calculated results.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 454 of 647

Lumper

The Lumper is an upstream operation, which allows the user to blend multiple (well) streams to one stream with a reduced
number of components to the total components into the unit operation. This technique is used to map petroleum and
process thermodynamic properties together.
The Lumper unit operation is currently available only in steady state mode. The user can attach one or more streams using
one or more different fluid packages with a total of n distinct components. In the simulation environment, the user then
adds a new equation of state (EOS) fluid package, fluid package name, and components list name to lump the n distinct
components into y components using the Montel and Gouel or Custom lumping methods.
See Also
Adding a Lumper
Deleting a Lumper
Viewing Lumper properties

Add a Lumper

There are two ways that you can add a Lumper to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, click Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Upstream Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select Lumper.
4 Click the Add button. The Lumper property view appears.
OR
1 To access the special object palette for Upstream Unit Operations, press Shift+F6.

2 Double-click the Lumper icon. The Lumper property view appears.

See Also
Specifying Lumper connections
Specifying Lumper parameters
Selecting the lumping method

Delete a Lumper

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Lumper icon. The Lumper property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete the Lumper by clicking on the Lumper icon in the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 455 of 647

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View Lumper Properties

From the PFD, double-click on the Lumper icon. The Lumper property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
properties.
Tip: To ignore the Lumper during calculations, activate the Ignored checkbox. HYSYS completely disregards the operation
(and cannot calculate the outlet stream) until you restore it to an active state by deactivating the checkbox.
See Also
Specifying Lumper connections
Specifying Lumper parameters
Selecting the lumping method

Specify Lumper Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Lumper icon. The Lumper property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify the name of the operation.
5 From the Inlet streams drop-down list, select the inlet stream you want to attach to the operation.
6 In the Outlet Stream Name field, you can change the name of the outlet stream.
Note: You can specify one or more inlet streams using one or more different fluid packages. The fluid packages may have
different component lists.
See Also
Specifying Lumper parameters
Selecting the lumping method

Specify Lumper Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Lumper icon. The Lumper property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Fluid Pkg Name field, specify the name of the fluid package to be generated.
5 From the Property Pkg drop-down list select the Equation of State (EOS) property package (Peng-Robinson, PRSV,
Sour PR, SRK, Kabadi-Danner, or Sour SRK).
6 In the Comp List Name field, specify the name of the component list to be generated.
7 In the Bulk Viscosity Fit Temperature 1 field, specify the temperature at which the outlet stream bulk viscosity is to
match that of the combined feed.
8 In the Bulk Viscosity Fit Temperature 2 field, specify the temperature at which the outlet stream bulk viscosity is to
match that of the combined feed.
9 From the Flash Type with Respect to Feeds drop-down list select the flash type you want to use for the outlet
stream with respect to the combined feed: T-P Flash or P-H Flash.
When you select T-P as the flash type, the Outlet Stream Temperature group appears. There are two radio buttons:
· Auto Calculated. The outlet stream temperature will be automatically calculated based on the combined
feed. You cannot specify the outlet stream temperature in the Value field.
· Specified. You have to specify the outlet stream temperature in the Value Field.
10 From the Automatic Pressure Assignment group, click on the appropriate radio button for the automatic pressure
assignment (Equalize All or Set Outlet to Lowest Inlet).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 456 of 647

Notes
· You can also change the name of the operation in the Name field.
· A new fluid package with components will be created during the lumping process.
See Also
Specifying Lumper connections
Selecting the lumping method

Select the Lumping Method

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Lumper icon. The Lumper property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Lumping page.
4 Select the lumping method you want to use ( Montel and Gouel or Custom).
5 The outlet component list shown on the Lumping page can be constructed by a combination of the following three
ways:
· Keeping inlet components: You can select any number of inlet components to keep as individual components
in the outlet component list. You can also click the Keep All Comps button to keep all the inlet components.
· Manually creating user hypothetical components (User Hypos): After creating a hypothetical group, you can
create any number of user hypos and decide the constituent inlet components for each user hypo. Any empty user
hypo will be deleted from the outlet component list when you submit the changes or close the Lumper property
view.
· Automatically creating hypothetical components (Auto Hypos): When the desired total number of outlet
components is more than the sum of the kept components and non-empty user hypos, the difference will be the
number of auto hypos to be generated automatically by the lumping method you have selected. You can select a
lumping method by expanding the Lumping page of the Design tab. The default method is Montel and Gouel.
Once an auto hypo is generated, you are allowed to empty or delete it, but not to change the contained
components.
6 As a result, the outlet component list may contain three groups of components: directly kept components, user
created hypos and automatically generated hypos. The outlet components are first ordered by groups in the
aforementioned order and then, within the first two groups, can be sorted by clicking the Sort Comp List button. The
auto hypos cannot be sorted since they are generated on the fly.
Note: You can specify the total number of outlet components in the Desired total number of components field. The valid
range for this number depends on the current state of the outlet components list. The minimum number equals the total
number of kept components and the non-empty user hypos plus one (if there is one or more inlet components left). The
maximum number equals the total number of kept components and the non-empty user hypos plus the remaining
number of inlet components. If you enter an invalid number in this field, the trace window will show you the valid range.
See Also
Specifying Lumper connections
Specifying Lumper parameters

Petroleum Experts GAP

The GAP unit operation provides a link between HYSYS and Petroleum Experts.
With this operation, you can import a GAP simulation model, export streams from a HYSYS simulation case into the GAP
model, perform calculations and use the capabilities of the GAP model to generate product streams, and import the product
streams back into the HYSYS simulation case for further analysis or processing.
In essence, the GAP unit operation acts as a black box using streams and fluids (from HYSYS simulation case) to
characterize the input and output boundaries of the GAP model from Petroleum Experts software.
Note: The GAP unit operation is for advance users of Petroleum Experts software. Refer to the Reference manuals
provided by the Petroleum Experts for detailed information on using GAP models.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 457 of 647

Add a Petroleum Experts GAP

There are two ways that you can add a Petroleum Experts GAP to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, click Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Upstream Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select Petroleum Experts GAP.
4 Click the Add button. The GAP property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, click Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Click on the Upstream Ops icon. The Upstream Palette appears.

3 Double-click the Petroleum Experts GAP icon. The GAP property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Select model and stream connections
Configuring Petroleum Experts GAP
Specifying GAP object variables
Specifying constraints
Viewing calculated results
Viewing calculation logs

Delete a Petroleum Experts GAP

1 From the PFD, double-click on the GAP icon. The GAP property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete the Petroleum Experts GAP by clicking on the GAP icon in the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

View Petroleum Experts GAP Properties

From the PFD, double-click the GAP icon. The GAP property view appears. From here you can modify any of the properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation. HYSYS completely
disregards the operation (and cannot calculate the outlet stream) until you restore it to an active state by deactivating
the checkbox.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 458 of 647

See Also
Select model and stream connections
Configuring Petroleum Experts GAP
Specifying GAP object variables
Specifying constraints
Viewing calculated results
Viewing calculation logs

Select Model and Stream Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click on the GAP icon. The GAP property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Model page.
4 In the Name field specify the name of the operation.
5 In the GAP Model group, click the Select button beside the Original File field to import a GAP model file.
When you click the Select button the Open GAP File property view appears. Use the Look in drop-down list to find the GAP
file, select the file name, and click the Open button.
Note: You cannot make any changes to the imported (original) GAP model file.
6 In the Source Stream column, select or type in the appropriate cells the name of the streams (from HYSYS simulation
case) flowing into the GAP model objects.
7 In the Sink Stream column, select or type in the appropriate cells the name of the streams (from HYSYS simulation
case) flowing out of the GAP model objects.
8 Click the Calculate button to calculate data in the selected GAP model and propagate the calculated results into the
HYSYS simulation case.
Tip:
· You can clear all the data from the selected GAP model and the stream connections by clicking the Clear All
button. HYSYS will ask you for confirmation before removing all data.
· Click the Select button beside the Working File field to save a copy of the imported GAP model. The
copied/working GAP model can be modified.

Configure Petroleum Experts GAP

1 From the PFD, double-click on the GAP icon. The GAP property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Configurations page.
4 HYSYS provides two methods to configure the GAP operation. Select the method you want by clicking the appropriate
radio button:
· For configuring the GAP operation based on system parameters, select the System Settings radio button.
In the System Options and Settings group, select or specify the type of configuration you want for the GAP model.
Note: For more information on modifying the GAP model, refer to the Reference manuals from the Petroleum Experts
software.
· For configuring the GAP operation based on compositional transition between HYSYS and GAP, select the
Property Model radio button.
In the Boundary Class, select the Source radio button. In the HYSYS vs. GAP table enter the compositional ratio the
components flowing between HYSYS and GAP model for the source/inlet streams.
In the Boundary Class, select the Sink radio button. In the HYSYS vs. GAP table enter the compositional ratio the
components flowing between HYSYS and GAP model for the sink/outlet streams.
Note: The Property Model configuration is only applicable to a GAP model that is Compositional (in other words, not Black
Oils).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 459 of 647

Specify GAP Object Variables

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Petroleum Experts GAP icon. The GAP property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Equip Specs page.
4 Select the appropriate radio button to access a type of GAP objects for modification.
The following objects in the GAP model are available for modification: Wells and Separators.
Note: Depending on the selected GAP model, some GAP objects table will appear blank.

View Calculated GAP Results

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Petroleum Experts GAP icon. The GAP property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
4 Select the following radio buttons to view the calculated results of each GAP objects:
· Wells
· Separators
· Pipes
· Chokes
· Tanks

View GAP Calculation Logs

1 From the PFD, double-click on the Petroleum Experts GAP icon. The GAP property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Report Log page.

PIPESIM NET

PIPESIM NET is a data model and solver used for the solution of network models. HYSYS links to compositional PIPESIM
NET models via either the PIPESIM 2000 GUI or Open Link.
PIPESIM NET is also a unit operation for using the PIPESIM software package used to simulate pipeline systems within the
HYSYS framework.
Notes
· For information on the PIPESIM 2000 Open Link, refer to the Schlumberger PIPESIM Reference manual.
· The PIPESIM 2000 GUI is used for editing and calculating PIPESIM NET models.
· Open Link is an ActiveX component that allows programmatic access to data within and execution control of the
PIPESIM NET models.
· HYSYS and PIPESIM 2000 must be installed prior to adding the PIPESIM NET unit operation.
· See Also
Adding a PIPESIM NET
Deleting a PIPESIM NET
Viewing PIPESIM properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 460 of 647

Add a PIPESIM NET

There are two ways that you can add a PIPESIM NET to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, click Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Upstream Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations, select PIPESIM.
4 Click the Add button. The PIPESIM property view appears.
OR
1 To access the special object palette for Upstream Unit Operations, press Shift+F6.

2 Double-click the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
Notes
· You can also add the PIPESIM NET by clicking the F12 hot key.
· You can also open the Object Palette by clicking the F4 hot key.
See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Mapping boundary compositions
Viewing the PIPESIM NET results

Delete a PIPESIM NET

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete the PIPESIM NET by clicking on the PIPESIM NET icon in the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Mapping boundary compositions
Viewing the PIPESIM NET results

View PIPESIM Properties

From the PFD, double-click the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears. From here you can modify any of
the properties.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 461 of 647

Tip: To ignore the PIPESIM during calculations, activate the Ignored checkbox. HYSYS completely disregards the
operation (and cannot calculate the outlet stream) until you restore it to an active state by deactivating the checkbox.
See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Mapping boundary compositions
Viewing the PIPESIM NET results

Link to the PIPESIM NET Model

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Model page.
4 In the Name field specify the name of the operation.
5 From the PIPESIM Model group, click the Browse button to select an existing PIPESIM NET model (*.bpn file).
The selected model is embedded within the HYSYS case, which provides complete portability of the model within a single
HYSYS file (*.hsc). During a HYSYS session, temporary copies of the files that comprise the model are automatically
managed in the Work Directory.
6 From the PIPESIM Engine group select the appropriate checkbox: Run Minimised, Restart, and Delete COMPMAN
Files. The PIPESIM Engine is controlled by the Run Minimised and Restart checkboxes.
7 From the Property Model group select one of the following model you want the PISPESIM engine to use:
· Compositional
· Black Oil
Notes
· You can select an existing PIPESIM NET model (.bpn file) from the case studies that are available when you have
installed PIPESIM. These case studies are located on C:\Program Files\Schlumberger\PIPESIM\Case Studies.
· The Original File, On Computer, and Imported On fields are read only fields that display the imported PIPESIM
NET model information.
· The XML Location field displays the location for the PIPESIM NET model files, if the HYSYS case is managed as an
XML file. If the field is empty then the model files are in the same directory as the HYSYS case. The models files
are the .bpn, .out, .sum, and *.pns files for the model plus the *.plc and *.plt files for any PIPESIM NET objects
that contain profile information.
· The Work Directory field is a read only field that is displayed solely to assist in the diagnosis of computer system
related problems such as low free disk space.
· The Edit button allows you to edit the PIPESIM NET model once it has been embedded within the HYSYS case. It
modally launches the PIPESIM 2000 GUI and automatically loads the PIPESIM NET model. Once you have finished
editing the PIPESIM NET model, you can save it from within the PIPESIM GUI then exit the PIPESIM GUI. The
PIPESIM NET model file modification date/time is checked against the pre-edit value to determine if any changes
have been made. The model name must not be changed by Save...As when saving the model within PIPESIM
2000.
· The Export button allows you to export the embedded PIPESIM NET model file.
· The Clear button clears the contents of the embedded model. This works by embedding the empty template
model file newmodel.bpn located in the HYSYS \support subdirectory. This is the state of the link when the
instance is first created.
See Also
Specifying the feed stream
Specifying the product stream
Specifying PIPESIM NET data variables
Specifying to a Simple Gas Lift
Specifying to a Detailed Gas Lift

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 462 of 647

Specify the Feed Stream

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Sources page.
4 From the Streams column drop-down list select a feed stream.
5 From the PIPESIM Object column drop-down list select the PIPESIM object.
6 If you want the composition of the feed to be transferred between HYSYS and PIPESIM each time the PIPESIM engine
is executed, select the Transfer Composition checkbox.

Notes
· The PIPESIM Object Type column shows the type of object based on the PIPESIM object you selected in the
PIPESIM Object column.
· The transfer is forward only (HYSYS to PIPESIM), and the transfer is in addition to any specifications on pressure,
temperature, and mass flow. Negative flow rates are not supported.
· The PIPESIM model must contain at least one sink pressure specification made either within the PIPESIM model
or from HYSYS.
See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Specifying the product stream
Specifying PIPESIM NET data variables
Specifying to a Simple Gas Lift
Specifying to a Detailed Gas Lift

Specify the Product Stream

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Sinks page.
4 From the Streams column drop-down list select a product stream.
5 From the PIPESIM Object column drop-down list select the PIPESIM object.
6 If you want the composition of the product to be transferred between HYSYS and PIPESIM each time the PIPESIM
engine is executed, select the Transfer Composition checkbox.
Note: The PIPESIM Object Type column shows the type of object based on the PIPESIM object you selected in the
PIPESIM Object column.
See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Specifying the feed stream
Specifying PIPESIM NET data variables
Specifying to a Simple Gas Lift
Specifying to a Detailed Gas Lift

Specify PIPESIM NET Data Variables

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 463 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Variables page.
4 Click the Add or Edit button to interact with any PIPESIM NET data variable that is available via the Open Link. The
PIPESIM Variable Navigator appears.

This property view contains a list of available PIPESIM objects and the associated variable names. The Variable name list
contains a list of all the supported properties for the selected PIPESIM Object.
The PIPESIM objects colon ":" indicates a new level within the PIPESIM model. W_1: VERTICAL COMPLETION 1 indicates a
single branch unit operation "VERTICAL COMPLETION 1" in network unit operation "W_1".
An additional level can apply for sub-equipment within a tubing unit operation.
5 In the Variable Description field, type the name for each variable to be added to the list of Selected Variables on the
Variables page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 464 of 647

Notes
· The variables have either read or write access with the exception of the depth of sub-equipment within the
PIPESIM NET tubing model.
· Open Link is an ActiveX component that allows programmatic access to data within and execution control of the
PIPESIM NET models.
See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Specifying the feed stream
Specifying the product stream
Specifying to a Simple Gas Lift
Specifying to a Detailed Gas Lift

Specifying a Simple Gas Lift

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Model page.
4 Navigate to a PIPESIM model.
5 Select the *.bpn file.
6 Click on the Simple Gas Lift page.
7 Specify the stream name in the Gas Lift Stream column.
8 Choose a PIPESIM model from the drop-down list in the PIPESIM Object Form column.
9 Specify the temperature in the Temperature column.
10 Specify the injection gas rate in the Injection Gas Rate column.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 465 of 647

Note: SG is read-only.
Check the Ignored box when performing what/if scenarios so that data will not be transferred in to the model.
See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Specifying the feed stream
Specifying the product stream
Specifying PIPESIM NET data variables
Specifying to a Detailed Gas Lift

Specifying a Detailed Gas LIft

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Model page.
4 Navigate to a PIPESIM model
5 Select the *.bpn file.
6 Click on the Detailed Gas Lift page.
7 Specify the stream name in the Gas Lift Stream column.
8 Choose a PIPESIM model from the drop-down list in the PIPESIM Object Form column.
9 Specify the temperature in the Temperature column.
1 0 Specify the injection gas rate in the Injection Gas Rate column.
Note:
SG is a read-only field.
Check the Ignored box when performing what/if scenarios so that data will not be transferred in to the model.
See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Specifying the feed stream
Specifying the product stream
Specifying PIPESIM NET data variables
Specifying to a Simple Gas Lift

Mapping Boundary Compositions

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click on the Property Model tab.
3 Click on the Compositional page.
4 In the Boundary Class group click on the Sources or Sinks radio button to define the component map.
5 From the Transfer Basis group select the transfer basis for the transfer of the composition by clicking on the Molar,
Mass or Liquid Volume radio buttons.
Notes
· Component maps are defined for transfer of the composition between HYSYS and PIPESIM NET, which defines
the Sources component map, and between PIPESIM NET and HYSYS which defines the Sinks component map.
· For the Sources boundary class, the first column of the component mapping shows a list of components in the
HYSYS flowsheet that contains the PIPESIM NET link unit operation.
· For the Sinks boundary class, the first column of the component mapping table shows the list of components in
the PIPESIM NET model.
· The Clear button allows you to reset all mapping factors to zero for the selected row.
· The Clear All button allows you to reset all mapping factors to zero for all rows.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 466 of 647

· The Normalise ALL button allows you to normalize the mapping factors to 1 for all rows.
· The Import Hypotheticals button allows you to import the definitions of any hypothetical (petroleum fraction)
components into the list of HYSYS components.
· When a PIPESIM NET model is first imported into the link, the component maps are automatically initialized
where possible. The file pscomps.sdb in the HYSYS\Support subdirectory contains the mapping between HYSYS
and PIPESIM 2000 component names.
See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Viewing the PIPESIM NET results

View the PIPESIM NET Results

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Profiles page.
Notes
· The extraction of profile data from the PIPESIM NET output files is a slow operation. To optimize this speed, the
Profile Import Mode offers three options:
o None – Profile and branch end data is not imported after PIPESIM solves.
o All – Profile and branch end data is imported for all single branch models
within the PIPESIM model after it solves.
o Used By Profiles – Profile and branch end data is imported only for single
branch models that have been used by the profile setup.
· The Add button adds to the Profile List after the currently selected profile whereas the Insert button adds to the
Profile List before the currently selected profile.
· If you want to remove the profile name from the Profile List, click the Delete button.
See Also
Adding and editing profiles
Viewing profiles
Launching PSPLOT

View the PIPESIM NET Output Files Content

1 From the PFD, double-click on the PIPESIM NET icon. The PIPESIM property view appears.
2 Click on the Performance tab.
3 Click on the Text page.
4 In the View Output File group you can click on the appropriate radio button (None, Output (*.out), Summary (*.sum),
or Results (*.pns)) to display the contents of the results file.
Notes
· You can select the None radio button, if calculation speed is of importance since the Output File contents are
updated after every calculation.
· You can print the contents of the displayed output file by right-clicking on the output file contents. The object
inspect menu appears.

See Also
Linking the PIPESIM NET Model
Mapping boundary compositions

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 467 of 647

Viewing the PIPESIM NET results

3 Phase Separator

The 3 Phase Separator operation allows for multiple feeds and produces one vapor and two liquid product streams. In
Steady State mode, the separator divides the vessel contents into its constituent vapor, light liquid and heavy liquid phases.
In Dynamics mode, the Separator uses the holdup model. Vessel operations in HYSYS have the ability to store significant
amount of holdup.
See Also
Adding a 3 Phase Separator
Viewing 3 Phase Separator properties
Deleting a 3 Phase Separator

Add a 3 Phase Separator

There are two ways that you can add a 3 Phase Separator to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Vessels radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the 3 Phase Separator model.
4 Click the Add button. The 3 Phase Separator property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the 3 Phase Separator icon . The 3 Phase Separator property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a 3 Phase Separator
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View 3 Phase Separator properties

From the PFD, double-click the 3 Phase Separator icon. The 3 Phase Separator property view appears. From here you can
modify any of the 3 phase separator’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a 3 Phase Separator
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Specifying vessel level taps
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a 3 Phase Separator

1 From the PFD, double-click the 3 Phase Separator icon. The 3 Phase Separator property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 468 of 647

2 Click the Delete button.

Tip: You can also delete a 3 phase separator by clicking on the 3 Phase Separator icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Vessel Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the vessel.
5 In the Inlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
6 In the Fluid Package drop-down list select the fluid package you want to use for the vessel. The fluid package that is
associated with the flowsheet is selected by default.
7 In the Vapour Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
8 In the Liquid Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for separators and tanks.
9 In the Light Liquid drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for 3 phase separators.
10 In the Heavy Liquid drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list. This drop-down list is only available for 3 phase separators.
To heat or cool the fluid in the vessel using an energy stream:
1 Select the Heat Exchanger page of the Dynamics tab, and select the Duty radio button.
2 Select the Connections page of the Design tab.
3 In the Energy drop-down list, either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list.
To heat or cool the fluid in the vessel using a heat exchanger:

1 Change the simulation to Dynamics mode by clicking the Dynamics Mode icon .
2 Select the Heat Exchanger page of the Dynamics tab, and select the Tube Bundle radio button.
3 Click the Design tab, and select the Connections page.
4 In the Tube Feed drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
5 In the Tube Vap. Prod. drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list. This stream is optional.
6 In the Tube Liq. Prod. drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.

Specify Vessel Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Parameters page.
4 In the Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the vessel. The default value is 0.0 kPa.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 469 of 647

5 In the Volume field, specify the volume of the vessel.

6 In the Liquid Level field, specify the level of the liquid as a percentage of the full vessel volume. The default value is
50.0%.
7 If an energy stream is attached to the vessel select either the Heating or Cooling radio button. If you know the duty
of the energy stream specify the value in the Duty field.
Notes
· The Liquid Volume is calculated from the product of the Vessel Volume and Liquid Level fraction.
· The Separator, 3 Phase Sep and Tank radio buttons in the Type group allow you to change the type of vessel
without having to add a new unit operation.

Specify Reactions

The Results page allows you to attach a reaction set to the separator.
1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator icon. The Separator property view appears.
2 Click on the Reactions tab.
3 Click on the Results page.
4 From the Reaction Set drop-down list, select the reaction set you want to use in the separator. The results of all the
reactions in the reaction set are displayed in the Reaction Results table.
5 Click the Reaction Extents radio button to view the Percent Conversion, Base Component, Equilibrium Constant, and
Reaction Extent for each reaction in the reaction set.
6 Click the Reaction Balance radio button to view the total inflow, total reaction, and total outflow for all of the
components in the reaction set.
Tips
· Click the View Global Rxn button to open the reaction's property view. By default the property view from the first
reaction defined in the reaction set appears.
· To open another reaction’s property view, click the Reaction Extents radio button, select the reaction you want to
view from the list of available reactions, and then click the View Global Rxn button.
· Activate the Ignore Reactions when unable to Solve checkbox to tell HYSYS to ignore the reactions if the solver
cannot solve the separator.
See Also
Reactions

Size a Vessel

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Sizing page.
4 Select the appropriate radio button for the orientation of the vessel: Vertical or Horizontal.
5 Select the vessel shape by clicking the appropriate radio button: Flat Cylinder, Sphere, Ellipsoidal Cylinder, or
Hemispherical Cylinder.
Depending on the vessel orientation you selected, some of the above vessel shape may not be available. Ellipsoidal and
Hemispherical cylinder shapes are only available for the horizontal oriented vessel.
6 Specify at least one of the following measurements: Volume, Diameter, or Height (Length is used when the Horizontal
radio button is selected).
For Ellipsoidal cylinder, if the diameter or length is already specified, the only other variable that can be specified is the
Ellipsoidal Head Height.
7 Activate This separator has a boot checkbox to add a boot to the vessel. The Boot Dimensions group appears.
8 Specify the diameter and height of the boot in the appropriate fields. The boot height is defaulted to be one-third the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 470 of 647

vessel height. The boot diameter is defaulted to be one-third the vessel diameter.
Tips
· Activate the Enable Weir checkbox to access the Weir button. This checkbox is only available for the Flat cylinder
shape option.
· Click the Weir button to add a weir to the vessel. The Initial Holdup view appears.
· Click the Quick Size button to have HYSYS quickly size the vessel for you using the default values in the Vessel
Sizing utility.

Notes
· If only the total cylindrical volume of the vessel is specified, the height to diameter ratio is defaulted as 3:2.
· The liquid height in a vertical cylindrical vessel varies linearly with the liquid volume. There is a nonlinear
relationship between the liquid height and the liquid volume in horizontal cylindrical and spherical vessels.

Configure Vessel Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Nozzles page.
4 In the Vessel Dimensions group, specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation
Relative to Ground Level field.
5 In the Vessel Dimensions group, specify either the vessel diameter or vessel height/length. If values are already
present then the sizing parameters have already been specified.
6 In the Nozzle Parameters table, specify the following values for all vessel inlets and outlets: Diameter, Elevation
(Base), Elevation (Ground), and Elevation (% of Height).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify a Heat Loss Model for a Vessel

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Heat Loss page.
4 Select the heat loss model you want to use by clicking one of the following radio buttons: None, Simple, or Detailed.
Note: The heat loss model is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
See Also
Specifying a simple heat loss model
Specifying a detailed heat loss model

Specify Vessel Level Taps

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Level Taps page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 471 of 647

4 Click the New Level Tap button to specify a level tap for any horizontal or vertical vessel. Specify the following fields:
Level Tap, PV High (m), PV Low (m), OP High, and OP Low.
Tip: Click the Delete Level Tap button to delete the specified level tap for any horizontal or vertical vessel.

Notes
· The information available on this page is relevant only to dynamics cases. Since the contents in a vessel can be
distributed in different phases, the Level Taps page allows you to monitor the level of liquid and aqueous contents
that coexist within a specified zone in a tank or separator.
· The normalization scale can be negative values. In some cases, the output normalization scale is manually set
between -7% to 100% or -15%-100% so that there is a cushion range before the level of the content becomes
unacceptable (i.e., too low, or too high).
· By default, a new level tap is set to the total height of the vessel, and the height is normalized in percentage
(100-0).
· All the upper limit specifications should not be smaller than or equal to the lower limit specifications and vice
versa; otherwise no calculations will be performed.
· In the Calculated Level Taps Values (Dynamics) group, the level of liquid and aqueous are displayed in terms of
the output normalization scale you specified. Whenever the level of a content exceeds PV High, HYSYS
automatically outputs the OP High value as the level of that content. If the level is below the PV Low, HYSYS
outputs the OP Low value. The levels displayed are always entrained within the normalized zone.

Specify the PV Work Term Contribution

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the Options page.
4 In the PV Work Term Contribution field, you can specify the PV Work Term Contribution. Click the Enable Work Term
Contribution checkbox to enable the PV Work Term Contribution.
Note: The PV Work Term Contribution is expressed in percent. It is approximately the isentropic efficiency. A high PV
work term contribution value results in lower pressures, and temperatures. The PV work term contribution value should
be between 87% to 98%.

Specify the C.Over Setup

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the C.Over Setup page.
4 You can select the type of carryover calculation model by clicking one of the following four radio button: None, Feed
Basis, Product Basis, or Correlation Based.
Carryover refers to the conditions when the liquid gets entrained in the vapor phase and/or when the gas gets entrained in
the liquid phase. The effect is mainly caused by the disturbances created as the inlet stream enters the vessel. In HYSYS,
you can model the carryover effect by specifying the entrainment fraction in the feed or product stream, or by using the
available correlations that calculate carryover based on the vessel configuration.
The C.Over Setup page allows you to model six types of carryover flow in the feed, and product stream:
· Light liquid in gas
· Heavy liquid in gas
· Gas in light liquid
· Heavy liquid in light liquid
· Gas in heavy liquid

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 472 of 647

· Light liquid in heavy liquid

View Carryover Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Rating tab.
3 Click on the C.Over Results page.
The C. Over Results page allows you to view the carryover results in the feed, and product streams based on what you
specified in the C. Over Setup page. There are four columns of data in the Carry Over Results table:
· Frac. of Feed
· Frac. in Product
· Product Flow
· Prod. Mass/Vol
Tips
· The units for Frac. of Feed, and Prod. Mass/Vol are set by default. You can change the unit for the Frac. in
Product and Product Flow column by selecting one of the four units from the Product Basis drop-down list (Mole,
Mass, Liq. Volume, and Actual Volume).
· You can view the carryover dispersion results by clicking on the View Dispersion Results button. This applies only
to the Correlation Based model.

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Specs page.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons: Initialize From Products, Dry Startup, or Initialize From User. When the
Initialize From User radio button is selected the Init HoldUp button becomes available. Click this button to specify the
conditions you want to use for initializing the vessel.
5 Specify one the following vessel geometry parameters: Volume, Diameter, or Height/Length. If values are already
present then the sizing parameters have already been specified.
6 In the Liquid Level field, specify the level of the liquid as a percentage of the full vessel volume. The default value is
50.0%.
7 From the Level Calculator drop-down list, select the type vessel you want to use. You are given the following options:
Vertical Cylinder, Horizontal Cylinder, and Sphere. These values can also be modified on the Sizing page of the Rating
tab.
8 In the Feed Delta P field, specify the frictional pressure loss at the feed nozzle. The frictional pressure losses at each
product nozzle are automatically set to zero by HYSYS.
9 Activate the Vessel Pressure checkbox to use this value as a dynamic specification. Once the checkbox is active you
can modify this value in the field next to the checkbox.
Tips
· The Fraction Calculator field displays how the level in the tank and the elevation and diameter of the nozzles
affect the product composition. The vessel uses the Use Levels and Nozzles or Emulsion Liquids fraction calculator.
The Fraction Calculator defaults to the correct mode for all unit operations and does not typically require any
changing.
· Activate the Lag Rxn Temperature checkbox if you want HYSYS to assume no temperature lag for reactions.
· Click the Add/Configure Level Controller button to quickly add a level controller to the vessel.

Note: You can determine the composition and amount of each phase in the vessel holdup by specifying different

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 473 of 647

initialization modes. HYSYS forces the simulation case to re-initialize whenever the initialization mode is changed.

View Vessel Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator, 3 Phase Separator, or Tank icon. The property view of the selected vessel
appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Holdup page.
Tip: Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view.

Notes
· The Vessel Levels group displays the level, percent level, and volume of any vapor, liquid or aqueous phases
found in the vessel.
· The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.

Configure Vessel Heat Exchanger Method

1 From the PFD, double-click the unit operation’s icon. The property view of the selected unit operation appears.
2 Click on the Dynamics tab.
3 Click on the Heat Exchanger page.
4 Select the heat transfer method for the vessel using the following radio buttons:
· None. This option indicates that there is no energy stream or heat exchanger in the vessel. The Heat
Exchanger page is blank.
· Duty. This option indicates that there is an energy stream in the vessel. The Heat Exchanger page contains
the HYSYS standard heater or cooler parameters and you have to specify an energy stream for the unit operation
to solve. How?
· Tube Bundle. This option indicates that there is heat exchanger in the vessel. The Heat Exchanger page
contains the parameters used to configure a heat exchanger and you have to specify material streams of the heat
exchanger for the unit operation to solve. How?
5 Specify the required parameter variables in the Heat Exchanger page.
Note: The Tube Bundle option is only available in Dynamics mode, and only available for the following unit operations:
Separator and 3 Phase Separator.

Condenser

The Condenser is used to condense vapor by removing its latent heat with a coolant. In HYSYS, the condenser is used only
in the Column Environment, and is generally associated with a Column Tray Section.
There are four types of Condensers: Partial, Total, Three-Phase – Chemical and Three-Phase – Hydrocarbon.
Refer to the HYSYS Operations Guide for more information regarding the Condenser.
See Also
Adding a Condenser
Viewing Condenser properties
Deleting a Condenser

Add a Partial Condenser

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 474 of 647

There are two ways that you can add a Partial Condenser to your simulation:
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
4 Click the Vessels radio button.
5 From the list of available unit operations select the Partial Condenser model.
6 Click the Add button. The Partial Condenser property view appears.
OR
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

4 Double-click the Partial Condenser icon . The Partial Condenser property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Partial Condenser
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Partial Condenser performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Add a Total Condenser

There are two ways that you can add a Total Condenser to your simulation:
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
4 Click the Vessels radio button.
5 From the list of available unit operations select the Total Condenser model.
6 Click the Add button. The Total Condenser property view appears.
OR
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

4 Double-click the Total Condenser icon . The Total Condenser property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Total Condenser
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Total Condenser performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Add a 3-Phase Condenser

There are two ways that you can add a 3-Phase Condenser to your simulation:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 475 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
4 Click the Vessels radio button.
5 From the list of available unit operations select the 3-Phase Condenser model.
6 Click the Add button. The 3-Phase Condenser property view appears.
OR
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

4 Double-click the 3-Phase Condenser icon . The 3-Phase Condenser property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a 3-Phase Condenser
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing 3-Phase Condenser performance
Specifying dynamic properties

View Condenser Properties

Delete a Condenser

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Condenser Connections

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 476 of 647

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Partial Condenser, Total Condenser, or 3-Phase Condenser icon. The property view of
the selected condenser appears.
4 Click on the Design tab.
5 Click on the Connections page.
6 In the Name field, specify a name for the condenser.
7 In the Inlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
8 In the Vapour drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is not available for total condensers.)
9 In the Distillate drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is only available for partial and total condensers.)
1 0 In the Reflux drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is only available for partial and total condensers.)
1 1 In the Water drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is only available for 3-phase hydrocarbon condensers.)
1 2 In the Hydrocarbon Reflux drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is only available for 3-phase hydrocarbon condensers.)
1 3 In the Hydrocarbon Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your
stream select it from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is only available for 3-phase hydrocarbon condensers.)
1 4 In the Light Reflux drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is only available for 3-phase chemical condensers.)
1 5 In the Heavy Reflux drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is only available for 3-phase chemical condensers.)
1 6 In the Light Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is only available for 3-phase chemical condensers.)
1 7 In the Heavy Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. (This drop-down list is only available for 3-phase chemical condensers.)
1 8 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the energy stream or if you have pre-defined your energy
stream select it from the drop-down list.
Tip: The Type drop-down list enables you to change condenser types without having to install a new condenser. The list
contains the following options: Partial, Total, Three Phase - Hydrocarbon and Three Phase - Chemical.

Specify Condenser Parameters

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 477 of 647

Estimate Condenser Flow and Phase Compositions

Size a Condenser

Configure Condenser Nozzles

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 478 of 647

5 Click on the Nozzles page.

6 In the Vessel Dimensions group specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation
Relative to Ground Level field.
7 In the Vessel Dimensions group specify either the vessel diameter or vessel height/length. If values are already
present then the sizing parameters have already been specified.
8 In the Nozzle Parameters table specify the following values for all vessel inlets and outlets: Diameter, Elevation
(Base), Elevation (Ground), and Elevation (% of Height).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify a Heat Loss Model for a Condenser

View Condenser Results

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 479 of 647

5 Click on the Tables page.

6 In the Interval field, specify the number of calculation intervals you want calculated across the data. This divides the
data up into equally spaced intervals. Changes to this value are also applied to the Interval field on the Plots page.
Note: The temperature, pressure, heat flow, enthalpy and vapor fraction values are displayed in the table.

Set Dynamic Specifications

Note: You can determine the composition and amount of each phase in the vessel holdup by specifying different
initialization modes. HYSYS forces the simulation case to re-initialize whenever the initialization mode is changed.

View Condenser Holdup Data

Notes
· The Levels group displays the level, percent level, and volume of any vapor, liquid, or aqueous phases found in
the Condenser.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 480 of 647

Specify Condenser Heat Exchanger

Reboiler

The Reboiler is column operation, where the liquid from the bottom tray of the column is the feed to the reboiler, and the
boilup from the reboiler is returned to the bottom tray of the column.
The Reboiler is used to partially or completely vaporize liquid feed streams. You must be in a Column subflowsheet to
install the Reboiler.
Refer to the HYSYS Operations Guide for more information regarding the Reboiler.
See Also
Adding a Reboiler
Viewing Reboiler properties
Deleting a Reboiler

Add a Reboiler

There are two ways that you can add a Reboiler to your simulation:
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
4 Click the Vessels radio button.
5 From the list of available unit operations select the Reboiler model.
6 Click the Add button. The Reboiler property view appears.
OR
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 481 of 647

4 Double-click the Reboiler icon . The Reboiler property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Reboiler
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Reboiler performance
Specifying dynamic properties

View Reboiler Properties

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears. From here you can modify any of
the Reboiler’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Reboiler
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Reboiler performance
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Reboiler

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a Reboiler by clicking on the Reboiler icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Reboiler Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click on the Design tab.
5 Click on the Connections page.
6 In the Name field, specify a name for the reboiler.
7 In the Boilup drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it
from the drop-down list.
8 In the Inlets list, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
9 In the Energy drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream select it

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 482 of 647

from the drop-down list.

1 0 In the Bottoms Outlet drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list.
1 1 In the Vapour Draw drop-down list either type in the name of the stream or if you have pre-defined your stream
select it from the drop-down list. This stream is optional.

Specify Reboiler Parameters

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click on the Design tab.
5 Click on the Parameters page.
6 In the Delta P field, specify the pressure drop across the condenser. The default value is 0.0 kPa.
7 If you know the duty of the energy stream specify the value in the Duty field. This is better done as a column spec
(defined on the Monitor or Specs page of the Column property view). This allows for more flexibility when adjusting
specifications, and also introduces a tolerance.

Size a Reboiler

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click on the Rating tab.
5 Click on the Sizing page.
6 Click either the Cylinder or Sphere radio button.
If you select the Cylinder radio button click either the Vertical or Horizontal radio button.
8 In the table, specify at least one of the following measurements: Volume, Diameter, or Height (Length is used when
the Horizontal radio button is selected).
9 Activate the This reboiler has a boot checkbox to add a boot to the Reboiler. The Boot Dimensions group appears.
1 0 Specify the diameter and height of the boot in the appropriate fields. The boot height is defaulted to be one-third
the vessel height. The boot diameter is defaulted to be one-third the vessel diameter.
Notes
· If only the total cylindrical volume of the vessel is specified, the height to diameter ratio is defaulted as 3:2.
· The liquid height in a vertical cylindrical vessel varies linearly with the liquid volume. There is a nonlinear
relationship between the liquid height and the liquid volume in horizontal cylindrical and spherical vessels.

Configure Reboiler Nozzles

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click on the Rating tab.
5 Click on the Nozzles page.
6 In the Vessel Dimensions group specify the base elevation of the vessel relative to the ground in the Base Elevation
Relative to Ground Level field.
7 In the Vessel Dimensions group specify either the vessel diameter or vessel height/length. If values are already

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 483 of 647

present then the sizing parameters have already been specified.

8 In the Nozzle Parameters table specify the following values for all vessel inlets and outlets: Diameter, Elevation
(Base), Elevation (Ground), and Elevation (% of Height).
Notes
· The nozzle data is only used when the simulation is in dynamic mode.
· You require the Fidelity license to use this feature.

Specify a Heat Loss Model for a Reboiler

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click on the Rating tab.
5 Click on the Heat Loss page.
6 Select the heat loss model you want to use by clicking one of the following radio buttons: None, Direct Q, Simple or
Detailed.
See Also
Specifying a direct Q heat loss model
Specifying a simple heat loss model
Specifying a detailed heat loss model

View Reboiler Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click on the Performance tab.
5 Click on the Plots page.
6 From the X Variable drop-down list, select the variable you want to use for the x-axis.
7 From the Y Variable drop-down list, select the variable you want to use for the y-axis.
8 In the Interval field specify the number of calculation intervals you want calculated across the data. This divides the
data up into equally spaced intervals. Changes to this value are also applied to the Interval field on the Tables page.
Tip: Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

View Reboiler Results

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click on the Performance tab.
5 Click on the Tables page.
6 In the Interval field, specify the number of calculation intervals you want calculated across the data. This divides the
data up into equally spaced intervals. Changes to this value are also applied to the Interval field on the Plots page.
Note: The temperature, pressure, heat flow, enthalpy and vapor fraction values are displayed in the table.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 484 of 647

Set Dynamic Specifications

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click on the Dynamics tab.
5 Click on the Specs page.
6 Click one of the following radio buttons: Initialize From Products, Dry Startup, or Initialize From User. When the
Initialize From User radio button is selected the Init HoldUp button becomes available. Click this button to specify the
conditions you want to use for initializing the vessel.
7 Specify one the following vessel geometry parameters: Volume, Diameter, or Height/Length. If values are already
present then the sizing parameters have already been specified.
8 In the Liquid Level field, specify the level of the liquid as a percentage of the full vessel volume. The default value is
50.0%.
9 From the Level Calculator drop-down list, select the type vessel you want to use. You are given the following options:
Vertical Cylinder, Horizontal Cylinder, and Sphere. These values can also be modified on the Sizing page on the
Rating tab.
1 0 In the Feed Delta P field, specify the frictional pressure loss at the feed nozzle. The frictional pressure losses at each
product nozzle are automatically set to zero by HYSYS.
1 1 Activate the Vessel Pressure checkbox to use this value as a dynamic specification. Once the checkbox is active you
can modify this value in the field next to the checkbox.
Tip: Click the Add/Configure Level Controller to quickly add a level controller to the Condenser.

Notes
· You can determine the composition and amount of each phase in the vessel holdup by specifying different
initialization modes. HYSYS forces the simulation case to re-initialize whenever the initialization mode is changed.
· The Fraction Calculator field displays how the level in the tank and the elevation and diameter of the nozzles
affect the product composition. The vessel uses the Use Levels and Nozzles fraction calculator.

View Reboiler Holdup Data

1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click the Column Environment button. The Column build environment appears.
3 From the PFD, double-click the Reboiler icon. The Reboiler property view appears.
4 Click on the Dynamics tab.
5 Click on the Holdup page.
Tip: Click the Advanced button to access the Advanced Holdup view.

Notes
· The Levels group displays the level, percent level, and volume of any vapor, liquid, or aqueous phases found in
the Reboiler.
· The Details group displays the following information for each phase contained within the volume space of the unit
operation: Accumulation, Moles, and Volume.

Separator

The Separator operation allows for multiple feeds and produces one vapor and one liquid product stream. In Steady State
mode, the separator divides the vessel contents into its constituent vapor and liquid phases. In Dynamics mode, the
Separator uses the holdup model. Vessel operations in HYSYS have the ability to store significant amount of holdup.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 485 of 647

See Also
Add a Separator
View Separator properties
Delete a Separator

Add a Separator

There are two ways that you can add a Separator to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Vessels radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Separator model.
4 Click the Add button. The Separator property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Separator icon . The Separator property view appears.

Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Separator
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Separator Properties

From the PFD, double-click the Separator icon. The Separator property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
separator’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Separator
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Specifying vessel level taps
Specifying the PV work term contribution
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Separator

1 From the PFD, double-click the Separator icon. The Separator property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a separator by clicking on the Separator icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 486 of 647

Tank

The Tank operation allows for multiple feeds and produces one vapor and one liquid product stream. The Tank is generally
used to simulate liquid surge vessels. In Dynamics mode, the Tank uses the holdup model. Vessel operations in HYSYS
have the ability to store significant amount of holdup.
See Also
Adding a Tank
Viewing Tank properties
Deleting a Tank

Add a Tank

There are two ways that you can add a Tank to your simulation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the Vessels radio button.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the Tank model.
4 Click the Add button. The Tank property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the Tank icon . The Tank property view appears.

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Tank
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

View Tank properties

From the PFD, double-click the Tank icon. The Tank property view appears. From here you can modify any of the tank’s
properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Tank
Specifying reactions
Specifying rating data
Specifying vessel level taps
Viewing stream properties
Specifying dynamic properties

Delete a Tank

1 From the PFD, double-click the Tank icon. The Tank property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a tank by clicking on the Tank icon on the PFD and pressing the DELETE key.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 487 of 647

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Process Flow Diagram (PFD)

The Process Flow Diagram is the default property view when you first enter the Simulation environment. The PFD provides
the best representation of the flowsheet as a whole. Using the PFD gives you immediate reference to the progress of the
simulation currently being built, such as what streams and operations are installed, flowsheet connectivity, and the status
of objects.
In addition to graphical representation, you can build your flowsheet within the PFD using the mouse to install and connect
objects. A full set of manipulation tools is available so you can reposition streams and operations, resize icons, or reroute
streams. All of these tools are designed to simplify the development of a clear and concise graphical process
representation.
The PFD also possesses analytical capabilities. You can access property views for streams or operations directly from the
PFD, or install custom Material Balance Tables for any or all objects. Complete Workbook pages can also be displayed on
the PFD and information is automatically updated when changes are made to the process.
There are several ways you can track a specific variable throughout the PFD, including replacing stream name labels or
designating a color to represent a variable range.
Every flowsheet (or subflowsheet) has its own PFD, so you can access any flowsheet’s PFD from any location. You can also
use the multi-flowsheeting architecture to provide clear and concise representations of complex simulations. Instant access
to the subflowsheet PFD is available through Object Inspect menu of the main flowsheet’s PFD.
Notes
· Any PFD in the simulation can be accessed from any location in the Simulation environment by clicking the PFD icon
or using the CTRL P hot key.
· The PFD is the default property view that appears when you enter the Simulation environment. You can change the
Simulation environment default property view in your Session Preferences.
See Also
Customizing the PFD into a Notebook
Editing the PFD

Add a Workbook Table to a PFD

1 Click the right mouse button anywhere within the PFD. The PFD’s object inspection menu appears.
2 Click the Add Workbook Table command. The Select Workbook Page property view appears.
3 From the list of available Workbook pages select the page you want to add to the PFD.
4 Click the Select button.
Note: To delete a Workbook Table from the PFD, click the table and press DELETE.

Add an Object Variable Table to a PFD

1 Select the object(s) you want to add tables to.

2 Open the object inspection menu of one of the selected objects.
3 Click the Show Table command.
Notes
· To hide the table, click the Hide Table command in the Object’s object inspection menu. This command replaces
the Show Table command.
· Double-click on the object variable table to edit the table using the PFD Table property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 488 of 647

Split PFD Panes

1 Place the cursor over the heavy inside border of the PFD. The cursor changes as follows: horizontal split and
vertical split .
2 Press the mouse button and drag the pane up, down, left or right.
Show Me
Notes
· New panes are created using the manipulation areas located on the border edge of the PFD property view. The
PFD is displayed with two borders. The manipulation areas are located along the inner border. You can split the
PFD once vertically and once horizontally, giving a maximum of four panes. Each new pane created has its own
zoom and scroll buttons. This enables the various panes to be at different zoom levels or locations in the overall
PFD.
· Since each pane is simply a different representation of the same Flowsheet. You can interact across panes, in
other words, connect an operation in one pane to an operation in another.

Insert an Embeddable Object into a PFD

1 Click the right mouse button anywhere within the PFD. The PFD’s object inspection menu appears.
2 Click the Insert Object command. The Select Embeddable Object property view appears.
To inset a new object:
3 Click the Create New tab.
4 From the list available objects select the object type you want to install.
5 Click OK to install the object in the PFD.
To insert an object from a file:
3 Click the Create From File tab.
4 Click the Browse button. The Open File property view appears.
5 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your file.
6 Select the file you want to import and click Open.
7 Click OK to install the object in the PFD.

Add Annotations

1 Click the Add Text Annotation icon in the PFD tool bar.
2 Move the cursor to the location on the PFD where you want to place the text and click the mouse button. The Text
Props property view appears.
3 In the Text field, type the text that you want to display on the PFD.
4 Click the OK button.
Tip:
· Double-click on the annotation in the PFD to open the Text Props property view enabling you to edit the
annotation.
· To delete an annotation, select the annotation in the PFD and press DELETE.

Add a New PFD

1 In the PFD menu click the Add a PFD command. The Add a PFD property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 489 of 647

2 In the New PFD Name field specify the name of the PFD you are adding.
3 Click OK.
Tip: If you want your new PFD to be a clone of an existing PFD, activate the Clone from Existing PFD checkbox and select
the PFD you want to clone from the list of available PFDs.

Notes
· A new tab is displayed with the specified name and the new PFD becomes the active property view.
· Cloning a PFD produces an exact duplicate of the selected PFD.

Delete a PFD

1 Click on the PFD tab you want to delete in the PFD property view.
2 In the PFD menu, click the Delete this PFD command.
Note: The delete option is not available if there is only one PFD in the notebook.

Rename a PFD

1 Click on the PFD tab you want to rename in the PFD property view.
2 In the PFD menu, click the Rename this PFD command. The PFD Name property view appears.
3 In the Current PFD Name field specify the name of the PFD.
4 Click the Close icon to return to the PFD.

PFD Modes

The PFD operates in the following four modes:

• Move (default)
· Attach
· Auto Attach
· Size
· Quick Route
· Drag
Note: Generally only one mode can be active at a time. For example, when you are in attach mode, you cannot move or
resize icons.

Selecting Single PFD objects

Position the cursor over the object and click the mouse button, a white border surrounds the icon and the label’s
background is highlighted.
Tips
· Press S to cycle through all objects in the PFD
· Hold SHIFT and press S to cycle backwards through all objects in the PFD.
· Hold SHIFT to cause the bounding rectangles of objects selected in the PFD to blink.
· To select the object’s label, select the object and press L.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 490 of 647

Note: You cannot be in Attach mode when selecting objects.

Select Multiple PFD Objects

There are two methods available for selecting multiple objects:

· Mouse
· Select Objects property view

Deselect PFD Objects

Any of the following methods can be used to deselect an object:

· Click any empty spot in the PFD to deselect all the selected items.
· Press D to deselect all the selected items.
· Press SHIFT and click on a selected object to deselect that object.

Move PFD Objects

You can move objects individually or as a group:

1 Select the object(s) you want to move.
2 Position the cursor over one of the selected objects.
3 Press and hold the mouse button while dragging the cursor to the new position on the PFD and release the mouse
button. If multiple objects are selected, all selected objects move simultaneously.
Tips
· Use the up, down, right, or left arrows on the keyboard to move the selected object(s) one space at a time.
· Hold SHIFT while using the arrow keys to move an object in larger increments.

Note: Objects can only be moved when in Size or Move mode.

Auto Positioning Objects on the PFD

Use the Auto Positioning command to automatically reposition streams and unit operations.
1 Select the object(s) you want to reposition.
2 Click either the Auto Position All command or Auto Position Selected command in the PFD menu.
Notes
· For unit operations, a new location for the object is determined and it is placed in that position. Manually moving
streams attached to the unit operation after the auto-positioning has no effect on the position of the unit operation
icon.
· When a stream is auto-positioned, it becomes a floating icon until it is manually moved. This means the stream is
initially positioned by HYSYS after the Auto positioning command is accessed. If a unit operation icon that is
attached to the stream is then moved, the stream is automatically repositioned, floating with the unit operation
icon.
· You can also access the Auto Position command in the Object’s object inspection menu. Only selected items are
repositioned using this command.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 491 of 647

Size PFD Objects

Operations and streams installed on a PFD are all a standard size. Sometimes the sizes of these objects need to be
changed and this can be done in Size mode
To size objects:
1 Enter the PFD’s Size mode.
2 Select the object(s) you want to resize. A white border with eight target squares surrounds the object(s). The target
squares identify the directions that you can size the object.
3 Place the cursor over one of the target squares. The pointer changes to the sizing tool (line with an arrowhead at
each end) indicating the directions that the object can be stretched or compressed.
4 Press the mouse button and drag the cursor in the direction you want to size the object and release the mouse
button. Move away from the object to enlarge and towards the object to shrink. The object is sized according to the
change in size of the border.
Tip: Rather than sizing several objects individually, you can size multiple objects simultaneously. All the selected objects
are sized by the same factor.

Note: You can only size Labels and Annotations horizontally and to a maximum size. This is useful for text containing
more than one line. You can size such a text box so that all text is shown on one line.

Transform PFD Objects

1 Select the object(s) you want to transform.

2 Open the object inspection menu of one of the selected objects.
3 To rotate the object(s) select one of the following commands: rotate by 90, rotate by 180, or rotate by 270.
4 To flip the object(s) select one of the following commands: mirror about X axis or mirror about Y axis.
Tip: Rather than transforming several objects individually, you can transform multiple objects simultaneously. All the
selected objects are transformed in the same manner.

Move Object Labels

1 Select the object(s) whose label you want to modify.

2 Open the object’s object inspection menu.
3 Click the Move/Size Label command.
4 Position the cursor over selected object’s label.
5 Press and hold the mouse button while dragging the cursor to the new position on the PFD and release the mouse
button.
Tips
· You can also free the Label by selecting the object and then pressing L.
· Use the up, down, right, or left arrows on the keyboard to move the selected object(s) one space at a time.
· Hold SHIFT while using the arrow keys to move an object in larger increments.

Notes
· Objects can only be moved when in Size or Move mode.
· Once you select the Move/Size Label command, the label is unlocked from the object that it belongs. The label re-
locks itself once it becomes deselected. However, you can select the label’s corresponding object icon and then
select the label again without re-locking the Label. This facilitates moving and sizing both the icon and its label at
one time without repeatedly selecting the Move/Size Label command.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 492 of 647

Size Object Labels

1 Select the object(s) whose label you want to modify.

2 Open the object’s object inspection menu.
3 Click the Move/Size Label command.
4 Enter the PFD’s Size mode. A white border with two target squares surrounds the label. The target squares identify
the directions that you can size the label.
5 Place the cursor over one of the target squares. The pointer changes to the sizing tool (line with an arrowhead at
each end) indicating the directions that the object can be stretched or compressed.
6 Press the mouse button and drag the cursor in the direction you want to size the label and release the mouse button.
Move away from the object to enlarge and towards the object to shrink. The object is sized according to the change
in size of the border.
Tip: You can also free the Label by selecting the object and then pressing L.

Notes
· You can only size Labels and Annotations horizontally and to a maximum size. This is useful for text containing
more than one line. You can size such a text box so that all text is shown on one line.
· Once you select the Move/Size Label command, the label is unlocked from the object that it belongs. The label re-
locks itself once it becomes deselected. However, you can select the label’s corresponding object icon and then
select the label again without re-locking the Label. This facilitates moving and sizing both the icon and its label at
one time without repeatedly selecting the Move/Size Label command.

Create a new stream from an operation

1 Click the Attach icon in the PFD tool bar.

2 Place the cursor over the desired unit operation’s connection point. When the cursor is in the correct location, a white
square appears at the tip of the cursor.

3 Press and drag the mouse to an empty space in the PFD. The Stream Connection cursor appears at the end of
the stream.
4 Release the mouse button and a stream is added to the PFD and named using the next stream name as defined
naming preference.
Show Me

Connect operations to existing streams

1 Click the Attach icon in the PFD tool bar.

2 Place the cursor over the desired unit operation’s connection point. When the cursor is in the correct location, a white
square appears at the tip of the cursor.
3 Press and drag the mouse to the desired stream. A line indicating the creation of a stream is drawn as you move the
mouse. This line tracks the mouse directly. You cannot prescribe a path for the stream to follow as you perform the
connection.
4 As you approach the stream, the available connections appear on the stream. To complete the connection, release
the mouse button when a white square appears at the tip of the cursor.
Show Me
Note: Both Streams and Operations have connection points. The connection points that light up depends on the origin of
the connection, i.e., when connecting from a stream outlet, only points to the objects inlet light up.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 493 of 647

Connect Operations

1 Click the Attach icon in the PFD tool bar.

2 Place the cursor over the desired unit operation’s connection point. When the cursor is in the correct location, a white
square appears at the tip of the cursor.
3 Press and drag the mouse toward the operation that the stream is connected.
4 As you approach the operation, the available connections appear. To complete the connection, release the mouse
button when a white square appears at the tip of the cursor.
Show Me
Notes
· Both Streams and Operations have connection points. The connection points that light up depends on the origin
of the connection, i.e., when connecting from a stream outlet, only points to the objects inlet light up.
· When a connection is made to a logical operation the Select Variable property view appears. This property view is
different depending on the type of logical operation and whether the connection is made to a stream or operation.

Disconnect Streams and Operations

1 Activate the Break Connection tool by:

· Clicking the Break Connection icon in PFD toolbar.

· Clicking the Break a Connection command from the PFD menu.
2 Move the cursor to the stream where you want to break the connection. When the cursor is in position, it changes
from an X to a checkmark.
3 When the checkmark appears, click the stream and the connection is broken.
Show Me
Note: Breaking the connection does not delete the stream, only its connection to the operation. You can either break an
inlet or outlet stream connection, depending on the side of the stream icon you select.

Quick Route mode stream routing

To retain the clarity of the PFD, streams should not overlap unit operation icons. When working with large complex
flowsheets, each movement of an object causes HYSYS to reposition streams so that no unit operation icons are covered. If
the PFD is complex, this repositioning can consume valuable computational time.
In Quick Route mode, the relocation and connection of objects is completed without considering the other objects in the
flowsheet. For example, if moving a valve, its icon and streams are relocated without repositioning the streams even if one
passes over another icon.
After exiting Quick Route mode, the streams are repositioned automatically so they do not overlap the icons. This means
the streams are repositioned once instead of after relocating each object.

To access Quick Route mode, click the Quick Route icon in the PFD tool bar.

Move Line Segments

1 Right-click a stream (not the Stream’s arrow icon). The object inspection menu appears.
2 Move the pointer over the stream. The pointer changes to a double arrow head cursor.
3 Press the mouse button and drag the stream portion to the new location. As you move, a thin black line is drawn
indicating the new stream route.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 494 of 647

4 Release the mouse button when you reach the desired location.
5 The stream is redrawn through the new path.
Show Me
Note: This cursor is oriented in the direction that the portion of the stream can be moved, vertical for a horizontal section
and horizontal for a vertical section.

Add Bend Points

1 Right-click a stream (not the Stream’s arrow icon). The object inspection menu appears.
2 Click the Manual Route command. Anchor points are shown at each corner of the stream route.

3 Place the cursor over one of the anchor points, the following cursor appears .
4 Click the mouse button and drag the stream portion to the new location. As you move, a thin red line is drawn
indicating the new stream route.
5 Click the mouse button to place a new bend point. Continue placing as many points as needed.

6 To complete the process, place the final bend point on an existing bend point. The following cursor appears if
the bend point is an acceptable place to end the stream.
Show Me
Note: To delete a bend point while routing the stream, click on the previous bend point.

Straighten Connection Line

1 Right-click a stream (not the Stream’s arrow icon). The object inspection menu appears.
2 Click the Straighten Stream Line command. The color of the stream section changes to red and the cursor changes to
the acceptable/unacceptable connection indicator.
3 Move the cursor to either end of the red line where the cursor changes from an X to a checkmark, indicating an
acceptable choice for line straightening.
4 Click to straighten the line.

Change PFD Object Icons

HYSYS always displays the default icon for PFD. However, there are optional icons that can be used to represent the same
unit operation.
1 Select the object you want to change.
2 Right click on the object. The object inspection menu appears.
3 Click the Change Icon command (if there are no alternate icons, this command is disabled). The Select Icon property
view appears.
4 Click the new icon you want to use and click OK to accept the selection and return to the PFD.
Note: If you have more than one object selected and they represent the same type, then all selected objects are changed
to the alternate icon at the same time. If the operations are of different types, the Change Icon command is not available
in the object inspection menu.

Set Stream Label Options

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 495 of 647

1 Open the PFD’s object inspection menu.

2 Click the Choose Label Variable command. The Select Variable for PFD Labels property view appears.
3 Click either the Object Names or Variable Values radio button to specify the value used for the label.
If the Variable Values radio button is selected:
1 Click either the Hide Units or Show Units radio button to specify if the variables units are displayed in the label.
2 Click the Change Variable button. The Choose Label Variable property view appears.
3 From the list of available variables select the variable you want to use for the label.
4 Certain variables (such as component specific variables) require further specification. From the list of variable
specifics, select the qualifier for the variable.
5 Enter a more detailed description of the variable in the Description field or leave the HYSYS default description.
6 Click OK to accept the variable. The Chose Label Variable property view is closed and you are returned the Select
Variable for PFD Labels property view.
7 Click the Close icon to close the Select Variable for PFD Labels property view and return to the PFD.
Tip: There are some hot key combinations that let you toggle between stream name labels and some of the more
common stream variables:

Note: The Current Variable field displays the variable that is selected to appear as the stream’s label.

Change Label Fonts

1 Select the object(s) whose label you want to modify.

2 Open the object’s object inspection menu.
3 From the Format Label sub-menu, click the Change Font command. The Font property view appears.
4 Form the list of available fonts click the font you want to use.
5 From the list of available font styles click the style you want to use with the specified font.
6 From the list of available point sizes click the size you want to use with the specified font.
7 Click OK.
Notes
· The Sample group displays a sample of how your text will appear with the selections you have made.
· The Script drop-down lists available language scripts for the selected font. Pick the script appropriate for the
language you computer is set up for.

Change Label Colors

1 Select the object(s) whose label you want to modify.

2 Open the object’s object inspection menu.
3 From the Format Label sub-menu, click the Change Colour command. The color palette appears.
4 From the Color Palette select the color you want to use for the label.
How?

Hide PFD Object Labels

1 Select the object(s) whose labels you want to hide.

2 Open the object inspection menu of one of the selected objects.
3 From the Format Label sub-menu click the Hide Label command.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 496 of 647

Note: To unhide a label, click the Show Label command in the Format Label sub-menu.

Exchange XML Files

1 Select the object(s) you want to exchange XML data.

2 Open the object inspection menu of one of the selected objects.
3 Click the XML Data Exchange command. The XML File Exchange property view appears.
4 In the Options group activate the checkbox that corresponds to the information you want to import or export.
5 In the File field specify the name and path of the XML file you are using.
6 Click the Export button to export the selected information to the XML file or the Import button to import the selected
information from the XML file.

Change an Object's Fluid Package

1 Select the object you want to change the fluid package for.
2 Open the Object’s object inspection menu.
3 Click the Change Fluid Package command. The Change Fluid Pkg property view appears.
4 From the drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use for the selected object.
5 Click one of the following radio buttons to specify the transfer basis when using stream cutters: TP, VF-T, PH, and VF-
P.
6 Click OK.

Hide PFD Objects

1 Select the object(s) you want to hide.

2 Open the object inspection menu of one of the selected objects.
3 Click the Hide command.
Note: Hiding an object does not prevent the case from solving.

Reveal Hidden PFD Objects

1 Open the PFD’s object inspection menu.

2 Click the Reveal Hidden Objects command. The Show Hidden Objects property view appears.
3 From the list of hidden objects select the objects you want to reveal on the PFD.
Select multiple objects by holding CTRL and clicking the object you want to select.
4 Click OK to accept the changes, close the Show Hidden Objects property view, and return to the PFD.
Tip: Use the radio buttons in the Filter group to filter through the list of available objects.

Publish Streams and Operations

HYSYS has several ways of distributing simulation case information. One of these types of distribution is referred to as
‘publishing’. When you publish an object in HYSYS, you are putting the object on to a RTI Data Server, where it can be
shared by other cases. The information is about the object’s configuration and the condition of the object. The fluid

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 497 of 647

package associated to the object is optional and only applies to streams.

Before you publish an object you have to set your RTI server connection.
1 Select a stream or operation.
2 Right-click the object. The object inspection menu appears.
3 Click the Publish Stream or Publish Unit Operation command. The Stream Public Information property view appears.
4 In the Author Name field enter your name.
5 In the Publication Note field specify any information you want to associate with the object.
6 Activate the Include Property Package Information checkbox to include the fluid package associated with the object.
7 Click the Submit button to publish the object.
Note: You can only include fluid package information with material streams.
See Also
Case Collaboration

Delete Objects from the PFD

1 Select the object(s) you want to delete.

2 Open the object inspection menu of one of the selected objects.
3 Click the Delete command.
4 HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion. Click Yes to delete the object(s) or No to keep the object(s).
Tip: You can also press DELETE instead of using the object inspection menu.

Swap Object Connections

The Swap Connections tool enables you select two streams attached to the same object and swap their nozzle connections.
This is useful when streams cross each other.
1 Activate the Swap Connections tool.
2 The cursor (when it is over an area of the PFD) takes on a special flip stream appearance, indicating which streams
are available for swapping.

· Available to swap connections

· Unavailable to swap connections

3 Click on the first stream you want to swap.
4 Click the second stream being swapped.
5 After the swapping is complete, the Swap Connections tool is deactivated.

Clone PFD Objects

1 Select the PFD objects (unit operations, streams, and logical operators) you want to clone.
2 Open the PFD’s object inspection menu.
3 From the Cut/Paste Objects sub-menu, click the Clone Selected Objects command. All object information is
automatically cloned into a new set of objects; the only change is the object name.

Copy PFD Objects

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 498 of 647

1 Select the PFD objects (unit operations, streams, and logical operators) you want to copy.
2 Open the PFD’s object inspection menu.
3 From the Cut/Paste Objects sub-menu, click the Copy Selected Objects command.
Tip: You can also use the CTRL C hot key to copy objects from the PFD.

Cut PFD Objects

1 Select the PFD objects (unit operations, streams, and logical operators) you want to copy.
2 Open the PFD’s object inspection menu.
3 From the Cut/Paste Objects sub-menu, click the Cut Selected Objects command. All selected objects are removed
from the PFD.
Tip: You can also use the CTRL X hot key to cut objects from the PFD.

Paste PFD Objects

1 Open the PFD’s object inspection menu.

2 From the Cut/Paste Objects sub-menu, click the Paste Selected Objects command.
Tip: You can also use the CTRL V hot key to paste objects into the PFD.

Note: If the destination subflowsheet was created using a different fluid package then some of the copied information,
the information may not be transferable and thus omitted.

Create Subflowsheets

1 Select the PFD objects (unit operations, streams, and logical operators) to be included in the new subflowsheet.
2 Open the PFD’s object inspection menu.
3 From the Cut/Paste Objects sub-menu, click the Combine Into Sub-flowsheet command.
Notes
· The Combine Into Sub-flowsheet command lets you select multiple PFD objects already installed in your
simulation case (in the main flowsheet) and create a subflowsheet containing those objects.
· This feature enables you to organize complicated flowsheets into different sections to make the information more
readable.
· If you want to move the contents from a subflowsheet back to the parent flowsheet, right-click the selected
objects in the subflowsheet, the object inspection menu appears. From the Cut/Paste Objects sub-menu click the
Move to Owner Flowsheet command.

Export PFD Objects

1 Select the PFD objects (unit operations, streams, and logical operators) you want to export.
2 Open the PFD’s object inspection menu.
3 From the Cut/Paste Objects sub-menu, click the Copy Objects to File command. The Save File property view appears.
4 From the Save File property view, specify a name of your Flowsheets file and the location of your file.
5 Click Save.
Note: When you export objects from a flowsheet, the objects, connections, and geometric data are exported. None of the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 499 of 647

basis or flow information (components, flow rates, etc.) is included.

Import PFD Objects

1 Open the PFD’s object inspection menu.

2 From the Cut/Paste Objects sub-menu, click the Paste Objects from File command. The Open File property view
appears.
3 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your Flowsheets file (*.hfl).
4 Select the file you wish to import and click Open.

Select a PFD Colour Scheme

1 Click the Colour Scheme icon in the PFD’s tool bar. The PFD Colour Schemes property view appears.
2 From the Current Scheme drop-down list, select the color scheme you want to use.
3 Click the Close icon to return to the PFD using the selected color scheme.
Tip: You can also use the color scheme drop-down list, located in the PFD tool bar to select a color scheme.

Note: When the simulation case is saved, the active color scheme for each PFD is also stored.
See Also
Adding a PFD color scheme
Deleting a PFD color scheme
Editing a PFD color scheme

Add a PFD Colour Scheme

1 Click the Colour Scheme icon in the PFD’s tool bar. The PFD Colour Schemes property view appears.
2 Click the Add a Scheme button. The Select Query Variable property view appears.
3 From the list of available variables, select the variable being monitored.
4 Certain variables (such as component specific variables) require further specification. From the list of variable
specifics, select the qualifier for the variable.
5 Click the OK button. The Edit PFD Colour Scheme property view appears.
6 In the Scheme Name field, specify the name of the color scheme.
7 Input the appropriate values in the variable range fields.
8 To change the color of the variable range, double-click a color to access the color palette.
9 Click the Select Variable button to return to the Select Query Variable property view and modify the selected variable.
1 0 Click the Close icon to return to the PFD Colour Schemes property view with the new color scheme as the active
selection.
1 1 Click the Close icon to return to the PFD.
Note: The Dynamic P/F Specs and Steady State Specs variable selections are pre constructed variable sets. If you select
one of these sets you can specify the color associated with each of the variables attached to the set in the Edit PFD
Colour Scheme property view.

Delete a PFD Colour Scheme

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 500 of 647

1 Click the Colour Scheme icon in the PFD’s tool bar. The PFD Colour Schemes property view appears.
2 From Current Scheme drop-down list select the color scheme you want to delete.
3 Click the Delete this Scheme button.
Note: You cannot delete the Default or HYSIM color schemes.

Edit a PFD Colour Scheme

1 Click the Colour Scheme icon in the PFD’s tool bar. The PFD Colour Schemes property view appears.
2 From Current Scheme drop-down list select the color scheme you want to edit.
3 Click the Edit this Scheme button. The Edit PFD Colour Scheme property view appears.
4 In the Scheme Name field, specify the name of the color scheme.
5 Input the appropriate values in the variable range fields.
6 To change the color of the variable range, double-click a color to access the color palette.
7 Click the Select Variable button to return to the Select Query Variable property view and modify the selected variable.
8 Click the Close icon to return to the PFD Colour Schemes property view with the new color scheme as the active
selection.
9 Click the Close icon to return to the PFD.
Note: The Dynamic P/F Specs and Steady State Specs variable selections are pre constructed variable sets. If you select
one of these sets you can specify the color associated with each of the variables attached to the set in the Edit PFD
Colour Scheme property view.

Zoom in or out of a PFD

You can "zoom in" to get a close-up view of your PFD or "zoom out" to see more of the PFD at a reduced size.

· Click the Zoom Out icon at the bottom to left corner of the PFD property view to zoom the PFD out by 25%.
· Click the Zoom In icon at the bottom to left corner of the PFD property view to zoom the PFD in by 25%.
· Click the Zoom All icon at the bottom to left corner of the PFD property view to display all visible object in the
current PFD.
Tips
· If you are using the Microsoft IntelliMouse pointing device, you can use it to zoom in or out. Just rotate the wheel
forward or back. How?.
· If you are using the keyboard, you can use the keyboard commands. How?.

Scroll and Zoom on a PFD by using the Mouse

With the Microsoft IntelliMouse pointing device, you can scroll and zoom directly from the mouse.
To Do this
Zoom in and out of the PFD Rotate the wheel forward or back.
Pan up or down Hold down the wheel button, and drag the pointer around the

origin mark . To speed up panning, drag the pointer farther

from the origin mark; drag closer to slow down.

Note: For information about changing options and viewing troubleshooting tips for the Microsoft IntelliMouse pointing

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 501 of 647

device, see the IntelliPoint Online User's Guide. (Click the Windows Start button, point to Programs, point to Microsoft
Input Devices, and then point to Mouse.)

Scroll and Zoom on a PFD by using the Keyboard

To Do this
Zoom in and out of the PFD in Press PAGE UP to zoom in by 5% and PAGE
5% increments DOWN to zoom out by 5%.
Zoom in and out of the PFD in Hold CTRL, and press PAGE UP to zoom in or
25% increments PAGE DOWN to zoom out.
Zoom all Press HOME to zoom in on any selected objects.
If no objects are selected the entire PFD is
shown.
Toggle between last two zoom Press the Z key.
property views
Pan 15% in all directions Press the LEFT, RIGHT, UP, or DOWN arrow key.
Pan 70% in all directions Hold SHIFT, and press the LEFT, RIGHT, UP, or
DOWN arrow key.
Center PFD on cursor Press the PERIOD key.

Boiling Point Curves Utility

The Boiling Point Curves utility enables you to obtain the results of a laboratory style analysis for your simulation streams.
This utility is generally used in conjunction with characterized oils from the Oil Manager. The utility calculates simulated
distillation data including TBP, ASTM D86, D86 (Corr.), D1160 (Vac), D1160 (Atm), and D2887 as well as critical property
data for each cut point and cold property.
The object for the analysis can be a stream, a phase on any stage of a tray section or one of the phases in a separator, in a
condenser or in a reboiler.
See Also
Adding a Boiling Point Curve utility
Viewing Boiling Point Curve properties
Deleting a Boiling Point Curve utility

Add a Boiling Point Curve utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities.

The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Boiling Point Curves.
3 Click the Add Utility button.
The Boiling Point Curves property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Boiling Point Curve results
Specifying Boiling Point Curve dynamic

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 502 of 647

View Boiling Point Curve Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Boiling Point Curve utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button.
The Boiling Point Curves property view appears. From here you can modify or view any of the Boiling Point Curve Utility’s
properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Boiling Point Curve results
Specifying Boiling Point Curve dynamics

Delete a Boiling Point Curve utility

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Boiling Point Curve Connections

1 Open the Boiling Point Curves property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Boiling Point Curves utility.
5 Select one of the following options to specify the object type you want to use the utility for from the Object Type
drop-down list: Stream, Tray Section, Separator, Condenser, or Reboiler.
6 Click the Select Object button. The Select Object property view appears.
7 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate object to use with the utility.
How?
8 Select one of the following options to specify the basis for the calculation of the distillation data from the Basis drop-
down lists: Mole Frac, Mass Frac, or Liquid Volume.
9 Select either Vapour or Liquid from the Phase drop-down list to specify the phase for the analysis. This drop-down
list is not available for stream object types.
10 Select the stage the distillation data is calculated from the Stage drop-down list. This drop-down list is only
available when the Tray Section object type is selected.

View Boiling Point Curve Results

1 Open the Boiling Point Curves property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 503 of 647

2 Click the Performance tab.

3 Click the Results page.
Note: The Results tables displays the simulated distillation profiles for the following assay types: TBP, ASTM D86, D86
Corr., ASTM D1160 (Vac.), ASTM D1160 (Atm.) and ASTM D2887.

View Boiling Point Curve Critical Properties

1 Open the Boiling Point Curves property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Critical Props page.
Note: The Critical Properties table displays the following data for each cut point: Critical Temperature, Critical Pressure,
Acentric Factor, Molecular Weight, and Liquid Density.

View Boiling Point Curve Cold Properties

1 Open the Boiling Point Curves property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Cold Props page.
Notes
· The Cold Properties table displays the bulk cold properties of the stream.
· The P:N:A group displays the ratio of paraffins to naphthas to aromatics.
· Details on the methods used to determine the Cold Properties are found in the HYSYS Operations Guide.

View Boiling Point Curve Results

1 Open the Boiling Point Curves property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Plots page.
4 Specify the variable you want to plot against volume percent from the Dependent Variable drop-down.
You are given the following options: Boiling Point Curves, Critical Temperature, Critical Pressure, Acentric Factor, Molecular
Weight, and Liquid Density.
Note: Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

Specify Boiling Point Curve Dynamic Properties

1 Open the Boiling Point Curves property view.

2 Click the Dynamics tab.
3 Click the Parameters page.
4 In the Control Period field, specify the frequency that the utility is calculated.
A value of 10 indicates the utility is recalculated every tenth pressure flow step. This can help speed up your dynamic
simulation since utilities can require some time to calculate.
5 Select the Use Default Periods checkbox to set the Control Period of one utility to equal the Control Period of any
other utilities that you have in the simulation.
6 Select the Enable in Dynamics checkbox to activate the utility for use in Dynamic mode.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 504 of 647

CO2 Freeze Out Utility

An equation-of-state based approach is used to calculate the incipient solid formation point for mixtures containing Carbon
Dioxide (CO2). The model can be used for predicting the initial solid formation point in equilibrium with either vapors or
liquids. The fugacity of the resultant solid is obtained from the known vapor pressure of solid CO2. The fugacity of the
corresponding phase (in equilibrium with the solid) is calculated from the equation of state.
CO2 Solids prediction is restricted to the Peng Robinson (PR) and Soave Redlich Kwong (SRK) equations of state.
See Also
Adding a CO2 Freeze Out utility
Viewing CO2 Freeze Out properties
Deleting a CO2 Freeze Out utility

Add a CO2 Freeze Out utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select CO2 Freeze Out.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The CO2 Freeze Out property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Specifying CO2 Freeze Out dynamic properties

View CO2 Freeze Out Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the CO2 Freeze Out utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button.
The CO2 Freeze Out property view appears. From here you can modify any of the CO2 Freeze Out Utility’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Specifying CO2 Freeze Out dynamic properties

Delete a CO2 Freeze Out Utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 505 of 647

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify CO2 Freeze Out Connections

1 Open the CO2 Freeze Out property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the CO2 Freeze Out utility.
5 Click the Select Stream button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
7 In the Tolerance field specify the used to calculate the incipient solid formation point.
Note: The Properties group displays the CO2 freeze temperature and the formation status (in the Formation Flag field).
The following flags can be displayed in the Formation Flag field: Undetermined, NO CO2 in Stream, Does NOT Form, and
Solid CO2 Present.

Specify CO2 Freeze Out Dynamic Properties

1 1Open the CO2 Freeze Out property view.

Cold Properties Utility

The following list summarizes the cold properties that are available through the Cold Properties utility:
Cold Property Calculations Range of Validity
True Vapour Pressure @ 100°F Vapor Pressure method of selected P>1.5 kPa
(37.8°C) property package
Reid Vapour Pressure @ 100°F Vapor pressure of system when P>1.5 kPa
(37.8°C) vapor:liquid ratio by volume is 4:1
Flash Point As per API 2B7.1 150°F<ASTM D86 10% (or NBP)
<1150°F, -15°F<Flash Point<325°F
Pour Point As per API 2B8.1 140<MW<800, 1<API gravity<50, -
110°F<Flash Point<140°F

Refractive Index As per API 2B5.1-1 70<MW<600, 97°F<NBP<1000°F,

0.63<sg<1.1, 1.35<Refractive Index at
20°C<1.65
Cetane Index (Diesel Index) Proprietary method 300°F<D86 10%<700°F
Research Octane Number Proprietary method D86 50% ~420°F
(R.O.N.)
Viscosity at 100°F (37.8°C) See the Viscosity section in Appendix A Property Methods & Calculations of the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 506 of 647

HYSYS Simulation Basis guide.

Viscosity at 210°F (98.6°C) See the Viscosity section in Appendix A Property Methods & Calculations of the
HYSYS Simulation Basis guide.
ASTM D86 Distillation Curve API Figure 3A1.1 (1963) 51°F<TBP 10%<561°F
P/N/A (mol%) As per API 2B4.1 MW>70
See Also
Adding a Cold Properties utility
Viewing properties of Cold Properties
Deleting a Cold Properties utility

Add a Cold Property Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Cold Properties.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Cold Properties property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Cold Properties results
Specifying Cold Properties dynamic properties

View Properties of Cold Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Cold Properties utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button.
The Cold Properties property view appears. From here you can modify or view any of the Cold Properties Utility’s
properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Cold Properties results
Specifying Cold Properties dynamic properties

Delete a Cold Properties utility

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 507 of 647

Specify Cold Properties Connections

1 Open the Cold Properties property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Cold Properties utility.
5 Click the Select Stream button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
7 To view calculated values for the properties, select the Values radio button in the View Picker grouping. The
Properties group will display values for the following properties: True Vapour Pressure, Reid Vapour Pressure, Flash
Point, Pour Point, Refractive Index, Cetane Index, Research Octane Number, Viscosity at 100°F (37.8°C), and
Viscosity at 210°F (98.6°C).
8 To view and change calculation methods for the properties, select the Options radio button. You can choose from the
following options:
Calculation Options
Reid VP at 37.8 C · HYSYS RVP (default)
· Aspen RVP-API
Flash Point · HYSYS Flash Point API (default)
· Aspen Pennsky-Martens
· Aspen Tag
Cetane Index · HYSYS Default (default)
· Aspen Collins-Unzelman

Specify Cold Properties Dynamic Properties

1 Open the Cold Properties property view.

2 Click the Dynamics tab.
3 Click the Parameters page.
4 In the Control Period field specify the frequency that the utility is calculated.
A value of 10 indicates the utility is recalculated every tenth pressure flow step. This can help speed up your dynamic
simulation since utilities can require some time to calculate.
5 Select the Use Default Periods checkbox to set the Control Period of one utility to equal the Control Period of any
other utilities that you have in the simulation.
6 Select the Enable in Dynamics checkbox to activate the utility for use in Dynamic mode.

Composite Curves Utility

Pinch technology is a methodology that is used to optimize the use of process heat exchange and utilities in complicated
processes. The HYSYS Composite Curves utility provides the necessary tools to apply the pinch principles in the design of
efficient heat exchanger networks.
You can attach any combination of heat exchangers, LNG operations, heaters, or coolers to the Composite Curves utility.
The only requirement being that each operation is solved so the Pinch calculations can be performed.
See Also
Adding a Composite Curves utility
Viewing Composite Curves properties
Deleting a Composite Curves utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 508 of 647

Add a Composite Curves utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Composite Curves Utility.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Composite Curves property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching exchangers to utility
Viewing Composite Curves results

View Composite Curves Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Composite Curves utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Composite Curves property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Composite Curves Utility’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Composite Curves utility
Viewing Composite Curves results

Delete a Composite Curves Utility

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Composite Curve Connections

1 Open the Composite Curves property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the Composite Curves utility.
5 Click the Select Heat Exchanger Object button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate heat exchanger object to use with the utility.
How?

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 509 of 647

Notes
· The Attached Heat Exchange Objects group displays all heat exchanger objects that are attached to the
utility sorted by Heat Exchangers, LNGs, and Heaters/Coolers.
· To delete a heat exchanger object from the utility, select the object from the Heat Exchangers list, LNG’s list,
or Heater/Coolers list and press DELETE.

View Composite Curves Side Results

1 Open the Composite Curves property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Side Results page.
Note: The Side Summary group displays the Inlet Temperature, Outlet Temperature and Molar Flow for each pass
attached to the Component Curves utility.

View Composite Curves Pinch Results

1 Open the Composite Curves property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Pinch Results page.
The Pinch Results group displays the following parameters: Hot Pinch Temperature, Cold Pinch Temperature, Minimum
Approach, Average Temperature at Pinch, Enthalpy Change at Pinch, Cold Utility, Hot Utility, Number of Intervals,
Minimum Approach Target, Cold Utility Target, and Hot Utility Target.

View Composite Curves Results

1 Open the Composite Curves property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Table page.
Note: The Tabular Results table displays the temperature sink and temperature source, the LMTD and enthalpy change
for each interval.

View Composite Curves Results

1 Open the Composite Curves property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Plots page.
4 Specify the graph type you want to view by selecting either Composite Curves or Grand Composite Curve from the
Graph Type drop-down list.
Note: Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

Critical Property Utility

The Critical Property utility calculates the true and pseudo critical temperature, pressure, volume, and compressibility factor
for a fully defined stream.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 510 of 647

The Critical Properties utility displays two sets of critical properties, true and pseudo critical properties. True Critical
Properties are those properties calculated using the mixing rules associated with the property package chosen. Pseudo
Critical Properties use simple linear models to estimate the critical properties of a mixture. They are often very different
from the true critical points and have no real physical significance, but sometimes are used in empirical correlations.
You must set up a fluid package using the Peng Robinson property method to use this utility.
See Also
Adding a Critical Property utility
Viewing Critical Property properties
Deleting a Critical Property utility

Add a Critical Property utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Critical Properties.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Critical Properties property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.

Note: You must set up a fluid package using the Peng Robinson property method to use this utility.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Specifying Critical Property dynamic properties

View Critical Properties Utility

Note: You must set up a fluid package using the Peng Robinson property method to use this utility.

Delete a Critical Property Utility

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 511 of 647

Specify Critical Property Connections

1 Open the Critical Properties property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the Critical Properties utility.
5 Click the Select Stream button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
Notes
· The Properties group displays values for the following properties: Temperature, Pressure, Vapour Fraction, and
Compressibility Factor.
· You must set up a fluid package using the Peng Robinson property method to use this utility.

Specify Critical Property Dynamic Properties

1 Open the Critical Properties property view.

2 Click the Dynamics tab.
3 Click the Parameters page.
4 In the Control Period field specify the frequency that the utility is calculated. A value of 10 indicates the utility is
recalculated every tenth pressure flow step. This can help speed up your dynamic simulation since utilities can require
some time to calculate.
5 Select the Use Default Periods checkbox to set the Control Period of one utility to equal the Control Period of any
other utilities that you have in the simulation.
6 Select the Enable in Dynamics checkbox to activate the utility for use in Dynamic mode.
Note: You must set up a fluid package using the Peng Robinson property method to use this utility.

Data Reconciliation Utility

The Data Reconciliation utility is a component of the HYSYS.RTO real-time optimization package available as a plug-in to
the basic HYSYS software package. The Data Reconciliation utility is one of two utilities used by HYSYS.RTO to provide the
primary interface between the flowsheet model and the solver. Their primary purpose is to collect appropriate optimization
objects that are then exposed to solvers to meet defined solution criteria.
See Also
Adding a Data Reconciliation utility
Viewing Data Reconciliation properties
Deleting a Data Reconciliation utility

Add a Data Reconciliation utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 512 of 647

See Also
Configuring a Data Reconciliation utility
Viewing Data Reconciliation results
Creating Data Reconciliation utility streams
Specifying fitting parameter optimization objects
Specifying DCS tag objects
Analyzing the data set

View Data Reconciliation Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Data Reconciliation utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Data Reconciliation property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Data Reconciliation Utility’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Data Reconciliation utility
Viewing Data Reconciliation results
Creating Data Reconciliation utility streams
Specifying fitting parameter optimization objects
Specifying DCS tag objects
Analyzing the data set

Delete a Data Reconciliation utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Data Reconciliation utility you want to delete.
3 Click the Delete Utility button.
Tip: You can also delete a Data Reconciliation Utility by clicking the Delete button in the Data Reconciliation Utility’s
property view.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Analyze the Data Set

1 Open the Data Reconciliation property view.

2 Click the Data Set Analysis button. The Data Set Analysis property view appears.
3 Use the Input Tags and Output Tags radio buttons to toggle between tag types.
4 Click the Run button to run the analysis.
Notes
· When running ESTIM DRU offline, the Data Set Analysis property view can be used to see how well each
variable behaves over up to 15 data sets, or how up to 15 variables perform against observed plant data for
any particular data set.
· The absolute and percentage difference between the observed and predicted data, and the arithmetic
average and standard deviation of these differences are displayed to show the statistical accuracy of the
model.
See Also

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 513 of 647

Optimizing Objects

Configure a Data Reconciliation Utility

1 Open the Data Reconciliation property view.

2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 In the Name field, specify a name for the Data Reconciliation utility.
4 Click the Target Objects button. The Target Objects property view appears.
5 From the Target Object property view, select the appropriate object(s) to use.
How?
6 In the Problem Formulation group activate the Perform Calculations checkboxes if you want to perform the Fitting,
Gross Error Detection, or Data Elimination calculations in the Optimizer.
7 Select one of the following options from the Mode drop-down list in the Fitting column: Offset Only or Fit Params.
8 Select one of the following options from the Mode drop-down list in the Gross Error Detection column: Full or
Shortcut.
9 In the Run After row specify time step you want the model to be executed, the calculations are performed every Nth
time. This allows the associated measurement data blocks to gather the historical data without full recalculation being
performed for each new data set. The Current field indicates the current number of runs.
10 In the Confidence row specify the level of fit required for a good result. The higher the confidence, the closer the
fit needs to be to a normalized curve for the fit to be deemed good.
11 In the Maximum row specify a maximum number of iterations (error function gradient evaluations or optimizer
steps) for calculating the optimal parameters.
12 Specify the following parameters in the Data Set Configuration group: Minimum Data Sets, Maximum Data Sets,
Current Data Sets, or Horizon.
13 Specify the following parameters in the Solver Parameters and Tolerances group: Central Difference, Forward
Difference, Optimality Tolerance, Linesearch, Maximum Step, Objective Scaling, and Convergence Tolerance.
14 Select one of the following options from the Environment drop-down list to specify the environment you want to
operate: HYSYS or RTO+. You must have an RTO+ license to operate in that environment.
15 Select one of the following options in the Diagnostic Print Level drop-down list to specify the amount of information
to include in the Optimizer diagnostic file: Fair, Drizzle, Shower, or Down Pour.
Tip: You can add and remove target objects at any time by clicking the Target Objects button.

View Data Reconciliation Results

1 Open the Data Reconciliation property view.

2 Click the Results tab.
3 In the Name field specify a name for the Data Reconciliation utility.
Tip: You can add and remove target objects at any time by clicking the Target Objects button.

Notes
· The Parameter Fitting Results group displays the following results: Maximum Chi2, Chi2, Goodness of Fit, Fit
Error, Starting Objective, Final Objective, Function Call, and Major Iterations.
· The Number of group summarizes the user-supplied parameters.
· The Gross Error Detection Results group displays the following results: Maximum Error, Elimination Error,
Goodness of Elimination, and Number of Eliminations.

Create Data Reconciliation Utility Streams

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 514 of 647

1 Open the Data Reconciliation property view.

2 Click the Stream Initialization tab.
3 In the Name field, specify a name for the Data Reconciliation utility.
4 From the drop-down list select DRU Stream.
5 Click the Add button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
7 Click one of the following radio buttons to specify the stream type you want to define: Inlet, Outlet, Energy, or
Internal. Use these radio buttons at any time to switch between the different stream types.
8 Click the Set Up radio button.
9 Activate the checkboxes in the Multiple column to indicate that historical data is available for the flowsheet stream,
data that is stored in the ESTIM DRU object.
If unchecked, any specified values of the corresponding flowsheet stream are held constant for the duration of the
parameter estimation.
1 0 In the Data Sets column specify the number of data sets available for each stream.
1 1 From the drop-down list in the Comp Basis column select the basis for the component calculation in each stream.
1 2 Click the Data radio button.
1 3 From the list of available streams select the stream you want to view data for.
Tips
· When the Set Up radio button is selected double-click the stream name to access the Stream's property view.
· When the Data radio button is selected double-click the stream name to access the Stream's optimization
object property view.
· Click the Copy Data Set button, when the Data radio button is selected, to open the Copy Data Set property
view.
· Click the Change Basis button, when the Data radio button is selected, to open the Change Basis property
view.
· You can add and remove target objects at any time by clicking the Target Objects button.
See Also
Optimizing Objects

Specify Fitting Parameter Optimization Objects

1 Open the Data Reconciliation property view.

2 Click the Parameter Fit tab.
3 In the Name field, specify a name for the Data Reconciliation utility.
4 From the drop-down list select Fit Parameter.
5 Click the Add button. The Variable Navigator property view appears.
6 From the Variable Navigator property view, select the appropriate variable you want to use with the utility.
How?
7 In the Start Value field specify the starting value of the parameter.
8 In the Minimum and Maximum fields specify the range over which the parameter is allowed to vary. These values
should be considered carefully so as not to constrain the model to a region in which the model solution is greatly
different from the actual plant.
9 Activate the Fit checkbox to include the parameter in the current run.
Tips
· Double-click the parameter name to access the Parameter's optimization object property view.
· You can add and remove target objects at any time by clicking the Target Objects button.

Notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 515 of 647

· The Current Value field displays the value of the parameter after an update is performed. After an update,
and only if the fit is good, the new values are placed directly into the model.
· The Result Value field displays the value of the parameter after the last run of the ESTIM DRU.
See Also
Optimizing Objects

Specify DCS Tag Objects

1 Open the Data Reconciliation property view.

2 Click the Parameter Fit tab.
3 In the Name field, specify a name for the Data Reconciliation utility.
4 From the drop-down list, select Fit Parameter.
5 Click the Add button. The Variable Navigator appears.
6 From the Variable Navigator, select the appropriate variable you want to use with the utility.
How?
7 Click one of the following radio buttons to specify the tag type you want to define: Input, Output, or All. Use these
radio buttons at any time to switch between the different tag types.
8 Click the Setup radio button.
9 In the Data Sets column, specify the number of data sets available for each tag.
10 Activate the Input checkbox to set the tag as an "input" (specified flowsheet variable).
11 Activate the Ignore checkbox if you want to ignore the tag during calculations.
12 Click the Parameters radio button.
13 Specify the following parameters: offset, limit, next_value, scale, sigma, Count, total count, calculate bias, Use
bias, Input, next good, Over_data, and eliminated.
Tips
· Double-click the tag name to access the Tag's optimization object property view.
· Click the Measured Data radio button to view the measured property data.
· Click the Results radio button to view the Current Value, Offset, Limit, and Total Error.
· Click the All radio button to view the parameters and results for each tag.
· Click the Info radio button to view the status and any errors associated with each data set.
· You can add and remove target objects at any time by clicking the Target Objects button.
See Also
Optimizing Objects

Derivative Utility

The Derivative utility is a component of the HYSYS.RTO real-time optimization package available as a plug-in to the basic
HYSYS software package. The Derivative utility is one of two utilities used by HYSYS.RTO to provide the primary interface
between the flowsheet model and the solver. Their primary purpose is to collect appropriate optimization objects that are
then exposed to solvers to meet a defined solution criteria.
See Also
Adding a Derivative utility
Viewing Derivative properties
Deleting a Derivative utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 516 of 647

Add a Derivative Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
F rom the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Derivative Utility.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Derivative property view appears.
See Also
Specifying Variables for optimization
Specifying Constraints and Objective Functions for optimization
Configuring a Derivative utility
Performing a derivative analysis
Performing a model analysis

View Derivative Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Derivative utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Derivative property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Derivative
Utility’s properties.
See Also
Specifying Variables for optimization
Specifying Constraints and Objective Functions for optimization
Configuring a Derivative utility
Performing a derivative analysis
Performing a model analysis

Delete a Derivative utility

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Configure a Derivative Utility

1 Open the Derivative property view.

2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 Click one of the following radio buttons in the Variables group to specify the type of variables to be listed:
Optimization, Tear or All (Optimization and Tear).
4 Click the Struct Non-Zero Pattern radio button.
5 You are now able to do one of two things to modify the structured non-zero pattern of the Derivative Utility: have
HYSYS automatically generate a structured non-zero pattern or build your own non-zero pattern.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 517 of 647

· To have HYSYS build a structured non-zero pattern, click the Build Struct Non-Zeros Pattern button. The
pattern is displayed in the Current Struct Non-Zeros group. You are able to modify the pattern once HYSYS has
built it.
· To build your own structure, click one of the following radio buttons to specify the type of constraints to list
in the Constraints Available group: Process, Technical (Hard) or All (Process and Technical). Select the constraint
(s) you want to add to the pattern and click the Add button.
6 Activate the Use Non-Zero Pattern checkbox to include the pattern in the optimization.
7 Click the Affected Recycles/Adjusts radio button
8 Again you have two options for specifying recycles and adjusts that are affected by the utility: have HYSYS
automatically find them or specify the ones that are affected yourself.
· To have HYSYS find the affected Recycles and Adjusts, click the Find Affected Recycles/Adjusts button. The
affected recycles and adjusts are displayed in the Affected Recycles/Adjusts list. You are able to modify the list
once HYSYS has built it.
· To specify you own list, click one of the following radio buttons to the type of logical operation to list in the
Active Recycles/Adjusts group: Recycles, Adjusts or All (Recycles and Adjusts). Select the logical operation(s) you
want to add to the affected list and click the Add button.
9 Activate the Use Affected Ops checkbox to include the operations in the optimization.
Tips
· You may select more than one constraint/logical operation at a time by holding down the CTRL key, and then
clicking each object you want to select.
· To remove a constraint from the Current Struct Non-Zeros group, select the constraint you want to remove
and click the Remove button.
· To remove a Recycle/Adjust from the Affected Recycles/Adjusts group, select the logical operation you want
to remove and click the Remove button.
· Click the Auto Conf Tear Variables button to set the minimum, maximum and ranges of the variables and
scales on the constraints based on their current values.
· Activate the Analytic Derivative checkbox to try and use analytical derivative whenever possible during
optimization.
· Activate the Auto Step Correction checkbox to automatically correct the step size during optimization.

Specify Variables for Optimization

1 Open the Derivative property view.

2 Click the Variables tab.
3 Click the Operation button. The Target Objects property view appears.
4 From the Target Object property view, select the appropriate object(s) to use.
How?
5 From the drop-down list in the Derivative Utility Configuration group select OptVars.
6 Click the Add button. The Select Optimization Variables property view appears.
7 From the Select Optimization Variables property view, select the appropriate variable to use.
How?
8 In the Variables tree, expand the Variables branch by clicking the ‘+’ symbol.
9 Click on one of the following options in the Variables branch to specify what information you want to view, Config,
Input, Output, Results, or All.
10 Specify the following parameters for each variable in the table: Current Value, Optimize Flag, Minimum, Maximum,
Range, Global Minimum, Global Maximum, Pert. Factor, Sparse Column, Old Var Value, Delta Variable, and Gradient.
The only required input for the optimization variables are as follows: Optimize Flag, Minimum, Maximum, Range
(optional), Global Minimum and Global Maximum.
Tips
· Select the Config option of the Variables or Tear Variables tree and double-click the object name to access
the Variable's optimization object property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 518 of 647

· When the Master radio button is selected all of the variables appear in the table.
· When the Runtime radio button is selected all of the variables that have the Optimize Flag checkbox
activated will appear in the table.

Notes
· The following parameters are calculated for each variable: Start Valuestart_value_derivative,
Statusstatus_derivative, Spanspan_derivative, Outputoutput_derivative, Priceprice_derivative, Jac
Offsetjac_offset_derivative, and Jac Numjac_num_derivative.
· Tear Variables are created by HYSYS when a flowsheet is broken up between multiple utilities. Tear variables
correspond to the streams entering the optimization block. By default, Tear Variable objects are created for
the full set of variables (Temperature, Pressure, Molar Flow, and Component Molar Flow). Follow steps 8, 9
and 10 to view and modify the properties of tear variables.
· Solution Variables are treated as Solution Constraints (residual form, the final converged value of these
constraints must be zero within a user specified tolerance). These have to reside inside of the extension
operation.
See Also
Optimization Objects

Specify State Variables for Optimization

1 Open the Derivative property view.

Specify Constraints for Optimization

1 1 Open the Derivative property view.

2 Click the Constraints/Objective Function tab.
3 Click the Operation button. The Target Objects property view appears.
4 From the Target Object property view, select the appropriate object(s) to use.
How?
5 From the drop-down list in the Derivative Utility Configuration group select ProcCons.
6 Click the Add button. The Select Optimization Variables property view appears.
7 From the Select Optimization Variables property view, select the appropriate variable to use.
How?
8 In the Dependent tree, expand the Process Constraint branch by clicking the icon.
9 Click on one of the following options in the Process Constraint branch to specify what information you want to view,
Config, Input, Output, Results, or All.
10 Specify the following parameters for each variable in the table: Use Flag, Minimum, Maximum, Scale, Minimum Chi
Square, Normalization, Base Value, Price, Hard Constraint, Off Flag, Sparse Row, Current, Old Cons Value, and Bias1.
The only required inputs for Constraints are as follows: Use Flag, Minimum, Maximum, and Scale.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 519 of 647

Tips
· Select the Config option of the Process Constraint or Hard Constraint tree and double-click the object name
to access the Constraint's optimization object property view.
· Use the Master and Runtime radio buttons to filter out the list of available constraints.
· When the Master radio button is selected all of the constraints appear in the table.
· When the Runtime radio button is selected all of the constraints that have the Use Flag checkbox activated
will appear in the table.

Notes
· The following parameters are calculated for each variable: Current Value and Status.
· Hard constraints are created by HYSYS when a flowsheet is broken up between multiple utilities. Hard
constraints correspond to the streams exiting the optimization block. By default, Hard constraint objects are
created for the full set of variables (Temperature, Pressure, Molar Flow, Enthalpy, Entropy, and Component
Molar Flow). Follow steps 8, 9 and 10 to view and modify the properties of Hard constraints.
See Also
Optimization Objects

Specify Objective Functions for Optimization

1 Open the Derivative property view.

Note: The following parameters are calculated for each variable: Current Value and Weighted Value.
See Also
Optimization Objects

Perform a Derivative Analysis

1 Open the Derivative property view.

2 Click the Derivative Analysis tab.
3 Click one of the following radio buttons in the Independent group to specify the variables you want to use in the
analysis: All, Opt Vars or Tear Vars. Only variables that are active are included in the analysis.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons in the Dependent group to specify the constraints and objective functions
you want to use in the analysis: All, Proc Cons, Tech Cons, or Obj Funcs. Only the constraints that are active are
included in the analysis.
5 Click either the 1-sided or 2-sided radio button in the Mode group.
6 Specify the disturbance level in the Perturbation field.
7 Specify the tolerance of the Jacobian in the Jacobian Tolerance field.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 520 of 647

8 Specify the step size to be taken during the analysis in the Step Size field.
9 Click one of the following buttons to specify which derivative analysis you want to perform, Gradient and Noise,
Gradient Only or Gradient and Step.
10 Use the Derivative, Absolute Noise, Signal/Noise, and Time to Solve radio buttons to specify the information that is
displayed on the tab after the analysis is complete.

Perform a Model Analysis

1 Open the Derivative property view.

2 Click the Model Analysis tab.

3 Click the Start the Model Test icon. HYSYS sets the variables of the model to their maximum and minimum
settings to test stability of the model.

Tip: Click the Stop the Model Run icon at any time to stop the analysis.

Note: Any errors that occur during the analysis appear in the Model Analysis Problem Report group.

Dynamic Depressuring Utility

The Dynamic Depressuring utility can be used to simulate the depressuring of gas, gas-liquid filled vessels, pipelines, and
systems with depressuring through a single valve. References to "vessel" can also be "piping" or "combinations of the two."
The Dynamic Depressuring utility is mostly an interface where data is entered. The entered data gets transferred to a
subflowsheet of the depressuring system (one inlet stream and one vessel).
It is this subflowsheet that is run in dynamics until the depressuring time is complete, and the system then returns to
steady state. The results are retrieved from the strip charts, and displayed on the Performance tab.
To start the Dynamic Depressuring calculations, specify enough information in the utility, and click the Run button on the
Dynamic Depressuring property view. If you want to stop the utility while it is calculating, click the Stop button.
Notes
· The dynamic depressuring utility does not require dynamics or other additional special licenses to run.
· The Dynamic Depressuring utility works with any fluid package, except for the electrolyte fluid package and
where solids are present.
See Also
Adding a Dynamic Depressuring utility
Viewing Dynamic Depressuring properties
Deleting a Dynamic Depressuring utility

Add a Dynamic Depressuring utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Depressuring - Dynamics.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Dynamic Depressuring utility property view appears.
Tips
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
· Click the Run button to start the depressuring utility once enough information is specified.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing stream properties
Viewing Dynamic Depressuring results

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 521 of 647

View Dynamic Depressuring Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Dynamic Depressuring utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Dynamic Depressuring utility property view appears. From here you can modify any
of the Dynamic Depressuring Utility’s properties.
Tips
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
· Click the Run button to start the depressuring utility once enough information is specified.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing stream compositions
Viewing Dynamic Depressuring results

Delete a Dynamic Depressuring Utility

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Dynamic Depressuring Subflowsheet

The Dynamic Depressuring subflowsheet is not meant to be altered in any way. In fact before the utility runs, HYSYS
checks to see if the template has been changed (for example, the number of streams and unit operations) and if it has
been changed HYSYS deletes the altered subflowsheet and creates a new one.
There are three spreadsheets in the subflowsheet: vapor flow rate, liquid flow rate, and duty. The three spreadsheets are
used for the flow rate and heat flux equations. The calculated flows are exported from the spreadsheets to the vapor,
liquid, or duty stream flow.
Notes
· The spreadsheets are used to transfer data from the utility, which is manipulated and then sent to different
unit operations. As a result the spreadsheet is being over written every time the utility runs.
· If you modify the spreadsheet and run the utility, your added information is lost.
· The only time a spreadsheet is not overwritten is when the Use Spreadsheet option is selected.
The Dynamic Depressuring utility provides a Use Spreadsheet option for both the liquid and vapor flow rate, and the heat
flux equation. The Use Spreadsheet option gives unlimited possibilities of flow rate and heat flux equations.
Tips
· You can select the Use Spreadsheet option from the Operating Mode drop-down list on the Heat Flux page of
the Design tab in the Dynamic Depressuring utility property view.
· When you select the Use Spreadsheet option, a View Spreadsheet button appears in the dynamic
depressuring utility property view.
· By clicking the View Spreadsheet button, the corresponding spreadsheet opens to be modified. If you change
the mode from Use Spreadsheet to another mode, the spreadsheet is over written.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 522 of 647

The flow rate spreadsheets are not always used. When a fisher valve or a relief valve is selected the standard unit
operation is added to the subflowsheet.

Specify Dynamic Depressuring Connections

1 Open the Dynamic Depressuring utility property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Dynamic Depressuring utility.
5 In the Inlets row, click the <<Stream>> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select a pre-
defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this step if
you have multiple feed streams.
6 Select the orientation of the vessel by selecting either the Horizontal or Vertical radio button.
7 If you enter only one inlet stream in the Vessel Parameters group, you must enter a volume for the vessel, liquid
volume, and the height or diameter of the vessel; or enter the liquid volume, height, and diameter of the vessel.
HYSYS then calculates the missing information.
If you enter more than one inlet stream, two rows appear underneath the Inlet row. The two rows are Vessel Volume and
Liquid Volume. You can enter the vessel volume and the liquid volume for each stream in the associated Vessel
Volume and Liquid Volume fields. Default values of the vessel parameters are calculated using a settle out calculation.
8 In the Heat Transfer Areas group, you can specify the vessel surface area of the head for heat transfer calculations.
9 In the Correction Factors group, you can specify the correction factors used to consider effects of the metal mass in
contact with the liquid, and the metal mass in contact with the vapor.
Notes
· You can enter up to four inlet streams for the Dynamic Depressuring utility.
· Each stream has its own vessel volume and liquid volume.
· For more than one stream a settle out calculation is done. The results are approximate, because the settle
out calculation is used in one vessel.
· Larger systems and more complex configurations can be studied in Dynamics mode, where the pipe networks
can be configured.

Configure Dynamic Depressuring Strip charts

1 Open the Dynamic Depressuring utility property view.

2 Click on the Design or Performance tab.
3 Click on the Config. Strip Charts or Strip Charts page.
You don’t have to create a strip chart, because the dynamic depressuring utility automatically creates a minimum
required variable strip chart.
You can create additional strip charts, and you should select the variables from the correct depressuring subflowsheet only.
1 Click the Create Plot button to create additional strip charts. A new strip chart is added to the list of available strip
charts, and the default name of the new strip chart is DataLogger.
2 Specify the name of the strip chart in the Logger Name field.
3 In the Sample Interval field, you can specify the time to determine how often the data samples are recorded during
the depressuring calculations.
The HYSYS default value is 20 seconds. The sample interval is set to equal the time step size specified on the
Operating Conditions page.
You have to run the Dynamic Depressuring utility calculations after the strip chart has been changed, or created in order to
view the updated strip chart.
1 By default there are a number of variables already available to the strip chart. To add new variables to the list click
the Add Variable button. The Variable Navigator property view appears.
2 From the Variable Navigator, select the appropriate variable you want to use with the utility.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 523 of 647

How?
3 Click the Active checkbox for each variable that you want to appear in the strip chart.
Tips
· To delete a strip chart, select the strip chart from the list of available strip charts and click the Delete Plot
button.
· To view a strip chart, select the strip chart from the list of available strip chats and click the View Strip Chart
button. The Strip Chart property view appears.
· To view data points stored in the strip chart in tabular format, select the strip chart from the list of available
strip chats and click the View Historical Data button. The Historical Data property view appears which allows
you to you to save/export the results to a CSV file and to a DMP file.
· Click the Create FLARENET Plot button to create a strip chart that contains information you can export to
FLARENET. The default name is the dynamic depressuring utility’s name followed by FLARENET. To add
another FLARENET strip chart, change the default name of the previously created FLARENET strip chart before
clicking the Create FLARENET Plot button again.

Specify Dynamic Depressuring Heat Flux Parameters

1 Open the Dynamic Depressuring utility property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Heat Flux page.
4 Select one of the following options from the Operating Mode drop-down list to specify the operating mode of the
utility: Fire Mode, Fire Stephan Boltzman, Fire API521, Adiabatic, or Use Spreadsheet.
5 Select one of the following options from the Heat Loss Model drop-down list to specify the heat loss parameter of the
utility: None, Simple, or Detailed.
Tip: When the Use Spreadsheet operating mode is selected, the View Spreadsheet button appears. Clicking the View
Spreadsheet button opens the duty spreadsheet.

Note: When the Adiabatic mode is selected, heat flux information is not required.
See Also
Specifying fire operating mode parameters
Specifying fire Stephan Boltzman operating mode parameters
Specifying fire API521 operating mode parameters
Specifying a simple heat loss model
Specifying a detailed heat loss model

Specify Dynamic Depressuring Valve Parameters

1 Open the Dynamic Depressuring utility property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Valve Parameters page.
4 In the Back Pressure fields specify the pressure of the liquid and vapor outlet streams.
5 From either the Vapour Flow Equation or Liquid Flow Equation drop-down lists, you can specify the equation to use
for sizing the vapor and liquid valves: Fisher, Relief, Supersonic, Subsonic, Masoneilan, General, No Flow, or Use
Spreadsheet.
Tip: You can also view the depressuring valve equations by clicking the Valve Equation Help button

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 524 of 647

Notes
· HYSYS recommends you use either the Fisher or Relief option to size the valve. The Fisher and Relief valve
equations are more advanced than the other valve equations, and they can automatically handle choking
conditions, and support various additional factors and options that can be accessed from the property views of
the valve unit operation.
· Use the Session Preferences property view to determine the units for the equation.

Specify Dynamic Depressuring Options

1 Open the Dynamic Depressuring property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Options page.
4 In the PV Work Term Contribution field, specify the contribution of the PV Work.
Note: The PV Work Term Contribution value is used to approximate the isentropic efficiency. Higher values result in lower
pressures and temperatures, and the commonly used values range from 87% to 98%.

Specify Dynamic Depressuring Operating Conditions

1 Open the Dynamic Depressuring property view.

2 Click the Design tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 525 of 647

3 Click the Operating Conditions page.

4 If only one inlet stream is installed in the Utility specify the initial vessel pressure in the Operating Pressure field.
When multiple inlets streams are specified the operating pressure is calculated using settle out calculations.
5 In the Time Step Size field specify the integration step size. The default value is 0.5 seconds.
Tip: Reduce the time step when you see a large flow rate compared to the volume.
6 In the Depressuring Time field specify the depressurization period. The default value is 15 minutes (900 seconds)
based on API 521.
7 The options that are displayed in the Vapour Outlet Solving Option group depend on the vapor flow equation specified
on the Valve Parameters page.
Notes
· HYSYS can solve either the valve coefficient or the pressure.
· The Dynamics Depressuring utility runs the dynamics integrator. The integrator uses a fixed integration step
size with a default value of 0.5 seconds, and always runs for the total depressuring time specified. If your
vessel depressurizes in relatively short time (e.g., three seconds), you may need to decrease the integration
step size and depressuring time appropriately. The sampling frequency of the strip chart is automatically set to
the value of the Time Step Size.

View Dynamic Depressuring Results

1 Open the Dynamic Depressuring utility property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Summary page.
Notes
· The Depressuring Summary group displays the initial vessel pressure, final pressure, depressuring time and
the vapor and liquid valve coefficients.
· The Temperature Profile group displays the initial, final, and minimum temperatures for the vessel fluid and
valve outlet. Use the radio buttons to toggle between vapor and liquid phases.
· The Flow Profile group displays the initial and final mass of the vapor and liquid and the peak flow rate
through the vapor and liquid valves.

Envelope Utility

The Envelope utility enables you to examine relationships between selected parameters, for any stream of known
composition, including streams with only one component. Vapour-Liquid Envelopes can be plotted for the following
variables:
· Pressure-Temperature
· Pressure-Volume
· Pressure-Enthalpy
· Pressure-Entropy
· Temperature-Volume
· Temperature-Enthalpy
· Temperature-Entropy
For the Pressure-Temperature envelope, quality lines, and a hydrate curve can also be added to the plot. The remaining
curves allow the inclusion of Isocurves (Isotherms or Isobars).
Since the Envelope is calculated on a dry basis, you must be careful when applying the utility to multi-component mixtures
that contain H2O or any other component that can form a second liquid phase.
The Envelope utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.
See Also

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 526 of 647

Adding an Envelope utility

Viewing Envelope properties
Deleting an Envelope utility

Add an Envelope utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Envelope Utility.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Envelope property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.

Note: The Envelope utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Envelope results
Specifying Envelope dynamic properties

View Envelope Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Envelope utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Envelope property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Envelope
Utility’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.

Note: The Envelope utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Envelope results
Specifying Envelope dynamic properties

Delete an Envelope utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Envelope utility you want to delete.
3 Click the Delete Utility button.
Tips
· Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
· You can also delete an Envelope Utility by clicking the Delete button in the Envelope Utility’s property view.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Envelope Utility Connections

1 Open the Envelope property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 527 of 647

4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Envelope utility.

5 In the top right corner drop-down list, select the phase type: HYSYS Two-Phase or COMThermo Three-Phase.
6 Click the Select Stream button. The Select Object property view appears.
7 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
Notes
· The Critical Values group displays the critical temperature and critical pressure of the stream.
· The Maxima group displays the cricondentherm and the cricondenbar.
· The Envelope utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.

View Envelope Results

1 Open the Envelope property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Plots page.
4 Select the envelope you want to plot by selecting one of the following radio buttons found in the Envelope Type
group: PT, PV, PH, PS, TV, TH, or TS
Tips
· Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.
· You can clear all curves in the plot by clicking the Clear button.
· To plot the hydrate envelope, activate the Hydrate checkbox and select one of the following calculation
modes from the drop-down list: Assume Free Water, Asymmetric Model, Symmetric Model, and Vapour Model
Only.

Note: The Envelope utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.

View Envelope Results

1 Open the Envelope property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Table page.
4 Select one of the following options from the Table Type drop-down list to specify the type of data that appears in the
table: Bubble Pt., Dew Pt., Quality 1, Quality 2, Hydrate, Isotherm 1, Isotherm 2, Isotherm 3, Isobar 1, Isobar 2, or
Isobar 3.
Tip: Click the Clear button to clear all the curve data from the table.

Note: The Envelope utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.

Specify Envelope Dynamic Properties

1 Open the Envelope property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 528 of 647

other utilities that you have in the simulation.

6 Activate the Enable in Dynamics checkbox to activate the utility for use in Dynamic mode.
Note: The Envelope utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.

FRI Tray Rating Utility

The FRI Tray Rating utility enables you to use the sieve tray spreadsheet from FRI (Fractionation Research Institute) to size
or rate tray sections from a solved HYSYS simulation case.
Note:
· You must have the FRI spreadsheet in order to use this utility. Refer to www.fri.org for more information.
· The FRI spreadsheet has calculations for sieve tray types.
See Also
Adding a FRI Tray Rating utility
Viewing a FRI Tray Rating utility
Deleting a FRI Tray Rating utility

Add a FRI Tray Rating utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select FRI Tray Rating.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The FRI Tray Rating property view appears.
Tips
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
· To begin FRI calculation, ensure all the required data has been entered (see the message in the status bar)
and click the Calculate button.
See Also
Configuring a Tray Sizing utility
Viewing Tray Sizing results
Viewing Tray Properties

View FRI Tray Rating Properties

Delete a FRI Tray Rating Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 529 of 647

Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the FRI Tray Rating utility you want to delete.
3 Click the Delete Utility button.
Tip: You can also delete a FRI Tray Rating utility by clicking the Delete button in the FRI Tray Rating property view.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Select the Tray Section and FRI File

1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.

2 Click the Inputs tab, and select the Setup page.
3 Click the Select TS button. The Select Tray Section property view appears.
4 In the Flowsheet list, select the flowsheet containing the tray section you want.
5 In the Object list, select the column you want to analyze.
6 Click the OK button. The selected column will appear in the Tray Section display field.
7 Click the Browse button. The Select the location of the desired FRI spread sheet property view appears.
8 In the Look in drop-down list, locate the drive and folder containing the FRI spread sheet file.
9 Select the FRI spread sheet file name and click the Open button.
The path and name of the selected FRI spread sheet file appears in the FRI Spread Sheet Location display field.
Tips
· Enter a name for the FRI Tray Rating utility in the Name field.
· You can add, modify, and remove sections using the options in the Sections group.
o The Sections table contains the following section parameters: Section Name,
Start Tray, End Tray, Internals, Number of Passes, and Configuration.
o Click the Add Section button to add another section to the selected tray
section.
o Click the Copy Section button to copy the selected section in the Sections
table.
o Click the Remove Section button to remove the selected section from the FRI
Tray Rating utility.

Specify General Section Information

1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.

2 Click the Inputs tab, and select the General Input page.
3 Specify the tray diameter and tray spacing for the tray section(s).
4 In the General Tray Specifications group, select the panel you want to modify and do one of the following:
· Click the Use FRI Defaults button to populate the general tray specifications with default values from the
FRI spreadsheet.
· Specify the tray information in the appropriate cells.

Specify Minimum or Detailed Information

1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.

2 Click the Inputs tab, and select the Min/Detailed Input page.
Depending on which configuration you selected in the Setup page, the Min/Detailed Input page will contain the appropriate
variables.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 530 of 647

3 Use the drop-down list to select the panel you want to modify and do one of the following:
· Click the Use FRI Defaults button to populate the Minimum or Detailed parameters with default values from
the FRI spreadsheet.
· Specify the Minimum or Detailed parameter values in the appropriate cells.

Modify Calculation Options

1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.

2 Click the Inputs tab, and select the Options page.
3 In the Excel Options group, select the settings you want for the behavior of the FRI Excel spreadsheet.
Tips
· The Input Units drop-down list enables you to select the units for the input values in the FRI spread sheet.
· The Output Units drop-down list enables you to select the units for the output values in the FRI spread sheet.
· The Open Excel during calculations checkbox enables you to toggle between opening or hiding Excel during
the FRI calculation.
· The Allow changes to be made before data transfer back to HYSYS checkbox enables you to toggle between
allowing data changes before transferring the data into HYSYS or transferring the data straight to HYSYS as
soon as the calculations are complete.
· For this option to work, you need to have the Open Excel during calculations checkbox selected.
· The Keep Excel open after the calculations are complete checkbox enables you to toggle between leaving
Excel open or closing Excel as soon as the calculations are complete.
4 In the Calculations Options group, use the available drop-down lists to tailor the FRI tray rating calculation to your
model.
Tip: To begin FRI calculation, ensure all the required data has been entered (see the message in the status bar) and click
the Calculate button.

View Pressure Drop Plots

The Pressure Drop page enables you to view the plot selected properties of a panel in a section.
1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.
2 Click the Results tab, and select the Pressure Drop page.
3 In the Output Settings group, use the drop-down list and checkboxes to select the section and panel(s) you want to
see in the plot.
4 In the Pressure Drop Plots group, select the checkbox of the properties you want to see in the plot.
Tip: The Export Pressure button enables you to export the plot data, calculated by FRI Tray Rating utility, back to the
column in the HYSYS PFD.

View Jet Flooding Plots

The Jet Flooding page enables you to view the plot properties of the selected section.
1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.
2 Click the Results tab, and select the Jet Flooding page.
3 In the Output Settings group, use the drop-down list select the section you want to see in the plot.
4 In the Jet Flood Plots group, select the checkbox of the properties you want to see in the plot.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 531 of 647

View DC Flooding Plots

The DC Flooding page enables you to view the plot properties of the selected section.
1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.
2 Click the Results tab, and select the DC Flooding page.
3 In the Output Settings group, use the drop-down list select the section you want to see in the plot.
4 In the DC Flooding Plots group, select the checkbox of the properties you want to see in the plot.

View Entrainment Plots

The Entrainment page enables you to view the plot properties of a panel in a section.
1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.
2 Click the Results tab, and select the Entrainment page.
3 In the Output Settings group, use the drop-down list select the section you want to see in the plot.
4 In the Entrainment Plots group, select the checkbox of the properties you want to see in the plot.

View Weeping or Dumping Plots

The Dumping/Weeping page enables you to view the plot properties of a panel in a section.
1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.
2 Click the Results tab, and select the Dumping/Weeping page.
3 In the Output Settings group, use the drop-down list select the section you want to see in the plot.
4 In the Dumping/Weeping Plots group, select the checkbox of the properties you want to see in the plot.

View Tray Properties in Tabular Format

The Table page displays the vapor or liquid tray properties in a tabular format.
1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.
2 Click the Tray Properties tab, and select the Table page.
3 Select either Vapour (to Tray) or Liquid (from Tray) to see the tabular data of the vapor or liquid in the trays.

View Tray Properties in Plot Format

The Plots page displays the selected vapor and/or liquid property data vs the tray number in plot format.
1 Open the FRI Tray Rating utility property view.
2 Click the Tray Properties tab, and select the Plots page.
3 In the Plot group, select the property data you want to see in the plot.

Hydrate Formation Utility

The Hydrate Formation utility calculates the incipient solid formation point for hydrates. The predictive models are based on
fundamental thermodynamic principles and use equation-of-state generated properties in calculating the equilibrium
conditions. These predictive models can therefore be applied to various compositions, and extreme operating conditions
with a greater degree of reliability than one may expect with empirical expressions or charts.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 532 of 647

Notes:
· Hydrates formation prediction is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of
state.
· A hydrate curve can be plotted with the Envelope utility.
· Refer to the HYSYS Operations Guide for more information on the Hydrate Formation Utility.
See Also
Adding a Hydrate Formation utility
Viewing Hydrate Formation properties
Deleting a Hydrate Formation utility

Add a Hydrate Formation utility

Notes
· The Hydrate Formation utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.
· A hydrate curve can be plotted with the Envelope utility.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Hydrate Formation results
Specifying Hydrate Formation dynamic properties

View Hydrate Formation Properties

Notes
· The Hydrate utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.
· A hydrate curve can be plotted with the Envelope utility.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Hydrate Formation results
Specifying Hydrate Formation dynamic properties

Delete a Hydrate Formation utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 533 of 647

Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Hydrate Formation utility you want to delete.
3 Click the Delete Utility button.
Tip: You can also delete a Hydrate Formation Utility by clicking the Delete button in the Hydrate Formation Utility’s
property view.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Hydrate Formation Connections

1 Open the Hydrate Formation property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the Hydrate Formation utility.
5 Click the Select Stream button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
Notes
· The Hydrate Formation at Stream Conditions group displays the hydrate formation flag (status), hydrate type
formed, calculation mode, and inhibitor calculation.
· The Hydrate utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.
· In the case of ice formation, the hydrate type will report "Ice Forms First" and the temperature and/or
pressure are set to EMPTY.
· A hydrate curve can be plotted with the Envelope utility.

Override Models

If you want to have flexibility over the model selection namely Assume Free Water, Asymmetric, Symmetric, and Vapour
only, you can override the model using the feature in the Model Override page.
To override the model selection:
1 Open the Hydrate Formation property view.
2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Model Override page.
4 Select the Override Default Model checkbox.
Tip: The Hydrate Calculation Model drop-down list becomes active. There are four types of hydrate calculation
model to choose from:
· Assume Free Waterassume_free_water_calc_mode
· Asymmetric Modelasymmetric_model_calc_mode
· Symmetric Modelsymmetric_model_calc_mode
· Vapour Only Modelvapour_model_only_calc_mode
5 Select the type of hydrate calculation you want from the Hydrate Calculation Model drop-down list.
Notes:
· The Hydrate Formation utility in Aspen HYSYS employs a default calculation method for prediction of
hydrates. In other words, Aspen HYSYS automatically determines an appropriate model (either the 2-Phase
model, the 3-Phase model, or the Assume Free Water model) to be used based on the result of equilibrium
flash. The default calculation method is recommended for all hydrate predictions (in other words, the override
mode is generally not recommended).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 534 of 647

View Hydrate Formation Results

1 Open the Hydrate Formation property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Formation T/P page.
Notes
· The Formation Temperature at Stream Pressure group displays the formation temperature, hydrate type
formed, calculation mode, equilibrium phases, and inhibitor calculation.
· The Formation Pressure at Stream Temperature group displays the formation pressure, hydrate type formed,
calculation mode, equilibrium phases, and inhibitor calculation.
· The Hydrate utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.
· A hydrate curve can be plotted with the Envelope utility.

Specify Hydrate Formation Dynamic Properties

1 Open the Hydrate Formation property view.

2 Click the Dynamics tab.
3 Click the Parameters page.
4 In the Control Period field, specify the frequency that the utility is calculated.
A value of 10 indicates the utility is recalculated every tenth pressure flow step. This can help speed up your dynamic
simulation since utilities can require some time to calculate.
5 Activate the Use Default Periods checkbox to set the Control Period of one utility to equal the Control Period of any
other utilities that you have in the simulation.
6 Activate the Enable in Dynamics checkbox to activate the utility for use in Dynamic mode.
Notes
· The Hydrate utility is restricted to the Peng Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong equations of state.
· A hydrate curve can be plotted with the Envelope utility.

Master Phase Envelope

The Master Phase Envelope utility allows you to calculate the three-phase envelope for multiple streams.
See Also
Adding a Master Phase Envelope utility
Viewing Master Phase Envelope properties
Deleting a Master Phase Envelope utility

Add a Master Phase Envelope utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 535 of 647

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching streams to utility
Viewing Calculated Tabular Results
Viewing Plot Results

View Master Phase Envelope Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Master Phase Envelope utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Master Phase Envelope property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Master Phase Envelope Utility’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching streams to utility
Viewing Calculated Tabular Results
Viewing Plot Results

Delete a Master Phase Envelope utility

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Attach Streams to Utility

1 Open the Master Phase Envelope property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Master Phase Envelope utility.
5 Click the Add Stream button. The Select Process Stream property view appears.
6 From the Select Process Stream property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
7 The selected material stream appears in the list.
8 To rearrange the order of the streams, click the Order Streams… button. In the Order Streams property view that
appears, click the individual stream and then the Add or Remove button to arrange streams in the new list.
Tip: To remove or disconnect a stream from the utility, select the stream from the list and click the Remove Stream
button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 536 of 647

View Calculated Tabular Results

1 Open the Master Phase Envelope property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Table page.
4 In the top left drop-down list, select which stream you want to view.
5 In the top right drop-down list, select which phase data you want to view.
The selected stream’s properties (pressure, temperature, volume, enthalpy, and entropy) appear in the table.

View Plot Results

1 Open the Master Phase Envelope property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Plot page.
4 Select the Select Streams To Plot radio button.
5 Under the Plot? column, select the appropriate checkbox of streams you want to see in the plot.
6 Select the Plot radio button. The table of streams is replaced with a plot.
7 Select the type of plot you want to view using the following radio buttons:
· PT = pressure vs. temperature
· PV = pressure vs. molar volume
· PH = pressure vs. enthalpy
· PS = pressure vs. entropy
· TV = temperature vs. molar volume
· TH = temperature vs. enthalpy
· TS = temperature vs. entropy

Parametric Utility

The Parametric Utility enables you to create neural networks to replace portions of the simulation flowsheet. You can now
easily configure the utility to capture data from the flowsheet model. You can define a list of variables that you want to
perturb (manipulated variables), and variables you want to record (observable variables). The utility allows you to quickly
create lists of variables and to re-use variable lists. The data generated can be exported in a comma-delimited style in a
number of different formats.
The utility originated as a set of tools for building a Parametric model (PM) within the HYSYS environment. The utility
integrates Neural Network (NN) technology into its framework. The major function of the Parametric utility is to
approximate an existing HYSYS model with a Parametric model.
Using a Parametric model with neural network capability to approximate a HYSYS model significantly improves the
robustness of the model, and reduces its calculation time thereby improving overall performance. The accuracy of the
model depends upon the data available, and the type of model being approximated.
The object of analysis can be a collection of unit operations, an entire flowsheet, or a number of selected variables. Using
input and output data sets as training data, the neural network algorithm determines the Parametric model parameters.
This step is called training but can also be referred to as regression or identification.
Steps one to four describe the general procedure for the Utility:
1 Select scope.
2 Select variables (manipulated and observable).
3 Define test datasets.
4 Generate data.
Steps five to six describe the general procedure to use for NN:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 537 of 647

5 Train.
6 Validate.
The Parametric Utility main purpose is to generate data and training for Neural Networks. This includes setting up the
utility, and generating the data with some additional steps used in building the NN.
See Also
Adding a Parametric utility
Viewing Parametric properties
Deleting a Parametric utility

Add a Parametric Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Parametric Utility.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Parametric property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Parametric utility
Selecting Parametric utility variables
Defining Parametric test datasets
Training the Parametric utility
Validating the Parametric utility

View Parametric Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Parametric utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Parametric property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Parametric
Utility’s properties.
See Also
Configuring a Parametric utility
Selecting Parametric utility variables
Defining Parametric test datasets
Training the Parametric utility
Validating the Parametric utility

Delete a Parametric Utility

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 538 of 647

Configure a Parametric Utility

1 Open the Parametric property view.

2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 In the Name field, specify a name for the Parametric utility.
4 From the list of available flowsheets, select the flowsheet that contains the object(s) you to use in the utility.
5 From the list of available objects, select the object(s) you want to use in the utility.
6 Click the Add button.
7 Click the Accept List button to accept the changes and obtain all variables known to the selected objects from the
HYSYS flowsheet.
8 Activate the Embedded into HYSYS Flowsheet checkbox to allow the neural net to replace the traditional HYSYS
solver for the objects included in the neural net.
9 Activate the Advanced option mode checkbox to enable more flexibility in the selection of manipulated variable sets,
advisable for LP mode.
There are three more options for Advanced option mode:
– Intelligent Embed. Select this checkbox to automatically maximize a successful embedding where
appropriate.
– Initial Query Only. Select this checkbox to query only once on an embed.
– Range Check. Select this checkbox to make sure variable with values outside the limits are not embedded.
10 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Select Variables tab.
Tips
· You may select more than one object at a time by holding down the CTRL key, and then clicking each object
you want to select.
· Click the Add All button to add all of the objects in the available objects list to the utility.
· To remove an object from the utility, select the object you want to remove from the list of install objects and
click the Remove button.
· Click the Remove All button to remove all of the object from the utility.
11 The NN Manager button only appears when you select the Advanced option mode checkbox. The NN Manager
button allows you to access the Neural Network Manager property viewNeural_Network_Manager_View.
Note: You cannot advance to the Select Variables tab unless you click the Accept List button.

Select Parametric Utility Variables

1 Open the Parametric property view.

2 Click the Select Variables tab.
3 Click the Manipulated radio button.
4 Select one of the following radio buttons to filter the list of available variables: All, Object Filter, FlowSheet Filter, or
Variable Filter.
5 From the object tree select object, flowsheet or variable you want to add to the utility. Click the icon to expand
the branches of the tree and the symbol to contract the branches of the tree.
6 From the list of available variables, select the variable(s) you want to use as manipulated variables.
7 Click the Add button.
8 In the Range field, specify a value for the range parameter.
This value is used in the equation original value +/- (Range * original value). If you change the Range, then the Low
Limit/High Limit of the Manipulated Variables changes. The Low Limit and High Limit are max/min used when
generating random values for the manipulated variables on the Data tab. This is important when you want to
randomly select the manipulated variables commonly applied with neural networks. (This field is only visible when the
Manipulated radio button is selected.)
9 Activate the checkbox(s) in the Selected MVar column to include the variable(s) in the utility’s calculations.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 539 of 647

10 Click the Observable radio button. Refer to steps 4 to 7 for adding observable variables.
11 Activate the checkbox(s) in the Selected OVar column to include the variable(s) in the utility’s calculations.
12 Click the Accept Configuration button.
13 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Data tab.
Tips
· You may select more than one variable at a time by holding down the CTRL key, and then clicking each
variable you want to select.
· Select all variables of the selected object by activating the Lock checkbox and clicking the Add button.
· Activate the Sort checkbox to sort all of the variables of the selected object.
· Click the Select All button to activate all of the Selected MVar/Selected OVar (depending which radio button is
selected) checkboxes.
· Click the Un-Select All button to deactivate all of the Selected Mvar/Selected OVar (depending which radio
button is selected) checkboxes.
· Click the Remove Unselected button to remove all of the variables whose Selected MVar/Selected OVar
(depending which radio button is selected) checkbox is deactivated.
· Click the Build Streams button to build variables based on the stream information in and out of the utility
scope. Used mainly for PM generation. (If you have already created a set of variables, you must click the
Change Configuration button to see this button.)
· Click the Remove All button to remove all of the variables from the utility. (If you have already created a set
of variables, you must click the Change Configuration button to see this button.)
· Use the radio buttons in the Display Mode group to specify the amount of detail that is displayed for the
manipulated and observable variables. There are two radio buttons to choose from: Configuration and All.
· Click the Build Filter button to create a filter that adds all objects in the utilities scope that match your filter
criteria (i.e., if you want every stream temperature, pressure, and volume flow, you can build a filter to add all
stream with these three variables). The Advanced Option Mode checkbox must be active on the Configuration
tab to see this button. (If you have already created a set of variables, click the Change Configuration button
to see this button.)
· Click the Apply Filter button to add all of the variables that meet the filter criteria. The Advanced Option
Mode checkbox must be active on the Configuration tab to see this button. (Click the Change Configuration
button to see this button.)
· Click the MVS Manager button to manage your manipulated variable sets. You can save related groups of
manipulated variables. This is useful in LP mode, you may want to group like variables or variables with
similar numbers of required data perturbations. The Advanced Option Mode checkbox must be active on the
Configuration tab to see this button.

Filter Builder Property View

1 In the Parameteric utility property view, on the Select Variables tab, click the Build Filter button.
The Filter Builder property view appears.
2 Click the Select Object button. The Select Object Type property view appears.
3 Select object you want to add and click the OK button to return to the Filter Builder property view.
· Click the Plus icon to expand the branch and find the object type you want to add to the filter.
· Click the Minus icon to close the branch.
4 Click the Add to Filter button. The Build Variable Set property view appears.
5 From the list of available variables, select the variable you want to add. You can add all of the variables by selecting
the All radio button.
Certain variables (such as component specific variables) require further specification. From the list of variable specifics,
select the qualifier for the variable.
6 Enter a more detailed description of the variable in the Variable Description field or leave the HYSYS default
description.
7 Click the OK button to return to the Filter Builder property view.
8 Click the Close button to return to the Parametric Utility property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 540 of 647

Tip: Click the Choose Set button to add a pre-made set of variables to the filter.

Notes
· To remove a variable, select the variable you want to remove from the list of available variables and click the
Remove button.
· To remove all of the variables from the filter click the Clear Filter button.
· Click the Save Filter button to save the filter to a variable sets file (*.vsf)
· Click the Load Filter button to load a filter from a file.

Manipulated Var Set Manager Property View

1 In the Parametric utility property view, on the Select Variables tab, click the MVS Manager button. The Manipulated
Var Set Manager property view appears.
2 Click the Store button.
The manipulated variables are now stored in a Manipulated Variable Set and are part of your LP utility case. By default, a
name is assigned to your set—you cannot edit these names.
3 Click the Close button to return to the Parametric Utility property view.
Tips
· To switch variable sets, select the variable set you want to switch to and click the Switch To button.
· To delete a variable set, select the variable set you want to delete and click the Delete button.
· To view a variable set, select the variable set you want and click the View button. The MVS Contents
property view appears.

Define Parametric Test Datasets

1 Open the Parametric utility property view.

2 Click the Data tab.
3 Click either the Create as New or Append to existing radio button to specify what you want to do with the data you
generate.
4 In the Output File Head Name field specify the path and name of your output file or click the Output File Browse
button to open the Open File property view and browse for the file you want to use.
5 In the Output File Extension field specify the type of file you want to save the output as.
6 In the Manipulated Variable Set data specify the number of manipulated variable data sets you want to run in the
DSN column. When you change this number, the number of data set columns associated with the variable list
changes.
7 Activate the checkboxes in the View column for each variable set that you want to appear in the table at the top of
the property view.
8 Specify the data you want to run for each data set in the data set columns.
9 Click the Generate Data button.
10 Click the Next button to proceed to the Training tab.
Tips
· Activate the checkboxes in the Ignored column to ignore the data set during the data generation run.
· Click the Export to CSV button to open the Export to CSV File property view. This property view enables you
to save the manipulated vs. observable data to a *.csv file.
· Click the View Tables button to open the Experiment Data in Table property view. This property view displays
the manipulated and observable variables in the HYSYS environment.
· Click the View File Info button to display a property view showing the following information about the output
file: Max File Size, Max Records Temp File, Total Records, Number of Records, Size per Record, Records per
Full File and Number of Files.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 541 of 647

· Click the Read From CSV file to browse for a *.csv file that you can import manipulated data set points from
a comma delimited file instead of entering data manually.
· Click the Build Data Set button, before the data is generated, to build the data set, which is a combination of
all manipulated variables to get all possible observable variables.
· Click the View Data Set button to displays your data sets and manipulated variables before the data is
generated. (This button is inactive until you click the Build Data Set button.)
· Click the Reset Manipulated button to reset the manipulated variables to their original values.

Note: Once data has been generated, you can save manipulated vs. observable data to a *.csv file; you can choose
between a number of formats.

Export to CSV File Property View

1 Open the Parametric utility property view.

2 Select the Data tab and click the Export to CSV button.
The Export to CSV File property view appears.
3 In the CSV File Info group specify the path and name of the file you want to export the data to.
4 Click either the Row Format or Column Format button to specify the format of the data in the file.
5 Click the Export button.
Tip: Click the CSV File Browse button to browse for the *.csv file.

Train the Parametric Utility

1 Open the Parametric property view.

2 Click the Training tab.
3 Click the Init/Reset button to initialize or reset the parametric model.
4 Click the Train button to initiate the training algorithm to train the neural network based on the data sets generated
by the HYSYS model.
5 Click the Next > button to proceed to the Validation tab.
Tips
· Click the Confirm button to confirm the current training configuration.
· Click the View Table button to open the Table property view. This property view enables you to view the
training data in table format. Compares the HYSYS training data with Parametric model data.
· Click the View Graph button to open the Graph property view. This property view enables you to view the
training data in graphical format. Compares the HYSYS training data with Parametric model data.
· Select one of the following radio buttons in the Sub-group models group to specify the models you want to
view in the table: All, Simple or MLP.
· Select one of the following radio buttons in the Display Mode group to specify the data you want to view in
the table: All, Simple Model, MLP Model, or Trainer.
· Click the Save NN button to save the trained Neural Network to a specified Neural Network file.
· Click the Load NN button to import a trained Neural Network from an external Neural Network file.
· Click the Blocks radio button to examine the structure of data. Activate the checkbox in the Display column to
displays the model associated with the block.
· Click the Models radio button to examine the different models that are in each block. The PMBlock Number
field displays the id number of the block you are viewing the models for.
· In the MLP Training Parameters group, you can specify the following variables:
o # Iters cell. The maximum number of passes the training algorithm takes.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 542 of 647

o Abs Tol cell. The absolute training error value. If the training error is below
this value, the training stops.

Validate the Parametric Utility

1 Open the Parametric property view.

2 Click the Validation tab.
3 Click the PM runs button to generate validation data based on the Parametric model.
4 Click the HYSYS runs button to generate validation data based on the HYSYS model.
5 Click the Manipulated radio button to view the data for the manipulated variables.
6 Select one of the following radio buttons in the Display Mode group to specify the data you want to view in the
table: All or Validation.
7 Select one of the following radio button in the Filter group to filter out data in the table: All or Objects.
If the Objects radio button is selected select the object you want to view from the Display Object group.
8 Click the Observable radio button to view the data for the observable variables.
9 Select one of the following radio buttons in the Display Mode group to specify the data you want to view in the
table: All or Validation.
10 Select one of the following radio button in the Filter group to filter out data in the table: All, Simple Linear, Objects,
or MLP Models.
If the Objects radio button is selected select the object you want to view from the Display Object group.
Tips
· Click the Validation Setup button to specify the Number of Validation Points and the Random Speed used in
generating the validation points.
· Click the View Table button to open the Validation Results in Table property view. This property view
enables you to view the validation data in table format. Compares the HYSYS validation data with Parametric
model data.
· Click the View Graph button to open the Validation Results in Plot property view. This property view enables
you to view the validation data in graphical format. Compares the HYSYS validation data with Parametric model
data.
· Click the Reset Manipulated button to reset the manipulated variables to their original values.

Neural Network Manager Property View

The Neural Network Manager allows you to switch Neural Network objects into appropriately configured Parametric utilities,
and to generate simple Neural Network’s from external data.
Tip: To access the Neural Network Manager property view, click the NN Manager button located on the Configuration tab
of the Parametric Utility property view.
See Also
Selecting the Neural Network Manager mode

Select the Neural Network Manager Mode

1 Open the Neural Network Manager property view.

2 Click the Config Choose tab.
3 In the NN Manager Configuration group, choose the type of Neural Network Manager modes you want to configure by
selecting one of the following radio buttons.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 543 of 647

· Manager PMUtilities
· Create NN’s
If you select Manager PMUtilities mode the following tabs/options are available:
· Set Up tab. Allows you to select the Parametric utilities.
· PMUtil Config tab. Allows you to view the Parametric utility variables.
· NN Config tab. Allows you to view the Neural Network objects.
· Embedding Control tab. Allows you to specify embedding options.
If you select Create NN’s mode the following tabs/options are available:
· NN Generation tab. Allows you to generate Neural Network data.
· NN Utilization tab. Allows you to utilize Neural Network files.

Select the Parametric Utilities

1 Open the Neural Network Manager property view.

2 Click the Set Up tab.
3 In the Available PM Utilities list, select the Parametric utility you want by clicking on the Parametric utility name.
Tip: To select multiple utilities, press and hold CTRL while selecting the Parametric utility names.
The Selected PM Utility field displays the Parametric utility you selected.
4 In the Available NN’s list, select the Neural Network object.
The Selected NN field displays the Neural Network object you selected.
5 Click the Load NN into PMUtil button to load the selected Neural Network object into the selected Parametric utility.
The NN in PMUtil field displays the Neural Network object loaded into the Parametric utility.
Tips
· Click the Load NN From File button to load Neural Network objects (from an external Neural Network file)
into the selected Parametric utility.
· Click the Remove NN From List to remove the selected Neural Network objects from the Available NN’s.

View the Parametric Utility Variables

1 Open the Neural Network Manager property view.

2 Click the PMUtil Config tab.
The Selected PMUtility field displays the Parametric utility you selected.
3 Select the following radio button to view properties of the Parametric utility variables:
· Manipulated radio button displays the properties of the variables that are being manipulated/modified in the
Parametric utility.
· Observable radio button displays the properties of the variables that are selected (in the Parametric utility)
for observation purpose.

View the Neural Network Objects

1 Open the Neural Network Manager property view.

2 Click the NN Config tab.
The Selected PMUtility field displays the Parametric utility you selected.
The Selected NN field displays the Neural Network object you selected.
3 Select the following radio button to view properties of the Neural Network object variables:
· Manipulated radio button displays the properties of the variables that are being manipulated/modified in the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 544 of 647

Neural Network object.

· Observable radio button displays the properties of the variables that are selected (in the Neural Network
object) for observation purpose.

Specify Embedding Options

1 Open the Neural Network Manager property view.

2 Click the Embedding Control tab.
3 In the PMUtil Embedding Control group, configure the following embedding options:
· Activate the Embed option to embed the Parametric utility into the flowsheet.
· Activate the Switch NNs option to automatically switch the Neural Network variables into the Parametric
utility variables where appropriate.
· Activate the Intel Embed option to automatically maximize a successful embedding where appropriate.
· Activate the Init Query option to be queried only once on an embed.
· Activate the Range Check option to make sure variable with values outside the limits are not embedded.
4 In the NN Manager Parameters group, select the Deferred Embed checkbox if the Neural Network Manager needs to
switch a Neural Network into a Parametric utility.
If there is an adjust or recycle in the scope of the Parametric Utility, then the switch will be done after the adjusts and
recycle have converged.
5 In the Variable Weights group, specify the weight value used to determine the Neural Network that fits the
manipulated variable values most appropriately.
The higher the values of the weight, the greater effect that variable bound has on selecting the Neural Network. A weight
of 0 shows the variable bound has no effect.
The Selected PMUtil field displays the Parametric utility you selected.

Generate Neural Network Data

1 Open the Neural Network Manager property view.

2 Click the NN Generation tab.
3 In the CSV File Configuration group, configure the format for the data file by selecting one of the following radio
buttons: Row or Column.
If you selected Column radio button, you can specify the number of input and output variables in the Number of
Inputs and Number of Outputs fields respectively.
4 Click the Browse button to access the data file.
The File Name field displays the name of the selected data file.
5 Click the Load Data button to load information from the selected data file.
The Data View group displays the values from the selected data file.
6 In the Data View group, you can change the values in the table.
7 You can also switch between input and output data in the table by selecting the Input or Output radio button.
8 In the NN Training group, you can modify the following parameter values: number of Iterations, Absolute Tolerance,
Relative Tolerance, number of Hidden Layers.
9 Select the Scaling checkbox to activate the scaling option.
The Error cell displays the error of the trained Neural Network.
10 Click the Train NN button to start the training algorithm.

Utilize Neural Network Files

1 Open the Neural Network Manager property view.

2 Click the NN Utilization tab.
3 In the table, you can modify the trained Neural Network Input and Output values.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 545 of 647

4 Click the Export NN button to save the trained Neural Network data into a *.mlp file.
Tip: Click the Import NN button to load data from a trained Neural Network data file.

Note: The Neural Network’s stored here are in a different format from those used in the Manage PMUtilities mode. The
Neural Network data files (generated from Create NN’s mode) do not contain variable type information. The two formats
are currently not compatible.

Pipe Sizing Utility

The Pipe Sizing utility enables you to perform design calculations on any of the case streams. Results include pipe schedule,
pipe diameter, Reynolds number, friction factor, etc.
See Also
Adding a Pipe Sizing utility
Viewing Pipe Sizing properties
Deleting a Pipe Sizing utility

Add a Pipe Sizing utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Pipe Sizing Utility.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Pipe Sizing property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Pipe Sizing results

View Pipe Sizing Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Pipe Sizing utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Pipe Sizing property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Pipe Sizing
Utility’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Pipe Sizing results

Delete a Pipe Sizing utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 546 of 647

Tip: You can also delete a Pipe Sizing Utility by clicking the Delete button in the Pipe Sizing Utility’s property view.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Pipe Sizing Connections

1 Open the Pipe Sizing property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Pipe Sizing utility.
5 Click the Select Stream button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
7 Select either the Maximum Diameter or Pressure Drop option from the Calculation Type drop-down list.
· If the Maximum Diameter calculation type is selected, select the pipe schedule you want to use from the
Schedule drop-down list and specify the pressure drop across the pipe in the Pressure Drop field.
· If the Pressure Drop calculation type is selected, specify inside diameter of the pipe in the Pipe Inside
Diameter field.

View Pipe Sizing Results

1 Open the Pipe Sizing property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Results page.
Notes
· The Stream Properties group displays the following properties for each phase in the stream: Viscosity, Flowrate,
Velocity, and Density.
· The Parameters group displays the following parameters: Reynolds Number, Friction Factor, Pressure Drop,
Schedule, Inside Pipe Diameter, and Total Pressure Drop.

Production Allocation Utility

The Production Allocation Utility enables you to track the contribution of selected streams to other down flowsheet streams.
The contribution is tracked on a compositional flow or percentage basis.
Use of the Production Allocation utility is particularly relevant in scenarios where a model depicts a system that relies on
multiple suppliers for inlet feeds and you want to track the individual supplier contributions to the resulting products.
Notes
· The utility does not navigate into Column Subflowsheets and does not support the use of reactions or
reactors.
· Black Oil streams must first be translated in order to be used with the utility.

Add a Production Allocation Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 547 of 647

2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Production Allocation Utility.
3 Click the Add Utility button.
The Production Allocation property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Selecting Streams for Analysis
Viewing Contribution from Selected Streams

View Production Allocation Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Production Allocation utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button.
The Production Allocation property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Production Allocation’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Selecting Streams for Analysis
Viewing Contribution from Selected Streams

Delete a Production Allocation Utility

Select Streams for Tracking

To select and add streams into Production Allocation utility for tracking:
1 Open the Production Allocation property view.
2 Click on the Setup tab.
3 In the Flowsheet list, select the flowsheet containing the streams you want to analyze.
4 In the Available Streams list, click on the stream you want to analyze and click the Add button.
5 The selected stream name appears in the Selected Streams list.
Tip: To remove a stream from the Production Allocation utility, select the stream name in the Selected Streams list
and click the Remove button.

View Contribution from Selected Streams

To view the contributions from the added streams (in Production Allocation utility) to the selected streams in the simulation
case:
1 Open the Production Allocation property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 548 of 647

2 Click on the Report tab.

3 In the Basis group, click the appropriate radio button to view the stream contributions in one of the following format:
molar flow, mass flow, volume flow, or percentage flow.
4 In the Flowsheet list, select the flowsheet containing the streams you want to track.
5 In the Available Streams list, click on the stream you want to track.
The Selected Report Stream table displays the component contributions from the added streams (from Setup tab) to the
selected stream (in the Available Streams list).

Property Balance Utility

The Property Balance Utility enables you to inspect material and energy balances across the entire flowsheet or across
selected operations.
The utility generates a balance on any stream property or combination of stream properties you select. You can set up
multiple balances and view results of each balance in turn.
See Also
Adding a Property Balance utility
Viewing Property Balance properties
Deleting a Property Balance utility

Add a Property Balance utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Property Balance Utility.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Property Balance property view appears.
See Also
Specifying a Material Balance
Viewing Material Balance results
Viewing Energy Balance results

View Property Balance Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Property Balance utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Property Balance property view appears. From here you can modify any of the
Property Balance Utility’s properties.
See Also
Specifying a Material Balance
Viewing Material Balance results
Viewing Energy Balance results

Delete a Property Balance utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Property Balance utility you want to delete.
3 Click the Delete Utility button.
Tip: You can also delete a Property Balance Utility by clicking the Delete button in the Property Balance Utility’s property
view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 549 of 647

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify a Material Balance

1 Open the Property Balance property view.

2 Click the Material Balance tab.
3 Click the Scope Objects button. The Target Objects property view appears.
4 From the Target Object property view, select the appropriate object(s) to use.
How?
5 Click the Setup radio button.
Note: The Setup option enables you to define the stream properties of interest (the variables) and the relationships
between them (the formulas). You can add as many variables and formulas as required.
6 Click the Insert Variable button. The Variable property view appears.
7 From the list of available variables, select the variable you want to use for the utility.
Certain variables (such as component specific variables) require further specification. From the list of variable
specifics, select the qualifier for the variable.
8 Click the OK button.
9 Click the Insert Formula button. A new formula is added to the formula table.
10 In the Formula column, specify the formula you want to use for each formula.
11 In the Description column, specify a descriptive name for each formula.
12 In the Variable Type column, specify the formula type using the options in the drop-down list.
Notes
· The Dynamic P/F Specs and Steady State Specs variable selections are pre constructed variable sets.
· The Alias columns in the Variable and Formula tables display the name designated to the variable and
formula by HYSYS. The designated name is used to represent the variable and formula in the formulas you
define. For example: f0 = v0 – 1.0 and f1 = f0 * 2.0.

Tips
· To remove a variable, select the variable you want to remove from the list of available variables and click the
Remove Variable button.
· To remove a formula, select the formula you want to remove from the list of available formulas and click the
Remove Formula button.
· Click the Balance Results radio button to view the results of the balance.

View Material Balance Results

1 Open the Property Balance property view.

2 Click the Material Balance tab.
3 Click the Balance Results radio button.
4 From the Balance Type drop down list select the type of balance you want to view. The drop-down list contains the
variables and formulas that have been added to the utility.
5 Activate the Counted checkbox to indicate which stream you want in the balance calculation.
Notes
· The Total of Inlet Streams field displays the sum of the values in the Value column for the inlet streams.
· The Total of Outlet Streams fields display the sum of the values in the Value column for the outlet streams.
· The Imbalance field displays the result of subtracting the total inlet stream value from the total outlet stream
value.
· The Relative Imbalance field displays the percentage result of dividing the imbalance value by the total inlet

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 550 of 647

stream value and multiplying that value by 100.

· Click the Setup radio button to modify the configuration of the material balance.

Property Table Utility

The Property Table utility allows you to examine property trends over a range of conditions in both tabular and graphical
formats. Using a stream of known composition, you target two independent variables and their respective ranges of
interest. The range of each independent variable is distinct and can be set as either an incremental range or a selection of
specific values. Next, you relate which dependent variables are to be displayed at each combination of the independent
variables.
See Also
Adding a Property Table utility
Viewing Property Table properties
Deleting a Property Table utility

Add a Property Table utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Property Table.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Property Table property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Property Table results
Specifying Property Table dynamic properties

View Property Table Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Property Table utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Property Table property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Property
Table Utility’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Attaching a stream
Viewing Property Table results
Specifying Property Table dynamic properties

Delete a Property Table utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Property Table utility you want to delete.
3 Click the Delete Utility button.
Tip: You can also delete a Property Table Utility by clicking the Delete button in the Property Table Utility’s property view.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 551 of 647

Specify Property Table Connections

1 Open the Property Table property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field specify a name for the Property Table utility.
5 Click the Select Stream button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
7 Select one of the following options from the Variable 1 drop-down list to specify the variable you want to use for the
first independent variable: Vapour Fraction, Temperature, Pressure, Enthalpy, or Entropy.
8 Select either Incremental or State from the Mode drop-down list.
· If the Incremental option is selected, specify the lower and upper bounds of the variable and the number of
increments you want to use.
· If the State option is selected, specify the as many states values that are required in the State Values
column.
9 Repeat steps 7 and 8 if you have a second independent variable. If you do not want to use a second variable select
Not Set from the Variable 2 drop-down list.
Note: One of the independent variables must be either Pressure or Temperature. If the first variable selected is not
Temperature or Pressure, the drop-down list for the second variable is limited to Temperature, Pressure, and Not Set.

Specify Property Table Dependent Properties

1 Open the Property Table property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Dep. Prop page.
4 Click the Add button. The Variable property view appears.
5 From the list of available variables, select the variable you want to use for the utility.
Certain variables (such as component specific variables) require further specification. From the list of variable specifics,
select the qualifier for the variable.
6 Click the OK button.
7 Click the Calculate button.
Notes
· To edit a variable, select the variable you want to edit from the list of available variables and click the Edit
button.
· To delete a variable, select the variable you want to delete from the list of available variables and click the
Delete button.

View Property Table Results

1 Open the Property Table property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Table page.
Notes
· The Results group displays the independent variables, dependent variables and phases present at the given
conditions.
· The phase column indicates the phases that have been detected at each pair of independent property values.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 552 of 647

The V indicates vapor, L indicates a light liquid (hydrocarbon rich) phase, and H indicates the presence of a heavy
liquid (aqueous) phase.

View Property Table Results

1 Open the Property Table property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Plots page.
4 From the list of available Y variables, select the dependent property you want to plot on the y-axis.
5 Click the View Plot button. The Property Plot property view appears.
Note: To manipulate the plot appearance, right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection
menu.

Specify Property Table Dynamic Properties

1 Open the Property Table property view.

2 Click the Dynamics tab.
3 Click the Parameters page.
4 In the Control Period field, specify the frequency that the utility is calculated. A value of 10 indicates the utility is
recalculated every 10th pressure flow step. This can help speed up your dynamic simulation since utilities can require
some time to calculate.
5 Activate the Use Default Periods checkbox to set the Control Period of one utility to equal the Control Period of any
other utilities that you have in the simulation.
6 Activate the Enable in Dynamics checkbox to activate the utility for use in Dynamic mode.

Tray Sizing Utility

With the Tray Sizing utility you can perform design and rating sizing calculations on part or all of a converged column.
Packing or tray information can be specified relating to specific tower internals such as tray dimensions or packing sizes,
design flooding, and pressure drop specifications. Results include tower diameter, pressure drop, flooding, and tray
dimensions.
Note: The Tray Sizing utility is only available for columns with vapor-liquid flows. So this utility cannot be used to size the
Liquid-Liquid Extractor.
See Also
Adding a Tray Sizing utility
Viewing Tray Sizing properties
Deleting a Tray Sizing utility

Add a Tray Sizing Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Tray Sizing.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Tray Sizing property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Tray Sizing utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 553 of 647

Viewing Tray Sizing results

Specifying Tray Sizing dynamic properties

View Tray Sizing Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Tray Sizing utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Tray Sizing property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Tray Sizing
Utility’s properties.
See Also
Configuring a Tray Sizing utility
Viewing Tray Sizing results
Specifying Tray Sizing dynamic properties

Delete a Tray Sizing Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Tray Sizing utility you want to delete.
3 Click the Delete Utility button.
Tip: You can also delete a Tray Sizing Utility by clicking the Delete button in the Tray Sizing Utility’s property view.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Auto Section Property View

1 Open the Tray Sizing property view.

2 Click the Design tab and select the Setup page.
3 Click the Auto Section button to open the Auto Section property view.
4 In the Auto Section property view, specify the area tolerance for the section in the Area Tolerance group.
5 Specify the NFP diameter factor in the NFP Diam Factor group.
6 Click the Next button.
7 Click one of the following radio buttons to specify the tray type for the section: Sieve, Valve, Bubble, or Packed.
· If the Sieve radio button is selected, specify the following parameters in the Sieve Tray group: Hole
Diameter, Hole Pitch, and Flooding Method.
· If the Valve radio button is selected, specify the following parameters in the Valve Tray group: Orifice Type,
Design Manual, Valve Material Density, Valve Material Thickness, and Hole Area.
· If the Bubble radio button is selected, specify the following parameters in Bubble Cap Tray group: Hole Area
and Cap Slot Height.
· If the Packed radio button is selected specify the following parameters in the Packing Details group:
Correlation Type, Packing Flooding Factor, Maximum Flooding, and Maximum dP per Length. Also select the
packing type from the Type drop-down list.
8 Specify the following parameters in the Common Tray Properties group: Tray Spacing, Tray Thickness, Tray Foaming
Factor, Max Tray dP, and Max Tray Flooding.
Note: The Common Tray Properties group does not appear when the Packed radio button is selected.
9 Specify the following parameters in the DC/Weir Info group: Weir Height, Max Weir Loading, Downcomer Type,
Downcomer Clearance, and Maximum Downcomer Backup.
1 0 Click the Complete AutoSection button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 554 of 647

Automatically update the Column's Pressure Profile

To automatically update the Column's pressure profile using the Tray Sizing utility:
1 From the PFD, double-click the Column icon. The Column property view appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 Click on the Profiles page.
4 Specify the top and bottom stage pressures instead of the condenser and reboiler pressures. The condenser and
reboiler delta P specifications do not need to be changed.
5 Click the Run button to run the column.
6 Open the Tray Sizing property view.
7 Click the Design tab.
8 Click the Setup page.
9 Activate the Active checkbox for the sections you want to use.
10 Click the Performance tab.
11 Click the Results page.
12 Click the Export Pressures button to export the pressure information to the column runner.

Specify Tray Sizing Connections

1 Open the Tray Sizing property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Setup page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Tray Sizing utility.
5 Click the Select TS button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate tray section to use with the utility.
How?
7 Click the Add Section button to add one section to the utility. Repeat this step until all of the sections have been
added.
8 In the Section Name field, specify the name of each section.
9 From the Start drop-down list, select the tray number the section starts at.
10 From the End drop-down list, select the tray number the section ends at.
11 From the Internals drop-down list select the type of trays that are used in the section.
You are given the following options: Sieve, Valve, Packed, or Bubble Cap.
12 Activate the Active checkbox to use the results from the utility in the Column. More than one section can be active
in a tray sizing utility. However, the same stage cannot be included in more than one active section.
13 In the % Liquid Draw field, specify the percentage of side liquid draws to be used in the tray sizing calculations.
14 Select one of the following options from the Use Tray Vapour to Size drop-down list to specify whether you want to
have HYSYS size the tray section using the vapor feeds or vapor outlets: Ask Each Time, Always No, or Always Yes.
Notes
· The Setup Sections group also displays the Mode, Status, Design Limit, and Limiting Stage of each section.
· To copy a section, select the section you want to copy from the list of available sections and click the Copy
Section button.
· To remove a section, select the section you want to delete from the list of available sections and click the
Remove Section button.
· Click the Auto Section button to access the Auto Section property view. This property view enables you to
quickly specify a tray section for use in the utility.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 555 of 647

Set Tray Sizing Specifications

1 Open the Tray Sizing property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Specs page.
4 In the Section Name field, specify the name of each section.
5 From the Start drop-down list, select the tray number the section starts at.
6 From the End drop-down list, select the tray number the section ends at.
7 From the Internals drop-down list, select the type of trays that are used in the section. You are given the following
options: Sieve, Valve, Packed, or Bubble Cap.
8 From the Mode drop-down list, select one of the following calculations mode: Design and Rating.
· For Sieve, Valve, or Bubble Cap trays, specify the following parameters: Number of Flow Paths, Tray
Spacing, Tray Thickness, Foaming Factor, Max Delta P, and Max Flooding.
· For Packed trays specify the following parameters: Foaming Factor, Max Delta P, Max Flooding, Packing
Correlation, HETP, and Packing Type.
9 From the Sieve Tray Flooding Method drop-down list, select the method you want to use for calculating flooding on
Sieve trays.
Notes
· If the rating calculation mode is selected for Sieve, Valve, or Bubble Cap trays, specify the diameter of the
section in the Section Diameter field.
· If the rating calculation mode is selected for Packed trays, specify the diameter of the section in the Section
Diameter field and tray to calculate the properties for from the Tray For Properties drop-down list.

Specify Tray Internal Parameters

1 Open the Tray Sizing property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Tray Internals page.
4 In the Section Name field, specify the name of each section.
5 From the Start drop-down list, select the tray number the section starts at.
6 From the End drop-down list, select the tray number the section ends at.
7 From the Internals drop-down list, select the type of trays that are used in the section. You are given the following
options: Sieve, Valve, Packed, or Bubble Cap.
8 Specify the following parameters for a Sieve tray: Sieve Hole Pitch, Sieve Hole Diameter, Side Weir Type, Weir
Height, Max Weir Loading, Downcomer Type, Downcomer Clearance, and Maximum Downcomer Backup.
9 Specify the following parameters for a Valve tray: Valve Material Density, Valve Material Thickness, Hole Area, Valve
Orifice Type, Valve Design Manual, Side Weir Type, Weir Height, Max Weir Loading, Downcomer Type, Downcomer
Clearance, and Maximum Downcomer Backup.
10 Specify the following parameters for a Bubble Cap tray: Hole Area, Bubble Cap Slot Height, Side Weir Type, Weir
Height, Max Weir Loading, Downcomer Type, Downcomer Clearance, and Maximum Downcomer Backup.
Notes
· If the rating calculation mode is selected for Sieve, Valve, or Bubble Cap trays, specify the Side downcomer
top and bottom widths, Centre downcomer top and bottom widths, Off-centre downcomer top and bottom
widths and Off-side downcomer top and bottom widths.
· The bottom downcomer widths can only be specified when sloped downcomers are selected from the
Downcomer Type drop-down list. Downcomer widths that are not supplied are calculated at optimal design
values for the given number of flow paths.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 556 of 647

View Section Results

1 Open the Tray Sizing property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Results page.
· Click the Trayed radio button to view the results of the Sieve, Valve, and Bubble Cap tray sections.
· Click the Packed radio button to view the results of the Packed tray sections.
Tips
· Click the Export Pressure button to take the calculated pressure profile and export it to the active tray
section, causing the column to recalculate to the pressure profile predicted by the tray sizing utility. A section
in the utility must be made active, before this option can be used.
· Click the View Warnings button to open the Warnings property view. This property view enables you to see
any problems HYSYS detects in the tray section

View Trayed Results

1 Open the Tray Sizing property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Trayed page.
4 Select the tray section you want to view the results for from the drop-down list.
5 Click one of the following radio buttons to view the results for each tray in the section selected: Pressure,
Downcomer, or Flooding.

View Tabular Profiles

1 Open the Tray Sizing property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Table page.
4 Click either the Vapour (to Tray) or Liquid (from Tray) radio button to select the results to display in the table.
Note: The Tabular Profiles table displays the following results: Mass Flow, Gas/Liquid Flow, Molecular Weight,
Temperature, Density, Viscosity, and Surface Tension.

View Graphical Profiles

1 Open the Tray Sizing property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Plot page.
4 Click one of the following radio buttons to select the results to display on the plot: Delta P, Mole Wt, Density,
Pressure, Flow, Temp, Viscosity, or Surf Ten.
Note: Right-click anywhere within the plot area to access the plot’s object inspection menu.

Calculate Tray Sizing Properties

1 Open the Tray Sizing property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 557 of 647

2 Click the Dynamics tab.

3 Click the Calculation page.
4 Click the Calculate Now button to calculate the Tray Sizing utility when you are in Dynamic mode.

User Property Utility

The User Property utility allows you to view User Properties (that you have defined) based on the composition of a stream.
You can only add User Properties in the Basis environment.
Possible uses of the User Property include as a specification in a distillation column or as a target variable in an Adjust
operation.
See Also
Adding a User Property utility
Viewing User Property properties
Deleting a User Property utility

Add a User Property Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select User Property.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The User Property property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a User Property utility
Viewing User Property results

View User Property Utility Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the User Property utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The User Property property view appears. From here you can modify any of the User
Property Utility’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a User Property utility
Viewing User Property results

Delete a User Property Utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 558 of 647

Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify User Property Utility Connections

1 Open the User Properties property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the User Property utility.
5 Click the Select Stream button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate stream to use with the utility.
How?
Notes
· The Property Parameters table displays the name, mixing basis, mixing rule and results of the user property.
· Click the View Formulae button to view the selected Mixing Rule formula. Refer to the HYSYS Simulation
Basis guide for more information regarding the mixing rules.

View User Property Utility Results

1 Open the User Property property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Property Values page.
Note: The Property Values group displays the user property values for all the components in the selected stream and the
user variable parameters. You can only change the parameter values of the property in the Basis Environment.

Vessel Sizing Utility

The Vessel Sizing utility enables you to size and cost installed separator, tank, and reactor unit operations. You can select a
vertical or horizontal orientation for the separator. To obtain a more effective analysis for your vessel, changes can be
made to the default parameters provided by HYSYS.
See Also
Adding a Vessel Sizing utility
Viewing Vessel Sizing properties
Deleting a Vessel Sizing utility

Add a Vessel Sizing Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
2 From the list of available utilities, in the right pane, select Vessel Sizing.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Vessel Sizing property view appears.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Vessel Sizing utility

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 559 of 647

Viewing Vessel Sizing results

View Vessel Sizing Properties

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
Tip: Press the CTRL U hot key to open the Available Utilities property view.
F rom the list of installed utilities, in the left pane, select the Vessel Sizing utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Vessel Sizing property view appears. From here you can modify any of the Vessel
Sizing Utility’s properties.
Tip: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the utility when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a Vessel Sizing utility
Viewing Vessel Sizing results

Delete a Vessel Sizing Utility

Specify Vessel Sizing Connections

1 Open the Vessel Sizing property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the Vessel Sizing utility.
5 Click the Select Separator button. The Select Object property view appears.
6 From the Select Object property view, select the appropriate vessel to use with the utility.
How?
7 Select either the Horizontal or Vertical radio button to specify the orientation of the vessel.
Note: Click the Set Defaults button to set all of parameters back the default HYSYS parameters.

Set Sizing Specifications

1 Open the Vessel Sizing property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Sizing page.
4 Select the specification you want to use from the list of available specifications and click the Add Spec button.
5 Enter the value you want to use for each of the active specifications.
Note: To remove a specification, select the specification you want to remove from the list of active specifications and click
the Remove Spec button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 560 of 647

Specify Construction Parameters

1 Open the Vessel Sizing property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Construction page.
4 Specify the following parameters: Chemical Engineering Index, Material Type, FMC (material of fabrication factor),
Shell Thickness, Corrosion Allowance, and Efficiency of Joints.
Notes
· The utility is recalculated after any change is made on this page.
· The Construction Information table also displays the Mass Density and Allowable Stress of the vessel.

Specify Costing Parameters

1 Open the Vessel Sizing property view.

2 Click the Design tab.
3 Click the Costing page.
4 In the Base Cost Coefficients group, specify the A5, A6 and A7 costing coefficients.
5 In the Shell Thickness Coefficients group, specify the A1, A2 and A3 costing coefficients.
6 In the Accessories Cost Coefficients group, specify the A8, A9 and A10 costing coefficients.
7 In the Shell Mass Coefficients group, specify the A4 costing coefficient.
Tip: Click the Cost Equation Help button to view the costing equations that HYSYS uses.

Note: The Costing Results group displays the Base Cost of the vessel, Ladder and Platform costs, and the Total Cost of
the vessel in US dollars.

View Vessel Sizing Results

1 Open the Vessel Sizing property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Sizing Results page.
Note: The Sizing Results table displays the following sizing parameters: Diameter, Total Length, Length to Diameter
Ratio, Maximum Allowable Vapour Velocity, Demister Thickness, Liquid Residence Time, Liquid Surge Height, LLSD (Low
Level Shut Down), and Liquid Residence Time at LLSD.

View Vapour Space Results

1 Open the Vessel Sizing property view.

2 Click the Performance tab.
3 Click the Vapour Space page.
Note: The Vapour Space table displays the following parameters: Sump to Inlet Nozzle, Inlet Nozzle to Demister,
Demister Thickness, Demister To Head, Ellipsodial Head, and Total Vapour Height.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 561 of 647

Swing Cut Utility

The Swing Cut utility, which is used in conjunction with the Petroleum Distillation column, allows you to generate and
export assay tables with user-specified swing cuts in PIMS format.
See Also
Add a Swing Cut utility
View a Swing Cut utility
Delete a Swing Cut utility
Scope Objects in the Swing Cut Utility
Property Calculations for Swing Cuts
Export an Assay Table
Specification Tab Overview
Light Ends Tab Overview
Assay Table Tab Overview
PIMS Format Tab Overview

Add a Swing Cut Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of available utilities, shown in the right pane, select Swing Cut Utility.
3 Click the Add Utility button. The Swing Cut utility property view appears.
4 In the Name field, type in the name of the Swing Cut utility.

Tips
· Press CTRL U to open the Available Utilities property view.
· Click the Close button to close the Swing Cut utility view.
See Also
Scope Objects in the Swing Cut Utility

View a Swing Cut Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.
2 From the list of current utilities, shown in the left pane, select the Swing Cut utility you want to view.
3 Click the View Utility button. The Swing Cut utility property view appears.

Tips
· Press CTRL U to open the Available Utilities property view.
· Click the Close button to close the Swing Cut utility view.
See Also
Scope Objects in the Swing Cut Utility
Select an Assay Table
Modify Cuts Specifications
View Petroleum Light Ends
View Calculated Cut Properties
Specify PIMS Format

Delete a Swing Cut Utility

1 From the Tools menu, select Utilities. The Available Utilities property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 562 of 647

2 From the list of current utilities, shown in the left pane, select the Swing Cut utility you want to delete.
3 Click the Delete Utility button.
RefSYS will ask for confirmation before deleting the utility.

Tips
· Press CTRL U to open the Available Utilities property view.
· You can also delete the Swing Cut utility by clicking the Delete button in
the Swing Cut utility property view.

Export an Assay Table

To export an assay table:

1 Open the Swing Cut utility property view.
2 Click one of the two tabs: Assay Tables and PIMS Format.
3 In the Crude tag field, specify a name for the PIMS tag.
4 Click the Export Assay Table button. The File Selection for Exporting Swing Cut data property view appears.
5 Use the Save in drop-down list to select the location for the variable *.csv file.
6 In the File name field, type in the name of the *.csv file.
7 Click the Save button. You can now retrieve the variable data in PIMS by opening the *.csv file in the PIMS program.
See Also
Comma Separated Values File

Scope Objects in the Swing Cut Utility

1 Open the Swing Cut utility property view.

2 Go to the Specifications tab.
3 Click the Scope Objects button. The Target Objects property view appears.
4 In the FlowSheets group, select the flowsheet that contains the object you want to scope.
5 In the available objects group (shown on left side), select the objects you want to consider in the Swing Cut utility.
6 Click the >>>>>> button to move the selected objects into the Scope Objects group.
7 Click the Accept List button to scope the selected unit operations and exit the Target Objects property view.

Tips
· You can use the radio buttons in the Object Filter to filter the objects
available in the available objects group.
· To remove the unit operations in the Scope Objects group, select the unit
operations in the list and click the <<<<<< button.
· Click the Cancel Changes button to exit the Target Objects property view
without saving or accepting any changes.
· Changing the scope will remove variables (that are no longer attached to
the objects in the Scope Objects list) from the utility.
See Also
Select an Assay Table
Modify Cuts Specifications
View Petroleum Light Ends
View Calculated Cut Properties
Specify PIMS Format

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 563 of 647

Property Calculations for Swing Cuts

Swing Cuts utility generates assay tables with user-specified swing cuts. For each individual crude, the distillation column
will run once using the default product cut points, and once again using the maximum cut point for each product, where a
swing cut was selected.
For instance, in a Kero-LGO swing, the column will run with Kero cut point set to maximum Kero TBP cut, and then the
following formulas are used to calculate properties (P ) of Kero-LGO swing:
s
• From LGO:

The Swing Cut utility is available in steady state modelling. You can perform the calculations on the petroleum distillation
column without propagation of the perturbation to other unit operations. The utility will be available within the
subflowsheet environment as well as at the main flowsheet level. Each instance of the utility will be independent. There
may be several instances of the utility active in a flowsheet.
See Also

Specification Tab Overview

The Specification tab allows you to specify the heart and swing cuts that you want to calculate in the Petroleum Distillation
column.
The following lists and describes the objects available in the Specification tab:
· Name field Allows you to change the name of the Swing Cut utility.
· Scope Objects button Allows you to select a Petroleum Distillation column to be attached to the Swing Cut utility by
opening the Target Objects Property View.
· Calculation Basis drop-down list Allows you to select Volume Basis or Mass Basis for your calculations.

Modify Cuts Specifications

1 Open the Swing Cut utility property view.

2 Go to the Specifications tab.
3 Scope the objects containing the cuts you want to modify.
Swing Cut utility identifies all product streams and calculates appropriate weight and volume yields of the product streams.
4 In the Include column, select the checkbox of the cuts you want to modify and calculate.
5 In the TBP Cut column, you can accept the boiling point temperature of the cuts calculated from the petroleum
column, or you can specify new boiling point temperature.
6 In the Max TBP Cut column, you can specify the maximum boiling point temperature of the cut.
Specifying a maximum TBP cut for a selected product stream enables you to create a swing cut between two products.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 564 of 647

Tips
· Open the Calculation Basis drop-down list to select the mass or volume
basis for the swing cut calculation.
· Click the Run button to activate the Swing Cuts utility calculation
command.
See Also
Selecting Assay Properties
View Petroleum Light Ends
View Calculated Cut Properties
Specify PIMS Format

Light Ends Tab Overview

The Light Ends tab contains a table that displays the petroleum light ends properties (yield by weight and volume, NBP,
molecular weight, and SG) of the components in the selected/ scoped objects.

Tip: You can select or clear the checkboxes under the Include column to
consider or ignore the component properties during calculation.

View Petroleum Light Ends Properties

1 Open the Swing Cut utility property view.

2 Go to the Light Ends tab.
3 Open the Selected Cuts drop-down list and select the cut you want to view.
The calculated cut properties appear in the Cut Properties table.

Tip: Open the drop-down list to select the mass or volume basis for the swing
cut calculation.
See Also
Export an Assay Properties

Assay Table Tab Overview

The Assay Table tab allows you to select and view the assay properties from the product stream used in the calculation.
The following lists and describes the objects available in the Assay tab:
· Calculation Basis drop-down list enables you to select Volume Basis or Mass Basis for your calculations.
· Crude Tag field enables you to specify a PIMS tag for the assay table.
· Run button enables you to run the Swing Cut calculation option.
· Export Assay Table button enables you to export the calculated assay properties data into a *.csv format file.
Once you have connected the Swing Cut utility to a Petroleum Distillation column, the product streams of the column are
shown in the Heart and Swing Cut table.
See Also
Select an Assay Property
Property Calculations for Swing Cuts

View Calculated Cut Properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 565 of 647

1 Open the Swing Cut utility property view.

2 Go to the Assay Table tab.
3 Open the Assay Property drop-down list and select the Assay you want to view.
The calculated cut properties appear in the Cut Properties table.

Tip: Open the Calculation Basis drop-down list to select the mass or volume
basis for the swing cut calculation.
See Also
Export an Assay Properties

Select an Assay Property

1 Under the Assay Property column, place the mouse cursor over an empty cell. swingcututilViewDefaultView
The down arrow icon appears in the cell as shown.

2 Click the down arrow icon to open the drop-down list and select an assay property. swingcututilViewDefaultView
See Also
Assay Table Tab Overview
Property Calculations for Swing Cuts

PIMS Format Tab Overview

The PIMS Format tab allows you to associate a unique PIMS tag for each product stream and cut property. When you
export the assay tables, these PIMS tags are used to represent the product streams and cut properties in the csv file. You
can type directly in the cell to specify a PIMS tag.

Specify PIMS Format

1 Open the Swing Cut utility property view.

2 Go to the PIMS Format tab.
3 In the Product Tags group, specify the PIMS tag name for the product stream in the appropriate cell under the PIMS
Tag column.
4 In the Property Tags group, specify the PIMS tag name for the assay properties in the appropriate cell under the
PIMS Tag column.

Tip: Open the Calculation Basis drop-down list to select the mass or volume
basis for the swing cut calculation.
See Also
Export an Assay Properties
Modify Cuts Specifications
View Petroleum Light Ends
View Calculated Cut Properties

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 566 of 647

Case Collaboration

From the Tools menu, select Case Collaboration. The Simulation Variable Manager appears. The Case Collaboration tool is
used to facilitate the distribution of HYSYS simulations over more than one HYSYS case. The multiple cases can be run on
the same machine or on different machines where a network is available.
In order for cases to be linked, they must share the same data. Data from one case is published to the RTI Data Server and
is then available for sharing with other cases. All machines used in the data sharing must point to the same RTI Data
Server.
The purpose of Case Collaboration is to allow the sharing of data between a ‘source’ case and one or more ‘sink’ cases. The
data that is being shared exists outside of the instance of HYSYS where it is being generated, allowing sink cases to acquire
revisions of the data without the source case being open.
See Also
Scan the database for published objects
Viewing published streams
Viewing published unit operations
Broadcasting messages to connected HYSYS cases
Publishing streams and unit operations

Scan the database for published objects

1 From the Tools menu, select Case Collaboration. The Simulation Variable Manager appears.
2 Click on the Available Streams, Unit Operations tab.

3 Click on the Scan the Database for Published objects icon . Once the scan is complete all of the published
stream are displayed on the Available Streams tab, all of the published unit operations are displayed on the Unit
Operations tab.

Note: Click the Connect to Message Server icon to force a connection or reconnection to the RTI data server.

View Published Streams

1 From the Tools menu, select Case Collaboration. The Simulation Variable Manager appears.
2 Click on the Available Streams tab.
3 From the list of available published streams select the stream you want to view information for.
Tips
· Click the Rescan Database button to rescan the server database for published streams.
· Click the Import Fluid Package button to import the source streams fluid package and component slate to any
locally linked streams.
· Activate the Live Link Active checkbox to live-link to one or more streams in the current case.
· Use the Revision drop-down list to select the revision you want to use.
· Click the View Raw Data button to open the Published Data Viewer.
· Activate the Use as Default Revision checkbox to use the selected revision as the default revision.
· Activate the Warn if Higher Revision is Available checkbox to be informed if the revision you selected is not the
latest revision.

· Click the Scan the Database for Published objects icon to scan the database for published objects.

· Click the Delete all External Stream Data icon to delete all the published streams listed in the Available
Published Stream group.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 567 of 647

· Click the View Published Data Tree icon to open the Published Data Viewer.

Notes
· The Stream Information group displays the name of the stream, number of revisions, the name of the publishing
case, the server GUID, and the stream GUID.
· The Stream Is Remote checkbox is active if the source of the stream is not the current case.
· The Revision Information group displays the author of the revision, the date of the revision and the revision
notes.

View Published Unit Operations

1 From the Tools menu, select Case Collaboration. The Simulation Variable Manager appears.
2 Click on the Unit Operations tab.
3 From the list of available unit operations select the unit operation you want to view information for.
Tips
· Activate the Live Link Active checkbox to live-link to one or more streams in the current case.
· Use the Revision drop-down list to select the revision you want to use.
· Click the View Raw Data button to open the Published Data Viewer.
· Activate the Use as Default Revision checkbox to use the selected revision as the default revision.
· Activate the Warn if Higher Revision is Available checkbox to be informed if the revision you selected is not the
latest revision.

· Click the Scan the Database for Published objects icon to scan the database for published objects.

· Click the Delete all External Unit Operation Data icon to delete all the published streams listed in the
Available Published Stream group.

· Click the Delete the Current Unit Operation revision icon to remove the selected stream from the server.

· Click the View Published Data Tree icon to open the Published Data Viewer.

Notes
· The Stream Information group displays the name of the unit operation, number of revisions, object type, the
name of the publishing case, the server GUID, the stream GUID, and the linked unit operation.
· The Stream Is Remote checkbox is active if the source of the stream is not the current case.
· The Revision Information group displays the author of the revision, the date of the revision and the revision
notes.

Broadcast messages to connected HYSYS cases

1 From the Tools menu, select Case Collaboration. The Simulation Variable Manager appears.
2 Click on the Messaging tab.
3 Specify the message you want to send in the field at the bottom of the property view.
4 Click the Send Message button. A unique alphanumeric identifier appears with each sent message. This GUID
corresponds to the originating case that the message came from.
Tip: Click the Clear History button to clear the message buffer.

Note The Simulation Messaging field displays all of messages that have broadcast.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 568 of 647

Case Security

HYSYS allows you to lock a case to a password or a password and security lock devise such as a security key.
To access the case security option, click the Case Security command in the Tools menu.
See Also
Lock a HYSYS case
Load a locked HYSYS case
Configure the case security
Unlock a case

Lock a HYSYS case

1 From the Tools menu, select Case Security. The Enter New Master Password property view appears.
2 Click the Case Security tab.
3 In the Password field specify the password you want to use for the case. The password must be at least six
characters in length.
4 Retype this password in the Confirm field.
5 Click the Accept Password icon .

Tip: Click the Cancel icon to close the property view without locking the case.
The File Security Setup property view appears.
6 In the Contact Name field, specify the security administrators contact name.
7 In the Company Name field, specify the name of your company.
The Company Name field is automatically filled in with the company name that is found in the HYSYS about field.

8 Click the Close and Exit icon to close the File Security Setup property view.
See Also
Managing the master password
Managing user passwords
Managing hardware locks

Unlocking a case

1 From the Tools menu, select Case Security. The Enter Master Password property view appears.
2 Click the Case Security tab.
3 In the Please enter the master password field specify the correct master password.
4 Press ENTER. The File Security Setup property view appears.

5 Click the Case security is currently active icon . The Enter Master Password property view appears.
6 Enter the correct password and press ENTER.

7 Click the Close and Exit icon to close the File Security Setup property view.
Notes

· When you access the File Security Setup property view again, the Case security is currently disable icon
appears at the bottom right corner of the property view, and indicates the case is unlocked.

· To lock the case again, click on the Case security is currently disable icon and click the Close and Exit icon

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 569 of 647

RunTime Mode

The Runtime Mode allows you to run a pre-built case with access restricted to certain areas in the case only. This option
serves as a security control that allows clients (especially consultants, contractors, and licensors) to deliver a complete
HYSYS model with their end product while protecting their business interests and the intellectual property contained within
the product model.
The limitations of a HYSYS runtime version exist at two levels: case level and application level. The runtime version of the
HYSYS application is compatible only with the runtime version of the HYSYS cases. Additional licenses are needed to gain
full authority to edit the basis and model topology of the runtime case.
To activate the runtime mode in HYSYS:
1 From the Tools menu, select Case Security. The Enter New Master Password property view appears.
2 Click the Runtime tab.
3 Click on the Enable Support for Runtime Mode checkbox. The Configure button becomes available.
4 Click on the Configure button. The Runtime Mode Configuration property view appears.
Note: A runtime case can only be opened in standard mode by the original Author. When a runtime case is saved, it
will store the name of the Author in the case. If the name of the user does not match the runtime author license,
then the case opens in runtime mode and the user can only use the runtime case under the restrictions pre-set by
the original Author.
See Also
Specifying the general settings
Selecting specifications in RunTime Mode
Specifying access in RunTime Mode

Case Summary

The Summary property view provides an alternative way of adding, editing, and deleting streams and unit operation in
specific flowsheets.
1 In the Tools menu, click the Summaries command. The Select Summary property view appears.
2 From the list of available flowsheets, select the flowsheet you want to view.
3 Click the View button. The Summary property view appears.
See Also
Viewing streams
Viewing unit operations
Adding a stream
Adding a unit operation
Deleting a stream
Deleting a unit operation

Control Manager

The Control Manager provides a summary of all the PID Controllers and MPC Controllers contained within the current
simulation.
To access the Control Manager:
· Click the Control Manager command in the Tools menu.
· Press the CTRL M hot key.
See Also

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 570 of 647

View PID controllers

View MPC controllers
View user variables

View PID controllers

1 From the Tools menu, select Control Manager. The Control Manager property view appears.
2 Click on the PIDs tab.
Tip: Double-click on the controller name to open the controller’s property view.

Note: The Pid Controllers table lists all the PID controllers that are installed in the simulation. For each controller the
following information is provided: controller name, controller mode, HYSYS mode, set point mode, set point, process
variable, and output.

View MPC controllers

1 From the Tools menu, select Control Manager. The Control Manager property view appears.
2 Click on the MPCs tab.
Tip: Double-click on the controller name to open the controller’s property view.

Note: The MPC Controllers table lists all the MPC controllers that are installed in the simulation. For each controller the
following information is provided: controller name, controller mode, HYSYS mode, set point, process variable, and output.

Manage the controller user variables

1 From the Tools menu, select Control Manager. The Control Manager property view appears.
2 Click on the User Variables tab.
Note: The controller the user variable is created in owns the user variable.
See Also
Creating a user variable
Editing a user variable
Sorting user variables
Filtering user variables
Enabling and disabling user variables

Correlation Manager

The Correlation Manager allows you to select what properties you want to see associated with all the streams in your case.
To access the Correlation Manager, from the Tools menu, select Correlation Manager.
HYSYS has two kinds of settings for property correlations:
· A property correlation or correlation set that is added to a stream from the stream property view has a local setting.
· A property correlation or correlation set that is added to a stream from the Correlation Manager property view has a
global setting.
The property correlation sets can be defined and saved external to the case and can be read into any other simulation
case.
See Also
Adding a correlation to the case streams
Removing a correlation from the case streams

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 571 of 647

Cloning a correlation
Deleting a cloned correlation
Scaning all system correlation files
Selecting a global correlation set list
Removing a global correlation set list
Gas Properties

Gas Properties

The Gas Properties consists of the following seven correlations:

· HC Dew Point
· Higher Heating Value
· Lower Heating Value
· Mass Density (Std. Cond)
· Water Content In mg/m3
· Water Dew Point
· Wobbe Index
These correlations are grouped within the Gas correlation type. The Gas type is shown on the Available Correlations list of
the Correlation Picker and Correlation Manager property views. You can access the seven Gas correlations by double-
clicking on the Gas correlation type to expand the list.
The Gas correlation uses the methods and data from ISO 6976:1995(E). If the stream contains components that are not
supported by this data, then the data for the hydrocarbon with the nearest molecular weight Alkane is used. If the
molecular weight is greater than decane (C10), then the data for decane is assumed. ISO data has been provided to
support the following components:
Methane n-Decane n-C21 Propene M-Cyclohexane
Ethane n-C11 n-C22 Methanol CO
Propane n-C12 n-C23 EGlycol CO2
i-Butane n-C13 n-C24 TEGlycol H2S
n-Butane n-C14 n-C25 Benzene Ammonia
i-Pentane n-C15 n-C26 Toluene H2O
n-Pentane n-C16 n-C27 E-Benzene Hydrogen
n-Hexane n-C17 n-C28 124-M-Benzene Nitrogen
n-Heptane n-C18 n-C29 Cyclopentane Argon
n-Octane n-C19 n-C30 Cyclohexane Oxygen
n-Nonane n-C20 Ethylene M-Cyclopentane

Databook

The databook allows you to monitor key process variables in both steady state and dynamic modes. Variables for all
databook features are selected in a single location. You can then activate variables from the main list for each application.
There is only one databook in each HYSYS case, containing variables from all flowsheets.
You can access the databook by using one of two methods.
· Click the Databook command in the Tools menu.
· Press the CTRL D hot key combination.
See Also
Managing the databook variables
Managing the process data tables
Managing the strip charts
Managing the data scenarios
Managing the case studies

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 572 of 647

Manage the Databook Variables

All variables that will be used for the features of the databook are managed on the Variables tab. On this tab, you can
view, add, or delete variables in the databook.
See Also
Adding the variables
Editing the variables
Deleting the variables

Manage the Process Data Tables

Process data tables are installed individually via the Process Data Tables tab. On this tab, you can view, add, or delete
customized process data tables. For each table, you can add any combination of key process variables from the list of
available variables. Variables can be used in multiple process data tables.
Variables for the process data table are selected on the Variables tab of the databook.
See Also
Adding the data tables
Editing the data tables
Viewing the key variable data
Deleting the data tables
Setting up DDE commands

Managing the strip charts

Monitoring the response of key process variables during dynamic calculations is best accomplished via the strip chart. Strip
charts allow you to monitor the behavior of process variables in a graphical format while calculations are proceeding.
Current and historical values for each strip chart are also tabulated for further examination.
Strip charts are installed individually via the Strip Charts tab. Multiple strip charts are allowed, and each of these can have
an unlimited number of variables charted. However, since the same variable can be used in more than one Strip Chart, it is
recommended that you utilize multiple strip charts with no more than six variables per strip chart.
Variables for the strip charts are selected on the Variables tab of the databook.
See Also
Adding a strip chart
Viewing a strip chart
Viewing historical data
Viewing current data
Deleting a strip chart
Setting up the data logger

Manage the Data Scenarios

The Data Recorder tab lets you store snap shots of your process by grouping key process variables into different scenarios.
You can manipulate the process in the current case and then have HYSYS record the results for the variables that you are
monitoring. Each scenario that you create can have an unlimited number of snap shots, called States.
Variables for the strip charts are selected on the Variables tab of the databook.
See Also
Adding a scenario
Recording a scenario
Deleting a scenario
Viewing scenario results

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 573 of 647

Manage the Case Studies

The case study tool allows you to monitor the steady state response of key process variables to changes in your process.
From the list of variables you designate the independent and dependent variables for each case study. For each
independent variable, you will specify a lower and upper bound, as well as a step size. HYSYS varies the independent
variables one at a time, and with each change, the dependent variables are calculated and a new state is defined. HYSYS
shows the number of states that are calculated as you define the bounds and step size of the independent variables.
Once the case study has solved, you can examine the states in a table or view the results in a plot. Although you can select
as many variables as you like for a case study, a maximum of three variables can be shown on a plot. One independent
variable and two dependent variables will produce a two-dimensional plot while two independent variables and a single
dependent variable will be shown on a three-dimensional graph.
Variables for the strip charts are selected on the Variables tab of the databook.
See Also
Adding a case study
Setting up a case study
Viewing case study results
Deleting a case study

Event Scheduler Theory

Using the Event Scheduler, it is possible to have HYSYS perform given tasks at predetermined times once a simulation is
running in dynamics.
The tasks can be triggered by a pre-determined simulation time or elapsed time, a logical expression becoming true, or a
variable stabilizing to within a given tolerance for a set amount of time.
The Event Scheduler property view contains all the Event Schedules in the current HYSYS case. Each Schedule is comprised
of Sequences, which in turn are made up of Events. An Event must have a Condition (a null condition is always true). The
event may have zero or more enabled actions. Normal sequential stepping of the events occurs, although forward and
backward branching may also be configured.

It is recommended that each schedule be treated and implemented as a separate autonomous set of sequences.
Interaction between sequences in different schedules is not possible. Within each schedule, the user must configure one or
more sequences. Each active sequence in the schedule is executed once per time step, in the order they appear. For an
active sequence (that has been started and is not holding), the sequence status would be Waiting and there would be one
current (or active) event. The current event means that this particular event is having its condition evaluated to determine
any actions to take and which event in the sequence takes control next (becoming the next current event). You can think

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 574 of 647

of the event's condition as being a logical True or False evaluation and the actions are manipulations on the simulation
case. When the current event’s condition is met, its action(s) (if any) are executed and by default control passes to the
next event in the sequence. Normally (without Multi-Events turned on) only one event is evaluated and allowed to execute
each time step. If branching has been configured for the current event, control may not be passed to the next step in the
sequence. Instead control will be passed to the specified Jump To Event if the branching requirement is met. The
branching requirement is nothing more than a condition that determines if or when the branching takes place. Both forward
and backwards branching is permitted. If one sequence Starts, Stops, Pauses, or Resumes another sequence, this takes
place on the current time step if the effected sequence is lower in the Schedules list; otherwise the effect is relevant on the
next time step.
It is usually recommended to keep as many as possible of a series of steps within a single sequence. Rather than starting
and stopping related sequences within a schedule, the use of branching can be easier to follow. The Sequence property
view's Jump When column allows you to see any branching within the sequence.
The Event Scheduler is an ideal way of implementing a flow chart representation of sequence logic control systems, which
are typically implemented in Programmable Logic Controllers in the real plant.

Event Scheduler Property View

You can access the Event Scheduler by:

· Selecting Event Scheduler from the Simulation menu.
· Using the hot key CTRL E.
The Event Scheduler property view is now a combination of property views as shown in the figure below.

The right pane of the property view now shows the Schedule, Sequence, Event, or specific Action information as you
navigate through and click on the tree browser on the left pane. You can also view this information in separate property
views using the Sequence property view and Event property view.
You can use the buttons in the Schedule Options group to manage the schedules in the current case.
The tree browser contains a list of the schedules in a case. Each schedule is comprised of sequences, which in turn are
made up of events.
The Legend group displays the status icons, which are shown as the icons in the tree browser, and indicate the current
state of the schedule, sequence, event, or action.
The following states are valid:
· Schedule: Fully Specified and Incomplete

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 575 of 647

· Sequence: Complete, Holding, Inactive, Incomplete, and Waiting.

· Event: Complete, Fully Specified, Holding, Inactive, Incomplete, Running, Time
Elapsed and Waiting.
· Action: Fully Specified and Incomplete.

The Event Scheduler property view also consists of the following checkboxes:
· Smart Tree. When this checkbox is checked and the Integrator is Running, the tree browser expands and shows the
current event of the last selected sequence or schedule.
· Trace Messages. Allows you to enable or disable the tracing of Event Scheduler messages. The HYSYS Desktop
Trace Window displays useful status and execution messages while the sequence is executing.
Trace Dump and Trace Message actions will always appear in the Trace Window.
· Multi Events. When the checkbox is checked, this option allows you to execute multiple contiguous events, with
conditions of True, in a single time step.
The events will not continue after any Jump To Event occurs since a backwards jump could result in an infinite loop.

Add a Schedule

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 Click the Add button in the Schedule Options group.
The Schedule Sequences group appears.

3 In the Schedule Name field, modify the name of the schedule.

Tips

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 576 of 647

·
· The Schedule property view enables you to control the schedule by using the Start, Stop, Resume, and Hold
buttons. The buttons are only available if the schedule contains one or more sequences.
· The buttons (View, Add, Delete, Copy, Import, Export, and Sort) in the Schedule Sequences group are used to
manage the events in a sequence.
· The Sequence Control group contains the following buttons: Start, Stop, Resume, Hold, Force, and Skip. These
buttons are only active if the schedule contains one or more sequences.

Delete a Schedule

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 Select the schedule you want to delete from the tree browser.

3 Click the Delete button in the Schedule Options group.

Notes
· You will not be prompted to confirm the deletion of the schedule, even if you have sequences and events defined.
Ensure the correct schedule is selected before deleting.
· The Delete button is only active when a schedule exists in the case.

Copy a Schedule

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 Select the schedule you want to copy from the tree browser.

3 Click the Copy button in the Schedule Options group to make a copy of the selected schedule. The copied schedule is
added to the tree browser.
Note: The Copy button is only active when a schedule exists in the case.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 577 of 647

Import a Schedule

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 Click the Import button from Schedule Options group. The File Selection for Importing Schedule property view
appears.

3 Browse to the location of the saved schedule file (*.sch).

4 Select the file you want to import, then click the Open button.

Export a Schedule

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 Select the schedule you want to export from the tree browser.
3 Click the Export button. The File Selection for Exporting Schedule property view appears.

4 In the File name field, specify the name for the schedule file

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 578 of 647

5 From the Save in drop-down list, select the location to save the schedule file and then click the Save button.
Note: The Export button is only active when a schedule exists in the case.

Sort Schedules

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 Click the Sort button in the Schedule Options group. The Reorder Schedules property view appears

3 From the Move Object list, select the schedule you want to move.
4 From the Before list, select the schedule you want to insert the schedule you are moving before.
5 Click the Move button to complete the move.
6 Close the Reorder Schedules property view when you have completed sorting the schedules.
Notes
· To move a schedule to the end of the list, select the blank space under the last schedule in the Before list.
· The Sort button is only active when at least two schedules exist in the case.

Run a Schedule

After a Schedule is fully defined, each Sequence is in an Inactive state. Sequences can be run from the Event Scheduler
property view as shown in the figure below.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 579 of 647

To activate a Sequence, select it from the tree browser and click the Start button. Alternatively, you can select the desired
Schedule from the tree browser and then select the sequence from the list in the Schedule Sequences group. The status
changes from Inactive to Waiting. The integrator has to be running for evaluations to occur.
At every time step, any Sequences that are in the Waiting state have their current Event’s Wait For Condition evaluated.
When a current event evaluates True, the associated Action List items are executed, and provided no Branching behavior is
specified, the next Event in the list becomes the current event and evaluations continue.
If the Sequence RunMode is One Shot and the last event in the list executes, the status changes from Waiting to Complete
and the Sequence is reset.
Note: When you edit an event while the schedule is running, the sequence will either continue running or be put in the
Hold state if further information is required before everything is sufficiently satisfied. Click the Resume button to continue
the sequence after your edits.

Sequence Property View

When you select a particular sequence from the tree browser of the Event Scheduler property view, the Sequence property
view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 580 of 647

There are two tabs on the Sequence property view:

· Schedule of Events
· Settings
Notes
· You can also click the View button from the Schedule Sequences group of the Event Scheduler property view to
view the Sequence property view.
· In the Name field, you can change the sequence name.
· The status bar indicates the current status of the sequence, which is also shown as the icon on the Event
Scheduler tree browser.
· The Analyze button is only active when the Sequence is incomplete.

Add a Sequence

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 Click the Add button in the Schedule Options group to add a schedule. The Schedule Sequences group appears.
3 From the Schedule Sequences group, click the Add button. The sequence appears in the Schedule Sequences table.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 581 of 647

Notes
· You can add as many sequences as needed in a schedule.
· You can click the View button from the Schedule Sequences group of the Event Scheduler property view to view
the Sequence property view.
See Also
Managing the sequences in the schedule

Edit a Sequence

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 From the Schedule Sequences group, select the sequence you want to edit.

3 You can modify the sequence name and run mode. If you want to modify the information for the defined event and
the sequence universal settings, click the View button. The Sequence property view appears.
See Also
Managing the sequences in the schedule

Delete a Sequence

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 From the Schedule Sequences group, select the sequence you want to delete.

3 Click the Delete button in the Schedule Sequences group.

Notes
· The Delete button is only active when a sequence exists in the schedule.
· You will not be prompted to confirm the deletion of the sequence, even if you have events defined. Ensure you

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 582 of 647

selected the correct sequence before deleting.

See Also
Managing the sequences in the schedule

Copy a Sequence

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 From the Schedule Sequences group, select the sequence you want to copy.

3 Click the Copy button in the Schedule Sequences group to make a copy of the selected sequence.
Note: The Copy button is active when a sequence exists in the schedule.
See Also
Managing the sequences in the schedule

Import a Sequence

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 From the Schedule Sequences group, click the Import button. The File Selection for Importing Sequence property view
appears.

3 Browse to the location of the saved sequence file (*.seq).

4 Select the file you want to import and click the Open button.
See Also
Managing the sequences in the schedule

Export a Sequence

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 583 of 647

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 From the Schedule Sequences group, select the sequence you want to export.
3 Click the Export button. The File Selection for Exporting Sequence property view appears.

4 In the File name field, specify the name for the schedule file
5 From the Save in drop-down list, select the location to save the sequence file and then click the Save button.
Note: The Export button is only active when a sequence exists in the schedule.
See Also
Managing the sequences in the schedule

Sort Sequences

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 From the Schedule Sequences group of the Event Scheduler property view, click the Sort button. The Reorder
Sequences property view appears.

3 From the Move Object list, select the sequence you want to move.
4 From the Before list, select the sequence you want to insert the sequence you are moving before.
5 Click the Move button to complete the move.
6 Close the Reorder Sequences property view when you have completed sorting the sequences.
Notes
· The Sort button is only active when at least two sequences exist in the schedule.
· To move a sequence to the end of the list, select the blank space under the last sequence in the Before list.
See Also
Managing the sequences in the schedule

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 584 of 647

Event Property View

When you select a particular event from the tree browser of the Event Scheduler property view, the Event property view
appears.

There are three tabs on the Event property view:

· Condition
· Action List
· Branching & Time Out Behaviour
Notes
· You can also click the View button from the Schedule of Events tab of the Sequence property view to view the
Event property view.
· In the Name field, you can change the event name.
· In the Condition Name field, you can change the condition name.
· The Force button allows you to execute the current event of the selected sequence.
· The Skip button allows you to bypass the current event of the selected sequence.
· The Force and Skip buttons affect the current event, which may not be the event you are viewing.

Add an Event

1 From the Simulation menu, select Event Scheduler. The Event Scheduler property view appears.
2 From the Event Scheduler property view, click the Add button in the Schedule Options group. The Schedule
Sequences group appears.
3 From the Schedule Sequences group, click the Add button. The sequence appears in the Schedule Sequences table.
4 Click the View button in the Schedule Sequences group. The Sequence property view appears.
5 Click the Add button. The event appears in the table.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 585 of 647

Note: You can add multiple events to a sequence.

5 Click the View button. The Event property view appears.

6 Modify the event as required.
Notes
· The View button in the Schedule Sequences group is only active when a sequence exists in the schedule.
· The View button on the Schedule of Events tab is only active when an event exists in the sequence.
See Also
Scheduling events

Delete an Event

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 586 of 647

3 Click the View button. The Sequence property view appears.

4 From the Sequence property view, select the event you want to delete, and click the Delete button.
Notes
· The Delete button is only active when an event exists in the sequence.
· You will not be prompted to confirm the deletion of the event, so ensure you selected the correct event before
deleting.
See Also
Scheduling events

Copy an Event

3 Click the View button. The Sequence property view appears.

4 From the Sequence property view, select the event you want to copy, and click the Copy button.
Note: The Copy button is only active when an event exists in the sequence.
See Also
Scheduling events

Sort Events

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 587 of 647

3 Click the View button. The Sequence property view appears.

4 Click the Sort button. The Reorder Events property view appears.

5 From the Move Object list, select the event you want to move.
6 From the Before list, select the event you want to insert the event you are moving before.
7 Click the Move button to complete the move.
8 Close the Reorder Events property view when you have completed sorting the events.
Notes
· The Sort button is only active when at least two events exist in the sequence.
· To move an event to the end of the list, select the blank space under the last event in the Before list.
See Also
Scheduling events

Main Properties

From the Simulation menu, select Main Properties. The Simulation Case property view appears. The Simulation Case
property view allows you to view and modify the properties of your simulation case.
If the Simulation Case property view is accessed while in a subflowsheet environment, the Main Environment button is
available allowing you to return to the main environment.
See Also
Converting a case to a template
Setting status messages
Managing calculation levels
Making Notes
Selecting a property balance
Managing exported connections
Managing exported variables

Set status messages

1 From the Simulation menu, select Main Properties. The Simulation Case property view appears.
2 Click on the Status Messages tab.
3 In the Name field, specify a name for your flowsheet. The default name is "Case".
4 In the Tab field, specify a tag for your flowsheet. The default tag for the main flowsheet is "Main".
The Object Status group displays the current status messages for all objects in the flowsheet according to the minimum
severity. From the Minimum Severity drop-down list, click one of the following options: OK, Optional Info, Warning,
Required Info, and **Error**.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 588 of 647

Manage calculation levels

1 From the Simulation menu, select Main Properties. The Simulation Case property view appears.
2 Click on the Calc Levels tab.
3 In the Calculation Level column set the level you want the associated stream or operation to calculate at.
Tips
· The Name column allows you to modify the name of the streams of unit operations in the flowsheet.
· You can ignore a certain stream or operation in a flowsheet by deactivating appropriate checkbox in the Active
column.
· Clicking the Reset button will return all the calculation levels to their default values.

Export the WebModels as an XML File

You can export an XML file that contains information about the variables in the process data tables for the WebModel.
1 From the Simulation menu, select Main Properties.
2 Click on the WebModels tab. A list of all the Process Data Tables in the case is shown on this tab.
3 You can change the WebModel name and description in the appropriate fields.
Tips
· If you want to link the WebModel to an Aspen OnLine server and project, type the server and project names in
the Online Server and Online Project fields.
· If you want to include the variables in the WebModels file, check the Include checkbox.
4 You can specify if the tables contain are writable variables by checking the Writable checkbox.

5 Click the Export WebModel button to create the *.xml file. The Save WebModels File property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 589 of 647

6 Change the name for XML file in the File name field. WebModels.xml is the default file name.
7 Click the Save button to save the WebModel XML file.
See Also
Publishing a WebModel

Select a Property Balance

1 From the Simulation menu, select Main Properties. The Simulation Case property view appears.
2 Click on the PV Balance tab.
3 From the list of available property balance extensions, select the extension you want to use for your case.
4 Click the View button to view the property balance extension.
Notes
· If you have an External Property Balance registered, you can select from the property balance list the external
property balance to perform selective balancing or property vectors. The extension is used by the unit operations
attempting to balance the mixing of streams when one or more component properties have been modified at the
stream level.
· Refer to the HYSYS Customization Guide for information on creating a property balance extension.
See Also
Property Balance

Manage Exported Connections

1 From the Simulation menu, select Main Properties. The Simulation Case property view appears.
2 Click the Convert to Template button.
3 HYSYS asks you to confirm your selection and asks if you want to save your case. Click Yes to continue.
4 Click on the Exported Connections tab.
5 In the Template Tag field, specify a tag for your template. The default tag is "TPL".
6 In the Installed Simulation Basis group click either the Internal or External radio button.
7 In the Boundary Labels column, specify a label for the associated stream. By default the original stream name is used.
8 In the Transfer Basis column, click in the appropriate cell to activate the drop-down list. From the drop-down list
choose one of the following options: T-P Flash, VF-T Flash, VF-P Flash, P-H Flash, User Specs, or None Required.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 590 of 647

Notes
· The Feed and Product Stream Info groups display all streams in the flowsheet template that are feed and product
boundary streams.
· If the case is already a template you do not perform steps 2 and 3.

Manage Exported Variables

The Exported Variables tab is used for creating and maintaining the list of Exported Variables. Although you can access any
information inside the subflowsheet using the Variable Navigator, this feature allows you to target key process variables
inside the subflowsheet and have their values displayed on the property view. When the template is installed in a case, you
can conveniently view this information directly on the subflowsheet property view in the main flowsheet. This is very useful
for "black box" treatment, as all the important specifications for the operation of the subflowsheet can be brought together
and documented in this one location.
1 From the Simulation menu, select Main Properties. The Simulation Case property view appears.
2 Click the Convert to Template button.
3 HYSYS asks you to confirm your selection and asks if you want to save your case. Click Yes to continue.
4 Click on the Exported Variables tab.
Note: If the case is already a template you do not perform steps 2 and 3.
See Also
Adding an exported variable
Editing an exported variable
Deleting an exported variable

Notes Manager

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Notes Manager. The Notes Manager property view appears.
2 In the list of available objects select the object that contains the note you want to view. Click the Plus icon to
expand the tree browser revealing more selections.
3 If a valid note is present in the object the note appears in the Note group. From here you can view and modify the
note.
Tip: You can also access the Notes Manager by pressing the CTRL G hot key.

Notes
· Activate the View Objects with Notes Only checkbox to displays only objects that contain a valid note.
· Click the Clear button to delete the entire note from the selected object.
· Click the View button to open the property view of the selected object.
· Activate the Search notes containing the string checkbox and enter a string in the corresponding field to filter the
list of available objects to objects that contain the specified string.
· Activate the Search notes modified since checkbox and enter month, day and year to filter the list of available
objects to objects whose notes modified since the specified date.

Object Navigator

The Object Navigator allows you to locate and view any flowsheet element within any flowsheet, or enter the build
environment for a flowsheet.
There are several ways that you can access the Object Navigator:
· Click on the Find Object command in the Flowsheet menu.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 591 of 647

· Press the F3 hot key.

· Click the Object Navigator icon in the tool bar.

· Right-click on an empty area of the desktop and select Find Object command from the object inspect menu.
See Also
Find an object
Move to a different flowsheet

Report Manager

Within a simulation case, you can print stream and operation datasheets with the print function. However, this only allows
you to print datasheets for a single object at a time. By using the Report Manager, you can add multiple datasheets for
streams and operations to a single report and print the entire document at once. You can also format the display of the
report to meet your personal preferences.
Clicking the Reports command in the Tools the menu accesses the Report Manager or you can press hot key combination
CTRL R.
See Also
Creating a report
Editing a report
Deleting a report
Printing a report

Script Manager

The Script Manager records all of your case interaction, with respect to installing streams or operations, making
connections, and supplying specifications. This recorded script can then be played back at a later time.
See Also
Recording a script
Playing a script

Flowsheet Summary

The Flowsheet Summary helps reduce the time spent troubleshooting flowsheets. To view the Flowsheet Summary, select
Flowsheet | Flowsheet Summary from the menu bar.
The Flowsheet Summary property view has five tabs:
· Navigator
· Input Summary
· Stream Diagnostics
· Recycle/Adjusts
· Pressure Balances
· Mass/Energy Balance

Simultaneous Adjust Manager

The Simultaneous Adjust Manager (SAM) property view allows you to monitor and modify all adjusts that are selected as
simultaneous. This provides access to a more efficient method of calculation and more control over the calculations. The
SAM requires two or more active (i.e., not ignored) adjusts to solve. If you are using only one adjust we recommend using
Secant or Broyden modes.
To access the Simultaneous Adjust Manager, click the Simultaneous Adjust Manager command in the Simulation menu.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 592 of 647

See Also
Configure the simultaneous adjusts
Specify simultaneous adjust parameters
Viewing iteration history

Configure the simultaneous adjusts

1 From the Simulation menu, select Simultaneous Adjust. The Simultaneous Adjust Manager (SAM) property view
appears.
2 Click on the Configuration tab. A table containing all the available adjusts that have been selected as simultaneous
appears.
3 If the Target Variable is to meet a certain numerical value, specify a value in the appropriate Target Value cell.
4 If the Target Variable is to meet the value (or the value plus an offset) of the same variable in another object, click in
the appropriate Matching Value Object cell to access the drop-down list. From the drop-down list select the object
you want to use. Also, if applicable, specify a value in the corresponding Matching Value Offset cell. This value
overrides the Target Value.
Tips
· Double-clicking a cell in the Simultaneous Adjusts column opens the corresponding Adjust property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Attached Object column opens the corresponding Stream property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Target Object column opens the corresponding Stream property view.

Notes
· The Simultaneous Adjusts column displays the name of each Adjust that has been selected as simultaneous.
· The Attached Object and Attached Variable columns display the name and variable of the attached object.
· The Target Object and Target Variable columns display the name and variable of the target object.
· Activate any checkbox in the Ignored column to tell HYSYS to ignore the corresponding adjust when solving the
simulation.
· The Matching Value column displays the value of the object selected in the Matching Value Object column.
See Also
Adjusts

Specify simultaneous adjust parameters

1 From the Simulation menu, select Simultaneous Adjust. The Simultaneous Adjust Manager (SAM) appears.
2 Click on the Parameters tab.
3 In the Tolerance column, specify a value to define the tolerance of the target variable.
4 In the Step Size column, specify a value to define the step size of the Adjust.
5 In the Minimum and Maximum columns, specify the upper and lower bounds for the independent variable are set in this
field. (Optional)
6 Click in the Type of Jacobian Calculation field to access a drop-down list. From the drop-down list select one of the
following options: Reset Jac, Continuous, or Hybrid.
7 Click in the Type of Convergence field to access a drop-down list. From the drop-down list select one of the following
options: Specified, Norm or Either.
8 In the Max Step Fraction field specify a value for the maximum step fraction. The maximum step size the solver is
allowed to move during a calculation step is then calculated by multiplying this value by the step size.
9 In the Perturbation Factor field, specify a value for the perturbation factor. The maximum value the solver is allowed to
move during a Jacobian step is then calculated by multiplying this value by the adjust range or if no valid range is
available this number is multiplied by 100 and the step size.
10 In the Maximum Number of Iterations field, specify the maximum number of iterations you want the SAM to try before
failing.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 593 of 647

11 In the Convergence Norm field, specify the value for the convergence norm.
Tip: Double-clicking a cell in the Adjust column opens the corresponding Adjust property view.

Notes
· The Adjust column displays the name of each Adjust that has been selected as simultaneous.
· The Residual column displays the residual value of each Adjust.
· The Number of Iterations column displays the number of iterations each Adjust took to solve.
· The Iteration Status column displays the status of each Adjust.

View Iteration History

1 From the Simulation menu, select Simultaneous Adjust. The Simultaneous Adjust Manager (SAM) appears.
2 Click on the History tab.
3 In the Display column activate the checkbox of the Adjust you want to view the iteration history for. The Adjusts are
always viewed in order from left to right across the page.
Tip: Double-clicking on the Adjust name opens the corresponding Adjust property view.

Note: The table displays the iteration count, the Adjusted values, the Target values, and the Residual values. Each
iteration represents one solver step. The values calculated during a Jacobian step can be seen on the Monitor tab of the
Adjust property view.
See Also
Adjusts

Configuring a snapshot

1 From the Tools menu, select Snapshot Manager. The Snapshot Manager appears.
2 Click on the Local Snapshots tab.
3 In the Configuration group, you can specify the parameters on how you want the snapshot to be taken: Name,
FileName, Append to Name, Snapshot Type, Periodic Specs, Save PFD with Snapshot, Save PFD in Single Separate
File, Restore PFD Upon Load if Saved in Separated File, and Enable Snapshot.
Tips
· Click the Add button, if you want to add a new group of snapshots to the Snapshot List.
· Click the Delete button, if you want to delete the selected group of snapshots from the Snapshot List.
· The Save Snapshot button allows you to save a snapshot.
· The Load Snapshot button allows you to load an existing snapshot using the File Selection for Recalling Snapshot
property view.

Notes
· The Current Time field displays the current integration time. You can choose to have the time displayed in desired
units from the drop-down list. The Current Time can be reset by changing the integration time in the Integrator
from the Simulation menu.
· HYSYS displays all time in standard time display: hh:mm:ss.

Viewing the real time information

1 From the Tools menu, select Snapshot Manager. The Snapshot Manager appears.
2 Click on the Real Time Monitor tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 594 of 647

Note: There are six columns in the Real Time Info table: Snapshot Name, Type, Time Spent, Count, Enable, and Active.

Setting the PFD saving preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Snapshot Manager. The Snapshot Manager appears.
2 Click on the External Snapshots tab.
3 In the External Snapshot Options group, you can check the appropriate checkbox to set the PFD saving preferences
(Save PFD with Snapshot, Save PFD in Single Separate File, and Restore PFD Upon Load If Saved in Separate File).
4 You can take a snapshot by using one of the following methods:
· Save As option in the File menu
· Event Scheduler
· OLE
Note: The Current PFD File field displays the directory of the current PFD file.

Workbook

The Workbook displays stream and general unit operation information in a tabular format. The Workbook can also be
configured to display information about any object type (streams, pipes, controllers, separators, etc.).
The Workbook is a collection of tabs. For example, suppose you add a tab for Separators. Every separator in the flowsheet
will be on that tab, with the current value of process variables appropriate to the separator being displayed for each. To
provide the greatest degree of flexibility, you can modify the variable set to show whatever variables are of interest, or
install multiple tabs for the same object type in varying levels of detail.
Not only is the Workbook extremely powerful for process analysis, but it has also been developed as an integral element in
the building and manipulation of your simulation. In addition to displaying the process information, you can make changes
to specifications directly from the workbook and calculations will be performed automatically. Mechanisms have also been
built into the workbook to provide you immediate access to the property view for an individual stream or operation.
Each flowsheet in your simulation (main flowsheet and column/template subflowsheets) possess their own workbook. You
can access the Workbook for any flowsheet from any location in your simulation.
See Also
Open a workbook
Install a stream
Install a unit operation
Delete a stream
Delete a unit operation
Manage the workbook tabs
Sort objects on a tab
Hide workbook objects
Reveal workbook objects
Export workbook information
Import workbook information
View subflowsheet objects
Show names only

View Subflowsheet Objects

1 Click the Workbook icon in the toolbar. The Workbook appears.

2 Click on the tab you want to display the subflowsheet information on.
3 Click the Include Sub-Flowsheet button. All of the information from the subflowsheet is included with the information
from the main flowsheet.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 595 of 647

Notes
· When the Include Sub-Flowsheets option is activated, the Composition tab will only display results if the
subflowsheets and the main environment in the case share a common fluid package. Since different fluid packages
can contain both different types and numbers of components, it is not possible to display the compositions in the
same form.
· The functionality of the Include Sub-Flowsheets button is not global to the entire Workbook. With each tab, you
have the option of including the subflowsheet objects. The command to display Subflowsheet objects must be
repeated on each individual workbook tab.
· To hide the subflowsheet objects from a Workbook tab, click the Include Sub-Flowsheets button again.
· You can also view or hide subflowsheet items on a workbook tab by using the Workbook menu. Under Workbook
menu, click Page Scope and from the submenu, click Show/Hide Sub-Flowsheet Objects.

Show names only

1 Click the Workbook icon in the toolbar. The Workbook appears.

2 Click on the tab you want to display only the name of the objects.
3 Click the Show Name Only button. All of the object data on the tab is hidden, only the object name remains visible.
Notes
· The functionality of the Show Name Only button is not global to the entire workbook. With each workbook tab,
you have the option of showing either the just the objects name or all object data. The command to display only
the object names must be repeated on each individual workbook tab.
· To show the object data, click the Show Name Only button again.
· The Show Name Only button is not available on the Unit Ops tab.

Manage the workbook tabs

The workbook Setup property view allows you to add, delete, and customize the tabs in the workbook. This property view
also allows you to add, delete, and sort variables on each Workbook tab. The tabs can be made of default variable sets or
you can individually select the variables to display. You can also designate the format and order of each variable.
This property view is accessed using one of the two following methods:
· When the workbook has focus, click the Setup command in the Workbook menu.
· Right-click on any of the tabs available in the workbook. In the object inspect menu, click the Setup command.
See Also
Add a workbook tab
Edit a workbook tab
Delete a workbook tab

View HYSYS XML Data

HYSYS now contains the ability to represent a simulation case in XML form. XML (Extended Markup Language) is used
extensively in the computer software industry to facilitate data exchange between applications.
The HYSYS XML property view lists all the current specifications used to build the simulation case.
To access the HYSYS XML property view:
1 From the Simulation menu, select HYSYS XML.
2 The HYSYS XML property view appears.
There are a number of options associated with the HYSYS XML output. These control the amount of information
saved to the XML file.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 596 of 647

Benefits of the HYSYS XML tool:

· A structured output of simulation case data that can be queried using XML tools.
· An alternate form of case storage that allows the user to rebuild the case from the XML file.
· The ability to read partial information (additional pieces of equipment/streams or changed parameters for existing
streams or operations) over top of an existing case.
Tips
· If you want to view the data in a web page, check the Use WebBrowser checkbox. If the checkbox is clear, XML
code is displayed.
· To automatically update the web page, check the Auto Refresh checkbox.
· If you want to view all the user specifications in the HYSYS v2.4 case, check the Input Summary Format
checkbox. The functionality is similar to the Print-Specsheet-Flowsheet capability in HYSYS 2.4.1, but reports more
specifications to produce a more accurate representation of the case.
See Also
Exporting a case as XML
Importing XML data

Integrator

You can use the Integrator when running a case in dynamic mode. There are two ways you can access the Integrator:
· From the Simulation menu, select Integrator.
· Press CTRL I.
HYSYS solves all equations using the fully implicit Euler integration method. On the Integrator property view, various
integration parameters can be specified.
The three buttons Start/Continue/Stop, Reset, and Display are available to each tab of the Integrator property view. The
Start/Continue/Stop button is used to control the integrator. This button will change depending on the state of the
integrator. When the integrator has been reset or is being run for the first time the button displays Start. When the
integrator is running the button displays Stop. When the integrator has been stopped the button displays Continue. The
Reset button resets the integrator time back to zero. The Display button updates the integration information.
See Also
Specify general integrator parameters
Specify integrator options
Specify ambient temperature

Specify General Integrator Parameters

1 From the Simulation menu, select Integrator. The Integrator property view appears.
2 Click on the General tab.
3 From the Integration Control group click either the Automatic or Manual radio button. The parameters displayed in
the Integration Time group changes depending on the radio button selected.
In the Integration Time group:
4 Click in the Units field and press the SPACEBAR, a drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list select the time
units you want to use for the integration time.
5 The Current Time field displays the time that the Integrator has been running. When the Integrator is reset, this value
returns to zero. When the Integrator is not running, you can modify the Current Time value by moving the time
backwards or forwards.
6 In the Acceleration field, specify an acceleration factor. If running in real time, changing this field can speed up (>1)
or slows down (<1) the HYSYS model by taking larger or smaller steps (i.e., the factor is applied to the step size).
7 In the End Time field specify a time that you want the integrator to automatically stop.
8 In the Display Interval field specify how often you want the updated information to appear in the property views for
each interval.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 597 of 647

Tips
· Activate the Real Time checkbox, if you want the integrator to proceed in real time. If the real time factor is less
than 1 (i.e., slower than real time) activating the Real Time checkbox has no effect on the integration.
· The Real Time Factor field allows you to set the speed at which the integrator operates. The default setting of 1
indicates that the integrator is running at actual time, which is displayed on the status bar of the HYSYS Desktop.
You have the option to increase (>1) or decrease (<1) the speed of the integration.
In the Integration Step group:
1 Click in the Units field and press the SPACEBAR, a drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list select the time units
you want to use for the integration step size.
2 In the Step Size field, specify the integration step size. The default value is 0.5 seconds.
3 In the Minimum field, specify the minimum number of steps that can be taken.
4 In the Maximum field, specify the maximum number of steps that can be taken.

Specify Execution Rates

1 From the Simulation menu, select Integrator. The Integrator property view appears.
2 Click on the Execution tab.
3 In the Pressure Flow Solver field, specify the rate that you want HYSYS to solve the pressure flow equations. The
default value is "1". This means that the pressure flow equations are calculated every time step.
4 In the Control and Logical Ops field, specify the rate that you want HYSYS to solve the controllers and logical
operations. The default value is "2". This means that the controllers and logical operations will be solved every
second time step.
5 In the Energy Calculations field, specify the rate that you want HYSYS to solve the energy equations. The default
value is "2". This means that an energy balance is calculated every second time step.
6 In the Composition and Flash Calculations field, specify the rate that you want HYSYS to perform the composition and
flash calculation. The default value is "10". This means that the composition and flash calculations are performed
every tenth time step.
7 In the Use these default periods for all operations field activate the checkbox if you want to use the values in the
Energy Calculations and Composition and Flash Calculations fields for each operation in the simulation.

Select Integrator Options

1 From the Simulation menu, select Integrator. The Integrator property view appears.
2 Click on the Options tab.
3 Activate the options you want to apply by selecting the appropriate checkboxes in the General Options group.
· Activate the Enable static head contributions checkbox if you want HYSYS to calculate the static head for
unit operations with holdup, considering the equipment holdup, the geometry, and elevation of any attached
nozzles.
· Activate the Enable implicit static head calculation checkbox if you want enable implicit static head in your
simulation.
· Activate the Enable heat loss calculation as configured checkbox if you want heat loss models for holdup
nodes accounted for in the energy balances. If deactivated, all heat losses are zero irrespective of individual heat
loss settings.
· Activate the Singularity pressure flow analysis before running checkbox if you want HYSYS to warn you of a
possible singular solution matrix before starting integration. For larger cases it is recommended that this option be
deactivated to increase the overall start up speed. For cases where a singular solution is not considered to be a
problem, this option can be disabled to increase the overall speed.
· Activate the Rigorous non equilibrium mixed properties checkbox to use rigorous non-equilibrium mixed
properties. It is recommended that this option remains active. Deactivating this option provides a slight speed
increase when nozzle efficiencies are not 100%, although instabilities can occur.
· Activate the Skip flashes under acceptable conditions checkbox to tell HYSYS to skip flash calculations under

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 598 of 647

acceptable conditions. It is recommended that this option remain inactive, although this provides a slight speed
increase, instabilities can occur.
· Activate the Simultaneously solve heat transfer eqns with IOFlash checkbox to tell HYSYS to solve the heat
transfer equations simultaneously with the IOFlash. This can be used to increases the calculation speed of your
simulation. However, if you encounter any inconsistencies with your heat transfer equipment disable this option.
· Activate the Access Fidelity license options checkbox to use the HYSYS Fidelity features. Once the features
have been used this option cannot be deactivated.
· Activate the Use implicit check valve model checkbox to avoid delays in the opening and closing of check
valves.
· Activate the Truncate large volume integration errors checkbox to truncate large volume balance error and
restore material inventory. Large volume error occurs if there are large upsets or sudden severe changes in the
system. The severe changes result in the volume of the material shown does not match the physical volume that it
occupies. It is recommended that this option be turned off for depressuring utilities.
· Activate the Small dt Reduced Recycle Efficiency checkbox to reduce the flash efficiency of material inside
vessels. The reduction improves stability of the system, however it can produce undesirable results. Recommend
this option be activated when there are small integration step sizes (where the composition time step ends up
being less than 5 seconds).
· Activate the Close component material and energy balances checkbox to ensure no imbalance with the
component material and energy in the entire flowsheet.
Note: You have the option of specifying the composition and energy balance execution rates per integration time step for
individual dynamic unit operations. In order to specify individual execution rates for different unit operations, it is
necessary to add a new Dynamic Equipment Ops tab to the Workbook.

Tip: Click the Remove Fidelity button to reset all variables (affected by the HYSYS Dynamics features) to their default
values.

Specify ambient temperature

1 From the Simulation menu, select integrator. The Integrator property view appears.
2 Click on the Heat loss tab.
3 In the Default ambient temperature field specify a value for the ambient temperature you want HYSYS to use in the
heat loss equations.

Equation Summary Property View

The Equation Summery property view allows you to examine all the equations HYSYS uses when in Dynamic mode. This
tool allows you to view the details of each equation. The equations are broken down into the following categories:
· General equations
· Unconverged equations
· Extra variables
· Extra specifications
· Specified equations
· General variables
· Specification variables
· Internal specification equations
· Internal specification variables
· Simultaneous equations
To access the Equation Summary property view, click the Equation Summary View command in the Simulation menu. This
option is only available when you are in the Dynamic mode.
See Also
Analyze equations

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 599 of 647

Viewing general equations

Viewing unconverged equations
Viewing extra variables
Viewing extra specifications
Viewing specified equations
Viewing general variables
Viewing specification variables
Viewing internal specification equations
Viewing internal specification variables
Viewing simultaneous equations

Analyze Equations

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the Summary tab.
3 Click on the Full Analysis button. HYSYS analysis the pressure-flow parameters to determine if there are enough
specification for the problem. If a problem is found the Dynamic Assistant and Partitioned Analysis buttons becomes
available. The partitioned analysis can sometime help in identifying specification problems.
Notes
The General Results group provides a summery of the number of equations and variables that are in your case. The
information provided consists of the following fields: Number of Equations, Number of Variables, User Specified Equations,
User Specified Variables, Internal Specification Equations, Internal Specification Variables, Redundant Equations, and
Redundant Variables.
If HYSYS detects any problems more information and possible solutions are supplied in the group located next to the
General Results group. Also the Unconverged tab is replaced with the Extra Vars or Extra Specs tab, depending on the
nature of the specification problem.

View General Equations

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the General Eqns tab.
Notes
· This tab contains a list of all the equations that are used by the integrator. The number of equations corresponds
to the value given in the Number of Equations cell on the Summary tab.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Equations column for any given equation opens the Equation property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given equation opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.

View Unconverged Equations

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the Unconverged tab.
Notes
· The Unconverged tab allows you to view the equations that have solved up to the point of failure if the Pressure
Flow solver failed to converge.
· Clicking the Update Sorted List button tells HYSYS to reveal the type of equations, location, and scaled error
associated with the unconverged nodes in the flowsheet. When trouble shooting your simulation, it is best to begin
at the top of the equation list. These equations contain the largest error and therefore give the greatest insight
into correcting the simulation.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 600 of 647

· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given equation opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.
· The Unconverged tab is replaced with the Extra Vars or Extra Specs tab, depending on the nature of the
specification problem.

View Extra Variables

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the Extra Vars tab.
Notes
· The Extra Vars tab appears when HYSYS determines that not enough specifications are known. This tab shows all
of the possible variables that are missing from the case.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Variable column on opens the Variable property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given variable opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.

View Extra Specifications

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the Extra Specs tab.
Notes
· The Extra Specs tab appears when HYSYS determines that too many specifications have been made to the
simulation. This tab shows all of the possible specifications that have been made in the case.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Equations column for any given equation opens the Equation property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given equation opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.

View Specified Equations

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the Spec Eqns tab.
Notes
· The Spec Eqns tab contains a list of all the specified equations in the case.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Equations column for any given equation opens the Equation property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given equation opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.

View General Variables

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the General Vars tab.
Notes
· The General Vars tab contains the list of variables being used by the integrator for dynamic simulation. This

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 601 of 647

number corresponds to the number displayed in the Number of Variables cell on the Summary tab.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Variable column on opens the Variable property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given variable opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.

View Specification Variables

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the Spec Vars tab.
Notes
· The Specs Vars tab contains the list of specified variables being used by the integrator for dynamic simulation.
This number corresponds to the number displayed in the User Spec Vars cell on the Summary tab.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Variable column on opens the Variable property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given variable opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.

View Internal Specification Equations

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the InterSpecEqns tab.
Notes
· The InterSpecEqns tab contains the list of internal specification equations that are used by the integrator for
dynamic simulation.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Equations column for any given equation opens the Equation property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given equation opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.

View Internal Specification Variables

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the InterSpecVars tab.
Notes
· The InterSpecVars tab contains the list of internal specification variables that are used by the integrator for
dynamic simulation.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Variable column on opens the Variable property view.
· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given variable opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.

View Simultaneous Equations

1 From the Simulation menu, select Equation Summary View. The Equation Summary property view appears.
2 Click on the SimulEqns tab.
Notes
· The SimulEqns tab lists the equations that are solved simultaneously by the integrator.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 602 of 647

· Double-clicking a cell in the Owner column for any given equation opens the property view for the corresponding
unit operation or stream.

Dynamic Initialization

Dynamic Initialization allows you to initialize user-specified unit operations and/or streams, all at once or in different areas,
to a consistent operating state in dynamics modeling. Typically you can initialize the selected objects to cold, empty,
depressurized, and off-line.
It is recommended that you run the Integrator a few time steps on any unit operations and streams before dynamic
initialization can have an effect on those operations. After performing dynamic initialization, if the simulation progresses
through numerous steps without any errors or significant movement in the process, the initialization is successful.
If significant movement within the model is detected after initialization, set the Integrator in Manual mode and initialize the
case again to locate the source for movement. In most cases, controls and logic operations, boundary streams, isolation
valves, and pressure/flow specifications are the common sources for movements and errors.
Note: Correct set up of the cold initialization configuration is not only necessary for obtaining accurate results, but it can
also prevent movements in the model, and pressure-flow non-convergence error.

Dynamic Initialization Manager

To access the Dynamic Initialization Manager:

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Dynamic Initialization.
2 The Dynamic Initialization Manager appears.
OR
1 Right-click on a selected object or a blank area on the PFD.
2 From the object inspect menu, select Dynamic Initialization and then View Dynamic Init Manager. The Dynamic
Initialization Manager appears.

The Dynamic Initialization Manager organizes multiple dynamic initialization areas. A dynamic Initialization area is a
grouping of flowsheet objects with specific initialization stream(s), and cold initialization conditions.
There are four buttons in the Dynamic Initialization Manager:
· Add. Allows you to add a new dynamic initialization area to the simulation case and opens a blank Dynamic
Initialization property view.
· View. Opens the property view of the dynamic initialization area selected from the drop-down list.
· Delete. Allows you to delete an existing dynamic initialization area selected from the drop-down list.
· Cancel. Allows you to exit the Dynamic Initialization Manager property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 603 of 647

Specify Cold Plant Startup Parameters

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Dynamic Initialization. The Dynamic Initialization Manager appears.
2 Click the View button. The Dynamic Initialization property view appears.
3 Click on the Cold Initialization tab.
4 Click on the Fluid Packages page.
5 From Fluid Package drop-down list, select the fluid package you want to use.
6 From the Stream drop-down list, select the stream you want to initialize. The Stream drop-down list displays all the
streams that use the selected fluid package. The selected stream is the initialization stream for the selected fluid
package.
7 In the Stream Data Set group, click on the Condition or Composition radio button. The Stream Properties group
displays either the conditions or compositions of the stream depending on the radio button you have selected.
8 If you want to view the selected initialization stream, click the View Stream button.
9 Click the Initialize Objects button to cold initialize all the selected objects on the Objects page to parameters specified
for the selected initialization stream.
Notes
· To prevent heat transfer in a cold plant, the temperature of the initialization stream must be set to the Default
Ambient Temperature, which is specified on the Heat Loss tab in the Integrator property view.
· Similarly, any heat transfer unit operations (e.g., heat exchangers) that have two or more fluid packages used by
their associated streams should be initialized to the same temperature as the Default Ambient Temperature.
· The holdups as well as the streams for the selected objects on the Objects page are initialized to be identical to
the values of the initialization stream.
· Each fluid package used by the selected objects must have an initialization stream.
· The initialization fluid must be vapor thus the stream must have a vapor fraction of 1 (gas phase only).

Configure Unit Operation Settings

1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Dynamic Initialization. The Dynamic Initialization Manager appears.
2 Click the View button. The Dynamic Initialization property view appears.
3 Click on the Cold Initialization tab.
4 Click on the Configuration page.
5 In the Unit Operation Setting group activate any combination of the following checkboxes: Controller Initialization,
Reset Digital Point, Reset Selector, Reset Transfer Function, Reset Energy Streams, Reset Stream Flow specs, Reset
Stream Pressure specs, Reset Valves, Pump Off, Air Cooler Fans Off , Reset Compressor/Expander, or Reset
Heater/Cooler specs.
6 Click the Initialize Objects button.
Notes
· Normally you can keep the settings on the Configuration page as default.
· You can also use a macro to programmatically manipulate the initialization settings for any objects, particularly
control logics in spreadsheet operations. You can specify the name of the macro in the Macro Name field of the
User Variable Macro group. Once you click the Initialize Objects button, the macro is executed.
· Any unchecked operations or specifications listed in the Unit Operation Setting group will have no effect when you
initialize objects.

Managing the objects for dynamic initialization

The Objects page on the Cold Initialization tab of the Dynamic Initialization property view displays all of the objects that
have been selected for initialization.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 604 of 647

When you open the Dynamic Initialization property view by clicking the View button on the Dynamic Initialization Manager,
the Selected Objects table has no data specified. When you have added the objects, you can cold initialize objects listed in
the Selected Objects table using the data specified on the Fluid Packages and Configuration pages.
See Also
Adding objects for initialization
Removing objects for initialization

Face Plate Manager

1 From the Tools menu, select Face Plates. The Face Plates property view appears.
2 From the list of available flowsheets, select the flowsheet that contains logical operation you want to view the face
plate for.
3 From the list of available logical operations, select the logical operation you want to view the face plate for.
4 Click the Open button. The Face Plates property view closes and the face plate for the selected logical operation
appears.
Tip: You can access the Face Plates property view by pressing the CTRL F hot key.

Notes
· If you know the name of the controller but not the location, click the Find button. The Find Object property view
appears. Type in the name of the controller and click OK. The controller property view appears giving you access
to all the controller parameters and the controllers face plate.
· Click the Type button to access the Face Plate Selection property view. This property view allows you to select the
appearance of all face plates in the flowsheet. There are two types of face plates available in HYSYS, Fixed Size,
and Scalable. When the scalable face plate type is selected you have the option of changing the face plate font by
clicking the Set Font button on the Face Plate Manager.

Dynamic Assistant

The Dynamics Assistant provides a quick method for ensuring that a correct set of pressure flow specifications is used. The
Assistant recommends a set of specifications that is reasonable and guarantees that the case is not over specified, under
specified, or singular. It has the option of doing a quick examination for potential problems that can occur while moving
from steady state to dynamics s as well as before running the case in dynamics. The Assistant only makes
recommendations for specifying your model in dynamic mode. You do not have to follow all the suggestions. It is
recommended that you are aware of the effects of each change you make.
In addition to ensuring that the correct Pressure Flow specifications are used for your dynamic case, the Assistant sizes all
necessary equipment that has not yet been sized. The parameters sized are: vessel volumes, valve Cvs and k values for
equipment such as heaters, coolers, and heat exchangers. The assistant sizes required unit operations based on the flow
conditions and specified residence times. The assistant also checks the Tray Section pressure profile for both steady state
and dynamic model to ensure a smooth dynamics start and ensures that the tray section and attached stream have the
same pressure.
As a final note, although the assistant ensures that your case runs in dynamics, it is not intended that the changes made
are sufficient for your case to line out. It is still your responsibility to ensure that an adequate control scheme is added to
the case and that your model has been properly rated (i.e., existing vessels have been adequately sized).
To access the Dynamics Assistant:
· Press the CTRL Y hot key.
· Click Dynamics Assistant command in the Tools menu

· Click the Dynamics Assistant icon in the toolbar.

· Clicking the Dynamics Assistant button from the Equation Summary property view. This button is only available on
the Equation Summary property view after the Full Analysis button has been clicked and there are problems with the
case.
Tips Click the Analyze Again button to re-evaluate the simulation case. This is particularly useful if you make changes to

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 605 of 647

the case that affects the setup of the simulation for dynamics. Click the Make Changes button to make all the changes
specified by the dynamic assistant.
See Also
Manage the Dynamic Assistant recommendations
Viewing stream specifications
Viewing pressure flow specifications
Viewing unknown sizes
Viewing tray section specifications
Viewing miscellaneous specifications
Viewing user items

Manage the Dynamic Assistant Recommendations

The General tab contains a summary of the changes that the Dynamic Assistant recommends for dynamic simulation.
1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the General tab.
3 Click the Analyze Again button to re-evaluate the case.
4 From the list of available changes, select the changes you want to HYSYS to make. By default all of the changes are
selected, indicated by a green checkmark. To unselect a change, click on the checkmark for the appropriate change.
The green checkmark changes to a red X.
5 Select the Save steady state case checkbox if you want HYSYS to save a copy of your steady state case before it
switches to dynamics. The copy will have the name of the case followed by _SS# in which # is a number.
5 Click the Make Changes to button to make all the changes specified by the dynamic assistant.
Notes
· Double-click on any recommendation in the list to open the page tab associated with the change. This allows you
to view the details of the recommended change.
· Click the Preferences button to open the Assistant Preferences property view. This property view displays three
checkboxes:
o Set stream pressure and flow specifications in the background
o Perform checks before running dynamics
o Save steady state case on switch to Dynamics
· Click the About button to open the Dynamic Assistant Basics property view. This property view displays some
helpful information regarding the Dynamic Assistant.

View Pressure Specifications

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Streams tab.
3 Click on the Pressure Specs page.
The Pressure Specs page lists all the streams with pressure specifications recommended to be added or removed.
4 Activate the OK checkbox for a stream if you want HYSYS to add or remove the pressure specification or deactivate
the checkbox if you want HYSYS to do nothing to the stream.
Tips
· Double-click on the stream name to open its property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Note: As a rule, pressure specs should be added to boundary streams and not internal streams whose pressure is
determined by the surrounding equipment.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 606 of 647

View Flow Specifications

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Streams tab.
3 Click on the Flow Specs page.
The Flow Specs page lists all the streams with flow specifications recommended to be added or removed.
4 Activate the OK checkbox for a stream if you want HYSYS to add or remove the flow specification or deactivate the
checkbox if you want HYSYS to do nothing to the stream.
Tips
· Double-click on the stream name to open its property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Note: Pressure differences or equipment such as pumps and compressors should determine flow rates. For simplicity, the
Dynamics Assistant can add flow specifications to feed streams instead of adding additional equipment.

View Uninitialized Streams

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Streams tab.
3 Click on the Uninitialized page.
The Uninitialized page contains the list of streams that are not completely defined.
4 Activate the OK checkbox for a stream if you want HYSYS to initialize the stream or deactivate the checkbox if you
want HYSYS to do nothing to the stream.
Tips
· Double-click on the stream name to open its property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Notes
· For HYSYS to initialize any streams listed on this page, you must be in dynamic mode.
· Streams with no values receive initial estimates for temperature and pressure of 25°C and 101.33 kPa
respectively.

View Valve Insert Recommendations

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Streams tab.
3 Click on the Insert Valve page.
The Insert Valves page lists the valves that HYSYS inserts to ensure the pressure flow specifications are not singular (i.e.,
the pressure-flow matrix is unsolvable).
4 Activate the OK checkbox for a stream if you want HYSYS to add a valve to the outlet of the stream or deactivate the
checkbox if you want HYSYS to do nothing to the stream.
Tips
· Double-click on the stream name to open its property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Notes
· HYSYS attempts to attach valves to boundary streams that are connected to unit operations without pressure flow

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 607 of 647

(flow proportional to pressure difference) capability.

· The outlet stream for the valve is automatically assigned a pressure specification. Both the outlet stream and the
valve added by HYSYS are named according to the original boundary stream. A valve attached to boundary stream
4 is named VLV-4 and the outlet stream 4-1.

View Internal Flow Specifications

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Streams tab.
3 Click on the Int Flow Spec page.
The Internal Flow Specs page lists the internal streams that require a flow specification.
4 Activate the OK checkbox for a stream if you want HYSYS to add an internal flow specification to the stream or
deactivate the checkbox if you want HYSYS to do nothing to the stream.
Tips
· Double-click on the stream name to open its property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Note: The flow specification option is used primarily where separators are directly connected to each other by two or
more streams. The flow specification that is added is sufficient to start a case in dynamic mode, however, it is highly
recommended that a unit operation with pressure flow relationships be placed between such separators. Examples of unit
operations with pressure flow relationships include the valve, compressor, pump, and heater. Once such a unit operation
has been placed between the separators, the flow specification can be removed.

View Pressure Flow vs Pressure Drop Specifications

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Pressure Flow Specs tab.
3 Click on the PF versus DP page.
The PF versus DP page lists the unit operations that currently have a specified pressure drop as the dynamic specification.
4 Activate the OK checkbox for an operation if you want HYSYS to add a pressure flow specification to the operation or
deactivate the checkbox if you want HYSYS use a pressure drop specification.
Notes
· The pressure drop option should not be used because this is physically unrealistic. Material flow is driven by
pressure differences as well as resistances and stops when the pressures have been equalized. A fixed pressure
drop specification does not allow for this process. The k values are calculated based on the initial specified pressure
drop.
· Double-click on the operation name to open its property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

View LNG Pressure Flow Specifications

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Pressure Flow Specs tab.
3 Click on the LNG page.
The LNG page lists the LNG exchangers that are currently specified with a pressure drop specification or are missing k
values (depending on the dynamic rating method chosen).
4 Activate the OK checkbox for a LNG if you want HYSYS to fix the pressure flow configuration in the LONG or
deactivate the checkbox if you want HYSYS to do nothing to the LNG.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 608 of 647

Notes
· Pressure drop specifications should be changed to either pressure flow equation specifications (k values) or
suitable pressure drop correlations.
· Double-click on the LNG name to open its property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

View Unsized Valves

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Unknown Sizes tab.
3 Click on the Valves page.
The Valves page lists the valves that are not sized.
4 Activate the OK checkbox for a Valve if you want HYSYS to size the value using the conditions specified on this page.
Deactivate the checkbox if you want HYSYS to do nothing to the valve.
Notes
· Double-click on the Valve name to open its property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

View Operations with Unknown Volumes

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Unknown Sizes tab.
3 Click on the Volumes page.
The Volumes page lists the unit operations that have unknown volumes.
4 Activate the OK checkbox for an operation if you want HYSYS to implement the calculated volume using the
conditions specified on this page. Deactivate the checkbox if you want HYSYS to do nothing to the operation.
Notes
· Units that need volumes include separators (regular, 3 phase and tanks), condensers, reboilers, reactors, heat
exchangers, air coolers, coolers, and heaters.
· The unknown volumes are calculated based on the volumetric feed flow rate and the specified residence time.
However, if the quick sizing feature is applicable, its volume and corresponding residence time is given.
· Click the Quick Size button to have HYSYS size the operations.
· Double-click on the operation name to open its property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

View Operations with Unknown K Values

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Unknown Sizes tab.
3 Click on the k values page.
The k values page lists unit operations for which the k value is unknown.
4 Activate the OK checkbox for an operation if you want HYSYS to the calculated k value using the conditions specified
on this page. Deactivate the checkbox if you want HYSYS to do nothing to the operation.
Notes
· Unit operations that can have k values include heaters, coolers, heat exchangers, air coolers, and valves.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 609 of 647

· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

View Steady State Pressure Profile Inconsistencies

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Tray Sections tab.
3 Click on the SS Pressure page.
The SS Pressure page identifies tray sections where the total steady state pressure drop seems to be inconsistent with the
total pressure drop calculated according to the dynamics rating model. By default, the Assistant provides tray section
parameters based on its own internal sizing method.
4 Click the Create sizing utility for selected sections button. The Tray Sizing utility appears. This allows you to
thoroughly size the trays. Alternatively, click the Quick size selected sections to quickly size the trays.
Notes
· If the dry hole pressure loss is larger than the suggested maximum, a diameter is suggested. If you use this value
and calculate k values based on it, the dry hole pressure losses will be more realistic.
· The SS Pressure page is active in steady state mode only.
· Double-click on the tray section name to open the tray section property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

View Dry Hole Losses

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Tray Sections tab.
3 Click on the Dry hole losses page.
The Dry hole losses page lists the tray sections where the dry hole pressure loss is very high. By default the assistant fixes
this by changing the diameter of the tray section and calculating new k values based on it.
4 Click the Sizing utility for selected sections button. The Tray Sizing utility property view appears. You can use the
utility to minimize the pressure losses.
Notes
· Double-click on the tray section name to open the tray section property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

View Inconsistent Stream Pressures

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Tray Sections tab.
3 Click on the Stream connections page.
The Stream connections page lists the streams whose pressures do not match with the pressure of the trays where they
connect.
Notes
· This page is not active in dynamic mode or when static heads are enabled.
· Double-click on the stream name to open the stream property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 610 of 647

View Miscellaneous Specifications

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Other tab.
3 Click on the Misc Specs page.
The Misc page displays the dynamic specifications that are not based on sizing equipment, adding valves, or adding
pressure and flow specs.
4 Activate the OK checkbox for an operation if you want HYSYS to implement the specification. Deactivate the checkbox
if you want HYSYS to do nothing to the operation.
Notes
· Here are some examples of the types of changes that are made: Pump delta P specs removed, Pump power spec
activated, Mixer equal pressure option active, Compressor power spec activated and Expander power spec
activated.
· Double-click on the operation name to open the operation property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

View Component Splitters

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the Other tab.
3 Click on the Component Splitter page.
Notes
· The Component Splitter page lists all the component splitters in your case. They do not follow pressure flow
principles because they have fixed flow split fractions. Therefore, the Assistant can not properly cope with them.
One option is to use a pressure specification on each stream connected to the component splitter. If the
component splitter is not connected to other operations, then only one stream needs a flow specification.
· The component splitter also offers an "equal pressures" option. With this option the specifications needed are the
same as those you would need for a mixer or a tee, except that you would need one fewer specification for each
overhead stream because of the split fractions.
· Where a component splitter is not connected to other operations all feed flow rates are set to specifications with
the two product flow rates not specified. Connected component splitters need your intervention.
· Double-click on the component splitter name to open the component splitter property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Viewing multiple connected streams

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the User Items tab.
3 Click on the Multiple Connect page.
The Multiple Connections page lists any streams that are used in multiple connections.
Notes
· Streams that are attached as feeds or products to multiple unit operations are not allowed in dynamics since they
represent physically impossible situations.
· You must make any changes listed here. The Dynamics Assistant does not correct any multiple connection errors.
· It is recommended to delete these streams and make proper connections.
· Double-click on the stream name to open the stream property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 611 of 647

Viewing controller conflicts

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the User Items tab.
3 Click on the Conflicts page.
The Conflicts page lists any streams that have their flows directly controlled by controllers and streams that do not contain
flow specifications or have specifications that the Assistant recommends you remove.
Notes
· Although this is allowed in HYSYS, it is recommended that a valve be placed in the stream to control the flow. If it
is desired to directly control the flow of the stream another specification needs to be disabled. This method can
cause singular solution in the Flowsheet. The Assistant fixes this problem by moving the controller OP to a valve
when one exists or is added.
· Double-click on the operation name to open the operation property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Viewing unit operations not supported in dynamics

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the User Items tab.
3 Click on the Unit Operations page.
The Unit Operations page lists any unit operations in the simulation that are not supported in dynamics.
Notes
· These unit operations should be either deleted, replaced with a suitable unit operation that is supported in
dynamics, or disconnected from the active flowsheet and ignored.
· Double-click on the operation name to open the operation property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Viewing ignored unit operations

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant command. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the User Items tab.
3 Click on the Ignored Opers page.
The Ignored Opers page lists any unit operations that are currently ignored.
4 Deactivate the Ignored checkbox to un-ignore the unit operation.
Notes
· Double-click on the operation name to open the operation property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Viewing flow direction problems

1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Assistant command. The Dynamic Assistant property view appears.
2 Click on the User Items tab.
3 Click on the Flow direction page.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 612 of 647

The Flow direction page lists the valves where the flow is going from low to high pressure or where the pressure drop is
zero for non-zero flow.
Notes
· If the case is in steady state mode, this alerts you to unrealistic setups that you should investigate before
switching to dynamics mode. Most likely the case is missing important pieces such as pumps or valves.
· The Flow direction page is only active when static heads are disabled.
· Double-click on the valve name to open the valve property view.
· Click the Tell me why button for a brief explanation behind the Dynamics Assistant’s recommendations.

Dynamic Profiling Tool

The Dynamic Profiling Tool logs the CPU time spent in the main modules of a case during dynamic simulation. Therefore, it
allows you to compare the speed of the modules within the case.

There are two groups in the Dynamic Profiling Tool property view:
· Profiling Controls
· Profiling Results
See Also
Profiling a Case

Profiling a Case

To profile a case:
1 From the Tools menu, select Dynamic Profiling Tool. The Dynamic Profiling Tool property view appears.
2 Ensure that the StripChart property view and Dynamic Profiling Tool property view are both visible.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 613 of 647

3 Click the Start Profiling button on the Dynamic Profiling Tool property view.

4 Click the Integrator Active icon on the toolbar.

5 You should run the profiling tool until there is no significant change in the order of the results when it is sorted by
cost.

6 When you want to stop logging the profiling data, click the Integrator Holding icon.
7 Click the Stop Profiling button on the Dynamic Profiling Tool property view.
8 The results are displayed in the table in the Profiling Results group.

9 If you start the profiling tool again after receiving results, it will ask if you want to clear your current results or add to
them. Click the Yes button if you want to clear the results, or click the No button if you want the results to
accumulate.
1 0 You can sort the Cost, Name, Type, or Convergence Problems by clicking on the appropriate Sort by radio button.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 614 of 647

The information in the Converge Problems column of the profiling results is most useful to a developer and not the general
user. The checkbox is checked if a module requires four or more pressure flow solver iterations during the integration
period. A high convergence count may be associated with a particular operating region, or stiff or non-linear
equations associated with that module. This information is useful to a developer in debugging a particular problem
with a case that could be improved via code changes. If a user has written their own extension and they are having
problems (e.g., case is running really slow) the convergence problems information may direct them to look at certain
pressure flow equations in their extension.
The Profiling Tool can be useful in a variety of ways, especially when you are trying to investigate why a dynamics case is
running particularly slow. When you compare the profiling results from two runs of the same case, you can point to
problems with a unit operation/module if it is particularly expensive in one of the runs.
As well, you can compare the profiling results by object type. For example, if one valve is much more expensive than the
rest, then that valve deserves some investigation.

Session Preferences

The session preferences in HYSYS are used to specify default information for the simulation case. This information includes
Automatic Naming Formats, Units, Colors, Fonts, Icons, etc., for the simulation. These preferences can then be saved for
use in other simulations.
See Also
Modifying simulation preferences
Modifying variable preferences
Modifying report preferences
Modifying file preferences
Modifying resource preferences
Modifying extension preferences
Modifying oil input preferences
Modifying tray sizing preferences
Saving a preference set
Loading a preference set

Save a Preference Set

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 Click the Save Preference Set button. This opens the Save File property view.
3 From the Save File property view, specify a name of your preference file and the location of your file.
4 Click Save.

Load a Preference Set

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 Click the Load Preference Set button. This opens the Open File property view.
3 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your preference file (*.prf).
4 Select the file you wish to import and click Open.

Modify General Options

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Options.
3 In the General Options group, use the checkboxes to select the options you want to use.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 615 of 647

The following options are available to you: Allow Multiple Stream Connections, View New Streams upon Creation, Use
Modal Property View, Record Time When Notes Are Modified, Enable Cross Hairs On PFD, Save XML Fluid Package to
User Defined File, Use Input Experts, Confirm Deletes, Confirm Mode Switch, Enable Single Click Actions, and Enable
Cell Edit Button.
4 In the Show Property Package Warning group, select the Show Property Package Warning checkbox to display the
warning message related to the property package.
5 In the Stream Property Correlations group, use the checkboxes to select the option you want to use.
· Activate Property Correlations
· Confirm Before Adding if Active Correlations are Present
Note: Each option will be implemented in HYSYS when the checkbox is active. This means that there is a checkmark in
the checkbox located next to the option description.

Modify Error Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Errors.
3 Click on the appropriate checkboxes to select the options you want to use. The following options are available:
Display Errors in Trace Window, Display Numerical Errors in Trace Window, Prefix Date and Time to Error and Trace
Messages, Prefix Integrator Time to Error and Trace Messages if Dynamics is Running, and Identify Source of
Numerical Errors.

Modify Desktop Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Desktop.
3 In the Initial Build Home view group, select the property view you want active every time you enter the Case
environment.
You have three options: PFD, Workbook, or Summary. Click the radio button of the corresponding property view you would
like to use.
4 In the Face Plates group, select how you want HYSYS to organize the face plates in your case.
You have two options: Tile Face Plates Along Side or Tile Face Plates Along Top. Click the radio button of the corresponding
orientation you want to use. The face plates will either be placed along the left side of the desktop in a column
format or along the top in a row format.
5 In the Maximum Number of Columns/Rows field, enter the maximum number of face plate columns/rows you want to
use.
Any excess face plates that cannot be placed in columns/rows due to the maximum limit will be cascaded with other open
windows.

Modify Naming Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Naming.
3 In the Name Format column specify the naming convention for each type of operation.
4 In the Starting Number column specify the number you want to start numbering each object.
Notes
· The naming convention works as follows. For example, by default, Energy Streams are indicated as Q-%d, with a
starting number of 100. Therefore the first energy stream installed will be named Q-100, the second Q-101, and so
on. If you changed the Name Format to Energy Stream-%d the energy streams will then be named Energy
Stream-100, Energy Stream-101, and so on. The automatic naming function is provided merely for convenience.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 616 of 647

You can change any default name at any time within each object’s property view.
· There are no restrictions in naming streams and operations. You can use more than one word (separated by
spaces if desired) to provide the best possible description.

Modify Tool Tip Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Tool Tips.
3 Activate the Show ToolTips checkbox to use the tool tips that are available in HYSYS. When this checkbox is active
you will be able to use the checkboxes in the ToolTips group.
4 Activate the Value in EuroSI Units checkbox to display the value in European SI units in the tool tip popup. Deactivate
the checkbox if you do not want to see this value displayed.
5 Activate the Value in Field Units checkbox to display the value in Field units in the tool tip popup. Deactivate the
checkbox if you do not want to see this value displayed.
6 Activate the Value in SI Units checkbox to display the value in SI units in the tool tip popup. Deactivate the checkbox
if you do not want to see this value displayed.
7 Activate the Value Calculated By checkbox to display what operation calculated the value in the tool tip popup.
Deactivate the checkbox if you do not want to see this value displayed.
8 Activate the Show PFD Fly By checkbox to activate the PFD fly by. A PFD flyby is a small message box that appears
when you put the mouse cursor over an icon on the PFD.
Show me
9 Select the PFD objects from the tree browser to modify the information appearing in the PFD fly by.
1 0 In the Show PFD Fly By table, select the checkboxes associated to the variables you want to appear in the flyby.
Tips
· In the Show PFD Fly By table, clear the checkboxes of the variables you do not want to appear in the flyby.
· Click the Reset to default selections button to set all the flyby option back to HYSYS default settings.
•

Modify Dynamic Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Dynamics.
3 In the Assistant group use the checkboxes to select the options you would like to use. The following options are
available to you:
– Set dynamic stream specification in the background
– Perform checks when switching to dynamic or starting the
integratorperform_checks_when_switching_to_dynamic_or_starting_the_integrator
– Save steady state case on switch to Dynamics
4 In the Controller Options group use the checkbox to activate the Trace controller alarm messages.
5 In the Pressure Flow Solver group use the checkbox to Ignore convergence failures.
6 In the DataLogger Options group, specify the Logger Size and the Sample Interval for the strip charts in the
simulation.
7 In the Other group activate the checkbox to delete internal subflowsheet streams when external streams are deleted.

Modify Performance Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 617 of 647

2 On the Simulation tab, click Performance.

3 Move the slider to your required setting. This allows you to balance the Macro speed with your memory requirements.
The faster the setting, the more memory your computer will require to run the macros.
Tips
· Select the Update Object Status when Solving checkbox to update the object status services each time an object
is solved.
· For example, as HYSYS solves the entire flowsheet, the object status goes between "not solved" and "solved" as
HYSYS encounters not solved objects and solved objects in the flowsheet. When the checkbox is clear, HYSYS only
updates the object status of all the objects in the flowsheet at the end of the solve pass. The HYSYS performance
improves when you clear the checkbox.
· Select the SwitchToDirectory in Extensions with no behaviour specified checkbox to performs the following
process before each call to any extension unit operation method (solve, display values, and so forth):
· HYSYS changes the default directory to match the directory location of the extension.
· After obtaining the results from the extensions, HYSYS switches the default directory back to the original setting.

Modify Licensing Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Licensing.
3 From the HYSYS Fidelity drop-down list select the behavior of the Fidelity license. Choose one of the following
options: No default behavior, Ask every time, Validate immediately, Check out now and validate later, Check out
when in the relevant mode or Don't check out.
Tips
· Select the Use Job tracking for all checked out licenses checkbox to activate the request for job numbers when
either a new or old case is opened. This option does not support multiple jobs within a single HYSYS session.
· Select the Use Defaults checkbox to enter default location, job number, and department values in the adjacent
table. If these defaults are set, HYSYS will not ask for any job information when cases are opened.
· Select the Keep ACMOp Licenses Once Checked Out checkbox to keep the licenses of the ACMOp unit operation.
· When you use an ACMOp unit operation in HYSYS, the underlying model and framework checks out one or more
licenses for the ACMOp unit operation. Each time the ACMOp unit operation solves, HYSYS checks out these
licenses and returns them again. This can be slow on some computer operating systems.
· If this checkbox is selected, HYSYS hangs on to those licenses once checked out (only ACMOp related licenses),
thus speeding the process up a little. The licenses are returned only when there is no ACMOp instances left
anywhere.

Modify RTI Server Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click RTI Server.
3 In the Message Server IP or Machine Name field, specify a valid machine name or IP address pointing to the server
running the RTI Server software.
4 In the Message Server Port Number field, specify the port number where messaging takes place. This should
correspond to the port number of the RTI Message Server.
5 In the XML Server IP or Machine Name field, specify a valid IP or machine name that information can be published to,
this can be the same as the Message Server IP, but is not necessary. (example http://RTIServer)
6 In the RTI User Login Name field, specify your login name.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 618 of 647

Modify Column Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences... This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Column.
3 In the Column Options group use the checkboxes to select the options you would like to use. The following options
are available to you: Use Input Experts, Expand Tray Sections, and Default New Columns to Split All Feed Streams.
4 Select the Use Column Internal Stream Colours on PFD checkbox to use the default color for the Column’s internal
streams when the Column stream is imported in to the main Flowsheet. This checkbox only applies to solved streams
(in other words, when the column is unsolved, column internal streams are also unsolved).

Modify Status Window Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Status Window.
3 In the Status List File Name field, specify the name of the file you want to store the information list in the Object
Status pane.
4 Select one of the following options from the Minimum Severity drop-down list to specify the level of message severity
you want to include in the file: OK, Optional, Warning, Required Info or **Error**.

Modify Trace Window Preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, click Trace Window.
3 In the Trace File Name field, specify the name of the file you want to store the information list in the Trace pane.
4 In the History Length field, specify the number of lines that the Trace Window keeps in its history.
5 Activate the Trace to File Continuously checkbox to continuously write the contents of the Trace window to the Trace
file.
6 Activate the Verbose checkbox to show the solver information for all operations in the case.
7 Activate the Trace Inactive checkbox to show information for all inactive operations in the case.
8 Activate the Word Wrap Trace Lines checkbox to wrap the sentences of the messages appearing in the Trace
Window.

Modify Cut/Copy/Paste Option

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Simulation tab, select Cut/Copy/Paste page.
3 In the field, type in the name that is appended to a cloned or copied object.
Notes
· If the cloned or copied object has the same name (including the appended name) as another object, HYSYS
automatically appends –n to the end of the cloned name. n is an integer number that increases by steps of one.
· The default setting for the appended name is left blank, with HYSYS automatically appending –n (n is an integer
number) to the end of cloned objects name which are not unique.

Modify Unit Sets

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 619 of 647

2 On the Variables tab, click Units.

Tip: Click the Alphabetize icon to sort the list of variables (in the Display Units table) in ascending alphabetical
order. HYSYS default setting activates this option.
See Also
Selecting a unit set
Adding a unit set
Deleting a unit set
Changing the units in a unit set
Adding a unit conversion
Editing a unit conversion
Deleting a unit conversion

Modify Variable Value Formats

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Variables tab, click Formats.
3 From the list of variable formats click in the format cell of the variable you want to modify.
4 Click the Format button. This will open the Real Format Editor property view.
5 From the Real Format Editor property view select the format you want to use for your variable.
Tips
· Click the Reset button to reset the format of the active variable back to the HYSYS default setting.
· Click the Reset All button to reset all the variable formats back to the HYSYS default setting.

· Click the Alphabetize icon to sort the list of variables (in the Variable Formats table) in ascending
alphabetical order. HYSYS default setting activates this option.

Modify Report Formats and Layouts

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Reports tab, click Format/Layout.
3 In the Format group use the checkboxes to select the options you would like to use. The following options are
available to you: Shading, Line Numbers, Thick Borders, Indicate User Specified, and Start Datasheet on New Page.
4 In the Empty Text field specify what you want to appear in the datasheet when there is no value available. The
HYSYS default is "---".
5 From the Unit Set drop-down list, select the unit set you want your datasheet to use. This gives you the option of
printing datasheets with different unit sets then you case. For example your case may be in SI but you require your
report to be in Field units.
6 In the Page Margins group use the fields to set the margins of your page. The values are the distance in inches from
the edge of the page.
7 From the Paper Size drop-down list, select the size of paper you want to print on. The list contains all of the Microsoft
defaults.
8 From the Orientation drop-down list, select the orientation of the data on the paper. You have two options: Portrait or
Landscape.

Modify Text Report Formats

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Reports tab, click Text Format.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 620 of 647

3 Activate the Use Delimiting By Default checkbox if you want the text file to always be delimited.
If the Use Delimiting By Default checkbox is active you can use the checkboxes found in the Option When Delimited group
to format the data in the text file. The following options are available to you: Title Description Visible, Header Field
Visible, Footer Field Visible, Fields Padded for Alignment, and Disable Column Wrapping.
4 In the Empty Text field specify what you want to appear in the text file when there is no value available. The HYSYS
default is "---".
5 In the Delimiter field specify what you want to use as the delimiter in your text file. The HYSYS default is ",".

Select Datasheets for a Report

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Reports tab, click Datasheets.
3 From the list of available datasheet types select the datasheet type you want to modify.
The following datasheet types are available: Stream, Unit Operation, Simulation Case, Optimizer, Utility Objects, Integrator,
Reaction, Event Scheduler, and Optimization Object.
Click on the icon to expand the Stream, Unit Operation, Utility Objects, Reaction, and Optimization Object branches for
more datasheet types.
4 The datablocks that are available to the selected datasheet are displayed in the Default Datasheets group. From this
group select the datablock(s) you want to include in your reports. All the data on active datablocks will be included in
the report for that datasheets.
Tips
· Click the Select All button to select of all the datablocks for the selected datasheet type.
· Click the Invert Selection button to activate all inactive datablocks and deactivate all active datablocks for the
selected datasheet type.
See Also
Reports and Datasheets

Modify Company Information

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Reports tab, click Company Info.
3 In the Company Name field, enter the company name that you want to appear in the report header.
4 In the Company Location field, enter the company location that you want to appear in the report header.
5 To add a company logo, click the Select button. This opens the Open File property view.
6 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your bitmap file (*.bmp).
7 Select the file you wish to import and click Open.
Note: HYSYS will not automatically resize a bitmap file to fit the logo box on this page. The size of the sample logo is
4.42cm wide by 1.88cm high. The maximum logo size that can be accommodated by the logo box is 6.55cm wide by
2.38cm high.

Modify File Save Options

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Files tab, click Options.
3 From the Select style for ‘File Open’ and ‘Save As’ dialogs group select either the Standard Windows file picker or
HYPROTECH file picker radio button.
4 In the AutoRecovery Settings and Backups group use the checkboxes to select the options you would like to use. The
following options are available to you: Save AutoRecovery Cases Every, Save AutoRecovery Cases While Integrating,

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 621 of 647

and Cascade backups on every save.

5 In the Number of Case Backups Automatically Maintained field enter the number of backups you want to have.
Note: HYSYS will maintain the specified number of backups of each simulation, using the extension bk*. The newest
backup will be bk0, the next newest bk1, etc.

Modify File Locations

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Files tab, click Locations.
3 In the Default Files and Paths table specify the file or path you want the selected option to reside.
For example HYSYS is set to look in the Cases folder for any HYSYS case files because the Cases field contains the path
"Cases".
Note: Leave the field blank if you do not want to use a default location for that option.

Modify Color Schemes

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Resources tab, click Colours.
3 From the list of color names select the color name you want to modify.
4 From the Select System Colour drop-down list select either one of the system colors that are available or <Custom>
5 If you selected <Custom>, click the Select Custom Colour button. This will open the color palette, allowing you to
select the color you want.
Tips
· You can access color palette by double-clicking in the Current Colour field.
· Click the Reset All Colours button to return all color schemes to the HYSYS color scheme.

Modify Font Appearances

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Resources tab, click Fonts.
3 From the list of font names select the font name you want to modify.
4 From the Select System Font drop-down list select either one of the system fonts that are available or <Custom>
If you selected <Custom>, click the Select Custom Font button. This will open the Font property view, allowing you to
select the font you want.
Tips
· You can access Font property view by double-clicking in the Current Font field.
· Click the Reset All Fonts button to return all fonts to the HYSYS font scheme.
· Use the Test Scaling field to change the scaling of the selected font.

Modify Icon Appearances

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Resources tab, click Icons.
3 From the list of icon names select the icon name you want to modify.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 622 of 647

4 From the Select System Icon drop-down list select either one of the system icons that are available or <Custom>
If you selected <Custom>, click the Select Custom Icon button. This will open the Internal Icons property view, allowing
you to select the icon you want.
Tips
· You can access Internal Icons property view by double-clicking in the Current Icon field.
· Click the Reset All Icons button to return all icons to the HYSYS icon scheme.
· Use the Test Alignment radio buttons to change the alignment of your icon on the property view.
· Click the Browse button in the Internal Icons property view to browse for more icons.

Modify Cursors Appearance

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Resources tab, click Cursors.
3 From the list of cursor names select the cursor name you want to modify.
4 From the Select System Cursor drop-down list select either one of the system cursors that are available or <Custom>
If you selected <Custom>, click the Select Custom Cursor button. This will open the Internal Cursors property view,
allowing you to select the cursor you want.
Tips
· You can access Internal Cursors property view by double-clicking in the Current Cursor field.
· Click the Reset All Cursors button to return all cursors to the HYSYS cursor scheme.
· Activate the Use ToolTips checkbox to use tool tips in the HYSYS environment.

Modify Sounds

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Resources tab, click Sounds.
3 Activate the Enable Solver Done Sound checkbox if you want a sound to be played.
4 Click the Select Audio File button. This opens the Open file property view.
5 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your sound file (*.wav).
6 Select the file you want to use and click Open.
7 In the Play Sound if Steady State Solve Take Longer Than field enter the amount a time you want to the let the
steady state solver take before the sound is played. You can use the up and down arrows to increase or decrease the
value in the field by one each click or you can enter a value directly in the field.
Tip: Click the Test Sound button to hear what your sound will sound like.

Modifying extension preferences

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 Click the Extensions tab.
3 Click Register an Extension button. This opens the HYPROTECH file picker.
4 In the File Path group, browse to the location of the extension’s dll.
5 From the list of available extension dll’s select the extension you want to register with HYSYS.
6 Click OK. This will close the HYPROTECH file picker and your extension will be displayed in the Registered Extensions
group.
Notes

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 623 of 647

· To unregister an extension, select the extension you want to unregister from the list of registered extensions and
click the Unregister Extension button.

Modify the Assay Definition

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Oil Input tab, click Assay Definition.
3 Specify whether you are supplying bulk properties data by selection either used or not used from the Bulk Properties
drop-down list.
4 From the Assay Data Type drop-down list, select one of the following data types: TBP, ASTM D86, ASTM D1160,
ATSM D86-D1160, ASTM D2887, Chromatograph, EFV, or None.
5 From the Light Ends drop-down list, select one of the following options: ignore, input composition, and auto calculate.
6 From the Molecular Wt. Curve drop-down list, select one of the following options: Not Used, Dependent, and
Independent.
7 From the Density Curve drop-down list, select one of the following options: Not Used, Dependent, and Independent.
8 From the Viscosity Curves drop-down list, select one of the following options: Not Used, Dependent, and
Independent.
Notes
· The selections made on this page will be used as the default settings for every new assay that you add to your
simulation.
· Only the Light Ends drop-down list becomes available when you select the Chromatograph assay data type.

Modify Assay Options

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Oil Input tab, click Assay Definition.
3 From the Assay Basis drop-down list select one of the following options: Liquid Volume %, Mass % or Mole %
4 Use the drop-down lists in the Conversion Methods group to select the methods to be used by HYSYS for D86-TBP
Interconversion and D2887-TBP Conversion.
5 Use the drop-down lists in the Curve Fitting Methods group to select the extrapolation method to be used by each
curve type. There are three extrapolation methods that you can choose from: Lagrange, Least Squares, and
Probability.
Notes
· The selections made on this page will be used as the default settings for every new assay that you add to your
simulation.
· The Assay Basis drop-down list is only visible when the assay data type, on the Assay Definition page, is not set
to None.

Modify Black Oil Stream Options

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. The Session Preferences property view appears.
2 On the Oil Input tab, click on the Black Oils page.
3 From the Default Viscosity Method Options drop-down list select the default viscosity for all Black Oil streams in your
simulation. The following options are available: Specify Coefficient, Specify two or more viscosity points, Twu, Beal,
Abbot, Beggs and Robinson, Glaso Ng and Egbogah, Twu - Single Viscosity Point Calibration, Beal - Single Viscosity
Point Calibration, Abbot - Single Viscosity Point Calibration, Beggs and Robinson - Single Viscosity Point Calibration,

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 624 of 647

Glaso - Single Viscosity Point Calibration or Ng and Egbogah - Single Viscosity Point Calibration.
4 From the Default Water Option drop-down list select the water calculation method for all the Black Oil streams in your
simulation. The following options are available: Water Cut or WOR.
Note: Refer to the Black Oil Tutorial for more information on the available methods for calculating the viscosity method
and water content.

Modify Auto Sizing Parameters

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Tray Sizing tab, click Parameters.
3 In the Area Tolerance field enter a value for your area tolerance.
4 In the NFP Diam Factor field enter a value for your NFP diameter factor.
5 Form the Tray Internal Type drop-down list, select one of the following tray types: Valve, Sieve, Bubble Cap, or
Packed.
Note: The selections made on this page will be used as the default settings for every new tray section that you add to
your Tray Sizing utility.

Modify Packed Tray Parameters

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Tray Sizing tab, click Packed.
3 From the Correlation Type drop-down list, choose from one of the following design correlations for predicting pressure
drop and liquid hold-up: Robbins or Sherwood-Leva-Eckert. The HYSYS default is Robbins.
4 In the Packing Flooding Factor field, specify packing flood factor of your packed tray. The HYSYS default is 1.000.
5 In the Maximum Flooding field, specify the maximum percentage of flooding you can have on your tray. The HYSYS
default is 70.00 %.
6 In the Maximum dP per length field, specify the maximum pressure difference you can tolerate per measured length.
The HYSYS default is 0.4086 kPa/m.
Note: The selections made on this page will be used as the default settings for every new tray section that you add to
your Tray Sizing utility.

Modify Tray Parameters

1 From the Tools menu, select Preferences. This will open the Session Preferences property view.
2 On the Tray Sizing tab, click Trayed.
3 Click the General radio button.
In the General Tray group enter values for the following tray specifications: Tray Spacing, Tray Thickness, Tray Foaming
Factor, Max Tray Flooding, Weir Height, Max Weir Loading, D/C Type, D/C Clearance, and Max DC Backup.
4 Click the Sieve radio button.
In the Sieve Tray group enter values for the following sieve tray specifications: Hole Diameter, Hole Pitch, Flooding Method,
and Max Tray DP (height of liquid).
5 Click the Valve radio button.
In the Valve Tray group enter values for the following valve tray specifications: Orifice Type, Design Manual, Valve Material
Density, Valve Material Thickness, Hole Area (% of actual area) and Max Tray DP (height of liquid).
6 Click the Bubble Cap radio button.
In the Bubble Cap Tray group enter values for the following bubble cap tray specifications: Hole Area (% of actual area),
Cap Slot Height, and Max Tray DP (height of liquid).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 625 of 647

7 Click the Chimney radio button.

In the Chimney Tray group enter values for the following chimney tray specifications: Riser Area (%AA), Riser Height,
Chimney Tray Spacing, Max Tray DP (ht of liq), Chimney Weir Height, and Residence Time.
8 Click the Sump radio button.
In the Sump Tray group enter values for the following sump tray specifications: Sump Tray Spacing, Sump Tray Liquid
Height, Residence Time, and Max Tray DP (Ht of liq).
Notes
· The selections made on this page will be used as the default settings for every new tray section that you add to
your Tray Sizing utility.
· The Sieve tray calculations are based on the valve tray manuals for tray layout and Mass-Transfer Operations for
pressure drop, weeping, and entrainment calculations by Treybal, (McGraw-Hill).
· Valve tray calculations are based on the Glitsch, Koch, and Nutter valve tray design manuals.
· Bubble tray calculations are based on the method described in Design of Equilibrium Stage Processes by Bufford
D. Smith, (Wiley & Sons).

Print a Datasheet

The Select Datablocks to Print property view is accessed by:

1 Clicking the Print command in the File menu when an objects property view has focus.
2 Clicking the Print Datasheet command from the property view object inspect menu.
3 Clicking the Print Datasheet command from the Stream’s object inspect menu.
4 Clicking the Print Datasheet command from the PFD Object’s object inspect menu.
To print a datasheet:
1 Select the datablock(s) you want to print, from the list of available datablocks, by activating the appropriate checkbox
(s).
Some datablocks can be expanded to show sub-datablocks by clicking the Plus icon .
2 Click Print.
Tips
· Click the Select All button to select all of the available datablocks.
· Click the Invert Selection button to deactivate all active datablocks and activate all inactive datablocks.
· Click the Set Preferences button to save the selections you made in the Available Datablocks group.
· These settings will be saved with your session preferences. These preferences can then be used by other
datablocks of the same type. For example, if you have multiple streams and you want to print out the same
information for each stream. You can make your selections for the first stream, save your settings, and then use
those settings for each of the other streams.
· Click the Use Preferences button to load in datablock selections for property views with the same selections.
· Click the Preview button to open a preview of your datasheet. This allows you to see what the datasheet will look
like before printing it.
· Click the Print Setup button to modify your printer settings.

Notes
· The Available Datablocks group lists all the datablocks that are available for printing for the property view that is
in focus.
· For example, if the Stream property view is in focus and you selected Print from the File menu, the available
datablocks would be representative of each tab of the Stream property view.
· When the Text to File checkbox is inactive the Format/Layout button is available. Click this button to modify the
format and layout of your datasheet report.
· Activate the Text to File checkbox to send the data to a text file instead of the printer.
· When you activate this checkbox the Delimited checkbox and the Format button become available. Activate the
Delimited checkbox if you want to delimit your text with commas or spaces. Click the Format button to modify the

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 626 of 647

format of your text file.

Print a PFD to a DXF file

1 Click the right mouse button anywhere within the PFD. The PFD’s object inspection menu appears.
2 Click the Setup DXF File command. The Setup DXF property view appears.
3 Activate the checkbox that corresponds to the PFD layer that you want sent to the DXF file.
4 Click the Print button. The Save File property view appears.
5 From the Save File property view, specify a name and location of your DXF file.
6 Click Save.
Tip: If the DXF file setup correctly click the Print to DXF File command in the PFD’s object inspection menu to skip the
Setup DXF property view.

Note: An ASCII Drawing Interchange File (DXF) representing the HYSYS PFD can be created by HYSYS. The *.dxf file can
then be read into AutoCAD. By default, the file created is called pfd.dxf and contains the entire PFD regardless of what is
visible on the screen. A different layer is generated for each of the following groups:
· Physical unit operations (pfdOP)
· Logical unit operations (pfdLOGICOP)
· Streams (pfdSTREAM)
· Stream labels (pfdLABEL)
· Table or other text (pfdTABLE)
· Each layer is created using standard AUTOCAD blocks.

Print a Plot

1 Click the right mouse button anywhere within the plot area. The Plot’s object inspect menu appears.
2 Click the Print Plot command.
Tip: Click the Print Setup command in the object inspect menu to modify your printer settings.

Print a Window Snapshot

From the File menu, select Print Window Snapshot.

Note: This command prints a bitmap of the currently active HYSYS property view. Use this command when you want to
print a property view that does not have a Datasheet associated with it (in other words, tables such as a Column Profiles
table).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 627 of 647

Print Preview

1 In the File menu, click the Print command . The Select Datablocks to Print property view appears.
2 Click the Preview button. This will open a preview of your data.
Tips
· Click the Print Setup button to modify your printer settings.
· Click the Update button to update any changes that you have made to the layout of your datasheet.
· Click the Print button (or Print to File button when printing to text file) to print your datasheet.
· Click the Close button to close the report preview and return to the Select Datablocks to Print property view.

Note: When the Text to File checkbox is inactive the Format/Layout button will be available. Click this button to modify
the format and layout of your datasheet report. If the Text to File checkbox is active the Format button will be available.
Click this button to modify the format of your text file.

COMThermo

COMThermo is an advanced thermodynamic calculation framework based on Microsoft’s COM (Component Object Model)
technology. The framework is fully componentized, making it possible to develop independent, extensible, customizable,
and encapsulated thermodynamic calculation modules. It acts like a thermodynamic calculation server enabling you to
utilize, supplement, or replace any of its components. The COMThermo framework also encompasses a wide variety of
property calculations, flash methods, databases, etc. The calculation methods cover all of the thermodynamic calculation
packages in HYSYS.
The COMThermo environment is accessed by selecting COMThermo Pkg from the Property Package Selection list on the Set
Up tab of the Fluid Package property view.
For more information on creating and adding your own thermodynamic property packages and properties, refer to the
COMThermo Programmers Help system.
See Also
Selecting a thermodynamic model
Installing extended property packages
Installing extended flashes
Viewing property package parameters
Specifying binary coefficients for a property package
Setting stability test options
Adding reactions to a fluid package
Making Notes

Select a Thermodynamic Model

1 From the Fluid Package property view, click on the Set Up tab.
2 In the Property Package Selection list, select the COMThermo Pkg. The COMThermo Setup window appears.
3 From the list of available property packages, select the model you want to use in the fluid package.
4 From the Model Phase group, select the Vapour radio button to display a list of vapor thermodynamic models, or
select the Liquid radio button to display a list of liquid thermodynamic models.
5 From the list of available flashes, select the flash you want to use in the fluid package.
6 Close the COMThermo Setup window.
6 From the Component List Selection drop-down list, select the component list you want to use in the fluid package.
Tip: When you click the Regression button, the Regression property view appears. The Regression property view contains
the following buttons and checkboxes: Start Regression, Load Regression, Writing Fluid Package, and Starting
COMThermo Workbench.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 628 of 647

Notes
· You must select a property package for both the liquid and vapor phases.
· The Model Options group displays each property and the calculation method used to calculate the property for the
selected property package. Methods displayed in red can be modified. The alternative calculation methods are
found in the drop-down list in the Method column.
· Methods can be added to HYSYS using the customize option discussed in the COMThermo Programmers Help
system.
· The Advanced Thermodynamics group on the COMThermo Setup window contains the following buttons: Import,
Export, and Regression.
· The imported/exported COMThermo Property package can be used in HYSYS, DISTIL, and COMThermo
Workbench.
· You must have the Conceptual Engineering Products installed with COMThermo Workbench licensing in order to
apply the Regression feature in HYSYS.
· Refer to the Conceptual Engineering Products documentation for more information on the COMThermo
Workbench.
· The regressed fluid package is saved with *.ctf extension along with two default tag files, cc.XML, and pm.XML.
You must have all three files saved in the same directory to access the regressed fluid package.

View Property Package Parameters

Specify Binary Coefficients for a Property Package

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 629 of 647

7 Click in the appropriate cell in the matrix and specify the binary interaction parameter for that binary pair.
Tip: You can reset the binary interaction parameters to their original library values by clicking the Reset COM Parameters
button.

Notes
· For all Equation of State parameters (except PRSV), Kij = Kji, so when you change the value of one of these, both
cells of the pair automatically update with the same value. In many cases, the library interaction parameters for
PRSV do have Kij = Kji, but HYSYS does not force this if you modify one parameter in a binary pair.
· If you are using the PR, Sour Pr, SRK or Sour SRK property package, two radio buttons are displayed at the
bottom of the tab: Estimate HC-HC / Set Non HC-HC to 0.0 and Set All to 0.0.

Set Stability Test Options

1 From the Simulation Basis Manager, click on the Fluid Pkgs tab.
2 Click either the View or Add button to open the Fluid Package property view. Make sure you select the proper fluid
package when using the view option.
3 From the Fluid Package property view, click on the Set Up tab.
4 Select the COMThermo Pkg from the Property Package Selection list. The COMThermo Setup window will appear.
5 Perform the steps for selecting a property package and then click the Stab Test tab.
6 In the Flash Settings group specify values for the following parameters: Maximum Number of Iterations, Absolute
Tolerance, Relative Tolerance, and Ignore Composition.
7 In the Stability Test Parameters group, specify the maximum phases allowed in your simulation and the stability
method you want to use to perform the stability test calculations.
Choose from the following options: None, Low, Medium, All, and HYSIM Flash.
8 In the Secant Method Flash Setting group specify values for the following temperature and pressure parameters:
Default, Lower Bound, Upper Bound, Maximum Increment, and Tolerance.
9 Also in the Secant Method Flash Setting group specify values for the following parameters: Phase Mole Fraction
Tolerance, Enthalpy Tolerance, and Entropy Tolerance.
Notes
· The Stability Test enables you to control how phase stability and flash calculations are performed in the
Flowsheet. If you encounter situations where the flash fails or you are suspicious about the results, you can use
this option to approach the solution using a different scheme.
· For multi-phase fluids, there exist multiple false calculated solutions. A false solution exists when convergence
occurs for a lower number of phases than exists in the fluid. For example, with a three-phase fluid, there is the
correct three-phase solution, at least three false two-phase solutions and multiple false single-phase solutions. A
major problem in converging the flash calculation is, arriving at the right solution without a prior knowledge of the
number of equilibrium phases.

User Variables

User Variables increase the internal functionality of objects, such as streams and unit operations, by dynamically attaching
variables and code to those objects from within the application.
User Variables cannot be distinguished from variables built right into HYSYS objects, so they can be added to spreadsheets,
targeted by logic controllers, and have their values specified by user input.
For example, you can attach a User Variable to a stream to ensure the flow rate is specified lower than a certain value, or
display a property view when a vessel temperature exceeds a certain value.
User Variables let you attach code (written in a Visual Basic © compatible macro language) to simulation objects and
specify when the code is to execute. This can add extra functionality to any simulation.
See Also
Managing the user variables in a simulation case
Managing the user variables in a flowsheet

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 630 of 647

Managing the user variables in a stream or operation

Managing controller user variables
Importing user variables
Exporting user variables

Manage the User Variables in a Simulation Case

From the Simulation menu, select Simulation Case User Variables. The User Variables of Case property view appears.
Note: The entire HYSYS simulation owns the user variables created in the User Variables of Case property view.
See Also
Creating a user variable
Editing a user variable
Deleting a user variable
Filtering user variables

Manage the User Variables in a Flowsheet

From the Flowsheet menu, select Flowsheet User Variables. The Flowsheet User Variables property view appears.
Note: The flowsheet the user variable is created in owns the user variable.
See Also
Creating a user variable
Editing a user variable
Deleting a user variable
Sorting user variables
Filtering user variables
Enabling and disabling user variables

Import User Variables

1 From the Simulation menu, select Import and Export User Variables. The Import and Export User Variables property
view appears.
2 Click the Select File button. The Save File property view appears.
3 From the Save File property view, browse to the location of your user variables file (*.hvv).
4 Select the file you want to import and click Save.
5 Select the user variable(s) you want to import from the list available user variables in the export file.
6 Click the Import button.
Tip: You may select more than one user variable at a time by holding down CTRL, and then clicking each user variable
you want to select.

Note: To delete a user variable from the user variables file (*.hvv), select the user variable you want to delete from the
list of available user variables in the export file and click the Delete button.

Export User Variables

1 From the Simulation menu, select Import and Export User Variables. The Import and Export User Variables property
view appears.
2 Select the type of user variable you want to export (Case, Flowsheet or object) from the User Variables in Case group.
3 From the list of available user variables, select the user variable(s) you want to export.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 631 of 647

4 Click the Export button. The Save File property view appears.
5 From the Save File property view, specify a name and location of your user variables file.
6 Click Save.
Tip: You may select more than one user variable at a time by holding down the CTRL key, and then clicking each user
variable you want to select.

Create a Real User Variable

1 Click the Create a New User Variable icon . The User Variable property view appears.
2 In the Name field specify the name of the user variable.
3 In the Tag field specify the tag you want to use for the user variable. By default it is the same as the name.
4 From the Type drop-down list select Real.
5 From the Dimensions drop-down list select one of the following options to specify the dimensions of the user variable:
Scalar, Vector (array), Matrix or Cube (3 dimensions).
6 From the Units drop-down list specify the units you want to use to specify a valid numeric range for the variable. (The
variable details must be displayed to specify this value)
7 Click on the Macros tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
8 Activate the checkboxes of the macros you want to add to user variable.
Once activated, an empty subroutine for the macro is initialized in the code window. The macros listed vary depending on
the level within your simulation that the user variable is created (simulation, flowsheet, or object). The following
macros are available: PreExecute, PostExecute, DynCompositionPreStep, DynPressureFlowPreStep, PreSolve,
PostSolve, Main, OnSave, and OnOpen.
9 Activate the checkboxes in the Variable group to enable macros that are invoked when the value of the user variable is
modified or accessed. The following checkboxes are available: Variable Changing, Variable Changed, and Variable
Query.
10 Click on the Attributes tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
11 In the Activation group select either the Automatic or User Enabled radio button.
12 Activate the Trigger Solve checkbox in the Solver group to cause the object instance that owns the user variable to
recalculate whenever the value of the variable is changed. This is analogous to the HYSYS Process Variable.
13 Click on the Filters tab to create and assign custom variable types that can be used to filter user variable lists. (The
variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
14 Click on the Security tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
15 In the Password field specify the password that must be used before the user variable can be edited or deleted.
16 Specify the same password in the Confirm Password field.
17 Activate the Calculate Only checkbox to ensure that only the user variable’s macro code can change the value of the
user variable.
18 Click on the Defaults tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
19 Activate the Apply Default Value to assign a default value to the user variable and specify the value you want to use in
the field provided.
20 Using the Visual Basic® compatible macro language write/edit the macro code that is used by the user variable.
21 Click OK to accept the specifications and close the User Variable property view.

Tip: Click the Assign/Edit Password icon / to add or remove security for the user variable. This icon also
indicates whether the user variable is locked or unlocked.

Notes
· The Index option in the Units drop-down list is a unitless, generic type.

· Click the Show /Hide Variable Details icon to either hide or display additional user variable settings.
· As a convenience, if the password is entered correctly when requested it will not be requested again until the
next time the case is opened. However, you will always be required to enter the password if you are attempting to

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 632 of 647

delete a user variable.

· Refer to the Customization Guide for examples on creating user variables.

Create an Enumeration User Variable

1 Click the Create a New User Variable icon . The User Variable property view appears.
2 In the Name field specify the name of the user variable.
3 In the Tag field specify the tag you want to use for the user variable. By default it is the same as the name.
4 From the Type drop-down list select Enumeration.
5 From the Dimensions drop-down list select one of the following options to specify the dimensions of the user variable:
Scalar or Vector (array).
6 Click the Enumeration Values button. The Enumeration Values property view appears.
7 In the Label column specify the text labels and in the Value column specify the numeric values that define the
enumeration. Click OK. The resulting Enumeration Variable appears in HYSYS property views as a drop-down list
containing these text labels. Selecting one of these labels will assign the corresponding value to the user variable.
8 Click on the Macros tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
9 Activate the checkboxes of the macros you want to add to user variable. Once activated, an empty subroutine for the
macro is initialized in the code window. The macros listed vary depending on the level within your simulation that the
user variable is created (simulation, flowsheet, or object). The following macros are available: PreExecute,
PostExecute, DynCompositionPreStep, DynPressureFlowPreStep, PreSolve, PostSolve, Main, OnSave, and OnOpen.
10 Activate the checkboxes in the Variable group to enable macros that are invoked when the value of the user variable is
modified or accessed. The following checkboxes are available: Variable Changing, Variable Changed, and Variable
Query.
11 Click on the Attributes tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
12 In the Activation group select either the Automatic or User Enabled radio button.
13 Activate the Trigger Solve checkbox in the Solver group to cause the object instance that owns the user variable to
recalculate whenever the value of the variable is changed. This is analogous to the HYSYS Process Variable.
14 Click on the Filters tab to create and assign custom variable types that can be used to filter user variable lists. (The
variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
15 Click on the Security tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
16 In the Password field specify the password that must be used before the user variable can be edited or deleted.
17 Specify the same password in the Confirm Password field.
18 Activate the Calculate Only checkbox to ensure that only the user variable’s macro code can change the value of the
user variable.
19 Click on the Defaults tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
20 Activate the Apply Default Value to assign a default value to the user variable and specify the value you want to use in
the field provided.
21 Using the Visual Basic® compatible macro language write/edit the macro code that is used by the user variable.
22 Click OK to accept the specifications and close the User Variable property view.

Tip: Click the Assign/Edit Password icon / to add or remove security for the user variable. This icon also
indicates whether the user variable is locked or unlocked.

Notes
· The Index option in the Units drop-down list is a unitless, generic type.

· Click the Show /Hide Variable Details icon to either hide or display additional user variable settings.
· As a convenience, if the password is entered correctly when requested it will not be requested again until the next
time the case is opened. However, you will always be required to enter the password if you are attempting to
delete a user variable.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 633 of 647

Create a Text User Variable

1 Click the Create a New User Variable icon . The User Variable property view appears.
2 In the Name field specify the name of the user variable.
3 In the Tag field specify the tag you want to use for the user variable. By default it is the same as the name.
4 From the Type drop-down list select Text.
5 From the Dimensions drop-down list select one of the following options to specify the dimensions of the user variable:
Scalar or Vector (array).
6 Click on the Macros tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
7 Activate the checkboxes of the macros you want to add to user variable. Once activated, an empty subroutine for the
macro is initialized in the code window. The macros listed vary depending on the level within your simulation that the
user variable is created (simulation, flowsheet, or object). The following macros are available: PreExecute,
PostExecute, DynCompositionPreStep, DynPressureFlowPreStep, PreSolve, PostSolve, Main, OnSave, and OnOpen.
8 Activate the checkboxes in the Variable group to enable macros that are invoked when the value of the user variable is
modified or accessed. The following checkboxes are available: Variable Changing, Variable Changed, and Variable
Query.
9 Click on the Attributes tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
10 In the Activation group select either the Automatic or User Enabled radio button.
11 Click on the Filters tab to create and assign custom variable types that can be used to filter user variable lists. (The
variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
12 Click on the Security tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
13 In the Password field specify the password that must be used before the user variable can be edited or deleted.
14 Specify the same password in the Confirm Password field.
15 Activate the Calculate Only checkbox to ensure that only the user variable’s macro code can change the value of the
user variable.
16 Click on the Defaults tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
17 Activate the Apply Default Value to assign a default value to the user variable and specify the value you want to use in
the field provided.
18 Using the Visual Basic® compatible macro language write/edit the macro code that is used by the user variable.
19 Click OK to accept the specifications and close the User Variable property view.

Tip: Click the Assign/Edit Password icon / to add or remove security for the user variable. This icon also
indicates whether the user variable is locked or unlocked.

Notes
· The Index option in the Units drop-down list is a unitless, generic type.

Create a Code Only User Variable

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 634 of 647

macro is initialized in the code window. The macros listed vary depending on the level within your simulation that the user
variable is created (simulation, flowsheet, or object). The following macros are available: PreExecute, PostExecute,
DynCompositionPreStep, DynPressureFlowPreStep, PreSolve, PostSolve, Main, OnSave, and OnOpen.
7 Click on the Attributes tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
8 In the Activation group select either the Automatic or User Enabled radio button.
9 Click on the Filters tab to create and assign custom variable types that can be used to filter user variable lists. (The
variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
10 Click on the Security tab. (The variable details must be displayed to see this tab)
11 In the Password field specify the password that must be used before the user variable can be edited or deleted.
12 Specify the same password in the Confirm Password field.
13 Using the Visual Basic® compatible macro language write/edit the macro code that is used by the user variable.
14 Click OK to accept the specifications and close the User Variable property view.

Tip: Click the Assign/Edit Password icon / to add or remove security for the user variable. This icon also
indicates whether the user variable is locked or unlocked.

Notes
· The Index option in the Units drop-down list is a unitless, generic type.

Create a Message User Variable

Tip: Click the Assign/Edit Password icon / to add or remove security for the user variable. This icon also
indicates whether the user variable is locked or unlocked.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 635 of 647

Notes
· The Index option in the Units drop-down list is a unitless, generic type.

User Unit Operations

The User Unit Operation is a HYSYS unit operation much like any other, except that its behavior is defined entirely with
Visual Basic® compatible code that you provide. It allows you to create additional unit operation types without the
complexity involved in creating an Extension Unit Operation.
With properly designed code, a user-defined unit operation type can be seamlessly integrated in to HYSYS cases and for
use by third parties. However, this level of sophistication and user-friendliness is not necessary for all user ops - you may
want to quickly create a type that is specialized for use in specific situations or at a specific location in a case.
See Also
Create a User Unit Operation type
Add a User Unit Operation
Delete a User Unit Operation
Import a User Unit Operation
Export a User Unit Operation

Create a User Unit Operation type

There are two ways that you can create a User Unit Operation type:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the User Ops radio button.
3 Click the Create Type button. New User Operation Type Name property view appears.
4 Specify a new for your unit operation in the field provided.
5 Click the OK button.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the User Ops icon . The Add a User Unit Operation property view appears.
3 Click the Create Type button. New User Operation Type Name property view appears.
4 Specify a new for your unit operation in the field provided.
5 Click the OK button. The User Unit Operation’s property view appears.
Note: Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
See Also
Configuring a User Unit Operation
Viewing stream properties

Add a User Unit Operation

There are two ways that you can add a User Unit Operation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 636 of 647

2 Click the User Ops radio button.

3 From the list of available User Unit Operation Types select the type you want to add to the simulation.
4 Click the Add button. The User Unit Operation property view appears.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the User Ops icon . The Add a User Unit Operation property view appears.
3 From the list of available User Unit Operation Types select the type you want to add to the simulation.
4 Click the Add button. The User Unit Operation property view appears.
Notes
· Click the Ignored checkbox to tell HYSYS ignore the unit operation when solving the simulation.
· You can add as many unit operations as you require.
See Also
Configuring a User Unit Operation
Viewing stream properties

Delete a User Unit Operation

1 From the PFD, double-click the User Unit Operation icon. The User Unit Operation property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete a User Unit Operation by clicking on the User Unit Operation icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Delete a User Unit Operation Type

There are two ways that you can delete a User Unit Operation type:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the User Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available User Unit Operation Types select the type you want to delete.
4 Click the Delete Type button.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the User Ops icon . The Add a User Unit Operation property view appears.
3 From the list of available User Unit Operation Types select the type you want to delete.
4 Click the Delete Type button.
Note: You cannot delete a User Unit Operation type if existing objects are using the type. If you try to delete the
type HYSYS will list all of the objects associated with the User Unit Operation type.

Import a User Unit Operation

There are two ways that you can import a User Unit Operation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 637 of 647

2 Click the User Ops radio button.

3 Click the Import Type button. The Save File property view appears.
4 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your User Unit Operations file (*.huo).
5 Select the file you want to import and click Open.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the User Ops icon . The Add a User Unit Operation property view appears.
3 Click the Import Type button. The Open File property view appears.
4 From the Open File property view, browse to the location of your User Unit Operations file (*.huo).
5 Select the file you want to import and click Open.

Export a User Unit Operation

There are two ways that you can export a User Unit Operation:
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Add Operation. The UnitOps property view appears.
2 Click the User Ops radio button.
3 From the list of available User Unit Operation Types select the type you want to export.
4 Click the Export Type button. The Open File property view appears.
5 From the Save File property view, specify a name of your User Unit Operations file and the location of your file.
6 Click Save.
OR
1 From the Flowsheet menu, select Palette. The Object Palette appears.

2 Double-click the User Ops icon . The Add a User Unit Operation property view appears.
3 From the list of available User Unit Operation Types select the type you want to export.
4 Click the Export Type button. The Open File property view appears.
5 From the Save File property view, specify a name of your User Unit Operations file and the location of your file.
6 Click Save.

Specify User Unit Operation Connections

1 From the PFD, double-click the User Unit Operation icon. The User Unit Operation property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Connections page.
4 In the Name field, specify a name for the unit operation.
5 In the Feeds group, specify a name for the first material feed nozzle in the field provided. The default name is
Feed1.
6 In the first feed nozzle list, click the <empty> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either select
a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat this
step if you have multiple feed streams entering this nozzle.
7 If the Products group specify a name for the first material product nozzle in the field provided. The default name is
Product1.
8 In the first product nozzle list, click the <empty> cell. A drop-down list appears. From the drop-down list, either
select a pre-defined stream or click the empty space at the top of the list and type in the name of the stream. Repeat
this step if you have multiple product streams leaving this nozzle.
9 If you want a second nozzle for feed or product streams, activate the checkbox directly to the right of the second
stream nozzle fields (by default Feed2 and Product2). Lists appear enabling you to attach streams to the nozzles as
stated in steps 6 and 8.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 638 of 647

10 If your want Energy streams, activate the checkboxes to the right of the Energy In or Energy Out fields. Lists
appear enabling you to attach streams to the nozzles as stated in steps 6 and 8.

Specify Code for User Unit Operation

1 From the PFD, double-click the User Unit Operation icon. The User Unit Operation property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Code page.
4 Click the Edit button. The Edit Existing Code property view appears. By default the following subroutines appear in the
coding window: Initialize, Execute, and StatusQuery.
5 Provide the necessary code to define the unit operation.
6 Click OK to close the Edit Existing Code property view and return to the User Unit Operation’s property view.
Notes
· To manually run any one of the three subroutines mentioned above click the appropriate button (Initialize,
Execute, or StatusQuery) in the Manual Invoke group.
· Activate the With Debug checkbox to debug the subroutines.

· Click the Assign/Edit Password icon / , in the Edit Existing Code property view, to add or remove
security for the user unit operation. This icon also indicates whether the unit operation is locked or unlocked.

Export a User Unit Operation

1 From the PFD, double-click the User Unit Operation icon. The User Unit Operation property view appears.
2 Click on the Design tab.
3 Click on the Export page.
4 In the Type Description group provide a description of the unit operation.
5 Click the Export button. The Save File property view appears.
6 From the Save File property view, specify a name of your user unit operations file and the location of your file.
7 Click Save.

Optimizer

HYSYS contains a multi-variable steady state Optimizer. Once your flowsheet has been built and a converged solution has
been obtained, you can use the Optimizer to find the operating conditions that minimize (or maximize) an Objective
Function. The object-oriented design of HYSYS makes the Optimizer extremely powerful, since it has access to a wide
range of process variables for your optimization study.
The Optimizer owns its own Spreadsheet for defining the Objective Function, as well as any constraint expressions to be
used. The flexibility of this approach allows you, for example, to construct Objective Functions that maximize profit,
minimize utilities, or minimize Exchanger UA. The following terminology is used in describing the Optimizer.
· Primary Variables. These are the variables imported from the flowsheet whose values are manipulated in order to
minimize (or maximize) the objective function. You set the upper and lower bounds for all of the primary variables,
which are used to set the search range, as well as for normalization.
· Objective Function. This is the function that is to be minimized or maximized. There is a great deal of flexibility in
describing the Objective Function. Primary variables can be imported and functions defined within the Optimizer
Spreadsheet, which possesses the full capabilities of the main flowsheet Spreadsheet.
· Constraint Functions. Inequality and Equality Constraint functions can be defined in the Optimizer Spreadsheet. An
example of a constraint is the product of two variables satisfying an inequality (e.g., -A*B<K).
The BOX, Mixed, and Sequential Quadratic Programming (SQP) methods are available for constrained minimization with
inequality constraints. Only the Original and Hyprotech SQP methods can handle equality constraints.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 639 of 647

Note: The Fletcher-Reeves and Quasi-Newton methods are available for unconstrained optimization problems.
You have the ability to define not only how the Optimizer Function is set up, but also how the Optimizer reaches a solution.
You can set parameters such as the Optimization Scheme used, the Maximum Number of Iterations, and the Tolerance.
To access the Optimizer, click the Optimizer command in the Simulation menu or press F5.
See Also
Configure the Optimizer
Delete the Optimizer
Start the Optimizer

Configure the Optimizer

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 From the Data Model group select one of the following optimizer data models: Original, Hyprotech SQP, MDC Optim,
MDC DataRecon, or Selection Optimization.
Note: Activate the Online checkbox to configure an online optimization model. The Model radio button becomes available
in the Data Model group.
See Also
Configuring an Original optimization model
Configuring a Hyprotech SQP optimization model
Configuring a MDC Optim optimization model
Configuring a MDC DataRecon optimization model
Configuring a Selection optimization model

Start the Optimizer

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Start button.
Notes
· Once the Optimizer is started the Start button changes to the Stop button enabling you to stop the Optimizer
calculations at any time.
· An objective function must be defined prior to the start of the calculations.

Delete the Optimizer

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Delete button.
Tip: You can also delete the Optimizer by clicking on the Optimizer Spreadsheet icon on the PFD and pressing the
DELETE key.

Note: HYSYS will ask you to confirm the deletion.

Specify Primary Variables

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer command. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Configuration tab.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 640 of 647

3 Click the Original radio button.

4 Click the Variables tab.
5 Click the Add button to add a primary variable to the Optimizer. The Variable Navigator appears.
6 From the Variable Navigator, select the variable you want to use.
How?
7 In the Low Bound column specify the lower boundary value for each variable added to the Optimizer.
8 In the High Bound column specify the higher boundary value for each variable added to the Optimizer.
9 Activate the Enable checkbox to include the variable when the Optimizer is running.
Notes
· To edit a variable, select the variable you want to edit from the table and click the Edit button. The Variable
Navigator appears allowing to modify any of the variable’s settings.
· To delete a variable, select the variable you want to delete from the table and click the Delete button.
· Click the Save Current button to save the values in the Current column as the Reset Value.
· Click the Reset Current button to reset the values in the Current column with the values in the Reset Value
column.
· The upper and lower bound for each Primary Variable should be chosen such that a reasonable flowsheet solution
is obtained within the entire range. For example, assume that the Primary Variable is the Molar Flow of a stream
being fed to the tube side of a heat exchanger. If this Molar Flow is too low, a temperature cross may result in the
heat exchanger, stopping the Optimizer calculations. In this case, the lower bound should be chosen such that the
temperature cross does not occur.

Specify Objective Functions

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 Click the Original radio button.
4 Click the Functions tab.
5 In the Cell drop-down list, select the cell in the Optimizer’s spreadsheet that contains the variable you want to use for
the objective function.
6 Select either the Minimize or Maximize radio button to either minimize or maximize the objective function.
7 Click the Add button to add a constraint function to the Optimizer.
8 In the Constraint Functions group, specify the cell in the Optimizer’s spreadsheet that contains the variables you want
to use for left and right sides of the constraint function(s) using the drop-down lists in the LHS Cell and RHS Cell
columns.
9 Specify the relationship between the left hand and right hand sides of the constraint function(s) using the drop-down
list in the Cond column. You are given the following options: <, >, and =.
1 0 Specify the penalty value you want to use for the constraint function(s) in the Penalty column. The constraint
function is multiplied by the Penalty. If you find that a constraint is not being met, increase the Penalty. The higher
the Penalty, the more weight that is given to that constraint.
Notes
· Once the necessary process variables are connected to the Spreadsheet, you can construct the Objective Function
and any constraints using the standard syntax. Click the SpreadSheet button to access the Optimizer’s
spreadsheet.
· The current values of the Objective Function and the left and right sides of the Constraint Function cells appear in
their respective Current Value fields.

Specify Optimizer Parameters

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer command. The Optimizer property view appears.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 641 of 647

2 Click the Configuration tab.

3 Click the Original radio button.
4 Click the Parameters tab.
5 Select one of the following Optimizer schemes from the Scheme drop-down list: Fletcher Reeves, Quasi Newton, BOX,
SQP, and Mixed.
6 In the Maximum Function Evaluations field specify the maximum number of function evaluations (not to be confused
with the maximum number of iterations). During each iteration the relevant portion of the flowsheet is solved several
times, depending on factors such as the Optimization scheme, and number of primary variables.
7 In the Tolerance field specify the change in the objective function between iterations, as well as the changes in the
normalized primary variables. Using this information, HYSYS determines if the specified tolerance is met.
8 In the Maximum Iterations field specify the maximum number of iterations HYSYS will make before the calculations
stop.
9 In the Maximum Change/Iteration field specify the maximum allowable change in the normalized primary variables
between iterations. For instance, assume the maximum change per iteration is 0.3. If you have specified molar flow
as a primary variable with range 0 to 200 kgmole/hr, then the maximum change in one iteration is (200)(0.3) or 60
kgmole/hr.
1 0 In the Shift A and Shift B fields specify the variables used in the following equation:

1 1 In general, it should not be necessary to change Shift A and Shift B from their defaults.

Monitor the Optimizer

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 Click the Original radio button.
4 Click the Monitor tab.
Note: The Optimizer Monitor Information table displays the values of the objective function, primary variables, and
constraint functions during the Optimizer calculations. New information is updated only when there is an improvement in
the value of the Objective Function. The constraint values are positive if inequality constraints are satisfied and negative
if inequality constraints are not satisfied.

Set up the Hyprotech SQP Optimization Model

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 Click the Hyprotech SQP radio button.
4 Click the Hyprotech SQP tab.
5 From the list of available Derivative Utilities, select the utility you want to use for the optimization.
6 Click the Setup radio button.
7 Specify the following parameters in the Setup group: Max Iterations, Accuracy Tolerance, Objective Scale Factor, Step
Restriction, Gradient Calculations, Perturbation, Diagnostic Print Level, and Max. Feasible Point.
Notes
· The Hyprotech SQP model requires a Derivative Utility.
· The Starting Objective display field displays the objective function value at the starting point, before any
optimization occurs. The value is unscaled and cannot be changed.
· The Running Results group displays the following results: Objective Value, Solution Phase, Termination Reason,
Gradient Evaluations, Actual Optimizer, Model Evaluations, Feasible Point Iterations, Code Version, and Total CPU
Time.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 642 of 647

Set Hyprotech SQP Optimization Flags

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 Click the Hyprotech SQP radio button.
4 Click the Hyprotech SQP tab.
5 From the list of available Derivative Utilities, select the utility you want to use for the optimization.
6 Click the Flag radio button.
7 Activate the Include Fixed Constraints checkbox to include the Optimizer variables that have their Optimize Flag
property checkbox activated in the optimization even if they have equal Minimum and Maximum values.
8 Activate the Hyprotech SQP Calc. Gradients checkbox to tell Hyprotech SQP algorithm to carry out its own calculations
of any gradient and jacobian elements needed.
9 Activate the Include Variable Scales checkbox to include the variable range properties as scaling factors within the
algorithm.
1 0 Activate the Reset Perts. checkbox to enable the gradient calculation process to remove noise elements at the start
of optimization.
Notes
· The Hyprotech SQP model requires a Derivative Utility.
· The Omit. Tech Constraints, Relax Violated Constraints, and Numerical Gradients checkboxes currently are not
used.

Set up the MDC Optim Optimization Model

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 643 of 647

Specify MDC Optim Optimization Tolerances

Set MDC Optim Optimization Flags

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 Click the MDC Optim radio button.
4 Click the Optim Configuration tab.
5 From the list of available Derivative Utilities select the utility you want to use for the optimization.
6 Click the Tolerances radio button.
7 Activate the Omit Tech Constraints checkbox to omit the technical constraints (specifications) entirely from the constraint
residuals when searching for a feasible point. Technical constraints are used to obtain a valid model solution, e.g.,
pressure drop or mass balance residuals. Process constraints relate to the actual process being modeled, e.g. vessel
pressure or unit throughput limits.
8 Activate the Relax Violated Constraints checkbox to relax the MDC_SQP algorithm constraints that are currently violated.
Deactivate the checkbox to relax all of the constraints.
9 Activate the Recentre checkbox to simulate the effects created by an on-line Optimizer. The Optimizer variable soft limits
(the Minimum and Maximum properties) are re-calculated so that at the start of optimization, the current value of the
variable lies mid-way between the soft limits, while ensuring that the soft limits do not fall out of range of the global
limits. This is checkbox should only be activated for testing purposes.
10 Activate the Restricted Step checkbox to reduce the upper bound of each optimization variable by the Max. Allowed
Move parameter, and increase the lower bound by the same amount.
11 Activate the Include Fixed Constraints checkbox to include the Optimizer variables that have their Optimize Flag property
checkbox activated in the optimization even if they have equal Minimum and Maximum values.
12 Activate the NAG Calculated Gradients checkbox when the NAG_SQP algorithm is being used to tell the NAG_SQP
algorithm to carry out numerical calculations of any gradient elements needed.
13 Activate the Fix Variable Spans checkbox to calculate and store the Span (i.e. Maximum - Minimum) of the Optimizer
variables. Deactivate the checkbox to taken the Span directly from the stream Range property (which is specified for
each variable).
14 Activate the Sparse Jacobian checkbox to calculate the Jacobian matrix of constraint gradients in sparse form (by storing
only the nonzero elements, which usually indicates constraint-variable functional dependence). This is done once, at
the start of the optimization, and establishes which Jacobian elements are stored for the rest of the optimization (the
sparsity pattern).
15 Activate the Numerical Gradients checkbox to carry out numerical calculations of the gradients by direct perturbation of

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 644 of 647

variables using the method specified in the Gradient Calculations drop-down list. Deactivate the checkbox to obtain the
gradient elements from HYSYS.RTO using the same method. The main difference is that in the latter case certain
gradient elements may be computed analytically, and therefore are potentially more accurate.
16 Activate the Include Scales checkbox to include the variable range properties as scaling factors within the algorithm.
17 Activate the Reset Perts. checkbox to enable the gradient calculation process to remove noise elements at the start of
optimization.
Notes
· The MDC Optim model requires a Derivative Utility.
· The Adjust Scaling checkbox is not currently used by HYSYS.

Configuring the MDC DataRecon Optimizer

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 Click the MDC DataRecon radio button.
4 Click the Estim Configuration tab.
5 From the list of available Data Recon Utilities, select the utility you want to use for the optimization.
6 In the Problem Formulation group, activate the Perform Calculations checkboxes if you want to perform the Fitting, Gross
Error Detection, or Data Elimination calculations in the Optimizer.
7 Select one of the following options from the Mode drop-down list in the Fitting column: Offset Only or Fit Params.
8 Select one of the following options from the Mode drop-down list in the Gross Error Detection column: Full or Shortcut.
9 In the Run After row specify time step you want the model to be executed, the calculations are performed every Nth
time. This allows the associated measurement data blocks to gather the historical data without full recalculation being
performed for each new data set. The Current field indicates the current number of runs.
10 In the Confidence row specify the level of fit required for a good result. The higher the confidence, the closer the fit
needs to be to a normalized curve for the fit to be deemed good.
11 In the Maximum row specify a maximum number of iterations (error function gradient evaluations, i.e., optimizer steps)
for calculating the optimal parameters.
12 Specify the following parameters in the Data Set Configuration group: Minimum Data Sets, Maximum Data Sets, Current
Data Sets, or Horizon.
13 Specify the following parameters in the Solver Parameters and Tolerances group: Central Difference, Forward
Difference, Optimality Tolerance, Linesearch, Maximum Step, Objective Scaling, and Convergence Tolerance.
14 Select one of the following options from the Environment drop-down list to specify the environment you want to
operate: HYSYS or RTO+. You must have an RTO+ license to operate in that environment.
15 Select one of the following options in the Diagnostic Print Level drop-down list to specify the amount of information to
include in the Optimizer diagnostic file: Fair, Drizzle, Shower or Down Pour.
Note: The MDC DataRecon model requires a Data Reconciliation Utility.

Viewing the MDC DataRecon optimization results

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 Click the MDC DataRecon radio button.
4 Click the Estim Results tab.
Notes
· The Parameter Fitting Results group displays the following results: Maximum Chi2, Chi2, Goodness of Fit, Fit
Error, Starting Objective, Final Objective, Function Call, and Major Iterations.
· The Number of group summarizes the user-supplied parameters.
· The Gross Error Detection Results group displays the following results: Maximum Error, Elimination Error,

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 645 of 647

Goodness of Elimination, and Number of Eliminations.

Configure a Selection Optimization Model

1 From the Simulation menu, select Optimizer. The Optimizer property view appears.
2 Click on the Configuration tab.
3 In the Data Model group, click on the Selection Optimization radio button.
4 Click on the Selection Optimization tab.
5 In the Discrete Solver Options group, you can click on the appropriate radio button for the type of discrete solver
(Stochastic or Branch and Bound).
Note: Depending on the type of non-linear optimizer you have selected, additional tabs appear on the Optimizer property
view for further configuration.
See Also
Related Topics

Selection Optimization Tips

The following are setup tips for the Selection Optimization:

· Since the algorithm used in the Stochastic method moves all over the solution space, the higher the number of
iterations that the algorithm performs, the higher the probability there will be for finding a global optimum solution.
· In the Branch and Bound method, reasonable convergence criteria, for example, value of Relative is important. It is
recommended that you should accept the solution if an integer-feasible solution can be found during the search that
has an objective function close to that of the fully relaxed solution.
· In the Branch and Bound method, use Gap or Incumbent to reduce the size of the search space. Be aware that too
much bluffing (for example, a small value of Gap) can eliminate large sections of the search tree, resulting in a failed
or sub-optimal search.
· It is important to specify a Heuristic type in Branch and Bound method, especially if the Gap or Incumbent is
unspecified. If the Heuristic successfully finds an integer-feasible solution, the objective function value can be used to
eliminate sections of the search region. The Heuristic can satisfy the convergence criteria.

Manage Optimization Objects

The Optimization Objects property view is access by clicking the Optimization Objects command in the Flowsheet menu.
This property view allows you to select a generic set of objects that are used to identify the underlying flowsheet variable,
and provide the necessary configuration information for use by Optim or Estim.
Refer to the Aspen RTO Reference Guide pdf for more information on optimization in HYSYS.
See Also
Add an optimization object
Edit an optimization object
Delete an optimization object

Manage Optimization Object Connections

The Connection tab, of the Optimization Object property view, displays all of the objects and variables the optimization
object is connected to.
The table consists of the following columns:
· Alias contains the name used by the Optimizer to refer to the selected variable.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 646 of 647

· Object Name contains the name of the object connected/associated to the selected variable.
· Variable contains the name of the selected variable.
· Value contains the current value of the selected variable.
· User Description contains the description you provide for the selected variable.
By default the variable you selected (myvarval) when you created the optimization object is displayed in the table.
However, you can have as many variables you want.
See Also
Adding a connection
Editing a connection
Deleting a connection

Optimization Object Properties

The Properties tab of the Optimization Object property view displays all of the properties associated with the connected
variables. The table consists of the following columns: Depends on, Formula, Value, and Boolean.
The myvarval property stores the value of the connected object property. The following properties are dependent on the
connection myvarval: scale, offset, error, sigma, next value, off_weight, percent, limit, curval, and curerror.
The following properties have no dependency on the connection: Count, Totcount, Calc_bias, Over data, Next good, Input,
Use bias, and eliminated.
Tips
· Click the Help button to open the Available Optimization Object Expressions and Functions property view. This
property view provides syntax help when specifying a property that uses a formula.
· Click the Get Test button to test run the Get function.
· Click the Put Test button to test run the Put function.
· Click the New button to add properties to the connected objects and variables. After specifying the type and
name for the new property you have to:
o Click the Confirm button to accept the new property.
o Click the Abort button to reject the new property.
· Click the Delete button to remove properties connected to the objects and variables.
•
See Also
Adding properties
Deleting properties

Specify Optimization Object Transfer Flags

1 Click on the Transfer tab on the Optimization Object property view.

2 Activate the checkbox for each transfer option you want to use for each property. There are four columns for each for
each property: Read HMC, Write HMC, Read DXS, and Write DXS.

General troubleshooting

The following are general troubleshooting tips that apply to almost all HYSYS simulations:
· Always check that the solver is not in Solver Hold mode.
· Read the information in the Consistency Error property views.
· Troubleshoot the errors in the direction of the process flow.
· Check that all required streams have been fully defined.
· Use the Status and Trace Windows to track errors.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Introducing HYSYS Page 647 of 647

· Locate hidden or ignored objects in the process flow diagram.

· Make sure the configuration parameters in the Adjust operations have reasonable values.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\oyeniyi.oyewunmi\Local Settings\Temp\~hh3DD.htm 6/8/2009

Practical 1 Chem 320
No ratings yet
Practical 1 Chem 320
6 pages
Coordination Compounds PDF
No ratings yet
Coordination Compounds PDF
68 pages
Aspen Solu Bility Modeler
No ratings yet
Aspen Solu Bility Modeler
43 pages
Lecture Notes in Mass Transfer
No ratings yet
Lecture Notes in Mass Transfer
48 pages
Compressors and Expanders
No ratings yet
Compressors and Expanders
31 pages
What Are The Auto-Recovery and Backup Settings in Aspen HYSYS
No ratings yet
What Are The Auto-Recovery and Backup Settings in Aspen HYSYS
3 pages
Mass-Transfer (Set 3)
No ratings yet
Mass-Transfer (Set 3)
22 pages
Jaw Crusher
No ratings yet
Jaw Crusher
9 pages
Manufacture of Biodiesel From Jatropha o
No ratings yet
Manufacture of Biodiesel From Jatropha o
165 pages
Experiment 5 Settle Able Solid and Ammonica Nitrogen
No ratings yet
Experiment 5 Settle Able Solid and Ammonica Nitrogen
7 pages
Drying: BKC3492 Separation Process Dr. Zulkifly Jemaat 2015/2016-I
No ratings yet
Drying: BKC3492 Separation Process Dr. Zulkifly Jemaat 2015/2016-I
50 pages
Lecture 02 - The Role of Chemical Processing
No ratings yet
Lecture 02 - The Role of Chemical Processing
20 pages
Particle Size Reduction
No ratings yet
Particle Size Reduction
16 pages
Equipment Design Lecture 11
No ratings yet
Equipment Design Lecture 11
7 pages
Extraction English
No ratings yet
Extraction English
16 pages
Topic 0 Drying
No ratings yet
Topic 0 Drying
43 pages
Experiment 8 SEDIMENTATION
No ratings yet
Experiment 8 SEDIMENTATION
2 pages
Tutorial 3 SIZE REDUCTION 2023
No ratings yet
Tutorial 3 SIZE REDUCTION 2023
2 pages
Drying
No ratings yet
Drying
123 pages
Extra Problem Solving For Midterm Review
No ratings yet
Extra Problem Solving For Midterm Review
2 pages
HW No 2-S2015
No ratings yet
HW No 2-S2015
1 page
Batch Drying
No ratings yet
Batch Drying
1 page
Particle Size Analysis Final 3
No ratings yet
Particle Size Analysis Final 3
7 pages
CDB 3044 - Process Plant Design: Tutorial - 3
No ratings yet
CDB 3044 - Process Plant Design: Tutorial - 3
1 page
D:/Mis documentos/Escritorio/Noveno semestre/simulacion/ga5exdhn/BIODIESEL, HSC Main
No ratings yet
D:/Mis documentos/Escritorio/Noveno semestre/simulacion/ga5exdhn/BIODIESEL, HSC Main
6 pages
Mass-Transfer (Set 2)
No ratings yet
Mass-Transfer (Set 2)
22 pages
Washing of The Filter Cake: Unit Operation
No ratings yet
Washing of The Filter Cake: Unit Operation
4 pages
Absorption Slide 13 Example Solution
No ratings yet
Absorption Slide 13 Example Solution
2 pages
Optimal Heat Transfer Calculation and Balancing For Gas Sweetening Process A Case Study
No ratings yet
Optimal Heat Transfer Calculation and Balancing For Gas Sweetening Process A Case Study
9 pages
Chapter 4 - Process Fluid Flow (Pumps)
100% (1)
Chapter 4 - Process Fluid Flow (Pumps)
16 pages
MT Quiz (Distillation)
No ratings yet
MT Quiz (Distillation)
5 pages
Principles of Comminution
No ratings yet
Principles of Comminution
5 pages
Heat Exchanger and Tower Design
No ratings yet
Heat Exchanger and Tower Design
53 pages
Process Equipment Design
100% (1)
Process Equipment Design
2 pages
Drying Equilibria
100% (1)
Drying Equilibria
13 pages
TL2 - Decanter
No ratings yet
TL2 - Decanter
3 pages
Transport Phenomena 5
No ratings yet
Transport Phenomena 5
9 pages
Previous Exam
No ratings yet
Previous Exam
15 pages
Plant Design MCQ PDF
No ratings yet
Plant Design MCQ PDF
12 pages
Filtration PDF
No ratings yet
Filtration PDF
18 pages
Lecture 18: Technical Questions: Module 3: Petrochemicals
No ratings yet
Lecture 18: Technical Questions: Module 3: Petrochemicals
2 pages
Unit Operation 1 By: Dr. Amer Aziz Absorption Lect. No. 1 Part 2
No ratings yet
Unit Operation 1 By: Dr. Amer Aziz Absorption Lect. No. 1 Part 2
8 pages
Control System Experiment 2: Prelab
No ratings yet
Control System Experiment 2: Prelab
2 pages
Instructor: Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
No ratings yet
Instructor: Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
29 pages
Expt. 5 - Jaw Crusher, Roll Crusher and Ball Mill
No ratings yet
Expt. 5 - Jaw Crusher, Roll Crusher and Ball Mill
14 pages
Biodiesel Plant Optimisation Study by Using Aspen-HYSYS Process Simulator
No ratings yet
Biodiesel Plant Optimisation Study by Using Aspen-HYSYS Process Simulator
5 pages
Diffusion in Solids
No ratings yet
Diffusion in Solids
4 pages
Homework Monitoring System
100% (1)
Homework Monitoring System
6 pages
Drying: CHE133 Heat and Mass Transfer Applications
No ratings yet
Drying: CHE133 Heat and Mass Transfer Applications
22 pages
MTO - PROBLEM - SHEETS - 2and 3
No ratings yet
MTO - PROBLEM - SHEETS - 2and 3
5 pages
PDF Examples Liquid Liquid Extraction DD
No ratings yet
PDF Examples Liquid Liquid Extraction DD
32 pages
Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger
No ratings yet
Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger
6 pages
Final Year Project
No ratings yet
Final Year Project
74 pages
C421-00-Notes (Drying Applications)
No ratings yet
C421-00-Notes (Drying Applications)
7 pages
Chapter 2 (MCQ'S)
No ratings yet
Chapter 2 (MCQ'S)
1 page
Transport Processes and Unit Operationsk
No ratings yet
Transport Processes and Unit Operationsk
15 pages
5.extraction PPT-July 2023
No ratings yet
5.extraction PPT-July 2023
35 pages
The Types of Process Flow Diagrams
No ratings yet
The Types of Process Flow Diagrams
5 pages
Technical Support Section in The Preface To This Manual
No ratings yet
Technical Support Section in The Preface To This Manual
19 pages
Filtration
No ratings yet
Filtration
37 pages
Aspen HYSYS - Customization Guide
50% (2)
Aspen HYSYS - Customization Guide
363 pages
Operations Guide02
No ratings yet
Operations Guide02
1 page
Academic Technology Approval Scheme
No ratings yet
Academic Technology Approval Scheme
2 pages
Scholarships
No ratings yet
Scholarships
1 page
Dsesr
No ratings yet
Dsesr
3 pages
Physics I Essentials: The Editors of REA
No ratings yet
Physics I Essentials: The Editors of REA
1 page
Schemes of Work
No ratings yet
Schemes of Work
2 pages
X y Z X y Z (16) (7) (48) (14) (12) Z 5376 168z Z 32: "Work" Inverse Variation Problem Product Rule Method
No ratings yet
X y Z X y Z (16) (7) (48) (14) (12) Z 5376 168z Z 32: "Work" Inverse Variation Problem Product Rule Method
1 page
Basic Knowledge About Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
No ratings yet
Basic Knowledge About Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
4 pages
Hysys
No ratings yet
Hysys
227 pages
ORDUGO, GLADYS NNENNA Project
No ratings yet
ORDUGO, GLADYS NNENNA Project
77 pages
Phedc PDF
No ratings yet
Phedc PDF
1 page
Iso 13628-6
No ratings yet
Iso 13628-6
9 pages
Direct Variation
No ratings yet
Direct Variation
6 pages
Application For The Position of A Physics/Mathematics Teacher
No ratings yet
Application For The Position of A Physics/Mathematics Teacher
1 page
Buako Council of Chiefs: Re: Sorbari Soka Saaroh
No ratings yet
Buako Council of Chiefs: Re: Sorbari Soka Saaroh
1 page
Psalm 11:6: The LORD Will Fight For You You Need Only To Be Still
No ratings yet
Psalm 11:6: The LORD Will Fight For You You Need Only To Be Still
1 page
BELIEF N Power
No ratings yet
BELIEF N Power
1 page
Stress Management Strategies Adopted by Teachers in Public Primary Schools in Obio/Akpor Local Government Area of Rivers State, Nigeria.
No ratings yet
Stress Management Strategies Adopted by Teachers in Public Primary Schools in Obio/Akpor Local Government Area of Rivers State, Nigeria.
94 pages
Lecture 13 - Metamaterials
No ratings yet
Lecture 13 - Metamaterials
31 pages
Peel Test Degree & Value
0% (1)
Peel Test Degree & Value
129 pages
Sika Deck Primer PDS Ver01 06-2010
No ratings yet
Sika Deck Primer PDS Ver01 06-2010
2 pages
Qualitative Analysis
No ratings yet
Qualitative Analysis
2 pages
AFM - Atomic Force Microscope: Physics 111B: Advanced Experimentation Laboratory University of California, Berkeley
No ratings yet
AFM - Atomic Force Microscope: Physics 111B: Advanced Experimentation Laboratory University of California, Berkeley
55 pages
VHCF Behavior of ASS 347, 904L With Different Surface Morphologies - Smaga2022 PDF
No ratings yet
VHCF Behavior of ASS 347, 904L With Different Surface Morphologies - Smaga2022 PDF
11 pages
Aging Mechanisms in Lithium-Ion Batteries: 2. Ageing of Carbonaceous Anodes 2.1. General Aspects
No ratings yet
Aging Mechanisms in Lithium-Ion Batteries: 2. Ageing of Carbonaceous Anodes 2.1. General Aspects
51 pages
01 Conversion Factors and Mathematical Symbols
No ratings yet
01 Conversion Factors and Mathematical Symbols
85 pages
Maintenence Record Form
No ratings yet
Maintenence Record Form
10 pages
Dod HDBK 263
No ratings yet
Dod HDBK 263
76 pages
Bond Polarity Index: Application To Group Electronegativity
No ratings yet
Bond Polarity Index: Application To Group Electronegativity
8 pages
PHAR3 LAB Preparation 22 30
No ratings yet
PHAR3 LAB Preparation 22 30
2 pages
Calibration: A Technician'S Guide
0% (1)
Calibration: A Technician'S Guide
4 pages
Design of Reinforced Concrete Columns PDF
100% (2)
Design of Reinforced Concrete Columns PDF
9 pages
AVO Carbonate
100% (1)
AVO Carbonate
75 pages
IES Civil Engineering 2009
No ratings yet
IES Civil Engineering 2009
52 pages
Model Test - 1 Grade 10
No ratings yet
Model Test - 1 Grade 10
10 pages
UWI PHYS2671 2017 Sem Final Exam
No ratings yet
UWI PHYS2671 2017 Sem Final Exam
5 pages
Explanatory Synthesis Thesis Examples
100% (3)
Explanatory Synthesis Thesis Examples
8 pages
Kf/Cao Nanocatalyst For The Production of Biodiesel From Animal Fat Through Single-Step Process
No ratings yet
Kf/Cao Nanocatalyst For The Production of Biodiesel From Animal Fat Through Single-Step Process
3 pages
Organic Chemistry 100 Must-Know Mechanisms (Roman A. Valiulin) (Z-Library)
No ratings yet
Organic Chemistry 100 Must-Know Mechanisms (Roman A. Valiulin) (Z-Library)
288 pages
z-p3-cdn.fbsbx.com
100% (1)
z-p3-cdn.fbsbx.com
6 pages
Pemanfaatan Bakteri Pereduksi Sulfat Untuk Bioremediasi Tanah Bekas Tambang Batubara
No ratings yet
Pemanfaatan Bakteri Pereduksi Sulfat Untuk Bioremediasi Tanah Bekas Tambang Batubara
4 pages
Btecheiesyll 04
No ratings yet
Btecheiesyll 04
116 pages
Brochure Manifold 2 Valves Rev.00
No ratings yet
Brochure Manifold 2 Valves Rev.00
12 pages
WPS 304L &316L
100% (1)
WPS 304L &316L
2 pages
IR231 Manual
No ratings yet
IR231 Manual
27 pages

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.